Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History"

See other formats 


oateaoaka 


Fmt ab PB Sel ci Salt, Pom a ’ ape sites Resi. PERE IS AERO LN aay al 
as CE OG Pe wil At nn Cin gt ee ~ . SAO Sate ig . : 
coer aay fob me : x en we - : ¥ . S SAR ae 
= ‘d 8 AT ee NE NOR BR oe RCTS FO Hal alia tbl nate wt Bae phn TS Stee — " 7 pty ne 
ee tat see SOR of Pep, = A eA BH wot gh ara apap Tat Sel inagrese Selina eu scunlitineteta adic a rates Rit ee aoe A RAMA AEG ie asi, Chim ph Anta A Sie inip® waA Rh Ram artes Maen FRR Antnrlinttemn hen. Fgh aoe HA a ee oat Rene ae ane ie peng ee ee = —< Tnetaagin em - 
Se Pe TT ie ICE ote PoP RR 9 Lal felon 3. Ag ARO Se Petipa ae ET Ene CR TR Gye BAR daar pee de ne heeteincitendadiekinateageatd miencd dee oa eee a a Sawn hehe thats a o ra “ Aone aren earere uaF tarts a ar Se 
Pe Pate pnt FEE eto 08h SAR RIE PE Pi thn ee Pec otra Gin roads me Ooo ee mb Rta pe ooh Reh dots BLD PM PED AA A LOR Pre ee hiraF ON a.m pA taon mete de Ooi hon DS ei Rn RIS im Me PAI oe bs SA, hn eR aed AINA EP Ae Sires ANAL NY, aoe meme asa Ree ~ > Ante 
phen aA A ain and arhlis Boi isn hare: nin Sicas: Ais, Sets arnthoeyinye pee Le premiera acces dha Leet HO: Pas Baht Pia 1 ath SRaelly Fie the Derg ai8B, Nate Toad Sk deat pt4vAne wh oe RR Ss ye Pe 8 ete Tet ORs i RS ae RTS bn hace ential 1 ean wine a Rasen chy Res Rey! Sar sa epecararebseticiensieaeaanean 
inte akin. rane ene F ona a pre er ee eeepenreteercoing OOM ste Sn He nT md Witte corr foe Car ch Foire sfrmoot o-oo abgs aoe FNS OS NB i Ie A EN, mt AN ee ty hn, Pee Ae, Fa PN A LM OR AR ARB No PEER ey Re So SEs oe ead yettinn te Areas Monat inon eatin, 264 A. PIES a8 BE PEAT LO a Te ern 
- 26 ree ba = ha 1 - — - — $ .. emt : - mets : : tes AT NOY ote eh ene te 
of Danii tate Rete saath AMO AEG mmhen de ce oagee fs f oy ais = ath nat A 0 Pe RB ne BG A Pho A rho pth th Wagef trie on 26 aoa ERA nt a Aetna ON A Pe om ncnn, RAS OR, He I 8 ah he NTR EE OEE ate T glial e SiR T OTS NST ethan th pth oy cae He Se tate hate HE Te he iba ecient haghestienic 
Fe eee eee ECD BARA ei mre iar tl PH HF hoo ads need ac prpltbatahiphleeaairtnapianner ie anuorigen oe et BIT Ie neneesp fies flea aA 6b-fePAn igh Sarena. aecune nea Sot at Na tea ath Rowe heath eT Ns wa tN wg hn wma Ege oe 2 amen 5 
Raat erm fat whee Bite Sn rm riinln de Poite Ba? bMS eA Bele DRO or Pn one CRD Ae berg cih P Sinttotione te” Mb th bn adi hoot Pome et Mk te a Dea IY matin AAR AY Ay nat ite Pears Bt tat ahh PN A AG See om ay AR penn ah ih Teg pe A AN LS ae etl, em err a een epee. Retreats 
FP Mets e Arbete, eine cect tmpigind dene cee ara es Nh Atwoes ekes LAIR ID RoBi te far Resta tm whee Wh Pau: rats fs On tr Qu kat Sige Bids <P Paints ie Pparinnsfnn ce Pat OD oe RB Rat nnd an fi ht tet Pe hay Md Va eg EEN bh tts ys in ASA Ree Apion: ten ees on ~ ie were . 
aiceartaag ae rt sree ee : ! * Paper Catala ah tained tion adinnie en ee ee ee 7 nb AM and, wt FI ry 5 fe Sf Ph Pee) seas Rete a ee ee a ate at eh = Lonlrentar ening ight anoe Seles e rin 
om irene Ao gestae tere teanice tan tinte apace ge eo pen nome eng meee eran bate: Soure tart ciated Seana ee Race aE AL A eA TS omg ee Sicpnisjeashebedeorachieaeane aeheiniiineaed ~ 
PaCS eanere as preere on ens - eee gr eae aie ins ~ fot arene = car —— ea 5D Deigsh Sur uae tt Rae oe open Steg VER AG a AM ap Hc wae ONT eh ee or ete erate 
Ace 7 Reis aicbussBas eed bone, AR Aum? Sit Toh MOR Ae Rab ee A’ Fi PAD eke eee A ban ais sare 
it : atl * I eee 8 th a et ete PEA herp leeetne NA a hn te eR a SS 


Fh Ae A hte Auli Ret Mead vedete Ste Net “a snag a ear somal Pan sete 
te ers bas 


Diu easeibrae tale 
hadnt ieee tg ™ . 


pa nate pee gt Hive ee 


Soa A aver Oe Apt on rere ae tel « a A an Pewee et 
bP Need PE a NP we Twines» wi ~ ~* = a a fi 
e Ee Tes OR Pan aN Pe att AE TS 0 AARP Neth aig he PN n Tw gs eaten oO EE ga qiames arieetn pce 
di ot» Pah alae sd : - Mat teem ae a wate te ty oe ~~ Sn oy a Sete mene on ad 
ROA 0 Cae ohn eh n lk 2S. AS eesiny yaaa tut > © Nema ~ B. Mangan Bon a SON Sk EEN S enc y eenee 
To Fe hey Fs PR BSE An bee P Lig hi: Pile Ped Pty 


Fite Ra a IO ah tn Eo ihe ae w 


ae hn ne ee me RATER A ere he ae ele RSE cre SN ee en ee ae ee a ba ws ~ Pn aa Mr 
CNS eet awe OH 6 mt 4 m5 om 4c ~ = Lan ee a ‘ % . me te Up RR Arte ig et Ce ke ee Reh a LT SNe ee ~ nee ar 
See 5 Soph Med hea ma See t= ase oh Ph mater iige ArT ReMnte nSeit. Natetben win tank we ASW Rams tees Se RE Poot 
aes VRE iriiriieden _ hawedh de ht oe Me ER Raye et AERA tS ripiatseins - ape ea 
en an ees eas ast — mre Beet ae eee (5 Me ee Sn RT Re te et ee 5 ee ee 
he Jog Msi kpeblsen ent ak Den Ane are en a <A et NRA afk! ta Rinhiaiatrs ot ON actin ie Hw aarp ee APSO A 
nt a gene oS Ro Re fe ty wnrontcmeg wood sb scone pa Secaceah a Ba BL AR Qt a ag Re al A CE, nite ett eas reese ane htt ye Aa cnet ‘ 


> Ba Ne ee ae et eee 
Leiter SD AR eek Feat BLE oe > : 


: ar * gone Oat, SEP ae. Z - aE oem . 
= a 5 Me ~ ~ *. : al Desegh ea wt _ 
: ~ - _ - a - 
. a me - : : ~ 7 - - sa ee 
= = : - > =e ‘“ =* 
- necta 7 “= bo - ae 
- - Ss ~ af ¢ 
’ . : : 
. 7 = 
= 
. ‘ Lf ~ mn < o- aa sata a 6 nathan Nesoa a ine Ne ee a ee 2 aera mg te tan ee i ERR enenne ee wT 
FO Ae RA SI a ra AGRI ie 


- « a 7 7 
SOT Oe Ab oe Ate Sind BOP SE A IO 0 
ebeie tte he PEN be ae 


: : 5g i aires 
Ren owe = a ety adie en ee eS ee : stato Whee Se ret z ana 
a eco BRAN NS SSP AA es en a a ly a ES RN Se SEC th 


as) = Gy 5 Sar ~ Ra S WM 
ON DC y (YY 5s iy as eS ~~. 

zt * 
JALILSNINVINOSHLINS S3SI1Y¥VYgIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU? 


INSTITUTION NOILA 


RARIES SMITHSONIAN 


SaIUVYSIT LIBR, 
Lil ly 
a 
INSTITUTION NOILN 
SJIYVYUGIT LIBRA 


saldvad sia 


INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYWY 


Y Zz ” z w 
< Stat = ae = yy 
z e \o i &? 2 
) Z E AS 2G fv" & = i 
ORNS > ; = . a = > 
x = = a a wo = 
NALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S43 lYVua 11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 


VAS ASALA AA 
LANG nA AN 


a ee SL 


r 


) 


INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI 


hy William Healey Dall gal 


| z 
| < 
| We |= = 
Division of Mollusks i ‘i 
Sectional Library | a = 
al ia g wv) 

Se S S3I¥VWva 
i ” 
i He uJ 
avattel ft} HAR 2 
AS = Saaee Wii < 
OMEN MPL MN NM NM Ae eG = 

OLILSNI NVINOSHLINS oF YVYdiIT LIBRARI ES] SMSO 

fee = as 

& = i = Hs 
ow = _ = w 
pe) Aw za 7 = _ a 
> a QQ b- > = , > 
a RN WN = ES am ae 
— SQ \ ap — ke * — 


RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YV 


wn 

Z et die pices Z 
= Zz AN 5 iy = =| 
x Ws OM aa 
Oo a= SN ANS 9 VG le aa = a 
= SNS SH ee a ih = 

x os = N >’ = | = 

XN = a = = 

ALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 

ana of Z “4 Zz 
4 NS 2 ” “a ” 
= Wye = - i 
ce | AS ie i% ee 


“x OY Z EB VAG fof fe N =] SF WO x 
N DC 5 V4, Oo 70% nie ie 2 NS S Y oa rns 
; — me : — Zz | Ne we 
NLILSNI _NVINOSHLIWS >o4 lYVuag es LIBRARI ES” SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 
me > . 2 @ ee 2 
N20 Nw 5 0. es 2D 
Pe ES = Osa ra ~ > 
> o] N S \Y = . aD cas 2 
a S\N A) Hae n* i 
— aS = m > m 
E wn = wo = ep) 
TA RIE ean | AS ETON, NOLLOLUSN( | NVINOSHLIWS |S S1uyvast 
m=, a, = < = Ly 
Ss. 7 = Wey F 2 = Vy yy 
A “sg 2) ae Q We O hee git oO  h 
AN \ 2 = . > : _ > J Vee) 
Ss 2 te : | = = 
LILSNI SaIyYVudi 


7 


NVINOSHLIWS 


“is im we 
5 : a o 
= 
— [a —s 
2 SQ: : 
AR LES Be HSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILANLILSNI 
z= 
a 6 = & 
E ti Se 2 = 
ey > 5 
= Gy id E 
= 2 UG « 2 
4 = ” — 
est NVINOSHLINS Sal Yuvua riot BRARIES 
< = Be aS 
z 4 2 WY: 
AR! ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI 
SIDR ae y, a a 
+ 
Be = x 
oc = Oc 
= 
cy a “ fe) = 
g ied Zz =! 
Wer NVINOSHLINS S3SIY¥VYUdEIT LIBRARIES 
Bi : AR SS SI ™ 
Tuy prcly ne 
= E = 
eo ts i 
‘she 
ae < B 


ARIES 


NVINOSHLIWS 


N 
LILSNI 


ILNLILSNI 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLIWS 


3RARIES SMITHSONIAN 


INSTITUTION 


Sa1uvuagiy 


NVINOSHLIWS 


NOILNLILSNI 


LIBRARIES 


LNLILSNI 


SMITHSONIAN 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT: 


Wi 


IN 
NS 
OILNLILSNI 


N 


NVINOSHLINS Sa31uYvuUs 


INSTITUTION 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT 


NVINOSHLINS SA3luYVvVuadiT LIBRARIES 
MITHSONIAN 


S 


NVINOSHLINS S31uVvuUs 


PNS 


SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTI 


4 
\ Vig fe 
[1 LIBRARIES 


INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI 


sagluvug 


NVINOSHILINS Sa [YVUYE 
2 
= 
Be 
(ep) 
O 
= 
a 
PL 
INSTITUT 
Yv) —— 
a a 
loa ie, = 
< : 
| oa 
& ay 


it 
He hi 
limes 


eas 


PROCEEDINGS 


Division 
a Ot Moe: 


OF THE F 


Moston Society of Flatural Pistory. 


VOIX VT. 


is74-1875. 


BOSTON: 
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. 
1875. 


PUBLISHING COMMITTEE. 


T. T. Bouve. ; Tuomas M. BREWER. 
SAMUEL L. ABBOT. A. S. PACKARD, JR. 


Epw. BuRGEss. 


PRESS OF A. A. KINGMAN. 
MUSEUM OF BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY, 
BERKELEY STREET. 


CON TEN TSine” 


Peowen.) Livan > Custodian’s) Report:.: . 6c. 6 8 ee ws 1 
PeeLIoCwmPRING. | Treasurer's Report... . . . «e828 if ec ee. 12 
OFFICERS OF THE SocieTyY, Listof. . .. . ey ert LO 
JEFFRIES WYMAN, M.D. Cannibalism of the Florida Tad oWGResieets sigh 1h 
A. Hyatt. Genetic Relations of the Angulatide . .. . 15 
J. A. ALLEN. Nofes on the Natural History of portions of Dakots ana 
Montana. . . seer oe Be 
S. H. ScuppER. Report on Butterflies ani Taare anid Montana Seite rt 286 
J. G. Hunt, M.D. Contents of Mastodon’s Stomach . Sa eee CE ah ONL 
S. W. Garman. New Species of North American Serpent . . .. . 92 
Prof. A. Hyatt. Note on Aptenodytes patagonica Forst.. . . . 94 


T. T. Bouvé. Remarks in relation to the death of the late President of 

the Society, Prof. Jeffries Wyman... we oer, OD 
AsA GRAY, M.D. Memorial of the late Prof. Jeffries Wyskan Babette is 596 
F. W. Putnam. Resolutions respecting the death of Prof. Wyman. . . 125 
Prof. W. B. Rocrrs. Letter relating to the late Prof. Wyman . . . . 125 


C. StoppER. Note on the Locality of Bermuda Tripoli. . . . . . . 126 
C. Jonnston, M.D. On the Locality of the Bermuda Tripoli . . . . 127 
H. K. Morrison. New Noctuide . .. . BOO Lou ee mleHl 


Dr. J. D. DANA. Metamorphism and Besadehorshie Bab Sree) ce boy Myo LOM: 
S. W. GARMAN. Skates of the Eastern Coast of United States . . . . 170 
S. L. BurBANK. Minerals from Athol, Mass. . . . . £81 
C. StoppER. Examination of Mud from Oyster Beds, @harlestory S. C.. 182 
C. WHITTLESEY. Coal Seam No. 6, Ohio Geology . . 183 
Prof. R. H. RicHarps. Newly discovered Lead Vein, Newburyport Mase. 200 
Prof. A. Hyatt. Hollow-fibred Horny Sponges . . sat deentaas 204 
T. M. Brewer, M.D. Relations of Ardea rufa and A. Peaks Bg ig fa 740 
S. H. ScuppER. Remarks on the Old Genus Callidryas . ... . . 206 


ie ke MORRISON. ‘Texan Noctuide 6 2 06°20 e0. cee ee ewe «6209 
Baw. Purnam. Mammoth Cave Fishes . 0: 20. se et ww ww we BET 
Prof. A. Hyatt. Two New Genera of Ammonites ... ee ue om -VAa) 
Prof. A. Hyatt. Biological Relations of Jurassic iA maniohiteew yaaa Lena: 


RICHARD RATHBUN. Cretaceous Lamellibranchs from near Pernambuco, 
ESTP Al a een oh ea eri eee on ene, lel at eaered Glee Ween Ss Sat 


1V 


S. H. Scupprr. Orthoptera from Northern Peru . 
P. R. Unuer. List of Hemiptera and ite aailectod by Prof. Or 
ton in Northern Peru . : 5) cane ae - 
Cuas. V. Ritey. Description of a new Apestis 
Prof. N. S. SHALER. Notes on some of the Phenomena of ‘Wleyanion aul 
Subsidence of the Continents . 
J.A. ALLEN. Remarks on the Sharp-tailed Finch (Anuanattronan ctbdersttnte 
S. H. ScuppER. Description of some Labradorian Butterflies 
F. W. Putnam. Archeological researches in Kentucky : 
Prof. N. S. SHALER. Considerations of the possibilities of a Warm Clim- 
ate within the Arctic Circle 
E. W. NEtson. Notes on the Ornithology of Utah ‘Nevada aad California. 
Prof. A. Hyatt. Jurassic and Cretaceous Ammonites from South America 
P. S. SPRAGUE and E. P. Austin. The Species of Coleoptera described 
ys Lie Whe Beene sou serie ie ah He Be 
R. Buiss, Jk. Remarks on the Fin-spines « “of the Silur ide anid Dorsdatils 
H. A. HaGen, M. D. | History of the Development of Museums of Natural 
History os 0S ASAD | uh hn eee ee a 
‘W. W. Dope. Notes on the Geology of Eastern Massachusetts 
CoMMITTEE. Memorial to the oe arene to the proposed Resur- 
vey of the State . . 
J. SULLIVANT. Letter concerning the discovery of Berman Tripoli : 
Miss ELLEN H. SwWALLow. Analysis of Samarskite . 
Miss Etuen H. Swatiow. Occurrence of Boracic Acid in Mine Water 
J. A. ALLEN. Synopsis of American Leporidze 
T. M. Brewer, M.D. List of the Birds of New ngtnatehed 
S. H. ScuppER. A Century of Orthoptera. 
Decade II. SANs Uae eh 
Decade III. 
Decade IV. : 
Miss Etten H. SWALLOW. Ghinaidal Composition of some eo ‘i eae 
cies accompanying the Lead Ore of Newburyport . 
Prof. N. S. SHALER. Notes on some points connected with Tidal Bioston 
S. H. ScuppER. On Spharagemon, a Genus of (Edipodidee 
S. H. ScuppEerR. Revision of two American Genera of (dipodidz 
Dr. T. Strerry Hunt. On the Boston Artesian Well and its Waters . 
Prof. N. S. SHALER. Geological Relations of Boston and Narragansett 
Bays . : 
T. THORELL. Spiders! foo Eaten : : 
J. H. EMERTON. Structure of the Palpus of ails Sniders, 
Prof. W. H. Nites. Physical Features of Massachusetts . 
Dr. T. StERRyY Hunt. Remarks on Prof. Niles’ Communication 


257 


282 
286 


288 
292 
294 
314 


332 
338 
365 


373 
386 


387 
388 


419 
422 
424 
428 
430 
436 


454 
472 
510 


462 
465 
467 
478 
486 


488 
490 
505 
507 
508 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY. 


TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY’S RECORDS. 


- Annual Meeting, May 6, 1874. 


Vice-President R. C. Greenleaf, Esq., in the chair. Forty- 
nine persons present. 


Prof. Hyatt, Custodian, presented the following Report 
on the condition and operations of the Society for the year. 


The most important, as well as the saddest event of the 
past year, was the decease of Prof. Agassiz. 

The great influence which he had exerted, and the deep 
feelings which he had aroused by his life, were apparent in 
the respect and sorrow manifested by the entire community. 

The unusual tribute of a Memorial Meeting was accorded 
to him by the Society, the proceedings being appropriately 
conducted by those among our members who had been inti- 


PROCEEDINGS B. 8, N. H. — VOL. XVII. 1 SEPTEMBER, 1874. 


Annual Report.] 2 [May 6, 


mate with him in the early days immediately after his arrival 
in this country. 

When Prof. Agassiz came to New England he found a 
small but enthusiastic body of men, mostly members of this 
Society, who were devoted to the study of Natural History. 
These gentlemen were striving to awaken the minds of the 
community to the importance of the study of the Sciences, 
not only as the best means for developing the natural re- 
sources .of the country, but for the attainment of a more 
advanced stage of culture than had yet been reached. This 
building, with its Library and Museum, and the present 
prosperous condition and importance of the Society, are 
witnessess of the untiring energy. and success of their 
efforts. 

The first work of these pioneers in the study of Natural 
History was to reduce to rule and order the fauna and flora 
of this comparatively unexplored territory. How success- 
fully this was undertaken, and how completely it was carried 
out, may be judged by the works of Binney and Gould, 
‘Storer, Emerson, Harris, Hitchcock and others whose names - 
adorn the Annals of this Society and the Survey of the State. 

Prof. Agassiz had, however, learned by actual experience, 
that the exploration of a new fauna, when carried beyond 
the strict limit of the discovery and description of the more 
obvious forms, was liable to lead to the pernicious habit of 
species hunting. He had witnessed the last days of the wild 
scramble for new species, which had followed upon the in- 
troduction of the Linnean nomenclature in Europe, and its 
injurious effects upon the minds of his fellow students. He 
had also taken part in the reaction inaugurated by Oken, 
Goethe and Von Baer, in Germany, and Geoffrey St. Hilaire, 
Lamarck and,Cuvier in France, and felt that in this country 
the same battle must be fought over again. With the 
strength and enthusiasm, which we know so well, he endeay- 
ored to open the eyes of naturalists to the impending danger, 
and tried by all the means in his power to turn the tide of 


1874.] 3 {Annual Report. 


future researches in a more fruitful direction. How much we 
owe to his labors in this field may be judged by the almost 
universal tendency of our naturalists toward embryological 
and anatomical studies. We have’ seen this in the pro- 
duction of such works as Prof. H. J. Clark’s “Spongiz Cili- 
ate,” Mr. J. A. Allen’s “ Laws of Geographical Distribution 
among Birds,” Dr. A. 8. Packard’s “ Embryology of Limulus” 
and “Guide to the Study of Insects,” Prof. E. 8. Morse’s 
“Hmbryology of Brachiopods,” and Alexander Agassiz’s 
“ Researches upon Echinoderms.” 

How widely his labors have extended, and how deeply 
they have affected the whole country in this respect cannot 
be estimated; it would take up the entire space allotted to 
this Report, if presented in detail. It suffices to say, how- 
ever, that his students, bearing with them more or less of his 
desire for the philosophical study of Natural History, have 
spread over the whole country. They have founded Muse- 
ums in Chicago, Rochester, New York and Salem, and have 
established a Natural History periodical, “The American 
Naturalist,” and a State Survey, that of Kentucky, to which 
I hope we may soon be able to add Massachusetts. 

The constant efforts which Prof. Agassiz put forth in order 
to place the pursuit of Natural History in a favorable light 
before the people, entitle him to the heartfelt thanks of all 
lovers of that branch of science. The almost universal deri- 
sion with which the pursuit of Natural History was viewed 
in former times, has been changed to respect, principally 
through his efforts. His great social influence and persua- 
sive eloquence was constantly employed in this work. He 
consistently taught his students that the future progress 
of science in this country must largely depend upon the 
good will of: the people; and he created by his own efforts 
that popular respect for Natural History which we now find 
throughout the whole country. 

Even with such a brief statement of facts it is possible.to 
see that Prof. Agassiz’s biographer can claim for him the 


Annual Report.] 4 [May 6, 


honor of having been the author of two revolutions, one sci- 


entific and one popular—one in the mode of studying 
Zoology, and one in habits of thought of the people at large. 

Doubtless these remarks will seem sadly deficient to those 
who would naturally expect a more extended notice of his 
social and scientific character.. This has, however, received 
attention from the President; Mr. Geo. B. Emerson and Rev. 
R. C.. Waterston, and I should only repeat what these gentle. 
men have already so well expressed, and will therefore turn 
to the usual record of the year’s work. 


My visit to Europe in ‘pursuit of my own studies afforded 
an opportunity to fill out the Paleontological collection. A 
fair representation of the strata of Western Europe was 
needed in orderthat we should: be able to compare the con- 
tained fossils in a general way with their synchronous rep- 
resentatives in North America. This met with the earnest 
approval of Mr. John Cummings, who generously furnished 
the necessary credit, and has given the collection to the 
Society. 

By a lucky accident I was enabled to secure the collection 
‘of Oberfinanzrath Eser of Stuttgart, the ga catalogue of 
which lies upon the table. 

This, next to the collection of. Count Mandelsloh, was con- 
sidered the best in Wurtemburg, with respect to the fossils 


of the tertiary and secondary periods, including also the tri-. 


assic formations. It also possessed a fair representation of 
the fossils of :the Carboniferous, and a small collection of 
Devonian and Silurian types. All of these fossils had been 
selected with great care, and Herr Eser had expended the 
leisure hours of nearly forty years of his life in accumulating 


them, during which time: he made frequent and prolonged ° 


excursions to the most celebrated localities. . He was in cor- 
respondence with the most eminent German Palzontologists, 
and. the collections contain many originals and types de- 
scribed: by such men. as Hermann von Mayer, Oppel, Escher 


1874.) 5 [Annual Report.. 


von der Linth, Heer and others. Besides suites of specimens 
with localities and names vouched for by these great author- 
ities, the bulk of the collection possesses no. little value de- 
rived from the careful determinations of Herr Eser himself, 
generally with the assistance of the authorities living near 
him, Prof. Quenstedt, Fraas and others. 

The uniques which it contains, as might be anticipated 
from what I have said, are both remarkable and numerous. 
The locality of Unter and Oberer Kirchberg, which was first 
opened by Herr Hser, afforded many of these, named by Von 
Mayer and Heer. A collection from the eocene and creta- 
ceous beds of Appenzell, Switzerland, is very fine. The 
Portland stone from the neighborhood of Ulm, contains 
many unique specimens described by Oppel, all the fossils 
found during the building of the extensive fortifications hav- 
ing been sent by the chief architect to Herr Eser. The 
most valuable single series in the collection consists of 
the two head pieces and detached bones of Belodon Camp- 
belli, described and figured by Von Mayer, the only remains 
of this remarkable animal ever found. I would also call 
attention to the specimens of tertiary plants, which are of 
such delicacy that they are mounted like botanical specimens 
on paper. Herr Eser assured me that it took him six months 
to clean and mount them, and they have been identified by: 
Heer, the great fossil botanist. 

This purchase left me at liberty to enter into negotiations 
for a collection of fossils to fill out the Silurian portion, 
which was poorly represented in Herr Eser’s collection, and 
this I hope may still be sent to us. It was also essential that 
some larger specimens should be added to the collection, and 
this the generosity of Mr. Cummings enabled me also to ac- 
complish by the purchase of several Icthyosauri and Teleo- 
sauri, and a magnificent plate of the expanded crown of 
Pentacrinus Briareus. Besides these collections, the Palzeon- 
tological Department has also been richly increased by the 
acquisition of the splendid suite of Devonian fossils collected 


Annual Report.] 6 [May 6, 


near Ithaca, N. Y., by the late Prof. Wm. C. Cleveland, one 
of the most accomplished observers it has been my good 
fortune to know. These fossils unfortunately were still un- 
named, but this has been in a great measure remedied by the 
kindness of Mr. Richard Rathbun, who has named for us a 
large proportion of them, and about all our Chemung speci- 
mens from other localities. The Society owes this collection 
partly to the donations of Mr. Bouvé and Mr. Cummings, 
and partly to purchase. 

A considerable proportion of the year has been taken up 
with the alterations now going on in the building. By these 
alterations it is proposed to obtain the desirable results of 
arranging the collections according to their natural order. 
A visitor when entering the building, will be directed by a 
guide-book to find the different departments. Usually speci- 
mens are put in, like the plastering, to suit the inside of the 
building, and their natural affinities sacrificed more or less to 
every corner or inconvenient angle. We shall, undoubtedly, 
experience some difficulty in the arrangement of details in 
the separate collections, but we can rest assured, that the nat- 
ural sequence of forms, whether Mineralogical, Geological, 
or Zoological, will be as fully and better illustrated than it 
ever has been in any printed work embracing similar grounds, 
an achievement heretofore considered unattainable in Muse- 
ums of the size of ours. I by no means desire to assume for 
myself the whole credit of this really extraordinary success ; 
the peculiar construction of this building alone made it pos- 
sible to adopt such a plan of arrangement, and reflects great 
credit upon the judgment and capacity of the gentlemen 
who superintended its erection. The President not only 
urged the adoption of the Plan of Organization which was 
announced in the Report of 1870-1871, but has ever since 
given it his most energetic support, and to his efforts the 
Society owes the great progress made at the present time. 

The expense of these alterations necessarily came upon us 
all at one time, but it must be remembered that they will 


1874.] 76 [Annual Report. 


save the Society the expense of ultimately erecting a new 
building. The erection of an addition, which was contem- 
plated, would necessarily involve not only a great outlay 
of capital in bricks and mortar, but a corresponding annual 
increase in our expenses for heating, lighting, and wages to 
employees, besides the accumulation of larger and costlier 
collections. These expenses would have at once disabled 
all attempts to render the Museum really useful and instruc- 
tive to the public, and have obliged the officers and working 
members to give their whole time simply to the preservation 
of the constantly increasing collections. 

The cooperation with the Institute of Technology, besides 
the usual use of specimens, has extended during this year to 
the delivery of a course of lectures by Prof. W. H. Niles, in 
this hall. The duplicate fossils have been worked over by 
Mr. Crosby, and prepared for use as a study collection, to 
be placed in the southwest room in the basement, which has 
been floored, and will be fitted partly with the cases of the 
Rogers collection, and partly with duplicate cases from our 
own building. The collections of Prof. Wm. B. Rogers and 
Henry D. Rogers, now in the Institute of Technology, will 
be placed in this room until such a time as they can be 
worked up, and a complete suite selected for deposit in the 
show-cases. Fortunately Prof. Rogers will be able to give 
us his assistance in this work, and we hope to be able with 
his aid to restore the labels which have been lost or dam- 
aged. Mr. Crosby has prepared numerous microscopical 
sections and preparations of sponges, and the work in this 
department is progressing favorably. 

The unfortunate illness of Mr. Sprague has interrupted 
the progress of the work in the Entomological department, 
though he was at work fer a month at the commencement 
of the year, and has frequently inspected the collections since, 
as has also Mr. Emerton, who reports them free of insects. 

Work upon the Mollusca, though interrupted, is now 
being continued by Dr. Carpenter. He, with his assistant, 


Annual Report.) 8 : ; [May 6, 


visited Boston last summer, and, aided by Mr. Emerton, 
packed and unpacked specimens, arranging and cataloguing 
a large number of them. During the winter Dr. Carpenter 
has worked up ninety sets of duplicate bivalves and large 
shells, his assistant being now engaged upon the last tray. 
The whole of the land shells and fresh water univalves are 
yet to be arranged. é 

Dr. Thomas Dwight, chairman of the Committee on Com- 
parative Anatomy, reports that the cases have been improved 
by the introduction of glass partitions, and the locks changed, 
but that considerable alteration in the cases is still necessary. 

A prepared skeleton of a horse mackerel has been added 
to the collection, and some valuable exchanges have been 
negotiated. 

Work upon the fishes has been begun by Mr. Puiaats, 
Chairman of the Ichthyological Committee, and he is now 
engaged in arranging and classifying the Lake Erie collec- 
tion. 

The Reptiles remain in the same condition as in 2 
years. 

The Ornithological collection has been frequently in- 
spected during the year by Mr. Emerton, and is entirely 
free from insects. The collection of Mammalia is represented 
by a few wretched looking skins, and it would be better for 
the reputation of the Society to close the room in which they 
are, if they cannot be added to or improved. 

Considerable work has been done in the Botanical Depart- 
ment by Miss Carter, a young lady employed by Mr. Cum- 
mings to inspect and arrange the duplicates. Mr. Brigham, 
chairman of the Botanical Committee, has removed the col- 
lections in great part to the new work room designed for this 
department, and reports that they are all in excellent condi- 
tion. 

Work has also been done upon the-Mineralogical collec- 
tions by Mr. Bouvé, chairman of the Mineralogical Commit- 


1874.] g {Annual Report. 


tee, in preparing them for removal and display in the new 
cases now making. 

The Geological collections have been removed and stored 
in trays preparatory to a similar removal by the chairman of 
the Geological Committee. 

I am happy in being able to state that work has been be- 
gun by a competent Microscopist, Dr. Henry Coleman, upon 
the revision and arrangement of our valuable Microscopical 
collection, and that there is some hope of his being able to 
continue his efforts until the collection is put in a safe and 
accessible condition. 


During the last year five Corresponding and thirty-one 
Resident Members have been elected. Seventeen general 
meetings of the Society, eight of the Section of Entomology 
and seven of the Section of Microscopy have been held. 

The plan of notifying each member by a postal card, of 
the general meetings, and of the papers to be read at each, 
was adopted during the autumn, and has been attended with 
great success, as has been shown by the greatly increased 
interest and fuller attendance at the meetings. The latter 
has averaged, since October 15, sixty-four ; whereas the aver- 
age during the last year was twenty-five. The greatest num- 
ber of persons present at any one meeting was one hundred 
and twenty-four, the largest Society meeting ever held in 
this hall. 

From various unavoidable causes, only one course of 
Lowell lectures has been given during the past season, a 
course of four in number by Dr. Thomas Dwight, Jr., on liv- 
ing animal tissues. 

The disastrous effects of the great fire, together with other 
difficulties, prevented the continuance of. the lectures to 
teachers, which had been so generously maintained by Mr. 
Cummings, but it is hoped that these may be resumed at no 
distant time. 


Annual Report.] 10 [May 6, 


PUBLICATIONS. 


The Society has published since last May four Articles in 
the Memoirs: on the Fossil Myriapods from Nova Scotia, by 
Mr. 8. H. Scudder; on Earthquakes in New England, by M. 
Albert Lancaster ; on Embryology of Terebratulina, by Prot. 
K. 8. Morse, and a list of the Birds of Western Mexico, by 
Mr. Geo. N. Lawrence. 

Of the Proceedings two parts, concluding the fifteenth 
volume, and two parts of the sixteenth have been issued. 


LIBRARY. 


In the two last Annual Reports the need of the addition of 
a gallery to the back library has been urged; this want was 
supplied last June, and the Library is now arranged so as to 
preclude the necessity of extended changes for many years, 
although it is probable that a necessity for more shelf room 
will arise before the close of the present decade. The work. 
of correcting the alcove catalogues has been accomplished ; 
that on the card catalogue is still in progress. 

The additions during the year number 1353, and may be 
classified as follows :— ; 


8vo 4to Fol Total 

Volumes’ 20°" (S286 “* 8 095 8S So. re 
Parts) £0..%)2) 7.652. 0. Ose Re eee 
Pamphlets: 2). 424. hy) < 6), Di) oy a 
Mapsiand Charis. =) 9.) oe ae ae 
Totals ops te eee 1353 


Two additions of great value deserve especial mention, viz. : 
two collections of original paintings of Georgian Insects, 
by John Abbot. One of these collections, painted for Dr. 
Oemler of South Carolina, consists of nearly two hundred 
plates, illustrating Lepidoptera in different stages, and was 
purchased for the Society by the liberality of several mem- 
bers. The second collection, the gift of Dr. Asa Gray, is of 


1874.] bf [Annual Report. 


about the same. size, and represents, in the main, species 
different from those illustrated in the first collection, while 
both contain but very few of the insects figured in the great 
work of Smith and Abbot on the Lepidopterous Insects of 
Georgia. 

Seventy-one volumes have been bound during the year ; as 
usual, however, the amount of this work remaining to be 
done has increased. 

We have received exchanges for the first time from seven 
Societies, viz. : — 


Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde : : : . : . Berlin. 
Botanisch Verein der Provinz Braworbure ° se 
Physikalisch-medicinische Societat . - : . - . Erlangen. 
Sociedad Mexicana de Geografia y Estadistica Sette - Mexico. 

Société d’Emulation du Département de l’Allier . - Moulins. 
Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Natur und Volkerkunde Ostasiens . Yokohama. 
Imperial Botanical Garden : Sak - hig te . St. Petersburg. 


For extensive series of earlier publications, we have to 
thank especially the 


Academia real das Sciencias .. . Bk hole pmmacand itl sae 
Literary and Philosophical Society . : : : : . Liverpool. 
Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Akademien . Seles - Stockholm. 


During the year six hundred and seventy-four books have 
been taken from the Library by eighty-nine persons. 


Annual Report.) . 12 [May 6, 
The Treasurer presented the following report. 


Report of E. Pickering, Treasurer, on the Financial Affairs of the 
Society, for the year ending April 30th, 1874. 


Receipts. 
Dividends and Interest . 2 , ‘5 $6,944.39 
Courtis Fund Income ‘ F 4 : ¢ 4 : 709.91 
Pratt Fund Income. Fi : ‘ : : 850.00 
H. F. Wolcott Fund Income ; 5 : ‘ 2 464.00 
Walker Fund Income .. Bak ae 2 & 2,466.30 
66 Prize Fund Income . 5 5 ‘ 0 240.0 
66 Grand Prize Fund Income : 6 5 5 F94.00 
6 “  & Saleof Stock“. . 728.00 
Watomelopieal Fund Income . ke 75. 
Bulfinch Street Estate Fund Income 5 2,124.00 
Admission Fees A ° A ; 5 5 5 100.00 
Annual Assessments . A 4 : 1,385.00 
Lowell Institute Subsidy for Lectures SP cml : 138.76 
Donations . 6 4 : 5 ; 580.00 
Total . F BE 3 A . ° A $16,899.36 
Expenditures. 
Museum and Furniture . : : c ‘ ‘: $3,423.81 
Re abs of Museum . : 5 ; 5 : . 864.0: 
Cabin ¢ : 3 P 1,332.28 
Cleveland Collection’ of Fossils 3 A y 5 ‘ 800.00 
Library 5 - 3 ; A 527.76 
Abbot's Drawings of ‘Lepidoptera : Gi By. stam dates ; 500.00 
Memoirs and Seeman ue : A 6 - $1,696.28 
Less receipts . . : 6 4 - 662.87 
—_— 1,138.41 
Lectures A : 3 : 141.11 
Gas 5 ‘ 5 4 3 5 : 5 5 5 i 209.25 
Fuel . : i 4 . ; : s : ; : 614.75 
Insurance . 5 3 P 0 ; 5 : ; f 1,754.22 
Salaries . 5 : 5,760.66 
A.S. Packard, J Pup Walker Prize : i Q ; f 60.00 
A. Agassiz, Walker Grand Prize . . 5 : 1,000.00 
General Expenses . ; Z . : ‘ . ; 1,152.21) $18,778.48 
Excess of Expenditures over Receipts Sanat te $1,874.12 


E. PickERING, Treasurer, 
Boston Society of Natural History. 
Boston, May 1, 1874. 


The Society then proceeded to the election of officers for 
the ensuing year. 

Messrs. Mann and Brewer were requested to collect. and 
count the ballots, and they announced that forty-four ballots 
had been cast, all for the nominees of the Nominating Com- 
mittee reported at the previous meeting. The following 
gentlemen were therefore declared officers for 1874-75. 


1874.] 13 [ Officers. 


PRESIDENT, 
. THOMAS T. BOUVE. 


VICE-PRESIDENTS, 
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER, JOHN CUMMINGS. 


CORRESPONDING SECRETARY, 
SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D. 


RECORDING SECRETARY, 
EDWARD BURGESS. 


TREASURER, 
EDWARD PICKERING. 


LIBRARIAN, 
EDWARD BURGESS. 


CUSTODIAN, 
ALPHEUS HYATT. 


COMMITTEES ON DEPARTMENTS. 
Minerals. Radiates, Crustaceans and Worms. 


Tuomas T. Bouvk, A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D., 
L. S. BURBANK, A. E. VERRILL, 
R. H. RICHARDS. ALEX. E. AGASSIZ. 


Geology. Mollusks. 
Wo. H. NILzs, EDWARD S. MoRskE, 
T. STERRY Honrt, J. HENRY BLAKE, : 
L. S. BURBANK. LEVI L. THAXTER. 
Paleontology. Insects. 
Tuos. T. Bouvs#, ° S. H. Scupp:r, 
N.S. SHALER, EDWARD BURGESS, 
W. H. NILEs. A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D. 
_ Botany. Fishes and Reptiles. 


JOHN CUMMINGS, 
CHARLES J. SPRAGUE, 
J. AMORY LOWELL. 


: Microscopy. 
-EDWIN BICKNELL, 
R. C. GREENLEAF, 
B. Joy JEFFRIES, M.D, 


Comparative Anatomy. 
THOMAS DWIGQHT, JR., M.D., 
_ JEFFRIES WYMAN, M.D., 
J.C. WHITE, M.D. 


F, W. PuTnam, 
S. KNEELAND, M.D., 
RICHARD BLIss, JR. 


Birds. 
THomMAas M. BREWER, M.D., 


SAMUEL CaBoT, M.D., 
J. A. ALLEN. 


MERTON, 
. B. S. Jackson, M.D. 


Cy ey Sy 
Ei b> 
& 


Wyman.] 14 [May 20, 


The thanks of the Society were unanimously voted to the 
retiring Vice-President, Mr. Greenleaf, who had declined re- 
election. 


The following Resolution, offered by Mr. G. Washington 
Warren, was unanimously adopted : — 


‘¢ That this Society desires to place upon its records its high appre- 
ciation of the eminent services rendered by Dr. Charles T. Jackson, 
one of its Vice-Presidents, and of the high honor conferred upon the 
Society by his long association with it; and it would respectfully 
tender to his afflicted family its sincere condolence for the malady 
which has overtaken him, and has so abruptly terminated —for a 
season only it is greatly to be hoped — his scientific researches which 
have been of inestimable value to the public.” 


May 20, 1874. 
The President in the Chair. Sixty persons present. 


Prof. Jeffries Wyman read an account of the discovery of 
human remains in the fresh water shell-heaps of Florida, un- 
der circumstances which indicate that cannibalism was prac- 
ticed by the early inhabitants living on the shores of the St. 
Johns River. 


These remains were found scattered among the shells, and were 
broken up in the same manner as the bones of edible animals. In 
several instances considerable portions of the skeleton of a single 
individual were found, but spread out over a large surface and in a 
disorderly manner, showing that the bones could not have been de- 
posited as in an ordinary burial. As there were no marks of teeth 
these bones could not be supposed to have been broken up, while lying 
on the surface, by wild animals, as bears and wolves, and subsequently 
covered over by the accumulation of rubbish. ‘They were, besides, 
in the different instances broken up in a somewhat similar manner, 
the upper arm and thigh bones being fractured just below the heads 
and in the middle. The bones of the fore arm and leg were gener- 


1874.) ‘ 15 [Hyatt. 


ally broken through the middle, and the ribs were broken into smaller 
pieces of nearly uniform length. | 

Prof. Wyman also gave an account of cannibalism as it existed in 
the two Americas at the time of the discovery of the country, as well 
as in later years, and gave the documentary evidence for his state- 
ments, the most complete and conclusive of which is derived from 
the relations of the Jesuits. 


Mr. F. W. Putnam observed that in a few cases portions 
of human skeletons had been found in New England shell- 
heaps, and asked if Prof. Wyman believed that these were 
evidences of cannibalism in New England as well as Florida. 

Prof. Wyman thought there was no sufficient evidence for 
such a belief, and he also stated that he had never known a 
case of burial in a shell-heap ; but at Doctor’s Island, Fla., he 
had found a portion of a skeleton apparently buried under a 
heap, as Mr. Putnam stated was the case with the skeleton 
found under the heap near Forest River at Marblehead. 


The following paper was read : — 


GENETIC RELATIONS OF THE ANGULATIDH. By A. Hyatt. 


According to Oppel, all three of the lower species of this group, 
and perhaps four, are identical. I have not, however, been able to 
satisfy myself that even Amm. Moreanus of D’Orbigny is not a sep- 
arate species. The characteristics in which the forms differ from 
each other are precisely similar to those which distinguish Agoceras 
Boucaultianum from its nearest ally, and this is considered worthy of 
a distinct name by Oppel. 

Another difficulty in the way of joining all these species under one 
name is that they form a group precisely equivalent to the Discocera- 
tide, or to the whole of the Falcifiri, so far as their involution and 
the general parallelism of their characteristics is concerned. They 
are simply a very highly accelerated series, in which there are as 
great differences between the extreme forms, as there is between the 
extreme forms of the Discoceratide or of many other groups, com- 
posed of more numerous forms with less abrupt modifications. 

According to D’Orbigny his Amm. catenatus, of which we have a . 
specimen from the neighborhood of Semur, occurs locally below 


Hyatt.] 16 (May 20, 
TUBERCULATUS- 
BED. 
e * 
. &goceras 
Boucaultianum 
a 
al: 
>| 
| om | 
el 
pe 
Fi} BUCKLANDIBED iL hee 
E 4Egce. Leigneletii 
| 
same 
=e 
ZEgoc. Charmassei, ‘ 
thin variety 
ANGULATUSBED. Zigoc. Charmassei, 
stout variety 
Aigoc. angulatum 
PLANORBISBED. - 4igoe. catenatum 
TRIAS. 4£goceras incultum Psiloceras 


TRIAS. 


1874.] 1% [Hyatt. 


Aigoceras Charmasser and Leigneletii, and according to Oppel, all 
these forms are in the “Angulatusbett,” succeeded in the “ Tubercu- 
latusbett,” by digoceras Boucaultianum. If there is really any such 
recularity of succession, and from the collection at Semur it ‘would 
seem to be even more regular than Oppel supposed, it would accord 
admirably with what has been observed in other groups. 

Not only does the involution greatly increase-in each succeeding 
species, but the septa become more complicated in outline, and the 
adult characteristics of the pile ! and form are repeated at earlier and 
earlier stages in each species. This may be seen by the following 
descriptions. The same law governs also the inheritance of the old 
age characteristics of the individual. Thus Boucaultianus has the 
old age characteristics sooner developed in its growth than any other 
form, and occurs latest in time, thus showing that the acceleration, or 
- quicker reproduction of the characteristics, extends to the whole life, 
affecting even the period at which old age begins. The size increases 
in each successive form to Leigneletii, and then decreases considerably 
in Boucaultianus. 

One specimen from Semur is labelled Ammonites Boucaultianus, but 
evidently belongs to Leigneletii. ‘This shows that in extreme old age 
the abdomen becomes perfectly sharp and smooth; the pile are 
obsolescing, not reaching quite to the edge of the abdomen. 

In Prof. Fraas’ collection, associated with P. planorbis in the 
Planorbisbed, is a specimen of dgoceras angulatum var. catenatum, 
and as. this is the first appearance of digoceras angulatum, it is in- 
teresting to notice that it is less involute, more discoidal, and the 
whorl is more involute in aspect, or more like P. planorbis in itg 
proportions than the members of the same group, which follow in the 
Angulatusbed. 

It seems to me, therefore, that both by its geological position and 
characteristics it deserves to retain the separate appellation of LLgo- 
ceras catenatum. The developmental histories of both catenatus and 
angulatus, seem at first sight to contradict the supposition that they 
ean be traced to P. planorbis, since the resemblances of the adults 
disappear and the differences become more and more prominent as 
the shells are traced backward to their younger stages of erowth. 

In the collection at Semur thefe are three specimens in the Planor- 
bisbed under the name of catenatus. They are not large, but one 
exhibits obsolescing ribs and a smooth abdomen at the diameter of 


1 Pile is used as synonymous with ribs. 
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 2 OCTOBER, 1874, 


Hyatt] 18 [May 20, 
52 mm. D’Orbigny’s types agree with this identification. One 
specimen from the lower part of the same zone with Lzassicus is 
named moreanus, and may be said to agree with D’Orbigny’s figure.} 
This is simply a variety identical with colubratus Zeit., growing to a 
larger size than catenatus. . 

At the diameter of 168 mm. in this specimen, the pilz crossed the 
abdomen, showing that old age had set in. ‘That this is sometimes an 
embryonic feature retained throughout life is shown by another speci- 
men, which at the diameter of 21 mm. has the ribs continued over 
the abdomen. The typical angulatus form occurs as in Germany, in 
the true Angulatusbed, above the catenatus and moreanus varieties. 
The stout form of Charmassei occurs at Semur in the same bed, but 
the more compressed and more involute form which passes into Leig- 
neletit occurs in the Scipionianus zone, and also in the Bucklandi 
zone. In the latter it is associated with a very thin form which 
seems to be a transition to Boucaultianus, and is identical with Char- 
massei D’Orbigny figured in Pl. 92, figs. 1,2. One of these, 375 mm. 
in diameter, had the pile quite prominent on the abdomen. 

The true Boucaulttanus occurs above the Bucklandibed, associated 
with Birchi. 

Amm. subangularis Oppel, in the Munich Museum, from Kaltenthal, 
has young like planorbis, but the pile in one specimen cross the abdo- 
men. Another from Filder has smooth abdomen until it is an inch 
in diameter, then the pile cross the abdomen. One from Hammerk- 
har seems to pass through this stage, and finally becomes channelled, 
as.in angulatus. In old age the abdomen continues smooth, and the 
shell resembles the old stage of Caloceras Johnstoni. ‘This is hardly 
an intermediate form, and does not confirm the evidence brought for- 
ward by Prof. Quenstedt, which is founded upon the occurrence of 
similar abnormal forms, though the conclusions of that sagacious 
author are in the main correct. It seems to me, indeed, to be merely 
a reversionary form of planorbis or Johnstoni. 

Waagen’s name Augoceras is retained for this group on account of 
the resemblance of the extreme young of angulatus to the figure 
which he gives of the type of his genus, 4goceras Buonarotti-of the 
Muschelchalk. He and Mojsisovics concur in describing the extreme 
young of Amm. incultum as similar to‘planorbis. If this is really so, and 
Palmai and planorbis, etc., are as nearly related as they appear to be by 


1 The original in the Jardin des Plantes‘is a fragment. It is like the figure, but 
shows that the interior.whorls have been almost wholly restored. 


1874.] 19 (Hyatt. 


descriptions and figures, we have the means of tracing both Hgoceras 
and Psiloceras to a common stock. Therefore Quenstedt after all is 
in the main correct, though the point of separation for the two 
stocks, one the parent of the Arietide, and the other of the Angula- 
tide, must be sought in the Trias and not in the Lias. The resem- 
blances between the form and characteristics of the full-crown Amm. 
incultum and the young of Zgoceras angulatum during the stage in 
which the pile stretch across the abdomen, and the channel is still 
undeveloped, are numerous and convincing in this respect. | 

#Zigoceras angulatum Waacen. 

Amm. angulatus Sch., Die Petref., p. 70. ’ 

Amm. catenatus Sow., De la Beche Traite de Geol., p. 407, f. 67. 

¢é «© =) D’Orb., Ter. Jurass., Ceph., pl. 94. 

Amm. colubratus Ziet., tab. 3, fig. 1. 

Amm. angulatus depressus Quen., Die Ceph., p. 75, pl. 4, fig. 2. 

Nothwithstanding Oppel’s reunion of this species with Charmassei 
and Leigneletii of D’Orbigny, I cannot regard them as anything more 


than closely allied species, since they differ in the young, as well as in 


the adult and oldage. The young appear to be smooth for about one 
and a half whorls, then lateral tubercles appear. These spread upon 
the sides into folds, which on the early part of the fourth, or last of the 
third whorl, rapidly become true depressed pile, and then begin to be 
continued across the abdomen with a very decided forward bend in 
the genicule, and an acute angle on the abdomen. The furrowing 
or lineal depression which obliterates the angle of intersection of the 
pile on the abdomen, is developed on the last half of the fourth 
whorl. 

On the early part of the fourth whorl the shell has already the 
abdominal lobe somewhat deeper than the superior laterals, and 
these again very much deeper than the inferior laterals. The cells 
broad and rather shallow, the superior laterals being a trifle shallower 
than the inferior laterals, as in the Arietide. 

On the first quarter of the fifth volution the bases of the superior 
and inferior lateral cells and the tops of the superior lateral lobes, 
have become trifid, or unequally divided, whilst those of the inferior 


-lateral lobes and auxiliary cells are equally divided. The abdominal 


lobes are shorter than the superior laterals, though the cells maintain 
their old proportions. 

In the full adult condition the characteristics of the septa differ 
considerably from the Arietide, but approximate to those of Psilo- 
ceras. 


Hyatt.] 20 _ [May 20, 


The minor lobes are more numerous, deeper, and pointed than in » 
the Arietidz, the minor cells being quite leaf-like, the abdominal lobe 
considerably shallower than the superior laterals, the inferior laterals 
very short, and the auxiliary lobes quite numerous and bending poste- 
riorly at a considerable angle. The seventh whorl increases in size 
with great rapidity, the abdomen becoming narrower, the channel 
shallower, the pile more depressed, losing their prominent, somewhat 
abrupt, genicular bend, and on the abdomen becoming depressed to 
a level with the siphonal line. 

The involution of this whorl is about othe and that of the 
ninth a trifle over one-half. The peculiar-flattening of the sides and 
form of the adult whorl, and the amount of involution, are close 
approximations to the adult characteristics of Amm. Charmasset, but 
the septa are different and the young more robust; the pile are de- 
veloped carlier and more rapidly, and the abdominal channel also 
In some specimens, however, these last are not noticeable until quite 
a late period, the pila being continuous across the abdomen, as in 
D. planicostum, even on the sixth volution. 

In the collections at the Stuttgart Museum are several very fine 
specimens of the old age of this species, and it is easy to distinguish 
it from Charmassei, by the narrowness of the whorls, and its more 
open umbilicus and discoidal aspect. One of the largest angulatus 
measures 495 mm., the last whorl 17 mm.; another measures 515 mm., 
and last whorl 18.5 mm. 

In the Museum at Stuttgart, in the centre of a crushed specimen 
of the true angulatus from Kirchheim, the young was very clearly 
exposed. This had very smooth and round,; though rather stout 
whorls. The pile appeared on the sides as faint folds, which are 
straight at first, then curve, reach the abdomen, and finally cross 
it with a forward inflection. ‘These become very prominent and de- 
cided before the channel is formed, which finally cuts through the 
pile. This variety, however, ‘is considerable, since in the adult of 
this specimen the channel is only partially developed, the pile being 
only about half cut through, though the specimen is about two and 
one-fourth inches in diameter. There is here a close likeness to some 
of the trias forms, but not to the true Planorbis which the young 
does not resemble at all. 

In young specimens in Prof. Quenstedt’s colleesans and the Mu- 
seum of Comparative Zoology, the same was observed. It often occurs 
also that after the character is developed, and the shell quite large, 


1874.] 21 [Hyatt. 


the pils again join, but this is not so frequent as has been supposed. 
They more often remain separated until old age. 

The early occurrence of this form in the Planorbisbed is estab- 
lished by repeated observations on the part of Profs. Quenstedt and 
Fraas in Wurtemburg. The separation of the pile is not uncommon 
in other groups, especially in Perisphinctes. The original of Amm. 
angulatus Sow., which I saw in the British Museum, is only a mal- 
formed communis. '; 

fagoceras Charmassei Hyatt. 

Amm. Charmassei D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., Ceph., p. 296, pl. 91, 92. 

Besides the characteristics mentioned in the description of dgoce- 
ras angulatus the following may be added.» On the sixth volution, 
the extremely gibbous form of the young begins to change. The 
whorl increases more rapidly, the abdomen is narrower, and the 
pilz as in preceding species, with this exception. On this volution, 
or perhaps on the fifth, they become bifurcated, or else have inter- 
mediate short pile interspersed between the longer ones. The septa 
have remarkably large abdominal lobes, shallower than the superior 
laterals, but with a much more ragged outline. The siphonal 
cell is extraordinary in this respect. It is very large, and marked 
with several lateral minor lobes and cells. The remaining lobes and 
cells are much more complicated than in angulatus. 

On the sixth volution the form of the whorl changes exactly as in 
angulatus. ‘The envelopment of this whorl equals one-half of the side 
of the sixth, whereas in angulatus the envelopment does not equal 
this until it reaches the ninth volution. The envelopment at the 
same age in this species, that is on the ninth whorl, covers full two- 
thirds of the side of the eighth whorl. There is a form in Prof. 
Fraas’ collection from Mohringen answering to the young of Char- 
massei, as figured by D’Orbigny, pl. 91, and another from Filder, 
which is precisely intermediate in its characteristics between this and 
the smoother, flatter variety figured on pl. 92. The oldest specimens 
in the possession of the Museum of Stuttgart measured 53 mm., and 
the last whorl 23 mm. A. angulatum parts with its pile and grows 
smooth much earlier apparently than 4. Charmassei. Probably this 
occurs at about the same age, but the superior size of Charmasset 
makes it seem older when the old age characteristics begin to appear. 


Hyatt.) ~ 2», [May 20, 


fagoceras Leigneletii Hyatt. 

Amm. Leigneletti D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., Ceph., p. 298, plug? 

Amm. angulatus compressus Quen., Die Ceph., p. 75. 

The same class off acts divides this species from Charmassei that we 
used to show the differences between the latter and angulatus 
— namely that the young differ as well as the old in some specimens. 

The differences are very great between the fifth whorl (about) of 
Leigneleti, and the same age in Charmassei. ‘The tubercles are more 
prominent on the edge of the abdomen, the pile more depressed on 
the sides, and their terminations tubercular on the edge of the abdo- 
men, which instead of being a broad, rounded space, is a flattened 
zone. ‘The reduction of the abdomen of course occurs in all species 
of this group, but in other, species, except Boucaultianus, it is found 
only during the senile stage. 

A specimen of Boucault’s Collection, labelled Amm. Charmassei, is 
probably the young of this species. If so, the young shell differs 
from Charmassei in having laterally compressed whorls, like those of 
its own adult, much finer pile, not so prominent and near the abdo- 
men, bifurcating very regularly. The smooth lateral zones found on 
the fifth volution are not indicated on the fourth whorl in this speci- 
men, and it resembles at this time in the form of the whorl, the pile 
and the abdominal channel, a much older stage of growth which 
occurs in Charmassei. 

Amm. angulatus compressus of Quenstedt may also in part belong 
to Charmassei, but the two specimens from Museum Stuttgart are 
apparently of this species only. ‘The development in one of these 
specimens covers about two-thirds of the sides of the eighth whorl, 
and about the same age the pile again cross the narrow abdomen, 
obliterating the siphonal depression or bare tract, and introducing a 
series of crenulations instead. ‘This is a return to the young condi- 
tion, and indicates the first degradational or old age period. Of 
course it is not intended by this to deny that there are no young which 
closely approximate to the young of Charmassei. On the contrary 
some specimens are apparently identical in all respects, except the 
greater flatness and the earlier period at which the involution ap- 
pears to be shown. In fact the species are connected by numerous 
transitional forms with Charmasset. 


1874.] Ay) (Hyatt. 


Aigoceras Boucaultianum Hyatt. 

Amm. Boucaultianus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., Ceph., p. 294, pl. 90. 

This remarkable species differs from Letgneleti in about the same ~ 
manner that that species differs from Mgoceras Charmasset, in other 
words, it is more involute than Leigneletii at the same age; on about 
the seventh or eighth whorl, at least three-fourths of the sides are 
hidden. The pile are not so coarse ds in that species, and the ab- 
dominal channel is obliterated at an earlier age, and succeeded by 
the crenulations caused by the pile. The septa differ considerably 
The specimen examined was one of D’Orbigny’s types. The same 
transitional forms which lead into Leigneletw also lead into other 
more compressed and more involute forms which are transitional to 
the true Boucaultianus. They differ from Leigneleti only in the 
suppression of the tuberculated pile, and a general tendency toward 
obsolescence of the pila on the sides. 


APPENDIX TO COMMUNICATIONS ON REVERSIONS AMONG 
AMMONITES. 


Proc., Vol. XIv, 1870, p. 22. 


Microderoceras Birchii. 

This occurs in the form named Amm. rotundaries py Fraas (MSS.) 
in the Arietenbank or Bucklandibed. 

Microderoceras Hebertii. 

This is not the Hebertii of Oppel, but a form intermediate between 
that figured by D’Orbigny under the name of Amm. brevispina and 
the typical Birchu. It is not found in the Middle, but in the Lower 
Lias Birchiibed at Semur. The confusion arises out of a false iden- 
tification by Oppel from the supposed types in D’Orbigny’s collection. 
The type is really a very rare form of Birchi, found only, so far as I 
know, in the Museums at Semur and Cambridge. ‘The specimens in 
D’Orbigny’s:collection are forms of the single-spined group allied to 
armatus. They differ from the type described by D’Orbigny, and 
also from Hebert of Oppel, which is identified in Germany, and 
appears in the Munich collection as a species allied to Valdani, with 
a keel, and all the characteristics of its group. 

' Microceras biferum, 

The young of this species in some varieties is very similar to the 
young of Birchi, and confirms: the views previously taken of their 
affinities. 


Hyatt.] 9A. [May 20, 


% 


MARGARITATUS- 
eEED ; And. Bechei 
‘ DAVOEIBED. 
io) 
a 
iS 
=~ 
e : 
a IBEXBED. And. Bechei 
Q 
= 
= gs 
S| aS 
K A iS 
& s 6 And.appressum__And. 
= S “poe = hybrida Opp. Henleyi 
JAMESONIBED. ss fet peal . 
ra Bsn eee Tes 
a 3 : 
: Bo ete oe 
a [as 
P 5 
Dp 
iS 
oO 
RARICOSTATUS- | 
' BED. cs 
[ov 
2 
ean 
= . 
ws 
2 
Pale 
a 4S 
OXYNOTUSBED. Si 
37 
ae 
7) O smo 
si UE as cere 
ey aR Shee 3 
| om 2 2 = 
ee OBTUSUSBED. —— 2 eS, 
: eaten U2 
5 Pigeaet, cog tick 
4 gq A A 
——$>- 
TUBERCULATUS- Birchii M. Birchii var. (species) 
BED. brevispina D’Orb. ; 
cd 
BUCKLANDIBED. M. Birchii var. (species) 


rotundaries Fraas 


Hyatt.] 25 [May 20, 


Amm. polymorphus miztus Quenst. is not a synonym of this species» 
and my remarks are erroneous in this respect. In Quenstedt’s col- 
lection there are several specimens with the Turrilete deformity, sup- 
posed to be identical with Turr. Valdani and Coynarti. They are, 

‘however, members of this species, and not equivalent to Turr. Coy- 
narti, though perhaps equivalent to Turr. Valdani. 

Turr. Coynarti is evidently a deformed specimen of planicosta and 
Turrilites Boblayei, a deformed specimen of carusense, according to 
D’Orbigny’s collection. I have found also similar deformities in sev- 
eral other species, so that it is an unquestionable deformity to which 
species of the Lower Lias are more or less susceptible, as previously 
‘noticed by Quenstedt. 

Microceras latzecostum. 

Besides the varieties sinwosum and maculatum, this should also 
include crescens. It cannot readily be separated, either by its form 
or any of its characteristics. The original of Sowerby has only one 
row of spines until quite large, when it acquires two. 

Microceras arcigerens. 

This is the English representative of Microceras biferum, and in 
some specimens is not separable from that species, while in others it. 
if not separable from latecosta. 

The young of all, and the adult stages of some specimens, are like 
the young and adult stagesof biferum, while the adult of other speci- 
mens have the peculiar form and pile of latecosta. 

Deroceras Dudressieri. 

In Quenstedt’s collection are several remarkable forms of this 
species. One begins to show old age, or rather in that case a prema- 
ture decay of parts begins to take place when the shell is only two 
inches in diameter. The tubercles and folds begin to show signs of 
decay in a perfectly normal way, even at this early age. Another 
specimen from Dewangen (Der Jura, p. 125) has young, with enor- 
mously large, truncated spinous casts, as in armatum. There are 
other young of this species which are identified as planicosta Sow.! 

Deroceras ziphius. 

Amm. armatus sparsinodus Quenstedt. . 

Quenstedt’s magnificent series confirms the views previously 
printed. 


1 See also Der Jura, p. 97, Capricornus nudus. 


Hyatt.) 26 [May 20, 


Deroceras ziphoides, 

Amm. ziphoides Quenst., Der Jura, p. 130, pl. 15, fig. 11. 

This is really only a form of ziphius in the Lias, which has an 
accelerated mode of development, and has partly skipped the plani- 
costan character of the abdomen. The pile still cross the abdomen, 
but have lost their broad planicostan aspect. 

Deroceras planicostum, 

Sowerby’s specimens are mixed with ae and Dudressiert. 
These hardly afford the means of determining whether planicosta 
deserves a separate name-from Dudressieri, but after a careful exam- 
ination I doubt whether the form of planicosta can be separated from 
the young of Dudressiert. It will be observed that planicosta is a 
small species, and in many undoubtedly planicostan varieties the 
characteristic spines of Dudressierit are assumed after the specimen 
attains an unusually large size, so that it becomes impossible to sep- 
arate them from the young of Dudressiert. Several of Sowerby’s 
specimens are unquestionably forms of this species. 

There are, however, some extreme forms of planicosta laterally 
very flat and very narrow on the abdomen, for which it may be 
found convenient to reserve a separate appellation. 

My remarks with regard to the affinity of this species with specigs 
of the Arietide2 should be more definite. They can apply only to 
certain parallel or reversionary characteristics which are common to 
both Arietide and Microceras, and not attributable to any direct 
genetic connection. 

Deroceras confusum. 

This should be Ammonites Lohbergensis Emerson. Deroceras confu- 
sum Quenst. is very distinct. The figures of Quenst. are not ex- 
actly correct. Fig. 8. pl. 72 of “Der Jura” has a hardly perceptible 
keel connecting some of the abdominal ridges of the original speci- 
men, but absent between others. The whorl is quite round in the 
young, then acquires the form given in Fig. 8, and then that delin- 
eated in Fig. 10. There are, however, still very faint signs of a keel 
-which is entirely lost between the oldest ridges. 


_Amm. subplanicosta Oppel. 

This remarkable form, as seen in the Munich Collection, has young like biferum, 
and in other respects resembles that species, but begins to acquire the planicostan 
or latzcostan pile at a very early age, and in some specimens probably remains 
similar to latecosta throughout life. There can be but little doubt that it is a late- 
costan-like variety of J. biferum. 


1874.] Ov (Hyatt. 


Deroceras desinodum. 

This species is not a member of this series at all, but genetically 
allied with the armatus series. 

Androgynoceras hybridum. 

This species is very commonly confused with the other forms of 
Androgynoceras and Liparoceras by all German authors. It is, 
however, quite readily distinguished by the large size which it attains 
before acquiring the peculiar tuberculated lateral and divided ab- 
dominal pilze of the group to which it belongs. Sowerby’s collection 
shows that his Henleyi was identical with this species, and not 
with the species which now universally goes by that name. 

Androgynoceras appressum. 

This is quite a distinct form, but is equal to Amm. striatus evolutus 
Quenst., and to a part of Amm. hybrida Oppel, and appears to lead 
into a peculiar keeled form, also part ef Amm. hybrida Oppel. 

This form becomes almost smooth in the young, and thus resembles 
Amm. polymorphus lineatus, which both Quenstedt and Oppel con- 
sider connected with it. I think the resemblance is caused merely 
by a mode of development which has the same relation to the mode 
of development in And. appressum that the mode of development in 
Bechii has to Henlyi. ‘That is, the young are smooth for a long time 
in both, and both skip the latecostan stage, but the adults differ in 
the subsequently developed characteristics of the adult abdomen. 

Liparoceras indecisum. 

This form has two varieties, one in the collection of the Museum of 
Comparative Zoology, which in the young approximates quite closely 
to the young of And. hybrida, and one form in the Munich collection, 
which is intermediate between the normal forms and the true Hen- 
leyi; that is, the young have the latzcostan abdomen for a much 
more limited time. 

Liparoceras Henleyi. 

This is undoubtedly, as Oppel states, only a form of Bechet, but if 
we join this and Bechei under one name, we must also, according to 
the same rule, join all the forms from Microceras latecosta to Bechit 
inclusive under one specific name, with numerous varieties. 

Liparoceras Bechei. 

This occurs in Lias 7 with Henleyi and appressum, but the extreme 
forms are mostly found in Lias a. Sowerby’s original is the form 
usually identified as Bechei, with smooth young. 


° 


28 


mM : 
< D. Brauniamum 
g C. mucronatum Per. 
D. annulatum acanthopse 
f | Postpono- C. crassum 
e MYNBED. D. Holandrei _ Peronoceras 
Ay C. Desplacei subarmatum 
=) Dactylioceras commune 
YO 
SPINATUS- 
BED. 
MARGARITA- 
TUSBED. Deroceros 
Zitteli 
7) 
_ 
ama - 
=) same 
<2 
A DAVGIBED. 
D. Davei 
E 
C. Hgeor 
a 
C. Actzor 
(a 
game D. Venarense C.Mauger i? 
IBEXBED. C. bipunctatr 
a 
C. natrix 
, D. submuticum 
J AMESSON- C. ceutaurum P. brevispinum 
IBED. | D. nodogi 
Ceeloceras pettos oe een 
: SSS . 
AM ARUS BEP-Deroceras armatum 
t 
RARICOSTA- i ; 
TEER D. densinodum Arnioc _ 
mniserabile 
w 
<q 
= 
fs OxyYxoTUs- ; 
BED. 
2 
ro) ‘ a 
vl J 
J 
OBTUSUSBED = RET ERES SET WE ee 
Deroceras Dudressieri 
-—_ee—o-—” 
Ee) — 


os lS 
D. Dudresieri, Birchii. . 


1874.] 29 (Hyatt. 


APPENDIX TO COMMUNICATION ON “ THE Non REVERSIONARY 
SERIES OF THE LIPAROCERATID&,” ETC. 


(Proceedings, Jan. 17th, 1872.) — 


Deroceras armatum. 

I have noted that a well preserved specimen of this species occurs 
in Prof. Fraas’ collection from the Raricostatusbed of the Lower Lias. 

Deroceras alternum. 

This may be a broad whorled variety of Deroceras Zitteli (sp. 
Oppel), and Deroceras minatum Hyatt, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 
No. 5, p. 94, is probably the typical variety of the same species fig- 
ured by Oppel in the Mittheilungen, pl. 42. 

Both of these forms probably came from the Margaritatusbed, 
though the latter is labeled Upper-Lias, Plateau de Larzac. 

D. alternum approximates to Oppel’s species in possessing a large 
abdominal cell, but the lateral cells and lobes are quite different. 
These differences are not important, however, and alternum appears 
the same as Oppel’s species; but whether minatum is or not cannot 
be decided on account of the label referred to above. 

Deroceras Davcei. 

The Amm. planarmatus of Quenstedt appears to be a form of this 
species. A specimen in the Museum of Stuttgart is much stouter 
than the ordinary form of Dave, but is more nearly allied to that 
species than the fragment figured and described by Quenstedt. This 
has no spines and the pile are split into several upon the abdomen 
according to Quenstedt’s description, though the figure shows that 
they are merely the abdominal remnants of pilze whose lateral por- 
tions have been obliterated. ‘This, the absence of tubercles and the 
fold-liké character of the pile, appear to indicate an old age form of 
Davei. I say this with great doubt, because the septa are slightly 
different, and I have not seen Quenstedt’s original specimen. 

Deroceras muticum, 

This description includes a broad form, which is the Deroceras 
Venarense (Opp. Spec. Mittheil., pl. 42), and a compressed variety 
which is named Amm. muticus by Boucault. The specimens are from 
Venarey, and doubtless are merely varieties of Venarensis, but they 
agree quite closely with D’Orbigny’s figure of Amm. muticus. Un- 
fortunately the original specimen was not found in D’Orbigny’s col- 
lection, and I think it would be more consistent with prudence to 
adopt Quenstedt’s and Oppel’s conclusion, that Amm. muticus D’ Orb. 


Hyatt. 30 [May 20, 


is equal to Amm. armatus densinodus Quenst., and give both the 
above described varieties the name of Deroceras Venarense. 

Deroceras nodogigas. 

This species really belongs to the series of which Amm. muticus 
D’Orb. (Armatus densinodus Quenst.) is the first member, and not 
to this genus at all. 

Platypleuroceras brevispina. 

This is the Natrix rotundus of Quenstedt. Sowerby’s original is 
really a variety of latecosta, as well as the accompanying figure on 
the same plate, but it seems best to accept Oppel’s solution of the 
difficulty, and cut the knot by applying the name to the Natrix rotun- 
dus form. Natrix oblongus is entirely distinct in every respect. In 
Prof. Fraas’ collection there are two young specimens, undoubtedly ~ 
belonging to this species from Lias 6 Balingen. 

Amm. natrix oblongus Quenst. 

A careful examination of the young in Quenstedt’s collection 
shows them to be very distinct from the young of the preceding. 
This resembles Birchii until a late period, while Natrix oblongus, on 
the other hand, is similar in the younger stages to the adult of Dero- 
ceras densinodum; the aspect and closeness of the pile and truncated 
spines, the form of the whorls and. abdomen are precisely similar. 
Finally, Quenstedt himself has remarked the similarity of the septa 
in the adults of both forms. Here, as in many of the neighboring 
forms, it is very interesting to observe the reversions caused by the — 
reappearance of the planicostan aspect of the abdomen in the 
adults, accompanied by the loss of the armatoid tubercles. This 
mode of development unites desinodum, nodogigas and this species, 
into one genetic series. ‘The name which should then be adopted is 
that given by Oppel, Amm. submuticus. ‘ 

Cycloceras natrix. 

This species is only separable from Cycloceras bipunctatum by the 
greater stoutness of the whorls and greater rotundity of the abdo- 
men; whether it should be separated from Natrix rotundus or not, my 
material does not permit me to determine. 

Cycloceras bipunctatum, 

In the collections of Fraas, Quenstedt, and especially in one made 
by Baron Schwartz, which I saw at Tiibingen, it is easy to observe 
that the old of bipunctatus becomes smooth, and possesses the same 
form as the so-called Cycl. Masseanum. A specimen in the collee- 
tion of Museum of Stuttgart is eleven and a half centimetres in 


1874.] 31 [Hyatt. 


diameter, but still not so smooth or so advanced in senility as 
D’Orbigny’s figure of a much smaller individual. The young are 
identical in their characteristics with the more flattened varieties of 
Arnioceras miserabile, which have the pile bent forward and of linear 
aspect. 3 

Amm, maugenestii D’Orb. 

This species, as exhibited in Prof. Fraas’ collection, shows a young 
form which at 35 mm. in diameter is precisely similar to the adult of 
bipunctatus at the diameter of 8 to 12 mm. with two rows of spines. 
The abdomen is also elevated at this early age, though it afterwards 
flattens slightly, and assumes the planicostan pile in some specimens. . 
When 9 mm. in diameter, the specimen referred to above loses its 
tubercles and begins to become narrower across the abdomen, and at 
the diameter of 11 to 12 mm. the senile features exactly reproduce 
the characteristics of the spineless or Masseanus form. 

In D’Orbigny’s collection it may be seen that there is no real line 
to be drawn between Maugenestu and bipunctatus (Valdani D’ Orb). 
The single row of spines described by D’Orbigny is confined to a 
limited number of specimens; the larger number of specimens have 
two rows of spines. The extreme Valdani or bipunctatus form is 
usually thinner, and the septa somewhat different. 

Cycloceras Masseanum. 

That this is merely the old age of the preceding species, and not a 
form by itself with adult characteristics, is shown by all the collec- 
tions I have seen, especially by that of Dr. Schwartz, who first drew 
my attention to this fact. 

Cycloceras Atgeeon, 

This form is very closely connected to the preceding or Actzon 
variety of Maugenestii by a series of forms in which the old or Mas- 
seanus stage is inherited at earlier and earlier periods, until it finally 
invades the young stages of development. In other words, C. 4/gcon 
is the old age type of its series, having no stage corresponding to the 
adult, but only to the old age of the preceding species. 

Peronoceras acanthopsis. 

This is evidently only a variety of subarmatum, with a broad 
abdomen. 

Peronoceras subarmatum, 

As pointed out by Quenstedt, this is identical with the flattened 
forms named by him Amm. Bollensis, and occurring in Lias «. 


Hyatt.] oo [May 20, 


Coeloceras pettos. 

There are two distinct varieties with numerous intermediate forms. 
One has large pile in the young, and the earlier stages are insepara- 
ble from those of C. centaurus; the other has smaller and finer pile. 
The development is often distinct when the adults exhibit no percep- 
tible differences. On the other hand, a very broad abdomened 
typical variety, or a very narrow adult shell, may be produced from 
young that are precisely similar. In Quenstedt’s collection the broad 
variety is found in the Daveibed, somewhat above the other. 

C. pettos and centaurus, according to Fraas’ and Quenstedt’s col- 
lection, are found together in the same bed where alone centaurus 
appears in Quenstedt’s diagram. This, and numerous intermediate 
forms, show that they are merely varieties of the same species 
though it is convenient to retain their separate names. 

Coeloceras Desplacei. 

The Amm. acanthus D’Orb. is a form of this species which has no 
tubercles on the cast, very slight ones on the shell, and pile very reg- 
ularly divided. A very fine specimen in D’Orbigny’s collection 
shows the old age. ‘The spines become obsolete, and subsequently 
they lose their divided pile and stretch across the abdomen in par- 
allel lines. -At the same time, also, the size of the whorl decreases, 
the abdomen losing in breadth until the sides are only gibbous near 
the dorsal line, and then converge rapidly outwards. The breadth 
of the dorsum also decreases so that a decided tendency to return to 
a cylindrical smooth form of the whorl is manifested in old age. 

Coeloceras crassum. 

In D’Orbigny’s collection a fine specimen of this form reaches a 
larger size than any I have seen, nearly 9 mm. In this, also, the 
tubercles are lost in old age, pile become single on the abdomen, and 
the involution becomes less, as described above for C. Desplacei. 
The Amm. crassus of Quenstedt occurs in Lias < and £, and in Fraas’ 
collection there are representatives of this species which have no 
tubercles; they are from Metzingen. ; 

Coeloceras mucronatum. 

This is merely a compressed form of C. crassum. 

Dactylioceras commune. 

This species occurs in the compressed specimens of Lias “ <” of 
Quenstedt, and in Lias “¢,” as shown by Quenstedt’s and Fraas’ col- 
lections, in company with Holandrei. See also Quenstedt’s remarks 
on Amm. communis and crassus in “ Der Jura,” pod. 


1874.] 2 | [Allen. 


Dactylioceras annulatum, 

A form allied to this species appears in Fraas’ collection under the 
name of Amm. annulatus triplicatus Quenst., in the Macrocephalibed. 
This form is precisely intermediate between the true annulatum and 
the Amm. athleta of the upper formations, and as stated by him it 
is not the same as the annulatus of the Upper Lias, though very 
closely allied to it. It is also distinct from athleta, and other allied 
forms of the same group, in which the adults acquire the spines and 
peculiar outlines of the abdomen and septa of the athleta group. 


June 3, 1874. 
Prof. Hyatt in the chair. Thirty-one persons present. 


The following paper was read : — 


Notes oN THE NaturAL History oF PorTIONS oF DAKOTA 
AND MontTANA TERRITORIES, BEING THE SUBSTANCE OF A 
REPORT TO THE SECRETARY OF WAR ON THE COLLECTIONS 
MADE BY THE NortH Pacriric RAILROAD EXPEDITION OF 
1873, Gen. D. S. STANLEY, CoMMANDER. By J. A. ALLEN, 
NATURALIST OF THE EXPEDITION. 


I. INTRODUCTORY. 


The route taken by the Expedition may be briefly indicated as fol- 
lows: — Starting from Fort Rice, on the Missouri River (a point a 
little to the north of the geographical centre of Dakota), our course 
was thence nearly due west to the Yellowstone River, in Montana 
Territory, which we struck a few miles above the mouth of Glendive 
Creek. Crossing the Yellowstone at this point, (where a temporary 
post was established, called Camp Thorne), we followed up its left 
bank to Pompey’s Pillar, a distance of one hundred and ninety miles. 
We kept mainly to the bottom lands, but the high bluffs being cut by 
the river at frequent intervals, we were forced occasionally to the 
adjoining highlands. Leaving the Yellowstone at Pompey’s Pillar, 
we crossed over to the Musselshell, which we struck near the 109th 
meridian. From this point the Expedition descended the valley of 
the Musselshell, as far as the “ Big Bend,” — a distance of about sev- 
enty miles — where we left it, and by a southeasterly course reached 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 3 OCTOBER, 1874. 


(3) 


Allen.] 54 [June 3, 


the Yellowstone again at the mouth of Little Porcupine Creek. 
Thence down the Yellowstone, and eastward to Fort Abraham Lin- 
coln, on the Missouri, our course was essentially the same as that 
pursued on our way out. The route of the Expedition hence lay 
wholly between the 46th and 47th parallels, sweeping somewhat 
sinuously from one to the other, and extended from near the 100th 
meridian to the 109th. 

The whele extent of country traversed is thus, in respect to its 
fauna, wholly beyond the western boundary of the so-called “ Eastern 
Province ” of North America, and is compriséd within the excessively 
arid belt of the western plains. But throughout this wide area, 
the country, either in respect to its general features or its productions, 
is by no means everywhere alike. The eastern border receives much 
more rain than the western, and the vegetation is proportionally more 
abundant and varied, with, of course, corresponding differences in 
the fauna. Geologically the region is wholly embraced within what 
has been termed the Lignite Tertiary Formation, but includes limited 
outcroppings of the Upper Cretaceous. It hence embraces consider- 
able areas deeply scored by erosion, forming the well-known “ Bad 
Lands” of the Upper Missouri district. A broad belt of these Bad 
Lands extends along the Little Missouri, and they occur at intervals 
all along the Yellowstone and its principal tributaries. They form 
the favorite haunts of several species of animals and plants not 
found generally dispersed over the plains. 

From the Missouri River westward, nearly to the Little Missouri, 
the country gives evidence of considerable fertility, being covered 
with a good growth of grass, which the present year remained quite - 
green till our return in September. Along the streams occur scat- 
tered clumps of timber, composed chiefly of box-elder, elm and 
cottonwood, with here and there groves of oak, the latter being 
confined chiefly to the coulées, or dry ravines, that extend back 
from the larger streams. Passing this semi-fertile district we arrive 
at the Little Missouri belt of Bad Lands, twenty to thirty miles in 
breadth. Beyond these we again meet with comparatively fertile 
grassy prairies, which extend to the divide west of Inman’s Fork ef 
the Little Missouri, or for a distance of some thirty miles. On reach- 
ing this divide (that of the Little Missouri and Yellowstone) we find 
indications of a more arid climate, the vegetation becoming more 
scanty, the grass shorter and thinner, and cacti and sage brush 
begin to be for the first time common, and even at times the pre- 


1874.] 35 | Allen. 


dominating plants. Thence to the Yellowstone the country becomes 
still more and more barren, and is deeply cut by erosion, belts of 
“ Bad Lands” bordering the Yellowstone and its tributaries, and ren- 
dering an approach to them with wagons a very difficult undertaking. 
The valley of the Yellowstone indicates a great degree of aridity 
of climate and soil, but the overflowed portions generally afford an 
abundance of good grass, interspersed, however, with large areas 
occupied almost exclusively with luxuriant growths of either Opuntia 
missourtensis, grease wood (Obione vulgaris), or sage brush (Artemi- 
sia canescens). The several terraces of the river are even more: 
barren than the bottom-lands, though occasionally affording fine 
erass, while the plateaus on either side, but especially to the west- 
ward, are often nearly destitute of grass, the vegetation consisting 
mainly of cacti and low depauperate forms.of Artemisia, and their 
few characteristic associates. The divide between the Yellowstone 
and Musselshell, at the point where we crossed it, is also quite simi- 
lar, a more barren country than that bordering the Musselshell from 
the 109th meridian to the Big Bend, or than that between the two 
Porcupine Creeks, being hard to find anywhere east of the Rocky 
Mountains. 

From Camp Thorne, or the ‘ Yellowstone Crossing,” nearly to 
Tongue River, there is very little timber in the valley of the Yellow- 
stone, frequently not a single tree occurring for miles. Quite large 
forests begin to appear a little below the mouth of Tongue River, 
extending up that tributary as far as can be seen from the bluft 
opposite its mouth, and almost. uninterruptedly along the Yellowstone 
thence to Pompey’s Pillar, forming an almost continuous belt of: 
varying width. The trees are almost exclusively cottonwood, and 
are many of them of large size. They sometimes form thick forests, 
half a mile to a mile in breadth, but more frequently grow in more 
or less detached belts and clumps, being confined to the old beds of 
the river or its affluents. In the valley of the Musselshell the cotton- 
wood belt is almost uninterrupted, and is much wider in proportion 
to the size of the river than that along the Yellowstone, frequently 
attaining a width of one-half to three-fourths of a mile. | The bluffs 
on the east side of the Musselshell, as far as the Great Bend, as 
well as the bluffs on both sides of the Yellowstone above the Porcu- 
pine Creeks, and much of the region’ between the Mussellshell and 
Yellowstone, from the Big Porcupine to Pompey’s Pillar, is sparsely 
covered with pines, which attain the height of thirty to eighty feet, 


b) 


Allen.] 36 [June 38, 


and give the country, when seen at a distance, the appearance of 
being quite thickly wooded. The distribution of the pines serves to 
mark the extent of the tertiary sandstones, the pines abruptly disap- 
pearing with the appearance of the cretaceous clays and marls. f 

With these preliminary remarks descriptive of the general charac- 
ter of the country, we proceed to give in detail such observations as 
our rapid journey of nearly one thousand miles in less than one hun- 
dred days, including detentions, enabled us to make respecting the 
vertebrate fauna of the district through which we passed. Although 
we moved quite too rapidly to allow of a very satisfactory examina- 
tion of the country traversed, or to admit of the formation of very 
large collections, it.is believed that but few species escaped notice, 
while of the greater part specimens were either preserved or ex- 
amined. ; 

In this connection it gives me great pleasure to acknowledge 
my indebtedness to my valuable assistant, Mr. C. W. Bennett, for 
important aid in my work, and for many facts recorded in the follow- 
ing pages. Mr. 8. H. Scudder has kindly prepared the report on the 
butterflies, and Dr. Geo. Vasey, botanist of the Department of Agri- 
culture, has prepared the report on the plants, with which I have 
incorporated a few remarks on the relative abundance and range of 
some of the more prominent species. The report on the fishes is 
unavoidably delayed. 


Il. Report on THE MAMMALS. 


Although the region now under consideration is so barren, and has 
hitherto been so little frequented by white men, considerable changes 
in the relative abundance of the larger mammals have already been 


effected by human agency. The buffalo that once swarmed over 
these plains has wholly disappeared east of the Yellowstone, as far | 
up at least as the Tongue River, and with his decline have nearly | 
disappeared the coyote and the wolf. The elk and the black-tailed | 
deer were formerly abundant along all the principal streams, but | 
. neither now occurs in any numbers except on the Musselshell, and | 


on the Yellowstone above the mouth of Powder River. The moun- 


tain sheep, or bighorn, still occurs sparingly in the Bad Lands bor- | 
dering the Little Missouri and Yellowstone Rivers. The pronghorn | 
is the only one of the herbivores that is still generally distributed, | 
being now the most numerous of the larger mammals. A very fatal | 
disease, however, visited them the past summer (1873), sweeping ! 


1874.] on [Allen. 


away thousands inhabiting the region between the Little Missouri and 
Yellowstone divide and the Missouri River, in fact nearly depopulat- 
ing the district; so that many years must elapse before they will 
again be as abundant here as formerly. 7 

With perhaps one or two exceptions, none of the smaller mammals 
ean be considered as abundant. The prairie dog is much less numer- 
ous than further south, and the striped gopher is far from abundant, 
though these are among the most numerously represented species. 
Along the Yellowstone, however, the Dipodomys Ordii may be fairly 
regarded as abundant. 


FELIDZ. 


1. Lynx rufus Raf. Bay Lynx. Wild Cat. 

Indications of their occurrence were noticed along the Yellowstone 
and Musselshell Rivers, and a young one was shot near our camp on 
the Big Porcupine. 

| CANIDZ. 


2. Canis lupus var. occidentalis All. Gray Wolf. 

Rare east of the Little Missouri, but frequent indications of their 
presence were noticed as we approached the Yellowstone, and from 
the mouth of the Big Horn up the Yellowstone and over to the Mus- 
selshell and back, they were heard in considerable numbers about 
camp nearly every night. They are rare now, however, throughout 
this whole region, in comparison with their former abundance. Dr. 
Hayden, writing in 1863, says, ‘“‘ Countless numbers are seen in the 
valley of the Yellowstone, and along the Missouri above Fort Union, 
and woe to any poor buffalo, elk or deer, which may have been so 
unfortunate as to have been wounded by the hunter, or to be in the 
decline of life.”* They, however, no longer occur in such large 
numbers on the Lower Yellowstone.® 


1 The authorities adopted here are those of the first author who used both the 
generic and specific names in their present connection. In the case of varietal 
names, the same practice is followed. The authority is hence regarded, as the 
writer has always regarded it, as a part of the name, and not as a property label. 


2 Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. x11, p. 141. 


$ In writing of the varieties of color presented by our wolves in 1869 (See Bull. 
Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 1, p. 156), I overlooked the following important remarks 
on this subject by Dr F. V. Hayden :— He says, ‘‘ This animal varies so much in 
color that the traders on the Upper Missouri suppose there are four or five species. 
Ihave seen them differing in color from an almost snowy whiteness to a dark 
brown or black, and was at first inclined to attribute this difference to age and sex, 
but Mr. Zephyr, an intelligent trader, informed me that he had noticed the same 
variations of color in allages.”? Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. x11, p. 141. 


Allen.j 38 [June 8, 


8. Canis latrans Say. Coyote. Prairie Wolf. 

Not common east of the Yellowstone. In the valley of the Yel- 
lowstone and westward, they were heard in considerable numbers 
every night, and were occasionally seen while we were on the march, 
particularly in the Musselshell district. None were heard on our 
way out till we reached the Yellowstone, but from the Yellowstone 
“Crossing” westward they were at times quite numerous. The wolves, 
including the coyote and the gray wolf, have been nearly extermin- 
ated over the region most frequented by hunters, by the use of 
strychnine. The hunters have pursued them till too few of them are 
left to make “ wolfing” profitable. They now say, “ There are now 
no wolves here,” they have become so much scarcer than they form- 
erly were. 

4. Vulpes vulgaris var.macroura All. Western Fox. 

Quite common along the Yellowstone, and thence westward to the 
Musselshell. : 

5. Vulpes velox Aud. and Bach. Kit Fox. Swift. 

Quite frequent. 


MUSTELIDZ. 


6. Mephitis mephitica Bd. Common Skunk. 

But two or three individuals were met with on the whole trip. 
Apparently not very numerous. 

7. Taxidea americana Waterh. American Bisel 

Apparently more or less common, though but very few were seen. 


URSIDA. 


8. Ursus arctos var. horribilis All. Grizzly Bear. 

Very scarce. Less than half a dozen were reported or seen by 
the whole Expedition collectively, during the whole trip, and only 
one old one and two cubs were killed. Even very few signs of them 
were noticed. ; 


PROCYONIDZ. 


9. Procyon lotor Storr. Raccoon. 

Saw tracks in the mud along the Yellowstone that were unmistak- 
ably those of the raccoon, but none of the animals were either Ss 
or observed. 


1874.] 39 [Allen. 


BOVIDZ. 


10. Bos americanus Gray. American Bison. “ Buffalo.” 

Recent signs of the buffalo were first met with in the valley of the 
Yellowstone, near the mouth of the Rosebud — tracks of single old 
bulls that had passed down to the river for water within a period of a 
few weeks. Above this point considerable numbers seemed to have 
frequented the river valley during the early part of the season 
(1878), and tracks but a few days old were frequent for the last ten 
miles before reaching Pompey’s Pillar. The first buffalo seen was 
observed about twelve miles west of Pompey’s Pillar. Eight miles 
further west, on the divide between the Yellowstone and the Mussel- 
shell, we found large herds had grazed but a day or two before our 
arrival, and fresh tracks of cows and calves, as well as of bulls, were 
abundant. From this point to the Yellowstone we were frequently 
in sight of quite large bands, and quite a number of individuals were 
killed. They moved off rapidly, however, as we approached, and at 
no time were more than a few hundreds in sight at once. We found 
later that the valley of the Musselshell and its adjoining prairies had 
been the recent feeding ground of large herds, immense numbers 
having evidently spent the early part of the season there. They 
seemed not, however, to have visited the valley in large numbers 
before for many years, as all the trails and other signs had most 
evidently been made within the few weeks immediately preceding 
our arrival. Traces of ancient trails remained, but they were few 
and insignificant as compared with those of the present year. The 
herds seemed to have occupied the whole valley as far as we followed 
it (from the 109th meridian to the Big Bend), as well as the plains 
on either side. Considerable bands had also ranged over the divide 
between the Musselshell and Yellowstone, particularly along the two 
Porcupine Creeks. Gen. Custer met with small herds still further to 
the eastward, and the main expedition came in sight of a few near 
the mouth of Custer’s Creek, where several were killed by the scouts. 
- On our return we found that during our absence small bands had 
visited the valley of the Yellowstone itself as far down as Powder 
River, while quite large herds had recently passed up Custer’s Creek. 

Occasional skeletons and buffalo chips in a good state of preserva- 
tion occur eastward nearly to the Missouri, but the only very recent 
signs observed this year east of the Yellowstone were the tracks of a 
few old straggling bulls a few miles east of the river. The last buf- 
falo killed near Fort Rice was taken in 1869, when three were killed 


Allen.] 40 ' June 8,. 


from a herd of ten old bulls that had strayed far to the eastward of 
the main herds. It is but two or three years, however, since they 
ranged one hundred to two hundred miles east of the Yellowstone in 
the latitude of Fort Rice. 

11. Ovis montana Cuv. Bighorn. Rocky Mountain Sheep. 

Not common. First met with in the Bad Lands, near the head of 
Glendive Creek, and seen occasionally in the Bad Lands that border 
the Yellowstone. Not more than six or eight were secured by the 
hunters and -scouts altogether, though their fresh tracks were quite 
abundant at a few localities. 


ANTILOCAPRID&. 


12. Antilocapra americana Ord. Pronghorn. “ Antelope.” 

Generally distributed, and more or less common. Most frequent, 
however, between the Missouri and Little Missouri Rivers. © 

During the summer of 1873 a fatal epidemic raged among the 
prong-horns over nearly the whole area between the Yellowstone and 
Missouri Rivers, destroying apparently three-fourths to nine-tenths of 
them. The greatest fatality seems to have occurred in July, judging 
from the size of the fawns found dead, and hence not long after we 
crossed this portion of the country. From the head of Heart River 
to the Missouri we found their carcasses, on our return, thickly scat- 
tered along our line of march, including those of both sexes and all 
ages, fawns being often found lying within a few yards of their dams. 
On our way out antelopes were almost constantly in sight, but on our 
return they were only rarely met with, ten dead ones being seen to 
each living one. The epidemic seems not to have extended beyond 
the Yellowstone, where they seemed more numerous on our return 
than on our way out, and where no dead ones were observed. 

The previous year they are reported to have ranged over this sec- 
tion of the country, in autumn, in very large numbers, bands of two 
or three hundred being sometimes met with by the Yellowstone 
Expedition of 1872, on its return*eastward. Jour were captured by 
the men as the frightened animals attempted to run through the train. 

Epidemics similar to that affecting the prong-horns, are well known 
to occasionally affect deer, rabbits and field mice. A few years since 
(about 1869) the jackass rabbits of Salt Lake Valley, Utah, were 
nearly exterminated by a fatal disease, their dead bodies being found 
scattered over the plains in great numbers. From being so common 


1874.] 41 [Allen. 


that some of the farmers were accustomed to shoot them to feed to 
their hogs, they became so scarce that but two or three could be 
obtained in a whole day’s hunt, and sometimes none would be met 


with. From frontiersmen and hunters I have learned of deer being 


similarly swept away and almost exterminated over quite large areas. 

The field mice, especially the Arvicole, it is well known are period- 
ically excessively abundant, and again very scarce, and this variation 
in their numbers is probably due to a similar cause. 


CERVIDZ. 


13. Cervus canadensis Erxl. Elk. "Wapiti. 

Quite numerous along the Musselshell, and also on the Yellow- 
stone above Powder River, and occasional near all the larger wooded 
streams.? 

14. Cervus macrotis Say. Mule Deer. “ Black-tailed Deer.” 

More or less frequent along all the wooded streams, and quite 
common on the Yellowstone and Musselshell Rivers. 


VESPERTILIONIDA. 


15. Lasiurus noveboracensis Gray. Red Bat. 

Apparently not very unfrequent along the more heavily timbered 
portions of the Yellowstone and Musselshell Rivers. Often seen fly- 
ing about camp after nightfall. 

16. Scotophilus fuscus H. All. Brown Bat. 

One specimen was taken on the Yellowstone, near the mouth of 
the Little Porcupine. Probably more or less frequent. 


1 A yearling buck was killed on the Musselshell, which had a very singular mal- 
formation of the left antler. It is essentially a double antler, and is attached to 
the skull by a base three inches long by an inch in diameter. The antler divides 
into two main parts or beams about three inches from the head, each beam sending 
out a branch from near its base. There is no trace of a bur or enlargement at the 
usual point, the bony portion passing higher than usual, and blending insensibly 
with the horn proper. The anterior beam is fifteen inches long, and inclines a little 
backward; it sends out a branch seven inches long from near the base of its ante- 
rior face, which in turn is also bifurcate at the end. The posterior beam is seven- 
teen inches long, being a little larger than the anterior, and parallel with it. Near 
the base a branch four inches long arises from its posterior face, which grows in a 
horizontal direction, curving inwards, and nearly clasping the base of the right 
antler. The right antler is of the usual size and form of that of a buck of this 
age. 


a 
Allen.] 42 [June 3, 


17. Scotophilus noetivagans H. All. Silvery-haired Bat. — 

One specimen was taken at our camp of August 29, on the Big 
Porcupine. 

18. Vespertilio subulatus Say. Little Brown Bat. 

A specimen was taken at the mouth of the Little Porcupine, Sept. 
1. A small bat of probably this species was more or less frequent at 
most of our camps along the Yellowstone and Musselshell Rivers. 


MURIDZ. 


19. Mus musculus Linn. House Mouse. 

A specimen was taken in our camp at Fort A. Lincoln, where the 
species was already becoming common, although the post had been 
established but one year. 

20. Hesperomys leucopus var. sonoriensis Cams Ms. 
White-footed Mouse. 

A specimen was taken at the Big Bend of the Musselshell, and 
another on Heart River, and it undoubtedly occurs with greater or 
less frequency along all the principal streams. 


21. Neotoma cinerea Bd. Mountain Rat. 

More or less frequent along the timbered portions of the streams. 

22. Arvicola riparius Ord. Meadow Mouse. 

A specimen was collected near the head of Heart River by Dr. W. 
J. Hoffman, and by him kindly presented to the collection.. Signs of 
their presence were observed at various localities, but no other speci- 
mens were obtained. 


SACCOMYIDZ:. 


23. Dipodomys Ordii Woodh. Jumping Rat. 

The most abundant mammal met with in the valley of the Yellow- 
stone; much less common on the Great Porcupine Creek and in the 
valley of the Musselshell. It seems to prefer the dryest situations, 
burrowing beneath the cacti and in bunches of sage brush every- 
where. Rarely seen abroad, but occasionally surprised and killed by 
the teamsters and soldiers, the collection being indebted to the kind- 
ness of Dr. Hoffman for several specimens thus obtained. These 
animals form little paths or “run ways” leading in various directions 
from their burrows, not unlike those made by muskrats. 

24. Perognathus flavus Baird. Pouched Mouse. 

Apparently common. First met with at the Big Muddy, and after- 
wards along the Yellowstone and Musselshell. 


1874.] 3 43 (Allen. 


GEOMYID&. . 


25. Thomomys rufescens Maxim. Fort Union Gopher. 

The little mounds of earth thrown up by some species of T’homo- 
mys were frequent in the moister parts of the prairies east of the 
Yellowstone, but were more rare along the Yellowstone, and still less 
frequent along the Musselshell. The only specimen obtained was 
taken on the Yellowstone, near Camp Thorne. 


CASTORIDZ. 


26. Castor fiber Linn. Beaver. 

Sparsely distributed along all the principal streams. Along the 
Yellowstone indications of their presence were seen at only a few 
points. 


SCIURIDZ. 


27. Sciurus hudsonius Pall. Red Squirrel. 

One or two were seen on the Musselshell, among the pines that 
cover the sandstone ridges. - 

28. Tamias quadrivittatus var. pallidus All. Missouri 
Striped Squirrel. 

Rather frequent from the Little Missouri westward, especially in 
the bad lands along the Yellowstone and the sandstone bluffs of the 
Musselshell. Nowhere, however, very abundant. 

29. Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus var. pallidus All. 
Striped Gopher. 

Generally distributed, but much more numerous on the prairies 
east of the Yellowstone than in the Yellowstone valley, or west of it. 

30. Cynomys ludovicianus Bd. Prairie Dog. 

More or less generally distributed throughout the region traversed, 
but nowhere very numerous, and sometimes not seen for days to- 
gether. 


HYSTRICIDZ. 


31. Erethizon dorsatus var. epizanthus All. Porcupine. 
Rather rare. Two specimens were killed near the Heart River, 
and indications of their presence were seen elsewhere. 


Allen.] 44 : Lie 
Il. Report ON THE Birps. 


Notwithstanding the almost entire absence of timber, and the gen- 
erally arid nature of the country, the birds are comparatively numer- 
ous, but belong mainly to a few species. The greater part are 
of course prairie species, but more woodland birds occur than 
would naturally be looked for in a region so destitute of trees. 
Every tree and every clump of shrubbery, however isolated, forms 
the home of one or more pairs of tree-nesting species, while the 
continuous though narrow belts of trees, and their accompanying 
undergrowths, are far more populous with bird-life than similar 
patches of timber are in the better wooded parts of the country. 
The prairies, particularly those east of the Yellowstone, abound in 
birds, a few species, almost universally distributed, being exceedingly 
numerous in individuals. ‘These are, more especially, two species of 
Plectrophanes (P. ornatus and P. Maccowni), the lark bunting (Cala- 
mospiza bicolor), and the meadow lark (Sturnella ludoviciana var. 
neglecta). The horned lark (EHremophila alpestris), the grass finch 
(Poecetes gramineus), Baird’s bunting (Centronyx Bairdii), the Mis- 
souri skylark (Neocorys Sprague), the yellow-winged and clay- 
colored sparrows (Coturniculus passerinus and Spizella pallida), the 
cow bird (Molothrus pecoris), the night hawk (Chordeiles popetue var. 
Henryt), the Carolina dove (Zenedura carolinensis) and the upland 
plover (Actiturus Bartramius), make up the chief part of the rest. 
Of the woodland birds, the three by far most abundant species are 
the Arkansas flycatcher (Tyrannus verticalis), the king bird (Tyran- 
nus carolinensis) and the red-headed woodpecker (Melanerpes ery- 
throcephalus). ‘The cat bird (Mdimus carolinensis), the brown thrush 
(Harporhynchus rufus), the yellow warbler (Dendreca estiva), the 
Arctic towhee (Pipilo maculatus var. arcticus), and the common wren 
(Troglodytes edon) are next in abundance, and are pretty sure to 
be met with wherever there are a few trees and thickets of under- 
brush. The Arkansas flycatcher probably nearly outnumbers all the 
other woodland species together, excepting the king bird, which is 
almost equally abundant. Isolated trees, though miles away from the 
nearest clump of timber, are sure to be inhabited by one or more 
pairs of these birds. Thickets of low willows and tose bushes, how- 
ever isolated, are almost equally certain to form the home of one or 
more pairs of cat birds, or brown thrushes, or black-headed gros- 
beaks (Goniaphea melanocephala), and sometimes of each of these. 


1874.] 45 [Allen. 


A clearer idea of the association and relative abundance of the 
species at particular localities may be obtained from the following 
abstracts from my note-book, than can be gained from the general 
list. 

At Forts Rice and Lincoln, on the Missouri River, where about 
two weeks were spent in June, a greater variety of species occur 
than at any point that we visited further west, owing, of course, to 
the much greater extent of forest occurring here. At Fort Rice, in 
the wooded bottom-lands of the Missouri, birds were extremely 
numerous, twenty or twenty-five species being common, and some of 
them abundant, as indicated in the subjoined list. During the early 
part of the day, and also toward evening, they filied the air with 
song, so many singing at once that the song of any particular indi- 
vidual could scarcely be distinguished. At this time but few of the 
species had commenced nesting. The forest growth of these bottom- 
lands consists of large, rather scattered trees of oak, ash, willow and 
cottonwood, with a dense undergrowth of rose, willow and Symphori- 
carpus, at times so dense as to be almost impenetrable. The follow- 
ing birds were observed at this locality during the third week of 
June: — 


Turdus miyratorius. Not common. 
Turdus fuscescens. Abundant. 
Harporhynchus rufus. Frequent. 
Mimus carolinensis. Very abundant. 
Icteria virens. Very abundant. 
Dendreca estwa. Very abundant. 
Mniotilta varia. Not common. 
Geothlypis trichas. Abundant. 
Troglodytes edon. Common. 
Seiurus aurocapillus. Abundant. 
Setophaga ruticila. Common. 
Hirundo lunifrons. Abundant. 
Vireo olivaceus. Common. 

Vireo gilvus. Common. 

Chrysomitris tristis. Common. 
Spizella socialis. Common. 

Spizella pallida. Common. 
Chondestes grammaca. Common. 
Cyanospiza amena. Common. 
Goniaphea melanocephala. Not common. 


Allen.] : 46 June 3, 


Pipilo maculatus var. arcticus. Abundant. 
Quiscalus purpureus. Abundant. 
Molothrus pecoris. Abundant. 

Icterus Bullocki. Not numerous. 

Corvus americanus. Abundant. 

Tyrannus carolinensis. Abundant. 
Tyrannus verticalis, Abundant. 
Empidonax minimus. Common. 

Chordeiles popetue var. Henryt. Abundant. 
Chetura pelasgia. Common. 

Colaptes auratus. Not common. 
Melanerpes erythrocephalus. Abundant. 
Picus pubescens var. Gairdneri. Not common. 
Falco sparverius. Common. 

Zenedura carolinensis. Abundant. 


Other woodland species were occasionally observed, but the above 
named were characteristically common. The following species were 
generally numerous on the adjoining prairies: — 


Eremophila alpestris. Rather common. 
Plectrophanes ornatus. Abundant. 

Plectrophanes Maccownt. Common. 

Poecetes gramineus. Frequent. 

Coturniculus passerinus. Common. 

Sturnella ludoviciana var. neglecta. Common. 
Pedicecetes phasianellus var. columbianus. Frequent. 
Aigialitis vociferus. Frequent. 

Actiturus Bartramius. Abundant. 

Numenius longirostris. Occasional. 


After leaving the Missouri, we of course found no large areas of 
forest. Along Heart River, which in places is well bordered with 
trees, we found nearly the same kinds of birds as at Fort Rice, and ~ 
equally numerous in proportion to the more limited amount of timber. 
At the Big Muddy we were detained several days by high water, 
which afforded me an opportunity of becoming quite familiar with 
the birds found in the vicinity of our camp. The trees were lim- 
ited to here and there a few low scraggy box elders and elms scat- 
tered along the creek, a few hundred yards to half a mile or more 
apart. The banks of the stream were clothed with a thick growth of 
rose bushes, mixed with a few willows and a species each of Sympho- 


1874.] 47 [Allen. 


ricarpus and Viburnum, which, with the scattered trees already men- 
tioned, formed the only resort available for the tree- and bush-nesting 
birds. Yet in the three or four days spent here (June 28th to July 
1st) about forty species were noticed within the limited area of our 
rambles, twelve or fifteen of which may be regarded as tree- or bush- 
nesting species. But generally only a few pairs of each species were 
met with, the prairie species being the only ones really numerous. 
As indicating the general character of the bird fauna of this almost 
treeless region, I subjoin a list of the species met with, and remarks 
on their relative numbers, giving first the arboreal species and then 
the truly prairie forms, or those not materially influenced in their dis- 
tribution by the presence or absence of trees. 


Mimus carolinensis. ‘Two or three pairs seen. 
Harporhynchus rufus. A single pair observed. 
Dendreca estiva. <A few pairs noticed. 
Troglodytes cedon. One pair seen. 

Spizella pallida. Only once or twice observed. 
Euspiza americana. Several seen. 

Goniaphea melanocephala. Several pairs seen. 
Tyrannus verticalis. Quite numerous. 
Tyrannus carolinensis. One pair seen. 
Sayornis Sayus. One pair seen. 

Coccygus americanus. One seen. 

Zenedura carolinensis. A few pairs seen. 
Buteo sp. Seen once or twice. 


The following list is composed mainly of prairie species, but in- 
cludes also several swallows and hawks that. cannot properly be 
included among those of the preceding list : — 


Neocorys Sprague. Common. 
Eremophila alpestris. Common. 
Hirundo horreorum. Only a few seen. 

- Petrochelidon lunifrons. Quite frequent. 
Cotyle serripennis. One small colony found. 
Plectrophanes ornatus. Very abundant. 
Plectrophanes Maccownt. _ Abundant. 
Calamospiza bicolor. Abundant. 
Poecetes gramineus. Common. 
Centronyx Bairdi. Common. 
Coturniculus passerinus. Common. 


Allen.] 48 [June 3, 


Chondestes grammaca. Common. 

Dolichonyx oryzivorus. Only one seen. 

Molothrus pecoris. Common. 

Ageleus pheniceus. One small colony. 3 
Xanthocephalus icterocephalus. A few pairs, with the preceding. 
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. Occasional. 

Sturnella ludoviciana var. neglecta. Common. 

Chordeiles popetue var. Henryt. Common. : 
Speotyto cunicularia var. hypogea. One pair seen. 

Circus cyaneus var. hudsonius: One pair seen. 

Archibuteo ferrugineus. Several seen. 7 

Falco communis var. anatum. A single pair seen. 

Pediecetes phasianellus var. columbianus. Not frequent. 
Agialitis vociferus. Occasional. 

Actiturus Bartramius. Common. 

Ardea herodias. A single one seen. 

Anas boschas. One pair seen. 


Along the Yellowstone and Musselshell are found nearly all the 
species observed at Fort Rice, but generally more sparingly repre- 
sented, and with the addition of Svalia arctica, Salpinctes obsoletus, 
Centrocercus urophasianus and Aigialitis montanus. A few others not 
yet mentioned were also occasionally met with, as shown by the fol- 
lowing general list, in which one hundred and eighteen species are 


enumerated. 


TURDIDZ. 


1. Turdus migratorius Linn. Robin. 

Nowhere very numerous. It was rather frequent in June near 
Fort A. Lincoln, and a few were observed ‘at Fort Rice, and along 
the Heart River. It was not again met with till we reached the 
valley of the Yellowstone, where a few pairs were seen at distant 
intervals. Along the Musselshell they were observed in considerable 
numbers wherever there were plenty of small fruits, as gooseberries, 
currants, bullberries (Shepherdia argentea), and wild cherries (Prunus 
virginiana). 

2. Turdus fuscescens Stephens. Wilson’s Thrush. Veery. 

Common in the timbered bottom lands of the Missouri at Fort 
Rice, but not elsewhere met with. One nest was found by Mr. Ben- 
nett containing eggs thickly speckled with very small dots of olive. 


1874.] AQ [Allen. 


Other nests were found with the eggs uniform green, as usual. Song 
and habits same as at the East. 
_ 38. Oreoscoptes montanus Bd. Sage Thrush. 

Not.common. Met with only along the Musselshell, and on the 
divide between the Musselshell and Yellowstone. Seen only at dis- 
tant intervals, either singly or two or three together, and very diffi- 
eult to approach. Frequents the sage brush and grease wood, often 
far away from streams or timber. 

4. Mimus carolinensis Gray. Cat Bird. 

One of the most common and generally distributed woodland 
species met with, occurring along the streams everywhere, even 
where the thickets of rosebushes and Symphoricarpus shrubs, with 
here and there an occasional clump of small willows and isolated 
scraggy box elders, were the only forms of arborescent vegetation. 

5. Harporhynchus rufus Cab. Brown Thrush. 

More or less common everywhere in the thickets along the streams 
from the Missouri to the Musselshell. Far less numerous, however, 
than the preceding species (imus carolinensis). 


SAXICOLIDZ. ° 


6. Sialia arctica Sw. Arctic Blue Bird. 

First met with at the crossing of the Yellowstone. Rather fre- 
quent along the Musselshell, and seen at Pompey’s Pillar, and at a 
few other points on the Yellowstone. Much more numerous along 
the pine ridges than among the cottonwoods near the streams. 


PARIDZE. 


7. Parus atricapillus var. septentrionalis All. Chick- 
adee. 

Frequent along the Yellowstone and Musselshell Rivers, and no- 
ticed in September along Heart River. | 


SITTIDZ. 


8. Sitta carolinensis var. aculeata All. White-bellied 
Nuthatch. 

Observed at rare intervals, both on the Yellowstone and Mussel- 
shell Rivers. 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 4 OCTOBER, 1874. 


Allen.] 5 0 [June 3, 


TROGLODYTIDA. 


9. Salpinctes obsoletus Cab. Rock Wren. 

First met with about some rocky buttes near the Bis Muddy (near 
Camp No. 12); common in the Little Missouri Bad Lands, and more 
or less frequent throughout the Bad Lands of the Yellowstone, and 
thence westward to the Musselshell. 

10. Troglodytes edon var. Parkmanni Cs. Common 
Wren. 

Abundant along all the streams wherever there is timber. 


ALAUDIDZ. 


ll. Eremophila alpestris var. leucolema Cs. Horned 
Lark. 3 

Occasional in the breeding season throughout the region traversed 
by the Expedition, but nowhere very common, being far less numer- 
ous than at the same season on the plains of Kansas and Colorado. 
More numerous in September, when they were often seen in consid- 
erable flocks. 

As on the plains generally, the form here met with is the variety 
with very pale colors, (var. leucolema of Coues), having the yellow 
which forms so prominent a feature of the markings about the head 
and on the throat in the eastern form, either of*the faintest tint of 
yellowish white, or quite obsolete. 


MOTACILLIDZ. 


12. Anthus ludovicianus Licht. Titlark. 

First seen September 6, when a small flock was met with on the 
Yellowstone, near the mouth of Powder River. Two weeks later 
they were quite common, occurring near Heart River in small flocks, 
associating with Plectrophanes Maccowni and P. ornatus. 

13. Neocorys Spraguei Scl. Missouri Sky-lark. 

First observed along the Heart River, about fifty miles west of 
Fort Rice; more or less common thence to the Yellowstone; and it 
was noticed once or twice on the plains beyond the Yellowstone. 
Ranges at least from the Yellowstone to the Missouri, and probably 
eastward to the Red River. Most numerous on the moist grassy 
prairies from the Big Muddy westward to the Little Missouri. Prob- 
ably more rare on the drier plains beyond the Yellowstone, over 


1874.] 51 [Allen. 


which it doubtless ranges sparingly to the base.of the Rocky Moun- 
tains. Audubon, who first described this species, met with it in 
considerable abundance about Fort Union, near the mouth of the 
Yellowstone, in the summer of 1843. It was next taken on the 
Saskatchewan by Capt. Blackiston, and by Capt. J. P. McCown 
at Fort, Randall, D. T., where Dr. Coues feels sure also of having 
seen it.) Dr. Coues also reports it as abundant on the prairies 
of the northern border of Dakota, where he obtained it in large 
numbers the past summer. Though it so long eluded observation 
after its discovery by Audubon, it seems to be a tolerably abundant 
species over a considerable area. 

Audubon speaks of the resemblance of its habits to those of the 
European Sky-lark, and of the difficulty of obtaining specimens. In 
common with others, I sought for the bird at first on the ground, 
striving to locate it by its notes, which were finally found to orig- 
inate from a point over our heads, so high in the air that the bird 
was almost invisible. ‘Their notes resemble the syllables jingle, jin- 
gle, jingle, jingle, rapidly repeated, beginning loud and high, and 
decreasing rapidly in strength and loudness, and are remarkable 
for their clear metallic ring, their song reminding one of the jing- 
ling sound of a light chain when slowly let fall into a coil. They 
appear to sing only while on the wing, remaining often one-fourth 
to half an hour hovering over nearly the same spot, and so high as 
to be seen with great difficulty. They descend almost vertically, and 
with a rapidity so great that the eye can scarcely follow them, until 
within one or two hundred feet of the ground, when they scale off 
obliquely, and often finally alight at a considerable distance from the 
point over which they commenced to descend. When on the ground 
they run rapidly through the grass, and are thus difficult to find, as 
in attempting to flush them one never knows which way or where to 
look for them. When mounting to sing they rise rapidly in a wide 
spiral, with a bounding, very undulatory flight, and are thus soon out 
of reach. 

The nest, as described by Audubon, is placed on the ground and 
very neatly formed of fine dry grass. The only one found by me 
was arched over, and being placed in a tuft of rank grass was most 
thoroughly concealed. ‘The bird would seem to be a close sitter, as 
in this case the female remained on the nest till I actually stepped 
over it, she brushing against my feet as she flew off. The eggs, five in 


1Am. Nat., Vol. vil, Nov., 1878, p. 697. 


Allen.] ; 5: [June 3, 


number, were rather long and pointed, being .90 of an inch in length 
by .60 in diameter. The ground color is a dull grayish white, thickly 
and quite uniformly covered with small blotches of purplish brown, 
giving to the eggs a decidedly dark purplish tint. In color the eggs 
thus somewhat resemble those of Anthus ludovicianus. 

This species appears to migrate southward early in September, as 
very few were seen between the Yellowstone and the Missouri on 
our homeward march. Being necessarily migratory, and probably 
passing quite far southward, it seems strange that a bird so numerous 
should not have been before this met with during its migrations. 


SYLVICOLIDA. 


14, Mniotilta varia Vieill. Black-and-White Creeper. 

A few were seen near Fort Rice, June 10th to 20th, and several 
specimens were taken. 

15. Dendreeca estiva Baird. Yellow Warbler. 

Abundant along the Missouri and Heart Rivers, and frequent on 
the Musselshell and Yellowstone. Very generally distributed, being 
found also along all the streams wherever wooded. One of the most 
numerously represented of the woodland species. 

16. Seiurus aurocapillus Swain. Golden-crowned Wagtail. 

Abundant in the thickets and timbered bottom-lands in the vicinity 
of ‘Forts Rice and A. Lincoln, and observed on Heart River, but not 
elsewhere on the trip. 

17. Seiurus Pnoveboracensis Nutt. Water Wagtail. 

A water thrush, probably S. noveboracensis, was seen by Mr. Ben- 
nett at the Big Bend of the Musselshell. 

18. Geothlypis trichas Cab. Maryland Yellowthroat. 

More or less common along all the wooded streams, from the Mis- 
souri to the Musselshell, and quite abundant at favorable localities. 

19. Geothlypis philadelphia var. Macgillivrayi All. 
Mourning Warbler. 

Seen a few times along the Musselshell. 

20. Icteria virens Baird. Yellow-breasted Chat. 

Common in the woodlands along the Missouri, and observed at rare 
intervals on the Yellowstone and Musselshell; also seen on Heart 
River and tl Little Missouri. 


1874.] 53) [Allen. 


21. Setophaga ruticilla Sw. Redstart. 

Quite common along the Missouri at Fort Rice in J au where it 
was apparently breeding. Not met with elsewhere. 

A bird supposed to be Dendreca Auduboni, was seen on two or 
three occasions (on Davis Creek, and near the mouth of the Big 
Horn River), but it eluding capture, it was not positively identified. 


HIRUNDINIDZ. 


22. Hirundo horreorum Bart. Barn Swallow. 

Oceasional pairs met with throughout the district traversed, but it 
was nowhere common. Found it nesting under projecting rocks, 
against which the nest was plastered. Dr. Hayden has also reported 
its nesting “on the vertical sides of the bluffs along the Missouri,” ? 
this being its normal mode of nesting doubtless everywhere prior to 
the occupation of this continent by the whites. 

23. Tachycineta bicolor Cab. White-bellied Swallow. 

Common at one locality on the Musselshell, but not seen elsewhere. 

24. Tachycineta thalassina Cab. Violet-green Swallow. 

First seen near the mouth of Tongue river, and frequently on the 
Yellowstone for some distance above this point. 

25. Petrochelidon lunifrons Cab. Cliff Swallow. 

Rather common. The most numerous and the most generally dis- 
tributed of the Hirundines. A peculiar deviation from its usual 
mode of nesting, which was observed at some sandstone bluffs near 
the Yellowstone Crossing, seems worthy of note. The sandstone had 
weathered in such a manner as to leave the face of the bluff full of 
rounded cavities a few inches in diameter. Here a large colony of 
these swallows, instead of affixing their nests against the smooth face 
of the cliff, as they usually do, built them in these weatherworn 
holes. A few nests were built in the ordinary way, but most of them 
were formed by adding a neck to the holes already existing in the 
rocks! Some of them looked like nests imbedded in the cliff, with 
only the neck of the retort-shaped structure projecting. On another 
occasion I had an opportunity to note the breeding of this species in 
holes in banks, in the same manner as, and in company with, a large 
colony of sand martins.? At Fort Rice a colony had taken possession 


1Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x11, p. 161. 
2 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol, 111, p. 125. 


Allen.] 54 [J une 3, 


of a bridge over a small creek for the location of their nests, attach- 
ing them to the sleepers of the bridge. The bridge was crossed 
almost constantly by heavy teams, which caused it to vibrate quite 
forcibly, yet the birds continued their work of nest building without 
_ interruption or apparent fear. 
26. Cotyle riparia Boie. “ Bank Swallow. Sand Martin. 

A colony seen breeding in the banks of the Great Porcupine 
Creek; young unfledged August 10th. Another large colony was met 
with on the banks of the Yellowstone, near the mouth of Custer’s 
Creek. Here full-fledged young were obtained August Ist. 

27. Cotyle serripennis Bon. Rough-winged Sand Martin. 

A colony found breeding in a sand bluff near our crossing of the 
Big Muddy. A considerable number of nests, examined July 1st, 
all contained newly hatched young. This species was not posi- 
- tively identified as occurring elsewhere on the trip. 

28. Progne subis Baird. Purple Martin. 

‘More or less frequent along the Yellowstone, from the mouth of 
Tongue River to Pompey’s Pillar, August Ist to 15th. 


AMPELIDA. 


29. Ampelis cedrorum Baird. Cedar Bird. 

Seen at a few points on the Yellowstone, and quite common along 
the Musselshell, in consequence, doubtless, of the abundance here of 
choke cherries, buffalo berries and other small fruits. 


VIREONIDA. 


380. Vireo olivaceus Vieill. Red-eyed Vireo. 

Common wherever there is timber, from the Missouri to the Mus- 
selshell. 

31. Vireo gilvus Bon. Warbling Vireo. 

Common, and generally distributed, occurring wherever dete is 
timber. 


LANIIDZ. 


82. Collurio ludovicianus var. SON a Coues. 
Logger-head Shrike. 

A few pairs were met with, widely scattered throughout the whole 
district traversed by the Expedition. 


1874.] 5D rAllén. 


FRINGILLIDZ. 


33. Loxia americana Bon. Red Crossbill. 

Quite frequent from the mouth of the Big Horn to Pompey’s Pillar, 
and also on the Musselshell, in the vicinity of the pine covered bluffs, 
and ravines. 

34. Chrysomitris tristis Bon. Yellow Bird. Goldfinch. 

Observed at frequent intervals from the Missouri to the Yellow- 
stone. Quite common along the better timbered portions of the 
larger creeks and rivers, particularly along the Musselshell and Yel- 
lowstone Rivers. 

35. Plectrophanes ornatus Towns. Chestnut-collared 
Bunting. | : 

Abundant from Fort Rice, on the Missouri River, to the Yellow- 
stone. Rarely observed beyond the Yellowstone, only two or three 
individuals being seen during our whole march up the Yellowstone 
and across to the Musselshell and back. Seen about June 1st as far 
eastward as the James River. They are generally most abundant in 
the moister prairies, and in the vicinity of the streams. Everywhere 
between the Missouri and the Yellowstone one of the most abundant 
species of the plains. 

The twelve sets of eggs collected present a very considerable 
amount of variation in form, size and color. The ground color is 
usually a clear grayish white, in one set varying to’reddish. The. 
markings are usually fine streaks and blotches of purplish brown or 
black, sometimes very few, at other times covering the greater part 
of the surface. In size and form they vary from .74 x .56 of an 
inch to .85 & .60. 

In plumage the males of this species vary greatly. Generally the 
black of the lower parts is greatly obscured by the ashy edgings of 
the feathers, but in others these parts are pure intense black, while 
in still others they are more or less strongly tinged with bright rufous. 
One specimen (Orig. No. 60; S. I. No. 65, 116) has the feathers of 
the breast and middle of the abdomen broadly edged with bright 
rufous, representing typically the P. melanomus, which, as I have 
already shown,! and as is now generally admitted,? is merely a high 
state of plumage of P. ornatus. In the less brightly colored males the 
lesser wing coverts are brown; but as the general colors become 


1Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 111, 186. 


2Coues, Key to N. Amer. Birds; Baird, Brewer and Ridgway, Hist. Birds North 
Amer. 


Allen.] : 56 [June 3, 


heichtened, these coverts become black, with the outer row tipped 
with white. One of the females also shows the rufous color strongly 
on the lower parts, which are almost as black as in some of the paler 
males. Another female is quite black below, but shows no red. Both 
have the nuchal collar strongly marked. 

36. Plectrophanes Maccowni Bd. McCown’s Bunting. 

Seen in considerable abundance from the Missouri to the Yellow- 
stone, but hardly so numerous nor so uniformly distributed as the 

- P. ornatus. Sometimes very few were seen for twenty or thirty 
miles, and again they outnumbered any other species over a consider- 
able area. Both this and P. ornatus seem to locate more or less in 
colonies, being here and there very numerous, and then almost en- 
tirely absent for miles. 

In ascending the Yellowstone, about Aucust Ist, this species, as 
well as P. ornatus, was very rarely seen; but a month later, on our 
way back, we began to meet with them in small flocks, which in- 

creased in size and number as the season advanced. A few small 
parties were seen on the Musselshell, and in crossing the divide 
between the Musselshell and the Yellowstone; but on again reaching 
the valley of the Yellowstone at the mouth of the Little Porcupine, 
we found them in flocks of hundreds, and even in some cases of thou- 
sands, of individuals. At the Yellowstone Crossing (Camp Thorne), 
where hardly one was seen in July, in September the prairies were 
alive with the immense flocks that had assembled from more or less 
distant points. Mixed with them were many Eremophila alpestris 
and a few P. ornatus, and occasionally a little party of Anthus ludo- 
vicianus. ‘They were also frequent thence eastward to the Missouri 
River. - . 

Three nests of this species were found, two of which contained five - 
egos each, and the other three. The nests were of course placed on 
the ground, and were formed of dry grass. The eggs are olive, or 
dull yellowish white, sparingly marked with small streaks and 
blotches of brown. «The ground color varies from a dull soiled bluish 
white to cream color. Average size .80 by .60 of an inch. These are 
apparently: the first really authentic eggs of this species known. 

The plumage of this species is quite variable, even in the breeding 
season, the black of the breast in the males being sometimes pure and 
intense, and sometimes nearly concealed by the ashy edgings of the 
feathers, and the general colors vary in intensity in a corresponding 


1874.] Sve [Allen. 


degree. The females sometimes wholly lack the chestnut on the 
wing-coverts, while in some it is nearly as bright as in average males. 

37. Passerculus savanna var. anthinus Coues. Savanna 
Sparrow. 

A single specimen was shot at Camp 56, on the Great Porcupine 
Creek, August 29th, where a few others were seen. 

388. Pocecetes gramineus Baird. Grass Finch. 

One of the most common and uniformly distributed species met 
with; particularly numerous in the valleys of the Yellowstone and 
the Musselshell. 

— 89. Coturniculus passerinus var. perpallidus Ridgway. 
Yellow-winged Sparrow. 

Common at intervals from the Missouri to the Musselshell, but 
apparently much more numerous over the comparatively moist prai- 
ries east of the Yellowstone than beyond it. 

40. Centronyx Bairdii Baird. Baird’s Sparrow. 

Rather frequent in the moist hollows from the Missouri westward 
to the Little Missouri. Found by Audubon about Fort Union, and Dr. 
Elliott Coues reports it as abundant in Northern Dakota, west of the 
Pembina Mountains! A single nest (the only one thus far known) 
was found by the writer July 1st, near Heart River, containing four 
eoos, The nest was a substantial structure of dry grass placed on the 
eround. The eggs are quite spherical, and of large size for the size 
of the bird, measuring .82 of an inch by .65. The color is pale grayish 
white, irrecularly and quite thickly marked with specks and blotches 
of reddish brown, varying to dark umber. 

41. Spizella socialis Bon. Chipping Sparrow. 

More or less common along the wooded bottom-lands of the streams 
from the Missouri to the Musselshell; quite abundant also in Aucust 
and September in the piny districts of the Yellowstone and Mussel- 
shell. They were chiefly young birds, which, with Chondestes gram- 
maca, often formed considerable flocks. 

42. Spizella pusilla Bon. Field Sparrow. 

Frequent along Davis Creek, in the Bad Lands of the Little Mis- 
souri, but not observed elsewhere. No specimens were taken. 

43. Spizella pallida Bon. Clay-colored Sparrow. 

Common in the thickets bordering the streams from the Missouri 
nearly to the Yellowstone. In the valley of the Yellowstone, and to 
the westward, it seemed to be wholly replaced by the S. Brewert; at 


1Am. Nat., Vol. vil, Nov., 1873,"p. 697. 


Allen.] 5 8 [J une 3; 


least no specimens of the true pallida type were taken, while the 
other form was abundant, the sage brush plains seeming to be its 
favorite haunts. 

43a. Spizella pallida var. Breweri Coues.  Brewer’s 
Sparrow. 

A common inhabitant of the sage brush everywhere; especially 
numerous in the valleys of the Yellowstone and Musselshell. 

44. Chondestes grammaca Bon. Lark Finch. 

One of the most abundant and generally diffused species, frequent- 
ing the edges of the wooded bottom-lands and the bushy ravines, but 
also found occasionally quite far out on the prairies. 

45. Calamospiza bicolor Bon. Lark Bunting. 

Very abundant at localities from near the Missouri to the valley of 
the Musselshell. Prefers wet prairies and bottom-lands near streams, 
where scores of pairs were sometimes found inhabiting a small area. 
TI have often seen six or eight males hovering and singing in the air 
at once. Observed it first about fifty miles west of Fort Rice; saw 
it in the valley of the Yellowstone the first week in August, in con- 
siderable flocks, consisting mainly of young birds; but it disappeared 
entirely about the end of the month, being one of the earliest species 
to migrate. 

In this species the colors are much less intense here than on the 
plains of Middle Kansas and Colorado, the black being more ob- 
scured by brownish edgings to the feathers, and more frequently 
mixed with brownish patches. This region probably forms nearly 
the northern limit of its distribution, it doubtless not extending its 
range much to the northward of the Upper Missouri. 

The eggs of this species are very variable in respect to size, form - 
and depth of color. Some twenty sets were collected, varying in 
color from pale bluish white to quite deep blue. The average dimen- 
sions may be given as .90 by .73 of an inch, the variation ranging 
from .80 to .95 of an inch in length, and .63 to .75 of an inch in 
diameter. ‘The considerable variation in form is indicated by the 
following extremes of proportions: .80 xX .73, .95 x .65, and 
86  .63. The nest varies from a very slight to a quite bulky and 
substantial structure. 

This species proves to be one of the favorite foster-parents of the 
cow bird (Molothrus pecoris). In a series of eighteen nests, five, or 
nearly one-third, contained eggs of the cow bird, two even containing 
two each, and one had three; while out of twenty-nine nests of 


1874.] - 59 [Allen. 


other ground-nesting praivie birds, collected at the same time and 
over the same area, not one contained an egg of the cow bird! 

46. Huspiza americana Bon. Black-throated Bunting. 

Occasional along the bushy ravines from Fort Rice westward to 
the Bad Lands of the Little Missouri. 

47. Goniaphea melanocephala Bowd.  Black-headed 
Grosbeak. 

Observed at frequent. intervals along the wooded portions of the 
streams from the Missouri to the Yellowstone. 

48. Cyanospiza amoena Baird. Western Indigo Bird. Lazuli 
Finch. 

Quite abundant on the Missouri at Fort Rice, and met with occa- 
sionally thence westward throughout our journey. 

49. Pipilo maculatus var. arcticus Coues. Arctic Towhee. 

A common inhabitant of the wooded bottom-lands everywhere. 
Heard a few whose songs were undistinguishable from the songs of 
P. erythrophthalmus. A single individual seen on Davis Creek could 
not be distinguished in appearance, though but three or four yards 
distant, from the true P. erythrophthalmus. 


ICTERIDZ. 


50. Dolichonyx oryzivorus Sw. Bobolink. 

A few were seen at distant intervals about midway between the 
Missouri and Yellowstone,— not more than half a dozen in all,—and 
none were met with elsewhere. Dr. Hayden reports it as common 
about Fort Pierre, but states that he “never observed it high up 
towards the sources of the Missouri.” 4 

51. Molothrus pecoris Swain. Cow Bird. 

Abundant and very generally diffused. Its eges occurred in nearly 
one-third of the nests of the lark bunting we found, in one instance 
three, and in several instances two, being found in the same nest. 
They thus form no inconsiderable check upon the increase of this 
bird; but in no instance were their eggs found in the nests of the 
other prairie birds. 

52. Agelzeus phoeniceus Vieill. Red-winged Blackbird. 

Met with only at distant intervals, and nowhere in considerable 
numbers. Not observed either on the Musselshell or the Yellowstone. 


1 Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x11, p. 169. 


‘Allen.] 60 : [June 3, 


53. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus Baird. gellow- 
headed Blackbird. i sie 

Seen but three or four times on the whole journey. A small colony 
found breeding near the point where we crossed the Big Muddy, and a 
single small flock seen near the head of the Great Porcupine Creek. 
A small flock seen once also on Heart River. 

54. Sturnella ludoviciana var. neglecta All. Meadow 
Lark. 

One of the most abundant birds of the plains, occurring every- 
where. No other bird, perhaps, is so uniformly met with. 

The following are some of the variations in the size and color of 
the eggs of this species: Extremes, 1.25  .81 inches, and 1.02 
81 inches. Two eggs of the same set varied as follows: 1.20 & .90; 
1.02 X .80. The markings vary from pale diffused rufous blotches to 
sharply defined small dark purplish brown or black ‘specks. One set 
of eggs presents an almost exact likeness in size, shape and color to 
the egos of the whippoorwill. 

55. Icterus spurius Bon. Orchard Oriole. 

A few pairs seen near the “Second Crossing” of Heart River, 
July 5th, were the only ones met with. 

56. Icterus Bullocki Bon. Bullock’s Oriole. 

More or less frequent along all the wooded portions of the streams. 
Observed at Fort Rice and on the Heart River; collected on Beaver 
Creek, on the Yellowstone at the Crossing, and at the Big Bend of 
the Musselshell. Dr. W. J. Hoffman, U. S. A., informs me that it is 
common at the Grand River Agency and at Fort Randall. Dr. Hay- 
den says this species “ seldom passes above Fort Pierre,” but that “ it 
occurs occasionally along the Lower Missouri.” He speaks of having 
met with but one specimen in all his explorations. On the other 
hand, he gives J. Baltimore as “ abundant throughout the wooded 
portion of the Missouri country,” and as “more common on the 
numerous islands in the river, from the mouth to Fort Union,” ! while 
not a single specimen was seen by us west of the Missouri. 

57. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus Cab. Brewer’s Black- 
bird. 

Common along all the timbered portions of the streams everywhere. 
In September seen in immense flocks along the Yellowstone and 
Heart Rivers. I observed large flocks in Dakota, as far east even as 
the James River. 


1 Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x11, p. 170. 


1874.] 61 [Allen. 


58. Quiscalus purpureus Licht. Crow Blackbird. Purple 
Graklé. 

Abundant on the Missouri at Fort Rice, common along Heart 
River, and on the Yellowstone as far up as we ascended. Very 
abundant about the mouth of Tongue River. 


CORVIDA. 


59. Corvus corax Linn. Raven. . 

More or less common from the Missouri to the Musselshell, being 
seen almost daily, but nowhere very numerous. Seen on the divide, 
between the two Porcupine Creeks, far out on the naked barren 
ridges in the Bad Lands. 

60. Corvus americanus Aud. Common Crow. 

Common wherever there is timber. Contrary to what is usually 
supposed, we found the ravens quite common where the crows were 
very abundant. Quite large flocks of crows and small parties of 
ravens were frequently in sight along the Yellowstone at the same 
time, there being apparently no hostility nor antipathy between them. 
We robbed a raven’s nest July 5th, near the Heart River, within 
hearing of a large flock of crows that had assembled a few hundred 
yards distant in the timber, to celebrate, apparently, some great 
occasion. 

61. Pica caudata var. hudsonica All. Magpie. 

Not common. A few seen at distant intervals throughout the 
journey. 


TYRANNIDZ. 


62. Tyrannus carolinensis Bd. King Bird. Bee Martin. 

Very common along all the wooded portions of the streams. One 
of the most common of the woodland birds. Seen frequently after 
the breeding season far out among the sage brush on the plains. 
Departs for the south during the last week in August. 

63. Tyrannus verticalis Say. Arkansas Flycatcher. 

Exceedingly abundant wherever there is timber, far outnumbering 
even so common a bird as the T. carolinensis, and more numerous 
than any other of the tree-nesting species. After the breeding season 
seen far away from the timber among the sage brush. ‘This, like the 
preceding species, disappeared about the end of August. 

64. Sayornis Sayus Bd. Say’s Flycatcher. 

During the breeding season only solitary pairs were seen, usually 


Allen.] 62 [June 8, 


at intervals of several days, generally in the Bad Lands, or about 
rocky buttes. Found two or three nests, but they all contained 
young birds. The nests were placed under projecting ledges of rock, 
in broken or precipitous places. Later in the season the species was 
more frequently observed, sometimes in small parties of four or five 
together. 

65. ‘Contopus virens var. Richardsoni All. Richardson’s 
Pewee. 

Seen at various points along the Yellowstone and Musselshell. _ 

66. HEmpidonax minimus Baird. Least Flycatcher. 

Common in the timbered bottom-lands of the Missouri at Fort 
Rice, frequenting the more open parts of the woodland, where fires 
had killed the underbrush. A few were seen also on Heart River, 
but neither this nor any other species of Empidonax was met with 
elsewhere during the whole journey. ; 


CAPRIMULGID&. 


67. Antrostomus Nuttalli Cass. Nuttall’s Whippoorwill. 

A few individuals seen in the pine ridges and ravines along the 
Musselshell. . . 

68. Chordeiles popetue var. Henryi All. Western Night- 
hawk. 

Everywhere quite common. 


CYPSELIDZ. 


69. Cheetura pelasgia Steph. Swift. 

Common along the Missouri at Fort Rice; seen elsewhere only 
on the Yellowstone, near the mouth of Tongue River, where the 
hollow trees of the heavy cottonwood forests doubtless afford them 


the necessary breeding sites. 


ALCEDINIDZE. 


70. Ceryle alecyon Boie. Kingfisher. 

Two or three individuals, observed on the Musselshell, were all that 
were seen during the whole journey. Their absence is readily ex- 
plained by the turbid state of the streams, in which it would be 
impossible for them to discover their finny prey, however abundant 


it might be. 


1874.) - 63 [Allen. 


CUCULIDZ. 


71. Coccygus americanus Bon. Yellow-billed Cuckoo. 


This species was several times observed along Heart River and 
either this or C. erythropthalmus in the valley of the Yellowstone. 
Dr. Hayden speaks of having both species in his Nebraska collections.1 


PICIDZ. 


72. Picus villosus var. Harrisi All. Hairy Woodpecker. 

Occasional in the forests of the Yellowstone and Musselshell. 

73. Picus pubescens var. Gairdneri Coues. Downy Wood- 
pecker. 

More or less frequent along the more heavily wooded portions of 
the streams, from the Missouri to the Musselshell. 

.74. Sphyrapicus varius var. nuchalis All.  Yellow- 
bellied Woodpecker. 

Seen only on the Musselshell, where several specimens were taken. 

75. Melanerpes erythrocephalus Swain. MRed-headed 
Woodpecker. 

Abundant everywhere from the Missouri to the Musselshell, far 
outnumbering all the other Picide together. 

76. Colaptes “auratus.”’ Yellow-shafted Flicker. 

Obtained in the vicinity of Fort Rice, and seen occasionally west- 
ward to the Musselshell. 

77. Colaptes ‘*mexicanus.” Red-shafted Flicker. 

The most prevalent form of Colaptes, but by no means numerous, 
and very hard toapproach. On the Great Porcupine Creek I shot a. 
series of specimens that present a very interesting gradation from the 
“mexicanus” to the “auratus” type. Throughout this region the 
two forms associate together, and a considerable portion of them pre- 
sent an interesting combination of the characters of the two forms. 

A female collected at Fort Rice is scarcely different from the usual 
form of C. “auratus.” A young male, collected on the Big Knife 
River, also scarcely differs from the ordinary style of C. “ auratus.” 
Other specimens, collected along the Yellowstone and Musselshell 
Rivers, more or less strongly resemble the C. “ mexicanus,” one of 
them typically representing that form, while of the rest each presents 
a different and intermediate stage between the two types. 


1¥rans. Am. Phil. Soc., XII, p. 155. 


Allen.] 64 . [June 3, 


STRIGIDZ. 


78. Bubo virginianus Bon. Great Horned Owl. 

Occasional. 

79. Otus vulgaris var. Wilsonianus All. Long-eared Owl. 

Occasional. ‘Two specimens obtained. 

80. Brachyotus palustris Bon. Short-eared Owl. 

Apparently the most common of the Owls. Seen a few times far 
out on the prairies, many miles from timber. 

81. Syrnium nebulosum Gray. Barred Owl. 

Met with on the Missouri at Fort Rice, and on the Yellowstone 
and Musselshell. . 

82. Speotyto cunicularia var. hypogea Coues. Burrow- 


ing Owl. 
Not numerous; met with at intervals, in the prairie-deg towns, from 
the Little Missouri westward. ~ : 


FALCONID. 


83. Circus cyaneus var. hudsonius All. Marsh Hawk. 

Rare in the breeding season; more common in August and Sep- 
tember. 

84. Accipiter Cooperi Bon. Cooper’s Hawk. 

One was taken August 8th, near the mouth of the Little Poreu- 
pine, and a few others were seen later in the season. Rare. 

85. Falco communis var. anatum Rideg.. Duck Hawk. 

Seen but once or twice, near the Great Bend of the Musselshell. 

86. Falco columbarius Linn. Pigeon Hawk. 

Seen at distant intervals on the Yellowstone and Heart Rivers, in 
September. 

87. Falco sparverius Linn. Sparrow Hawk. 

Very abundant along the timbered portion of the streams every- 
where. Ten times more numerous than all the other Falconide to- 
gether. rei 

88. Buteo borealis Vieill. Red-tailed Hawk. 

Occasional along the more heavily timbered portions of the bottom- 
lands. 

89. Buteo Swainsoni Bon. Swainson’s Hawk. 

More or less common, doubtless, where there is timber. Obtained 
an adult male on Heart River, June 25th. 


1874.] 65 | ~ [Allen. 


_ 90. Archibuteo ferrugineus Gray. Western Rough-legged 
~ Hawk. 

Next to Falco sparverius, the most common species of the Falcon- 
ide; yet it was seen only at distant intervals. Several nests were 
. found containing young. The nest is often a very large, bulky struc- 
ture, sometimes three or four feet in diameter, built of coarse sticks, 
mixed with the ribs of antelopes and buffalos. It is placed on the 
ground or rocks, usually near the summit of isolated buttes. The 
same nest is apparently occupied for a series of years'and annually 
repaired. 

91. Aquila chrysaétos Linn. Golden Eagle. 

Occasional. A young one was captured by some soldiers of the 
7th Cavalry on Heart River. 

92. Haliaétus leucocephalus Savig. White-headed mer 
Bald Eagle. 

Seen en at rare intervals along the Yellowstone and Meeclne) 
Rivers. 


CATHARTIDZ. 


93. Cathartes aura Ill. Turkey Buzzard. 

Seen at intervals all the way from the Missouri to the Yellowstone, 
rarely more than two or three together, and generally singly. Quite 
a number, however, finally assembled around Camp Thorne, attracted, 
doubtless, by the offal from the beeves slaughtered for the support of 
the garrison stationed there during the absence of the main expedi- 
tion up the Yellowstone. 


COLUMBIDZ. 


94. Zenzedura carolinensis Bon. Carolina Dove. 
Abundant everywhere, particularly near the streams. <A few nests 
met with, which were invariably placed on the ground. 


TETRAONIDZ. 


95. Centrocercus urophasianus Sab. Sage Cock. Cock- 
of-the-plains. 

More or less common none the Yellowstone and Musselshell 
Rivers, but large flocks met with only a few times. None seen east 
of the Little Missouri. 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL, XVII. 5 NOVEMBER, 1874. 


Allen.] | 66 [June 8, 


96. Pedicecetes phasianellus var. columbianus Coues.. 
Sharp-tailed Grouse. 

Occasional in the vicinity of all the larger streams from the Mis- 
souri to the Musselshell, but nowhere very numerous. Young 
hatched the last week in June. . 


CHARADRUDZ. 


97. Aigialitis vociferus Cass. Killdee Plover. 

Single pairs met with at intervals throughout our journey. Far 
less numerous than on the plains of Kansas, Colorado, and Southern 
Wyoming. Sometimes none were seen for several days. 

98. fégialitis montanus Cass. Mountain Plover. : 

Met with at widely distant intervals. Seen more frequently on the 
plains bordering the Yellowstone and Musselshell than elsewhere. 
Two or three small flocks were met with in September, but generally _ 
.they were seen only in single pairs at intervals of several days. 


RECURVIROSTRIDZ. 


99. Recurvirostra americana Gmel. Avoset. 

Three or four pairs were seen about a rain-water pool on the divide 
between the Yellowstone and Musselshell (near Camp 46), August 
18th — the only time the species was. met with on the whole journey. 


SCOLOPACIDA. 


100. Tringa ? Bairdii Coues. ‘Baird’s Sandpiper. 

A few individuals were seen along the Musselshell, which were 
supposed to be of this species, but:no.speeimens were taken. It was 
also seen a few times in September along the Yellowstone. _ 

101. Totanus solitarius Wils. Solitary Sandpiper. 

Observed frequently along the Musselshell and Yellowstone Rivers. 
First seen July 28th, on alittle creek not far from Camp Thorne. 

102. Totanus melanoleuca Gm. Greater Tattler. 

Occasional along the Musselshell, and seen a few times on the Yel- 
lowstone and Heart Rivers in September. 

103. Tringoides macularius Gray. Spotted Sandpiper. 

Not common. Seen at unfrequent intervals from the Missouri to 
the Musselshell. 


1874.] 67 | Allen. 


104. Actiturus Bartramius Bon. Bartram’s Plover. Up- 
land Plover. 

Very common on the prairies east of the Yellowstone, and seen at 
frequent intervals throughout our journey. Outnumbers all the other 
Gralle together. Nests found with fresh eggs from June 14th to 
July 15th. 

105. Numenius longirostris Wilson. Long-billed Curlew. 

A few pairs met with at quite distant intervals from the Missouri 
to the Musselshell. 


ARDEIDZA. 


106. Ardea herodias Linn. Blue Heron. 
A single specimen seen on Heart River — the only representative 
of the family seen on the journey.“ 


GRUIDZ. 


107. Grus canadensis Temm. Brown Crane. 

A large flock seen at the crossing of the Little Missouri, Septem- 
ber 15th, circling over our camp high in the air; the only time that 
the species was observed. 


RALLIDA. 


108. Rallus virginianus Linn. Virginia Rail. 
Met with once or twice in June near the Heart River. 
109. Fulica americana Gmel. Coot. 

Not common. 


ANATIDZ. 


110. Branta canadensis Scop. Canada Goose. 

Quite frequent along the Yellowstone and Musselshell. Breeds. 

111. Anas boschas Linn. Mallard. 

Not common. Seen on Beaver Creek and Heart River in Sep- 
tember. 

112. Querquedula carolinensis Steph. Green-winged 
Teal. 

A few pairs met with at distant intervals during the breeding sea- 
son, and a few small flocks seen in September mixed with Q. discors. 

113. Quequedula discors Steph. Blue-winged Teal. 

Met with occasionally in the breeding season, and a few small 
flocks seen in September. 


Allen.] 168 : | [June 8, 


114. Spatula clypeata Boie. Shoveller. Spoon-billed Duck. 

Two or three shot near the head of Heart River in September. 
No others observed. 

115." Aix sponsa Boie. Wood Duck. 

More or less frequent on the Missouri, near Forts A. Lincoln and 
Rice, but not met with elsewhere. 

116. Mergus cucullatus Linn. Hooded Merganser. 

Met with near the head of Heart River about July 1st, and also in 
September, but not seen elsewhere. 


PELECANIDZ. 


117. Pelecanus trachyrhynchus Lath. White Pelican. 
One specimen obtained at Camp Thorne, September 12th. Said 
- to be common on the Missouri in June, a few miles below Fort Rice. 


PODICIPIDZ. 


118. Podiceps auritus var. californicus Coues. Eared 
Grebe. ? 

A single specimen was obtained on the Yellowstone, near the mouth 
of Tongue River, September 2d, and four or five others were seen on 
the Great Porcupine Creek. 


ITV. REPORT ON THE REPTILES. 


Reptilian life is extremely scarce throughout the region traversed 
by the Expedition, there being but two species very numerously rep- 
resented, or very generally dispersed. These are the Caudisona 
confluenta and the Phrynosoma Douglassi. The first not only out- 
numbers all the other Ophidians, but all the other reptiles, excluding 
the Phrynosoma Douglassi, which may possibly exceed in numbers 
ae Caudisona confluenta. 

' The Aspidonectes spinifer, which is more or less frequent in the 
large streams, is apparently almost the sole representative of the 
Testudinatay as Phrynosoma Douglassi is also almost the only repre- 
sentative of the Lacertilia. 


TESTUDINATA. 


1. Chrysemys oregonensis Agass. 
A few individuals were seen near Fort Rice, and in the vicinity of 
Heart River, near pools of water in the prairies. 


1874. : 69 | [Allen. 


2. Aspidonectes spinifer Agass. 
- * Frequent in both the Musselshell and Yellowstone Rivers, and pied 
seen in some of the smaller streams. 


LACERTILIA. 


8. Sceloporus consobrinus B. & G. 

A single specimen was taken on the Yellowstone, near Camp 
Thorne, and a few others were seen. Apparently quite rare. 

4, Phrynosoma Douglassi Wael. 

Occasional throughout the region traversed, but very common only 


at a few looalities. 
OPHIDIA. 


5. Caudisona confluenta (Say). 

Common, especially in the Bad Lands of the Little Missouri and 
along the Yellowstone. This species many times outnumbers all the 
other Ophidians together. Several hundred were killed by the dif- 
ferent members of the Expedition, but notwithstanding its abund- 
ance the only casualty resulting from it was one horse bitten. On 
the Expedition of 1872 they were found in much greater abundance 
than on the present one. It was estimated that on the Expedition of 
1872 not less than two thousand were killed, and yet not a man nor 
an animal was bitten by them. ‘This shows how little danger there 
really is from them, even when numerous. Man is a far more fatal 
enemy to the snake than the snake is to man. I was surprised to 
find how late in the season they are found abroad, as we met with 
them quite frequently after several severe frosts had occurred. Dur- 
ing J uly two pairs were found in coitu, indicating the season at which 
they pair. 

6. Bascanion aeinauies B. & G. 

Two specimens were taken in the valley of the Yellowstone, near 
Camp Thorne, and only two or three others were seen. 

7. Pityophis bellona B. & G. 

A single specimen taken at the mouth of Custer’s Creek, Sept. Ist, 
was the only one seen. ‘ 

8. Heterodon nasicus B. & G. 

A specimen was taken near the head of Heart River, and another 
in the valley of the Yellowstone; one or two others were observed. 

9. HKutenia proxima B. & G. 

Not common. Less than half a dozen representatives of the genus 
Eutenia seen on the whole trip. 


i 


Allen.] 10 [June 3, 


V. REPORT ON THE BATRACHIANS. 


e 

As would be anticipated from the great aridity of the climate, the 

Batrachians are very sparsely represented in the district traversed 

by the Expedition. The Rana halecina is by far the most common 

species, but is yet comparatively scarce, and, with Bufo columbiensis, 

forms the only representative of the class that can be regarded as 
at all frequent. 

ANURA. 


1. Bufo columbiensis B. & G. 

Occasional, but far from common. 

2. Spea bombifrons Cope. 

A single specimen, collected by Mr. Bennet at Camp Thorne, was 
the only one seen. 

3. Rana halecina Kalm. . 

Rather frequent along the streams, and quite generally dispersed. 


URODELA. 


4. Amblystoma mavortium Baird. 

A specimen was obtained at Fort A. Lincoln, and it was once or 
twice seen in the valley of the Yellowstone. This was the only rep- 
resentative of the tailed batrachians seen. 


VI. Report ON THE PLANTS. 


For the identification of the species of the following list of plants 
I am indebted to Dr. Geo. Vasey, Botanist of the Department of ~ 
Agriculture, to whom the collection was referred for determination. I 
have added a few species from my notes that were not contained in 
the collection, which are distinguished by the names being enclosed 
in brackets. The collection was begun at Fort Rice, about June 12th, 
and was continued throughout the journey, or till about September 
15th. Many of the species collected were confined to the vicinity of 
the large streams, as were nearly all the species of Ranunculacee 
met with, while others were as exclusively inhabitants of the dryest 
portions of the Plains. The difference between the flora of the 
vicinity of Fort Rice and that of the divide between the Yellowstone 
and Musselshell Rivers is very great. The general features of the 
country through which we passed, and of its flora, have already been 


1874.] 71 [Allen.. 


given in the Introduction; but a few additional remarks may be 
added here. As: compared with the flora of Northern Kansas, situ- 
ated seven or eight degrees further south, the contrast is very great, 
while the general features of the landscape, aside from the flora, of 
the region east of the Yellowstone, and especially east of the Little 
Missouri, are not essentially different from those of the prairies of 
Middle Kansas. Gently rolling grassy prairies characterize both re- 
gions, but while in Kansas the landscape, during early summer, is 
everywhere varied with differently tinted patches of bright color, 
from the abundance of the flowers, and from those of the same species 
growing together in masses, in central Dakota we miss entirely this 
effect, the flowers being not only far less numerous in species, but 
those of a given species are so few as rarely to give their own tint to 
extended portions of the landscape. Such social species, for instance, 
as the Malvastrum coccineum, which on the Kansas prairies sometimes 
covers acres with its bright flowers, almost to the exclusion of other 
species, occurs here apparently only as a straggler, a few individuals 
in a place, of small size, and never forming masses of color sufficient 
to particularly attract the attention. ‘The same is true of many other 
species; the absence of this marked grouping of the brightly colored 
species, resulting evidently from their paucity of representatives, be- 
ing here as much a floral characteristic of these northern prairies as 
the presence of this grouping is on the prairies of Kansas. Further 
remarks on the distribution of particular species are incorporated 
with the list. 


RANUNCULACE. | 


1. Clematis ligusticifolia Nutt. Collected on the Yellow- 
stone at the mouth of Bie Porcupine Creek, August 8th. Noticed in 
considerable abundance at other localities along the Yellowstone and 
its tributaries. ; 
la. Clematis ligusticifolia var. 8. Collected with the pre- 
ceding. . 

2. Anemone patens var. Nuttalliana Gray. Wooded bot- 
tom-lands of the Missouri at Fort Rice, June 15th. Abundant. 

3. Anemone Pennsylvanica Linn. Abundant at Fort Rice, 
with the preceding. 

4. Thalictrum Fendleri Eng. In moist wooded bottom- 
lands at Fort Rice. Common. 

5. Ranunculus aquatilis var. heterophyllus D. C. 
Crossing of the Big Muddy, July 1st. 


Allen.] 12 [June 8, 


CRUCIFERZ. 


6. Erysimum Arkansanum Nutt. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, July 1st. A common prairie species from the Missouri to the 
‘Yellowstone. 

7. HErysimum asperum var. inconspicuum 6. Watson. 
Crossing of the Big Muddy, July 1st. 

8. Vesicaria Ludoviciana D. C. Prairies, west of Fort 
Rice, June 22d. : 

9. Physaria didymocarpa Gray. Valley of the Little Mis- 
souri, at the mouth of Davis Creek, July 10th. 

10. Lepidium Virginicum L. Valley of the Little Mis- 
souri, July 10th. 


CAPPARIDACEZ. 


11. Polanisia uniglandulosa D.C. Shell Point, Yellow- 
stone River, July 16th. Abundant in sandy places. 

12, Cleome integrifolia Nutt. Valley of the Musselshell 
August 20th. Common. 


CARYOPHYLLACEX. 


13. Cerastium arvense Linn. Valley of the Musselshell. 
14. Paronychia sessilifiora Nutt. Near the Big Muddy, 
July 3d. 


MALVACEZ. 


15. Malvastrum coccineum Gray. Sparingly on the prai- 
ries from Fort Rice to the Yellowstone, June 18th, and later. Also 
found in blossom in the bottom lands of the Yellowstone, August 
8th, where the growth of this and other plants had been retarded by 
the spring overflow of the river. 


LINACEZ. 


16. Linum sulcatum Riddell. Crossing of the Big Muddy, 
July 1st. Seen also on Heart River, but not common. 
17. Linum perenne L. Abundant on the dry plains and 
prairies everywhere, varying greatly in size and appearance at differ- 
ent localities. 


ANACARDIACE. 


18, Rhus toxicodendron Linn. Along the Missouri at Fort 
Rice, and also on Heart River. 


1874.] 73 . ' e) pAdlen: 


VITACEZ. 


19. Vitis cordifolia Michx. Heart River, June 24th. Also 
on the Yellowstone, a short distance below Pompey’s Pillar. 
20. Ampelopsis quinquefolia Michx. Heart River, June 
24th. 
CELASTRACE. 


21. Celastrus scandens L. Heart River, June 24th. 


ACERACEZ. 


22. Negundo aceroides Mench. One of the most common 
trees along all the streams from the Missouri to the Musselshell. 
This and the cottonwood (Populus monolifera) constitute the only 
trees met with at many localities. . 


POLYGALACE. 


23, Polygala alba Nutt. Common on the moister prairies, 
from Fort Rice westward. 


on 


LEGUMINOS2&. 


* 24. Lupinus pusillus Pursh. Common on the prairies be- 
tween the Missouri and Little Missouri Rivers. 
25. Psoralea floribunda Nutt. Yellowstone Valley, at mouth 
of Little Porcupine Creek, August 7th. 
26. Psoralea lanceolata Pursh. Moist bottom-land of the 
Missouri, at Fort Rice, June 15th. 
27. Psoralea argophylla Pursh. Great Bend of Heart 
River, July 24th. 
28. Psoralea esculenta Pursh. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 
29. Hosackia Purshiana Benth. Prairies west of Little 
Missouri, July 11th. 
30. Petalostemon candida Michx. Common on the prai- 
ries from the Missouri to the Yellowstone. 
31. Petalostemon violaceum Michx. With the preceding, 
and equally common. 
32. Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook. Fort Rice, June 15th. 
33. Lathyrus linearis Nutt. Bottom-lands of the Missouri 
at Fort Rice, June 15th. Abundant. | 
34. Vicia Americana Muhl. Fort Rice, June 16th. Common. 
34a. Vicia Americana Muhl., var. Valley of the Little Mis- 
souri, at mouth of Davis Creek, July 10th. 
30. Astragalus lotiflorus Hook. Near Heart River, July 7th. 


Allen.] 14. [June 38, 


36. Astragalus Nuttallianus D. C. Near Heart River, 
July 7th. 

87. Astragalus racemosus Pursh. Heart River Crossing, 
June 26th. 

88. Astragalus Plattensis Nutt. Fort Rice, June 13th. 

39. Astragalus adsurgens Pall. Heart River Crossing, 
June 26th. 

40. Astragalus aboriginum Rich. Heart River Crossing, 
~ June 26th. 

41. Astragalus bisulcatus Gray. Head of Heart River, 

July 8th. . 

42. Oxytropis Lamberti Pursh. Fort Rice, Juve 13th. 

43. Glycyrrhiza lepidota Nutt. Mouth of Little Porcupine 
Creek, August 4th. 

44. Amorpha fruticosa Linn. Heart River Crossing, June 
26th. A rather common shrub along the streams. 

45. [Amorpha canescens Nutt.] Common on the prairies. 

46. Amorpha microphylla Pursh. Heart Rivet Crossing, 
June 26th. Common only at a few localities. 


ROSACEZ. 


47. Prunus Virginiana Linn. Fort Rice, June 15th. A 
common shrub along all the streams, from the Missouri to the Mussel- 
shell, and on the tributaries of the Little Missouri and Heart Rivers, 
but not frequent on the Yellowstone, between Glendive Creek and 
Pompey’s Pillar. 

48. Prunus pumila Linn. Near the Great Bend of Heart 
River, June 24th. ty 

49. Potentilla arguta Pursh. Crossing of the Big Muddy, 
June 30th. 

50. Potentilla Pennsylvanica Linn., var. Head of Heart 
River, July 8th. 

51. Potentilla anserina Linn. Bad Route Creek, near the 
Yellowstone, July 28th. 

52. Potentilla gracilis Dougl., var. Head of Heart River, 
July 8th. : 

53. Potentilla fruticosa Linn. Heart River Crossing, June: 
25th. 

54. Rosa blanda Ait. Prairies west of Fort Rice, June 22d. 
Abundant on the prairies almost everywhere, thence westward to the 


1874.] 15 [Allen. 


. Yellowstone. Varies in height from a few inches to three feet, ac- 
cording to locality. 

55. [Cratzgus coccinea Linn.] Occasional along the banks 
of the streams. 

56. Amelanchier Canadensis T. and G. Heart River 
Crossing, June 25th. Widely dispersed, but not common anywhere. 


ONAGRACEZ. 


57. HEpilobium paniculatum Nutt. Bad Route Creek, 
July 28th. 

58. Gaura coccinea Nutt. Heart River, July 6th. 

59. QCsinothera biennis Linn. Bad Route Creek, July 28th 

59a. Ginothera biennis Linn., var. Head of Heart River, 
July 8th. 
60. Qinothera albicaulis Nutt. Head of Heart River, July 
28th. 

61. Qinothera serrulata Nutt. Second Crossing of Heart 
River, July 6th. 

62. Qinothera pinnatifida Nutt. Great Bend of Heart 
River, June 28d. 

63. QUinothera cespitosa Nutt. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 


LOASACEZ. 


64. Mentzelia nuda Linn. Shell Point, Yellowstone River, 
July 16th. 
CACTACEX. 


65. [Opuntia Missouriense D.C.] Common at Fort Rice, 
and increasing in abundance westward. In the Yellowstone Valley, 
and between the Yellowstone and Musselshell Rivers, it often nearly 
covers the ground for long distances. 

66. [Opuntia fragilis Nutt.] More or less common on the 
prairies west of Fort Rice, but increases in abundance westward, in 
places nearly covering the ground, and though smaller, is far more 
troublesome to animals in traveling than the preceding species. 

67. [Mamillaria vivipara Nutt.] Common throughout the 
region traversed. ; 


Allen.] 76 [J une 3, 


GROSSULACE. 


68. Ribes aureum Pursh. Occurs sparingly along the streams 
everywhere, from the Missouri to the Musselshell; most abundant in 
the valley of the Musselshell. ; 

69. Ribes rotundifolium Michx. Abundant in the valley 
of the Musselshell, and occurs sparingly along the streams elsewhere. 

70. [Ribes hirtellum Michx.] Dry rocky places, head of 
Heart River to the Musselshell. 


CUCURBITACES. 


71. [Eehinocystis lobata T. & G.] Near Fort Rice, June 
20th. so 
SAXIFRAGACEZ. 


72. Heuchera hispida Pursh. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 


UMBELIFER&. 

73. Sanicula Marylandica Linn. Shell Point, Yellowstone 
River, July 16th. 

74. Peucedanum nudicaule Nutt. Fort Rice, June 15th. 

75. Musenium divaricatum Nutt. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, June 30th. 

76. Sium angustifolium Linn. Yellowstone River, near 
Shell Point, July 25th. 


CORNACEZ. 
77. Cornus stolonifera Michx. Fort Rice, June 15th. 


CAPRIFOLIACEZ. 
78. Symphoricarpus occidentalis R. Br. Abundant near 
all the streams, and in the moist ravines everywhere. 
RUBIACEZ. 
79. Galium boreale Linn. Near Fort Rice, June 22d. Com- 
mon in the bottom-lands of the Musselshell and other streams. 
COMPOSITZ. 


80. Liatris punctata Hook. Yellowstone, fifteen miles below 
the Big Horn River, August 11th. A common species over a wide area. 

81. Aster oblongifolius Nutt. Near Pompey’s Pillar, Au- 
gust 13th. 


1874.] (a [Allen. 


82. Aster multiflorus Ait. Valley of the Musselshell, Au- 
gust 19th. 

83. Aster leevis Linn. Near Pompey’s Pillar, Aucust 14th. 

84. Aster tenuifolius Linn. Near Pompey’s Pillar, August 
14th. 

85. Aster falcatus Lindl. Valley of the Musselshell, August 
y 24th. 

86. Maczerantha tanacetifolia Nees. Valley of the Yellow- 
stone, twenty-seven miles above Tongue River, August 6th. 
_ 87. Macerantha canescens Gray. Valley of the Yellow- 

stone, near the mouth of Toneue River, August 6th. 

88. Hrigeron pumilum Nutt. Fort Rice, June 13th. 

89. Erigeron Canadense Linn. Valley of the Musselshell, 
August 21st. 

90. Solidago rigida Linn. Valley of Musselshell, August 21st. 

91. Solidago nemoralis Ait. Bottom-lands of the Mussel- 
shell River, August 21st. 

92. Solidago gigantea Ait. Bottom-lands of the Musselshell 
River, August 21st. Abundant. 

93, Lynosyris graveolens T. & G. Valley of the Mussel- 
shell, August 21st. An abundant species over a wide area. 

94. Lynosyris graveolens I. &G., var. Near Shell Point, 
Yellowstone River, July 27th. 

95. lLynosyris viscidiflora Hook. Musselshell River, Au- 
gust 21st. 

96. Grindelia squarrosa Duval. Valley of the Yellowstone 
August Ist. 

97. Aplopappus Nuttalli D.C. Head of Heart River, July 
8th. 

98. Aplopappus spinulosus D. C. Beaver Creek, July 13th. 

99. Chrysopsis villosa Nutt. Yellowstone, near mouth of 
_Custer’s Creek, August 1st. | 

100. Iva axillaris Pursh. Crossing of Big Muddy, June 30th. 

101. Iva ciliata Wild. Yellowstone, near mouth of Big Horn 
River, August 11th. 

102. Xanthium strumarium Linn. Yellowstone, near the 
mouth of the Little Porcupine Creek, August 7th. 

103. Echinacea angustifolia D.C. Abundant on the prai- 
ries between the Missouri and Yellowstone. 

104. Lepachys columnaris Raf. Bad Route Creek, July 
28th. 


Allen.] . 78 : [June 3, 


105. Helianthus pumilis Nutt. Divide between the Mussel- 
shell and Yellowstone, west of Pompey’s Pillar, August 18th. 

106. Helianthus lenticularis Dougl. Musselshell and Yel- 
lowstone divide, August 18th. 

107. Helianthus petiolaris Gray. Near Pompey’s Pillar, 
August 16th. 

108. Helianthus Maximiliani Schreed. Var of the Mus- 
selshell, August 20th. 

109. Coreopsis tinctoria Nutt. Found ly at one small 
locality, a few acres in extent, on a moist prairie near Beaver Creek, 
July 13th. 

110. Dysodia ie eens Lag. Shell Point, Yel- 
lowstone River, July 21st. 

111. Gallardia aristata Pursh. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 

112. Hymenopappus tenuifolius Pursh. Second Crossing 
of Heart River, July 6th. 5 

113. Actinella acaulis Nutt. Near Heart River, June 26th. 

114. Actinella Richardsoni Nutt. Head of Heart River 
July 8th. 

115. Achillea millefolium Linn. Crossing of the Big, 
Muddy, June 30th. Occurs sparingly from the Missouri to the Mus- 
selshell. 

116. Artemisia dracunculoides ieee Valley of the- 
Musselshell, August 21st. . 

117. Artemisia Canadensis Michx. Custer’s Creek, Sep- 
tember 6th. Abundant in the valley of the Yellowstone and in the 
bad lands. 

118. Artemisia Ludoviciana Nutt., var. Musselshell Val- 
ley, August 21st. Abundant throughout the bad lands, and in the 
valleys of the Musselshell and Yellowstone. 

119. Antennaria dioica Gert. Heart River, June 24th. 

120. Senecio lugens Rich., var. Fort Rice, June 13th. 

121. Senecio canus Hook. Crossing of Big Muddy, July 1st. 

122. Senecio aureus Linn. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 

123. Arnica angustifolia Vohl. Fort Rice, June 13th. 

124. Circium undulatum Spreng. Bad Route Creek, 
July 28th. 

125. Circium Virginianum Michx., var. Valley of the 
Musselshell, August 24th. . 

126. Lygodesmia juncea Don. Shell Point, Yellowstone 
River, July 22d. 


1874.] se 79 | [Allen. 


127. Troximon cuspidatum Pursh. Near Fort Rice, 
June 20th. 

128. Macrorhynchus glaucus Eaton. Near Fort Rice, 
June 20th. 

129. Mulgedium pulchellum Nutt. Near Shell Point, 
Yellowstone River, July 24. 


-CAMPANULACEZ. 


1380. Campanula rotundifolia Linn. Near Fort Rice, 
July 24th. Occasional westward, on the prairies. 


PLANTAGINACEZ. 


131. Plantago pusilla Nutt. Crossing of Big Muddy Creek, 
June 30th. 

132. Plantago Patagonica Jacq., var. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, June 30th. Very abundant and widely dispersed. » . 


PRIMULACEZ. 


133. Androsace septentrionalis Linn. Prairies: between 
Little Missouri and Yellowstone, July 12th. 

134. Lysimachia ciliata Linn. Little Missouri, at mouth 
of Davis Creek, July 10th. 


OROBANCHACEA. 


135. Aphyllon fasciculatum T.&G. Prairies near Heart 
River, June 24th. Rather common. 

136. Phelipza Ludoviciana Don. Valley of the Yellow- 
stone, July 22d. Common in sandy bottom-lands. | : 


SCROPHULARIACEZ. 


137. Penstemon grandiflorus Nutt. Common on the 
prairies, between the Missouri and Yellowstone. 
138. Penstemon albidus Nutt. Fort Rice, June 13th. 
Common. 
139. Penstemon gracilis Nutt. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, June 30th. 
140. Penstemon ceruleus Nutt. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 


Allen.] 8 0 (June 3, 


141. Penstemon cristatus Nutt. Head of Heart River, 
July 8th. 
142. Castilleja sessiliflora Pursh. Bad Boute Creek, 


July 28th. 
143. Orthocarpus luteus Nutt. Bad Route Creek, July 28th. 


VERBENACEZ. 


144. Verbena bracteosa .Michx. Generally abundant in 
the prairie dog towns, especially along the Yellowstone. 


LABIATA. 


145. Iycopus sinuatus Linn. Bad Route Creek, July 28th. 

146. Hedeoma Drummondi Benth. Little Missouri, at 
the mouth of Davis Creek, July 10th. . 

147. .Hedeoma hispida Pursh. Little Missouri, at the mouth 
of Davis Creek, July 10th. 

148. Monarda fistulosa Linn. Little Missouri, at the mouth 
of Davis Creek, July 10th, and the Musselshell Valley, August 21st. 
This and the above-named species of Hedeoma are common at favor- 
able localities, from the Missouri to the Musselshell. 


BORAGINACEX. 


149. HEchinospermum Redowski Lehm. Fort Rice, June 
15th: 

150. Eritrichium glomeratum D.C. Near the Great 
Bend of Heart River (June 26th), and near the head of Davis Creek 
(July 9th). 

151. Lithospermum canescens Lehm. Fort Rice, June 
20th. 

152. Lithospermum longifiorum Spreng. Fort Rice, 
June 13th. 


POLEMONIACES. 


153. Phlox Douglassi Hooker. Prairies west of Fort Rice, 
June 22d. Very abundant, in places nearly covering the ground. 

154. Collomia linearis I utt. Crossing of the Big Muddy, 
June 30th. Common. 


1874.] 81 [Allen. 


CONVOLVULACEZ. 


155. Calystegia sepium R.Br. Valley of the Yellowstone, 
near the mouth of the Big Horn, August 12th. 


SOLANACEZ. 


156. Physalis pubescens Linn. MHeart River Crossing 
(June 26th) and the Yellowstone, opposite Shell Point (July 25th) 
Seen at only two or three localities, in sandy places, near streams. 

157. Solanum triflorum Nutt. Valley of the Yellowstone, 
at numerous localities. Very much eaten by the Doryphora 10- 
lineata Say, with which it was almost always infested. 

158. Solanum rostratum Dunal. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, June 30th. 


APOCYNACEX. 


159. Apocynum androsemifolium Linn. Fort Rice, 
June 15th. : 

160. Apocynum cannabinum Linn. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, July 1st. , 


ASCLEPIADACE. 


161. Acerates viridiflora Ell. Near the Great Bend of 
Heart River, June 23d. Common on the prairies. 
162. Acerates lanuginosa Descainse. Near the Great 
Bend of Heart River, June 23d. 


NYCTAGINACEX. 


163. Oxybaphus angustifolius Torr. Heart River, June 
26th. : 

164. Oxybaphus nyctagineus Sweet. Heart River, June 
26th. ' : 

165. Abronia cycloptera Gray. Near Shell Point, Yellow- 
stone River, July 19th. 

166. Abronia fragrans Nutt. Near Shell Point, Yellow- 
stone River, July 19th. 


PROCEEDINGS B. S..N. H.— VOL. XVII. + 6 NOVEMBER, 1874. 


Allen.] 82 ; 2 [June a: 


CHENOPODIACEA, 


167. Obione argentea Mog. Abundant in the bad lands of 
the Yellowstone and Musselshell. 
168. Obione canescens Mog. Fort Rice (June 15th), and 
thence increasing in abundance westward to the Musselshell. 
169. Obione confertifolia Torr. Yellowstone, pbave aorer 
River, August 6th. : 
170. Endolepis Suckleyi Torr. Yellowstone Valley, and 
westward. Common. 
171. Monolepis Nuttalliana Mog. Fort Rice, June 13th. 
172. Suceda diffusa S. Wat. Valley of Yallowdens Com- | 
mon. 
178. Eurotia lanata Mog. Crossing of the Big Muddy, | 
June 30th. | 


POLYGONACEZ. 


174. Rumex salicifolius Weinm. Crossing of the Big 
Muddy, June 28th. Frequent along the smaller streams. | 
175. Polygonum amphibium Linn. Head of Davis Creek, 
July 9th. Streams, common. 
176. Polygonum aviculare Linn. Valley of the .Yellow- | 
stone, near the mouth of Big Horn River, August 11th. 
177. Polygonum ramosissimum Michx. Bad lands of the | 
Yellowstone, August 11th. | 
178. Eriogonum annuum Nutt. Shell Point, Yellowstone | 
River, July 21st. | | 
179. Eriogonum cernuum Nutt. Shell Point, Yellowstone | 
River, July 21st. | 
180. Eriogonum brevicaule Nutt. Valley of the Yellow- | 
stone, near the mouth of the Big Horn, August 12th. ; 
181. Eriogonum flavum Nutt. Prairies, forty miles west of | 
Fort Rice, June 22d. | 
182. Eriogonum multiceps Nees. Andrew’s Creek, July | 
10th; head of: Davis Creek, July 12th. 


ELH AGNACEA. 


183. Shepherdia argentea Nutt. Abundant along the | 
‘Missouri at Fort Rice, and common on Heart River and on the Yel- 
lowstone. Very abundant in the valley of the Musselshell, and 
loaded with fruit — the only place where it was:seen with fruit.’ | 


| 


1874.] . 80 [Allen. 


SANTALACEZ. 


184. Comandra pallida D.C. Near the Great Bend of - 
Heart River, June 24th. Met with but a few times. 


EUPHORBIACEA. 


185. Euphorbia dyctiosperma Fisch. & Mog. Near cross- 
ing of the Little Missouri, July 11th. 

186. Kuphorbia marginata Pursh. Abundant in the val- 
ley of the Yellowstone at the mouth of Custer’s Creek, and thence 
up the Yellowstone to Pompey’s Pillar. Confined mainly to the 
bottom-land of the Yellowstone, and not seen below Custer’s Creek. 

187.. Euphorbia montana Engl. Near the crossing of the 
Little Missouri, July 11th. 

188. Euphorbia polygonifolia Linn. Shell Point, Yel- 
lowstone River, July 19th. 

189. Euphorbia serpens H.B.K. Shell Point, Yellow- 


stone River, July 19th. 


URTICACEX. 


190: Ulmus fulva Michx. Common along Heart River, and 
other small streams between the Missouri and the Yellowstone. 

191. Humulus Lupulus Linn. Occasional along the wooded 
parts of all the streams. 


CUPULIFERZ. 


192. [P Quercus macrocarpa Michx.] A species of Quercus, 
probably Q. macrocarpa, occurs abundantly at a few localities on 
Heart River, thickly clothing the dry ravines, or coulées, that extend 
back from the river, where they form sometimes almost the only tree 
occurring at these localities. It was not noticed west of the Little 
Missouri. 


SALICACEZ. 


193. Salix nigra Marsh. Common along the streams. 

194. Salix longifolia Muhl. Common along the streams. 

195. Populus monolifera Ait. Abundant along all the 
streams, at some localities constituting the only timber met with. 
Along the Yellowstone, above Tongue River, and also on the Mussel- 


Allen.] S4 s [June 5 ‘ 


shell, it forms quite thick forests, occupying a considerable portion of 
the bottom-lands of these streams. 


A CONIFERZE. 


196. [? Pinus Engelmanni Torr.] Occurs abundantly along 
the Yellowstone bluffs, above the Great Porcupine Creek, and along 
the bluffs of the Musselshell. It also occupies much of the broken 
country between the Yellowstone and Musselshell, above the Porcu- 
pine Creeks, the country as far as the eye can see seeming quite 
well-wooded; generally of small size and quite thinly scattered., 

-197. Juniperus Sabina var. procumbens Pursh. Great 
Bend of Heart River, June 24th. Common on the tops of the buttes 
east of the Yellowstone. 


LILIACEZ. 


198. Lilium Philadelphicum Linn. Great Bend of Heart 
River, June 24th. 

199. Smilacina stellata Desf. Fort Rice, June 15th. - 

200. Polygonatum giganteum Dietrich. Fort Rice, June 
i >tn. 

201. Calochortus Nuttalli T. & G. Grassy hillsides, near 
the Crossing of the Little Missouri, July 11th. Not common, and 
seen at only a few localities. 

202. Allium reticulatum Nutt. Fort Rice, June 13th. 
Very abundant throughout the prairies east of the Little Missouri; 
perhaps with other species. 

203. Zygadenus glaucus Nutt. Near Fort Rice, June 20th. 

204. Yucca angustifolia Nutt. Common, especially between 
the Missouri and Little Missouri Rivers. 


TRIDACER. 


205. Sisyrinchium Burmudiana Linn. Common in the 
moist prairies east of the Yellowstone. 
COMMELYNACEZ. 


206. Tradescantia Virginica L. Common in the moist _ 
prairies east of the Little Missouri. | 


1874.] 85 [Allen. 


SMILACEA. 


207. Smilax herbacea Linn. Fort Rice, June 15th. 
207a. Smilax herbacea Linn., var. pulvurulenta Michx. 
Near the Great Bend of Heart River, June 24th. 


CYPERACEZ. 


208. Scirpus validus Vahl. Crossing of the Big Muddy, » 
June 30th. 
209. Carex longirostris Torr. Fort Rice, June 15th. . 


GRAMINACEA. 


210. Calamagrostis longifolius Hook. Valley of the Mus- 
selshell, August 21st. 

211. Stipa viridula Trin. Near Great Bend of Heart River, 
June 23d. 

212. Stipa spartea Trin. Near Great Bend of Heart River, 
June 23d. 

(213. Spartina cyanosuroides Wild. Valley of the Yel- 
lowstone, near the mouth of the Big Horn, August 12th. 

214. Bouteloua curtipendula eee Bad Route Creek, 
July 28th. 

215. Bouteloua oligostachya Torr. Bad Route Creek, 
July 28th. 

216. Keeleria cristata Pers. 

217. Poa seratina Ehbrhart. Fort Rice, June 15th. 

218. Poa tenuifolia Nutt. Fort Rice, June 15th. 

219. Triticum repens Linn. Valley of the Musselshell, 
August 21st. 

220. Hordeum jubatum Linn. 

221. HKlymus condensatus Presl. Valley of the Mussel- 
shell, August 21st. 


EQUISETACE. 
222. Equisetum arvense Linn. Fort Rice, June 15th. 


FILICES. 


223. -Woodsia Oregona D.C. Eaton. Near crossing of the 
Little Missouri, July 11th. Very rare; met with but a few times. 


~‘ 


Scudder.} 86 (June 3, 


MUSCI. 


224. Hypnum filicinum Linn. Near Shell Point, Yellow- 
stone River. 


’ VII. Report ON THE BUTTERFLIES COLLECTED BY Mr. J. A. 


ALLEN ON THE YELLOWSTONE EXPEDITION OF 1873. By 
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER. 


The twenty-eight butterflies mentioned below were brought home 
by the Yellowstone Expedition, sent out under the charge of Gen. D. | 
S. Stanley, by the Secretary of War. They were collected by Mr. 
J. A. Allen, zoologist and botanist of the expedition, and were taken 
at four different localities, from Heart River (about 1800 feet above 
the sea) to the mouth of Cedar Creek on the Yellowstone (about 
2200 feet above the sea), between June 26 and July 20. The local- 
ities were the following : — | 
_ 1. Heart River Crossing, Dakotah Terr., about fifty miles west of | 
the Missouri River, June 26. The collections were almost wholly | 
made in the valley of the river, near or among timber. More than 
half of the specimens brought home, and nearly three-fourths of the 
species: were taken at this place. The butterflies not found here _ 
were: —Min. silvestris, Arg. nevadensis, Char. Ismeria, Chrys. Sirius, : 
Chrys. Helloides, Amar. Zolicaon, the two -species of Erynnis and 
Atryt. Logan. There was a large proportion of Nymphales and 
Urbicole, three-fourths of the butterflies belonging to these two fami- | 
lies. ; 
2. “Camp No. 8,” at the crossing of Big Muddy Creek, about 
twenty miles northwest of the Heart River Crossing. There was | 
very little timber here, and most, if not all, of the butterflies were 
taken in the open country, and represent, says Mr. Allen, the usual 
species of the prairie. The butterflies taken there were :— Cen. 
Galactina, Arg. nevadensis, Lyc. Anna, Chrys. Helloides, Hesp. tes- 
sellata and Ocytes Uncas. 

8. Near the head of Heart River, about one hundred miles west 
of the two previous localities, July 8. The butterflies were also 
taken on the prairie, and consisted of Bas. Dissippe, Van. cardui, 
Arg. nevadensis, and Chrys. Helloides. 

4. Shell Point, Yellowstone River, at the mouth of Cedar Creek, 
ten miles above the mouth of Glendive Creek, —landmarks which 
will doubtless be given on the next good map of this region. The 


> 


1874.] 87 ie ee [Scudder. 


butterflies were obtained July 18 and 20, among the sage brush of 
the river valley, and consisted of Min. silvestris, Bas. Weidemeyeri, 
Char. Ismeria, Lyc. Anna; Col. Philodice, Amar. Zolicaon, the two 
species of Erynnis, and Atryt. Logan. 


NYMPHALES. 


1. Satyrus Ridingsii Edw. A single male, rubbed, but not 
torn, was taken in the river valley, at Heart River Crossing, June 26. 

2. Minois silvestris (Edw.). Sixteen specimens (11d, 5?) 
were taken on the banks of the Yellowstone River, in the sage brush, 
July 18 and 20. About half the males were in fair condition; 
the other half were rather rubbed and frayed; most of the females 
were pretty fresh, but two of them were a good deal torn. Probably 
the butterfly appears early in July. 

38. Ccenonympha Galactina (Boisd.) Mons This species 
was taken at Heart River Crossing, in the river valley, June 26, and 
on the open prairie, at the crossing of the Big Muddy, June 28. The 
males (six) were fresh or very nearly fresh; and the females (four- 
teen) were all fresh, though some were a little torn, perhaps in cap- 
ture. ‘The butterfly probably appears toward the end of the month. 

4. Basilarchia Disippe (God.) Scudd. This butterfly was 
only taken on Heart River; a male, fresh and very dark, like Flor- 
idan specimens, was taken at the crossing in the river valley, June 
26; and a female, very badly rubbed, and of the ordinary color of 
northern specimens, near the head of the river, on the prairie, July 8. 

5. Basilarchia Weidemeyeri (Edw.) Grote. Three speci- 
mens of this beautiful insect were taken; two males, one of them per- 
fect, the other pretty fresh, were found near timber at Heart River 
Crossing, in the river valley, June 26; the third, a female-and ragged, 
was taken in the sage brush of the river valley, near the encamp- 
ments on the Yellowstone, July 18. Its periods resemble, therefore, 
those of B. Arthemis. 

6. Vanessa cardui (Linn.) Ochs. Two males were taken, 
one fresh, the other very badly frayed; the former on the banks of 
the Yellowstone, July 18; the latter at Heart River Crossing, June 
26; the latter had probably hibernated, and the former was an early 
individual of the first brood. 

7. Argynnis nevadensis Edw. Two males and a female of 
this butterfly, fresh, were taken on the open prairie at the crossing of 


Seudder.] 88 [June 8, 


the Big Muddy, June 28, On July 8, at the head of Heart River, 
also-on the prairie, thirteen males were taken, most of them in a tol- 
erably fresh condition. 

8. Argynnis Edwardsii Reak. Four males of this species, 
either fresh or very nearly fresh, were taken June 26, at Heart River 
_ Crossing, near the timber in the valley of the river. The seasons of 
these two species are therefore nearly identical. \ 

9. Phyciodes Tharos (Drury) Kirb. About thirty speci- 
mens of this butterfly were taken at Heart River Crossing, June 26, 
the two sexes in nearly equal numbers; fresh, passable and badly 
bruised individuals were divided about equally among males and 
females. : | 

10. Charidryas Ismeria (Boisd.-LeC.) Seudd. Only taken 
on the Yellowstone, among the sage brush in the valley, July 18; six 
males and two females were captured; a single male in pretty good 
condition, the others, as well as the females, dull, rubbed and frayed. 
Probably,.therefore, it appears in June. 


RURALES. 


ll. Lycsides Anna (Edw.). This butterfly was found in 
considerable abundance, and in nearly all the localities in which col- 
lections were made, viz.: at Heart River Crossing, the banks of the 
Yellowstone, and at the crossing of the Big Muddy, from June 26 to 
July 18. At the earliest date, twenty-one males were taken, of 
which six were fresh and bright, twelve tolerably fresh, and three 
badly rubbed; while of the six females taken at the same time, four 
were perfectly, and two tolerably, fresh. Two days later, one fresh 
and one rubbed male and two rather fresh females were taken; while 
the single female captured July 18 was badly rubbed and torn. The 
butterfly probably made its appearance this year at or shortly after 
the middle of June. 

12. Agriades Minnehaha nov.sp. Upper surface of male 
dark violet; the outer margin dark brown, extending more broadly 
on the front than on the hind wings; upper surface of male rather 
dark brown, the basal half dusted, not very conspicuously, with blue 
scales; both sexes have a small black bar crossing the cell of all the 
wings, larger in the female than in the male; outer margin edged 
with black, followed interiorly on the hind wings by a line of white 
scales, upon which are seated small, blackish, interspaceal spots, sur- 


1874.] 89 . [Scudder. 


mounted, in the female, by small, dull orange, triangular spots. Un- 
der surface ashy gray, slightly darker in the male than in the female, 
the outer border edged with black. Fore wings with a rather large, 
black discal bar, edged narrowly with white, and midway between 
this and the outer border a row of sntall black spots, the upper ones 
round, the lower oval, all narrowly encircled with white, and ar- 
ranged in a curve which bends most strongly in the interspaces be- 
yond the cell; there are also two faint rows of transverse, dusky 
submarginal spots, the inner midway between the: border and the 
outermost portion of the row of black spots. On the hind wings the 
discal spot is scarcely, if at all, darker than the ground, and distin- 
guishable only by being narrowly.encircled with whitish; in the mid- 
dle of the cell is a small blackish spot, and above it another, both 
encircled with whitish; beyond is a sinuate series of spots encircled 
with white, the upper and lower spots black or blackish, the others 
seldom darker than the ground, and thus indistinct; there is one in 
each interspace, transverse oval in shape, those in the interspaces 
beyond the cell lying half way ketween the discal spot and the bor- 
der. There is a marginal series of small, round, dark brown spots, 
often dotted, especially away from the centre, with metallic spots, 
surrounded with yellowish brown, which above, and especially in the 
female, deepens into dull orange; these spots are again surmounted 
by very slight, dark brown lunules, bearing pretty large triangular 
spots of grayish white, pointing’ toward, and almost reaching, the 
extra-mesial row of spots. Expanse ¢ 26 mm.; ? 24-26 mm. © 
This butterfly does not seem to have been described, but it accords 
best with the description of Lyc. Maricopa Reak., from California. 
One pretty fresh male, another rubbed male, one fresh and one 
rubbed, dull female were taken at Heart River Crossing, June 26. 
13. Chrysophanus Helloides (Boisd.) Edw. One pretty 
fresh female was taken at the crossing of the Big Muddy, on the open 
prairie, June 28. 
14. Chrysophanus Sirius Edw. A single male, badly torn 
and rubbed, was taken on the Yellowstone River, among the sage 
brush in the valley, July 20. 


PAPILIONIDES. 


15. Colias Philodice God. At Heart River Crossing, near 
timber in the river bottom, June 26, ten males were taken, mostly in 
good condition, though two of them were poor. Later, July 18.and 


Scudder.] 90 [June 3, 


20, a large number of males and a single female were taken on the 
banks of the Yellowstone River, among the sage brush; of these, 
most of the specimens taken on the 18th were pretty fresh; but some 
males were somewhat or considerably rubbed ; of those taken on the 
20th, only one specimen was fair, the others being very badly rubbed} 
some of these were very small, one measuring but thirty-seven milli 
metres in alar expanse. 

16. Colias Eurytheme Boisd. This species was taken only 
at Heart River Crossing, near timber in the’ river bottom, June 26. 
Three pretty good males and two good females were captured, be- 
sides three females, rather badly worn. 

17. Synehloe Protodice (Boisd.-LeC.) Scudd. Two fe- 
males only were taken, both fresh ; one at Heart River Crossing, June 
26; the other on the Yellowstone, July 18: 

18. Amaryssus Polyxenes (Fabr.) Scudd. A single fe- 
male, badly torn and worn, was taken at Heart River Crossing, 
June 26. 

19. Amaryssus Zolicaon (Boisd.). A single male, fresh in | 
color, but a little torn, was taken on the Yellowstone, July 18. 


URBICOLZ. 


20. Epargyreus Tityrus (Fabr.) Scudd. A single female, 
torn (perhaps in capture) but pretty fresh, was taken at Heart River 
Crossing, June 26. 

21. Thorybes Pylades Scudd. A single fresh male was taken 
at Heart River Crossing, June 26. 
22. Hrynnis Persius Scudd. A single, rather rubbed male, 
apparently belonging to this species, though differmg somewhat from 
eastern examples in the abdominal appendages, was taken on the 

Yellowstone, July 18. 

23. Erynnis Lucilius (Lintn.) Scudd. A single male, not 
very fresh, was taken with the preceding species. It does not = 
from the eastern type, even in the abdominal appendages. 

24. Hesperia tessellata Scudd. ‘Three fresh males were 
taken at Heart River Crossing, June 26; but three worn specimens, 
amale and two females, their fringes all gone, were taken at the 
crossing of the Big Muddy, only two days later. 

25. Oarisma Hylax (Edw.). Three pretty fresh males were 
taken at Heart River Crossing, June 26. — 


1874.] 91 [Stodder. 


26. Asingle male butterfly was taken at Heart River Crossing, 
June 26, which resembles very closely Amblyscirtes vialis in the form 
and neuration of the wings, in the structure of the legs and antenne, 
and even in the coloration and markings of the wings, so far as these 
could be made out from a somewhat ‘rubbed individual; but there is 
a perfectly distinct indication of a discal dash of raised scales, the 
sexual mark of the fore wings in so many Astyci, which is altogether 
wanting in Amblyscirtes. I await the reception of further material 
before deseribing this interesting form. 

27. Ocytes Uncas (Edw.). One pair, both fresh, were taken 
at Heart River Crossing, near timber in the valley of the river, June 
26. At the crossing of the Big Muddy, on the open prairie, two fe- 
males, one of them fresh, the other somewhat less so, were taken 
June 28. 

28. Atrytone Logan (Edw.) Scudd. <A torn and rubbed 
male and a pretty fresh female were taken on the banks of the Yel- 
lowstone, among sage brush on the river bottom, July 18. ; 


June 24, 1874. 


Vice-President S. H. Scudder in the chair. Thirty-two 
persons present. 


Mr. Charles Stodder exhibited, with the microscope, a slide 
showing some of the contents of a mastodon’s stomach. The 
material from which the slide was prepared, received through 
_ the kindness of Mr. Morehouse, was obtained in Wayland, 
N. Y., and he had sent it to Dr. J. G. Hunt, of Philadelphia, 
for determination and preparation. Respecting this material 
Dr. Hunt reports as follows: — 


The remains, both of cryptogams and flowering species were in 
abundance. Stems and leaves of mosses, wonderfully distinct in 
structure, so much so that I could draw every cell. I even readily 
detected confervoid filaments, with cells arranged in linear series, re- 
sembling species now found in our waters. Numerous small black 
bodies, probably spores of the mosses, were found in abundance. Not 


Garman.] ; 92 [June 24, 


a fragment of sphagnum was seen in the deposit.. I found, however, 
one fragment of a water plant, possibly a rush, an inch long, every 
cell of which was as distinct-as though growing but yesterday. Pieces 
‘of woody tissue and of bark of herbaceous plants, spiral vessels, etc., 
were abundant. Carapaces of Entomostraca were present, but no 
trace of coniferous plants could be detected. It hence appears that 
the animal ate his last meal from the tender mosses and boughs of 
flowering plants growing on the banks of the streams and margins of 
the swamps, rather than fed on submerged plants; and it is probable, 
moreover, that the pines and cedars, and their allies, formed no part 
of the mastodon’s diet. | 


Mr. Stodder also showed some botanical slides prepared by — 
Dr. Hunt, all of which were presented to the collection. 


The following papers were presented : — 
e = 
DESCRIPTION OF A New Species oF NortH AMERICAN SER- 
PENT. By S. W. GARMAN. 


Genus HELICOPS Wagler. 


Generic Characters. Plates of the top of the head 8, 9; rostral ’ 
not higher than wide; nasals grooved; form of loral varying in differ- 
ent species, sometimes absent; preoculars 1, sometimes 2; postocu- 
lars 2, sometimes 3; temporals 4-12; upper labials 8, sometimes 9; 
lower 9-11; scales carinate, in 19-25 rows; anal divided; subcaudals 
in two rows. 

Teeth smooth, the posterior two of the upper jaw longer, and sep- 
arated from the others. 


Heticors ALLENI. 


Specific Characters. Body subcylindrical, retaining its size in the 
middle and tapering abruptly near the extremities; head not larger 
than the neck; nasal plates single, in contact between prefrontal and 
rostral; one prefrontal; loral and anteorbital present; three post- 
orbitals, not in contact with the temporals; two or more rows of 
carinate scales on the tail; color in longitudinal bands. 

Description. Body of moderate size, subcylindrical, tapering in 
the anterior and posterior fifths; head subconical, depressed, continu- 
ous with the body; eyes medium, circular, distant from the end of 


1874.] 93 [Garman. 


the snout, and from each other, about one-fourth of the length of the 
_head; mouth inferior, deeply cleft, outline sharply curved in its 


ra 


WO 


posterior third; tail smaller than the body, tapering abruptly in the 
anterior third, posterior two-thirds slender. 
Rostral shield very small, five-angled ; prefrontal one small, rhom- 
boid, posterior angle rounded, transverse diameter the greater ; post- 
frontals six-sided, the smaller next the loral, rounded angle backward; 
vertical moderate, six-angled, narrower forward;  superciliaries 
shorter than the vertical, five-sided, narrow, wider above the post- 
orbitals; occipitals large, separated in front by the angle of the ver- 
tical, extending around the orbitals to the sixth labial ;: postorbitals 
three, the lower, small and four-sided, rests on the fourth and fifth 
labials, the middle, larger and five-sided, upon the sixth, the upper is 
largest and four-sided; one anterior, narrow, rests on the third labial, 
extends to the anterior lateral angle of the vertical; one loral, small, 
four-sided, smaller next the frontal; nasals single, nearly elliptical, 
bearing the minute circular nostril nearer the prefrontal, grooved 
from the nostril to the lower. posterior angle; upper labials eight, 
third and fourth entering into the orbit, sixth and seventh larger ; 
lower eleven, fifth and sixth larger; five shields between labials and 
occipitals. 
_ Scales of the body in nineteen rows, smooth, hexagonal, those in 

the vertebral rows twice as long as wide, in the exterior wider than 
long, those of the tail strongly keeled in the two vertebral rows, 
slightly in the next two; abdominals 128; anal bifid; subcaudals 58 
pairs. 

Color in longitudinal bands; the vertebral dark brown, five scales 
and two halfscales in width, extending over the head to the upper 
portions of rostral and labials; the first laterals of yellowish, brown, 
from the occiput, two half-scales wide; the second of dark brown, 
two scales and two halves; the exterior of brownish yellow, two scales 


Hyatt.] | 94 | [June 24, 


and a half. The darker lateral edges of all the scales give the ap- 
pearance of narrow stripes. Abdominals, subcaudals, lower part of 
head, upper labials, and rostral dull yellow or straw color. Without 
spots. 

It is likely that in life the dark bands were purplish or bluish, and 
the light flesh-colored. 

Total length, .65 mm.; head, .023 mm.; tail, .14 mm. Of the 
maxillary teeth the posterior two are much the larger. 

The specimen described is No. 2255 of the alcoholic collection in 
the Museum of Comparative Zoology. It was ¢ollected near Jackson- 
ville, Florida, by the zoologist, Mr. J. A. Allen, to whom the species 
is dedicated. 

The generic characters are as given by Prof. G. Jan (Arch. per la 
Zool., Vol. 111, p. 245). 

In the body and head this beautiful animal resembles the North 
American species of the genus Calopisma; it is sufficiently evident, 
however, from the peculiar structure of the tail, with its carinated 
scales, that this species belongs to Helicops. The possession of char- 


acters belonging to both genera suggests a position for this as a lead- 


ing species of its genus. 


NotTE ON APTENODYTES PATAGONICA Forst. By A. HyatTt. 


During a recent hurried visit to the British Museum, I made 
some observations upon the specimens of this species, which may be 
worthy the attention of the Society. The validity of Dr. G. R. 


Gray’s distinctions have been almost universally doubted, but they 


seem to me very well founded, though not very fully stated in his 
description of Aptenodytes Forsteri1 This form is represented by a 
fine suite of specimens in the British Museum, exhibiting the young 
as well as the adults. Some of the young equaling in size a full-grown 
Aptenodytes Pennanti, have no orange patch on the throat, and the 
dark area extends over the head and down the back of the neck, in- 
terrupted in front by a spot of gray immediately under the beak. 
This spot is separated from the gray of the neck and breast by a nar- 
rower dark line. One specimen larger than any full-grown speci- 
men of Aptenodytes Pennantii which I have seen, possessed the area 
or collar extending around the neck, as in the adults, but the color 
still remained grayish, as in the young. 


1Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. X1II. 


1874.] 95 [Bouvé. 


The thanks of the Society were voted to Messrs. Matthew 
Bartlett and C. E. Aiken for donations to the Museum. 


October 7, 1874. 


The President in the chair. One hundred and fourteen per- 
sons present. 


After the usual reading of the records the meeting was 
opened by the following remarks from President Bouvé, in 
relation to the death of the late President of the Society, 
Professor Jeffries Wyman. 


After our usual summer vacation we meet together with 
more than accustomed emotion: for, mixed with the joy of 
greeting one another after separation, there is a consciousness 
of irreparable loss that weighs heavily upon our spirits, a 
recognition that there have gone away from us a force and a 
virtue which have so long been a help and an inspiration, 
that we cannot but feel a sense of loss such as no words of 
mine can adequately express. Sad indeed is it for us and for — 
all, that such nobleness of nature, such wealth of acquired 
. knowledge, such purity and simplicity of life, as were mani- 
fested in JEFFRIES Wymay, should pass from the world; for 
rare, too rare, are to be found examples of such exalted char- 
acter and attainments. Gi. 

To our Society Prof. Wyman was a great benefactor; not 
in the sense of a donor especially, but in the higher sense of 
one imparting to it such honorable fame as enhanced greatly 
respect for it, both at home and abroad. To him also was 
the Society mainly indebted for the interest shown in our 


‘Gray.] 96 [October 7, 


work by the late Dr. Walker, and which led directly to its 
large endowment with the means of success. 

But pleasant as it would be for me, as a personal friend, to 
dwell upon the transcendent virtues of one whom I have 
always regarded with the highest respect and most affection- 
ate esteem, I feel it would be unbecoming to further occupy 
your time in view of those present, who have come here with 
their tributes of love to the memory of our dear departed 


friend. I therefore close by inviting others to address you, 


first calling upon Prof. Gray, who, from his great regard for 
Prof. Wyman, has kindly prepared a notice of his life and 


work to read on this occasion. 


ADDRESS OF PROFESSOR A. GRAY. 


‘WHEN we think of the associate and friend whose death 
this Society now deplores, and remember how modest and re- 
tiring he was, how averse to !audation and reticent of words, 
we feel it becoming to speak of him, now that he is gone, 
with much of the reserve which would be imposed upon us 
_if he were living. Yet his own perfect truthfulness and nice 
sense of justice, and the benefit to be derived from the con- 
templation of such a character by way of example, may be 
our warrant for reasonable freedom in the expression of our 
judgments and our sentiments, taking care to avoid all exag- 
eeration. 

Appropriate and sincere eulogies and expressions of loss, 
both official and personal, have, however, already been pro- 
nounced or published; and among them one from the gov- 
ernors of that institution to which, together with our own 
Society, most of Professor Wyman’s official life and services 
were devoted, —which appears to me to delineate in the few- 


1874.] 97 [Gray. 


est words the truest outlines of his character. In it the 
President and Fellows of Harvard University “recall with 
affectionate respect and admiration the sagacity, patience 
and rectitude which characterized all his scientific work, his 
clearness, accuracy and conciseness as a writer and teacher, 
and the industry and zeal with which he labored upon the 
two admirable collections which remain as monuments of his 
rare knowledge, method and skill. They commend to the 
young men of the University this signal example of a char- 
acter modest, tranquil, dignified and independent, and of a 
life simple, contented and honored.” 

What more can be or need be said ? It is left for me, in 
compliance with your invitation, Mr. President, to say some- 
thing of what he was to us, and has done for us, and to put 
upon record, for the use of those who come after us, some 
acvount of his uneventful. life, some notice, however imper- 
fect, of his work and his writings. I could not do this with- 
out the help of friends. who knew him well in early life, 
and of some of you who are much more conversant than I 
am with most of his researches. Such aid, promptly ren- 
dered, has been thankfully accepted and freely used. 

Our associate’s father, Dr. Rufus Wyman, — born in Wo- 
burn, graduated at Harvard College in 1799, and in the latter 
part of his life Physician to the McLean Asylum for the In- 
sane, — was a man of marked ability and ingenuity. Called 
to the charge of this earliest institution of the kind in New 
England at its beginning, he organized the plan of treatment 
and devised the excellent ‘mechanical arrangements which 
have since been developed, and introduced into other estab- 
lishments of the kind. His mother was Ann Morill, daughter 


PROCEEDINGS B..S..N..H.— VOL. XVII. 7 NOVEMBER, 1874. 


; 
Gray.] 98 [October 7, 


of James Morill, a Boston merchant. This name is contin- 
ued, and is familiar to us, in that of our associate’s elder 
brother. 

JEFFRIES Wymay, the third son, derived his baptismal 
name from the distinguished Dr. John Jeffries, of Boston, 
under whom his father studied medicine. He was born on 
the 11th of August, 1814, at Chelmsford, a township of a 
few hundred inhabitants in Middlesex Co., Mass.; not far 
from the present city of Lowell. As his father took up his 
residence at the McLean Asylum in 1818, when Jeffries was 
only four years old, he received the rudiments of his educa- 
tion at Charlestown, in a private school; but afterwards went 
to the Academy at Chelmsford, and, in 1826, to Phillips Ex- 
eter Academy, where, under the instruction of Dr. Abbot, 
he was prepared for college. He entered Harvard College 
in 1829, the year in which Josiah Quincy took the presi- 
dency, and was graduated in 1838, in a class of fifty-six, six 
of whom became professors in the University. He was not 
remarkable for general scholarship, but was fond of chemis- 
try, and his preference for anatomical studies was already 
developed. Some of his class-mates remember the interest 
which was excited among them by a skeleton which he made | 
of a mammoth bull-frog from Fresh Pond, probably one | 
which is still preserved in his museum of comparative an- 
atomy. His skill and taste in drawing, which he turned 
to such excellent account in his investigations and in the 
lecture room, as well as his habit of close observation of nat- 
ural objects met with in his strolls, were manifested even in 
boyhood. 

An attack of pneumonia during his senior year in college 
caused much anxiety, and perhaps laid the foundation of the 


1874.] 99 [Gray. 


pulmonary affection which burdened and finally shortened 
his life. To recover from the effects of the attack, and to 
guard against its return, he made in the winter of 1833-34, 
the first of those pilgrimages to the coast of the Southern 
States, which in later years were so often repeated. Return- 
ing with strength renewed in the course of the following 
spring, he began the study of medicine under Dr. John C. 
Dalton, who had succeeded to his father’s practice at Chelms- 
ford, but who soon removed to the adjacent and thriving 
town of Lowell. Here, and with his father at the McLean 
Asylum, and at the Medical College in Boston, he passed two 
years of profitable study. At the commencement of the 
third year he was elected house-student in the Medical 
Department, at the Massachusetts General Hospital, — then 
under the charge of Doctors James Jackson, John Ware 
and Walter Channing —a responsible position, not only most 
advantageous for the study of disease, but well adapted to 
sharpen a young man’s power of observation. 

In 1837, after receiving the degree of Docter of Medicine, 
he cast about among the larger country towns for a field in 
which to practice his profession. Fortunately for science he 
found no opening to his mind; so he took an office in Bos- 
ton, on Washington Street, and accepted the honorable, but 
far from lucrative post of Demonstrator of Anatomy under 
Dr. John C. Warren, the Hersey Professor. His means were 
_ very slender, and his life abstemious to the*verge of priva- 
tion; for he was unwilling to burden his father, who, in- 
deed, had done all he could in providing for the edueation of 
two sons. It may be interesting to know that, to eke out his 
subsistence, he became at this time a member of the Boston 
Fire Department, under an appointment of Samuel A. Eliot, 


Gray.] 100 [October 7, 


Mayor, dated Sept. 1, 1838. He was assigned to Engine 
No. 18. The rule was that the first-comer to the engine- 
. house should bear the lantern, and be absolved from other 
work. Wyman lived near by, and his promptitude generally 
saved him from all severer labor than that of enlightening 
his company. 

The turning point in his life, ¢.¢., an opportunity which he 
could seize of devoting it to science, came when Mr. John A. 
Lowell offered him the curatorship of the Lowell Institute, 
just brought into operation, and a course of lectures in it. 
He delivered his course of twelve lectures upon Compara- | 
tive Anatomy and Physiology in the winter of 1840-41; 
and with the money earned by this first essay in instructing 
others, he went to Europe to seek further instruction for 
himself. He reached Paris in May, 1841, and gave his time 
at once to Human Anatomy at the School of Medicine, and 
Comparative Anatomy and Natural History at the Garden 
of Plants, attending the lectures of Flourens, Majendie, and 
Longet on Physiology, and of de Blainville, Isidore St. 
Hilaire, Valenciennes, Dumeril, and Milne-Edwards on Zool- 
ogy and Comparative Anutomy. In the summer, when the 
lectures were over, he made a pedestrian journey along the | 
banks of the Loire, and another along the Rhine, returning | 
through Belgium, and by steamer to London. There, while 
engaged in the study of the Hunterian collections at the 
Royal College of Surgeons, he received information of the 
alarming illness of his father; he immediately turned his 
face homeward, but on reaching Halifax he learned that his 
father was no more. 

He resumed his residence in Boston, and devoted himself 
mainly to scientific work, under circumstances of no small 


1874.] 1 01 [Gray . 


| discouragement. But in 1843 the means of a modest profes- 
sional livelihood came to him in the offer of the chair of 
Anatomy and Physiology in the medical department of 
Hampden-Sidney College, established at Richmond, Vir- 
ginia. One advantage of this position was that it did not 
interrupt his residence in Boston except for the winter and 
spring; and during these months the milder climate of 
Richmond was even then desirable. He discharged the 
duties of the chair most acceptably for five sessions, until, in 
1847, he was appointed to succeed Dr. Warren as Hersey 
Professor of Anatomy in Harvard College, the Parkman 
professorship in the Medical School in Boston being filled 
by the present incumbent, Dr. Holmes. Thus commenced 
Prof. Wyman’s most useful and honorable connection as a 
teacher with the University, of which the President and 
Fellows speak in the terms I have already recited. He began 
his work in Holden Chapel, the upper floor being the lecture- 
room, the lower containing the dissecting room and the anat- 
omical museum of the College, with which he combined his 
own collections and preparations, which from that time for- 
ward increased rapidly in number and value under his in- 
dustrious and skillful hands. At length Boylston Hall was 
built for the anatomical and the chemical departments, and 
the museum, lecture and working-rooms were established 
commodiously in their present quarters; and Prof. Wyman’s 
department assumed the rank and the importance which it 
deserved. Both human and comparative anatomy were 
taught to special pupils, some of whom have proved them- 
selves worthy of their honored master, while the annual 
courses of lectures and lessons on Anatomy, Physiology, and 


Gray.] 102 [October 7, 


for a time the principles of Zoology, imparted highly valued 
instruction to undergraduates and others. 

In the formation and perfecting of his museum — the first 
of the kind in the country, arranged upon a plan both physi- 
ological and morphological—no pains and labors were 
spared, and long and arduous journeys and voyages were 
made to contribute to its riches. In the summer of 1819, — 
having replenished his frugal means with the proceeds of a 
second course of lectures before the Lowell Institute (viz., 
upon Comparative Physiology, a good condensed short-hand 
report of which was published at the time),— he accompanied 
Capt. Atwood of Provincetown, in a small sloop, upon a fish- 
ing voyage high up the coast of Labrador; in the winter of 
1852, going to Florida for his health, he began his fruitful 
series of explorations and collections in that interesting 
district. In 1854, accompanied by his wife, he travelled 
extensively in Europe, and visited all the museums within 
his reach. In the spring of 1856, with his pupils, Green and 
Bancroft, as companions and assistants, he sailed to Surinam, 
penetrated far into the interior in canoes, made important 
researches upon the ground, and enriched his museum with 
some of its most interesting collections. These came near 
being too dearly bought, as he and his companions took the 
fever of the country, from which he suffered severely, and 
recovered slowly. Again, in 1858-9, accepting the thought- 
ful and generous invitation of Capt. J. M. Forbes, he made 
a voyage to the La Plata, ascended the Uraguay and the 
Parana in a small iron steamer which Capt. Forbes brought 
upon the deck of his vessel; then, with his friend George 
Augustus Peabody.as a companion, he crossed the pampas 
to Mendosa, and the Cordilleras to Santiago and Valparaiso, 


s 


1874.] } 103 [Gray. 


whence he came home by way of the Peruvian coast and the 
Isthmus. | 

By such expeditions many of the choice materials of his 
museum and of his researches were gathered, at his own 
expense, to be carefully prepared and elaborated by his own 
unaided hands. A vast neighboring museum is a splendid 
example of what munificence, called forth by personal enthu- 
siasm, may accomplish. In Dr. Wyman’s we have an exam- 
ple of what one man may do unaided, with feeble health 
and feebler means, by persistent and well-directed industry, 
without eclat, and almost without observation. While we 
duly honor those who of their abundance cast their gifts into 
the treasury of science, let us not—now that he can not 
be pained by our praise — forget to honor one who in silence 
and penury cast in more than they all. 

Of penury in a literal sense we may not speak; for al- 
though Prof. Wyman’s salary, derived from the Hersey en- 
dowment, was slender indeed, he adapted his wants to his 
means, foregoing neither his independence nor his scientific 
work; and I suppose no one ever heard him complain. In 
1856 came unexpected and honorable aid from two old 
friends of his father who appreciated the son, and wished 
him to go on with his scientific work without distraction. 
One of them, the late Dr. William J. Walker, sent him ten 
thousand dollars outright; the other, the late Thomas Lee, 
who had helped in his early education, supplemented the 
endowment of the Hersey professorship with an equal sum, 
stipulating that the income thereof should be paid to Prof. 
Wyman during life, whether he held the chair or not. Sel- 
dom, if ever, has a moderate sum produced a greater 
benefit. 


Gray.] 104 [October 7, 


Throughout the later years of Prof. Wyman’s life a new 
museum has claimed his interest and care, and is indebted to 
him for much of its value and promise. In 1866, when fail- 
ing strength demanded a respite from oral teaching, and 
required him to pass most of the season for it in a milder cli- 
mate, he was named by the late George Peabody one of the 
seven trustees of the Museum and Professorship of American 
Archeology and Ethnology, which this philanthropist pro- 
ceeded to found in Harvard University; and his associates 
called upon him to take charge of the establishment. For 
this he was peculiarly fitted by all his previous studies, and 
by his predilection for ethnological inquiries. These had 
already engaged his attention, and to this class of subjects 
he was thereafter mainly devoted,— with what sagacity, 
consummate skill, untiring diligence and success, his seven 
annual Reports — the last published just before he died,— his 
elaborate memoir on shell-heaps, now printing, and especially 
the Archeological Museum in Boylston Hall, abundantly 
testify. If this museum be a worthy memorial of the found- 
er’s liberality and foresight, it is no less a monument of Wy- 
man’s rare ability and devotion. Whenever the enduring 
building which is to receive it shall be erected, surely the 
name of its first curator and organizer should be inscribed, 
along with that of the founder, over its portal. 

Of Prof. Wyman’s domestic life, let it here suffice to 
record, that in Dec., 1850, he married Adeline Wheelwright, 
who died in June, 1855, leaving two daughters; that in Au- 
gust, 1861, he married Anna Williams Whitney, who died in 
February, 1864, shortly after the birth of an only and a sur- 


viving son. 


= 


1874.] ; 105 (Gray. 


Of his later days, of the slow, yet all too rapid progress of 
fatal pulmonary disease, it is needless to protract the story. 
Winter after winter, as he exchanged our bleak climate for 
that of Florida, we could only hope that he might return. 
Spring after spring he came back to us invigorated, thanks 
to the bland air and the open life in boat and tent, which 
acted like a charm;—thanks, too, to the watchful care of 
his attached friend, Mr. Peabody, his constant companion in 
Florida life. One winter was passed in Europe, partly in ref- 
erence to the Archeological Museum, partly in hope of bet- 
ter health; but no benefit was received. The past winter in 
Florida produced the usual amelioration, and the amount of 
work which Dr. Wyman undertook and accomplished last 
summer might have tasked a robust man. There were im- 
portant accessions to the archeological collections, upon 
which much labor, very trying to ordinary patience, had to 
_ be expended. And in the last interview I had with hin, he 
told me that he had gone through his own museum of com- 
parative anatomy, which had somewhat suffered in conse- 
quence of the alterations in Boylston Hall, and had put the . 
whole into perfect order. It was late in August when he 
left Cambridge for his usual visit to the White Mountain 
region, by which he avoided the autumnal catarrh; and 
there, at Bethlehem, New Hampshire, on the 4th of Septem- 
ber, a severe hemorrhage from the lungs suddenly closed his 
valuable life. 

Let us turn to his relations with this Society. He entered 
it in October, 1837, just thirty-seven years ago, and shortly 
after he had taken his degree of Doctor in Medicine. He 
was Recording Secretary from 1839 to 1841; Curator of 
Ichthyology and Herpetology from 1841 to 1847, of Herpe- 


Gray.] 106 | [October 7, 


tology from 1847 to 1855, of Comparative Anatomy from 
1855 to 1874. While in these later years his duties may 
have been almost nominal, it should be remembered that in 
the earlier days a curator not only took charge of his portion 
of the Museum, but in a great degree created it. Then for 
fourteen years, from 1856 to 1870, he was the President of 
this Society, as assiduous in all its duties as he was wise in 
council; and he resigned the chair which he so long adorned 
and dignified only when the increasing delicacy of his health, 
to which night-exposure was prejudicial, made it unsafe for 
him any longer to undertake its duties. The record shows 
that he has made here one hundred and five scientific commu- | 
nications,’ several of them very important papers, every one 
of some positive value; for you all know that Prof. Wyman 
never spoke or wrote except to a direct purpose, and be- 
cause there was something which it was worth while to ! 
‘communicate. He bore his part also in the American Acad- 
emy of Arts and Sciences, of which he was a Fellow from the : 
year 1843, and for many years a Councillor. To it he made | 
a good number of communications; among them one of the | 
longest and ablest of his memoirs. | 

Then he was from the first a member of the Faculty of the | 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, where his services and his | 
advice were highly valued. He was chosen President of the | 
American Association for the Advancement of Science for | 
the year 1857, but did not assume the duties of the office. | 

Some notice — brief and cursory though it must be— of. 
such portion of Dr. Wyman’s scientific work as is recorded | 
in his published papers, should form a part of this account of | 
his life. 


Prof. Wyman alone, and four in conjunction with others. 


\ 


1874.] 107 [Gray. 


His earliest publication, so far as we know, was an article 
in the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, in 1837, signed 
only with the initials of his name. It is upon “ The indis- 
tinctness of images formed from oblique rays of light,” and 
the cause of it. The handling of the subject is as character- 
istic as that of any later paper. In January, 1841, we find 
his first recorded communication to this Society, “On the 
- Cranium of a Seal.” The first to the American Academy is 
the account of his dissection of the electrical organs of a new 
species of Torpedo, in 1843, part of a paper by his friend Dr. 
Storer, published in “Silliman’s Journal.” In the course of 
that year, eleven communications were made to our Society, 
besides the Annual Address, which he delivered on the 17th 
of May. The most important of these was the memoir, by 
Dr. Savage and himself, on the Black Orang or Chimpanzee 
of Africa, Troglodytes niger, published in full in the Jour- 
nal of this Society, the anatomical part by Prof. Wyman. 
Two other papers. of that early year, on the Anatomy of two 
Mollusca, Tebennophorus carolinensis and Glandina ‘trun- 
cata, published in the fourth volume of the Society’s Journal, 
each with a copper plate, are noteworthy, as showing that he 
possessed from the first that happy faculty of clear, terse, and 
closely relevant exposition, and that skill and neatness of 
illustration with his pencil, which characterize all his work, 
both of research and instruction. 

_ Another paper of that year, “On the microscopic structure 
of the teeth of the Zepidostet, and their analogies with those 
of the Labyrinthodonts,” read to this Society in August, and 
published in Silliman’s Journal in October, 18438, was impor- 
tant and timely. In it he demonstrated that the labyrinthine 
structure of the teeth, considered at the time to be peculiar 


Gray.] 108 [October 7, 


to certain sauroid reptiles, equally belonged to the gar-fishes, 
and consequently that many fossil teeth which had been re- 
ferred by the evidence of this character alone to a group of 
reptiles founded upon this peculiarity, a as well belong 
to ancient sauroid fishes. 

Although not of any importance now to remember, I may 
here mention his report to this Society on the Hydrarchos: 
Sillimani of Koch, a factitious Saurian of huge length, suc- 
cessfully exhibited in New York and elsewhere under high 
auspices, and I think also in Germany, but which Dr. Wy- 
man exposed at sight, showing that it was made up of an 
indefinite number of various cetaceous vertebra, belonging 
to many individuals, which (as was afterward ascertained) 
were collected from several localities. : 

But the memoir by which Prof. Wyman assured his posi-. 
tion among the higher comparative anatomists was that, — 
communicated to and published by this Society in the | 
summer of 1847, in which the Gorilla was first named and 
introduced to the scientific world, and the distinctive struc- 
ture and affinities of the animal so thoroughly made out 
from the study of the skeleton, that there was, as the great 
English Anatomist remarked, “very little left to add, and 
nothing to correct.” In this memoir the “ Description of the 
habits of Troglodytes Gorilla,” is by Dr. Thomas S. Savage, 
to whom, along with Dr. Wilson, “belongs the credit of the 
discovery”; the Osteology of the same and the introductory 
history are by Dr. Wyman. Indeed, nearly all since made 
known of the Gorilla’s structure, and of the affinities soundly 
deduced therefrom, has come from our associate’s subsequent 
papers, founded on additional crania brought to him in 1849, 
by Dr. George A. Perkins of Salem; on a nearly entire male 


1874.] 109 [Gray. 


skeleton of unusual size, received in 1852, from the Rev. Wil- 
liam Walker, and now in Wyman’s museum; and on a large 
collection of skins and skeletons placed at his disposal in 
1859, by Du Chaillu, along with a young Gorilla in spirits, 
which he dissected. It is in the account of this dissection 
that Prof. Wyman brings out the curious fact that the skull 
of the young Gorilla and Chimpanzee bears closer resem- 
blance to the adult than to the infantile human cranium. 

In Prof. Wyman’s library, bound up with a quarto copy 
of the Memoir by Dr. Savage and himself, is a terse but 
complete history of this subject, in his neat and clear hand- 
writing, and with copies of the letters of Dr. Savage, Prof. 
Owen, Mr. Walker, and M. du Chaillu. 

In the introductory part of the Memoir, Prof. Wyman 
states that “the specific name, Gorilla, has been adopted, 
a term used by Hanno in describing the wild men found on 
the coast of Africa, probably one of the species of the 
Orang.” The name, Zroglodytes Gorilla, is no doubt to be 
cited as of Savage and Wyman, and it was happily chosen 
by Prof. Wyman, after consultation with his friend, the late 
Dr. A. A. Gould, for the reason just stated. But it is inter- 
esting to see, in the correspondence before me, how strenu- 
ously each of the joint authors deferred to the other the 
honor of nomenclature. Dr. Savage from first to last insists, 
in repeated and emphatic terms, that the scientific name 
shall be given by Dr. Wyman as the scientific describer, and 
that he could not himself honestly appropriate it. Prof: 
Wyman, in his mss. account, after mentioning what his por- 
tion of the Memoir was, and that “the determination of the 
differential characters on which the establishment of the 


Species rests was prepared by me,” briefly and characteris- 


Gray.] 110 [October 7, 


tically adds: “In view of this last fact, Dr. Savage thought, 
as will be seen in letter, that the species should stand in my 
name; but this I declined.” 

This Memoir was read before this Society on the 18th of 
August, 1847, and was published before the close of the year. 
But it had not, as it appears, come to Prof. Owen’s knowl- 
edge when the latter ~presented to the London Zoological 
Society, on the 22d of February, 1848, a memoir founded 
on three skulls of the same species, just received from Africa 
through Capt. Wagstaff. When Prof. Owen received the 
earlier Memoir, he wrote to compliment Prof. Wyman upon 
it, substituted in a supplementary note the specific name im- 
posed by Savage and Wyman, and reprinted in an appendix 
the osteological characters set forth by the latter. “It does 
not appear, however (adds Dr. Wyman), either in the Pro- 
ceedings or the Transactions of the [Zoological] Society, at 
what time our Memoir was published, nor that we had antici- 
pated him in our description.” 

It is safe to assert that in this and the subsidiary papers of 
Dr. Wyman, may be found the substance of all that has since 
been brought forward, bearing upon the osteological resem- 
blances and differences between men and apes. After sum- 
ming up the evidence, he concludes : — 

“The organization of the anthropoid Quadrumana justifies 
the naturalist in placing them at the head of the brute 
creation, and placing ‘them in a position in which they, of 
all the animal series, shall be nearest to man. Any anatomist, 
however, who will take the trouble to compare the skeletons 
of the Negro and Orang, cannot fail to be struck at sight 
with the wide gap which separates them. The difference be- 
tween the cranium, the pelvis, and the conformation of the 


1874.] 111 [Gray. 


upper extremities in the Negro and Caucasian, sinks into 
comparative insignificance when compared with the vast 
difference which exists between the conformation of the same 
parts in the Negro and the Orang. Yet it cannot be denied, 
however wide the separation, that the Negro and Orang do’ 
afford the pomts where man and the brute, when the totality 
of their organization is considered, most nearly approach 
each other.” 

Selecting now for further comment only some of the more 
noticeable contributions to science, we should not pass by his 
investigations of the anatomy of the Blind Fish of the Mam- 
moth Cave. The series began, in that prolific year, 1843, 
with a paper published in “Silliman’s Journal,” and closed 
with an article in the same Journal in 1854. Although Dr. 
Tellkamph had preceded him in ascertaining the existence of 
rudimentary eyes and the special development of the fifth 
pair of nerves, yet for the whole details of the subject, and 
the minute anatomy, we are indebted to Prof’ Wyman. 
Many of the details, however, as well as the admirable 
drawings illustrating them, remained unpublished until 1872, 
when he placed them at Mr. Putnam’s disposal, and they 
were brought out in his elaborate article in the “American 
Naturalist.” Here the extraordinary development of tactile 
sense, taking the place of vision, and perfectly adapting the 
animal to its subterranean life, is completely demonstrated. 

If Prof. Wyman’s first piece of anatomical work was the 
preparation of a skeleton of a bull-frog, in his undergraduate 
days, his most elaborate memoir is that on the anatomy of 
the nervous system of the same animal (Lana pipiens), pub- 
lished in the “ Smithsonian Contributions,” in 1852 (51 pages, 
royal 4to, with 2 plates). 


Gray.] 1 12 [October 7, 


Anything like an analysis of this capital investigation and 
exposition would much overpass our limits. For, although 
the special task he assigns to himself is the description 
of the nervous system of a single Batrachian, chiefly of its 

peripheral portion, and of the changes undergone during 
metamorphosis, he is led on to the consideration of several 
abstruse or controverted questions ;— such, for instance, as 
the attempts that have been made to homologize the 
nervous system of Articulates with that of Vertebrates, upon 
which he has some acute criticism; — the theories that 
have been propounded respecting the functions of the cere- 
bellum and its relation to locomotion, which he tests in a 
characteristic way by a direct appeal to facts ;— the supposi- 
tion of Cuvier that the special enlargements of the spinal 
cord are in proportion to the force of the respective limbs 
supplied therefrom; which he controverts decisively by 
similar appeal, an extract from which I beg leave to append 
in a note.! 

1“Tf by force is meant the muscular energy and development of the limbs, this 
statement does not appear to be sustained in the present instance, nor in many 
other instances brought to notice by comparative anatomy. In man the brachial 
enlargement is always larger than the crural, though the legs are so much more 
powerfully developed than the arms, and the same is true of the greater number 
of mammals. In frogs there is a still greater disproportion between legs and arms 
yet there is not a corresponding difference in the size of the bulgings. They can- 
not, therefore, be said to be in proportion to the muscular force only of the limbs, 
but correspond far more nearly to the acuteness of the sense of touch, which in 
man and mammals is moredelicate in the hands and arms than in the legs and 
feet. In bats, it is true that the muscular force of the arms is greater than that of 
the legs, and that the brachial far surpasses the crural enlargement; but, at the 
same time, the sense of touch in the membranes of the wings is exalted to a most 
extraordinary degree. In birds the posterior bulging is almost universally the 
largest, though this condition is in part dependent upon the presence of the rhom- 


boidal sinus. In these animals, while the muscular energy of the wings is the 
most developed, the sensibility of the feet is the more acute.” 


1874. Tees (Gray. 


So, in describing the structure of the optic nerves in the 
frog, and the development of the eye and optic lobes, he pro- 
ceeds to remark, that — 

“The instances of Proteus and Amblyopsis naturally sug- 
gest. the questions, whether one and the same part may not 
combine functions wholly different in different animals, and 
whether the same may not hold true with regard to the cere- 
bral organs which is known to obtain with regard to the 
skeleton, the teeth, the tongue, and the nose, that identical 
or homologous parts in different animals may perform func- 
tions wholly distinct. If the doctrine here suggested can be 
admitted (and if this were the place facts could be cited in 
support of it), may we not find in it an explanation of many 
Inconsistences which now exist between the results of com- 
parative anatomy and of physiology?” 

Then, in his chapter on the philosophical anatomy of the 
cranial nerves and skull, after showing that there are but 
three pairs of cranio-spinal nerves, he takes up the contro- 
verted question as to the number of vertebrae which compose 
the skull, and supports the opinion that they also are only 
three in a characteristic manner. | 

Of this whole memoir it is thought that, notwithstanding 
the great advance which has been made in comparative anat- 


omy during the twenty-five years which have elapsed since 


1“'The conclusions which have been drawn from the statements made above 
are as follows: that in frogs the vagus comprises the glosso-pharyngeal and acces- 
sory nerves; that the trigeminus comprises the facial, the abducens, and in the 
salamanders the patheticus and portions of the motor communis; that other evi- 
dence sustains the hypothesis, that the whole of the motor communis is a depend- 
ence of the trigeminus; if to these we add the hypoglossus (which in frogs is 
exceptionally a spinal nerve), we shall have three pairs of cranial nerves, each 
having all the characters of a common spinal nerve, namely, motor and sensitive 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 8 NOVEMBER, 1874. 


Gray.) | 114 | [October 7, 


it was published, its importance to the student has not at all 
diminished. sae. 

Next to this in extent and value may be ranked Prof. 
Wyman’s paper on the development of the common skate of 
our waters (Raia Satis), communicated to the American 
Academy in 1864, and published among its Memoirs. It 
gives an account of the peculiar egg-case of the Selachians, 
and of the several stages of the development of the embryo 
skate, expressed in the concise and clear language — as little 
technical as possible,—for which he was distinguished, and 
leading up to not afew problems in comparative anatomy, 
morphology, or systematic zoology, — problems which Prof. 
Wyman never evaded when they came directly in his way, 
-and seldom handled without making some real contribution 
to their elucidation. For instance, in describing the external 
‘branchial fringes of the young skate, he notes the agreement 
‘in this character with the Batrachians; and in studying the 
seven branchial fissures of the embryo, he is brought into 
-contact with the view of Huxley, that the formation of the 
external ear is by involution of the integument. After con- 
‘firming the contrary observations of Reichert, on the embryo 
ipig, he concludes that “the first of the seven branchial fis- 
sures of the embryo skate is converted into the spinacle, 
‘which is the homologue of the Eustachian tube and the outer 
ear-canal.” After a full discussion of the homology of the 


roots and a ganglion; that there are no nerves to indicate a fourth vertebra, unless 
the special sense nerves are considered; if these are admitted as indications, then 
we must presuppose either two pairs of nerves to each vertebra, or the existence 

-of six vertebra, which is a larger number than can be accounted for on an osteo- 
logical basis. The functions and mode of development of the special sense nerves 
we have taken as affording sufficient grounds for considering them as of a peculiar 
order, and not to be classified with common spinal nerves.” ; 


1874.] | 115 [Gray. 


upper jaw in sharks and skates, under the light afforded by 
his investigation of the embryo skate, he suggests that the 
cartilage which extends from the olfactory fosse towards the 
pectoral fin is the probable homologue of a maxillary bone, 
and that in the lobe, the homologue of an intermaxillary ; 
that, if so, the skates and proteiform reptiles agree in having 
the nostrils open in front of the dental arch ; that while in 
all Batrachians the nasal groove becomes closed, in the skate 
it remains permanently open; and finally that this view, if 
confirmed, “will add another feature which justifies Owen, 
Agassiz and others, in dissenting from Cuvier so. far as to 
give the Selachians a place in the zoological series higher 
than that of the bony fishes. But at the same time, it will 
give corroborative proof of the correctness of Cuvier’s view, 
that ‘the rudiments of the maxillaries, and intermaxillaries, 
. are evident in the skeleton.’ ” 

In attempting these analyses, I am drifting into a fault 
which Prof. Wyman never committed, that of being too 
long. So I must leave many of his papers unmentioned, 
and barely refer to two or three others which cannot be 
passed over. The most noteworthy of the shorter papers, 
however, are upon less technical or more generally interest- 
ing topics, so that we have need only to be reminded of 
them. Among them are his “ Observations on the Develop- 
ment of the Surinam Toad,” and the same of “Anableps 
Gronovii,” and the paper “On some unusual Modes of Ges- 
tation.” The importance of these papers lies, not in being 
accounts of some of the most striking curiosities of the ani- 
mal world, but in the sagacity and quickness with which he 
discerned, and the clearness with which he taught, the lessons 
to be learned from them. . Any good zoologist, with the same 


Gray.] 116 [October 7, 


excellent opportunities, would have worked out all the de- 
tails of the development of the Surinam toads in the skin of 
the back of their mother, and would equally have noted the 
morphological significance of the branchize and tail, that 
are never to know any thing of the element they are adapted 
for; but Dr. Wyman remarks upon the development of the 
limbs independently of the vertebral axis, as showing that, 
whatever view be taken of their homology, they are some- 
thing superadded to it, and not evolved from it; he notes 
how the whole yelk-mass is moulded into a spiral intestine; 
and that, the embryo at the end of incubation forms a larger 
and heavier mass than existed in the egg when it com- 
menced, —showing that there was an absorption of material 
furnished by the dermal sac of the mother, —“a solitary in- . | 
stance among Batrachians, if not among Reptiles generally, 
in which the embryo is nourished at the expense of materials 
derived from the parent.” From this he is led (in the later 
paper above mentioned), to infer the probability that the 
developed larvee of Hylodes lineatus,— carried about inland 
upon the back of their mother, and destitute of limbs 
adapted to terrestrial locomotion, — may depend upon a se- 
cretion from the body for needful sustenance —an interesting 
and rudimentary foreshadowing of mammalian life, of which 
he discerned the bearings. 

His “ Description of a Double Fetus” (in the “ Boston 
Medical and Surgical Journal, March, 1866), gives him the 
opportunity of briefly recording some of the results of his 
studies of the development of double monsters, and to bring 
out his view, that “the force, whatever it be, which regulates 
the symmetrical distribution of matter in a normal or abnor- 
‘mal embryo, has its analogy, if anywhere, in those known as 


e 


1874.] 117 [Gray. 


polar forces”; that “studying the subject in the most general 
manner, there are striking resemblances between the distri- 
bution of matter capable of assuming a polar condition, and 
free to move around a magnet, and the distribution of mat- 
ter around the nervous axis of an embryo.” That this is not 
one of those vague conceptions by which many speculators 
set about to explain that of which they know little by means 
of that of which they know less, but that he had striking 
parallelisms to adduce, the close of this striking paper shows. 
The subject of fore and hind symmetry, thus brought 
directly under notice, had been broached by Dr. Wyman 
several years before. He returned to it the year following, 
in his very important morphological paper, “On Symmetry 
and Homology in Limbs,” read to this Society in June, 1867, 
and published in the Proceedings of that date. It is inter- 
esting to observe with what caution and restraint he handled 
this doctrine of “reversed repetitions,’ which has since been 
freely developed by one of his pupils who has a special pre- 
dilection for speculative morphology, Prof. Burt Wilder. 
Prof. Wyman’s “ Notes on the Cells of the Bee,” in the 
“Proceedings of the American Academy” for January, 1866, 
is a characteristic specimen of his way of coming directly 
down to the facts, and making them tell their own story. I 
could not recapitulate his results much more briefly than he 
records them in his paper. I need not recall to you how 
neatly he made this investigation, and represented some of 
the results, fillmg the comb with plaster-of-paris and then 
cutting it across midway, so that the observations might be 
made and the cells measured just where they are most nearly 
-perfect ; and then printing impressions of the comb upon the 
wood-block, he reproduces on the pages of his article the 


Gray.] : 118 (October 7, 


exact outlines of the cells, with all their irregularities and 
imperfections. But I cannot refrain from citing a porticn of 
his remarks at the close :— 

“Here, as is so often the case elsewhere in nature, the type- 
form is an ideal one; and with this real forms seldom or 
never coincide. . . . . An assertion, like that of Lord 
Brougham, that there is in the cell of the bee ‘perfect agree- 
ment’ between theory and observation, in view of the anal- 
ogies of nature is more likely to be wrong than right; and 
his assertion in the case before us is certainly wrong. Much 
error would have been avoided if those who have discussed 
the structure of the bee’s cell had adopted the plan followed 
by Mr. Darwin, and studied the habits of the cell-making 
insects comparatively, beginning with the cells of the humble- 
bee, following with those of wasps and hornets, then with 
those of the Mexican bees (Melipona), and finally with those 
of the common hive-bee. In this way, while they would 
- have found that there is a constant approach to the perfect 
form, they would at the same time have been prepared for 
the fact, that even in the cell of the hive-bee perfection is 
not reached. The isolated study of anything in natural his- 
tory is a fruitful source of error.” | 

Let me add to this important aphorism its fellow, which I 
have from him, but know not if he ever printed it. “ No- 
single experiment in physiology ts worth anything.” 

The spirit of these aphorisms directed all his work. It is 
well exemplified in his experimental researches—the last 
which I can here refer to, upon —“ The formation of Infusoria 
in boiled solutions of organic matter, enclosed in hermetic- 
ally sealed vessels and supplied with pure air,” and its sup- 
plement, “Observations and Experiments on living organisms 


1874.] 119 [Gray. 


in heated water,” published in the American Journal of Sci- 
ence and Arts, the first in the year 1862, the other in 1867. 
Milne-Edwards could not have known the man, when he 
questioned the accuracy of the first series because they do 
not agree with those of Pasteur, and thought the difference 
- in the results depended upon a defective mode of conduct- 
ing the experiments. As Dr. Wyman remarks in a note to 
the second series, “the recent experiments of Dr. Child of 
Oxford, and those reported in this communication, are suffi- 
cient answer to the criticisms of M. Edwards.” Then as to 
his thoroughness: — most persons would have rested on the 
results of his thirty-three well-devised experiments, proving 
“that the boiled solutions of organic matter made use of: 
exposed only to air which has passed through tubes heated 
to redness, became the seat of infusorial life ;” but all would 
not have concluded that, after all, they “throw but little 
light on the immediate source from which the organisms have 
been derived,” nor would many have closed an impartial 
summary of the opposing views in this judicial way: — 

“If on the one hand, it is urged that all organisms, in so 
far as the early history of them is known, are derived from 
ova, and therefore from analogy we must ascribe a similar 
origin to these minute beings the early history of which we 
do not know, it may be urged with equal force, on the other 
hand, that all ova and spores, in so far as we know anything 
about them, are destroyed by prolonged boiling; therefore 
from analogy we are equally bound to infer that Vibrios, 
Bacterians, etc., could not have been derived from ova, since 
these would all have been destroyed by the conditions to 
which they have been subjected. The argument from anal- 


ogy is as strong in the one case as in the other.” 


Gray.] : 120 {October 7, 


Returning to the subject again a few years later, with a 
critical series of twenty experiments, each of three, five, ten, 
fifteen, or even twenty flasks, used by way of checks and com- 
parisons, —a rigorous experimenter would have been satisfied 
when he had proved that sealed solutions subjected to a heat 
of at least 212° for from one to four hours, became the seat 
of infusorial life, at least of such as Vibrios, Bacterians and 
Monads, while all infusoria having the faculty of locomotion 
were shown by a special series of experiments to lose this at 
a temperature of 120°, or at most 134° Fahr. But Prof. 
Wyman carried the boiling up to jive hours, and in these 


flasks no infusoria of any kind appeared. The question of 


abiogenesis stands to-day very much where Prof. Wyman 
left it seven years ago. I 

I must omit all notice of the ethnological work which has 
occupied his later years, merely referring to the seven Annual 
Reports of the Trustees of the Peabody Museum of Ameri- 
can Archeology and Ethnology, of which he was curator. 
The last of these, issued just before the writer’s death, con- 
tains the principal results of his investigation of the human 
remains he collected in the shell-heaps of East Florida, and 
convincing evidence of the cannibalism of those who made 
them. A fuller memoir, embodying all his observations of 
the last six winters upon the Florida shell-mounds, was sent 
to the printer just before he died. 

The thought that fills our minds upon a survey even so 
incomplete as this is: How much he did, how well he did it 
all, and how simply and quietly! We knew that our asso- 
ciate, though never hurried, was never idle, and that his 
great repose of manner covered a sustained energy; but I 


suspect that none of us, without searching out and collecting 


1874.] 121 [Gray. 


his published papers, had adequately estimated their number 
and their value. There is nothing forth-putting about them, 
nothing adventitious, never even a phrase to herald a matter 
which he deemed important. 

His work as a teacher was of the same quality. He was 
one of the best lecturers I ever heard, although, and partly 
because, he was the most unpretending. You never thought 
of the speaker, nor of the gifts and acquisitions which such 
clear exposition were calling forth,— only of what he was 
simply telling and showing you. Then to those who, like his 
pupils and friends, were in personal contact with him, there 
was the added charm of a most serene and sweet temper. 
He was truthful and conscientious to the very core. His 
perfect freedom, in lectures as well as in writing, and no 
less so in daily conversation, from all exaggeration, false 
perspective, and factitious adornment, was the natural ex- 
pression of his innate modesty and refined taste, and also of 
his reverence for the exact truth. 

It has been a pleasure to learn, from former college stu- 
dents, who hardly ever saw him except in the lecture-room, 
that he gave to them much the same impression of his gifts 
and graces, and sterling worth, that he gave us who knew 
him intimately — so transparent was he, and natural. 

With all his quick sense of justice, and no lack of occasion 
for controversy, it seemed to cost him no effort to avoid it 
altogether. He made no enemies, and was surrounded by 
troops of life-long friends. When he first went. abroad, in 
1841, he was told by some near friends, who recognized ‘his 
promise, that a chair of Natural History in his alma mater 
would soon have to be filled, and that he should be presented 
as a candidate. In the winter following, the present incum- 


Gray.] 1a . (October 7, 


bent, responding to an invitation to visit Boston, which he 
had never seen, and to consider if he would be a candidate, 
then first heard of Wyman’s name and of his friends’ ex- 
pectations or hopes; whereupon he dismissed the subject 
from his mind, Probably he felt more surprise than did Dr. 
Wyman when notified, a few months afterwards, of the choice 
of the Corporation. The exigencies of the Botanic Garden 
probably overbore other considerations. I doubt if Dr. Wy- 
man ever had an envious feeling. Certain it is that no one 
welcomed the new professor with truer cordiality, or proved 
himself a more constant friend. 

In these days it is sure to be asked how an anatomist, 
physiologist, and morphologist like Prof. Wyman regarded 
the most remarkable scientific movement of his time, the 
revival and apparent prevalence of doctrines of evolution. 
As might be expected, he was neither an advocate nor an 
opponent. He was not one of those persons who quickly 
make up their minds, and announce their opinions, with a 
confidence inversely proportionate to their knowledge. He 
could consider long, and hold his judgment in suspense. 
How well he could do this appears from an early, and so far 
_ as I know, his only published presentation of the topic, in a 
short review of Owen’s “Monograph of the Aye-Aye” (in 
Am. Journ. Science, Sept., 1863) — the ‘paper in which Prof. 
Owen’s acceptance of evolution, but not of natural selec- 
tion, was promulgated. Dr. Wyman compares Owen’s view 
with that of Darwin (to whom he had already communicated 
interesting and novel illustrations of the play of natural 
selection); and he adds some acute remarks upon a rather 
earlier speculation by Mr. Agassiz, in which the latter sug- 
gests that the species of animals might have been created as 


1874.] 123 . [Gray. 


eggs rather than as adults. He states the case between the 
two general views with perfect impartiality, and the bent of 
his own mind is barely discernable. In due time he satisfied 
himself as to which of them was the more probable, or, in 
any case, the more fertile hypothesis. As to this, I may ven- 
ture to take the liberty to repeat the substance of a conversa- 
tion which I had with him sometime after the death of the 
lamented Agassiz, and not long before his own. I report the 
substance only, not the words. 

Agassiz repeated to me, he said, a remark made to him by 
Humboldt, to the effect that Cuvier made a great mistake, 
and missed a great opportunity, when he took the side he 
did in the famous controversy with Geoffroy St. Hilaire; he 
should have accepted the doctrines of morphology, and 
brought his vast knowledge of comparative anatomy and zo- 
ology, and his unequalled powers, to their illustration. Had 
he done so, instead of gaining by his superior knowledge 
some temporary and doubtful victories in a lost cause, his 
préeminence for all our time would have been assured and 
complete. I thought, continued Wyman, that there was a 
‘ parallel case before me,—that if Agassiz had brought his 
vast stores of knowledge in zoology, embryology, and pale- 
ontology, his genius for morphology, and all his quickness 
of apprehension and fertility in illustration, to the elucidation 
and support of the doctrine of the progressive development 
of species, science in our day would have gained much, some 
grave misunderstandings been earlier rectified, and the per- 
manent fame of Agassiz been placed on a broader and higher 
basis even than it is now. 

Upon one point Wyman was clear from the beginning. 
He did not wait until evolutionary doctrines were about to 


Gray.] 124 [October 7, 


prevail, before he judged them to be essentially philosophical 
and healthful, “in accordance with the order of Nature, as 
commonly manifested in her works,” and that they need not 
disturb the foundations of natural theology. 

Perhaps none of us can be trusted to judge of such a 
question impartially, upon the bare merits of the case; but 
Wyman’s judgment was as free from bias as that of any one 
I ever knew. Not at all, however, in this case from indiffer- 
ence or unconcern. He was not only, philosophically, a con- 
vinced theist, in all hours and under all “variations of mood 
and tense,” but personally a devout man, an habitual and 
reverent attendant upon Christian worship and ministrations. | 

Those of us who attended his funeral must have felt the 
appropriateness for the occasion of the words which were 
there read from the Psalmist : — . 

“'The Heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament 
showeth his handy-work..... O Lord, how manifold are 
thy works! In wisdom hast thou made them all; the earth 
is full of thy riches; so is this great and wide sea, wherein’ | 
are things creeping innumerable, both great and small beasts- 
Thou sendest forth thy spirit, they are created, and thou 
renewest the face of the earth.” 

These are the works which our associate loved to investi- 
gate, and this the spirit in which he contemplated them. | 
Not less apposite were the Beatitudes that followed :— 

Blessed are the meek ; blessed are the peace-makers ; blessed | 
are the merciful ; blessed are the pure in heart. 

Those who knew him best, best know how well he exem- | 
plified them. | 


1874.] . 125 (Rogers. 


Mr. F. W. Putnam offered the following Resolutions, 
which were seconded by Dr. Storer, and unanimously 
adopted. 


Resolved: — That in the death of JerrriEs WyMAN the Boston 
Society of Natural History mourns the loss of a most honored mem- 
ber and efficient officer; one who was untiring in his labors for the 
Society during his long and active connection with it as Curator, 
Secretary and President; and that, in his death, Science has lost a 
most thorough and careful investigator, and the cause of education 
and truth a most devoted and conscientious disciple. 

Resolved : — That as members of a Society who gave to Professor 
Wyman the highest honor and position we could bestow, we ac- 
knowledge our indebtedness to him for the thoughtfulness and care 
with which he guided our labors for so many years, and, while filled 
with sorrow at our own loss, we ask the privilege, by transmission of 
these resolutions, of extending our sympathy to his bereaved family 
in their great trial. 


The following letter from Prof. Rogers was read: — 


NEWPoRT, Oct. 6, 1874. 
To Pres. Bouvyk, 


My dear friend: —I regret that it will not be in my power to at- 
tend the meeting of the Natural History Society tomorrow evening, 
as I should greatly desire to unite with you in an affectionate trib- 
ute to the memory of Prof. Wyman, whose long services as Pres- 
ident of the Society, and whose peculiar excellences as a student of 
nature must ever claim our regard and admiration. 

From my first acquaintance with him, while engaged in the delicate 
microscopic dissections with which he illustrated the work of the late 
- Dr. Amos Binney on Land-shells, until within a few years past, I 
have had frequent opportunities of marking his scientific progress; 
and although but little acquainted with the inquiries to which he 


Stodder.] 126 [October 21, 


chiefly devoted himself, I have understood enough of his labors to 
appreciate his singular patience and accuracy as an observer, his 
ingenuity in devising experiments, and the caution and conscientious- 
ness with which he was accustomed to report the results of his 
investigations. 

These qualities, early recognized by his scientific co-workers 
abroad as well as at home, placed him in the front rank of the pro- 
moters of the biological sciences. To these intellectual gifts was 
added a modesty and self-forgetfulness which, while they were un- 
favorable to the more popular recognition of his merits, have ren- 
dered his example préeminently worthy of imitation by all honest 
seekers after truth. Yours faithfully, 

WILLIAM B. RoGERs. 


Out of respect to Dr. Wyman’s memory, it was voted to 
adjourn without the transaction of any business but the im- 
perative election of members. 

Prof. Oswald Heer was elected an Honorary Member, and 
Messrs. Geo. W. Bond, Jonathan Brown, Jr., E. 8. Cassino, 
W. G. Corthell, R. W. Greenleaf, M. L. Ham, J. 8. Hayes, 
C. E. Hobbs, Wayland Hoyt, Dan’l T. Huckins, John Orne, 
Jr., R. Rathburn, and E. A. Thompson, were elected Resident 
Members. 


October 21, 1874. 


The President in the chair. Fifty-four persons present. 


The Secretary read a note by Mr. Charles Stodder, on the 
locality of the Bermuda Tripoli, accompanied by a communi- 
cation on the same subject by Prof Christopher Johnston of 
Baltimore. 


In “Science Gossip,” London, for May, 1874, is a note signed 
«“F.K.,” inreply to a correspondent, who had inquired for the locality 


1874.] 127 [Johnston. 


of the celebrated “ Bermuda Tripoli,” so rich in peculiar forms of 
Diatomacez, described by Ehrenberg and the late Prof. J. W. Bailey. 
« F. KK.” says that “Mr. Geo. Norman of Hull, England, found that it 
came from Nottingham, Maryland.” 

As the Nottingham earth came from our corresponding member, 
Prof. Christopher Johnston of Baltimore — and that it was possible 
that Nottingham was the original locality, was well known in this 
country independent of Mr. Norman —I applied to Prof. Johnston 
for the authentic history of that deposit; to which he replied by the 
paper herewith appended. Mr. Norman’s paper is in the “ Quarterly 
Journal of Microscopical Science,” January, 1861. In that paper he 
does not say that the Bermuda came from Nottingham, as “ F. K.” 
represents, but only suggests the possibility of the case, as American 
diatomists had before him. Since Dr. Johnston’s paper was written, 
Dr. Josiah Curtis has visited that part of Maryland, and discovered 
numerous other localities of the diatomaceous earth, containing the 
same forms as the Bermuda and Nottingham deposits. 


ABOUT THE REDISCOVERY OF THE “ BERMUDA 'TRIPOLI,” NEAR 
NoTTINGHAM, ON THE PATUXENT, PRINCE GEORGE’s CouNTY, 
MARYLAND. By CHRISTOPHER JOHNSTON, M.D. 


In 1854 Ihad the great pleasure of being a correspondent of Prof. 
J. W. Bailey of West Point, and during the year received from that 
distinguished gentleman valuable guidance, and also specimens of 
diatomaceous material, among others a very small portion of a buff- 
colored dust, labelled ‘‘ Bermuda Tripoli.’ From this I prepared a 
single slide, now in my possession, containing very beautiful forms, 
chiefly Heliopelta, Corcinodiscus, Craspedodiscus, Aulacodiscus Cruz, 
and Eupodiscus Rodgersit. 

At a later period I was in correspondence with my friend J. Sulli- 
vant, Esq., of Columbus, and while making some exchanges, I asked 
for “a good boiling of Bermuda Tripoli”; to which request Mr. S. 
replied, June, 1859, “I would send you a quantity if I had it. I 
have nothing but a slide, and I have been long struck with its resem- 
blance to the Richmond earth.... . In a letter just received from 
Mr. Geo. Norman, he says ‘what a pity the locality of Bermuda 
Tripoli and its beautiful fossils has been lost;’ and then adds ‘that 
himself and Dr. Arnott had come to the separate and independent 
conclusion that they never came from Bermuda at all, but from Ber- 
muda or James River in Virginia.” I have very little doubt of it, 


Johnston.) 128 [October 21, 


for there is a place called ‘Bermuda Hundreds’ on the James River. 
From the frequent intercourse between Baltimore and Richmond, you 
have an opportunity of following this up. I trust you will.” 

Early in 1860 I sent my “ Bermuda” slide to Columbus, where the 
beauty of the diatoms was much appreciated, and Bermuda Hun- 
dreds again the subject of remark, as appears by a letter from Mr. 
Sullivant, dated March 25, 1860. . 

Ihad resolved to visit Bermuda Hundreds for the purpose of mak- 
ing an exploration, when, about the first of April, my valued friend 
P. T. Tyson, Esq., State Geologist for Maryland, sent me a number 
of small parcels of “ Tripoli,’ which he had prccured in different 
parts of the State. One of these earths marked Nottingham, at- 
tracted my particular attention, for I had the extreme pleasure to 
find in it the diatomaceous forms familiar on my Bermuda Tripoli 
slide, besides a host of others, and I at once was satisfied that the 
lost Bermuda Tripoli was before me, and its locality discovered. 

I at once communicated my dicovery to Mr. Tyson, who was much 
eratified at being the means of leading to so interesting a develop- 
ment; and as he was about to visit Boston as member of the Ameri- 
can Association for the Advancement of Science, which was to have 
its sitting in May, my friend offered to take a short note which I 
hastily prepared, together with some of the “ new Bermuda earth,” 
and lay both before the Academy. Mr. Tyson kept his promise. 

In the next month I received a note from that eminent phy- 
sician, Dr. Silas Durkee of Boston, of date June 9, 1860, making 
me acquainted with Charles Stodder, Esq., an associate of the Bos- 
ton Natural History Society, and conveying a valuable and detailed 
catalogue of “the genera and species” of Diatomacez found by Mr. 
Stodder in the Nottingham earth. . 

I had hardly convinced myself of the identity of the “ Bermuda 
Tripoli” and the Nottingham earth, than I thought of my friend Mr. 
J. Sullivant, to whom I dispatched a parcel of the earth in question; 
and in his reply, dated June 4, 1860, he says “I trust you have re- 
discovered the equivalent of the Bermuda Tripoli.” 

Although I had identified the “Bermuda Tripoli” in the Notting- 
ham earth, I could not abandon all hope of tracing the former to 
Bermuda Hundreds, on the James. Accordingly, in the summer of 
1860, I made a pilgrimage to the latter place, situated upon the right 
bank of the river, above City Point, about one hundred miles nearly 
due south of Nottingham, and since made remarkable by a historic 


1874.] 129 [Johnston. 


amphoric inclusion, but my visit was without other fruit than a sur- 
prise to the inhabitants, who failed to appreciate any zeal, but who, 
nevertheless very kindly aided my search. 

About this time my friend Mr. Wm. S. Sullivant of Columbus, sent 
a portion of the Nottingham earth with which I furnished him to Mr. 
G. Norman of Hull, as I find in a letter of date January 12, 1861, from 
Dr. J. M. Dempsey, of Charterhouse Square, with this reference: “In 
the last ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’ there 1s a short 
paper by Mr. Norman of Hull, describing the fossil forms of Diatoma- 
cexz, contained in a deposit forwarded to him by Messrs. Sullivant 
and Wormley, Columbus, Ohio, described or discovered by you at 
Nottingham, Maryland.” 

The letter also contained a request for some of the earth, with 
which I complied at once, forwarding by the same conveyance a par- 
cel to Mr. G. Norman of Hull, and to my almost namesake, the 
venerable Christopher Johnson, Esq., of Lancaster, and included 
under the cover of each several other Maryland deposits. For these, 
Mr. Johnson wrote in acknowledgement a very kind letter, bearing 
date March 15, 1861, and Mr. Norman’s reply soon followed, his 
letter being dated April 12, 1861. 

From this time until the present, Mr. Tyson and myself have sup- 
plied quantities of the Nottingham earth to very many correspond- 
ents; and upon looking over my own slide of the new Bermuda, 
nothing gives me so much satisfaction as the knowledge that I have, 
by the very probable discovery of the ‘ Bermuda” locality, contrib- 
uted so much to the pleasure of other microscopists. 


In reply to a question by the President, Mr. R. C. Green- 
leaf said that the diatomaceous forms contained in the 
Bermuda Tripoli were the same as those found in the Rich- 
mond earth. 

Dr..T. 5. Hunt spoke of the geological age of these de- 
posits, and said that no infusorial earths are as yet known to 
occur in Bermuda. 

Prof. W. H. Niles stated that Tyson’s Reports on the 
Geology of Maryland contain very good reports or the va- 
rious Maryland localities of infusorial earth. 


PROCEEDINGS B..S..N.. H. — VOL.. XVII. 9 DECEMBER, 1874. 


Scudder. 130 October 21, 


Mr. S. H. Scudder presented, on behalf of Miss Flint of 
Charlestown, several nests of trap-door spiders found in 
Mentone, France, together with specimens of the insects 
themselves. 


Cylindrical holes in the earth, serving as nests, are made by but a 
single family of spiders, commonly known as Tarantulas, and are of 
four types: a simple tube, without covering; a simple tube with a 
silken lid, either thin, like a wafer, or thick, like a cork; a simple 
tube with two lids, always wafer-like, one at the summit and another 


part way down the tube, the latter resting against the side of the - 


tube, when not in use; and a branched tube, which is a modification 
of the third type, made by constructing an upwardly receding branch 
to the tube, behind the point where the inner lid falls when not in 
use; in this case the inmate, finding resistance useless against the en- 
croachments of an enemy which has effected an entrance to the tube, 
retreats up the branch and allows the lid to fall and conceal the 
opening, baffling the efforts of the intruder, who vainly searches the 
bottom of the tube for his victim. 

Nests of the simplest type are found in our own State, while sim- 
ple tubes with cork-like lids are made by a large Californian spider. 


Prof. A. Hyatt gave an account of his recent studies of 
the larvee of some forms of Ascidia. 


The larva of Cynthia is not unlike a very young tadpole in exter- 
nal outline, having an egg-shaped body, with a tail of considerable 
length, and this tail surrounded by a continuous fin of extremely 
transparent membrane. This fin had been described by Prof. E. 8. 
Morse, and certain marks in it described and figured as rays. Such 
rays as had been described certainly were present, but a closer ex- 
amination of several hundred larve of Cynthia carnea seemed to 
show that no differences existed between the rays and the adjoining 
parts of the same membrane. The appearance of rays was due en- 
tirely to permanent folds, which occur when the animal is seen in its 
usual position from either side, but which may be considerably al- 
tered in form, number and position, by varying the position of the 
animal. “A technical point like this seems to be of but slight impor- 
tance, but since this fin has been compared by a late author with the 
fin of a fish, it becomes at once of great interest to ascertain the 
exact nature of the rays, and whether they are really supports ex- 


” 4847.) 131 [Morrison. 


tending from the tail, similar to those of the fins of fishes. The 
entire fin is evidently an extended fold of the body membrane, of 
such extreme tenuity and transparency that only the edge can be 
faintly traced by the aid of the microscope when straightened out 
upon a glass slide, and it is very doubtful whether any rays exist 
which may be in any sense compared with those of a fish’s fin. 


November 4, 1874. 
Vice-President Scudder in the chair. Forty persons present. 
The following papers were read : — 
DescrieTions OF New Noctruip#. By H. K. Morrison. 


Acronyecta increta nov. sp. 

Expanse 30-31 mm. Length of body 12 mm. 

This is an intermediate form, between hamamelis Guen. and dis- 
secta G. & R. The latter is distinguished by its smaller size 
(26-27 mm.), comparatively smooth squamation, and white thorax 
and median space. Hamamelis is the largest (40 mm.). Its color is 
uniform dark gray, the markings are confused and interrupted, and 
the squamation rough, coarse, and raised up. In size increta is be- 
tween the two just mentioned; its scales are large and raised up in 
ridges to form the ordinary lines, and the markings are more or less 
broken, but in a less degree than in hamamelis. 

In increta the reniform spot is almost linear, its sides being parallel, 
and only slightly curved. The median shade is nearly straight, ex- 
cept at the costa. In hamamelis the reniform is a full lunule, and the 
median shade is broadly outwardly curved, touching the reniform. 

In the former the coloration is more diversified than in the latter. 
The interior line is black and well defined; the median space is 
lighter, approaching dissecta, and the whole wing is more or less suf- 
fused with olivaceous green, giving it a different color from the plain 
_ gray of the larger species. Posterior wings and under surface much 
as in hamamelis. . 

Hab. New York. Several specimens received from Messrs. Fred. 
Tepper and E. L. Graef. : 

Types in the collections of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, 
and H. K. Morrison. 


Morrison.] 1 ae [November 4, 


Acronycta aspera nov. sp. 

Expanse 46 mm. Length of body 18 mm. 

The eyes are naked. The collar rounded. The thorax is pro- 
vided with a small prothoracic tuft. The abdomen has a slight tuft 
at the base. The markings are jageed and rough. The ground 
color is uniform bluish-gray. The half-line is present. The exterior 
line is simple, oblique and uneven; to it is attached a black shade line, 
representing the claviform spot. The ordinary spots are concolorous 
and encircled with black. Orbicular spot very small; the reniform of 
the usual size. The median shade is present, at first oblique, and 
parallel with the interior line to the base of the reniform, then turn- 
ing at right angles, and continuing parallel to the exterior line to the 
inner margin. The exterior line is denticulate, of the usual form. 
The subterminal line is very prominent, inwardly jagged, each tooth 
filled with black. A series of triangular dots at the base of the 
fringe. Posterior wings gray, with a discal dot and median line. 
Beneath gray, the anterior wings darker, both wings with discal dots 
and a broad, common, median line. 

Hab. Adirondack Mts.,N. Y. Received from Mr. F. C. Bow- 
ditch. - 

This species is apparently allied to subochrea Grote, but differs 
principally by the absence of any ochreous color. 


DEMAS Steph. 


Eyes naked. Head drawn in. Palpi short and hanging. Tongue 
weak. Antenne in the male pectinated, in the female setiform. 
Thorax thickly haired, and with a small prothoracic and a strong 
metathoracic tuft. Abdomen with strong hairy tufts. Tibie un- 
armed. £1 ty) 

Demas diversicolor nov. sp. 

Expanse 82mm. Length of body 17 mm. 

Front, collar, and thorax, light gray. The metathoracic tuft tipped 
with black. The abdominal tufts black. The anterior wings are 
divided into two distinct fields (the exterior light and the interior 
dark) by a black, slightly oblique line, extending across the median 
space, from the inception of the exterior line to its termination on 
thetinner margin. The portion of the median space within this line 
is black-brown. The basal space is green, most distinctly so beneath 
the median nervure. MHalf-line present. Interior line distinct, gemi- 


1874.] ik 3 3 [Morrison. 


nate, and to it are attached the orbicular and claviform spots. It 
is notched on the costa, then joining the orbicular spot, and below 
the latter forming one outward lobe to the inner margin. Orbicular 
spot elliptical, strongly contrasting, whitish, with an internal green 
shade spot; it opens into a basal, costal, greenish white shade. ‘The 
lower part of the basal space is less green, and contains a large, deep 
brown spot situated in the lobe of the interior line. Claviform spot 
concolorous, with its upper line alone distinct; extending, as well as 
the orbicular, to the median shade, which is seen as a thick black 
line parallel to the border of the dark space. The outer half of the 
wing is clearly whitish in the median space, shading into light green in 
the subterminal and terminal spaces. Reniform spot barely percepti- 
ble. The lines sub-obsolete. The exterior line is most clear opposite 
to the cell; there it is dentate, of the usual shape, and followed by 
dark points on the nervules. The subterminal line is white, irreoeu- 
lar, forming two blunt, Hadena-like teeth on the second and third 
median nervules. The upper portion of the subterminal space 
slightly darker. A longitudinal black dash on the first median nerv- 
ule in the terminal space. A series of fine black lunules at the base 
of the fringe, which is dark, intercepted with ochreous, and with a 
continuous central dark line. Posterior wings whitish, with a discal 
dot, a twice angulated median line, and a diffuse blackish terminal 
shade. Fringe concolorous. Beneath, the anterior wings are dark, 
lighter along the inner margin and in the terminal space. The reni- 
form spot and the exterior and subterminal lines are faintly repro- 
duced. Posterior wings whitish, with a discal dot and exterior line. 

Hab. New York. From my collection. Massachusetts, Sept. 16, 
1874. (Mr. Roland Thaxter.) 

This species can be easity identified by its strongly contrasting 
markings and colors, which resemble in their disposition those of 
the only other and closely allied species of this genus, the European 
Demas Coryli. 

Copipanolis vernalis nov. sp. ° 

Expanse 37 mm. Length of body 16 mm. 

Antennz pectinate above, serrate beneath. Eyes naked, with 
lashes. ‘Tongue present, but weak. Palpi short and hanging. The 
hairy clothing of the front protuberant between the eyes. Collar 
rounded, and with the thorax uniform dark gray. <A peculiar, close- 
lying, metallic bronze patch of hair behind the collar, and another, 
somewhat longer, but similar, on the metathorax. Abdomen untufted. 


Morrison.] 1 34 [November 4, 


Beneath, the thorax and legs are thickly clothed, and the anterior 
tibize are armed with a strong claw. All the tarsi hairy, concealing the 
short spines. Anterior wings uniform dark gray; halfline distinct, 
followed on the costa by whitish scales. The ordinary spots obscure, 
slightly edged with black, but principally indicated by the whitish 
scales which fill them. Claviform spot also present beneath the 
orbicular, and marked in the same manner. Interior and exterior 
lines obsolete. The subterminal line represented by an interrupted 
series of blackish spots. A faint whitish subapical shade. A dark 
line at the base of the concolorous fringe. Posterior wings translu- 
cent, grayish fuscous, with a discal dot and a black line at the base of 
the conspicuous white fringe. Beneath the anterior wings are gray, 
with the costa and a terminal border cinereous. Posterior wings cin- 
ereous. A very distinct black discal dot, and faint traces of a median 
line. An interrupted black line at the base of the concolorous fringe. 
Base of both wings slightly tinged with yellow. 

Hab. Massachusetts. 

One specimen taken on April 8, by Mr. Roland Thaxter. Easily 
recognized by the strong generic characters, and by the metallic 
thoracic markings. These latter have not before, to my knowledge, 
been noticed in any Noctuid. They resemble those found on Tolype 
velleda Stoll. C.vernalis differs from cubilis Grote, in the presence of 
the metallic spots, and in the antenne, which in the latter are 
strongly bipectinate. 

Pleonectopoda fimbriaris Guen. 

Expanse 30 mm. Length of body 13 mm. 

' Eyes naked, furnished with hairyashes. Antenne strongly bi- 
pectinate, each pectination clothed with interlacing hair. Front 
rounded, without a navel-shaped knob. Tongue present, but short. 
Head drawn in. Palpi nearly horizontal, only reaching to about the 
middle of the eyes; the first two joints black, shaggily haired, the 
third yellow, short and round. The thorax stout, rounded, and un- 
tufted, of the color of the anterior wings, with the addition of a few 
scattered whitish yellow hairs. Abdomen untufted, reaching to the 
exterior margin of the posterior wings; above alternately banded 
with black and yellow. ‘The anterior tibie are armed on the outside 
and at the junction with the tarsi with a long spine (not a curved 
claw, as in Copipanolis). On the inside there is a row of shorter 
spines, also terminating in a longer one at the tarsi, resembling that 
on the outside, but considerably smaller. Middle and posterior tibiz 


1874.] 135 (Morrison. 


strongly spinose. Color of the anterior wings variable in the female,— 
different shades of clay or brick red. All of the eight males examined 
were much worn, and almost colorless. There is a narrow black 
shade along the costa in the median space. Beneath this shade, 
above the reniform spot, and to the inception of the exterior line, 
there is a more or less distinct whitish cinereous shade. A black spot 
on the median nervure at its base. Orbicular spot reduced to a simple 
black spot, occasionally white-centred. The median shade is pres- 
ent as a diffused blackish band, forming a regular outward curve, its 
two extremities being at a nearly equal distance from the base. 
Reniform spot narrow and subquadrangular, yellow and very distinct, 
with an indistinct black central shade, which culminates in a black 
spot at the junction of the median nervure and fourth median ner- 
vule. Beyond the reniform, the median space is black to the exterior 
line, which consists of clear white dots on the nervules, most evident 
on the lower subcostal and upper median branches. Subterminal 
line a blackish undefined shade. A series of terminal dots. Poste- 
rior wings in the female fuscous, in the male lighter; in both sexes 
there is an interrupted black line at the base of the fringe. Beneath, 
the wings are without bands or spots, the anterior grayish fuscous, 
tinged with reddish along the costal margin; the posterior whitish. 

Hab. Tuckernuck Island, near Nantucket. (Mr. Edward Burgess.) 

Quickly identified by the pectinated antenna, the uniform red- 
dish hue only interrupted by the conspicuous yellow reniform spot, 
and the cinerous and blackish markings above and beyond it. 

This species had not, until now, been rediscovered since its de- 
scription by Guenée from a single male specimen ; the reception after 
the above description was written of males in perfect condition, has 
enabled me to make the identification. 

Eurois astricta nov. sp. 

Expanse 60 mm. Length of body 25 mm. 

A very large, stout form. Eyes naked, unlashed. The head some- 
what sunken. The antenne of the female showing fine, short bristles. 
The collar and thorax are smoothly and closely haired, the former 
rounded, and not separated from, or elevated above, the latter. The 
abdomen very stout, cylindrical and heavy, slightly exceeding the 
posterior wings; untufted. All the tibiz spinose. The anterior 
Wings are gray, strongly suffused with brown, the subterminal and 
terminal spaces darker. ‘The half-line present. The median lines 
are geminate, with broad pale included bands. ‘The interior nearly 


Morrison. ] i 36 [November 4, 


perpendicular, its inner component line diffused, clearly defining the 
basal space, its outer line narrow, dark brown, and continuous, form- 
ing a dent beneath the submedian nervure. The median space is 
shaded with brown, particularly in the neighborhood of the spots. 
The ordinary spots are all very large, annulated with black and filled 
with cinereous, which is overspread with dull gray. Phe reniform 
spot has traces of an internal annulus, and is of the normal shape. 
Orbicular spot very long, extending below the median nervure. 
In one female the reniform spot is normally formed above, and 
outwardly, but mwardly it is joined to the orbicular. Outer por- 
tion of the claviform spot alone apparent; in the abnormal speci- 
men before mentioned it joins above the annulus of the orbicular 
spot. Median shade rounded, dark brown and diffuse; it appears 
above and below the united spots. The exterior line is of the usual 
form, its inner component line fine and denticulate, the outer, broad 
and continuous, defining the dark subterminal space. The sub- 
terminal line is faint and irregular, preceded by a series of very 
conspicuous, black, cuneiform markings, those opposite the cell the 
largest. A series of triangular dots at the base of the fringe. Pos- 
terior wings dark grayish fuscous, with a discal dot, and an indistinct 
-line. A black interrupted line at the base of the white contrasting 
fringe. Beneath more or less distinct gray; the discal dots, median 
line, and a terminal black shade band common to both wings are 
present. The costa of both wings tinged with dull carneous. 

Hab. New Hampshire, in August. 

I am indebted to Mr. Holmes Hinckley for one of his two speci- 
mens of this fine species, as well as for other interesting material. 
It resembles Mamestra purpurissata Grote, but is much larger, and 
also differs in its strong generic characters. 

Polia perquiritata nov. sp. 

Expanse 42 mm. Length of body 17 mm. 

Eyes naked, with hairy lashes. Male antenne pyram idal-toothed, 
with fine hairy clothing, and with a tuft at the base. Collar hollowed 
o1t. Thorax having a low fore and hind tuft; mixed black and white, 
the hind tuft entirely black. The collar and tegule are edged with 
black. Abdomen untufted. Coloration of the anterior wings plain 
black, white, and gray; all the markings very prominent and con- 
trasting. A short, black, basal, longitudinal, submedian branch. Basal 
space black. Half and interior lines double, each enclosing broad 
white bands, the latter strongly outwardly lobed, particularly between 


1874.] 137 {[Morrison. 


the median and submedian nervures. To this lobe the small black 
claviform spot is attached. Median space overspread with gray; the 
median shade blackish and diffused. Reniform and orbicular spots 
white, broadly encircled with black; the former lunulate, the latter 
nearly round. ‘The exterior line of the usual shape, acutely inwardly 
dentate between the nervules, followed by its lighter component line; 
the space between them clear white. The subterminal line a blackish 
diffused shade, preceded by a series of clear black subcuneiform. spots. 

_ Those opposite to the cell and below the median nervure the most 
prominent. A series of conspicuous triangular spots at the base of 
the fringe. The latter is black, cut with white opposite to the trian- 
cular spots. Posterior wings gray, having a distinct discal dot and 
median band. An interrupted black line at the base of the fringe, 
and a darker subterminal shade band. Beneath gray. On the an- 
terior wings the ordinary spots, the exterior line, and the cuneiform 
spots are reproduced in black, somewhat less distinctly than above. 
The posteriors with a very distinct discal dot and median band. 

Hab. White Mountains, N. H. 

Taken at the camp of the Entomological Club, a short distance 
below the Half Way House, July 6, 1874. 

A very distinct species. Allied to Polia leucoscelis Grote, from 
Wisconsin, from which it can be separated by the absence of a con- 
necting line between the exterior and interior lines, and also of the 
cuneiform subterminal markings. It differs, besides, in other minor 
particulars. 

Polia speciosa nov. sp. 

Expanse 45mm. Length of body 20 mm. 

Eyes naked, lashed. Basal antennal tufts. Collar and thorax 
gray, the former rounded, with a central black line; the latter smooth, 
with only a short metathoracic tuft, tipped with black. Abdomen 
smooth, untufted. On the anterior wings the median space is of a 
dark, bluish olivaceous gray. A bifid, black, basal streak, its lower 
branch short and thick, the upper fine, extending along the subcostal 
nervure to the interior line. Half-line present. A very distinct, 
thick, black dash beneath the submedian nervure; between the 
dashes the basal space is whitish. Interior line double, lobed be- 
tween the nervures, the lobe beneath the submedian elongated. The 
lines which compose the claviform spot thick and black. The ordinary 
spots disconcolorous, edged with black, with olivaceous centres and 
very distinct, yellowish-white annuli. Reniform spot large, irregular, 


Morrison.] 13 8 {November 4, 


forming a right angle on the submedian nervure, above rounded, and 
on the outside deeply excavated. Median shade dark, extending 
obliquely, close to the reniform spot, to the exterior line, then turning 
and continuing parallel to the latter to the inner margin. Exterior 
line incompletely geminate, denticulate above, subparallel to the ex- 
terior margin. Terminal and subterminal spaces of a slightly bluish, 
olivaceous cinereous. Subterminal line white, preceded between 
the median branches by four very conspicuous, black, cuneiform 
marks, and followed by more or less distinct, olivaceous spots. Up- 

per portion of the subterminal space olivaceous, contrasting with the 
subterminal line. A series of black, triangular spots at the base of 
the fringe, which is dark, cut with light. Posterior wings fuscous, a 
black line at the base of the yellow fringe. Beneath, the anterior 
wings are dark gray, the reniform spot and the upper portion of the 
exterior line reproduced in black. Costa and terminal space light 
gray. Posterior wings whitish with a distinct discal dot. Traces of 
a median and terminal shade line. | : 

Hab. Cambridge, Mass., July 17. From my collection. 

Very strongly marked, but the colors are not so clear and unmixed 
as in the previously described species. The peculiar shape and color 
of the reniform spot, the submedian dash and the subterminal cunei- 
form spots are prominent markings, and will distinguish it. 

Polia confragosa nov. sp. 

Expanse 44 mm. Length of body 20 mm. 

The eyes are naked, with strong lashes. ‘The antenne are shortly 
bipectinate. The collar is cut out and produced in front.. A fur- 
rowed, prothoracic tuft. The metathoracic tuft is not present on 
this specimen, but it may have been accidentally destroyed. Abdo- 
men tufted. On the anterior wings the markings are very distinct 
and contrasting, as is usual in this genus. ‘The colors are black, 
white, gray, and ochreous. ‘The half-line distinct. A short basal 
streak, accompanied by a broad blackish shade. The basal space is 
white, more or less diffused into ochreous, an ochreous shade extends 
along the inner margin. The interior line is very oblique, Seminate, 
its inner line fine, the outer one black and distinct, forming a long 
tooth on the submedian nervure, the point of which connects with 
the exterior line. The median space is gray, broad above, much nar- 
rowed below. ‘The ordinary spots are large, disconcolorous and very 
conspicuous, the orbicular is rounded, slightly ochreous, having a 
central gray spot; the reniform is much excavated outwardly, white, 


1874.] 139 (Morrison. 


with an inferior ochreous portion limited by the central indistinct 
eray shade; the claviform is very large, concolorous, outlined in 
black, its lower bounding line straight, extending to the exterior 
line. The median shade extends from the base of the reniform spot 
closely parallel to the exterior line, to the inner margin. Distinct 
black shade lines follow the reniform spot to the exterior line. Latter 
very distinct, parallel with the outer margin, above acutely out- 
wardly dentate, below forming only two inward indentations to meet 
the two lines which connect it with the interior line. The outer 
component line is very much diffused, being rather a shade than a 
line. The teeth of the exterior line are followed by short black lines 
on the nervules. The subterminal and terminal spaces are in gen- 
eral whitish, but they are much suffused with ochreous, particularly 
along the subterminal line, and beyond the claviform spot. -The sub- 
terminal line is whitish, indistinct, preceded by an interrupted series 
of cuneiform markings, four of which, two near the costa and two 
between the second and fourth median nervules, are large and well- 
defined; followed by a grayish shade (intermixed with ochreous) 
which centres in two black blotches, one at the inner angle and one at 
the first median branch, each of these blotches containing cuneiform 
markings. A series of triangular dots at the base of the fringe, 
which is gray with a central whitish line. The posterior wings are 
grayish fuscous, with a dot and black median line. There is also a 
very distinct ochreous terminal band. A black line at the base of 
‘the fringe, which is gray, tipped with white outwardly. Beneath 
eray, tinged with ochreous, bearing distinct discal dots, a conspicuous, 
broad, denticulate, common median line, and a more obscure common 
subterminal shade. 

Hab. Quebec, Canada. The only specimen I have seen was cap- 
tured by Prof. F. X. Belanger, and is in his collection. 

It is unnecessary to repeat the characters of this handsome insect ; 
it is so vividly colored that it will be recognized at sight. It is a 
typical species, possessing all the markings of the Noctuide in their 
normal form. 

Mamestra passa nov. sp. 

Expanse 35 mm. Length of body 16 mm. 

Hyes hairy. The third joint of the palpi short, and tipped with 
white.. Collar produced in front, but in a much less degree than in 
Cucullia; it is dark, with a central black line, above the line con- 
spicuously capped with white. Villosity of the thorax intermixed 


Morrison.) 140 [November 4, 


white, gray and cinereous. Tegule with a black line. Abdomen un- 
tufted. On the anterior wings the median and terminal spaces are 
olivaceous gray; the basal space shows a lighter shade of the same 
color, and the subterminal space is whitish cinereous, contrasting. A 
distinct, longitudinal basal streak; beneath this and between it and 
the interior line, a dark, oblique shade. Interior line widely re- 
moved from the base, double, with a pale included shade, and 
strongly outwardly lobate between the nervures. Attached to it in 
the usual place is the black-edged, concolorous claviform spot. Or- 
dinary spots very large, contrasting, whitish or reddish cinereous, 
with included olivaceous shades; orbicular open above; reniform 
indistinctly limited outwardly, followed by a pale reddish shade, 
which extends to the exterior line. This latter is subobsolete above, 
defined mainly by the contrast in color between the subterminal and 
median spaces; below the median nervure it is distinct, black, strongly 
drawn in and approaching closely the claviform spot. Pale carneous 
cinereous shades prevail over a portion of the upper part of the sub- 
terminal space; below, this space is very clearly whitish, particularly 
at the inner anele, where it forms a distinct blotch. Subterminal 
line whitish, distinct, preceded by narrow blackish shades, and by a 
very conspicuous triangular black mark, just above the inner angle. 
Beyond the line the terminal space is of an olivaceous, partly yel- 
lowish-gray, with the nervules distinctly black. A clear black spot 
between the third and fourth median branches. Fringe dark, in- 
tersected with light at the termination of the nervules. Posterior 
wings uniform fuscous, without lines or spots. Fringe whitish. Be- 
neath, the anterior wings are uniform fuscous, the posterior whitish, 
sprinkled with dark atoms, and with a median line and discal dot. 

Hab. California. From my collection. 

Allied to 4. cuneata Grote, from California, and to M. vicina, from 
the Eastern States, but sufficiently distinct from both. It is also ap- 
parently allied to Dianthecia leucogramma Grote, unknown to me. 
M. passa differs in several particulars from the description of that 
species, but it is so short that I cannot be fully satisfied. 

Mamestra impolita nov. sp. 

Expanse 35 mm. Length of body 13 mm. 

Eyes hairy. Male antenne with fine hairy clothing. Collar gray, 
with a median line. Abdomen strongly tufted. In this species the 
lines and spots are arranged as in chenopodii Albin, but the mark- 
ings are more broken, and the squamation is rough and uneven. 


* 


Pate 


1874.] 141 [Morrison. 


The ground color is white, almost totally obscured, except in the 
ordinary spots and on the subterminal space, by black or gray shades. 
The nervules, and a portion of the basal space, are tinged with glau- 
cous. Half-line present. ‘The interior line irregular, simple, obsolete 
below the claviform spot. The latter round, large, whitish, outlined 
in black. Above, is situated the white, oblique orbicular spot, contain- 
ing a central gray shade. The submedian nervure is plainly black- 
ish. Median shade blackish, suffused and irregular, lost in the dark 
median space. Reniform spot white, containing a central gray shade, 
well-sized, unsymmetrical, its defining line broken. The exterior 
line is black, simple, continuous, dentate, much drawn in below the 
reniform spot, and forming a particularly deep lobe above the sub- 
median nervure. Subterminal space more or less distinctly whitish 
below the costa, this color culminating in a very conspicuous white 
spot, filling the median lobe of the exterior line. The terminal line 
is whitish, distinct, but somewhat broken, forming two short, but evi- 
dent teeth on the second and third median nervules. The line cuts 
and divides into two portions, the black shades which extend over 
the terminal and latter part of the subterminal spaces. The usual 
subapical white dots, and a similar series at the base of the fringe. 
Posterior wings dark fuscous, becoming lighter and partially translu- 
cent at the base; a faint discal dot. The fringes are whitish. Be- 
neath very uniform in coloration; the anterior wings dark gray; 
whitish scales line the costa; the posterior wings are whitish, with a 
distinct discal dot ; a common line extends over both wings. 

Hab. Quebec, Canada. 

Kindly lent me for identification by my Leen) Prof. F. X. Belan- 
ger, of the Université Laval. . 

The dark, almost black coloration of the anterior wings contrasting 
with the four white spots in their central portion is characteristic of 
the species. Of these spots, two, the orbicular and claviform, are 
comparatively small and well-defined; the remaining two, the ren- 
iform and the spot in the lobe of the exterior line, are large and 
irregular. 

Mamestra illabefacta nov. sp. 

Expanse 35 mm. Length of body 16 mm. 

Eyes hairy. Male antenne setiform. Collar showing a central, 
and a terminal transverse dark line, the latter edged with whitish. 
Tegule edged with black. Thorax in both specimens before me 
somewhat defaced, but there are evidently low prothoracic and 


Morrison. ] 1 42, [November 4, 


metathoracic tufts. The examination of perfect specimens will show 
the actual size of this structure. Abdomen smooth above, with only 
a slight basal tuft. Its coloration yellowish, with reddish lateral and 
anal tufts; beneath, the abdomen is red. Posterior tibize provided with 
short yellow tufts. General color of the anterior wings light grayish 
cinereous. On the costal region brown spots extend over the reniform 
spot. Terminal space dark gray. All the lines and spots are present, 
the former double; the half-line indistinct, the space between its two 
component lines whitish, forming a spot on the costa. Interior line 
distinct, outwardly lobed between the nervules; its outer component 
line clear and fine, the inner ill-defined and broad. Claviform spot 
conspicuous, concolorous; orbicular oblique, elliptical, with a central 
blackish shade spot; reniform large, clearly outlined in black, con- 
stricted outwardly; within it is tinted with brown, and also contains 
a blackish shade, which in the lower portion of the spot deepens in 
color, forming a round black spot. Median space shaded with brown 
above and on each side of the reniform spot. The median shade 
forms a narrow shade line extending, parallel to the exterior line, to 
the base of the reniform spot, where it turns obliquely, touching the 
orbicular spot, and after that the costa. The black spots which ter- 
‘minate the ordinary lines on the costa, alternate with the gray ground 
color. The inner component line of the exterior line is most distinct, 
and forms short, sharp, outwardly projecting angles on the nervules. 
Beyond the outer line the subterminal space is darker gray, becoming 
light as it approaches the subterminal line. On the costa, however, 
this shade increases in depth as it proceeds, and contrasts stronely 
for a short distance with the white line following the brown subterm- 
inal. Terminal space dark gray, almost blackish. A fine white line 
at the base of the fringe, connected with others crossing the gray 
fringe at the base of the nervules. Posterior wings having a more or 
less distinct, yellowish tinge, and with a blackish terminal border 
and discal lunule. Nervules black. Fringe whitish. Beneath both 
wings are yellowish, with a partly interrupted exterior line, and black 
discal dots. The coste of both are purplish gray, and the wings are 
more or less covered with blackish atoms. 

Hab. Beverly, Mass. June 26, 1869, Edward Burgess. Types in 
my collection, and in that of the Buffalo Society of Natural 
Sciences. 

Allied to M. chenopodi Albin. Easily distinguished by the clearly 
defined lines and spots, gray ground color, dark terminal space and 


1874.] 1438 [Morrison. 


yellowish posterior wings. In this species the abdomen is only very 
slightly tufted, and the marking of the subterminal line is absent. 

M. illabefacta is apparently closely allied to MM. lilacina Harvey, 
which was published after this description was written. But Mr. 
Grote, who has typical specimens of both species, informs me that 
- they are distinct from one another. 

Mamestra olivacea nov. sp. 

Expanse 26 mm. Length of body 11 mm. 

A small, robust species, with coarse and rough villosity. Eyes 
hairy. Palpi gray. Collar olivaceous gray, with a distinct black 
terminal line. Thoracic tufts short and thick. Tegule large and 
well separated, white, with a terminal black line. Abdomen tufted. 
On the anterior wings the median space is gray, strongly suffused 
with green; the basal space is of a lighter gray, also more or less 
green. The terminal and subterminal spaces white, with green 
patches at the inner angle and costa, and also along the outer margin. 
A black basal dash. The lines simple and black. MHalf-line present, 
Interior line outwardly curved, most clear opposite to the claviform 
spot, which is large, concolorous, and outlined in black. Median 
shade curved, black, and diffused, passing between the ordinary 
spots to the base of the reniform; from this point it extends, closely 
adjacent to the exterior line, to the inner margin. The spots are 
very distinct, of normal shape, whitish (the reniform most clearly so), 
with greenish central shades. The exterior line is very evident, 
continuous, non-dentate, and but little drawn in below the cell. The 
subterminal line obsolete. After it the greenish shades prevail in the 
terminal space, and the nervules are then plainly marked with black, 
particularly the fourth median branch. Fringe dark, indistinctly cut 
with light. Posterior wings whitish at the base, with a very broad, 
dark fuscous, terminal band, and large discal dots. Beneath gray. 
the posterior wings whitish in the basal and median spaces. A com- 
mon line, and very black discal dots, especially on the posterior 
wings; on the anterior a series of light dots at the base of the fringe. 

Hab. New York; New Hampshire. 

Two specimens taken in the Adirondack Region by Mr. F. C. 
Bowditch; and one taken at Gilmanton, N. H., August 18, 1874, 
by Mr. Holmes Hinckley, who has kindly lent it to me for de- 
termination. Separated from the other species of Mamestra except 
M. laudabilis Guen., by the green coloration; from this species, how- 
ever, it is very different in size as well as markings. 


Morrison ] 144 [November 4, 


Dianthcecia modesta nov. sp. 

Expanse 28 mm. Length of body 14 mm. 

Eyes hairy. Thorax and collar smooth, concolorous. Female ab- 
domen elongate, with a rather short, projecting ovipositor. A short, 
radiating lateral tuft on each side of the abdomen near the tip. On 
the anterior wings the basal, terminal, and one-half the median space, 
uniform, cinereous gray. The outer half of the median space beyond 
the median shade, and the subterminal space, blackish gray. The 
ordinary spots indistinct, the lines conspicuous. ‘The half-line pres- 
ent. The interior line slightly oblique, undulating, and geminate, 
its outer component line the best expressed. ‘The space between the 
lines concolorous. ‘The claviform spot absent. The orbicular very 
small, with a fine, external black annulus, and a central dot. The 
.median shade is rounded, bounding the central dark space, and 
reaching the inner margin at nearly the same point as the exterior 
line. The latter is geminate, with an included pale shade; above it 
is rounded and projects outwardly beyond the cell; below, it extends 
obliquely to the inner margin. Reniform spot indistimet, with a 
minute white dot at its base. Above, the subterminal space is black- 
ish, and contrasted strongly with the pale terminal space; below it 
is lighter and not so well-defined. Subterminal line blackish, irree- 
ular. Terminal space cinereous gray. Fringe concolorous. Posterior 
wings even, dark fuscous, with a faint discal dot. Fringe whitish. 
Beneath, a common exterior line and discal dots. Posterior wings 
lighter, with scattered dark atoms. 

Hab. Cambridge, Mass. Taken on June 8, 1872. From my col- 
lection. 

The pale and dark cinereous contrasting coloration, the distinct, 
even and geminate lines, and the clear white dot at the base of the 
reniform, will distinguish this species. 

D. modesta does not belong to'the typical section of the genus, but 
is related to Dianthecia meditata Grote, which resembles our species 
in its small size and modest tints. : 

Hadena vulgivaga nov. sp. 

Expanse 30mm. Length of body 13 mm. 

Allied to Hadena rurea Fabr. 

Eyes naked. ‘The front with a slight tuft between the eyes. The 
collar is smooth, distinctly lobed, and with a black, terminal line. 
The thorax concolorous, with short, but evident, prothoracie and 
metathoracic tufts. Abdomen showing short, even, dorsal tufts, and 


18742] 145 (Morrison. 


a large anal one enclosing the genitalia. The lateral tufts not promi- 
nent. The anterior wings are dull gray, slightly tinged with yellow- 
brown. ‘The terminal, and upper part of the basal and, median spaces, 
of a darker shade of the same color. The lines are all present, but 
somewhat confused. An obscure basal streak beneath the median 
nervure, and a similar one, slightly beyond the first, and not touching 
the base, below the submedian. The interior line is oblique, removed 
from the base, and thus narrowing the median space, blackish, and 
preceded by a clearer line of the ground color. To it are attached 
the orbicular and claviform spots, the former rounded, the latter ob- 
tusely triangular; both are concolorous, and faintly annulated with 
black. The median and subcostal nervures are tinged with dull 
black in the median space. MReniform spot normally formed, with a 
dark, internal shade line; in one specimen this spot is of the ground. 
color, and therefore lighter and slightly contrasting with the median 
space; in the other white, and very conspicuous. Exterior line 
shortly denticulate, drawn in below the reniform spot, limiting the 
dark median space. The wide subterminal space is of the ground 
color, containing beyond the exterior line a double series of faint 
black and white spots on the nervules. The subterminal line is con- 
colorous, preceded by an undulating, dark, diffused shade, which sets 
it off. The terminal space is very narrow, black, and having a pur- 
ple reflection; in one specimen it is slightly frosted with whitish 
scales. A series of light dots at the base of the dark fringe. Pos- 
tetior wings uniform dark fuscous, fringe lighter. Beneath, the 
anterior wings are dark gray, the costa and terminal space light. 
Posterior wings with a discal dot, and a median and subterminal line, 

Hab. Nebraska; New York. 

The two specimens before me of this species are variable. 'The 
one from Nebraska, received through the kindness of Mr. G. M. 
Dodge, I consider the typical form; in it the reniform spot is concol- 
orous, and the white frosting of the terminal space is absent. 

In the other, from the Adirondack Mts., N. Y., collected by Mr. F. 
C. Bowditch, the reniform is whitish and evident. I do not propose 
a new name for this form in case it should prove to be distinct. 

Segetia fidicularia nov. sp. 

Iixpanse 30mm. Length of body 12 mm. 

Eyes naked. The antenne are filiform. The front, collar and 
thorax concolorous, rounded, and with smoothly stroked villosity. 
The anterior wings are of a clear, light, uniform gray. The lines 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 10 DECEMBER, 1874. 


Morrison,]} 146 {November 4, 


are widely geminate, blackish, confused and irregular, as is usual in 
thisgenus. The interior line is strongly marked on the costa, oblique, 
and forming a dent beneath the submedian. Orbicular spot reduced _ 
to a round, clearly defined dot, and the claviform to a similar 
dot on the interior line. Reniform spot of ordinary size, shaded 
with ferruginous, subquadrate, and containing at each corner a clear, 
white, punctiform dot, the one at the lower outermost corner gemi- 
nate. The median shade.extends from the costa obliquely to the base 
of the reniform spot, then perpendicularly to the inner margin. 
Component lines of the geminate exterior line separated by a wide 
concolorous space; they are both acutely dentate, drawn in beneath 
the reniform spot, and produced on the submedian nervure in a 
sharp tooth. The inner line is the most distinct. Subterminal 
line faint, preceded by irregular, well-defined ferruginous shades, 
most evident in the centre of the wings. .A series of black dots at. 
the base of the concolorous fringe. The posterior wings are, semi- 
translucent, with discal dot and dark tinted nervules. Anterior 
wings beneath dark gray. A black spot on the costa marks the point 
of inception of the exterior line. Posterior wings as above, the dot 
slightly more distinct and also darker terminal shadings. 

Hab. Adirondack Region, N. Y. A single specimen in the collec- 
tion of my friend Mr. F. C. Bowditch, of the Harvard Law School. 

Distinguished from the three known species of the genus, as well as 
from M. Guenée’s unidentified ones, by the clear gray anterior wings 
and thorax, and the peculiar disposition of the white spots in the reni- 
form spot. 

Segetia fabrefacta nov. sp. 

Expanse 30-32 mm. Length of body 15-16 mm. 

Eyes naked, without lashes. Palpi black, edged with whitish, 
closely scaled, erect, reaching above the eyes; the third joint long 
-and cylindrical. Antenne simple in both sexes; collar, thorax and 
anterior wings closely scaled, and of a peculiar dull yellow, like the 
color of brick when only partially burnt. Collar orbicular, with a 
central, fine, very distinct, black rounded line on-each side; behind 
the collar a flat, rounded, closely scaled plate (corresponding to the 
crest in many species), also with a black central line. Abdomen with 
a very short tuft on the first segment. Anterior wings with the 
spots and lines indistinct and slightly marked. Interior and exte- 
rior lines blackish, geminate, their component lines equally well 
marked, and separated by a wider interval than usual. The ordinary 


1874.] 147 [Morrison. 


spots indistinctly marked in black. Reniform spot set out and encir- 
cled by irregular patches of white atoms, which extend towards the 
base of the wings along the median nervure. <A double row of black 
dots on the nervules beyond the exterior line. Exterior line irregu- 
lar, clearly defined outwardly, shaded inwardly; in one specimen this 
inner shade is uniform, and finally lost in the ground color. In the 
other, it forms cuneiform markings which are also clearly defined 
inwardly. Clear white dots on the median branches, just beyond the 
sub-terminal line. All the nervules are surrounded near their termi- 
nation by fine dust-like white atoms, similar to those near the reniform 
spot. Each nervule with a clear white dot at its end, at the base of 
the fringe. Fringe concolorous. Posterior wings transparent, slightly 
nacreous, with a black terminal band. Anterior wings beneath gray, 
yellowish on the costa, and whitish along the inner margin. The 
nervules are distinctly marked with black, until they reach a sub- 
terminal light band; which is followed by a narrow gray band inter- 
rupted by them; beyond, the terminal space is again light. Pos- 
terior wings beneath yellowish white, with scattered gray atoms, and 
a dull terminal band more conspicuous near the costa. 

One specimen taken at Tuckernuck Island, near Nantucket, and 
now in the collection of A. R. Grote. Another taken at Brooklyn, 
_N. Y., in my possession. 

I have referred this species to Segetia Boisd., with some hesitation, 
as I have not the two rare European species of the genus to compare 
with. Our species agrees very well with the generic characters as 
given by Lederer. It can be recognized by the smooth, close, thoracic 
squamation, and the distinct black lines of the collar and thoracic 
plate. The clouded white scales which surround the reniform spot, 
and the white dots at the base of the fringe and on the nervules, are 
also of service in its identification. 

Orthosia minuscula nov. sp. 

Expanse 30mm. Length of body 12 mm. 

@. Eyes naked, with lashes. Antenne filiform. Thorax and 
abdomen robust, the latter untufted. Basal, median, and subterminal 
spaces of the anterior wings, grayish-brown, the costal region with 
more or less distinct, clear red. shades and markings, particularly 
around and between the ordinary spots. Halfline double, distinct. 
Interior line simple, oblique; opposite the orbicular spot thickened, 
forming a quadrangular black patch, bordering the spot; below the 
submedian it joins a broad, black, oblique shade, connecting the 


Morrison. ] 148 [November 4, 


interior and exterior lines; at its point of junction with the shade 
the former line turns at nearly a right angle, reaching the inner 
margin at the same distance from the base as is its point of incep- 
tion on the costa. Ordinary spots cinereous and distinct; the or- 
bicular is open above; the reniform contains a red central line. 
Median space darker between the spots, and nearly black adjacent 
to them. Above, the reniform spot is cinereous, and beyond it red- 
dish shades predominate. The exterior line has its inception above 
the anterior portion of the reniform spot, curving completely around it, 
and joining the submedian connecting line directly beneath the spot. 
It is black, and followed by a faint cinereous shade. The subterminal 
space is darker costally, and contrasts strongly with the light cin- 
ereous, terminal space. Faint black dots are present at the base of 
the fringe. There are four small, ante-apical, costal, cinereous dots. 
Posterior wings uniform, dark grayish fuscous, with white fringes. 
Beneath, the colors are not distinctive, grayish. The hind wings 
lighter, with median band and discal dot. 

Hab. Tuckernuck Island, near Nantucket. Mr. Edward Burgess. 

A very clearly defined species. It is unnecessary to repeat its 
characters, which are evident. Unfortunately the thorax and collar 
of the specimen are badly rubbed, and perhaps the discovery of 
better specimens will show that this species should be referred to a 
different genus. : . 

Orthosia baliola nov. sp. 

Expanse 27mm. Length of body 14 mm. 

Eyes naked, with weak lashes. Palpi horizontally projecting. 
Thorax untufted, concolorous. Abdomen smooth, conical and un- 
tufted. Anterior wings with the basal, subterminal and terminal 
spaces, and the costal and lower portions of the median space brown- 
ish-cinereous, having the nervules tinged with carneous. ‘The central 
portion of the median space deep brown. The claviform and orbicu- 
lar spots obsolete. ‘The interior line brown, undulating, and slightly 
oblique. The median shade absent. The exterior line of the usual 
shape, brown, dentate, its origin lost in the costal shade, as is that of 
the interior line. Below, the exterior line bounds the discal dark 
brown patch; beneath this, it is abruptly drawn in, and then contin- 
ued straight to the inner margin. The reniform spot is the most 
noticable feature of the wings. It is wedge-shaped, clear white, ill- 
defined and widened above, and containing there a shade concolorous 
and connected with the costa; below it is contracted, and clearly 


1874.] 149 {Morrison. 


contrasts with the discal patch into which it extends. Paler costal 
subapical dots. The subterminal line is brown, thick and broadly 
undulating. Fringe concolorous. Posterior wings gray, tinged with 
carneous. Beneath, the anterior wings are uniform gray, with traces 
of the exterior line. ‘The posteriors are whitish, suffused with car- 
neous, with discal dot, and a broad median line. 

Hab. Massachusetts, August 7th. Mr. Roland Thaxter. 

The shape and the clear white color of the reniform spot will at 
once separate this species from others of the genus. It is about the 
size and shape of O. euroa G. & R., but is very different from it in 
marking. . 

Orthosia Belangeri nov. sp. 

Expanse 40 mm. Length of body 19 mm. | 

Male antenne setiform. Front, collar and thorax rounded, un- 
tufted and concolorous, covered with fine and spreading hair. Abdo- 
men also untufted. The anterior wings are dull deep ochreous, 
evenly overspread with brown scales. The interior line is deep 
brown, thrice outwardly lobed. The claviform and orbicular spots 
are obsolete. The reniform is nearly so above; below, it is repre- 
sented by a large, conspicuous black spot on the median nervure. 
The median shade is very distinct, bright reddish-brown, strongly 
outwardly arcuate, touching the reniform spot; below this it is 
adjacent and nearly parallel to the extericr line. ‘The latter is 
evident above, blackish, simple and denticulate; below, it is nearly 
obsolete. Beyond the exterior line the ground color deepens in tint, 
becoming purple-gray, especially in the upper part of the subterminal 
and terminal spaces; the nervules are tinged with blackish. The 
subterminal line is of the ground color, distinct and undulating. 
Three costal subapical light dots. The fringe is dark, with a light 
line at the base. The posterior wings are dark grayish-fuscous, with 
an indistinct median line and discal dot. The fringe is yellow at the 
base, then a central dark line, and outwardly whitish. Beneath 
ochreous, more or less shaded with reddish-brown. Discal dots. <A 
very conspicuous, black, common line, and a dusky, common, sub- 
terminal shade. 

Hab. Quebec, Canada. 

This species bears some resemblance to Mr. Grote’s description of 
O. infumata, but differs very considerably from it. I dedicate it to 
Prof. F. X. Belanger, to whom I am greatly obliged for loans of 
material. 


Morrison.] 150 [November 4, 


PERIGRAPHA Lederer. 


Eyes hairy. The front without a projecting knob. The antenne 
pectinate in both sexes, but the pectinations in the female are shorter. 
The collar is cut out. The thorax bears behind the collar a sharp- 
edged, longitudinal crest, and also has an angular projection on each 
side. There is no metathoracic tuft. The abdomen is smooth, ex- 
cept that the first segment is provided with a short, thick, hairy tuft. 
In the female there is a projecting ovipositor. The tibix are un- 
armed. The apices of the anterior wings are rectaneular. All the 
marking clear and distinct. 

Perigrapha semiaperta Morr., Can. Ent., Vol. vi, p. 105, 
1874. 

I have already shown in: the Canadian Entomologist that P. Nor- 
mani Grote, was erroneously referred to Perigrapha. The present 
species agrees precisely with Lederer’s definition of the genus except 
in the extruded female ovipositor; but this alone is hardly sufficient 
to render necessary a generic separation. ‘The ordinary spots and 
lines in this species are remarkably conspicuous; for a detailed de- 
scription of it see the original paper. 

Teeniocampa modifica nov. sp. 

Expanse 35 mm. Length of body 17 mm. 

The eyes are hairy. The female antenne simple, with a clothing 
of fine scattered hair. The male antenne more evidently setiform, 
The palpi, front, collar and thorax, clothed with a dense, erect, 
villosity. The abdomen and thorax untufted. The female oviposi- 
tor extruded. The anterior wings are gray, overspread with blackish 
atoms. The costa is distinctly edged with carneous, as in Panopoda. 
The interior and exterior lines are alone distinct; they are blackish, 
accompanied by pale, even, conspicuous shades. The former is 
oblique, the latter is rounded, parallel with the exterior margin, 
and nearer to it than usual, thus narrowing the terminal and sub- 
terminal spaces. The ordinary spots are distinct, filled with black 
and surrounded by pale annuli; the orbicular small and round; 
the reniform of usual size, narrow and upright. The subterminal 
line is light, faint, containing a series of interrupted blackish dots. 
The fringe concolorous, with a yellow line at its base. The posterior 
wings uniform dark fuscous, with a discal dot. The base of the 
fringe is yellow; it is separated from the outer whitish portion by a 
dark central line. Beneath, the antericr wings are dark gray, tinged 


1874.] 1 5 i [Morrison. 


outwardly with yellow and carneous. The posteriors are whitish, 
with scattered black atoms. A very distinct discal dot and an angu- 
lated median line. 

Hab. Massachusetts. 

A male from my collection captured July 16, 1874. A female from 
the collection of Mr. F. C. Bowditch, kindly lent me for determina- 
tion. The markings in this species are very simple but evident, so 
that its identification will be easy. 

Gleea sericea nov. sp. 

Expanse 39 mm. Length of body 17 mm. 

Thorax and palpi as usual in this genus. The eyes naked, with 
hairy lashes. The abdomen much flattened, and distinctly edged 
with red laterally and anally. The anterior wings are rounded at 
their. apices, thus differing from apiata Grote; in color they are of a 
uniform silky brown on a cinereous ground. The lines and spots dis- 
tinct. The half-line present; to it is attached a concolorous, clavi- 
form, white-edged spot. This spot seems to be nearly always present 
in this genus, although not mentioned in Mr. Grote’s descriptions. I 
have noticed it in inulia, apiata and viatica. All the nervules are 
prominently light and contrasting. The lower portion of the basal 
and median spaces is diffused with dull blackish, as in apiata. The 
interior line is very oblique, even, and accompanied by a light shade 
line. The ordinary spots are large, concolorous, and with pale 
annuli. Reniform spot attenuate below, and not constricted out- 
wardly. The median shade is diffused and blackish, passing between 
the spots. The exterior line is shaped as in apiata, followed by a 
light line. The subterminal line light, preceded by a dark shade. A 
series of faint black dots at the base of the concolorous fringe. The 
posterior wings are uniform fuscous, with a faint discal dot. The 
fringe light, tinged with carneous. Beneath, the costa and exterior 
margin of the anterior wings are carneous; the rest of the wing dark 
gray. The posterior wings: are lighter, uniformly diffused with car- 
neous. Both wings possess discal dots and a broad, common, blackish 
median line. 

Hab. Boston, Mass. From my collection. 

This species is allied to apiata, but the spots are pale instead of 
encircled with red; the apices of the anterior wings are rounded, and 

“the ground color is quite different. : 

Gleea pastillicans nov. sp. 

Expanse 42 mm. Length of body 19 mm. 


Morrison.] : 152 [November 4, 


This species is very different from the seven known species of the 
genus. The palpi, front and collar, are as usual; but behind the lat- 
ter there is a low, sharp-edged, longitudinal tuft. The abdomen is 
flattened. The thorax, as well as the anterior wings, is of a smooth, 
uniform, purple-brown. ‘The costa and internal margin are deep red. 
The halfline present, followed by a black dot, the representative of 
the spot found in the other species. The interior line is arcuate, 
black, and slightly irregular. The ordinary spots are concolorous, of 
nearly equal size, of the same shape, and with red annuli; the 
reniform with a distinct, punctiform, black: spot at its base. The 
median shade is obsolete. ‘The exterior line is indistinct, except near 
the costa. From its point of inception it extends obliquely to a point 
midway between the reniform spot and the subterminal line, and 
then continues subparallel with that line to the inner margin. Sub- 
terminal line reddish, preceded by a narrow blackish shade. <A 
series of black dots at the base of the concolorous fringe. The pos- 
terior wings are dark, gray-black, without reddish admixture. The 
fringe concolorous. Beneath, on the anterior wings, the costa and 
inner margin are red as above; the central portion of the wing is 
blackish. The outer border, together with the posteriors, are purple- 
red, with discal dot and a common black line. 

Hab. New Hampshire, Sept. 13, 1874. 

A single specimen, in perfect preservation, generously given me by 
my friend Mr. C. P. Whitney. 

Scopelosoma napza nov. sp. 

Expanse 30mm. Length of body 14 mm. 

The eyes are naked, very strongly lashed. The collar is slightly 
produced in front. There is a longitudinal tuft behind the collar. 
The abdomen is flattened. The anterior wings are narrow. The 
ground color of the thorax and anterior wings is light gray. All the 
markings are very distinct. The usual lines are geminate. The in- 
terior line is slightly oblique, strongly lobate, and both its component 
lines are equally well expressed. Orbicular spot concolorous, indis- 
tinct, with a double blackish annulus. The median shade is black, 
thick, very distinct, and somewhat undulate, followed by cupreous 
stains, one beneath the median nervule being very evident. Reni- 
form spot large, very conspicuous, black, surrounded by a narrow 
white, and then a black annulus. The exterior line is black, angular, 
its inner line the most distinct. The subterminal line is light gray, 
irregular, preceded by a notable darkening of the subterminal space. 


1874.] 1 5 3 [Morrison. 


A series of black dots at the base of the concolorous fringe. The 
posterior wings are uniform dark gray, with a lighter gray fringe. 
Beneath, the anterior wings are of a much darker gray than the 
posterior. The discal dots and traces of the median line are present 
on both wings. 

Hab. Massachusetts. From my collection. 

Pyrophila glabella nov. sp. 

Expanse 35 mm. Length of body 16 mm. 

Three forms have been recently described as distinct in this genus, 
inornata Grote, conspersa Riley, and Agrotis repressus Grote, but 
they have turned out to be identical with our common pyramidoides 
Guen., and tragopoginis Linn. The first two are well marked varie- 
ties of pyramidoides: the last simply a redescription, under an erro- 
neous generic reference, of American specimens of tragopoginis, a 
well known European species. P. glabella is an intermediate form 
between the two species mentioned above, but I cannot consider it 
other than a very well defined species. The following are its char- 
acters. The third palpal joint noticably shorter than in pyramidoides. 
The anterior wings are of a dull gray; uniform over the basal and 
median spaces, but becoming blackish before the subterminal line, 
and there strongly contrasting with the light gray terminal space. 
The subterminal line is nearly perpendicular, and slightly jagged. 
The interior line is faintly seen, although nearly overspread by the 
ground color. The exterior line is very distinct, black, followed by a 
lighter shade line. From its inception on the costa above the reniform 
4 spot, it is boldly and evenly outwardly projected, and then drawn in 
beneath the spot. The orbicular spot is a black dot with a broad light 
gray annulus. The reniform <is also light gray, with a black spot 
at each end. The posterior wings are gray, becoming deeper 
towards the margin. At the base of the light fringe there is a dark 
line, preceded by a narrow, light gray, terminal band. The abdo- 
men is gray, unicolorous, and conical; beneath, light gray, the 
markings obsolete. 

Hab. Nebraska. 

Received from my friend Mr. G. M. Dodge, to whom I am indebted 
for much interesting material. 

Xanthoptera nigrocaput nov. sp. 

Expanse 25mm. Length of body 13 mm. 

The palpi are yellow, tipped with black. The head and collar are 
deep black. The tegule, thorax and abdomen, yellow. The ground 


Morrison.] it py [November 4, 


color of the anterior wings yellow. A broad, basal, black band, en- 

larged on the costa, extends obliquely to the inner margin. Beyond this 

band the wing is yellow, until a median, broad, slightly arcuated band, 

corresponding to the median shade. ‘The exterior line is also black, 

narrower than the other two, arcuated on the costa. It is followed by | 
a narrow, partially obliterated line of the ground color. Beyond, the 

terminal and subterminal spaces and the fringe are black. The pos- 

terior wings are fuscous, tinged with yellow, crossed by three very 

broad, diffused gray bands, separated by the ground color. Beneath, 

the anterior wings are yellow at the base; the terminal and subterm- 

inal spaces are gray. The median space is occupied by two broad, 
diffused, gray bands. The posterior wings are lighter in color, but 

are banded as above. “The anterior femora are blackish. The middle 

legs are yellow, but have the ends of the tibize distinctly black. The 

abdomen has a yellow anal tuft. 

Hab. Texas? From my collection. 

Larger, and quite distinct from the species described by Guenée, and 
from X. fax Grote. LE. coccineifascia and rosaba, figured very poorly 
by Mr. Grote in the “ Transactions of the American Entomological 
Society,” Vol. x, pl. 1, figs. 88 and 89, are erroneously placed in this 
genus by him; they should be referred to Prothymia Hb. FE. rosaba 
is closely allied to the European enea Hb., and -strictly congeneric 
with it. . 

Our species of the two genera will now stand as follows: — 


XANTHOPTERA Guen. (1852). 


Xanthoptera nigrofimbria Guen., Noct., 11, p. 241 (1852). 
- nigrocaput Morr. (1874). 
“ semiflava Guen., id. 
«“ semicrocea Guen., id. 
Hs fax Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., rv, p. 295 (1878). 


PROTHYMIA Hubn. (1816). 


Prothymia coccineifascia Grote, Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., rv, p. 294 (1878). 
« — rosaba Grote, id., p. 295 (1873). 
Eustrotia obaurata nov. sp. 
Expanse 19mm. Leneth of body 7 mm. — 
This is a very small, slight-bodied species, quite distinct from E. mus- 
cosula Guen. and its allies. The ground color is pure white, with the 


1874.] 155 (Morrison. 


entire median space blackish gray. The basal space is unmarked, 
except by a black costal border. On the blackish median space are 
scattered metallic scales, more frequent in the neighborhood of the 
ordinary spots. These last are of the usual shape, but are formed of 
raised patches of black scales. The median lines are black, the in- 
terior oblique, the exterior outwardly curved around the reniform, 
drawn in below the cell and prominently produced on the submedian 
nervure. The terminal and subterminal spaces are white. The sub- 
terminal line is broad, gray, and lobate. The fringe and terminal 
line are also gray, but even ; the latter is composed of united spots. 
The posterior wings are whitish, with a broad, much diffused gray 
terminal border and discal dot. Beneath, the anterior wings are 
black, white at the base; the posterior wings white, with discal dot. 

Hab. Massachusetts. 

The markings of this little species are very well defined, the 
black reniform and orbicular spots, overspread with bluish metallic 
scales, are very characteristic. 


PTEROSCIA nov. genus. 


Eyes naked. Antenne of male with short, dense, hairy clothing ; 
of female, filiform, with a single lateral row of fine, separated hairs. 
Palpi erect, reaching slightly above the eyes, the third joint of usual 
length, the other two clothed with rather long, coarse hair. Front 
rounded, untufted, clothed with coarse, unevenly spread hair. Tho- 
rax rounded, without an angular projection in the sides, and with a 
very low fore and hind tuft (in one of my specimens this is scarcely 
perceptible). Abdomen conical, untufted, just reaching the exterior 
margin of the hind wings. Both wings with even margins, and broad 
in proportion to their length. The fourth median veinlet of the pos- 
terior (vein five of the German entomologists) not so strong as the 
rest, and arising some distance from them. The tibia are armed 
with the usual spurs, and strongly spined, particularly the middle and 
posterior pairs. All the femora with hairy tufts on their under side. 

In this genus the imagines are of medium size, with the body 
rather slight in proportion to the spread of the wings, and with the 
habitus of the Ophiuside. The coloration is dull, and the markings 
are obscured. It is allied to the European Eccrita Lederer, and 
Toxocampa Guen.; from the former it differs by the spined anterior 
tibize, the hairy femora, and the broad anterior wings; and from the 
latter by its spinose tibize. 


\ 
Morrison.] 156 [November 4, 


Pteroscia atrata nov. sp. 

Expanse 40 mm. Length of body 15 mm. 

Palpi, front, collar and thorax, black. The edge of the palpi, the 
collar, and the tuft behind the collar, eae gray. Anterior 
cae shining black, with scattered lighter scales. The markings are 
deeper black, and show but faintly. Interior line scarcely distin- 
guishable, preceded by a line of lighter scales. The ordinary spots are 
of medium sizé, and filled with scattered lighter scales; in shape the 
orbicular is round, the reniform lunate. The exterior line is black, 
quite distinct, strongly dentate, and deeply drawn in between the 
nervules; followed by a line of whitish scales, which culminate on 
each nervule in a white spot. A series of light spots at the base of 
the fringe, which is dark, and in addition a number of distinct ante- 
apical white dots. Posterior wings uniform, dark grayish fuscous. A 
discal lunule. A black line at the base of the fringe, which is yellow- 
ish white, with a central darker line. Wings beneath dark grayish 
fuscous. Secondaries lighter. Nervules tinged with yellowish. The 
anterior have the ante-apical dots present, and the costal and terminal 
spaces covered with light scales. The posterior wings show a median 
band and discal dot. 

- Hab. Mt. Washington, N. H. Two specimens taken at night near 
the Half Way House, July 5th and 7th, 1874. 


A striking form, apparently confined to the mountain fauna. 


The new species described below are from a fine collection of Noc- 
tuidw sent me for study by Prof. C. V. Riley, State Entomologist of 
Missouri, and I cheerfully acknowledge my obligation to him for this 
and many other kind offices. 

The new genus characterized is peculiarly interesting, on account 
of its abnormal palpal structure, which is the more striking as the in- 
sect is small and slender bodied. ° 

Mamestra incincta nov. sp. 

Expanse 28-30 mm. Length of body 13-141 mm. 

Eyes hairy. Male antenne shortly bipectinate. A slight protho- 
racic furrowed tuft. The abdomen is untufted. The thorax and 
anterior wings are light gray, somewhat yellowish; in one fresh 
specimen, with a slight purple reflection. The median lines are black, 
simple and denticulate, the one preceded, the other followed by a 
lighter shade line. The half-line present. The interior line oblique, 
forming two particularly prominent teeth, one on the costa, the other 


1874.] | 15% [Morrison. 


on the submedian nervure. The orbicular spot is nearly obsolete, 
sometimes seen as a blackish spot. Reniform spot narrow and sub- 
rectangular, filled with black. The median shade is blackish, dif- 
fused, passing obliquely from the costa across the reniform, then 
parallel with the exterior line. The latter is drawn in below the cell; 
its teeth connect with a series of more or less distinct spots on the 
nervules. The’subterminal line is light, preceded by a dark, diffuse 
shade; in one specimen this shade is condensed into a series of black 
spots. The nervules towards their termination are sometimes marked 
with black. A yellow line at the base of the concolorous fringe. The 
posterior wings are white at the base, with a diffused, gray, terminal 
border. The fringe is yellow. Beneath the anterior are gray; on 
the costa the exterior line is seen. The posteriors are whitish, 
evenly sprinkled with gray atoms, with a distinct discal dot and 
traces of the median line. ‘The base of the fringe yellow. 

Hab. Illinois. Prof. C. V. Riley. 

Described from three specimens which vary among themselves, but 
which are evidently referable to the same type. 

Homohadena retroversa nov. sp. 

This form differs very much from the typical badistriga Grote, and 
with my present material I can hardly doubt that it is specifically 
distinct. 

Size and coloration of H. badistriga, but both wings are narrower, 
and the posterior more angular and less rounded. ‘The basal 
streak is obsolete. The median lines have their origin in irregular 
spots on the costa. The interior line is only slightly curved, and not 
strongly outwardly projected on the costa. The ordinary spots are 
visible, small, black-centred, with broad white annuli. The broad 
streak found in badistriga extending from the interior line to the ex- 
terior margin, is here reduced to a fine black line, present only just 
‘before and after the exterior line. The latter is not evenly outwardly 
projected beyond the reniform spot, but follows its outlines closely, be- 
ing slightly depressed immediately after it, strongly drawn in below it, 
and then connected with the interior line by a short, intense black 
streak; below this dash the line extends obliquely outwards, not 
straight to the inner margin, as in the allied species. The black 
dashes on the nervules in the terminal space are obsolete in retro- 
versa. The posterior wings are as in badistriga, except that the 
median line is absent. The posterior wings, beneath, have the 


Morrison.] * 158 [November 4, 


median line more even, and farther removed from the exterior 
margin. A broad, black, terminal band. 

Hab. Central Missouri. Prof. C. V. Riley. 

Prof. Riley has kindly given me one of the typical specimens of this 
striking species. 

Hadena rasilis nov. sp. 

Expanse 23 mm. 

Eyes naked. ‘Tibize unarmed. Palpi closely scaled, the two first 
joints blackish, the terminal one light. Thoracic villosity smooth, the 
usual tufts short and close lying, concolorous with the anterior wings, 
The latter are of a smooth, ferruginous brown, with numerous fine 
white atoms on the nervules. The ordinary lines are white, fine, 
even and continuous. The halfline present. The interior line | 
oblique, curved inwardly near the costa, and followed by a narrow 
dark line. The median and terminal spaces are slightly darker than 
the basal and subterminal ones. Orbicular spot reduced to a fine 
black dot, ringed with white. Reniform spot of medium size, white, 
narrow and sublunulate, containing in each end a black spot. The 
exterior line is less oblique than the interior; touching the upper 
extremity of the reniform spot, it forms a complete semicircle, return- 
ing to, and touching the lower extremity; from this point it proceeds 
straight to the inner margin. The reniform spot and the curve of 
the exterior line form a perfect circle, the most conspicuous feature 
of the species. Subterminal line whitish, indistinct, becoming oblit- 
erated before the inner margin. Fringe dark, and comparatively 
long. Posterior wings semi-hyaline, with the nervules blackish, and 
a dark, diffused, terminal band. Beneath, on the anterior wings, the 
median space is gray; the rest of the wing is light, with numerous 
gray atoms. Posterior wings light; gray atoms obscure the costal 
and terminal regions. ‘The discal dot is present. A diffused median 
band extends over both wings. 

Hab. St. Louis. From my collection; received through the kind- 
ness of Mr. C. V. Riley, State Entomologist. 

The uniform coloration, the fine white lines, and the peculiar dis- 
position of the reniform spot and exterior line will serve to identify 
the species. 

Teeniocampa earina nov. sp. 

Expanse 39 mm. Length ef body 18 mm. 

Eyes hairy. Antenne serrate, with a hairy tuft at each joint. 
Palpi, and the villosity of the front, collar, and thorax, gray, orna- 


1874.] 159 i [Morrison. 
mented as in thecommon alia Guen. Abdomen of the same color, un- 
tufted. Wings slightly more elongate than in alia. Anterior wings 
uniform gray, with scattered yellow atoms, particularly on the basal 
and terminal spaces, but without brown or reddish admixture. Veins 
very prominent, but not disconcolorous. The ordinary lines black. 
Half-line present. The interior line extends obliquely from the costa 
to the submedian fold, where it connects with a black, curved, longi- 
tudinal branch from the base. At this point the claviform spot is indi- 
cated as a blackish shade attached to the line; below, the interior line 
extends directly to the inner margin. Median shade indistinct and 
suffused. Ordinary spots large, whitish, and contrasting, with central 
gray shades. Orbicular spot circular, resting on the median vein. 
Reniform spot slightly excavated on each side, its base touching the 
simple, blackish, exterior line. The latter is of the usual shape, 
formed of internervular lunules. The subterminal line is faint, 
whitish, preceded by very faint, black, cuneiform marks. A row of 
black spots at the base of the fringe. Posterior wings light grayish 
fuscous, with a median band and discal dots. Wings beneath with a 
common line. The anteriors have the costal portions of the median 
and basal spaces covered with long close-lying hair. Posteriors with 
discal dot. 

Hab. California. 

Prof. C. V. Riley, of St. Louis, kindly presented me with this spe- 
cies, with permission to describe if found to be new. It can be easily 
determined by the cuneiform, subterminal series of spots, and the 
whitish orbicular and reniform spots. 

M. Guenée has published in the “ Species Genéral ” (Vol.v, pp. 355 
and 356) two species of ‘T'eniocampa, which have not yet been iden- 
tified, founded on unpublished drawings of Abbot's. 

It seems to me that to recognize these species, styracis and hibisci, 
and others of various genera described by M. Guenée in the same 
way, will establish a precedent which will cause much confusion. I 
simply raise the question for discussion, leaving it to be decided by 
others. 

Teeniocampa confiuens nov. sp. 

Expanse 34mm. Length of body 13 mm. 

Eyes hairy. Thoracic villosity as usual in the genus. The anterior 
wings are brownish-cinereous, the brown tint more apparent near the 
spots; otherwise uniformly diffused over the wings. The interior line 
is obsolete, only represented by a faint shade on the costa. The 


Morrison. ] 16 0 [November 4, 


median shade is: dark, diffused, and present above and below the 
spots. These latter are large, concolorous, with pale annuli; and 
united together, forming an irregular dumb-bell shaped spot. Base 
of the reniform spot blackish. ‘The exterior line is faint, cinereous, 
containing black spots on the nervules, most evident opposite the cell. 

The subterminal line is irregular, of the same color, most clearly: 
indicated above, where it is preceded by a costal dark shade. A series 
of black spots at the base of the concolorous fringe. The posterior 
wings are brownish-fuscous, tinged with dull gray outwardly, and 
with a black line at the base of the fringe. Beneath, the wings are 
unicolorous, whitish, with a faint carneous tinge. The discal dots, 
and traces on the costa of the median lines as black points, are seen 
on both wings. 

Hab. St. Louis, Mo. Prof. C. V. Riley. 

This species, quickly recognized by the united spots, a character 
possessed by none of our identified Tceniocampe was determined as 
T. populeti by Dr. Staudinger, but it is certainly distinct from this 
European moth. 

It is closer to M. Guenée’s 7. hibisci, founded on one of Abbot’s 
unpublished drawings, but it differs in several particulars from his 
short description. hat 

Teeniocampa intractata nov. sp. 

Expanse 30 mm. Length of body 14 mm. 

Form rather slight. The male antenne clothed with fine hairy 
bristles. The first two joints of the palpi erect, the third horizontal, 
comparatively long, naked and rounded at the tip. The thorax and 
abdomen untufted, clothed as in 7. stabilis. The coloration and mark- 
ings are similar to those of this species, although the former is of a 
slightly darker yellowish-gray. ‘There is a distinct black spot at the 
base, beneath the median nervure. Interior line indistinct, whitish, 
with two plain black spots, one before the orbicular spots, the other 
beneath the median nervure. ‘The ordinary spots are very large, 
concolorous, with pale annuli, and shaped as in stabilis. They differ 
in their closeness to each other, in one specimen being almost contig- 
uous. Exterior line faint, drawn in below, and touching the base 
of the reniform spot. There is a distinct black spot below the fourth © 
median branch. All the lines are pale, with darker accompanying 
shades The subterminal is light, more irregular than in s¢abilis, and 
preceded by a darker shade. The posterior wings are whitish at the 


1874.] 161 [Morrison. 


base with a broad, diffused, terminal band. Beneath, whitish, with 
discal dots and traces of a median common line. 

Hab. Missouri. Prof. C. V. Riley. 

This species, although resembling stabilis in its style of ornamenta- 
tion, belongs to quite a different section of the genus. It is separated 
from the typical Teniocampe by the peculiar structure of the palpi 
and the more slender form. 


THAUMATOPSIS nov, gen. 


I erect this genus for a very peculiar Noctuid allied to Doryodes 
and Sudariphora, but more closely approaching the former. The 
following are its characters: Form slight. Habitus and markings 
resembling Crambus. Ocelli present. The head wide, with the 
front slightly rounded. The male antenne are clothed with long 
slender pectinations, as in Doryodes. The palpi are exceedingly long 
(5 mm.), horizontal and closely scaled. ‘The first joint of normal 
length; the second comparatively thick, very long, and slightly com- 
‘pressed ; the third slender, long and needle-shaped. The eyes are 
naked. ‘The thorax is weak, rounded, with scaly clothing. The ab- 
domen is slender, long, and untufted. The legs are long, having the 
tibiz non-spinose and closely scaled. 

The anterior wings are narrow, with subrectangular apices. The 
posterior are comparatively broad, with all the angles rounded. 

Thaumatopsis longipalpus nov. sp. _ 

Expanse 32mm. Length of body 19mm. (including palpi). 

Thorax and anterior wings with the ground color as in the com- 
mon Doryodes acutariaH.§. Along the costa the anterior wings 
are ochreous to the exterior line. The median nervure from the base 
to the divarication of the first median nervule is covered by a clear 
white streak, as in acutaria. Above the nervule, from the median 
space to the apex, there extends a black shade, at first distinct and 
definite, contrasting with the white streak, but afterward becoming 
diffuse. Below the median nervure, from the base to the middle of 
the median space, there is a similar black shade, which limits above 
_an ochreous streak extending to the exterior line. The ordinary 
spots and all the lines are obsolete, except the exterior line; this is, 
however, represented only by a series of black dots on the nervules. 
The latter are more or less distinctly tinged with blackish. The pos- 


PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 11 DECEMBER, 1874. 


Morrison.] 162 [November 4, 


terior wings are light gray, unicolorous. Beneath, both wings are 
uniform gray. 

Hab. St. Louis, Mo. Prof. C. V. Riley. 

The only specimen I have examined of this interesting species is 
unfortunately in indifferent condition, although all the parts are pres- 
ent. ‘The wings are a little rubbed, and perhaps the specific deserip- 
tion will have to be amended when fresh material is discovered. 


I give below a preliminary list, with short descriptions, of some 
new species of Agrotis, which will be fully illustrated and compared 
with allied forms in my forthcoming paper on that genus. 

Agrotis saxigena nov. sp. 

Expanse 40 mm. 

Allied to sigmoides Guen. It differs in the large, oblique, cinereous 
orbicular spot, the distinct, reddish-stained reniform spot, the more 
cinereous coloration of the wings, and the fine basal dash. ‘The col- 
lar is also concolorous. 

Hab. White Mountains, N. H. 

Agrotis claviformis nov. sp. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Also allied to stgmoides Guen. 

The wings are ornamented by different shades of brown. Clavi- 
form spot brown, very distinct. The basal and anterior portion of 
the median space light, and contrasting with the rounded, deep brown 
median shade. Orbicular spot concolorous, reniform stained with 
red. Beyond, the wings gradually become lighter to the subterminal 
line. The anterior wings pointed at the apex. ‘The posterior 
wings rounded, fuscous, with median and subterminal dark lines. 

Hab. Massachusetts. 

Agrotis decolor nov. sp. 

Expanse 30-37 mm. 

Allied to geniculata Grote. The spots and lines are all present, and 
of normal form. The space between-the orbicular and reniform spots, 
black. ‘The basal and median spaces cinereous. The species can at 
once be separated from all others by the subterminal and terminal 


wings, which are uniform dull black, and by the whitish posterior | 


spaces, with a broad, even, black marginal band. ~ 
Hab. New York; Massachusetts; Maine. 
Agrotis gladiaria nov. sp. 
Expanse 34 mm. 
Closely allied to pitychrous Grote, but the antennz in this species are 


1874.] ; 1638 {Morrison. 


strongly pectinate; claviform spot large, encircled with black; exterior 
line absent. A series of cuneiform dashes before the subterminal line. 

Hab. Massachusetts. 

Agrotis stigmosa nov. sp. 

Expanse 36 mm. 

Allied to volubilis Harvey, and gravis Grote. The anterior wings are 
uniform gray, and the brownish shades of volubilis are entirely absent. 
Claviform spot and basal streak united; space between the normal 
ordinary spots blackish; no cuneiform black markings in the terntinal 
space. 

Hab. Massachusetts; New York. 

Agrotis plagigera nov. sp. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

This species is allied to 4-dentata Grote, but the whitish streaks of 
the terminal space are absent. The exterior line is preceded by 
cuneiform dashes. Costa and median nervure whitish. Spots large, 
whitish and contrasting. Hind wings gray in both sexes. 

Hab. Colorado. 

Agrotis bochus nov. sp. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Coloration and markings of the anterior wings very similar to 
herilis Grote, but the interior line is perpendicular instead of out- 
wardly oblique. The male posterior wings are white, thus differing 
very strongly from the dark fuscous wings of herilis. 

Hab. Nebraska. 

Agrotis permunda nov. sp. 

Expanse 37 mm. 

This species resembles closely repentis G. & R., but the anterior 
wings are uniform dark gray, without any alternation of color. The 
median lines are simple, black and dentate. The ordinary spots are 
obsolete. The posterior wings are gray at the base, and with a 
broad, blackish-gray, terminal border. 

Hab. Massachusetts; Canada. 

Agrotis tenuicula nov. sp. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

Habitus and markings of Agr. conflua Tr., from which it differs in 
the uniform gray color of the posterior wings, the presence of two 
distinct cuneiform markings before the subterminal line and below the 
costa, and in the size of the subterminal space, which is much wider 
than in conflua. 


Hab. New York. 


Morrison.] i] 64 (November 4, 


Agrotis cinereomacula nov. sp. 

Expanse 43 mm. Length of body 18 mm. 

Allied to the European agricola. Anterior wings uniform gray, 
shaded faintly with brown; the terminal space dark gray. All the ~ 
lines are distinct, geminate and denticulate. Claviform spot absent. 
Reniform and orbicular spots very conspicuous, disconcolorous and 
cinereous; the former filled below with black. Posterior wings par- 
tially translucent, with a discal dot. The abdomen is flattened. 

Hab. St. Louis, Mo. (Prof. C. V. Riley.) 

Agrotis simplicius nov. sp. __ 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Allied to annexa Tr. The anterior wings uniform ash color. All 
the lines obliterate. Orbicular spot absent; reniform spot black, sur- 
rounded by an incomplete white annulus, preceded by a narrow, dis- 
tinct, black streak. Claviform spot present, black. Posterior wings 
whitish. 

Hab. Texas. 

Agrotis intrita nov. sp. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Allied to phyllophora Grote. The anterior wings are reddish 
brown. ‘The median lines are geminate, uniform and distinct. The 
ordinary spots are lighter than the ground color, and slightly contrast. 

Hab. California. 

Agrotis perpura nov. sp. 

Expanse 45 mm. 

Closely allied to cinereomacula, and its western representative. 
[he ground color is light gray, without reddish or brown admixture. 
The space between the ordinary spots is filled with black. The 
median lines are geminate, continued as in the allied species, but the 
terminal space is concolorous, and not darker than the ground color. 

Hab. California. 

Agrotis incivis Guen. 

Expanse 38 mm. 

Allied to lubricans Guen. The collar deep black, as in that spe- 
cies. The wings are uniform light gray, with scattered black atoms, 
with the exception of the terminal space and fringe, which are red- 
dish. The ordinary spot distinct, concolorous, tinged with red. 
The reniform spot has an irregular, black, central shade. The lines 
are obsolete. The posterior wings are transparent, iridescent, with a 
narrow, suffused, terminal gray border. 

Hab. California; Missouri; Florida. 


874.) 165 [Morrison, 


Agrotis monochromatea nov. sp. 

Expanse 32 mm. 

Male antenne very strongly bipectinate. Collar, thorax and ante- 
1ior wings uniform reddish-brown. All the lines and spots obsolete, 
xcept the two median lines, which are dark, broad, outwardly curved, 
and subparallel. Posterior wings brownish-fuscous, with yellow 
fringes. 

Hab. Massachusetts. . 

Agrotis redimacula nov. sp. 

Expanse 34 mm. 

Allied to tessellata Harr. Ground color cinereous, suffused with 
black. A large, thick, basal, black dash. The ordinary spots and 
another costal spot at the base, clear cinereous, contrasting. Clavi- 
form spot small. 

Hab. Colorado (T. L. Mead); Albany, N. Y. (J. A. Lintner); 
Massachusetts. 

Agrotis rufipectus nov. sp. 

Expanse 39 mm. 

Collar dark brown, disconcolorous. Breast red. Anterior wings 
and thorax light violaceous gray. The markings indistinct, the lines 
simple, the spots annulate, concolorous. A black dot in the basal 
space. Interior line oblique, undulate. The subterminal line faints 
preceded by a more or less distinct, blackish, diffused shade. Be- 
neath, the anterior wings are tinged on the cesta with carneous. 

Hab.: New York. (T. L. Mead.) 

Kindly sent to me by Mr. A. R. Grote, for determination. 

Agrotis scropulana nov. sp. 

Expanse 33 mm. 

The basal, subterminal and terminal spaces bluish-cinereous, shaded 
with brown. The median space rich deep brown.  Claviform spot 
elongate, yellowish. The ordinary spots cinereous, with brown 
central shades. A thick, brown, basal dash. Collar yellow. Pos- 
terior wings fuscous, with yellow fringes. 

Hab. The alpine region of Mt. Washington. 

Agrotis opipara nov. sp. 

Expanse 37 mm. 

Allied to scropulana. Wing without any brown admixture, cin- 
ereous, with heavy black markings. The spots have black central 
shades. The claviform very thick, black, and conspicuous. The 


Morrison.] 166 . ' [November 4, 


interior line is nearly perpendicular, differing from the inwardly 
curved line of scropulana. 

Hab. The same localities as A. scropulana. 

Agrotis unimacula nov. sp. 

Expanse 50 mm. 

One representative of the European augur Fabr., with which it 
has hitherto been considered identical. It differs in its large size, 
darker color, distinct, purple reflection, and in the absence of the 
ordinary spots; the only trace of the latter being a small, distinct, 
black spot corresponding to the reniform spot. 

Hab. Atlantic States. 

Agrotis exsertistigma nov. sp. 

Expanse 37 mm. 

This species resembles the eastetn alternata Grote, but it can be 
separated by the following characters. Orbicular spot open above, 
not sub-quadrate, as in alternata. The median space is suffused with 
black. Claviform spot distinct and disconcolorous. ‘The exterior 
line is drawn in below the cell; and lastly, the collar is black above, 
whitish and contrasting below. 

Hab. California. 

Agrotis Rileyana nov. sp. 

Expanse 33 mm. E 

Coloration of repentis G. & R., to which it has a superficial re- 
semblance. The antenne are bipectinate. The lines disposed as 
in repentis. Orbicular spot reduced to a black dot, adjacent to 
the interior line. The space between the spots is unusually large, 
as the reniform spot is removed nearly to the exterior line. It is very 
large, black, and of the usual shape. Posterior wings whitish. 

Hab. St. Louis, Mo. 

Kindly presented to me by Prof. C. V. Riley, to whom I dedicate 
the species. 

Agrotis manifestolabes nov. sp. 

Expanse 37 mm. , 

Male antenne slightly pectinate. Anterior wings and thorax uni- 
form reddish-brown. ‘The ordinary lines shaped as in balanitis Grote 
(from Colorado), and accompanied by pale shades. ‘The spots whit- 
ish, distinct, strongly contrasting. The orbicular small, round. The 
reniform large, filled with black inferiorly. Posterior wings brownish 
fuscous. 

Hab. Massachusetts, in the early spring. 


1874.]} 16 7 [Dana. 


Note oN METAMORPHISM AND PSEUDOMORPHISM, WITH REFER- 
ENCE TO THE STATEMENTS OF Pror. T. STERRY HUNT aT 
THE MEETING OF THIS SOCIETY OF THE 4TH OF MARCH LAST. 
By JAmss D. Dana. 


In the paper by Mr. Hunt, reviewing Dr. Genth’s memoir on the 
Corundum of North Carolina, the author makes statements respect- 
ing my views on metamorphism and pseudomorphism, which do not 
accord with my understanding of them, and I therefore present to 
the Society this note on the subject. 

Mr. Hunt regards the so-called pseudomorphs among mineral sili- 
cates as examples for the most part of replacement and “envelop- 
ment.” This word envelopment was taken from Delesse’s paper on 
pseudomorphism. It means, as used by Delesse, simply mixtures 
produced by the crystallizing together of minerals. This author, 
knowing that such mixtures might be mistaken for pseudomorphs, 
commences his work — published in 1859 — with a chapter on 
“ Envelopment,” or such mixtures, in order to clear the way for the 
treatment of true pseudomorphs. He then takes up the subject of 
pseudomorphs, and, after remarks on a number of the cases, gives a 
long table, in which occur, on pages 55, 56, 67, the following pseudo- 
morphs of silicates after silicates. 


Mica, after Orthoclase and Tourmaline. 

ORTHOCLASE, after Laumontite, Prehnite, Analcite. 

Ice Spar (var. of Orthoclase) after Leucite. 

GIESECKITE and LIEBENERITE, after Nephelite. 

TOURMALINE, after Orthoclase. 

STEATITE or TALC, after Pyroxene, Amphibole, Epidote, Couzeranite, 
Mica, Topaz, Pectolite, Analcite, Mesole. 

SERPENTINE, after Amphibole, Chrysolite, Garnet. 

CHLORITE, after Garnet, Scapolite owe anite), Axinite. 

PECTOLITE, after Meeileies 

PREBNITE, after Laumontite, Leonhardite, Analcite, Natrolite, Scolecite. 

ANALCITE, after Laumontite. 

THOMSONITE, after Nephelite. 

ScoLEcITE, after Apophyliite. 


The table shows that Delesse does not class the above cases of 
pseudomorphism among cases of envelopment; he, like all other 
writers on pseudomorphism, makes them true pseudomorphs. HKven 
serpentine after hornblende and chrysolite, gieseckite after nephelite, 
and mica after tourmaline, are included. The very same views are 


Dana.] 1 6 8 [November 4, 


repeated by him in the successive numbers of the Geological Annual, 
published by himself and Mr. Lapparent. In the number published 
in 1872, he mentions, on page 243, the pseudomorph, tale after ensta- 
tite. He has another theory for the formation of beds of serpentine 
and steatite; but he has not put into that category, in any state- 
ment I have seen, distinct pseudomorphous crystals consisting of 
serpentine or steatite. . | 

Naumann, the eminent mineralogist, crystallographer and geologist, 
commended Delesse’s judicious chapter on “envelopment.” There- 
upon, Mr. Hunt has claimed that Naumann adopts his own view of the 
envelopment theory. In fact, Naumann’s Mineralogy contains through- 
out the ordinary views on pseudomorphism, and many examples are 
given. Moreover, in the Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie und Paleontologie, 
for November, 1872, he has a letter correcting in strong language the 
statement of his views on pseudomorphism, made by Mr. Hunt in his 
American Association Address. Naumann’s letter closes with the 
remark that “only an incomprehensible misunderstanding can ac- 
count for his statement, which has already been sufficiently refuted 
by Mr. Dana in the American Journal of Science for February 
and August of 1872.” 

Mr. Hunt says, in his notice of Dr. Genth’s paper, that “the advocates 
of the doctrine of transmutation [by which he means pseudomorph- 
ism as it is held by most writers] have not hesitated to assert, upon 
this supposed evidence [that of ‘examples of replacement and envel- 
opment] the conversion of almost every mineral species into some 
other, and to extend this view to rock-masses, declaring that the 
great part of all the so-called metamorphic or crystalline rocks are 
the results of an epigenic process; a doctrine that has been em- 
bodied in the doctrine of Prof. Dana, that ‘regional metamorphism 


is pseudomorphism on a broad scale.’” And he adds, “ while the 


advocates of this doctrine maintain that a mass of granite or diorite 
may be converted into serpentine or limestone, and that a limestone 
may be changed into granite or gneiss, which may in its turn, become 
serpentine, it is evident that it makes little difference what mineral 
species is taken for the starting point.” 

Now the above, whether regarded as referring to my views, or to 
those of other writers on pseudomorphism, needs profound modifica- 
tion to make it just and true. As to that “dictum” of mine (a clause 
in a sentence of a book notice, published in the “ Journal of Science,” 
Vol. xxv, p. 445, 1858), I told him, in my review of his Address, in 


1874.] 169 [Dana. 


1872, that it did not express the opinions on metamorphism which I 


had held for the past twelve years; and I referred him to the chapter 


on metamorphism in my Manual of Geology, a copy of which I gave 
him in 1862, that he might read, and so become aware of the gross- 
ness of the misrepresentation. And yet he repeats it in 1874, with- 
out a qualifying remark. ; 

So again, as to the statement that “the advocates of this doctrine 
maintain that a mass of granite or diorite may be converted into 
serpentine or limestone, and that a limestone may be changed into 
granite or gneiss, which may in its turn become serpentine:” I as- 
sured him, in letters addressed to him in the autumn of 1871, in my 
notice of his Address (Am. Jour. Sci., 111, 86, 1872), and in the Se- 
quel to it (Am. Jour. Sci.. rv, 97) that I had never held such views; 


and, further, that the idea of such “ transmutations ” had never oc- 


curred to me until found in that Address, in his charge against 
“Gustaf Rose, Haidinger, Blum, Volger, Rammelsberg, Dana, Bis- 
chof, and many others.” And yet he repeats it without qualifying 
remark. 

I have also demonstrated, from the writings of Gustaf Rose and 
others, that they have never expressed the extravagant view attrib- 
uted to them; and the same could be shown for all writers on the 
subject, excepting Bischof and one or two others. Bischof’s state- 
ment about the change of limestone to granite I had overlooked until 
Mr. Hunt’s remark called my attention to the subject. 

Mr. Hunt, in an article in Volume rv of the “Journal of Science” 
(1872), endeavored to substantiate the charge that I had virtually 
sustained the metamorphism of granite or gneiss to limestone, by saying 
that I state in my mineralogy, 

First, that calcite is sometimes found pseudomorphous after quartz ; 
and, 

Secondly, that calcite is found pseudomorphous after feldspar. 

Then he made these two alleged statements about isolated pseudo- 
morphs of calcite after quartz and feldspar (leaving the mica of 


granite wholly out of consideration) proof that I virtually believed 


in the change of granite or gneiss to limestone! The truth is, that 
I have no such statement in my Mineralogy as that calcite is ever 
found pseudomorphous after quartz; and the pseudomorph of calcite 
after feldspar is spoken of as an example, not of the alteration of 
the feldspar, but of its replacement or removal. Such is the whole 
demonstration ; such its scientific character. 


Garman.] 1 70 [November 4, 


It is a most dissatisfying use of a man’s writings thus to make him 
a believer in what he never did believe, and never knew that any 
one was ignorant or audacious enough to have suggested. 


ON THE SKATES (RAJ#) OF THE EASTERN COAST OF THE 
UniTep States. By S. W. GARMAN. 


All of the sharks, skates, and rays possess the spiracle at some 
period of their existence, but in the adults of some it is difficult to 
discover, if not quite obsolete. This is an opening through which 
the water may pass from the upper surface of the head into the 
mouth cavity. It is placed between the eye and the cartilage (hyo- 
mandibular) joining the jaws to the scull. In front of it is a strong, 
flat, crescent-shaped cartilage, attached at one end to the hyoman- 
dibular, reaching out toward the skull, and having a strong muscle, 
the contraction of which forces the inner end backward, at the same 
time turning the upper edge in such manner as to close the opening. 
Only among those species whose habits confine them closely to the 
bottom is the spiracle found in its perfection. The sting rays (T'ry- 
gon, Pteroplatea, Rhinoptera, Myliobatis) have, proceeding from the 
upper edge of the cartilage, a valvular fold, which is turned inward 
so as to open for an inward, and be closed for an outward, current. 
These are broad, flat-bodied creatures, with all their protective armor 
or weapons on the dorsal surface, with eyes so situated as to allow 
them little or no chance to see downward, and with teeth flat and 
pavement-like, for crushing the crustacea, molluscs, ete., on which 
they feed. Unfitted by their structure for darting through the water 
at all depths and gaining a living as do the round-bodied sharks, 
they spend their lives creeping over the sand and mud, finding with 
their noses such prey as is hardly able to make an effort to escape. 

The majority of the sharks allow the water to pass freely through 
the mouth and out of the gill-openings; they, however, live in mid- 
water, and can do so without experiencing the least imconven- 
ience; but were these bottom feeders to do the same, keeping the 
sediment stirred up as they do in their search for food, they would 
continually bring coarse, harsh, gritty material in contact with the 
. delicate branchial membranes. Instead of this, on any enlargement 
of the mouth cavity, the purer water is taken from above the body 
through the spiracle to pass out through the branchial aperture. A 
valve-like fold which hangs across the mouth from the base of the 


1874.] ee ye (Garman. 


upper teeth, effectually prevents the water filling the interior from 
passing out through the mouth-opening when feeding, and the struc- 
ture of the gill-openings prevents an inward flow through them, so 
that but one course is open for the current. 

Passing to the skates we find the spiracle deprived of the reflexed 
valve, but in other respects it exists as before; here the water may 
pass either way. ‘The principal use of the cartilage and muscle is 
to close the aperture at the will of the animal, as on occasion of the 
head being thrust into sand. Further along, among the flattened 
Selachians, as long as their main dependence is on the sense of smell 
in seeking food — the olfactories retaining their great development, as 
compared with the eyes—so long the spiracles are well developed; 
but as soon as we approach creatures more dependent on the eyes, 
as the sharks, the spiracle begins to disappear, until amongst those 
having nictitating membranes, whose eyes have comparatively great 
freedom of movement, and who are no longer dependent on the nose, 
it is found to be nearly or quite obsolete, as in Carcharias and 
Zygena. 

_ The development of the spiracle is in direct proportion to the 
development of the organs of smell, and in inverse proportion to that 
of the organs of sight. 

The credit of the discovery of the functions of ie claspers is due to 
Professor Louis Agassiz. At the meeting of the American Academy, 
held in Cambridge, during the winter of 1872-73, he showed conclu- 
sively, by means of dissections and drawings, that they were intro- 
mittent organs. His preparations were made some years previous, 
but he had not before, to my knowledge, published the facts. The 
dissections exhibited before the Academy were made to show the 
muscles by which the claspers were erected, turned and carried for- 
ward, their ends expanded and turned outward, and the manner in 
- which the grooves on their sides were brought over the openings of 
the spermatic ducts so as to lead the fluid into the oviducts of the 
female. 

As the Professor remarked at the time, Aristotle’s comparison of 
the sharks with dogs, as to the manner of copulation, is well sup- 
ported by the facts. During the past summer it was with great 
pleasure that I observed a fact that adds a little emphasis to his dis- 
covery. The hint which led to the establishment of the fact that the 
virgin females of the sharks have the oviduct closed by a membrane, 
that they possess a hymen corresponding to that of the mammals, was 


Garman.) 172 [November 4, 


taken from a dissection of a young Mustelus canis, made by a couple 
of lady pupils of the Anderson School of Natural History. Re- 
peated observations confirmed the fact in different genera (Mustelus, 
Odontaspis, Carcharias, Zygena). Mr. Paulus Roetter, artist in the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, kindly made an excellent series of 
drawings, including the young and adult, male and female, of all the 
species we were able to obtain; these are soon to be published ina 
joint paper with Prof. Putnam. The extremities of the oviducts of 
the adult fertilized female of our Mustelus present quite a different 
appearance from those of the young. In the virgin they are closed, 
or with a minute pore-like opening, and extend along the dorsal side 
of the cloaca to a point opposite the middle of the vent; in the adult, 
after fertilization, they are open, as if an inch or more had been cut 
off the end, and the intestine. opens into the cloaca between their 
openings and the external. In those specimens of Mustelus under 
observation, the ovary on one side only was developed, the other 
being abortive. Amongst those species having round claspers which 
taper to a point, the minute opening into the ducts of the young 
female is usually a round pore; in those having flat ones with rounded 
ends the pore becomes a short horizontal slit. Those species which 
have claspers with harsh, sharp edges and hooks, have the posterior 
portion of the ducts and cloaca very thick and leathery. 

On each side of the vent, extending back upon the ventrals, adult 
females of the Raje have close-set patches of shagreen-like scales, 
which serve as a protection from the claspers of the male. These 
seem most prominent in those about to deposit the eggs. They are 
not found in the males. Upon the adult males there are near the 
outer border of the pectorals two or more rows of long pointed hooks, 
directed toward the base of the tail; these are capable of. erection, 
and when retracted are hidden in the grooves beneath them. Here- 
tofore the nature and use of these hooks has not been clearly ascer- 
tained. 

On consideration of the structure and motions of the skate, one is 
driven to the conclusion that their purpose is to aid in coupling ; that 
it is with them that the male is enabled to hold and turn the female 
so that their ventral surfaces shall be together. If the males, with 
their eyes on the dorsal side, were without these hooks, and obliged 
to turn themselves over, the females, unimpeded in their flight, would 
easily elude them, but if the female be turned over she is, by means 
of these hooks, at once detained and placed in a favorable position. 


On p. 173, it is necessary, through accidental transposition of matter, to make 
the following important correction. namely, to substitute for the first six lines the 
following : 

That the cavity upon the ventrals, containing the muscular gland, 
fills so readily with the sperm when the claspers are erected, and 
that its contents are expelled, upon contraction of the muscles 
around it, with such certainty to their ends, when restored to their 
normal position, are evidences that it acts as a forcing or squirting 
apparatus. 


1874.] 1738 [Garman. 


That it acts as a forcing or squirting apparatus is evident from the 
fact that the cavity upon the ventrals, containing the muscular gland, 
fills so readily with the sperm when the claspers are erected, and 
that its contents -are expelled, upon contraction of the muscles 
around it, with such certainty to their ends, when restored to their 
normal position. 

An attempt to use the livers as a means of determining the species 
fails, because of the great amount of variation in volume and size 
in the same species at different seasons. ‘They seem to he smallest in 
the females about the time of laying the eggs, probably on account of 
a greater demand for their store of oil at that time. The position 
and extent of this organ in these ribless animals, suggests that it 
serves an important purpose, as it may.act by its mere presence as a 
pad or cushion to soften the effect of hard knocks upon the more 
tender organs it envelopes. 

It is found necessary, from the confusion existing in the literature, 
to redescribe each species of our representatives of the genus Raja. 
The grand collection in the Museum of Comparative Zoolocy affords 
the means of doing this with some degree of readiness. In certain 
respects, all of our skates agree in the general shape of the body, the 
armature on the dorsal surface, and the position of the eyes, spiracles, 
mouth, nostrils, and gill-openings. There are other particulars in 
which they differ to a greater or less extent, as in size and outlines, 
in shape and size of claspers, in the number, shape and size of teeth, 
in the number and distribution of the spines, etc. It is hardly worth 
the while to dwell on the characters possessed in common, but rather 
on those by which we may be able to distinguish the different species. 
All remarks are to be understood as applying to full grown speci- 
mens unless otherwise specified. 

The species erinacea and ocellata differ in size; the former attains 
a length of from sixteen to twenty inches, the Tatton including the | 
variety which is the smaller, varies in length from two to three feet 
or more. In erinacea the rows of teeth vary from forty-six to fifty- 
four, in the numerous specimens at hand; in ocellata the lowest num- 
ber to be found is eighty, the highest one hundred and ten. The 
specimens having the lower number are young ones, about the size of 
the adult of erinacea. For the variety, diaphana, the average num- 
ber of rows is about ten less than for the species. The claspers in 
the smaller species when at rest have the hook fitting closely in a 
crotch of about the same length ; in the Jarger the hook is some dis- 


Garman.] 174 [November 4» 


tance above the crotch, which is undeveloped. Females of erinacea 
have the outlines of the males of ocellata; the males of the former 
have more of an indentation on the anterior margin of the pectoral. 
Young of ocellata, of the size of the adults of the smaller species, 
have spines in the median dorsal row, and on the head and shoulder 
girdle, much as in radiata. Radiata differs from both of the preced- 
ing in outline, in dentition, in its stout bucklers, and in the structure 
of the claspers. In outline it is less acute anteriorly than eglanteria. 
Its rostral cartilage is broad and strong at the head, and, keeping its 
strong proportions, tapers somewhat abruptly; that of eglanteria be- 
comes slender, and, having its sides nearly parallel, tapers gradually 
toa point. Eglanteria has a greater number of rows of teeth than 
radiata. While radiata has bucklers, eglanteria has laterally com- 
pressed, much hooked spines in nearly the same positions. On the 
outer extremity of the shoulder girdle, where the former has a small 
buckler in front and a large one behind, the latter has a single large 
spine in the middle. 

The one has the clasper broad, flattened, rounded at the end like 
a spatula; the other rounded and terminating in a point. One has 
the caudal fins separate, but without a space between them; the 
other has an interspace with spines between them. In radiata the 
spots are as in the preceding species; in eglanteria they are more or 
less confluent, forming lines, bands or bars. Levis has the snout 
more produced, and the lateral angles sharper than either of the oth- 
ers. Its rostral cartilage is quite different in shape. It is long, com- 
paratively wide, flattened above and below, and has its sides parallel. 
It tapers on the upper and lower surfaces in such a way as to form a 
chisel or shovel instead of a point, as in all of the other species. It 
is much the largest of the skates and has the largest teeth, but in the 
smallest number of rows. ‘The spines on the sides of the tail are 
immediately above the membranous expansion; they are directed 
horizontally, and are either straight or hook forward. In eglanteria 
these spines are directed outward and upward, and hook backward; 
in radiata they are separated from the membrane by a band of sha- 
green, From uniform brown the colors of levis vary to clouded or 
spotted. | 

It will be noticed that under the measurement of each species four 
numbers are given; the first is the length from the snout to the end 
of the tail; the second, to a line joining the widest portions of the ~ 
pectorals; the third, to a line joining the posterior extremities of the 


1874.) 165 (Garman, 


1X "3 


aX Vt 


5X 


Garman.] | 176 [November 4, 


pectorals; and the fourth is the width across the widest portion. 
For ocellata the lowest number of rows of teeth found is given; for 
the others an average of all the counts. The variation from this 
average is indicated in the description. In the accompanying wood- 
cut comparative outline figures are given of the several species of our 
coast. 


SYNOPSIS. 
Raj with the outline anterior to the spiracles! 
rounded, not forming an angle ; : 
rows of teeth 39 1. erinacea. 
rows of teeth £9 + 2. ocellata. 


without ocelle. 2a. var. diaphana 
forming an angle 


obtuse; 

rows of teeth 49 3. radiata. 
acute; 

rows of teeth 39 4. eglanteria. 
much produced, blunt; 

rows of teeth 32 5. levis. 


1. Raja erinacea. 

Raja eglanteria Lesueur, Jour. Ac. Nat. Sci., Vol. Iv, pt. 1, p. 103, 
1824. 

Raja erinacea Mitchill, Am. Jour. Sci., Vol.-1x, p. 290, pls 6, d, 
1825. — DeKay, New York Fauna, pt. m1, p. 372, pl. 78, fig. 246, 
1842. — Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North Anierica, p. 259, 
1846. 

Raja eglanteria Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, 
p- 260, 1846.— Dumeril, Elasmobranchs, Tom. 1, pt. 1, p. 532, 
1870.—Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., Vol. vu, p. 462, 1870. 
This is the smallest and most common of our skates. In shape it is 

rhomboid, with all the angles rounded. With the exception of a 

small portion of the anterior, opposite the spiracles, the outline of 

the pectoral is convex; the indentation in this place is less marked in 
the females than in the males. There is a slight rounded projection 
at the end of the muzzle. The spines are largest on the anterior 
extensions of the pectorals, where they are close-set, strong, laterally 
compressed, and hooked backward. Smaller ones are scattered over 
the head, above the spiracles, above and in front of the eyes, on the 


1 See wood-cut, preceding page. 


1874.] 177 (Garman. 


ones, so disposed as to leave a space between them on the dorsum. 
This space is, to a greater or less extent, occupied by scales in the 
young. A triangular patch of small scales is found on the shoulder- 
girdle. The inner and posterior portions of the pectorals are nearly 
or quite free from spines in the males; near the exterior angles, 
arranged in lines parallel to the outer border, they have a couple of 
rows of large erectile hooks, pointing toward the ventrals, which, 
when at rest, lie in channels below the surface. On each side of the 
vent the adult females have groups of small scales which seem to be 
more noticeable about the time of laying the eggs. The teeth are 
small, in about fifty rows in the upper jaw and forty-eight in the 
lower; the central ones are sharp in the males; all are blunt in the 
females. The jaws are much curved. A membranous expansion 
extends down each side of the tail. The caudal fins are not sepa- 
rated to the base, and are rough, with small scales; a narrow mem- 
brane extends from the posterior to the end of the tail. The hook in 
the claspers fits neatly in a crotch of equal height. The prongs of 
the crotch are of about the same length; the inner is on the stem. 
Color light brown, with rounded spots of darker; lower surface 
white. Those specimens coming from the southward have the spots 
most distinct. Specimens from the north are larger. The males are 
smaller than the females. Size of female, from Nahant: L. 20, 6,10. ° 
W.12. Teeth 59. Size of male, from mouth of Connecticut River: 
L. 163) 44, 78. W. 94. Teeth 32. 
2. Raja ocellata. 
Raja ocellata Mitchill, Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc., N. Y., Vol. 1, 
-p. 477, 1815. — Storer, Report on the Fishes of Mass., p. 191, 1839. 
— Duméril, Elasmobranchs, Tom. I, pt. 11, p. 539, 1870. 


Var. diaphana. : 


Raja ae DeKay, N. Y. Fauna, pt. 11, p. 366, pl. 67, fig. 218, 
1842. — Storer, Synopsis Fish. North America, p. 258, 1846,.— 
Storer, Hist. Fish. Mass., p. 264, 1867. 

The appearance of both sexes of this species, the second in size of 
our skates, is quite similar to that of the female of the preceding. 
On the anterior margin of the pectoral of the male the indentation 
is less marked, and the change from the large spines of the anterior 
extension of the pectoral to the smaller ones on its outer border less 
abrupt than in erinacea. With the exception of additional rows 
down the back and along the sides of the tail, the distribution of the 
spines is about the same. Young examples have strong buckler-like 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 12 JANUARY, 1875. 


Garman.] 178 [November 4, 


spines above the eyes and spiracles, on the girdle, and down the 
median line. 

Most adults have traces of the median row of spines, either on the 
back or on the tail near the caudal fins. The adult males have two 
or more rows of large hooks toward, and parallel with, the outer 
margin of the pectoral. The females have the small scales around 
the vent. In the claspers the hook is some distance from the end of 
the cartilage which forms the crotch in erinacea, but which in this 
species is undeveloped. ‘There is a membrane along the side of the. 
tail. The caudal fins are not separate to the base. They are 
rounded in outline and rough with small spines; the posterior is at a 
little distance from the end of the tail. The jaws are curved. The 
teeth are sharp in the males, more blunt in the other sex; the number 
of rows in the majority of our specimens was 28, or very near it; the 
lowest counted was 80, and one specimen had 110. 

Color light brown, with rounded spots of darker. A translucent 
space on each side of the rostrum is nearly white. Near the poste- 
rior angle of the pectoral there is a large ocellus three-fourths of an 
inch in diametre. This is white, in alcoholic specimens, with a dark 
spot in the centre, and a darker border. Much nearer the angle 
there is a smaller one, of about a third of the size, which lacks the 
spot in the centre. Just forward of their junction, between the pec- 
torals and ventrals, there is a third, about half as large as the first. 
Some specimens have only one ocellus; others two. ° 

Size of a male from Nahant, Mass.: Iu. 32,10,16. W. 21. Teeth £2. 
Size Pe a female from Nahant, Mass.: L. 324, 104,164. W. 21}. 
Teeth 3 

The vance diaphana differs principally in size, being smaller, and 
in markings, being without ocellz. 

8. Raja radiata. 

Raja radiata Donovan, Hist. Brit. Fish., v, pl. 114, 1820.—Storer, 
Report on the Fishes of Mass., p. 201, 1839. — Miiller and Henle, 
Plagiostomen, p. 137, 1841. 

Raja americana DeKay, N. Y. Fauna, pt. 1, p. 368, pl. 66, fig. 
215, 1842.— Storer, Synopsis Fish. North Amer., p. 260, 1846. 

Raja levis Storer, Hist..Fish. Mass., p. 266 (description) 1867. 

Raja radiata Duméril, Elasmobranchs, Tom. I, pt. 0, p. 531, 1870. 
— Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. ‘Mus., Vol. vii, p. 460, 1870. 

This animal has been described so often by European naturalists 
that no attempt is made to give accomplete synonymy. ‘The anterior 


1874.] 1 {i 9 [Garman. 


outlines of the pectorals are slightly sinuous, and form a blunt angle 
at the end of the muzzle; their exterior and posterior angles are 
rounded. In addition to the spines found on the pectorals, head, 
back and sides of the tail, as in the others, this skate is marked by 
the possession of bucklers. These are large, strong spines, with 
broad bases, differing from those on the pectorals by their great size 
and solidity. ‘They are distributed as follows: one or two in front of 
each eye; one on each side, between the eye and the spiracle; one 
just back of each spiracle; a pair on the shoulder, the smaller in 
front; and fourteen or more forming a dorsal row, beginning just 
back of the head and extending to the caudals. The spines scat- 
tered over the pectorals have stellate bases instead of the broad and 
shield-like ones of the bucklers. The medium sized spines on the 
anterior margin of the pectoral diminish in size toward the outer 
angle. There is a row, more or less irregular, of spines on each side 
of the tail, separated from the membrane by a band of shagreen; 
these are of about the size of those opposite the cheeks. This spe- 
cies has two or more rows of the peculiar hooks on the pectorals of 
the male. . 

The color in the specimens from which the description is taken is 
nearly uniform brown. 

The teeth are nearly round on the base, and have a long, sharp 
point rising from. the middle and hooking backward in the male; 
those of the female are more blunt. The claspers are large and 
stout, flattened, widened, and rounded toward their extremities. 

Size of male from Nahant: L. 21, 6}, 103. W.15. Teeth 38. Size 
of female from Nahant: L. 22, 62, 121. W.154. Teeth 49. 

One of the specimens is, in all respects, a female, but possesses 
small undeveloped claspers; it has but one caudal, the posterior. The 
females have more spines than the other sex, and are larger. 

4. Raja eglanteria. 

Raja eglanteria (Bosc. Mss.) Lacépeéde, Hist. d’Poiss., Tom. 11, p. 
103 et 109, 1800. 

Raja diaphana Mitch., Trans. Lit. and Phil. Soc., N. Y., Vol. 1, p, 
A78, 1815. 

Raja desmarestia Lesueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci., Vol. rv, p. 100, pl. 
4 (do juv.), 1824. 

Raja chautenay Lesueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci., Vol. 1v, p. 106 (fig. 
?, adult), 1824. 

Raja desmarestia M. et H., Plagiostomen, p. 154, 1841. 


Garman.] 180 [November 4, 


Raja ocellata DeKay, New York Fauna, pt. 111, p. 369, pl. 65, fig. 
212, 1842. 

Raja desmarestia DeKay, New York Fauna, pt. m1, p. 372, 1842. 
— Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, p. 259, 1846. 

Raja chautenay Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, 
p- 260, 1846. 

Raja desmarestia Duméril, Elasmobranchs, Tom. 1, pt. 1, p. 551, 
1870. 

The outlines of the anterior border of the pectorals are more sinu- 
ous than in radiata, and form a sharper angle at the end of the © 
snout. The rostral cartilage is long, narrow, slender, and rounded 
on the lower side, or subtriangular. It tapers gradually, and is 
pointed at the end. The scales are very small; many of them are 
only perceptible to the touch; all are very sharp. They are most — 
numerous on the anterior portion of the pectoral, over the head, on | 
the rostrum, on the middle of the back, and on the tail between the 
rows of larger scales. There are larger spines around the eyes and 
spiracles, on the middle of the rostrum, in a median dorsal row from 
the head to the second caudal, and in two lateral rows on the tail. 
The rows on the side of the tail are at a little distance from the 
membrane. The spines in these rows are directed outward and up- 
ward; they are very sharp, and have the points turned toward the 

end of the tail. 

Larger and smaller spines alternate in the rows. In the middle of 
each shoulder there is one large spine. A single spine stands be- 
tween the caudal fins; the tail extends a short distance beyond the 
posterior. 

The claspers are wide, deeply split, and pointed. Color brown,. 
with bands, bars, lines, blotches and spots of darker in the middle of 
the pectoral. On each side of the rostrum there is a large, translu- 
cent space, which in some specimens is quite white. 

Size of a male, from Penikese Island: L. 224, 63,144. W.134. 
Teeth 3%. 

We have no adult female. 

5. Raja levis. 

Raja levis Mitch., Amer. Month. Mag., Vol. 11, p. 327, 1817. 

Raja batis Storer, Report Fish. Mass., p. 193, 1839. 

Raja levis DeKay, New York Fauna, pt. 111, p. 370, 1842. 

Raja ocellata Storer, Synopsis Fish. N. Amer., p. 258, 1846. 

Raja levis Storer, Synopsis Fish. N. Amer., p. 259, 1846. 


1874.] 181 (Burbank. 


This is the largest species of skate on this coast; on account of 
its great size it is called the Barndoor Skate by the fishermen. The 
angles in the outline of /evis are more acute than in either of the 
preceding. Its muzzle is much produced. The rostral cartilage is 
long, wide, and flattened on the upper and under surfaces; its sides 
are about parallel; near the end it tapers above and below in such a 
way as to form a shovel or chisel. The spines of the rostrum are 
worn smooth, both on the upper and under sides of the snout, as if it 
was used as a spade in the mud and sand. The spines of the entire 
body are very few and small. There are some above the eyes and 
spiracles, on the snout, along the anterior borders of the pectorals, 
and on the back. Those on the back are often so small as to be per- 
ceived only by rubbing the finger over the skin. A median dorsal 
row extends from the posterior portion of the back to the second 
caudal fin. These are larger, laterally compressed, and slightly 
hooked. Two lateral rows extend along the sides of the tail, imme- 
diately above the membrane; these are either straight or hook for- 
ward; their points are directed horizontally. 

The caudals are separated by an interspace with spines. The tail 
extends some distance beyond the posterior fin. On this extension 
there is usually a false or membranous fin; it possesses no rays, and is 
wholly unlike the caudals in structure. It is this membrane that has 
led naturalists to describe the species as having three caudals. 

Levis is subject to great variations in color. Examples from the 
same locality present marked differences in this respect. Commonly 
it is brown, clouded, marbled, or spotted with lighter; occasionally 
the spots are ringed with darker. A couple of specimens in this col- 
lection have kidney-shaped marks near the shoulders. The hooks on 
the pectorals of the male are common to all the species of the genus 
inhabiting our waters. 

Size of a male from Massachusetts Bay: L. 42, 14,234. W. 32. 
_ Teeth 32; width of tooth bearing surface on the jaw 33 inches. 

The spines on a female from the same locality were much more 
numerous. Size, L. 474, 153, 25. W.34). Teeth 31, more blunt 
than those of the male. 


Mr. L. 8. Burbank described and exhibited specimens from 
a granitic vein in Athol, Mass., which he had recently dis- 
covered. 


This vein is of the same general character as that of the noted 
beryl locality of South Royalston. It is, however, of much greater 


Stodder.] 182 {November 1], 


extent, and furnishes crystals and masses of mica of much larger 
size. Some of the mica crystals exceed a foot in diameter, and are 
of a quality suitable for use in the arts. Only a small excavation 
has yet been made, but the abundance of the mica indicates that the 
mine may prove to be very valuable. A few crystals of beryl have 
been found which are similar to those of South Royalston, and if the © 
mine should be extensively worked it will undoubtedly yield many 

fine crystals of beryl. : | 


The Custodian announced the bequest of the late Mr. F. 
P. Atkinson of his collection of birds, eggs, and insects to 
the Society. 


Section.of Microscopy. November 11, 1874. 


Mr. Bicknell in the chair. Twelve persons present. 


Mr. Stodder read an account of a preliminary examination 
of mud from oyster beds in the harbor of Charleston, S. C., 
collected by. Prof. John McCrady. | 


Preliminary examination with the microscope shows that it con- 
tains Diatoms, but only in a small proportion of the mass, which is 
made_up almost entirely of apparent organic matter in a-state of de- 
composition, with some sand. I have found in it many pollen grains 
of Conifer and one Polythalamia. The Diatoms, so far, are two or 
three species of Pleurosigma, one of Nitzchia, one of Amphora, two 
or more of Navicula — some of each containing the endochrome, and 
many of the Navicula in particular looking fresh and living — two 
specimens indeed were alive and moving freely. There was one ex- 
ample of Biddulphia Baileys W. S. (= Zygoceros mobilensis Bai- 
ley), with endochrome, showing that this was its native locality. 
The shells of this species have usually been found in deeper water in 
the Gulf and Gulf Stream. There are a few Melosira (Orthosira 
W.S.), but the most abundant form is Trydlionella punctata W. S.., 
very small, and all empty shells. As yet I have found none of the 
circular and angular forms ‘so frequent in the waters of Charleston 
harbor, where the forms before mentioned are also plenty. 


1874.] 183 Whittlesey. 
November 18, 1874. 


Vice-President 8. H. Scudder in the chair. Sixty-eight 
persons present. 


The following papers were presented :— 


CoaL SEAM No..6, Ouro Grotogy. By Cou. C. WHITTLESEY. 


According to the Report of 1870, which contains the latest inform- 
ation yet published on the general structure of the coal-bearing 
strata of Northeastern Ohio, Coal Seam No. 6 is the most persistent 
of the series. It is represented as having been traced through the 
counties of Holmes, Tuscarawas, Coshocton, Carroll, and Columbi- 
ana, covering nearly all that part of the Ohio coal field north of the 
Pan Handle railway. On page 15 a general view of the physical 
structure of this district may be found in the following paragraph. 

“We have learned that instead of one symmetrical basin with a 
tolerably uniform dip to the southeast, our coal measures form several 
troughs, in a general way parallel with the axis of the great one, of 
which they are parts.” 

In subsequent parts of the Report this discovery is dwelt upon at 
length, as a prominent feature of the survey, particularly as account- 
ing for the frequent disappearance and reappearance of Seam No. 6. 

Investigations previous to the Survey of 1869, tended to show that 
the regularity of the coal bearing strata of Northeastern Ohio had 
been over-rated. It had become evident that coal beds could not 
safely be identified at points widely asunder, by means of their fossils 
or their associated strata. As soon as it was found that profiles made 
in different parts of the field did not show the same number of seams, 
it was evident that all the beds could not be persistent. It had been 
settled that with all the seams, sometimes within very short distances, 
there were radical changes of the associated rocks. The coal seams 
_ also change rapidly in appearance, thickness, and quality. 

These perplexing facts are presumed to have been harmonized by 
adopting a theory of undulations. On this hypothesis, if it is true, 
there must be as many instances of counter or reverse dip, as there 
are waves in the strata. If the troughs are a part of the folds of the 
Alleghany flexures, dying out westwardly, the axes of both the syncli- 
nals and anticlinals must be in general parallel with the crests of the 
system in Pennsylvania. 


Whittlesey. 184 _ [November 18, 


In the language of the Report, “ From Nashville, Holmes Co., to 
the valley of the Kilbuck, the dip is eastward, and somewhat rapid. 
From thence to the east line of Holmes County, the strata rise, then 
dip again castwardly into the valley of the Tuscarawas. From Dover 
(on the Tuscarawas) to, and beyond the Tunnel, and to Carrollton, 
the dip is westwardly, while from Hanover summit it is eastward to 
the State line.” No instance, local or general, is given in the Report 
on the northeastern counties, of the precise direction, or the rate of 
dip per mile. The process is very simple, being one of plain geom- 
etry, and might easily have been applied. It would have been far 
more satisfactory in the form of figures, than it is in such expressions 
as ‘somewhat rapid.” Elevations are given, but no application of 
them in fixing the planes of dip. 

The quotation I have made embraces a summary of the supposed 
discovery, which is dwelt upon at more length on pages 16 and 483. 
Such a line of elevation exists on the Ohio River, but whether it is 
due to a corrugation of the Alleghany system, or to deposition, is an 
open question. This line comes up from Burning Spring, in West 
Virginia, crossing the river above Marietta, and extends northerly 
through Noble County into Muskingum. Beyond this to the north I 
find no traces of it. 

I propose to test the correctness of these conclusions of the peels 
by utilizing its levels, torether with such as I have taken or procured 
during the past thirty-five years, applying the common mode of trian- 
culations, both local and general. By the use of a map of large 
scale, these can easily be carried forward over the entire region, each 
connected with the others. Small errors are unavoidable, but they 
cannot seriously impair a protracted series of calculations. 

The inclination of a coal seam in one direction goes very little 
towards fixing its true inclination in space. Local triangles determine 
the local irregularities; those of longer sides eliminate the local irreg- 
ularities. Some of the results here reproduced were made public in 
1856, and others in 1869, with maps, in the Memoirs of this Society. 
No more important question can arise, connected with the geology of _ 
this region. It involves a correct determination of the number of 
coal seams, and their depth beneath the surface. It is capable in 
theory of three solutions. 

First.— The beds may be regular and continuous, dipping from the 
margin of the field on the north and west, towards the central line of 
the basin beyond the Ohio River, south and east. In this event their 


1874.] | 185 [ Whittlesey. 


number along the central line, if the series shall be pierced by bor- 
ings or by shafts, should be the same as at the out-crop. 

Secondly. — The beds may not be persistent in any direction, but 
may thin out, both on their line of bearing and of dip; and in this 
ease the number of beds must be different at different parts. 

Thirdly.—There might be undulations of regular beds like those in 
my first hypothesis, which shall be persistent and parallel, which is 
the theory of the Report. This I shall endeavor to show is an error. 

To make the demonstration complete there should be a map, and 
correct physical sections, commencing at a central line near the mid- 
dle of the basin, about midway between Steubenville and Pittsburg, 
in West Virginia and Pennsylvania, and radiating from thence to the 
west and north, at points on the border of the field. The Survey has 
not yet furnished topographical materials to do this. ‘To bring those 
that are available into as compact a form as possible, I will assume 
for the purpose of demonstration, Coal Seam No. 6 as a persistent 
horizon, in accordance with the Report. 

If this seam is recular the others must be the same, forming parts 
of a system; for if there are undulations resulting from the Alleghany 
up-lifts, they occurred after the deposition. If the proofs of such 
disturbances are wanting, the fact of irregularities being admitted, we 
must look for a solution in the direction of unequal and irregular de- 
position during the formation of the series. 

The mode of this deposition I consider to have been Ponenallias in 
disturbed waters, on a shelving shore,—not necessarily a basin, — 
where the beds did not reach downwards continuously to the centre 
or deepest water. They were laid up along the sloping sides — coal, 
limestone, sandstone and shales — by currents that were sometimes 
strong, and at others sluggish, their dip more rapid than that of the 
floor. ‘The areas over which these changes occurred were often not 
extensive. 

To bring all the observations in favor of merely local uniformity of 
deposition together, would make this article altogether too lengthy, 
_ and therefore I confine myself at present principally to physical or 
topographical geology. 

The floor of the series in Ohio has a very irregular surface, and 
therefore Coal Seam No. 1, as it is called, furnishes a very uncertain 
horizon to reckon from. It (No. 1) is often interrupted, and when it 
is again taken up, after a break of continuity, cannot be regarded as 
a geological equivalent. The limestone beds, like the coal, show 


Whittlesey.] 186 [November 18, 


along their line of bearing, and of dip, the same disappearances. 
Their identity often rests upon fossils alone, of which the specimens 
are few. In such circumstances, in cases of doubt, especially where 
the beds are not conformable, the most sure solution lies in the use of 
the spirit level, and geometry. It often happens that the vertical 
distance between coal seams is less than the unavoidable errors of 
the barometer, and therefore in Ohio I have never used it. The local 
undulations in large mines are often twenty and twenty-five feet, and 
the extreme ones forty to fifty feet. 

Opposite the Ohio division of this coal field in West Virginia, the 
central line of the basin lies fifteen to twenty miles beyond the Ohio 
River, its general direction being about northeast, and, though not 
always straight, is roughly parallel to the valley. 

The bottom of the basin here is probably boat-shaped (its thickness 
unknown), the central line being vertically in the plane of the keel, 
crossing the river near the great bend below Pittsburg, east of the 
Ohio line, and pointing in the direction of the forks of the Alle- 
ghany at Franklin, Pa. Here the keel rises into the prow. Lasterly 
of it, the dip changes from southerly to westerly, in a region which 
H. D. Rogers has shown to be peculiarly irregular. The three tests 
I propose to apply are as follows: — 

First. — To take several points on the reputed out-crop of No. 6, 
as given in the Report, and draw lines from them converging to-a 
point on or near the central line of the basin, in Washington County, 
Pennsylvania. The points are six in number, covering a section 
of the coal field of about 90° in are from west to north; all of 
which lines must cut the supposed undulations. All the elevations of 
Seam No. 6, on and near these radial lines, will be given. If there 
are swells and reverse inclinations in the strata, it must appear on 
these lines. 

Secondly. — To give a net work of triangulations for dip covering 
the same territory. If there are reverse planes it is impossible they 
should escape observation among so many lines and levels. 

Thirdly. —'Taking Seam No. 6 as a persistent stratum, as it is rep- 
resented to be in the Report, to refer to it all beds of coal and lime- 
stone below it. If it shall appear that no other bed is persistent, 
the presumption is that this is not an exception. 

I begin with the outcrop of No. 6 in Coshocton County, O., which 
is nearly west of the assumed central point, and number the radii 
around to the north in succession. The figures for elevation, where 


1874.] 187 [Whittlesey. 


they are taken from my notes, are generally marked (W.), especially 
where these differ from those of the Report, which are marked (N.). 
If they are without either of these letters, they are from the Report, 
or agree with mine. 


Radial No. 1. 


Coshocton County, west part, head of Simmon’s Creek; course 
east; elevation of No. 6, 487’ to 500’ above Lake Erie (Whittlesey) ; 
in the west part of the county 477’ (Newberry); mean 489’ A.; 
thence to Coshocton eight miles east, 248’ (N.); to New Comers- 
town, twelve miles, 292’ (N.); descent in 20 miles, 197’, or at the rate 
of about 10’ per mile. 

Coshocton is situated at the south end of the valley of Kilbuck, 
which lies nearly north and south, and in which there is reported to 
be a synclinal. The next synclinal is located in the valley of the 
Tuscarawas, about thirty miles to the east, and lies also north and 
south. This radial is therefore at right angles to the intermediate 
anticlinal, if it exists, and the elevations of No. 6 across the end of it 
are as follows (Report, p. 43), reckoning from west to east: Coshoc- 
ton, 248’; New Comerstown, 293’; Lock 17, 295’; Port Washington, 
260’; Uhricksville, 275’. These figures show no more differences 
than are to be found in many large mines, and represent a stratum 
substantially devel, in this direction. This is accounted for in triangle 
No. 2, which will be given below, by the fact that the general direc- 
tion of this line is on the bearing of the beds. According to my 
memoranda, however, the Uhricksville mines are materially higher 
than is represented by the Report. 


Radial No. 2: Course south, 77° east. 


Nashville, Holmes County, 688’; to near Millersburg, 114 miles, 
583’; to New Castle, on the Tuscarawas, 19 miles, 352’ (W.); descent 
in 304 miles, 336’; about 11} feet per mile. 


Radial No. 3: Course south, 70° east. 


Fredericksburg, Wayne County, 600’; to Dundee, Tuscarawas Co., 
12 miles, 558’ (N.); Zoar, 11 miles, 462’ (N.); 487’ (W.); Perches’ 
Mill, valley of Connoten, 7 miles, about 400’ (W.); descent in 30 
miles, 200 feet, equal to 6,5, feet per mile. 


Whittlesey.] 188 [November 18, 


Radial No. 4: Course south, 54° east. 


Osnaburg, Stark Co., 574’ Ca to valley of Sandy, 11 miles, 540/ 
(W.); descent 34 feet. 


Radial No. 5: Course south, 43° east. 


In the only instance of a reverse dip on this line, the rise is no 
greater than occurs locally in several mines, or 32 feet. 
_ New Chambersburg, Columbiana Co., 629’ (W.); Lynchburg, 6 
miles, 540’ to 560’ (W.); 1 mile beyond Hanover Station, 592’ (W.) ; 
Salineville, 7 miles, 283’ (W.); Irondale, 6 miles, 330’ (W.); Ohio 
River, 5 miles above Steubenville, 12 miles, 125’? (Briggs). On 
this line. I conceive that Seam No. 6, at New Chambersburg and 
Hanover, is not the same as the “ Big Seam” at Salineville, called 
also No. 6, and am quite confident that the “ Big Seam” at Irondale 
and Hammond’s Station is not the same as the Salineville bed. As 
to the latter, the accompanying diagram and levels explain the situ- 
ation. 


d 


| BRIDGE 42 


a-a — Creek vein. 1 1 1—Salineville “Big Seam,” and 

b-b — Hammondsville “ Strip vein.” No. 6 

c— Reputed place of the “Rogers vein.” 2 2 — Salineville “ Strip vein.” 

d—Reputed place of the Nisely Big 2 #— Railroad grade, 182 to 238 ft. 
Seam and No. 6. A. 


In the space of four miles, represented by this profile, decided 
changes have taken place in the geological structure. At Salineville 
there are two workable beds of coal, and two thin ones not wrought, 
making four. One is about 80’ above the Strip vein, and the other 
36’ below the great seam, alias No. 6. At Hammondsville there are 
siz, and as the two groups are traced together some of the seams 
disappear. When the profiles are brought together and compared at 
Bridge 42, the Salineville strip (2) is further than usual above No. 1 


1874.] 189 [Whittlesey. 


% 
by ten or fifteen feet, which is nothing unusual. All the way from 
Linton, eight or nine miles distant, coming towards Bridge 42, the Strip 
and Creek veins continue to be visible close together, and conformable. 
It is not certain that the Rogers and the Nisely beds do continue thus 
far, but at Irondale, two miles below, they are respectively 250’ and 
330’ A. If ¢ exists there, it corresponds in stratification most nearly 
with No. 2, at Hart’s. No.1, or the Salineville Big Seam, may be 
the same as a, or as J, or it may be neither. Even in this short 
space some of the beds thin out and disappear. At Hart’s there is a 
bare bluff rising from the railroad track up to an old opening 50 feet 
above, and no intermediate seam of coal is visible. As yet no bed has 
been found, or sought for, below No. 1, at this place. To force No. 2, 
on the north, down to a or 8, or to bring No. 1 upto connect with d, 
on the south, and call both of them No. 6, are equally wild conclu- 
sions. 

It may be conjectured that the bed 1, 1, 1, at Bridge 42, represents 
one of the beds near the track at Clark’s, a or 6. The latter beds are 
so near together, and are so nearly on a level, that farther examina- 
tion is necessary to connect them with certainty. If 1, 1, 1, corres- 
ponds with either aa or 6b, it would follow that 2, 2, and the Rogers 
seam are the same. In that case the Nisely great seam, 100 feet 
higher or more, may exist on the hills, near the top, in a thinner 
condition, and be represented by the upper thin seam at the Empire 
mine, near Salineville, three miles northwest. Should this prove to 
be true, there is an approach to harmony in the groups; but if the 
Salineville “ Great Seam” is No. 6, the Strip is No. 7, and the Nisely 
seam No. 8. ' 


Radial No. 6: Course south, 32° east. 


Near Franklin, Columbiana Co., 530’ (W.) ; New Lisbon, 5 miles, 
515’; mouth of Yellow Creek, 15 miles, 253’ (N.); descent in 20 
miles, 267’. 

In the “ Whan Seam,” next below No. 6, there is at New Lisbon a 
local dip to the northeast of 13’ per mile. If this represents the side 
of a general undulation, its axis must lie in the direction of north- 
west and southeast, at right angles to the Alleghany uplifts, and 
therefore not due to them. 

From Rochester (553’) to Lynchburg (560’) and Hanover 549’, 
moving easterly, No. 6 is substantially level, as it should be, in the 


Whittlesey.] 190 , Wovember 18, 


direction of the strike. The limestone, only a few feet beneath it, 
passing beneath the summit 634’, extending easterly to the waters of 
Little Beaver, around Dungannon, five miles farther, is on that line, 
substantially level, or 540’ A. From there to New Lisbon, five miles, 
a little north of east, No. 6 is reported to be 515’ (N.), but without the 
limestone. At Arter’s mine, five miles northwest of New Lisbon, it is 
530’ (W.). Over this space, about twelve miles by five, the only in- 
clination yet detected is to the south. 

At fifteen miles south, near Irondale, the presumed No. 6 is at an 
elevation of 330’, rising to the northwest at the rate of 50’ per mile. 
No general undulation of the beds in a north and south direction 
could produce these results. 

If there is an axis of elevation between Hanover and Salineville, 
it must bear northeast and southwest. The Sandy Creek valley 
group, if it rises, rises over this axis, and must be visible in the 
ravines at the head of the west fork of Little Beaver, in Franklin 
township. ‘Two miles along the track from the summit, where the 
railroad grade is 542’, the Salineville ‘ Strip seam ” is found at 447’ 
A., rising rapidly to the west. 

The Salineville No. 6, if it exists there, is 40’ to 50’ lower. At 
the nearest point of the Sandy group, eight miles northwest, the ar- 
rangement of beds is entirely different, and therefore I infer that the 
two groups are independent. I have shown that the Irondale group 
and the Salineville group cannot be matched. 

In the eastern part of Columbiana County, near the State line at 
Achor, No. 6 is reported to be 430’ A., while at the Arter mine, about 
fifteen miles north, 20° west, itis 530’. This difference in that direc- 
tion, instead of being evidence that the strata dip to the east, shows 
only that Achor lies below the line of bearing, which is north of east, 
and the bed should be lower at that point, on the theory of regularity. 

Returning to Coshocton County, at the southwest, I have con- 
structed a series. of triangles in different beds of the series; carrying 
them forward consecutively to the north and east, over the same 
ground as the radial, to the State line in Mahoning County; many 
of which were published prior to the present survey. 

In this investigation I use the additional elevations given in the 
Report, although in several instances they are not correct. _Observa- 
tions with a barometer carried in the field are not reliable to identify 
strata which lie vertically so near each other, or which have so large 
local irregularities of level. Coal seams Nos. 5 and 6, over a large 


1874.] 191 [ Whittlesey. 


tract, are only 25/ to 30’ apart, and in one mine of No. 6 the varia- 
tion of the floor is 25’. Unavoidable errors of the barometer exceed 
this. 

Close topographical work and exact physical profiles are indis- 
pensable in such a region, to give confidence in the results. In those 
which I give there are admitted sources of error, when viewed as 
strictly mathematical determinations. The bearings and distances are 
taken from maps; and the elevations are frequently taken only to the 
mouth or entry of the mines, and are not the average of the seam. 
Within the perimeter of the triangles the beds are waving and 
warped surfaces, with domes and valleys, but having a surface which 
approximates to a plane, some parts above and others below, with a 
plus or minus difference of 15’ to 20’. But admitting these defects, 
which might have been measurably cured by the Survey, it cannot be 
that such errors are very large, or are all in one direction. It will 
appear that among hundreds of elevations, after extending a series of 
triangles over the field, locally and generally, the results show no 
instance of a bed of coal dipping to the west or northwest. 


TRIANGULATIONS. 


No. 1. Coal Seam No. 1. 


Warsaw, northwest part of Coshocton Co., Darling’s bank, 348’ 
(W.) ; Cameron’s bank, three miles north of Millersburg, Holmes Co., 
365’; and Union Company’s sump, near Massillon, Stark Co., 340’ 
(W.); length of three sides, eighty-one miles. 

These figures represent the floor of the series, which is over this 
_ space, nearly level, as I showed in 1869. The inclination is very 
slight, only two feet per mile, and its direction is south 55° east. 


No. 2. Coal Seam No. 6. 


Nashville, Holmes Co., 688’ (N.); Dundee, Tuscarawas Co., 558’ 
(N.) ; Coshocton, Coshocton Co., 248’ (N.); length of sides, sixty-nine 
miles ; bearing of the strata north 64° east, dip south 26° east; rate 
22’ per mile, neglecting fractions. 

If No. 6 is persistent, it dips beneath the ‘barren measures, and the 
Pittsburg seam on the southeast, in Guernsey and Harrison Counties. 
If an undulation exists in those counties it has not affected the Pitts- 
burg seam. It is, however, far from conformable to the floor of the 
series beneath it. Because Patterson’s mine at Dundee, 558’ A., 


Whittlesey.] 192 [November 18, 


eighteen miles north, 75° east of Sanders, and other mines in the 
valley of Kilbuck, near Millersburg, 522’ and 532’ A., are 25’ to 36’ 
higher, an undulation has been assumed to extend beneath two 
counties. The course is near the line of bearing, and the difference 
of level is no greater than it is in single mines. 


No. 3. Coal Seam No. 6. Local. 


Zoar, Tuscarawas Co., 462’ (N.), 487’ (W.); Perches’ Mill, valley 
of the Connoten, 405’ (W.); and Canonsburg, Carroll Co., about 
450’ (W.); length of sides, twenty-four miles. Locally the strike of 
the bed is here north 80° east; the dip southerly, at the rate of 144 
feet per mile. It passes beneath the barren measures, according 
to Prof. Read, at the head of the valley of the Connoten, near New 
Market. 

No. 4. Coal Seam No. 6. 

Tunnel near Mineral Point, Tuscarawas Co., 495’ (N.); Dundee, 
northwest part of same county, 558’ (N.); New Philadelphia, same 
county, 405’ (W.). Sum of sides, thirty-seven miles; dip south 32° 
east, 163 feet per mile. New Philadelphia is three miles from Dover, 
towards which a dip to the west is given, and a general rise to the 
east. The actual rise is to the north as it should be, the strike being, 
locally, east and west. 


No.5. Blue Limerock No.1. Local. 
Short lines between Bethlehem, Stark Co., Bolivar and Sandy- 
ville ; dip south 72° east; rate per mile, twenty-five feet and a fraction. 
No. 6+ Coal Seam No.6. Local. 


Sandy Valley, Malvern, Waynesboro, and Pekin, Stark Co., east 
of Tunnel; dip south 43° east, 36’ per mile. 


No.7. Coal Seam No. 1. Local. 


Valley of Newman’s Creek, near Massillon, Stark Co.; dip south 
71° east, 1558, feet per mile. Here from the sump to the highest 
parts of the same mine it is frequently forty feet. 


No. 8. Coal Seam No. 1. 


Tallmadge and Clinton, Summit Co., and Massillon, Stark Co.; dip 
south 234 feet east, nine feet and a fraction per mile, representing the 
floor of the series. 


1874.] 193 [ Whittlesey. 


No.9. Coal Seam No. 1. 


Massillon, Tallmadge, and Briar Hill, near Youngstown, Mahoning 
County; length of sides one hundred and twelve miles; dip 53° east, 
81’ per mile; very flat, representing the base of the series. 


No. 10. Coal Seam No. 1 


Tallmadge, 517’ (W.); Brookfield, Trumbull Co., on the State line 
near Sharon, Pa., 426’ (W.); Briar Hill, Mahoning Co., out-crop, 
342’ ie Sum of the sides ninety-nine miles; dip south 12° east, 
20,5,’ per mile. The mean of all the mines at Coal Hill, Tallmadge, 
is. "508". _. The above represents the old Newberry opening at the 
north end of the hill. 

No. 11.. Coal Seam No. 1. Loeal. 

Mahoning County, valley of the Mahoning River, Briar Hill, 342/ 
(W.) ; Mt. Nebo, 222’ (W.); and Ewing’s bering on Meander Creek, 
305’ (W.). Sum of the sides twenty-seven. miles; dip south 22° east, 
14’ per mile. This bed is very irregular in the Youngstown region. 
It lies in local troughs and basins that connect with each other, with- 
out any apparent system. From. the sump to the out-crop of some 
of the mines, there is frequently a rise of 50’. I have not always 
8 able to. get the elevation of the sump. 


No. 12. Coal Seam No..1. pene 


Mt. Nebo, Briar Hill, and Porter’s old bank on Meander Creek, 
332’ (sump); dip south 37° east, 13’ per mile; length of sides twenty- 
five miles, between the Meander and the Mahoning Rivers.. 


No..18. Coal Seam No.1. Local.. 


Mt. Nebo, Mineral Ridge, 377’, and Ewing’s, dip south. 18° east ;. 
16,5,’ per mile. 7 
No. 14. Coal Seam No.6. Local. n 

New Chambersburg, Columbiana Co., 629’ (W.); Rochester, in, 

valley of Sandy, 560’; near Hanover Station, 549’ (W.) ; sides four-. 

teen miles; dip south 10° east, 30’ per mile. A little more than a mile 

southeasterly of Hanover Station the bed rises to 592’, and tapers. 
gut in that direction. 


No. 15. Limestone, next below No. 6. 
‘Hanover Station, Columbiana Co., 540’ (W.); on old canal at 


Section 25, near Dungannon, Hanover township, 540’ (W.); on. 
PROCEEDINGS B..S.. N. H..— VOL.. XVII. 13, JANUARY, 1875.. 


Whittlesey.] 194 [November 18, | 


Cleveland and Pittsburg Railroad, south side, Section 14, Franklin 
township, 477’ (W.); sides fourteen miles; dip south 20° east, 16/ 
per mile. 

Passing over the summit from Franklin to Salineville, 6 miles, 
about southeast, the “ Big Seam” (No. 6) is at the Station 283’ A., 
or 257’ below the coal near Hanover Station. Forty to fifty feet | 
above it is the “Strip Vein” (No. 7), in which I have three local | 
triangles, with sides of three-fourths of a mile to a mile and a quarter. | 
The dip varies from north 70° to north 82° east, and is very rapid, 
being from 80’ to 100’ per mile. Proceeding westward it is much | 
less. Here is a local rise of 40’ to the north, in less than forty rods, 
where the bed is cut out entirely. If this is due to a wrinkle of the | 
strata, caused by dynamical forces, connected with the Pennsylvania | 
uplifts, the local bearing, instead of being nearly north and south, | 
should be northeast and southwest. On the Big Sandy, thirteen | 
miles distant to the north, the bearing is nearly east and west, and | 
consequently not parallel with either the Salineville local trough, or | 
that of the Alleghanies. . 

I have already noticed the supposed rise of Salineville No. 6, to | 
meet the Irondale No. 6, or “Nisely Big Seam.” The former has 
been traced from Salineville in that direction three miles, or half way, 
and found to be 223’ A. A mile farther on, at Clark’s tank on the | 
Railroad, are beds Nos. 3 and 4 of the Reports, only 18’ to 20’ apart, 
on the same level with the Salineville No. 6. 

As the Nisely Great Seam is about 200’ above the “ Strip Vein” of | 
Hammondsville, at Clark’s tank it should be about 425’ A. Two | 
miles farther on,iin a southeast direction down the valley of Yellow | 
Creek, it is 330’ or 107’ higher than at Bridge 42. 

To account for this requires a rapid reverse dip to the northeast, | 
between Salineville and Irondale, of which the levels show no evi- | 
dence beyond the common local undulations. From Hammond’s | 
Station to the Ohio the elevations are numerous in both No. 6 and | 
No. 4 seams; both of them descending in that direction, but not | 
- strictly conformable. 


No. 16. Coal Seam No.6. Local. 


Hlammond’s Station. Mean of three planes, dip south 50° east, 
57 feet per mile. Seam No. 4, or “Strip Vein,” mean of three | 
planes, south 8° east, 63 feet per mile ; not conformable. 

In this seam is a sag of 30 feet in onextouctl of a mile, the axis.of | 


1874. . 195 ; (Whittlesey. 


which is nearly northwest and southeast ; evidently local, like that at 
Salineville. A heavy bed of limestone, capping the hills, lies in 
conformity to the Nisely seam (No. 6), its elevation ranging along 
the valley to the southeast as follows: 696’, 658’, 648! and 550’. 

It is but a short distance down the Ohio from Yellow Creek to 
the Pittsburg seam, as it appears in the hills around Steubenville. I 
add a few more calculations for dip, made in this seam, which is the 
most regular of any in Ohio. It crops out through Jefferson and 
Harrison Counties to the north and west. If from the base of the 
series as high as No. 6, the beds have been disturbed since their de- 
position, this seam (No. 8 of the Reports) must have partaken of the 
same movements. 


No. 17. Coal Seam No. 8. 


This is the first seam above the barren ground. At New Cumber- 
land, West Virginia, eight miles above Steubenville, the first seam 
below the barren measures, is, according to Mr. Briggs of the Virginia 
Survey (1840), 262 feet A. At Rush Creek, thirteen miles below 
Steubenville, in a shaft, it is 133 feet below lake level, showing a de- 
scent of 395 feet in 21 miles, or between 18 and 19 feet per mile. 
Here the barren measures are 543 feet thick. Using Rainey’s mine, 
between Rush Creek and Martinsburg, as one point, Ball & Co.’s 
mine, on MacMahon’s Creek, west of Bellaire, as another, and the 
mouth of Weegee Creek, on the Ohio, as a third, the dip of the Pitts- 
burg seam is south 37° east, 23’ per mile. Using Bellaire, Ball & Co.’s 
mine, and mouth of Pipe Creek, it is south 45° east, 53’ per mile. 

From thence it passes under the highlands to the northwest, com- 
ing out in the valley ef Wills Creek, west of Barnesville, very much 
changed in all respects, and difficult of identification. Professor 
Andrews finds there no conspicuous barren ground. The limestone 
_ beds, from fifty to seventy feet thick, overlying the Pittsburg seam as 
far down the Ohio as Wheeling, have become thin and unimportant. 
His profile thence to Zanesville, shows several more seams of coal 
than does the Report on the Northeastern district. But near Hope- 
dale, in Harrison Co., on the highlands between Connoten and the 
waters of the Ohio, Prof. Read has found the overlying limestone 
in its usual force. In passing from one county to another southwest- 
erly, it loses its excessive thickness, and is identified with great diffi- 
culty. 

The value of the elevations I have given in the nature of profiles, 


Whittlesey.] 196 [November 18, 


along six converging lines, from the outcrop to the centre of the 
field, would appear to much better advantage on a map. A plan is 
still more necessary to exhibit clearly the results of the triangulations 
I have already given. In the absence of maps and profiles I recapit- 
ulate in a tabular form the inclination of the strata, both as to the 
direction and the rate per mile, over the first geological district. 
Running the eye down the column of dip, it will be seen at a glance 
that there is no instance of a plunge of the beds to the west yet dis- 
covered, in a region where at least four general undulations are 
reported, the axes of which are supposed to be north and south. 


RESUME OF THE TRIANGULATIONS. 


te | | TOTAL DIRECTION | RATE OF 
HES (Ses COUNTIES. LENGTH OF OF PLUNGE DIP PER MILE 
: | SIDES, MILES. l OF STRATA. IN FEET. 
oak Coshocton and ’ ; 
Holmes. 81 S. 55° E. 2 
2 Kc 69 S. 26° EB. 29) 
3 Tuscawaras. 24 N. 80° E. 14% 
4 55 37 S. 32° EK. 15% 
* 5 66 Local. S. 72° BE. 25 
6 Stark. se S. 439 E. 86 
7 “ “ S. 71° E. 15% 
8 Summit ae S. 23349 E. 9 
9 Summit, , 
Stark and 
Mahoning. 112 S. 53° E. 814 
10 Summit, 
'  Mahon’g and 
Trumbull. . 99 S. 129 E. 2014 
11 Mahoning. 27. S. 229 BK. 14 
12 OD 25 S. 37° EK. 13 
13 “6 Loeal. S. 18° E. 1614 
14 Columbiana. os S. 10° E. 30 
15 OS st S. 209 E. 16 
16 ‘6 “6 S. 50° E. 57 
léa ce a N. 70° to 80° E. 80 to 100 
I7 Jefferson. es S. 37° E. 23 
17a Belmont. oF S. 45° E. sa 


The second main anticlinal of the Report is located under Carroll 
County. Near its west line, at Canonsburg, No. 6 is about 450’ A., 
but not very well determined. Five miles nearly west, at New Cum- 
berland, its elevation is giver in the Report at 447’. On the east line 
of the county, at Dianon, two miles west of Salineville, No. 6 of the 
Report is 407’ (W.), being distant from Canonsburg nineteen miles; 
course north 60° east. This line passses through Carrollton, the 
elevation of which has not transpired. Near New Market, thirteen 
miles. south of Carrollton, where it dips beneath the surface, it is 
about 400’ A., and at Rochester, fifteen miles nearly north, 560/. 


1874.] 197 [ Whittlesey. 


Joining these points, if this seam exists at Carrollton, and is regular, 
it should be at an elevation not far from 460’. Judging from the 
indications on the west, north, east and south sides of the county, if 
No. 6 extends through to Yellow Creek, it is nearly level, inclining 
slightly to the east of south, in consonance with the results in adja- 
cent counties. If it rises between the valley of Connoten and that 
of Yellow Creek, either in the form of a ridge or a crown, the proofs 
are yet to be made public. 

On the west it is nearly level, inclining slightly to the south. At 
Salineville, on the east, the Big Seam rises to the west at the rapid 
rate of 80’ to the mile, in places 100’, which would soon carry it 
above the highest hills. In the present state of information, the 
Salineville bed No. 6 cannot be connected with either the No. 6 of 
Sandy valley or of Tuscarawas valley. A thorough exploration 
would probably disclose a disappearance by thinning out, and the 
appearance of the Salineville group at a higher geological level. 

I have already shown that the Salineville No. 6 does not connect 
with that of Irondale. New Lisbon, in the valley of Little Beaver, 
is fifteen miles north of Irondale, where No. 6 is 515’ A. (N.). If this 
is the same bed as at Hanover, 560’ A., it is nearly on the line of 
bearing, and its elevation at New Lisbon is what it should be. 

If I am right, such a misconception of the geological structure of 
an important coal field is fundamental, and neither the number or 
extent of the seams are to be.relied upon. The coal beds are as 
regular and persistent as any of the strata, but cannot be assumed to 
ie more so. 

The teachings of the accom panying table are very significant, show- 
ing that in ten (10) sections extending from the western part of Penn- 
sylvania around to the valley of the Muskingum, where my first radial 
is situated, there are, as to the beds of coal and limestone, none that 
are continuous. If there were space to compare the strata of shale, 
sandstone and iron ore of the same section, this difference would be 
equally evident. In this universal want of identity among the beds 
we are required to consider No. 6 as an exception. 

At the mouth of Yellow Creek there are visible in the same arate 
seven beds of coal above low water mark. ‘The lowest one, not num- 
bered in the Report, is thin, and is probably local. Next above it is 
the “ Creek vein,” entitled No. 3 in the general profiles. The “Groff 
seam,” No. 6 of the local profile, or No. 7 of the general section, has 
above it another seam, which should be No. 8, and is two seams 


[November 18, 


198 


Whittlesey. ] 


“AqunoD wnsurysnyT 


“kyuno0g 103904800 
‘yooIg 8,uouUlWIg 


*syunop ouke mn 
sPAINGSHOMOpol 


*£JUNOD SOULlO_T 
HAD Yow Jo AVA 


*AO[[VA Of} 
JO SsOpIs yuor0zIp 
UO OUIes OY} JOU Spog 


*UNOD SoWLOFL 
‘yonqiry Jo AoTTVA 


(“N) ez 
((N)9 ON 
0} Z ‘ON O18 


*kyunoD wos 
-Iayor ‘YooID MOTIOX 


"O— svIvMvOSNY, ‘IvOT 
03 “OD IVIg ‘UOTI[ISseIAL 


‘O ‘sanqsioquisyO 

MON 0} CUUDALY 

‘Mad BO JO OurT 

“aul te 

aq} uo ‘S,00 sulm0g 

-VWW Pus BUrIquIN[OD 
‘MUST U10}SA AA 

‘soryunoD 
IOABvOT pus JoIIOW 


(" AA) O18 
("N) PLE 


(AA) 034 


——— $$ $$ | — $$ fF —— | | 


‘sqyaodey ogo 


a ff | ee ee 


IT € tL l ol 


‘q10doy [vuLgy ,s1ed0 yy OLg 009 


*pOINSvOT “SaINSvOTL pe | ‘sense nyt 
: DOLIe *suIvag [von LEC Cony MOLET yi HoaTe a 04 |. Moog ; 
SHUVNAW JoMOT | ‘9 -on 03 [ON 9 ‘ON 0A0qGV = |g-on oa0gy : ALIIVOOT 
JO ‘aouds [vol}10 A ‘saad : 
ssouyommL, ANOLSHNIT JO AtaAWAN SAVES ELV OO OSEAN: 


‘9 ‘ON WVAG OL GauuaAGA ‘OIHQ NUAHLYON AO 
aTdIq TVOD FHL JO SLUVd SAOIUVA NI ANOLSAWIT JO saag GNV SNVEQ IVOD 40 NOILVAEWANGT 


1874.] 199 [Whittlesey. 


above the so-called “ Mahoning Sandstone.” If I am correct in the 
profile at Bridge 42, there are four more beds in the lower series 
below Salineville No. 6, making eleven in all, with a strong probabil- . 
ity that another should be added at Steubenville. If the Creek vein 
is properly No. 3, No. 1 of the same profile, or the block coal, if it 
exists so near the centre of the basin, should be found within one 
hundred and sixty to two hundred feet below the channel of the Ohio. 

It has been assumed that the “ Mahoning sandstone” of the Penn- 
sylvania Reports is a reliable guide rock in Ohio. Its position, ac- 
cording to Prof. H. D. Rogers (Final Report, pp. 477 and 493), is at 
the base of the “lower barren measures.” On the Ohio side of the 
State line it has always one seam of coal (No. 7) above it, and at the 
mouth of Yellow Creek, on the Ohio River, it has two. The furnace 
coal of Steubenville has not been shown to be identical with the 
upper seam at Yellow Creek, and if not there are ¢hree seams in the 
“barren measures”; seams that are not thin and valueless, but of 
workable coal. From the furnace seam at Steubenville as far as 
Wheeling, the real barren measures, where the true Mahoning should 
be, are something over 500’ in thickness. 

Comparing the numerous profiles in Ohio with each other, the sand- 
stone between Nos. 6 and 7 is no more heavy or irregular than three 
other beds of this rock which are found beneath it, on or near beds 
Nos. 3,4 and 5. The profiles show it to be every where a changeable 
rock, replaced by shale frequently within distances of a mile. This 
changeable feature of all the beds of the series, is particularly dwelt 
upon by Prof. Rogers when treating of the country between the 
Alleghany River and the Ohio line. 

The Mahoning sandstone of the Pennsylvania and Virginia Re- 
ports belongs to the lower part of the lower barren group. That of 
Ohio is placed between seams No. 6 and 7, and is often wanting. In 
some places there is a bed of coal above No. 7, before the barren 
ground is reached, making every where one, and often two seams of 
coal in the barren measures, if this classification is correct. 

Between the passage of the Pittsburg seam beneath the hills 
northwest of the Ohio, and its reappearance in the valley of Wills 
Creek, between Barnesville and Cambridge, the thickness of the 
barren measures has contracted from 500 to 140 feet, the seams of 
coal not being much farther apart from the bottom of the series to 
the top, than they are in the productive measures. The limestone 
group overlying the Pittsburg seam, forty to sixty feet thick, has also 


/ 
Richards. ] 200 [November 18, 


disappeared, or so nearly disappeared that it does not exceed in 
thickness many of the lesser beds. In aregion subject to such nu- 
‘mérous and rapid changes, questions of structure cannot be settled by 
superficial examination. In the southeastern district, where the ex- 
plorations have been made with a patient attention to details, and 
where the profiles are very numerous, this diversity of structure is 
made perfectly manifest. 

The profiles on page 242 show from seven to eleven seams of coal 
between the Putnam Hill limestone and the Pomeroy coal, which is 
regarded as the equivalent of the Pittsburg.. Adding three for lower 
beds, there are ten to fourteen in all. Of the many sections made in 
all parts of the Ohio coal field, it is doubtful if two can be found 
which are more than five miles apart, that will match each other in 
all respects. If there is any rule of structure in the Ohio series, it 
is a rule of want of persistence, such as Prof. H. D. Rogers recog- 
nized in western Pennsylvania. Can these results be accounted for 
by assuming the existence of regular waves, folds and undulations, 
due to mechanical disturbances after the deposition of the coal? 


On A NEWLY-DISCOVERED LEAD VEIN IN NEWBURYPORT, MASs. 
By Pror. Rospert H. RIicHARDs. 


In the early part of the month of August, 1874, I was shown a 
specimen of galena, which purported to come from near Newbury- 
port. The specimen was much weathered on its surface, but never- 
theless I was able to recognize galena, gray copper (tetrahedrite), 
and pyrite. The galena was rather fine in texture and columnar in 
structure; altogether the ore reminded me very much of the rich 
silver ores of Georgetown, Colorado, which are often composed of 
identically the same minerals. 

A day or two after, (August 8,) I accompanied Dr. E. J. Kelly to 
the locality whence the specimen was taken, which is about two 
miles southwest of Newburyport, in the town of Newbury. In a barn 
near by there was a pile of the ore containing about four tons. This 
ore was composed of the same minerals as the previously mentioned 
specimen. The rich piece of tetrahedrite, whose analysis is given 
further on, was selected from this pile. The owner of the land in- 
formed us that the pit had been dug during the spring to the depth 
of six feet, and that further sinking was rendered impossible by 
water. 


1874.] 201 _ (Richards. 


It was now necessary to prove a vein in position in the rock and 
to remove all question of “salting.” The earth which had been 
thrown back into the pit was removed, and then after digging a 
short time in the harder undisturbed debris of the drift deposit 
two pieces of galena were found, placed end to end, both of them 
dipping about 45° N. W., with a strike of about N. 80° E. They 
weighed respectively about 50 Ibs. and 200 lbs. They were com- 
posed of the minerals previously described; on the north side of 
‘each specimen was a thickness of about seven inches of galena 
and on the south side about three inches in thickness of mixed gray 
copper, galena, and pyrite. We learned from the farmer who owned 
the land that he had found all the ore which we had seen in the barn 
in much the same condition of direction and arrangement. 

Three specimens were assayed, with the following results :— No. 1 
was a coarse grained galena, very rich in lead and yielded $63.13 of 
silver per ton of 2240 lbs. No. 2 was a specimen of fine grained ga- 
lena which was broken from the above-mentioned 200 lbs. mass, and 
seemed to represent the standard ore of the mine. This gave 50 per 
cent. of lead and $84.26 in silver per ton. - No. 3 was a pure piece of 
gray copper (taken from the barn) containing a little quartz and ga- 
lena, and yielded $1,422 of. silver per ton, also $145.12 of gold per 
ton, and 27 per cent. of copper. The gold was very roughly deter- 
mined. 

Subsequently the pit was sunk to the depth of about sixteen feet, but 
the ore and all of its accompanying signs had long since disappeared. 
But upon consideration it seemed, since the drift of*the glacial epoch 
‘moved from the N. W., and the indications pointed to a northeasterly 
strike for the vein, that if a trench were cut down to the solid rock, 
in a northwesterly direction, that it must cut across the vein and ex- 
pose it. Prof. J. M. Ordway of the Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology entirely corroborated this view of the matter. Accord- 
ingly a trench was recommended to be made ten to thirty feet, or 
even fifty feet, long in a northwesterly direction. Recent develop- 
ments have proved that if the trench had been made as recom- 
mended, it would have struck the vein at about thirty feet from the 
first pit, thus proving that the ‘specimens at first found were 
brought there by the action of the drift. 

‘Ihe above directions were not followed, but instead, pits were dug 
in various places, and the amount of float ore taken up in these ex- 
plorations would seem to be sufficient, in lack of any other evidence, 


Richards. ] 202 [November 18, 


to prove the vicinity of a thick and perhaps very extensive lead de- 
posit. In one of these pits, on October 10th or thereabouts, the 
vein was found, the lead being only about one inch in thickness. At 
this time a party consisting of Prof. Ordway, Mr. J. W. Revere, and 
myself made a trip to the mine, where we found the exposed vein to 
consist of a streak of lead one inch in thickness, lying against the 
south wall of the crevice, which was elsewhere filled with gangue to 
a thickness of seven feet, but no effort had been made to reach the 
north wall. This error was pointed out and within a few days we 
heard that a streak of lead ten inches thick had been found against 
the north wall of the vein. 

The gangue which fills up the intermediate portion of the crevice 
is of a green color and is probably quartz and serpentine, or, as Mr. 
Burbank has suggested, quartz, feldspar and epidote. Its composi- 
tion has not yet been ascertained. The rock which lies on either 
side of the vein differs from the country gneiss; it is crystalline and 
free from mica, being perhaps a trap rock; it is however much decom- 
posed and rusty on the surface and contains occasionally specks and 
cavities filled with galena. On the north side there is probably not 
over five feet of this rock, if there is any of it between the vein and 
the gneiss, but on the south side the decomposed galena bearing-rock 
extends to a thickness of eighty or one hundred feet, before the 
gneiss is reached. 

About the 1st of November another pit was sunk in the direction 
of the vein to the west of the pit just mentioned, and the galena was 
there found three and a half feet in thickness. The opening of the 
vein on this enlarged spot shows the thickness the vein may be ex- 
pected to occasionally assume. ‘The mass as now visible is about one 
foot thick at the eastern side of the pit; it widens immediately to 
three feet and a half in thickness and then, at the western end, nar- 
rows again to about two and a half feet. I think it highly probable 
that it widens as it goes downward, but I have no means of knowing. 
The southern face however dips to the south while the vein seems to 
dip steeply to the north. Word has just been received that another 
opening from one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet to the west 
has exposed the vein again, where the thickness is said to be one foot. 
A specimen of galena has also just been received at the Institute of 
Technology purporting to come from an opening, situated upon the 
Merrimac river, about two miles distant from this vein. With a view 
of ascertaining the value of the mass which is now lying in the 


1874.) 203 {Richards. 


ground three and a half feet in thickness, Mr. Kelly caused a hole to 
be drilled through it horizontally, and the dust, which was all saved, 
was assayed for silver, gold, and lead. This therefore, is the fairest 
valuation of the ore that has as yet been made. The results were: 
Lead, 52 per ct. at 6 cts. perlb. $69.84 per ton of 2,240 lbs. 
Silver, .1736 per ct. at $1.29 per oz. 72.87 . 
Gold, .0017 per ct. at $20.60 per oz. 11.43 


$154.14 
This gives the gross value of the ore per ton of 2,240 Ibs. Prob- 
ably eight or ten per cent will be lost in the working. Another val- 
uation of the ore was made upon a larger scale. A lump one foot 
thick, weighing about 500 lbs., was broken into three pieces, one of 
which, weighing one hundred and forty-five lbs., was treated. This, 
when crushed and sorted, yielded ninety-two lbs. of smelting ore, i.e., 
a tolerably pure galena, which yielded 30 lbs. crude ingot lead, or 
746 lbs. to the ton of 2,240 Ibs. 
This 30 lbs. yielded as follows :— 
23 lbs. refined lead. 
436.32 grains silver. 
4.19 gold. 
From this it appears that a ton of picked ore contains, in condi- 
tion to be actually extracted and put in the market, as follows: — 
560 lbs. lead at 6 cts. per lb. $33.60 
22 oz. silver at $1.30 per oz. 28.60 
101.8 grains gold at $20.60 per oz. 4.37 


$66.57 
A ton of the crude ingot lead, as produced by smelting, contains 
1710 lbs. lead at 6 cts. per lb. $102.60 
74 oz. silver at $1.30 per oz. 96.20 
341. grains gold at $20.60 per oz. 14.63 


$212.43 
The deposit seems to be a true fissure vein, and will therefore prob- 
ably last in depth, undergoing the usual pinching out and thickening 
up again, after the manner of veins. No certain prophecy, however, 
can be made in a district the veins of which have not been tested. I 
have acted in consultation with Prof. Ordway in all matters connected 
with this subject, while the assays and tests were made by Mr. Wil- 


Hyatt.) 204 [November 18, 


liam Foster and by myself. Since writing the above, the sinking of 
the shaft has opened out the galena pie | to a width of six feet. 


Nore. A day or two before this-paper went to the printer I mane a visit to 
the mine. The east shaft had been sunk twenty-two feet. The lead streak, 
which lies upon the north wall of the vein, had widened to about six feet in this 
shaft, and shows a little copper pyrites and tetrahedrite, and also a considerable 
proportion of siderite (carbonate of iron). The copper pyrites may prove to be 
argentiferous and auriferous as in Colorado; this however has not yet been in- 
vestigated. The west shaft, which lies some one hundred and fifty or two hun- 
dred feet from the east shaft, had been sunk about twelve feet. The lead streak 
in this shaft is about seven inches thick and well defined. The two walls of the 
vein have not yet been found in the west shaft, and the south wall is still want- 
ing in the east shaft. An estimated quantity of one hundred tons of ore of good 
smelting quality is now lying in the shaft house. 

A quantity of float ore, weighing a little over four tons, was sent to Messrs. 
Edward Balbach & Sons of Newark, N. J., who returned the products from 
the ore and valued the sample at inn sient per cent. lead, $56.76 of silver, 
and $4.85 of gold per ton of two thousand Ibs. This float ore sample may, I 
think, prove to be a little poorer in lead than the average of the mine. 


Prof. A. Hyatt gave an account of his recent investiga- 
tions of the Hollow-fibred Horny Sponges. This communi- 
cation, of which but a brief abstract is here given, will appear 
in full in the Memoirs (Vol. un, pt. rv), illustrated with a 
plate. In this paper the following groups and species of 
Keratose sponges are characterized. 


Suborder APLYSINZE Hyatt. 
Genus DENDROsPoNGIA Hyatt. 
Aplysina (pars) Schmidt. 


This is a new form from Florida, characterized by the large size of 
the fibres and their open irregular net work. It includes but one 
species, D. crassa. The types are in the Museum of Comparative 
Zoology, and in the Society’s Museum. 


Genus VERONGIA Bowerbank. 
Luffaria Duch. et Mich. 
The type is Verongia jistularis Bow. 


1874.] 205 (Brewer. 


Genus ApiysinaA Nardo. 
Evenor ? Duch. et Mich. Aplysina (pars) Schm. 


A number of new species from Florida are described in this genus, 
which is distinguished by the regularity of the net-work of the flat- 
tened fibres, and their tendency to unite and form hexagonal cells, 
remotely resembling those of some corals (Porites). 

Aplysina aurea Hyatt. 

Gamboge yellow when living, form fistulose. Skeleton remarkably 
delicate, more irregular than is usual. 

Aplysina pretexta Hyatt. 

This has a peculiar flattened form, with notable differences between 
the under and upper sides, and very long cells in the skeleton. 

Aplysina gigantea Hyatt. 

This has the form of an open cone, or goblet-shape, without a ped- 
icle, and the cells much more regular in size, and angular in SHape, 
and may be selected as the type of the genus. 

Aplysina cellulosa Hyatt. 

Spongia cellulosa Esper. 

This well known form will serve for a comparison since it possesses 
in a remarkable degree the generic characteristics. 

Aplysina zrophoba Nardo. 

Identified with Schmidt’s type. 


Dr. T. M. Brewer called attention to four skins of herons 
obtained by purchase. 


These represented two forms which embody one of the puzzling 
questions of our ornithology. ‘The birds in the blue and brown 
plumage had been originally described as A. rufescens or A. rufa, 
and.the white birds as a distinct species, A. Pealu. Mr. Audubon 
was led, by his investigations in Florida, to the conclusion that the 
white birds are only the young or immature form of the A. rufa. 
To demonstrate this he caused some of the young birds to be kept in 
confinement. One of these lived to be three years old, but died still 
in the white plumage. Dr. Gambel of Philadelphia, a young and 
promising ornithologist, whose early death was one of the greatest of 
losses to science, followed with other investigations. He found the 
brown and blue birds having young in like plumage, and the white 


Scudder.] 206 [November 25, 


birds having white young and naturally concluded that the two forms 
are distinct species, and in the IXth volume of the P. R. R. Report” 
the A. Pealii is restored to the rank of a good species. 

But now the Smithsonian Institution is in receipt of some interest- 
ing investigations made by Mr. N. B. Moore, which point to a differ- 
ent solution, which is, that the two forms belong to one and the same 
species, and that these differences are indicative of neither age nor 
sex. Like our common Strix asio, which whether in the red or the 
brown plumage, is ever the same species without reference to age or 
sex, so the A. rufa and A. Pealii are one and the same bird, breed- 
ing together in either plumage and having young birds in various 
plumage, irrespective of that of their parents. Mr. Moore’s observa- 
tions have enabled him to supply another indirect evidence of the 
correctness of this supposition. He has found that where herons are 
feeding together in the same water, individuals of different species do 
not molest or interfere with the movements of one another. But, as 
sure as a bird of its own family approaches too near it is-at once at- 
tacked and driven to a more respectful distance. ‘Tried by this test, 
the white and the blue birds are of the same species, as they invari- 
ably quarrel in this manner if too nearly approached. 


Section of Entomology. November 25, 1874. 
Mr. J. H. Emerton in the chair. Twelve persons present. 


The following paper was presented : — 


REMARKS ON THE OLD GENUS CALLIDRYAS. 
By SAMUEL H. ScuppDER. 


At the conclusion of his admirable monograph of the Callidryades,! 
Mr. A. G. Butler attempts to divide the species into groups, and with 
a great degree of success. He places, however, all the old world 
forms in a single genus, retaining for it the name Catopsilia (with 
P. crocale Cramer as type), and placing Murtia of Hibner as a 
synonyme. It will be a matter of surprise, however, if a further 


1 Lep. exot, parts iii-xviii. 


1874.) 207 |Scudder. 


examination does not prove that this old world group will need 
* still further subdivision, and that P. Pyranthe Linn. can stand as the 
type of Murtia, with its comparatively shorter antenne and differ- 
ently formed wings, and slightly differing neuratiou. 

Three species are given by Butler as found within the limits of the 
United States: — 

1. Pheoebis Agarithe, which he quotes from Texas. The other 
localities given by him are Brazil, Santa Martha, Caraccas, Yucatan, 
Nicaragua, Panama, Venezuela and Hayti.’ Dr. Palmer has recently 
brought home a fine pair of this species from Key West, the ? closely 
resembling Butler’s figure; but the ¢ much larger, as large as But- 
ler’s figure of P. rorata 3, from which, however, it differs con- 
spicuously in the extent of the sexual mealy border of the fore 
wings. There are two males from Texas in the Museum of Compar- 
ative Zoology, one of the large and one of the small size, which do 
not otherwise differ. This is probably the insect catalogued by Mr. 
Edwards in his Synopsis as Callidryas Argante. | 

2. Callidryas Eubule, which he gives from St. John’s Bluff 
and from “N. America,” only. This is doubtless the Callidryas 
Eubule of Edwards’ Synopsis. I can scarcely understand the figure 
of the male given by Butler. The mealy border of the fore wings 
is represented as a comparatively narrow band of nearly equal 
width, terminating below at the submedian nervure, and forming 
a couple of short oval patches next the margin of the costal border 
I have never seen such an insect, and although the extent of this belt 
unquestionably varies considerably in C. Eubule, I can hardly help’ 
supposing that Mr. Butler has overlooked its true limits in the speci- 
men he figures, or else that it was partially obliterated. Specimens 
collected by Dr. Palmer at Jacksonville, St. John’s River, Florida 
(very near St. John’s Bluff, at the mouth of the river), agree in gen- 
eral with those from the northernmost point at which the species has 
been taken abundantly (Long Island, N. Y.), in having a slender ex- 
tension of this band along the inner border nearly to its middle, nar- 
rowing as it passes toward the base; in all the subcostal interspaces 
the patches (always separated from each other by the nervures) often 
extend almost to their very base, leaving but a narrow, free space 
between the patches and the nervures ; this is especially the case in 
those interspaces which open upon the costal margin; in the lowest 
subcostal interspace (that lying between the two inferior subcostal 
nervules, or what the English entomologists call the discoidal ner- 


Scudder.] 208 [November 25, 


vules), the patch almost invariably extends half-way to the cell, some- 
times close up to it. 

The under side of this species, both in specimens from the south 
and from the north, and especially in males, is often almost wholly 
devoid of markings, excepting the spots at the tip of the cell in both 
wings; and generally the species bears so close a resemblance to 
C. Drya that it seems probable that these two are identical. If they 
are distinct, as given by Butler, the specimen from Guatemala, upon 
which I based my remark+on the distribution of Eubule in my Sys- 
tematic Revision, may belong to Drya. 

3. Callidryas senne, which he also gives from Texas. Other 
localities given by Butler are Rio Janeiro, Para, Bahia, Columbia, 
Santa Martha, Venezuela, Trinidad, Honduras, west coast of Mexico, 
Jamaica, Hayti, Polochic Valley and San Lorenzo. This is doubtless 
the C. Marcellina of Edwards’ list, although the reference to Boisdu- 
val and LeConte’s plate should have been given to the previous 
species. Females of this species (which occurs also in Cuba, having 
been given as the female of C’. Orbis by Poey) were taken by Dr. 
Palmer on the Florida Keys in some numbers; but I doubt if it 
occurs in Northern Florida, unless it be along the western coast of 
the peninsula. 

In addition to these, Edwards gives in his Synopsis, Metura Cipris 
(Callidryas Cypris), a species we haye not seen, from New Mexico. 
Butler’s only localities are Brazil and Peru. I have also in my col- 
lection from Texas a single female of Callidryas Philea, the pale form, 
so common in this and allied genera, without any trace of the deep 
red color, so striking on Butler’s plate. The localities given by But- 
ler are Rio Janeiro, Bahia, Amazons, Bogota, Polochic Valley, Santa 
Martha, Mexico and Honduras. We have therefore five species in 
the United States. 

I take this opportunity of adding a species to those described by 
Butler. 

Aphrissa Butleri nov. sp. 

Upper surface uniform pale buff, the outer half of the costal mar- 
gin of the fore wings and the outer margin, as far as the lower 
median nervure, very narrowly bordered with blackish brown, broad- 
est, but still very narrow, at the apex. The sexual mealy border of 
the wings is of a. silvery hoary appearance. On the fore wings it 
occupies nearly half the upper surface, its interior border passing 
from the middle of the uppermost subcostal nervule to the middle of. 


1874.] 209 (Morrison. 


the inner border, by a gentle, rather regular curve, which follows the 
outer border of the cell; besides, there is a small roundish patch at 
the extremity of the cell itself, separated from the part outside by 
the nervures. On the hind wings it is of less extent, its interior 
border passing in a broad sinuous curve from the tip of the costal ner- 
vure to the middle of the lower median interspace, where it terminates 
abruptly; the band is broadest beyond the cell, reaching two-thirds 

the distance from the outer border to its outer extremity; the fringe 
_ is concolorous, but its basal half is black below the middle subcostal 
nervure. Beneath, both wings are uniform, immaculate, ee pale 
silvery buff. Expanse of wings 70 mm. 

I have not seen the female. Tehuantepec. 

This butterfly is undoubtedly most nearly allied to A. Neleis 
(Boisd.) Butl., but differs from it in the coloration of both surfaces, 
the black edging of the fore wings and the secondary mealy patch 
of scales in the cell of the same wings. 


December 2, 1874. 


Prof. N. S. Shaler in the chair. One hundred and fourteen 
persons present. 


The following paper was read: — 


List oF A COLLECTION OF TEXAN NOcTUIDZ, WITH DEscRIP- 
TIONS OF THE New Species. By H. K. Morrison. 


The collection on which this paper is fonnded was made in the 
vicinity of Waco, Texas, by Mr. Belfrage, and is now in the posses- 
sion of the Peabody Avademy of Science, at Salem. 

The opportunity of determining it we owe to Dr. A. S. Packard, 
Jr., and we only hope we shall succeed in working it up as well as he 
has the Geometride from the same locality. 

We have thought best to publish a list of all the species, as some of 
them have not been before recorded from Texas; the generic position 
of others has been changed, and finally, they are all provided with 
the date of capture, which is usually lacking in similar collections. 
There are comparatively. few new species, as material from the same 

PROCEEDINGS B..S8..N. H.— VOL. XVII. 14 JANUARY, 1875. 


Morrison. ] 210 . [December 2, 


collector has already been examined by Mr. Grote, but those that do 
occur are interesting additions to our fauna. The following is a list 
of the species. 


Leptina dormitans Guen. Sept. 5. 

Charadra dispulsa Morr. (1)! Aug. 28. 

Bryophila pereara Morr. (2) Three specimens, May 2 and 
Sept. 4 and 20. : 

Agrotis subgothica Haw. Var. tricosa Lintn. This Texan 


specimen of tricosa approaches more closely to the true subgothica | 


than northern specimens of that variety. 
Agrotis Morrisoniana Riley. (8) Oct. 24. 


Agrotis malefida Guen. Two specimens, June 26. ‘This spe- | 
cies has hitherto been unidentified; it agrees perfectly with M. | 


4uenée’s concise description, and as he remarks, forms the connect- | 


ing link between the species allied to puta; and anneza. 


Agrotis annexa Treits. Five specimens, Sept. 1 to 15, and | 


Jan. 12. Common in Texas, as in all the Southern States. 
Agrotis suffusa Linn. Two specimens, Sept. 20. 


Agrotis saucia Hiibn. Three specimens, March 13, May 26, | 


‘and June 22. Agrotis Ortonii Pack.; from the Upper Amazon, is 

identical with this species, which is distributed over both North and 

South America, as well as Europe. 

 <Agrotis simplaria Morr. Two specimens, Oct. 13. This 
species will be fully Ulustrated in our paper on the genus Agrotis. 

The name was printed simplicius in the original description; this error 

was overlooked, and is now corrected. 


Agrotis clandestina Harr. May 9. The ground color is | 


much lighter than in northern specimens. 
Mamestra confusa Hiibn. March 5. 


Mamestra innexa Grote. (4) Three specimens, Sept. 11 and 21. | 
Mamestra laudabilis Guen. Two specimens, Oct. 13 and — 


Sept. 29. 

Mamestra teligera Morr. (5) Two specimens, Oct. 13 
and 24. 

Hadena miselioides Guen. Three specimens, April 30, June 
25, and Oct. 5. One was of the variety in which the reniform spot 
is white and contrasting; this form is also found in the Northern 
States. 


1 The numbers in parentheses refer to the new species, described in the conclud- 
ing portion of the paper. 


1874.] 911 [Morrison. 


Hadena flava Grote. Aug. 24. This species has been recorded 
from British Columbia and Colorado. Its specific characters are very 
strong, but the specimen obtained from Belfrage, although agreeing 
in most of them with the type, differs in the obsolescence of the ab- 
dominal tufts, and in several details of coloration. The fact that the 
species has occurred in a locality between Columbia and Texas, leads 
us to believe that this form is simply a variety of it. 

Hadena relicina Morr. (6) Oct. 13. 

Hadena rasilis Morr. Two specimens, Aug. 24 and Oct. 5. 

Prodenia commelinze Sm. Abb. Four specimens, Aug. 25 
and Sept. 20. 

Laphygma frugiperda Sm. Abb. 

Var. fulvosa Riley. Aug. 25. 

Var. obscura Riley. Five specimens, June 15 and 17, and Aug. 25, 
This variety differs extremely from the typical form, and would be 
taken to be distinct had not Prof. Riley succeeded in breeding it 
from the same larve. 

Segetia xanthoides Guen. Six specimens, May 8 to 24. 

Segetia orbica Morr. (7) Two specimens, July 28 and 
Sept. 24. ee 

Heliophila unipuncta Haw. Sept. 20. 

Heliophila phragmitidicola Guen. Six specimens, March 
91, April 26 and 27, July 17, and Sept. 20. In addition to these 
specimens there occurred four others, which we refer to this species | 

with hesitation. They expand only 29 mm.; the collar lacks the black 
transverse line of the typical form; the ground color is clear and whit- 
ish, not becoming suffused with reddish or dark ochreous before the 
terminal space. We propose the name texana for this variety. It 
was taken Sept. 20 and Oct. 138. 

Heliophila rubripennis Grote. Three specimens, Aug. 24 
macesept. 2.° 9 * 

Heliophila Harveyi Grote. Three specimens, April 20 and 
May 1. | 

Platysenta atriciliata Grote. Four specimens, Aug. 26 and 
Sept. 20. 

Caradrina disticha Morr. (8) Sept. 25. 

Cucullia asteroides Guen. April 12. 

Tornos robiginosus Morr. (9) Four specimens, June 6, 
July 15 and Aug. 8. 

Heliothis phlogophagus G.& R. May 12. 


Morrison.]} 212 [December 2, 


Heliothis tertia Grote (Zamila). Four specimens, Sept. 14 
and 29. We had this species in manuscript, but fortunately received 
Mr. Grote’s description in time to prevent the publication of a syn- 
onyme. 

Lygrantheecia saturata Grote. Sept. 10. 

Tricopis chrysellus Grote. Three specimens, Sept. 14 to 24. 

Tarache aprica Hibn. ‘Three specimens, July 12 and Sept. 9 
and 11. All these specimens were very variable; in one which ap- 


proached the var. biplaga Guen., the anterior wings were black, with | 
the exception of a basal and two costal white spots; in another the | 


ground color was white, the black portion being restricted to the 
terminal and subterminal spaces. 

Tarache delecta Walk. (Acontia metallica Grote). Four spec- 
imens, May 5 and 7. Also very variable, but all its forms can be 


separated from aprica by the metathoracic metallic tuft and the | 


black and white banded abdomen. 


Tarache cretata G.& R. Three specimens, Aug. 1 and 16, and | 


Sept. 5. 

Tarache tenuicula Morr. (10) Three specimens, Oct. 3, 
and 5. 

Tarache candefacta Hiibn. Eleven specimens, April 20 to 


May 11, June 1, July 12, and Sept. 11. They do not differ from our | 


specimens of the same species. 
Telesilla cinereola Guen. Three specimens, Sept. 9, 11, and 20. 
Chamyris cerintha Treits. Aug. 16. The single specimen of 


the species was very small, expanding only 25 mm., but the markings | 


were very distinct and well defined. 
Thalpochares concinnimacula Guen. 
Plusia ou Guen. (11) Five specimens, May 9 to 13, and June 10. 


Plusiodonta compressipalpis Guen. Three specimens, June | 


22, July 12 and Sept. 20. 
Agnomonia anilis Drury. Two specimens, Sept. 6. 


Panopoda carneicosta Guen. Two specimens, July 12 and | 


Aug. 24. 

Remigia latipes Guen., var. terana. (12) Four specimens 
in September. 

Drasteria erechtea Cram. Eighteen specimens. Occurred 
abundantly in March, April, May, September and October. 

Bolina jucunda Hiibn. Six specimens, in Aug. and Sept. 


1874.] 213 (Morrison. 


Bolina fasciolaris Hiibn. (13) Five specimens, in May and | 
‘October. 

Bolina pallescens G.& R. Aug. 19. 

Syneda deducta Morr. (14) July 17% 

Syneda pavitensis Morr. (15) Two specimens, Sept. 7 and 17. 

Pseudanthracia coracias Guen. 


1. Charadra dispulsa nov. sp. 

Expanse 37 mm. Length of body 15 mm. 

This species is closely related to the two northern species of the . 
genus, deridens Guen. and propinquilinea Grote, and it can be most 
readily identified by a comparative description. From the former 
species it is separated by the absence of a black streak connecting 
the median lines, the large concolorous ordinary spots which are not 
black centred, and the outwardly oblique course of the exterior line 
after leaving the submedian fold; from the latter it differs in the 
large concolorous orbicular and reniform spots, with their faint, 
partially interrupted annuli, and the slightly undulating, regularly 
arcuate interior line not marked by any prominent outward teeth; 
from both species it can be distinguished by the palpi, which exceed 
the head considerably in length, and have the terminal joint compar- 
atively well developed. In dispulsa there is a darkening of the 
median space between the spots caused by the thickening of the 
median shade; the fringe shows a central dark line, and is not’ 
chequered with black and white; the abdomen is untufted. We 
think this species will be easily determined by these characters, to- 
gether with its locality. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

2. Bryophila percara nov. sp. 

Expanse 22 mm. Length of body 9 mm. 

Eyes naked; tibize unarmed and closely scaled; abdomen smooth 
and untufted. The clothing of the head and thorax close and 
scaly. The palpi dark, the third joint light and contrasting. 
The anterior wings triangular, with the apices rounded, and a 
shallow indentation below them on the external margin; markings 
black and well defined; general coloration ochreous, almost entirely 
obscuring the white ground color, which only appears in the neigh- 
borhood of the spots and lines; a black point on the costa is the only 
trace of the half-line; a black shade at the base of the wing, from 
which proceeds a thick, clavate, longitudinal dash; the course of the 


Morrison.} 214 [December 2, 


interior line is oblique, faintly indicated by a series of spots, the 

largest on the costa and inner margin; the median shade twice out- 

wardly dentate, very distinct above, obsolete below; the portion of 
the wing from this shade to the exterior line above the median ner- 

vure is black, with the exception of a large, irregular, costal spot of 
the prevailing color; the exterior line is Th continued and den- 

tate, depressed spose the cell, then produced, and afterward ex- 

tends obliquely to the inner margin; just below the costa, and above 

the inner margin it is thickened, forming blackish spots; beyond this 

line there is a large, triangular, blackish spot resting on the margin; 

the subterminal line whitish, indistinct; an interrupted black line at 

the base of the short fringe. Posterior wings light gray, with a suf- 

fuse discal dot and a distinct median black line; fringe concolorous. 

Beneath whitish; on the anterior wings the markings of the upper 

surface are partially reproduced; on the posterior the median line is 

black and very distinct, and there is a blackish suffused spot on the 

costa. : 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

Allied to the European perla and muralis, but our species is a 
smaller, more compact form, approaching in size and markings the 
larger species of Tarache. 

8. Agrotis Morrisoniana Riley. 

This species will be described at length by Prof. - Riley, who has 
bred it for several years, and is acquainted with its larval and pupal 
stages. In the Texan specimen the antennz are strongly pectinate; 
the orbicular spot is small and distinct; the reniform spot is of the 
normal size; all the nervures and their branches are accompanied by 
contrasting light shades; the terminal line is preceded by a series of 
black cuneiform markings; posterior wings whitish, with a distinct 
discal dot and faint terminal band. 

4. Mamestra innexa (Grote). Perigrapha tnnezxa Grote. 
Bult. Buff. Soc. Nat. Se., Vol. 11, p. 123. 

We are unable to understand why Mr. Grote places this species in 
Perigrapha, when it does not possess any of the generic characters 
(except the hairy eyes) laid down by Lederer; the antenne are not 
pectinate, the collar is neither cut out, nor preceded by a longitud- 
inal prothoracic erest, and there are no angular projections on the 
sides of the thorax. 

M. innexa is closely related to Dianthecia meditata, also described 
by Mr. Grote. These species agree in size, in the disposition of the 


1874.) 915 (Morrison. 


markings, the villosity of the palpi and front, the rounded collar, the 
almost total absence of the usual prothoracic tuft, the presence of a 
thick spreading metathoracic tuft, the sharp apices of the pterygodes 
(a very unusual character in the higher Noctuide), the low tuft on 
the first segment of the abdomen, and the single pencil-like dorsal 
tuft on its middle; they only differ in the presence of a short, ex- 
truded ovipositor in the female of meditata. Mamestra and Dianthe- 
cia differ in the long, pointed abdomen and extruded ovipositor of the 
latter ; these characters have been considered decisive by European 
entomologists, but the discovery of modesia, meditata, teligera, and 
other species, with stout abdomens and short ovipositors, seem to 
destroy their validity, and the fact that meditata and innexa are so 
near each other, and yet technically separated by the difference in 
the length of the ovipositor, also tends to show that this character is 
at most only of subgeneric value. 

Mamesira niveiguitata Grote, belongs undoubtedly to the section 
Dianthecia; the abdomen of the female being pointed, and furnished 
with a long projecting ovipositor. 

5. Mamestra teligera nov. sp. 

Expanse 30 mm. Length of body 14 mm. 

Hyes hairy. The collar and thorax gray, the former with a very 
distinct, black, central line, the latter having a low metathoracic tuft, 
and with the apices of the pterygodes sharp and well defined. The 
abdomen of the female with a short, projecting ovipositor and dorsal 
tufts. The ground color of the anterior wings gray; a very distinct 
basal dash, above which the basal space is whitish; the half-line is 
indistinct ; the median lines are distinct and geminate, accompanied 
by pale shades; the interior line lobed between the nervures; to 
the largest lobe the conspicuous, black-edged claviform spot is at- 
tached, and extends nearly to the exterior line; the latter is shaped 
as usual, inwardly dentate between the nervules; the ordinary spots 
are of the normal form, filled with light gray, which contrasts with 
the ground color; the subterminal line whitish, interrupted, forming 
an irregular white spot at the internal angle, and preceded by faint, 
black, cuneiform markings. Posterior wings whitish at the base, with 
a discal dot, a faint median line and a broad diffuse terminal border. 
Beneath the anterior wings are dark gray, the posterior whitish, both 
with discal dots and a common black median line. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 
Allied to Dianthecia capsularis, which we have not identified, but 


Morrison.) 216 [December 2, 


differing from M. Guenée’s description and plate by the presence of 
a distinct basal dash, by the central portion of the median space not 
being suffused with black, and by the presence of abdominal tufts. 

6. Hadena relicina nov. sp. 

Expanse 40 mm. Length of body’22 mm. 

Eyes naked. The antenne of the male with fine hairy clothing. 
The palpi and front as usual in this genus. The collar and ptery- 
godes black, the former with a distinct, transverse black line; behind 
the collar a low longitudinally furrowed tuft. The abdomen with 
short tufts on the first three segments. Ground color of the anterior 
wings light gray, variegated with darker gray and black; a distinct 
basal dash, and beneath the submedian nervure another similar dash; 
the median lines black, single, and strongly dentate; the interior line 
forming two conspicucus teeth on the costa, the lower one touching 
the orbicular spot; to the lobe between the median and submedian 
nervures the strongly marked black-lined claviform spot is attached, 
and extends to the exterior line; beneath the submedian nervure the 
lines are again connected by a long, sharp tooth; the exterior line is 
incepted on the costa above the reniform spot; below, its teeth are 
short and regular, but it forms one very sharp inward indentation, 
reaching the reniform spot; the ordinary spots concolorous, with black | 
annuli, the orbicular oblique, the reniform upright, with its annulus 
outwardly obsolete; the terminal portions of the nervules tinged with 
black ; the subterminal line whitish, very jagged, marked chiefly by 
the contrast between the light subterminal and the dark terminal 
spaces; a series of black triangular dots at the base of the fringe, — 
which is dark, intersected with light. The posterior wings white, 
with a very faint terminal border, and a black line at the base of the 
concolorous fringe. Beneath whitish, the anterior wings with a dis- 
cal dot and median line. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

This beautiful and distinct species belongs to the section Xylopha- 
sia, and is related to H. lignicolor, but the markings are more acute, 
and the ground color is gray, without brown or ochreous admixture. 

7. Segetia orbica nov. sp. 

Expanse 23 mm. Length of body 11 mm. 

Generic characters precisely as in S. xanthoides, from the same 
locality. The coloration of the thorax and front uniform dull brown. 
The anterior wings shorter and more distinctly triangular than in 
the allied species, with the colors brownish and much less vivid; the 


1874.] 217 [Morrison. 


median lines are evident, black and finely dentate, followed by indis- 
tinct whitish shade lines; the subterminal line irregular, preceded by 
a deepening of the ground color; the orbicular spot absent, the reni- 
form large, round, and pure white, forming the most prominent fea- 
ture of the ornamentation. Posterior wings uniform dark fuscous, 
with light fringes. Beneath gray, suffused with ochreous, and with 
numerous scattered black atoms; on the anterior wings the exterior 
line is visible on the costa; the posteriors have a clear, black, discal 
dot, and a regular, finely dentate, median line. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

The contrasting white reniform spot will always separate this spe- 
cies from the rest of the genus. 

8. Caradrina disticha nov. sp. 

Expanse 27 mm. Length of body 14 mm. 

Hyes naked. Palpi ochreous, the third joint short. Front and 
thorax smooth, concolorous and untufted. Abdomen untufted, in the 
female with a short projecting ovipositor. Anterior wings light gray, 
sprinkled with numerous black atoms to the median shade, which is 
perfectly straight, oblique, inwardly clearly defined, and followed by 
a dark, blackish-gray ground color, which contrasts very strongly 
with the preceding light gray region; this continues as far as the ex- 
terior line, beyond which the ground color lessens in depth, returning 
to the original light gray color; interior line dark gray, geminate, and 
even, forming a single inward indentation below the median nervure; 
orbicular and claviform spots obsolete; the reniform large, subquad- 
rate, light ochreous gray, contrasting with the dark ground color; ex- 
terior line even, broadly undulate, geminate, dark gray, enclosing a 
pale shade line; two conspicuous, clear black, cuneiform, subapical 
markings, one much larger than the other; below them a black spot; 
the terminal space darker gray. Posterior wings gray at the base, 
melting into uniform black; all markings absent. Beneath dark 
gray, with innumerable scattered black atoms; the usual discal dots 
are present on the posterior wings. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

The ornamentation in this species is so simple and defined that it 
will hardly be possible to mistake it. 


TORNOS nov. genus. 


We found this genus for a slender built geometriform insect, which 
we place near Adipsophanes and Crambodes on account of the compar- 


: 


Morrison.] 218 [December 2, 


atively short, stout, erect, trifidiform palpi. Eyes naked. Ocelli 
present. The antenne in the male strongly bipectinate, in the 
female with the segments well separated, each terminated by a short 
spur or projecting edge of fine hair. Front broad, rounded. Tho- 
_ rax weak, rounded, and untufted; the clothing scaly. Abdomen long, 
in the male conical, in the female cylindrical; in both sexes the dor- 
sal tufts are absent, but short lateral tufts are present, more distinct 
in the female than the male. The legs are long, smoothly sealed and 
slender. The wings are elongate, the angles rounded, and the mark- 
ings common to both pairs, as in Pangrapta. 

9. Tornos robiginosus nov. sp. 

?. Expanse 25 to 28mm. Length of body 10 to 11 mm. 

The basal and central portions of both wings pale yellowish, with 
a brown tinge; beyond, a broad, blackish, contrasting terminal band. 
On the light region of the anterior wings the markings are nearly 
obsolete, except the large, distinct, reniform spot, formed of black 
raised scales ; the orbicular is seen as a faint, dark spot; the median 
shade is more or less distinct, diffuse, extending around the reniform, 
and subparallel with the faint, interrupted, exterior line; the brown 
tinge is more evident along the border of the black terminal band. 
On the posterior wings the markings are similar, but darker and more 
diffuse. Beneath still darker, with the markings above reproduced, 
the discal dots distinct. 

Described from two specimens which vary considerably, but seem 
to belong to the same species. | 

g. Expanse 23 to 25mm. Length of body 10 to 11 mm. 

Both wings uniform dark, slightly brownish gray, the terminal 
black border barely perceptible, the reniform distinct, as in the 
female, all the other spots and lines obsolete. Beneath uniform, of 
the same color as above, the discal dots not so distinct as in the 
female. 

Described from two specimens which agree perfectly with each 
other. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

Notwithstanding the great difference between the sexes, we can 
not consider them other than belonging to the same species. 

10. Tarache tenuicula nov. sp. | 

Expanse 16 mm. Length of body 8 mm. 

This species is closely allied to erastroides Guen., and intermediate 
between it and candefacta Hb. The head and thorax white; the 


1874.] 219 (Morrison. 


metathoracic tuft tinged slightly with metallic blue, thus approaching 
delecta Walk. ‘The anterior wings are perceptibly narrower than in 
erastroides, having the basal space and the subcostal part of the median 
space white; a black dot at the base; dark spots, sometimes connected 
tovether by bluish-gray shades, mark the inception of the median 
lines on the costa; the interior line is usually continuous below, bound- 
ing the dark outer portion of the wings, but in one specimen the 
dark part only extends to the median shade; in all the specimens 
we have there is a distinct black spot on the median nervure in addi- 
tion to a black dot which appears in the place of the orbicular spot ; 
the reniform spot is situated on the border of the dark space, is 
concolorous and surrounded by a dark annulus; the median shade is 
ill-defined, interrupted by the costal white space, and followed by a 
bluish-gray shade, which extends to the indistinct exterior line; the 
subterminal line whitish, irregular, preceded by more or less distinet 
black spots; the subterminal and terminal spaces are dark brown ; 
there are also some traces of this color after the interior line. A 
series of black points at the base of the fringe; the latter is white, 
shaded with bluish-gray. ‘The posterior wings whitish, translucent, 
with a suffused terminal blackish border. Beneath, the anterior 
wings are blackish, with the basal and part of the median space 
ochreous; the posteriors are whitish with the costa ochreous, and 
with a dark terminal border as above. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

The smallest species known to us. From candefacta it can be sep- 
arated by the color and the form of the markings, and from erastroi- 
des by the shape of the wings. 

11. Plusia ou Guen. (Plusia fratella Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. 
Nat. Sc., Vol. 11, p. 161.) 

This species has hitherto been unidentified by American authors ; 
the Texan specimens agree very well with M. Guenée’s description. 
Our specimens from Nebraska, Missouri and Texas, show but slight 
variation except in size, the smallest specimens being about 29 mm., 
and the largest 35 mm. 

Mr. Grote’s fratella, expanding 30 mm., came from the same local- 
ity as our Texan specimens; we think it merely a redescription of 
Hau. 

12. Remigia latipes Guen., var. fexana nov. var. 

This form differs materially from M. Guenée’s description, but the 
species is so variable and so widely spread that we do not dare to 


Morrison. ] 220 [December 2, 


consider it specifically distinct. Compared with latipes the interior 
line does not terminate on the inner margin in a black spot; there 
is no additional spot beneath the reniform ; the median lines are not 
parallel, and are accompanied by lighter shade lines. ‘The four spec- 
imens taken exhibit no variation among themselves. 

18. Bolina fasciolaris Hiibn. (Aedia nigrescens G. & R.) 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil., Vol. vi, p. 21, pl. 3, fig. 5.) 

It will be noticed that M. Guenée gives two descriptions of this 
species, referring in both cases to figures 443 and 444 of Hubner’s 
“ Zutrege.” Wethink it probable that he intended only one species, 
although in one instance the name is spelled fascicularis. ‘The spe- 
cies is very widely distributed, occurring in Brazil, Central America, 
Mexico, and the Antilles, as well as Texas, and everywhere appears 
to be common. We have seen specimens ourselves from Guatemala 
and Mexico. The Texan specimens are very variable; in several of 
them the basal space is black instead of gray, and the subterminal 
line also varies in distinctness. Grote and Robinson’s figure rep- 
resents the typical form from that locality. 

14. Syneda deducta nov. sp. 

Expanse 30 mm. Leneth of body 16 mm. 

Palpi long, thin, and faleate, forming a peak above the head; the 
third joint is not visibly separated from the second. ‘Thorax and 
abdomen untufted, smooth and concolorous. Ground color of the 
anterior wings gray; in the basal space a broad black band, obsolete 
at the costa and bounded outwardly by the interior line; the exterior 
line limits the anterior gray portion of the wings; it is black, de- 
pressed opposite the cell, then forming an outward, rounded projec- 
tion, below which it is strongly drawn in; it then extends in a gentle- 
outward curve to the inner margin; this latter portion*of the line 
is preceded by an olivaceous brown shade, which reaches the reni- 
form spot; the latter is black-encircled, filled by a bluish shade, 
which extends along the costa and descends beyond the exterior line 
as a bluish line; beyond the reniform the extradiscal spot (contained 
in the lobe of the exterior line) is light gray and contrasting; the 
subterminal space is dark, marked only by the bluish line before 
mentioned ; the subterminal line is irregular and well defined, fol- 
lowed by a narrow yellow-brown shade; terminal space gray. Pos- 
terior wings gray, with a black terminal border, attenuate towards 
the anal angle. This border contains a large, central, yellow lunule; 
fringe white. Beneath white. On the anterior wings an oblique, 


1874] DLA (Putnam. 


black, median band, filling the place which is occupied by the reni- 
form spot above, and a broad, terminal border; posterior wings 
marked as above, with the.addition of discal dots and the absence of 
any ochreous tinge. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

Related to Syneda graphica Hiibn., but differing in the course of 
the median lines on the anterior wings, and the absence of either 
black or yellow markings on the basal and median portions of the 
posterior wings. 

15. Syneda pavitensis nov. sp. 

Expanse 34mm. Length of body 17 mm. 

- Palpi with the second joint as in graphica Hiibn., but the third 
joint is long, needle-shaped, and held horizontally. Thorax and ab- 
domen as in deducta. Ground color of the anterior wings uniform 
dull olivaceous gray ; all the markings faint and diffuse; geminate, 
blackish spots on the costa mark the inception of the ordinary lines ; 
half-line present ; interior line, orbicular spot and median shade, 
obsolete; the reniform present as a diffuse, dull blackish spot; exte- 
rior line subobsolete, differing in distinctness in the two specimens 
before us; subterminal line light gray, irregular; a faint, scalloped 
black line at the base of the concolorous fringe. Posterior wings 
precisely as in deducta, with a black, terminal border, a yellow lunule 
and white fringes. Beneath as in deducta. 

Hab. Waco, Texas. 

We would consider this species the female, or merely a variety of 
deducta, notwithstanding the great variation in the color of the an- 
terior wings, were it not for the structural differences seen in the 
palpi; these could hardly be either sexual or varietal. 

The species of Bolina and Syneda need a careful revision by some 
one who is acquainted with those described by Dr. Behr, from the 
Pacific coast. After examining the species found in the Eastern and 
Southern States, we are inclined to think the characters of the latter 

genus insufficient, and that it would be more proper to consider it 
merely a section of the former. 


Prof. E. 8. Morse gave a further account of his investiga- 
tions respecting the homologies of the bones of the tarsus in 
birds and reptiles. His more recent studies fully confirm his 
conclusions in respect to the intermediwm, as announced in 
a former special paper on the “Tarsus and Carpus in Birds,” 


Putnam.) | 229 [December 2 


published in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History 
(Vols xilsi72)- 


Prof. N. 8. Shaler presented a paper on “The Antiquity of 
the Caverns and Cavern Life of the Caves of the Ohio Val- 
ley.” This paper, illustrated with a lithographic plate, will 
be published in the Memoirs of the Society, forming No. 5 of 
pt. mi, Vol. rr. 


Mr. F. W. Putnam exhibited a number of living specimens 
of fishes and cray fishes which he had collected in the wa- 
ters of the Mammoth Cave during the month of November 
while connected, as Ichthyologist, with the Kentucky State 
Geological Survey, under Prof: Shaler. | 


They consisted of Amblyopsis speleus, Typhlichthys subterraneus, 
Chologaster Agassiz, Cambarus pellucidus, and Cambarus Bartonii. 
Of these the Amblyopsis and Typhlichthys are without external eyes 
and colorless, and are commonly known as the big and little blind 
fishes, while the Chologaster has eyes, and is of a beautiful brownish 
tint. Cambarus pellucidus is blind, and generally colorless, but three 
of the specimens exhibited were of a light drab color. The other 
species of cray fish, the Cambarus Bartoni, is provided with dark 
eyes, and is generally found in the cave of the same mottled brown 
color as the individuals living in the Green River, as in the case of 
the larger specimen shown; but a smaller individual was also exhib- 
ited that was of the same light color as the darker specimens of C. 
pellucidus. These specimens, with many others, were all obtained 
in various parts of the river which runs through the lower passages 
of the cave, and in the same waters were collected five other speci- 
mens of fishes that had evidently entered the cave from the Green 
River, as they were of the same species, and in every way identical 
with specimens collected outside. They were of the following kinds: 
two Amiurus catus,one Uranidea (sp.?), one each of two species 
of Cyprinoids. These outside forms were all in good condition, and, 
apparently, had thrived as well in the darkness of the cave as had 
their kin in the river without. Their colors were not in the least 
faded, and their eyes were as perfect as ever, so far as could be no- 
ticed externally, and from keeping them alive in the light for several — 


days. 


1874.] 923 (Putnam. 


Mr. Putnam alluded ‘briefly to the other forms of animal and 
vegetable life in the caves of Kentucky, and specially mentioned a 
cave on the opposite side of the Green River, several miles below 
the Mammoth Cave, where blind fishes and blind cray fishes were 
obtained very near the entrance by himself, and previously by others, 
so near the entrance that artificial light was not required in order to 
see the specimens. 

He then went on to review the facts he had presented, and to con- 
sider their bearing on the question of the origin of life in the subter- 
ranean streams, confining himself particularly to the fishes. The two 
blind fishes are found throughout the whole of the subterranean 
streams of the great region of the southwest occupied by the sub- 
earboniferous limestone, and are not known from any other place. 
The Chologaster Agassizii belongs to the same family with the blind 
fishes ; and the only other known specimen, in addition to those he 
obtained in the Mammoth Cave, was the type of the species which he 
had described in 1872,1 from a young individual obtained with a 
specimen of Typhlichthys from a well in Lebanon, Tenn.; while the 
only other representative of the genus, so far as known, was the spe- 
cies mentioned by Agassiz from the rice ditches near the coast of 
South Carolina, under the name of C. cornutus. These four species 
are all that are known of the family, and the affinities of the group 
he considered were not yet satisfactorily determined, though in com- 
mon with other ichthyologists he had formerly considered the family 
as allied to the Cyprinodontes. Thus, it would be seen, in the case 
of the blind fishes and the Chologaster, we had a family which had 
blind and colorless representatives living in utter darkness, and also, 
in another instance, if not in daylight, at least with the unobstructed 
opportunity to go into it if they wished; in the total darkness of the 
Mammoth Cave were found, with the colorless blind fishes, others of 
the same family which were provided with eyes, and were of a dark 
color. The same was also true with the two species of cray fish 
found in the cave. 

The peculiar geographical distribution of the family must also be 
considered, one species being found in South Carolina, under very 
different conditions from the three others in the subterranean streams 
of the southwest; and this fact also must be taken into consideration, 
if the endeavor is made to account for the origin of the cave species. 


1See Putnam, Amer. Nat., VI, p. 22, pl.1, Jan., 1872, and Rep. Peabody Acad. 
Sci., 1871. Both articles are reproduced in “ Life in the Mammoth Cave,’ 1872. 


Putnam.) 929A. [December 2, 


The peculiar and marked characters of the family left no doubt as to 
all four of the species belonging to it; for the smooth body, caused 
by the deeply imbedded and small circular scales, the shape of the 
body, and the blunt, flattened head, the position of the fins, and the 
absence of the ventral fins in Typhlichthys and Chologaster, the 
large air bladder slightly divided longitudinally, the single ovary, the 
peculiar shape of the liver, the marked character of the general 
structure of the intestinal canal with its external termination in front 
of the pectoral fins, and the agreement of all in the development and | 
shape of the lobes of the brain, were all characters that could not 
mislead in bringing the three genera into a most natural and well- 
defined group, whatever its allies may be. 

Mr. Putnam then alluded to the habits of the three species of the 
family. (Heteropygu) found in the cave, and showed that what had 
been stated regarding the habits of the blind fishes, which, from be- 
ing surface swimmers, had been considered as better adapted for life 
in the subterranean waters than would otherwise be the case, no 
longer held good now that we know the habits of the Chologaster 
are just the contrary; as they seldom leave the bottom of the stream, 
and yet evidently thrive as well as their white cousins at the sur- 
face of the same waters. Then, as regards color, and its supposed 
absence in the cave, he thought that the specimens on the table were 
evidence that much had been said on that subject without a full 
knowledge of the facts; for the specimens proved, beyond question, 
that light is not necessary for the production or maintenance of 
color. Darkness did not bring about atrophy of the eyes, if the 
specimens exhibited were any test, for here we had fishes with eyes 
which had (for all we know to the contrary) been in the cave as long 
as those species without them, and were as essentially subterranean 
forms, so far as our present knowledge goes; for we have no right to 
assume that the five specimens of Chologaster obtained were any 
later inhabitants of the cave than the blind fishes, until at least one 
specimen of the former had been collected in the outer waters of the 
vicinity of the caves; and he had carefully seined the Green River 
and many of its tributaries without finding it. 

He also called attention to the fact that if the theory of develop- 
ment of the blind fishes from the Chologaster was maintained, it was 
not only necessary to account for the atrophy of the visual organs, 
the development of the tactile organs with which the blind fishes 
were provided, and the loss of coloration which characterized them; 


1874.] 225° [Hyatt. 


but that great internal changes had also to be aceounted for, inas- 
much as Chologaster had a much longer intestine, with an additional 
turn, than either Typhlichthys or Amblyopsis, and had a stomach 
provided with two pairs of pyloric appendages, while the other gen- 
era had but one pair, and had the single ovary placed behind the 
stomach in the posterior part of the abdominal cavity, whereas in 
the other two genera it was situated at the side of the stomach, and 
in the forward part of the cavity. With such marked differences as 
these to be taken into consideration, he thought it would be rather 
hasty for any one to assume that one genus was developed, in the 
_ ordinary acceptance of the term, from the other; and that with all 
the facts we now have, it was assuming more than the facts war- 
rant, to accept as truths any of the arguments that have been 
brought forward so far as they relate to the origin of the blind 
fishes; and he thought that there were as many, if not more, facts 
in favor of their having been a very early form of life that had 
been continued, than one of late development; and if it could be 
shown geologically that marine life had once had access to the first 
formed of these caves in any way, he thought that many of the facts 
would be as well understood on the basis of the continuance of types 
from past time, as upon that of their late evolution. 


REMARKS ON TWO NEw GENERA OF AMMONITES, AGASSICERAS 
AND OXYNOTICERAS. By Pror. A. Hyatt. 


Family ARIETID Zi. 


AGASSICERAS. 


The young are quite immature and remarkable for the prolonged 
existence of the goniatitic form which is generally confined to the earli- 
est stage of growth in the Ammonites. The living chambers are quite 
short, the abdomen keeled but not channeled. This genus would not 
be placed in the group of Arietidz by many authors. A comparison 
of the adult with the perfect young of A. obtusus, which I saw in the 


1] am now publishing so many of these fugitive papers that I feel called upon, 
in advance of a more formal Memoir now in manuscript, which is to appear in 
the Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, to thank my 
many friends in Europe, to whom I have been indebted for much information 
and the free use of collections. To mention any one by name would be unjust to 
others, and I therefore defer more formal acknowledgement until the appearance 
of the Memoir referred to. 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 15 FEBRUARY, 1875. 


Hyatt.] 226 . [December 2, 


British Museum, shows, however, that both have similar forms and 
short living chambers. The septal sutures of Agassiceras Scipionia- 
num are also strictly Arietian in outline and proportion, and the 
septa, form and external characteristics of Agass. levigatum are so 
similar to the young of Cor. kridion and rotiforme in some varieties 
that it becomes difficult to separate them. 

Agassiceras levigatum Hyatt. 

Amm. levigatus Sow., Min. Conch., pl. 570, f. 3. 

Amm. levigatus Opp., Der Jura., p. 81. 

This species has an exceedingly immature or embryonic form. It 
seems to complete its growth in five whorls. The mouth has a sim- 
ple pointed rostrum, the lips slightly flaring with a broad shallow 
constriction between the edge and the main body of the shell, very 
similar to Oppel’s type of Amm. planorbis, which, by.the bye, is 


not correctly figured by him.! 
Variety a is smooth during four whorls at least and flatter and 


thinner than the other varieties, and the umbilicus is therefore not so 


deep. These pass by insensible gradations into the next. 

Variety b is smooth only during the first three or three and a half 
whorls, and then the sides are broken by a series of immature folds 
like those of variety plicatum of Psiloceras planorbe. The younger 
whorls are generally wider than in either of the other varieties and 
the umbilicus therefore deeper. These fade insensibly into those of 
the next variety. 

Variety c has the pile much more ene but the period at which 
they are developed is the same as in the preceding variety. An- 
other peculiarity of this variety is the tendency of the pile to cross 
the abdomen, forming slightly prominent ridges. This, like all other 
characteristics, is found to a re) or less degree in the other 
varieties. 

Variety d is founded on ihe presence of a faintly defined siphonal 
line. This includes members of the other varieties, regardless of the 
time at which the pile are developed, their greater or less promi- 

nence, and the breadth or thinness of the whorls. This variety also 
fades off into all the rest in respect to its distinctive peculiarity, the 
difference being wholly one of degree. 

The young have at first the abrupt umbilical edges, common also to 
the young of other species; these give considerable depth to the 


1 Oppel’s figure gives:the lateral curves in an exaggerated form, and the in- 
dented collar too deep. 


1874.] 227 [Hyatt. 


young umbilicus. The umbilical edges become reduced in course of 
erowth, and also, as explained before, by the comparative reduction 
of the rate of growth of the transverse diameter of the whorl; but 
this only endures for a time, and the fourth whorl again increases fast 
enough to be somewhat broader than the third. The aspect of the 
umbilicus when the fourth whorl is completed is thus altered from 
deep to shallow, just as it changes at much earlier stages in other 
species, after the earlier goniatitic proportions are outgrown. 

The pilz are introduced generally after the second stage of growth 
begins and but very rarely before the reduction in the comparative 
breadth of the whorl begins. The septa are also immature on the 
fourth whorl, but the abdominal lobe is considerably deeper than the 
superior laterals. ‘The other lobes are pointed and the cells serrated. 
This species, according to Oppel, appears in the bed immediately 
above the Bucklandi bed and in the Museum of Stuttgart is a speci- 
men in the Geometricus bed from Degerloch. In England, however, 
it is usually found associated with Deroceras planicosta, and at Semur 
with digoc. angulatum. They also have short living chambers and 
septa which do not permit of their being joined with Psi. planorbe. 
The Museum at Semur and the Museum of Comp. Zoology afford 
ample materials for tracing the connection between this species and 
striaries, there being many intermediate forms closely connecting 
the two. 

The constant identification of this species with Psiloceras planorbe 
is a mistake very naturally made by those who are ignorant of its 
precise geological position, as | was at the time of the description of 
the variety planilaterale. ‘They seem, however, to have but little in 
common, except the general aspect of the shell. 

Agassiceras striaries Hyatt. 

Amm. striaries Quenst., Der Jura., p. 70, pl. 8, fig. 5. 

Psiloceras planilaterale Hyatt, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 5, p. 73. 

Loc. Semur. Coll. Boucault. 

Sides of the whorls in some adult specimens flattened but in others 
decidedly gibbous ; they may be either plicated or smooth. Abdomen 
very broad, depressed, convex, smooth or very lightly ridged where 
the thickened lip of the rostrum marks the limit of the annual growth 
of the shell. The position of the siphon is often indicated by a 
raised line. The young are smooth for the first three whorls, the pli- 
cations beginning to appear on the fourth whorl. 

Remarks. The observations were made upon five specimens which 
were labelled Amm. planorbis by M. Boucault, but they differ from 


Hyatt.] ma Zao. | [December 2, 


that species in the smaller size and greater proportional bulk of the 
whorls, the breadth and depressed convex form of the abdomen, and 
the raised siphonal line. Several specimens of this species in the 
collection at Stuttgart from Balingen showed living chambers, as 
pointed out to me by Prof. Fraas, always shorter than in P. plan- 
orbe, and the septa distinct. The peculiar folds appearing in some 
shells, and the form and aspect of the whorls like those of the young 
Scipionianus, show that their affinities lie in the same direction as 
those of Scipionianus. Occurs in the Geometricus bed. The originals 
of Prof. Quenstedt’s descriptions from Pforen fully sustained the 
above, and a fine suite of these at Semur exhibits several forms pass- 
ing into the young forms of Scipionianus. 

Agassiceras Scipionianum Hyatt. 

Amm. Scipionianus D’Orb., Terr. Jurass., p. 207, pl. 51, f. 7-8. 

This species varies exceedingly; some of the young occasionally 
show a crenulated keel; they may also be either smooth or pilated 
on the sides, with all the intermediate differences. The abdomens 
are keeled and occasionally though very slightly channeled. The 
form of the whorl from the young up may be either very gibbous or 
comparatively flat. In the young forms the pile vary from those 
comparatively thin and depressed to prominent well-defined ones, 
with or without tubercles; they may also be either very numerous or 
few in number, and be very distinct or mere thick awkward looking 
folds. It has been commonly supposed that the affinities of this 
fossil were with the Margaritatus group but nothing could well be 
more erroneous. Its development is altogether peculiar and differ- 
ent and its septa are very distinctly Arietian. 

When old age begins the tubercles are suppressed, the sides become 
flatter, the Serco bend less abruptly and curve slightly forward, 
the pile reaching to the edge of the channels, these last being in- 
dicated by shallow longitudinal furrows raised above the level of the 
abdomen ; the keel still remaining very prominent and sharp. The 
envelopment even at this age does not exceed one third of the breadth 
of the whorl. This old age period just before the pile become obso- 
lete is very similar to the adult of Asteroceras Collenotit. 

The young of this species has the rotund gibbous volutions so char- 
acteristic of levigatus and striaries. ‘The sides are at first divergent, 
but they become nearly parallel on the latter part of the second whorl ; 
the dorsal side also broadens and the umbilical shoulders become 
more abrupt. On the third volution the sides are entirely parallel, 


1874.) 229 (Hyatt. 


the dorsum and abdomen of the same breadth and the latter elevated , 
into an obtuse ridge. ‘This ridge on the fourth whorl becomes a true 
keel unaccompanied by slight channels, though there are traces of their 
formation. The quicker increase of the abdomino-dorsal diameter of 
the whorl after this period speedily elevates the abdomen and ren- 
ders the transverse diameter of the shell considerably less on the lat- 
ter part of the fourth volution, destroying even the faint traces of 
the channels mentioned above. On the fifth volution the sides be- 
come slightly convergent, and increase very slowly this convergence 
on the sixth volution. 

The pile appear on the early part of the third whorl, as thick, 
widely separated folds, but rapidly grow into true pile. The genic- 
ulz may become tuberculated on the fifth volution or they may 
remain permanently without tubercles ; there is however great varia- 
tion with regard to their prominence and their number. 

The duration of the different stages of growth is also varied, in 
some specimens the abdomen remaining flattened through the keel- 
forming stage until they reach the first quarter of the fifth volution. 
Tn one specimen the pile are reversed in position, bending posteriorly, 
but subsequently, begin slowly to change to a natural position on the 
fifth volution. Quite a number of the specimens from Semur have the 
pile but very slightly or not at all developed. None of them seem to 
reach beyond four and a half volutions, and their small size may pos- 
sibly be due to the same cause as the absence of the pile. In some 
specimens the involution may begin to cover up the genicule of the 
latter part of the fourth whorl, and in others this process may be de- 
layed for one or more volutions. 

On the early part of the fourth volution the abdominal lobe is con- 
siderably longer than the superior lateral lobes, which in turn are 
shorter than the inferior laterals. The inferior lateral cells are 
slightly deeper than the superior laterals. On the latter part of the 
same volution the abdominal lobe has increased in length and the 
superior lateral cells are shallower ; the inferior lateral cells be- 
come deeper proportionally and the lateral lobes are nearly equal 
in length, the inferior laterals still remaining, however, slightly the 
longest. The minor lobes are very minute and remain so, the sutures 
having a comparatively even outline for that reason. In some speci- 
mens the lengthening of the abdominal lobe continues until the su- 
- perior lateral cells are almost obliterated; in others the lobes and 
cells may remain with about the same proportions as in the stage of 


Hyatt.] 930 - [December 2, 


development last described. ‘There are two specimens in the Geo- 
metricus bed (Stuttgart Museum), but they do not show the young 
or give any better clue to the true development. There are three 
casts in the Stuttgart Museum from the Pentacrinus bed near Krumen- 
acher, which appear to be the young of this same species, and one of 
them with the shell on shows all the peculiar marks of Agassiceras 
striaries, while another is so broad, on the abdomen, and the broad, 
fold-like pile are so high, that it looks remotely like the young of Cor. 
Sauzeanum. The three are identified as young of Coroniceras Sauze- 
anum, but the young of this species is very distinct in septa and all 
its characteristics. In the Collection at Semur is a specimen which, 
until a late period of its growth, maintains the aspect of striaries and 
then develops the keel and perfect form of Scipionianus. * The Scip- 
vonis of Reynés is a form which at an early age becomes smooth like 
the old stage of Scipionianus. 


Family OXYNOTIDE. 


I have thought it essential here to designate the group below as 
distinct from the Arietidz because of its great difference in develop- 
ment, in adult characteristics, and especially in old ave. ‘The young 
are similar to the group of certain aberrant forms of that family, as 
noticed below, but the adult, instead of the solid keel of the Arie- 
tidz, possesses a hollow keel. In the old, however, this keel entirely 
disappears, leaving the abdomen rounded and almost flattened, a 
transformation entirely distinct from that which occurs in the old of 
any of the Arietidee. Here, as elsewhere, however, a single charac- 
teristic unites the two; the sutures are similar in both families. 
The similarities of the young are such as occur commonly between 
what are supposed to be very widely separated adults in many oe 
distinct families or groups. 


OXYNOTICERAS. 


This group, which has heretofore not been treated of in a con- 
nected form, so far as I know, is perhaps one of the most interest- 
ing. Baron Schwartz, to whom I am indebted for being made aware 
of the importance of the hollow character of the keel among the 
Ammonites, was, at the time of my visit at Tubingen, searching for 
specimens of O. oxynotum in which the structure of the keel could be 
studied. It was my good fortune to find several specimens in the 
collections at Stuttgart and Semur which showed the essentially hol- 


1874.] 250 (Hyatt. 


low interior of the keel. One of these, in the collection at Semur, 
exhibited the hollow, but I found it filled with layers evidently of or- 
ganic origin. The black layer was also present. ‘This would appear 
to be an intermediate stage between the solid and hollow keeled 
groups of Ammonites, but it may be only a specific character. That 
it is not due to age may be proved by the examination of young 
specimens in which also the same solid filling may be observed. 

In O. Guibalianum, Guibalii, and Lotharingum the hollow keel was 
also observed. The late stage of growth at which it appears and the 
comparatively early stage at which it disappears, as well asthe com- 
pleteness of its obsolescence, are very marked in O. Guibalii and espe- 
cially in O. Lotharingum. ‘The young of O. oxynotum and O. Guibalia- 
num and Guibalii are very similar in many of their varieties to those of 
A gassiceras striaries and in O. oxynotum this is so marked that it becomes 
almost identity. The young of O. Lotharingum, however, never show 
these striaries-like forms, but begin at a very early stage to resemble 
the adult of O. Guibalianum in all its characteristics. These facts 
appear to justify the conclusion that we have in this family either the 
first appearance, or at least. one independent source, of the hollow- 
keeled group springing up in a genus whose origin is traceable by 
inference from the developmental characteristics to the Arietian spe- 
cies Agassiceras striaries. The resemblances of the senile stage to its 
own young in the form and characteristics of the last whorl are very 
remarkable. The length of time during which the adult stage main- 
tains the peculiar sharpness of the whorl and the keel in the indi- 
vidual is greatest in O. oxynotum, less in O. Guibalianum, still less in 
O. Guibali, and least in O. Lotharingum. 

This also would be the natural order of the arrangement of the 
species if placed by the evidence afforded by their development and 
adult characteristics. O. Guibalianum is in every way most nearly 
allied to O. oxynotum. ‘There are some varieties, especially among 
the German forms in Prof. Fraas’ collection, which have much 
sharper abdomens than the true Guibalianum and approximate very 
closely to the stouter varieties of oxynotum. 

On the other hand, the duration of the striaries-like stage in O. 
Guibalianum, the septa of the adult, which are simpler or more Arie- 
tian in outline than in oxynotum, and the essentially hollow keel, seem 
to indicate a separate though common origin from Agassiceras stria- 
ries. ‘The specimen O. Guibalianum in the Stuttgart Museum, in which 
the hollow keel was observed, had an outer shell remarkably thick- 


Hyatt.] 232 [December 2, 


ened, but the interior evidently hollow, while in the French speci- 
mens at Semur the shell was of the usual thickness. The former may 
possibly indicate a transition to O. oxynotum. O. Guibalii, however, 
by the resemblances of the young to the adult of O. Guibalianum, or in 
other words by the younger period at which the adult characteristics 
of the species are inherited, is apparently a direct derivative from O. 
Guibalianum. The same reasons would also apply to O. Lotharingum, 
in which the young lose the striaries-like stage almost entirely and re- 
peat only the adult form and characteristics of O. Guibalianum. ‘The 
shorter and shorter duration of the adult stages and the continually 
earlier period at which the senile stage of decline makes its appear- 
ance in each successive species probably indicate a similar relation- 
ship. The evidence of the descent of these three species from each 
other would be complete if they did not all make their appearance on 
the same level, in the Birchii or Obtusus bed at Semur. As the case 
now stands, therefore, no relation of succession in time ean be af- 
firmed. The relations of the different species would seem rather 
. to be represented by divergent lines connecting O. oxynotum with O. 
Guibalianum through a series of intermediate forms, and then O. 
Guibalianum with Guibalii and Lotharingum, but all on the same geo- 
logical level. 

Oxynoticeras oxynotum Hyait. 

Amm. oxynotus Quenst., Petrfk. 98, pl. 5, f. 11. 

This species presents us, in the course of its development, with some 
curious and interesting metamorphoses. The young are round and 
smooth and may continue to retain this smoothness and the rotundity 
of the abdomen until the specimen is fully an inch in diameter. The 
sides, however, become flatter and slight folds and striations become 
visible. The resemblance to Agassiceras striaries is so decided in 
these specimens that if found independently, no one would hesitate 
to place them in the same genus as a closely allied species. The 
septa even agree very closely, as may be seen in Prof. Fraas’ collec- 
tion, which presents a very fine series of these exceptional varieties. 
The keel does not appear until much later in these striaries-like forms 
than in the normal forms, but in all varieties the Arietian characteris- 
tics of the septa are apparent. ‘The keel on its first appearance 
seems to be solid, though I could not determine this with absolute 
precision. If this could have been determined, the evidence that this 
species is a descendant of Agassiceras striaries would have been com- 
plete. Besides this variety, there is another evidently normal and 


1874.] 2393 [Hyatt. 


healthy which resembles in every respect the young of Amaltheus mar- 
garitatus, having even the crenulated abdomen. This leads into a 
variety quite common but not so evidently the result of normal or 
healthy causes. This has a blunter abdomen, which is deeply crenu- 
lated asin Phylloceras Boblagei, and otherwise resembles it in form 
though distinct in the septa. The involution, however, is irregular, 
decreasing with age, instead of preserving thé normal mode of in- 
crease, thouch the specimens rarely exceed an inch in diameter. The 
normal or true orynotus variety prevails in the majority of specimens, 
and in these the resemblance of the young to striaries is very much 
obscured by the early development of the laterally flattened adult 
form, the sharp keel and specifically characteristic sutures. 

The examination of old and young forms at Semur enables me to 
state that in extreme old age, when the shell is about 335 mm. in 
diameter, the form changes. The keel becomes very broad, a de- 
pressed zone make its appearance on the sides near the umbilicus, and . 
the involution becomes so much less that I have compared the aspect 
of the umbilicus to that of Amm. Romani. Here also the structure 
of the keel in one specimen was plainly visible. Externally the outer 
shell enveloped the cavity of the keel, internally the nacreous layer 
formed a convex floor, but the space between, instead of being hollow 
as in Oxynoticeras Guibalianum was filled by layers thickest in the 
centre and gradually fading off to either side, their attenuated lateral. 
extensions forming a third layer between the outer shell and the 
nacreous lining. ‘The dark colored layer, which is considered as im- 
portant by Baron Schwartz, is also present, lying just above the 
nacreous lining and a little on one side. 

Besides these forms there is at Semur, identified as a form of Lo- 
tharingus by Reynés a variety of this species which attains the large 
size of 893 mm. Even at this size the characteristic form of the adult 
is maintained, though the involution is perceptibly less, the umbilicus 
being quite open. Oxynotus is the only species of this group which 
attains as great a size in its normal variety without losing the keel, 
and therefore I think this form is also a variety of this species. 
Amm. oxynotus-numismalis Quenst. (Der Jura, p. 119) is probably a 
form of this series, and, as supposed by him, is probably identical with 
Amm. Buvigneri D’Orb. D’Orbigny’s original is altered by compres- 
sion and this defect is represented in his drawing as natural. The 
original in the Coll. of the Jardin des Plantes has one side more 
_ compressed by pressure than the other, showing that the concave zone 


Hyatt.] 234 [December 2, 


near the abdomen did not probably exist in the living shell. The ab- 
domen also has a decided keel, which is not represented in the plate. 

Oxynoticeras Guibalianum Hyatt. 

Amm. Guibalianus D’Orb., Ter. Jurass., Ceph., p. 259, pl. 73. 

Amm. Guibali Reynés’ Plates (pars). 

Amm. Guibalianus Reynés’ Plates (pars). 

‘The examination of German specimens leads me to the cqeelaeie 
that this species was closely allied to Oxynoticeras oxynotum in devel- 
opment and in septa, but the matter still remained doubtful until I 
reached Semur. Here the splendid suite of specimens of this spe- 
cies enabled me to solve all difficulties. Here also I was enabled to 
compare it with specimens of the true Collenotii D’Orb., the originals 
of which are in the Museum of Comp. Zool. at Cambridge. 

They have not the slightest claims to be considered identical. Op- 
pel, who has identified many species, was probably led astray by the 

‘miscellaneous collection of supposed types in D’Orbieny’s Collection. 
Reynés has divided this species into three forms, not very readily 
distinguishable by their adult characteristics, but quite distinct when 
their development and old age are studied. His principal observations 
on Lotharingus Guibalit and Guibalianus were made in the Museum 
at Semur. I, however, am obliged to refer his Guibali to Guibalianus 
D’Orb., because of their close resemblance in development and old 
age, and in order to avoid the use of a new name I distinguish the next 
species, his Guibalianus, as Guibalii. In this also I am justified by the 
types in the Semur Collection, in many of which these names are in- 
terchanged. The true Guibalianus D’Orb., as may be seen by com- 
parison of the original specimen and the Semur collection, has more 
abrupt umbilical shoulders,a more open umbilicus, is less involved, 
and retains the keel and typical form of the whorls until a later stage 
of growth than any of the group except O. oxynotum. The shell some- 
times attains the size of 235 mm. before any marked change of 
form is observable, and in one specimen reached the size of 410 mm. 
before the keel disappeared. Finally, however, the keel begins to dis- 
appear and eventually all traces of it vanish in the almost flattened 
abdomen. ‘The form, however, seldom changes as completely as in 
O. Guibalii. The length of the ribs, whether long, or alternately 
long and short, seems to be a characteristic of great variability, and 
I have not been able to make it of any use in distinguishing the 
species. 


| 
| 


1874.] ; 935 [Ingersoll. 


Oxynoticeras Guibalii Hyatt. 

Amm. Guibalit Reynés’ Plates (pars). 

Amm. Guibalianus Reynés’ Plates (pars). 

The keel of this species may begin to disappear even at the size 
of 100 mm. In one specimen in the Semur collection this is accom- 
panied by a singular and marked lateral deflection of the hollow keel, 
and at the size of 170 or 180 mm. it has wholly disappeared. The 
outer whorl then has a very broad, gibbous abdomen, the sides remain- 
ing convergent and rounded. 

Oxynoticeras Lotharingum Hyatt. 

Amm. Lotharingus Reynés’ Plates. 

In this species at the size of 100 mm. the keel has almost disap- 
peared and the ribs in several instances cross the abdomen. The 
abdomen becomes rounded but the involution did not appear to de- 
crease perceptibly in the specimens examined. ‘The umbilicus is 
smaller in the adult, the whorls stouter in proportion and the charac- 
teristic form and aspect of O. Guibalianus is found only in the young. 
The extreme young stages have no hollow keel; it is a characteristic 
of the later periods of growth and of the adult, and then disappears 
in the oldest stage. This is perhaps the most interesting instance I 
have yet discovered of the polarity of the senile and young stages of 
the life of the individual. The resemblances which exist between 
them in other characteristics are intensified by the disappearance in 
old age of this important structure. 


Prof. R. H. Richards exhibited some photographs of large 
masses of copper, found at Isle Royal, Lake Michigan, which 
bear haminer marks made by the prehistoric inhabitants of 
that region. 


The thanks of the Society were voted to Prof. H. A. Par- 
ker and Mr. D. B. Fay for donations to the Museum. 


December 16, 1874. 


The President in the chair. Forty-five persons present. 


Mr. Ernest Ingersoll, of the United States Geological 
Survey, gave an interesting account of the domestic life of 


Hyatt.] 236 [December 16, 


the Ute Indians, who occupy the western half of Colorado. 
After referring briefly to the traditions current among them 
respecting the origin of their tribe, he spoke of their recent 
rapid decrease in numbers through the ravages of the small 
pox. They still,. however, maintain a tribal existence and a 
certain degree of organization. He then described their 
ways of living and domestic customs, referring to their bur- 
ial rites and marriage contracts, and gave such information 
as he had been able to obtain respecting their religious ideas. 


The following papers were read : — 


ABSTRACT OF A MEMOIR ON THE “ BIOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF 
THE JURASSIC AMMONITES.” By Pror. A. HYATT. 


The. speaker traced the history of the evolution of the order of 
Ammonoids, showing that the characteristics of the first three stages 
of the embryo were inherited from a very early period. ‘These were 
first, the sac-like shell of the embryo containing the equally sac-like 
beginning of the siphon,— prosiphon as it has since been called by M. 
Munier-Chalmas; second, the beginning of the true shell or apex, 
with its nautilus-like septum, and peculiar nautilus-like umbilicus; 
third, the depressed and goniatite-like continuation of the form of 
the shell with its accompanying goniatitic septa. 

These of course represent only their most advanced stage in the 
Ammonites proper of the Jura and Trias; they are, when first ob- 
served in the Silurian and Devonian, exceedingly variable in the 
length of the periods and other important characteristics even be- 
tween the varieties of different species. They become invariable in 
the young as embryonic characteristics only after the lapse of time 
represented by the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous periods. 
This variability in the same species in the Silurian shows how re- 
cently they were inherited, and their invariability in every individual 
of the Jurassic shows the result of the long ages of inheritance 
through which the group has passed between that period and the 
Silurian epoch. 

He then showed that in each subordinate group there were cer- 
tain invariably occurring forms precisely similar to those found in 
other groups often widely removed in time and very distinct in the 


1874.] DRT (Hyatt. 


structure of the parts. These are apt to occur with a certain fixity 
of succession which enables the observer to predict with considerable 
certainty the general characteristics of the succeeding forms of any 
given group after he has thoroughly studied the development and 
succession of a few of the lowest. ‘They correspond to what natura- 
lists are in the habit of calling parallel forms, often also representa- 
tive forms. These forms begin in every group with which I am ac- 
quainted with a certain low or open-whorled form and evolve, in course 
of time and by inheritance, more and more involved whorls, or else the 
whorls are modified in the characteristics which usually accompany 
the normal increase of the involution, namely, by the increasing thin- 
ness of the shell laterally, flattening of the sides which become more 
and more convergent outwardly, and the tendency of the abdomen to 
become narrower. This and the origin of most of the groups from 
certain single ancestral species of the discoidal or open-whorled forms 
show conclusively that these forms arise independently in each group. 

But it must be noticed that they can be only thus limited in each 
group or series of groups which are genetically connected. The 
range of forms comprehend every imaginable modification of the 
original inherited or stock form of the‘third stage among Ammonites. 
This is tubular or coniform and has an inherited tendency to grow 
by increasing the abdominal more than the dorsal side, thus revolv- 
ing upon itself. Therefore while the choice or selection of the origi- 
nal forms by which a series starts into being is practically unlimited 
except by the possibilities of the typical discoidal form of the em- 
bryo and young, the subsequent development in each series becomes 
more and more limited according to the size of the group. The same 
law of inheritance which renders the embryonic form of the third 
stage fixed or invariable in each individual of the true Ammonites 
of the Jura, subsequently accomplishes the same purpose, to a less 
decree and with greater fluctuation, for the later developed forms and 
characteristics of each separate séries or group, obliging them to 
evolve, if they progress at all, a certain succession of forms which 
have been described above. 

It will be noticed that I use the word progress in a special 
sense as applicable to a certain class of parallel forms and not to 
those with which we shall presently deal, the old-age forms, which 
though equally perfect in the phenomena of parallelism, cannot be at- 
tributable to growth. The former are the mechanical results of the 
growth or increase in size of the shell of the common embryonic form 


Hyatt.] 238 [ December 16, 


of the third and succeeding stages of the young, while the latter re- 
sult from the natural but inevitable loss of growth-force in the adult 
shell and its parts. 

This growth seems to me to be due to the favorable nature of the 
physical surroundings, primarily producing characteristic changes 
which become perpetuated and increased by inheritance within the 
group. Wecan recognize this in the constantly increasing size of 
the shell, complication and development of the new parts, as has been 
shown by Prof. Cope in his ‘‘Method of Creation of Organic Types.” 


Though he does not attribute so much to the influence of the physical | 


surroundings as has been done here, the results of my investigations 
are, as they have been heretofore, very similar to his. 


The law or general expression for the mode of inheritance by | 


which this is accomplished is the same for all characteristics, whether 
of form or structure ; namely, that of acceleration. By this I mean 


the constant tendency of every individual to inherit the characteris- | 


tics of its parents at earlier periods than those in which they have 


appeared in the parents themselves. I know of no exception to this | 
law, whether the characteristics are due to a healthy adult condition | 
or to old age ; whether they precede or succeed the supposed period — 


of reproduction. This I have already treated of fully in previous 
publications, and need only refer to the old age parallel forms, 
presently to be treated of, in order to make it clear to every zoolo- 
gist that senile characteristics must be inherited or these series of se- 
nile parallel forms could have no existence. 

This constant tendency to reproduce the ancestral characteristics 
at earlier and earlier stages accounts for the reduction of the princi- 
pal characteristics of the Nautiloids and Goniatites to an embryonic 
condition in the young of the Jurassic Ammonites. 


It also accounts for the inheritance of the more and more involved | 
form in each of the subordinate series. This becomes apparent when | 
the parallel forms of any series are traced from the primary discoidal | 


or open umbilicated through the intermediate forms to the most 
completely involved. 

We find in all cases the more discoidal or primary with all its 
characteristics, whatever they may be, repeated at earlier stages in 
each species,until at last in some of the most involved, all percepti- 
ble traces of its existence are lost. Then and only then can the series 
be said to die a natural death. When this form appears I have never 
found another. ‘The reason for this is that in all cases the disappear- 


1874.] 239 {Hyatt 


ance of the primary or ancestral form and characteristics of the 
series is due to the encroachments of the inherited old age character- 
istics. When these, which are essentially degradational, begin to be 
inherited in a race, the adult characteristics begin to be confined to 
younger periods of growth and finally disappear altogether, the shell 
showing certain old age or inherited senile characteristics from the 
beginning of the fourth stage. Everywhere this mode of inheritance 
by acceleration occurs, everywhere it seems to govern the succession 
of the forms. I have not, however, been able yet to trace the precise 
connection between all the roots of the secondary series. If this 
could be completely done, which J fear is impossible at present, no 
doubt some similar relations would be found. 

Besides those parallel forms which may be called progressive, there 
are others in the same groups which may be shown to be due to the 
inheritance of the old age of these same parallel forms, and, by com- 
parison with similar forms prematurely produced in the different spe- 
cies by disease or local influences, they may be attributed to similar 
causes, namely, the action of unfavorable surroundings. It is no ex- 
aggeration to say that in many instances the small, dwarfed forms 
produced by disease are very similar to the normal and large old age 
forms of the same series. ‘This resemblance extends sometimes even 
to the mode of development. Disease thus produces directly an ef- 
fect similar to the normal action of the laws of inheritance through 
a greater or less period of time under the influence of physical sur- 
roundings. 

The word surroundings is now used instead of environment, for the 
reason that environment covers the whole ground of physical causes 
which may have either a remote or immediate effect upon the life of 
the species. 

The environment, or the sum of the physical influences, however 
favorable it may seem to be, is, as is well known to all physiclo- 
gists, perpetually inimical to the prolonged existence of life, and 
brings about in the individual the retrograde metamorphoses known 
as old age, and leads to death by the disuse, atrophy and decay of 
the functions and organs. 

These changes in the individual are in precise correspondence 
with those taking place in a group, and, as has been shown, these 
characteristics are acted upon in their transmission from individual to 
individual, during the decline of the group, by the same law of inheri- 
tance as are the progressive characteristics during its rise. ‘Thus it 


Hyatt.] 240 [December 16, 


becomes possible to compare the life of the individual with the life of 
the group to which it belongs, the period of growth and develop- 
ment to the period of the progressive evolution of new forms, and the 
period of old age with its retrograde metamorphoses to the period of 
decline during which retrogressive forms are evolved. This compar- 
ison and the facts noted above enable us to attribute the parallel mod- 
ifications of forms, whether occurring during the progressive or 
declining period in the existence of a group, to the direct influence 
of the environment. 

Besides these characteristic forms and structural parts which are 
parallel, there are many others in each group not classified under the 
head of similarities but under that of differences, in so far as they 
distinguish the groups from each other. These may be often followed | 
back to varieties of one species, showing that certain varieties have | 
given rise to the groups. These varieties are few as compared with | 
the whole number of varieties traceable in these original ancestral | 
species. 

Thus it seems clear, that these varieties must have had certain 
advantageous peculiarities enabling them to survive the climatic or | 
geological changes, which destroyed the weaker descendants of the | 
same stock, and that these peculiarities rendered them capable of 
perpetuating their race until they arose into a group or series of | 
genetically connected forms. 

Unless the Darwinian law of natural selection, or the survival of | 
the fittest, does apply to the perpetuation of these structural differ- 
ences which distinguish groups from each other I am entirely at loss | 
in my attempts to account for them. I here carefully guard against — 
attributing the origin of these differences to the law of natural selec- | 
tion, but limit its action strictly to the modification of the structural | 
differences which tend to appear first in the varieties and then by in- | 
heritance in larger and larger-groups and at earlier and earlier stages | 
in the life of the individual. | 

It may also be shown by Cope’s law of the origination of differ- | 
ences by growth that the origin of these differences probably lies in | 
some law of growth under the influence of the physical surroundings, | 
supply and kind of food, climate, etc. Thus they may be said to | 
be due to growth modified and directed by the Darwinian law of | 
natural selection, both of these being directly subject to the influence | 
of the environment, or the sum of all the physical influences brought | 
to bear upon the organization. | 


1874.] QAT . [Rathbun. 


This conclusion, it will be noticed, is strictly in accordance with the 
general tendency of zoological opinions at the present time and al- 
most identical. with the results taueht by Herbert Spencer in his 
works on biology, although I was not aware of this until after they 
were written. Many of the facts supporting the positions assumed 
have already been published in various scattered papers, but these 
will be united and accompanied by others. since discovered in the 
partially completed memoir of which this is an abstract. 


Pretimmnary Report oN THE CRETACEOUS LAMELLIBRANCHS 
COLLECTED IN THE VICINITY OF PERNAMBUCO, BRAZIL, ON 
THE MorGAN EXPEDITION OF 1870, Cu. FRED. HARTT IN 
CHARGE. By RicHarD RATHBUN, ASSISTANT IN THE MusEUM 
OF THE Boston Soc. or Nat. History. 


After partially completing his explorations on the lower Ama- 
zonas during the Morgan Expedition of 1870,1 Prof. Hartt directed 
two members of his party, Messrs. O. A. Derby and D. B. Wilmot, to 
explore various portions of the coast, between the mouth of the Ama- 
zonas and the city of Pernambuco. In the neighborhood of the lat- 
ter place were found several outcrops af fossiliferous rocks, which 
have since proved to be of cretaceous age. Quite extensive collec- 
tions of the contained fossils were made and sent to this country, and 
last year the mollusca were offered me for study. 

The localities from which the specimens were obtained are three 
exposures, situated at and near the mouth of the Rio Maria Farinha, 
and all included within a radius of two or three miles. The Rio . 
Maria Farinha is but a small stream, which, in the latter part of its 
course, flows nearly due east, and enters the ocean at a point about 
eighteen miles north of Pernambuco, and a few miles south of the 
island of Itamaraca, lying just off the coast. On the north side of the 
river, at its mouth, is an elevated: point called Nova Cruz, which rises 
in a cliff about twenty-five feet in height and is composed mostly of 
beds of colored clays. In the upper part of this cliff appears a single 
layer, about three feet in thickness, of a grayish, fossiliferous lime- 
stone, with clay immediately above and below it. ‘The entire cliff is 


1Fora brief account of this Expedition, see ‘‘ Preliminary Report of the Mor- 
gan Expeditions, 1870-71,” by Ch. Fred. Hartt. Bulletin of the Cornell University, 
(Science), Vol. 1, No. 1, 1874. 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 16 FEBRUARY, 1875. 


Rathbun.] 949 [December 16, 
. . 


capped with a bed of unconsolidated tertiary sand, and both the 
clays and the limestone composing it are probably of cretaceous age. 


Following up the river along the north side for about a mile, we | 


come upon a rather heavy bed of hard, whitish limestone, outerop- 


ping from the plain near the bank of the river, and containing creta- | 


ceous fossils, mostly lamellibranchs. It is coveréd with tertiary de- 


posits. This stone is extensively burned for lime and may be desig- | 


nated the Maria Farinha bed. On the south side of the river, about 


midway between its mouth and Maria Farinha, and a short distance | 


from its bank, is a slight exposure of fossiliferous cretaceous lime- 
stone, resembling the limestone bed in the cliff at Pt. Nova Cruz. 
Only the upper portion of a single layer projects from the tertiary 
plain. To this bed has been given the name Sao José. 

As far as could be ascertained, the beds at Sao José and Pt. Nova 
Cruz are horizontal, while the Maria Farinha bed has a slight dip to 


the west, only observable in large exposures of the rock; but the § 


relative horizon of the beds of the three exposures could not be de- 
termined, as the surface is everywhere covered with loose materials. 

A careful comparison of the fossils obtained from them has shown, 
however, that although none of the species, so far as known, occur in 
‘all three beds, yet some are common to both the Pt. Nova Cruz and 
"Sao José localities, while others are found in the Maria Farinha and 
either the Sio José or Pt. Nova Cruz beds. The character of the 
rock in the three exposures is also quite similar, all uniting to prove 
the close relationship of the beds, which may belong near the Sergi- 
pian and Cotinguiban groups of Prof. Hartt. The beds at Pt. Nova 
Cruz and Sao José seem to be more nearly related to one another, 
than do either of these to the one at Maria Farinha. The limestone 
containing the fossils is somewhat porous, and, being constantly ex- 


posed to the weather, the shells have been entirely removed by the | 


percolation of water, thus leaving only the moulds of the exterior 
and interior, some of which are very perfect. 


Lamellibranchs are by far the most abundant fossils in all three lo- 


calities. At Point Nova Cruz and Sao José, gasteropods and cepha- 
lopods are quite common, the latter often of considerable size, but in 
a poor state of preservation. Some few fish and crustacean remains, 
together with a single echinoid and fragments of a small coral, were 
also found. On the island of Itamaracd, three or four miles above 
the mouth of the Rio Maria Farinha, there is exposed a bed of soft 


) 


1874.) 243 [Rathbun. — 


drab-colored limestone, containing fish remains and a few obscure 
moulds of lamellibranchs. 

As Ihave not as yet had time to finish the study of all the mol- 
lusca collected on the Rio Maria Farinha, descriptions of only the 
larger and more prominent forms among the lamellibranchs have 
been given in this paper. In a future and more complete report I. 
hope to furnish figures of all the forms here described. 

Though disliking to increase the already large number of names 
among the cretaceous mollusca, I have found it necessary to desio- 
nate and name as new all but two of the forms herein described. 
They have been carefully compared with the collections in the Mu- 
seum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, with those of the Boston 
Society of Natural History, and also with the literature on the sub- 
ject contained in the libraries of both the above-named institutions. 

I am greatly indebted to Mr. Alex. Agassiz, for kindly allowing me 
free use of the collection of Paleontology and the library in the Mu- 
seum at Cambridge; and also to Count L. F. de Pourtalés and Mr. 
O. H. St. John of Cambridge, who aided me much in my compari- 
sons. To Prof. A. Hyatt, of the Boston Soc. of Nat. History, I am 
under many obligations for aid and advice in the preparation of this 
short paper. It is due Mr. O. A. Derby of Cornell University, to 
whom the first right of the collection belonged, to state here, that he 
had already done some work upon it before I received it. He had 
carefully prepared most of the specimens and separated many of the 
species. The account of the localities is, of course, taken entirely 
from his notes. é : 

Family OSTREIDA. 

Grypheea (sp. ?) 

There are numerous internal moulds of a small oyster, belonging to 
this genus, but no external moulds perfect enough to show the true 
specific characters of the form were obtained. The thickening with- 
in the beak varies greatly, sometimes almost entirely filling up that 
portion of the shell. The exterior surface seems to have been 
‘marked simply with small, irregular, concentri¢ lines. From the cre- 
taceous bed at Sao José, Prov. of Pernambuco, Brazil. 

HExogyra lateralis (Nilsson). . 

Ostrea lateralis Nils., 1827. Petrif. suecana. 

2? Chama canaliculata Sow. 1813. Min. conch. 

There were obtained from the limestone beds at Sao José and Pt. 
Nova Cruz two specimens of Exogyra, which, with very little doubt, 


Rathbun.) 9244 [December 16, 


belong to the above species and increase its already extended range. 
Exogyra lateralis is found in Europe in the Gres Vert du Mans, 
Etage supérieur, and in the Greensand of Essen on the Ruhr. It also | 
occurs in the Greensand of New Jersey in the United States. Its 
occurrence in eastern Brazil will give it a distribution not attained 
by many of the cretaceous mollusca. ; 

A comparison of the Pernambuco forms with many specimens of | 
the same species, both from Europe and the United States, gives the 
following results. The Pernambuco specimens are of the medium 
size attained by EH. lateralis. In outline and general shape they 
agree very closely with some of the European and N. American 
specimens, but the latter vary much among themselves. The lower 
valve is smooth on the exterior. The upper valve is slightly convex, 
and ornamented by conspicuous, overlapping, concentric layers of | 
growth, which agree perfectly with the same features in the N. Amer- | 
ican and European forms. 

But two specimens were found, both moulds of the shell, showing 
the exterior and interior, one of both valves, the other of only the 
upper valve. 

From Sao José and Pt. Nova Cruz, Prov, of Pernambuco, Brazil. 

Some little confusion exists as to the synonymy of this species. 
In 1813 Sowerby described a species of cretaceous oyster as Chama 
canaliculata. This, with Ostrea lateralis, described and named by 
Nilsson in 1827, are considered one and the same by D’Orbigny in 
his Paléontolozie Francaise, published in 1848, and the name of 
course changes to Ostrea canaliculata of D’Orb. Still later some 
writers, I do not know whether by direct observation or not, have 
given the two as distinct. In the collections to which I have had ac- 
cess, the specimens, with which I have identified the Brazilian form, 
have been determined and labeled by good European authorities as 
Exogyra lateralis. Ihave not seen Hxogyra (Chama) canaliculata. 


Family NUCULID&. 


Nucula Marie sp. nov. 

Shell minute, slightly elongate, and with the valves moderately con- 
vex. Inthe rnteenal mould the outline is obliquely subovate, the beaks 
are placed far forward, less than one-fourth the length of the shell 
from the anterior margin, are prominent, elevated slightly above the 


1874.) JAD [Rathbun. 


hinge and incline strongly forward. The hinge equals a little more 
than one-half the length of the shell, and descends quite rapidly from 
the beaks toward the posterior margin, where it ends abruptly. The 
latter, which has about the same height as the anterior. margin, be- 
gins, in the internal moulds, at a higher level than the posterior ex- 
tremity of the hinge, since at this point, as is generally the case in 
Nuula, the cavity of the shell extends nearer to the true margin 
than it does along the hinge. It rounds strongly to the ventral mar- 
gin. The anterior margin curves quite rapidly downward and back- 
ward, but is not so fully rounded as is the posterior margin. 

The valves are most convex in the lower part of the umbonal re- 
_ gion, and curve moderately from the beaks to the ventral margin. 
The curvature of the surface from the anterior to the posterior mar- 
gin is also very moderate and quite regular, though the valves are 
slightly flattened in the middle. By the thickening of the margins 
of the shell, where they approached one another, there has been 
formed a slightly flattened or concave area or band on the mould, 
bordering its margins, which are very acute. 

Only a single specimen was obtained, the interior moulds of the 
two valves attached. In breaking this from the rock, the exterior 
mould was injured beyond repair, but enough remains to show that 
the surface of the shell was smooth, or marked only with indistinct 
‘concentric lines. Size: length, 3.25 mm.; height, 2.5 mm.; depth of 
two valves, 1.5 mm. 

In its interior characters this form approaches very closely some of 
the varieties of Nucula pectinata Sow. of the European cretaceous, 
but the latter form is a very much larger one and the surface of the 
shell is marked with prominent radiating lines. 

From the cretaceous limestone bed at Maria Farinha, Prov. of 
Pernambuco, Brazil. 


Family LEDIDZ. 


Leda Swiftiana sp. nov. 

Shell very small, elongate and moderately cibbous. It is elongate- 
ovate in outline, with the length more than one and one-half times 
the height. The beaks are very large, prominent and quite strongly 
incurved; they are situated a little in advance of the middle of the 
shell. Posterior to the beaks, the hinge descends quite rapidly to the 
posterior margin and forms a slight outward curve. The anterior 


Rathbun.] 946 [December 16, 

‘ | 
portion of the shell is a little higher than the posterior and is well 
rounded. The posterior margin rounds rather abruptly, and the an- 
terior more gradually, downward from the hinge toward the ventral 
margin, which last is moderately curved. The shell is slightly aneu- 
lar posteriorly, where the line of the hinge bends rapidly downward, 
at a point a little above the median line. . 

The surface arches quite strongly from the beaks to the ventral 
margin. The curvature of the surface from the anterior margin to 
the posterior is more moderate and quite regular. Hinge teeth mi- 
nute and numerous. The surface is marked by very numerous, regu- 
lar, fine, thread-like concentric. lines, which are very prominent and 
are separated by slightly narrower interspaces. On one specimen 
there were about 25 or more of these lines. Length of shell, 8 mm.; 
height, 5 mm.; depth of each valve, 2 mm. The shell from which 
these measurements were taken is somewhat above the ordinary size. 
This form is distinguished from Leda braziliensis, the next one to be 
described, by its greater proportionate height and convexity. 

From the cretaceous beds at Maria Farinha and Pt. Nova Cruz, 
Prov. of Pernambuco, Brazil, where it is moderately abundant. 
Dedicated, at Mr. Derby’s request, to Mr. H. H. Swift, formerly U. 
S. Consul at Pernambuco, as a grateful acknowledgement of many 
favors received from him during the trip. 

Leda braziliensis sp. nov. 

Shell very small, moderately convex and elongate, with the length 
a little greater than twice the height. Beaks slightly anterior to the 
middle. The hinge, posterior to the beaks, forms a slight inward 
curve and descends gradually in extending backward. The margin 
posteriorly forms an acute angle with the hinge, or the shell may have 
been slightly rounded at this point. The ventral margin forms a 
long, very moderate curve, which is somewhat stronger anteriorly. 
The anterior extremity of the shell is higher than the posterior, and 
is well rounded. The hinge margin in front of the beaks is nearly 
straight, or has a slight outward curvature. 

The convexity of the valves is moderate and greatest near the 
middle. The curve across the valves increases very slightly in 
streneth from the ventral margin toward the beaks, which are minute 
and pointed. No external moulds have been fqund. ‘The teeth are 
very small and numerous. Size: length, 7.5 mm.; height, *3 mm. 

This form of Leda has a shape quite common among the species of 
that genus; yet it seems to differ enough from all the species with 


1874.] Desi [Rathbun. 


which I have been able to compare it to merit description. It is 
readily distinguished from Leda Swiftiana, above described, by its 
more elongate form, less prominent valves, and by the posterior por- 
tion of the hinge descending less rapidly. 

From the cretaceous bed at Sa&o José, Prov. of Pernambuco, Bra- 
zil, A few specimens only have been obtained. | 


Family ARCIDZ. 


Arca Orestis sp. nov. 

Shell of moderate size, elongate, somewhat compressed, and with 
the vertical axis nearly two-thirds the antero-posterior. In outline it 
is, subelliptical, the height being greatest near the middle, but not 
varying much throughout the length of the shell. Beaks prominent, 
rounded, not incurving or inclining forward very strongly. Their 
distance from the anterior margin is much greater than one-third the 
length of the shell. . 

The hinge is equal to two-thirds the length of the shell or slightly 
more. The anterior extremity is not so high as the posterior and is 
regularly rounded, the curve of the anterior margin continuing regu- 
larly into that of the ventral. The latter is slightly rounded and de- 
scends gradually in extending backward. ‘The posterior margin is 
slightly oblique and rounded. 

The valves are most prominent in the umbonal region, but become 
flattened in the lower two-thirds. The surface rounds gradually into 
the posterior slope, which forms a slight sigmoidal curve in descend- 
ing toward the hinge. In no part is the shell angular. 

The markings of the shell consist of small, rounded, or slightly an- 
cular, radiating raised lines or plications, separated by narrower, sub- 
angular interspaces. The lines eurve slightly in extending from the 
beak to the margin. On the posterior slope they are very fine and 
thread-like. ‘The concentric lines are very small and numerous. 

‘Length of shell,.32 mm.; height, 21 mm.; depth, of each valve, 6 mm. 

Only a single specimen, a left valve, was obtained and that is much 
exfoliated, more especially near the beak. The internal characters 
are not exposed. This form is readily distinguished by the slight 
prominence of its valves, and by the surface being everywhere with- 
out abrupt curves. The markings are also quite simple. 

From the cretaceous bed at Maria Farinha, Prov. of Pernambuco, 


Rathbun.) 248 2 [December 16, 


Brazil. Respectfully dedicated to Mr. Orestes H. St. John, lately of 
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass. 
_Arca (Cucullea ?) Harttii sp. nov. 

Shell of medium size, elongate, gibbous, with the. height nearly 
two-thirds the length. Outline of internal mould subovate, the 
height of the posterior extremity being much greater than that of the 
anterior. The beaks are situated at a little more than one-third 
the lenecth from the anterior margin, are very prominent and in- 
cline strongly forward. Hinge nearly as long as the shell. The pos- 
terior margin extends obliquely downward and slightly backward, 
rounding strongly toward the ventral margin. The anterior margin 
leaves the hinge abruptly, at nearly a right angle, and curves rapidly 
round to the ventral margin, which is slightly rounded and descends 
moderately in extending backward. ; 

The valves are very convex and arch strongly from the beaks to 
the ventral margin. The depth of each valve is more than one-third 
the height of the shell. The posterior slope commences abruptly 
along a line extending from just behind the beaks to the lower 
posterior corner, and descends rapidly to the hinge and posterior 
margin. This slope is broad, quite concave just back of the beaks, 
but becomes nearly straight posteriorly. 

The surface is marked by small, rounded or subangular, radiating 
raised lines, which are very fine at the beaks, where they are of 
about the same width as the interspaces, or narrower, and increase 
very gradually in size toward the margin, the interspaces there be- 
ing much the narrower, and even reduced to mere strie. Fine 
concentric lines cross the shell; on the upper portion of the shell 
they are very regular, but near the ventral margin they become more 
numerous and are crowded together. As they cross the radiating 
lines they become very prominent, sometimes giving to the latter a 
beaded appearance. ‘ On the posterior slope the radiating lines are 
minute, thread-like and near together, being separated by very nar- 
row depressions. These seem to be made even more beaded in ap- 
pearance by the concentric lines than are the radiating lines on the 
main portion of the shell, though they are exceedingly fine. The 
inner margin of the shell is crenulated. 

This shell is quite a thick one, and none of the exterior characters 
appear in the interior, so that the angular appearance presented 
by the external moulds is not apparent in the very numerous inter- 
nal ones. ‘Che characters of the interior are quite obscure in all the 


1874.] 249 [Rathbun. 


specimens obtained, rendering the determination of the genus a little 
doubtful. The posterior end of the hinge seems to be marked with 
the longitudinal teeth peculiar to Cucullea, while in the interior 
moulds there is a slight, rounded depression, bordering the posterior 
muscular imprint below, and extending some distance toward the 
beak. As to shape the form is truly Cucullean. Size of a medium 
specimens: length, 27 mm.; height, 18 mm.; depth of both valves, 
16 mm. 

Very abundant, as interior moulds, in the whitish limestone of 
the Cretaceous at Maria Farinha, Prov. of Pernambuco, Brazil. 


Dedicated to my teacher and friend, Prof. Ch. Fred. Hartt. 


Cucullea subcentralis sp. nov. 
Shell small, elongate, very gibbous, subrhomboidal in outline, and | 


about two-thirds to three-fourths as high as long. The anterior and 


posterior margins are of nearly the same height, the latter being a 
little the higher. The posterior margin is slightly oblique and 
rounded, and curves abruptly to the ventral margin. The anterior 
rounds gradually into the ventral, which curves but slightly, being a 
little straightened along the middle, and is subparallel with the 
hinge. The latter nearly equals the length of the shell, and joins the 
anterior and posterior margins abruptly. 

The surface of the shell arches strongly from the beaks to the 
ventral margin. Beaks situated just anterior to the middle; from 
them an undefined prominence or carina generally extends obliquely 
across the interior mould of the shell to the lower posterior angle. 
This marks the beginning of the posterior slope which is very ab- 
rupt. A shallow rounded depression runs parallel to the prominence, 
and above it, on the posterior slope; but these features are not al- 
ways apparent. ‘The valves are most convex in the upper part, in 
the umbonal region and along the carina, and the whole upper part 
of the shell is usually very much inflated. 

In‘ the interior moulds the beak is quite pointed and incurves 
about half way to the hinge, above which it is moderately elevated. 
Its inclination forward is not very strong. A shallow, rounded de- 
pression, very narrow where it begins, but broadening out and shal- 
lowing as it advances, extends a little obliquely backward from the 
apex of the beak toward the ventral margin. Near the margin it has 
disappeared. In the various specimens it is differently developed, 
sometimes extending but a little way from the beak. This must indi- 
cate a corresponding prominence in the interior of the valves. The 


Rathbun.] 250 ; [December 16, 


curved slope in the moulds, between the beak and the hinge, is very 
broad. Inner margin of the valves crenulated. A specimen of me- 
dium size measures: length, 18 mm.; height, 12 mm. } depth of each 
valve, 6 mm. 

This form is readily distinguished from all the others at Moria Far- 
inha by the nearly central. beaks. It is moderately abundant, but 
only internal moulds have so far been obtained; the exact exterior | 
characters are thus unknown. A single, very small specimen, which 
I have referred to this species as the young, shows the impressions 
of nearly all the teeth on the hinge, and the extreme ones are longi- 
tudinal. The muscular imprints are very indistinct. 

From the Cretaceous limestone bed at Maria Farinha, Prov. of 
Pernambuco, Brazil, associated with Cucullea Harti, which it some- 
what resembles. 


Family ASTARTID. 


‘Cardita Morganiana sp. nov. 

Shell above the medium size and ventricose, with the length nearly 
equal to, or slightly exceeding, the height, and the depth of the two 
valves about three-fourths the length of the shell. The outline of the 
internal moulds varies from’ subovate-orbicular, when of medium 
size, to subtrigonal at an older age. Length of hinge line somewhat 
greater than one-half the length of the valves. 

In the larger specimens the posterior margin is very Riser: and 
nearly straight for about half its length from the hinge; then it 
rounds rapidly and regularly to the ventral margin, which curves but- 
moderately. The anterior margin is shorter than the posterior and 
is quite regularly rounded. ‘The posterior margins of the umbones, 
togéther with the upper and larger part of the posterior margin of. 
the shell, lie in nearly the same straight line, as do-also the anterior 
margins of the umbones and a small part of the anterior margin of 
the shell, the two lines so indicated forming a slightly acute angle 
at the beaks ; while the slightly curving ventral margin completes a 
rather imperfect triangle. This character of outline is observable in 
the larger and more perfect internal moulds only; in the smaller spec- 
imens the outline is frequently nearly circular ; but the various forms 
so graduate into one another as to make their identification easy. 

The valves are very convex and swell out rapidly from the mar- 
gins. They are most prominent just above the middle, or in the 


1g74. 251 - (Rathbun. 


lower part of the umbonal recion. Beaks large, acute, very promi- 
nent and much elevated above the level of the hinge. Their inclina- 
tion forward is strong, as is also their inward curvature; but they do 
not approach one another very closely in the internal moulds. Along 
the antero-posterior axis the valves curve rapidly upward from the 
posterior margin, and descend quite abruptly to the anterior. The 
internal moulds of the valves have frequently a very oblique appear- 
ance, caused by the more convex portions tending to form a large 
and prominent, but wholly undefined, ridge, which extends downward 
and slightly backward from the beaks, and broadens and-dies out to- 
ward the margin. 

As only internal moulds have been obtained, the exterior markings 
and other exterior details are yet unknown. The inner margin is 
marked with about sixteen large and prominent, rounded or flattened 
crenulations, separated by similar interspaces ; but the plications of 
the shell are seldom apparent on the interior. The hinge teeth are 
not fully exposed on any of the specimens. ‘The anterior and poste-' 
rior adductor muscular impressions are sometimes rather deeply ex- 
cavated ; they are generally situated nearly on the antero-posterior 
axis, but the posterior one is at times placed slightly lower than the 
anterior. . Their longer axis is nearly vertical or inclines slightly for- 
ward. The imprint of the anterior pedal muscle is very small and 
entirely separated from the adductor. .The size of a large specimen 
is: length, 42 mm.; height, 39 mm.; depth of the two valves, 31 mm. 

This is a rather large form of Cardita, and is represented by sev- 
eral internal moulds both from the cretaceous bed at Sao José and. 
that at Maria Farinha, Prov. of Pernambuco, Brazil. I take pleasure 
in dedicating this large and fine form to Col. Edwin B. Morgan of 
Aurora, N. Y., who has so kindly and liberally aided in Brazilian 
Exploration. 

Cardita Wilmotii sp- nov. 

Shell of medium size, moderately gibbous, length and height nearly 
equal, depth of the two valves about one-half to two-thirds the 
height. In outline it is subcircular; the anterior, posterior and ven- 
tral margins together form quite a regular-curve, which is, however, 
slightly more abrupt near where the posterior and ventral margins 
meet; this curve, if prolonged above to the beaks, would make 
nearly a perfect circle. The hinge is short and equal to about one- 
half the length of the shell: Beaks situated at a little more than 


mM 
Rathbun.] 252 ‘ [December 16, 


¢ 
7 


one-third the length of the shell from the anterior extremity, and in 
the interior moulds, in which state alone they have been obtained, 
they are acute at the apex and curve strongly inward and moder- 
ately forward. They closely approach one another. 

The valves are most prominent just above the middle, and arch 
strongly from the beaks to the ventral margin. The curvature 
along the antero-posterior axis is strong and generally regular; some- 
times the slope is more abrupt posteriorly. 

The surface is ornamented with prominent narrow plications, sepa- 
rated by broad interspaces. The plications are very fine and high 
at the beaks, and gradually increase in size toward the margins. 
The interspaces are profound, flattened or slightly rounded in the 
bottom, and two to three times as wide as the plications. At the base 
of each plication, on either side, runs a fine thread-like line, which 
seems to begin near the beak and extends to the margin, increasing ~ 
slightly in size. Very fine and numerous concentric lines cross the 
valves, and on the plications are grouped together so as to form reg- 
ular bead-like prominences. On worn specimens the separate char- 
acter of the beads is lost, and the plications appear rounded and 
thread-like on the summit. In the interior of the valves the plica- 
tions are very apparent, and they have left their imprint upon the 
internal moulds, as low rounded plications and interspaces of about 
equal width, which die out near the beak. 

The inner margin of the valves is crenulated, while just within 
the margin there is sometimes a smooth band or area of varying 
width. The anterior adductor muscular impression is small and 
slightly excavated. The imprint of the very small pedal muscle, ly- 
ing above the anterior adductor, is entirely separated from it. 

The general characters of this form are those or Cardita, and the 
hinge characters, so far as they are preserved or exposed, seem 
also to agree with those of that genus. There is ah elongate poste- 
rior lateral tooth, and above this a fine linear prominence. ‘The pli- 
cations in the genus Cardita do not generally show as prominently in 
the interior of the shell as happens in this form. A specimen of 
good size measured: length, about 23 mm.; height, 23 mm.; and 
depth of both valves, 17 mm.; but the shell is usually more flattened 
than in this case. 

Abundant in the cretaceous lime:tone bed at Sao José, Prov. of 
Pernambuco, Brazil. 


1874.] ee 253 [Rathbun. 


Family LU CINID As. 


Lucina tenella sp. nov. 

Shell very small and lenticular, with the length slightly greater 
than the height. Valves moderately convex. 

The beaks are small, not at all prominent, are situated near the 
middle of the shell and incline slightly forward. The margins of the 
valves, so far as can be determined from their imperfect condition, 
form nearly a circle, truncated slightly at the hinge. Anteriorly the 
shell is produced a little upward, nearly as high as the beak, the 
hinge margin forming in front of the beaks a slight inward curve, 
and then ascending a little to the upper anterior angle. The hinge, 
posterior to the beaks, is apparently straight and descends moderately 
toward the posterior extremity. 

Valves most convex just above the middle. The surface curves 
moderately from the beaks to the ventral margin, the curvature de- 
creasing gradually in strength downward. Along the antero-poste- 
rior diameter the curvature is gradual and regular. The upper pos- 
te:ior portion of the shell secomes suddenly slightly compressed from 
along a line extending from behind the beaks to a short distance be- 
low the middle of the posterior margin. ‘This compressed portion 
forms a rather narrow crescentic space, bordering the margin. 

The surface is marked with very fine, regular, slightly overlapping, 
concentric raised lines of growth, those near the beaks being often 
quite faint; but they become gradually coarser toward the mar- 
gin. On the posterior depressed space they are deflected slightly 
upward. ‘The interspaces are very much broader than the lines and 
are flattened, and all of about equal width. ‘The muscular imprints 
are not preserved in the mould. 

From the cretaceous limestone bed at Maria Farinha, Prov. of 
Pernambuco, Brazil. Only two specimens have been obtained. 


Family CARDIAD A. 


Cardium Soaresanum gp. nov. 

Shell small, gibbous, subyuadrangular in outline, and with the 
antero-posterior and vertical: diameters nearly equal. The depth of 
the two valves equals about two-thirds or three-fourths the antero- 
posterior diameter. The hinge is nearly as long as the shell, and 
rounds very rapidly into both the anterior and posterior margins, the 


Rathbun.] 954 [December 16, 


latter of which is often nearly straight and about at right angles to 
the hinge. The anterior and ventral margins together form a single, 
quite regular curve, uniting somewhat abruptly with the posterior | 
margin. oe 

Beaks small, acute in the interior moulds, strongly incurving and 
inclining moderately forward. Their apices are situated a little an- 
terior to the middle and are approximate. Valves most convex just 
above the centre, and arching rather strongly from the ventral mar- 
gin to the beaks. ‘The most prominent line of curvature of the shell 
passes obliquely downward and backward from the beak toward the 
lower posterior angle, sometimes not far posterior ‘to the middle, 
at others about one-third the length from the posterior margin, 
thus giving to the shell a slightly oblique appearance. The curva- 
ture across the valves, from the anterior to the posterior margin, is 
very strong and always more abrupt posteriorly. Sometimes the 
posterior slope is nearly straight, and the valves are then slightly an- 
gular along the most prominent line of curvature. 

The shell is marked with prominent radiating plications only, about 
twenty to twenty-five in number on each valve. I have not been 
able to detect any concentric lines. On the middle and larger por- 
tion of the valves the plications are rather broad and flattened, and 
separated by narrow, shallow, rounded depressions, sometimes scarcely 
more than striz. Toward the anterior and posterior extremities the 
plications become regularly rounded and gradually narrower. «At the 

. same time the interspaces, which are also rounded, increase in size 
and near the margin exceed the plications in width. From the ante- 
rior seven or eight plications arise minute spmes, having rounded or 
elongate bases and’arranged in single rows. The plications nearest 
the margin have six or eight spines, but these decrease in number to- 
ward the middle, and become limited to the lower part of the plica- 
tions, the last two or three having but a single’ spine each, and 
that near the ventral margin. The posterior ribs were probably 
also spinous. Length of a large specimen, 20 mm.; height, 20 mm.; 
depth, 14 mm. 

This Brazilian species of Cardium resembles very much in shape 
Cardium speciosum, M. and H. from the cretaceous at the mouth of 
the Judith river, upper Missouri, but in ornamentation the two 
differ. In C. speciosum the coste are narrower and the spines much 
more numerous. I have-not seen the interior of the latter species. 

From the cretaceous beds at Sao José and Pt. Nova Cruz, Prov. 


1874.] . 255 / [Rathbun. 


of Pernambuco, Brazil. At the former locality it is very abundant, 
both as interior and exterior moulds. 

Dedicated, at Mr. Derby’s request, to Sr. Fredrico Monae: de 
Costa Soares, whose hospitality and efficient aid rendered possible 
the examination of the localities. 


Family VENERID. 


Callista MeGrathiana sp. nov. 

Shell small, elongate, and with the valves moderately convex ; 
length somewhat greater than the height; outline subelliptical. 

The beaks are situated a little in advance of the middle, are promi- 
nent and incline rather strongly forward. ‘Their internal moulds are 
sharply pointed and incurve slightly. The hinge margin descends 
quite rapidly from the beaks posteriorly, and is moderately curved, 
nearly the same curve being continued in the larger part of the pos- 
terior margin, while the ventral margin is also ver my regularly, but 
more gradually, rounded. / 

The point of greatest convexity of the valves is just above the 
middle, though the curvature of the surface from the beaks to the 
ventral margin is usually quite regular. The curvature along the an- 
tero-posterior diameter is moderate and more or less regular. The 
slope toward the posterior and hinge margins is usually quite rapid, 
and increases in strength near the beaks ; it is always well rounded. 

The surface of the shell is marked with numerous small, rounded, - 
concentric raised-lines, separated by similar interspaces of slightly 
greater width. They are quite equally disposed, sometimes, how- 
ever, differing in width and placed nearer together. They round up 
strongly in front. 

The muscular imprints are of moderate size, slightly excavated, 
and are situated just above the antero-posterior axis. Of the cardinal 
teeth, the anterior is nearly perpendicular, bending slightly forward 
below, while the posterior, which is the longer, extends backward, 
bending a little downward. The dental prominence in front of the 
cardinal teeth is somewhat elevated. 

This small form, not represented by any perfect impression of the 
exterior, seems to be a true Callista, as indicated by shape and hinge- 
markings. Size: length, 14 mm.; height, 11 mm.; depth of two 
valves, 6 mm. 


Rathbun. ] 256 [December 16, 


Moderately abundant in the cretaceous beds at Pt. Nova Cruz 
and Sao José, Prov. of Pernambuco, Brazil. Respectfully dedicated 
to Dr. McGrath of Pernambuco, to whom Prof. Hartt and his party 
are indebted for many favors and valuabie information regarding the 
geology of the vicinity of Pernambuco. 


Family TELLINIDZ. 


Tellina pernambucensis sp. nov. 

Shell small, compressed, elongate, with the length equal to aaa 
one and one-half times the height. Outline longitudes sub-ovate. 

The beaks are situated near the middle, and are minute, pointed 
and scarcely elevated above the hinge. In front of the beaks the 
hinge margin descends gradually, curving very slightly toward the 
anterior margin, which is regularly rounded. Posterior to the beaks 
the hinge is nearly straight and descends a little more rapidly than 
in front. The posterior extremity is not quite so high as the ante- 
rior, but is quite regularly rounded. The ventral margin curves 
moderately and regularly. 

The valves are depressed-convex, being most prominent anteriorly 
and just above the antero-posterior axis. The curvature of the shell 
from the ventral margin to the beaks is very gradual, and increases 
slightly in strength upward. The surface rises gradually from the 
anterior margin, curves slightly for one-third the leneth or more, 
and then generally descends very gradually to the posterior extrem- 
ity, in a nearly straight slope. Hence the shell is usually very much 
compressed posteriorly. Sometimes, however, it is not at all flat- 
tened, but nearly equally convex throughout. The surface is marked 
with very minute, regular, rounded, concentric raised lines, set closely 
together. The impressions of the muscular markings have not re- 
mained on the internal moulds. The imprints of the two minute 
cardinal teeth are very distinct in one specimen. Length, 17 mm.; 
height, 12 mm.; depth of each valve, about 2.5 mm. 

From the cretaceous beds at Pt. Nova Cruz and Sao José, Prov. 
of Pernambuco, Brazil, where*only a few specimens have been 
found. 


1874.] V5 il [Seudder. 


Notes ON ORTHOPTERA FROM NORTHERN PERU, COLLECTED BY 
PrRoressor JAMES OrtoN. By Samue.t H. Scupper. 


Nearly six years ago I published an account of the Orthoptera ob- 
tained by Prof. Orton on either side of the Andes of Equatorial 
South America.t_ Prof. Orton has recently placed in my hands an- 
other collection, made in 1873 in the same general region, and which 
is even richer in novelties than the former. A portion of the collec- 
tion came from the banks of the Amazons, and almost entirely from 
the Peruvian part of it called the Marafion. A more extensive series 
was obtained on the road up the Andes, between Yurimaguas on the 
Huallaga, a tributary of the Marafion, to Chachapoyas, via Balsa Pu- 
erto and Moyobamba. For the sake of brevity, I shall speak of the 
specimens from the former locality as from the ‘‘ Peruvian Marajion”; 
of those from the latter as from the “ Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes.” 

It is not a little strange that only five of the species brought home 
on these two expeditions of Professor Orton should prove identical. 
This fact, as well as the number of new forms described, shows how 
well this field would repay the labors of a systematic collector.? 

The number of new generic types these little collections have af- 
forded is also extremely large, while several of the species have other- 
wise a special interest. Excepting in the Blattarie, the proportion- 
ate number of the species of the different families is about the same 
as in the previous collection; the mass is composed of Locustarians 
and Acridians and, with a single doubtful exception, not a single spe- 
cies of these two families could be referred, either in 1869 or now, 
to any previously described. 

Besides the descriptions of the species obtained by Prof. Orton I 
have added those of one or two others related to them, and have in 
some instances given more precision to the generic determination of 
the insects obtained on the previous expedition. 


GRYLLIDES. 


1. Gryllotalpa maranona nov. sp. 
Head blackish fuliginous, the labrum lighter, sometimes pale; rest 


1 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x11, 330-345; Ent. Notes, 11, 15-30. 


2 Professor Orton writes me: ‘‘I never before saw such a variety of Orthoptera, 
especially grasshoppers and walking sticks, as on the rough journey from Balsa 
Puerto to Moyobamba; it is the paradise of the entomologist.” 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. He. — VOL. XVII. aT, MARCH, 1875. 


Scudder.] 258 [December 16, 


of body testaceous, the prothorax with a few irregular, small and 
faint dusky blotches, the veins of the tegmina dark castaneous. 
Ocelli moderately large, broadly obovate, distinctly, though slightly 
convex, each distant from the adjacent eye by its own shorter diame- 
ter, or even less, and from the opposite ocellus by its own longer 
diameter or generally less, directed toward the lower margin of the 
opposite eye. Terminal portion of the lower edge of the fore femora 
with a pretty sharp. rather shallow excision. Fore trochanter lentic- 
ulate, asin G. hexadactyla. ‘Tibial dactyls asin that species but not so 
divergent. Lateral dactyls of tarsi cultrate, the first twice as long 
as the second, the upper edge of the latter roundly and considerably 
heeled at the base; acicular claws slender, delicate, finely pointed, 
about half as long as the greatest breadth of the second tarsal dactyl. 
Hind tibie furnished with spines only at the tip, four short ones on the 
outer side, four of varying length, but some very long, on the inner - 
side; claws of hind tarsi not two-thirds the length of the terminal 
tarsal joint, the inner slightly the longer. Tegmina in repose reach- 
ing but little beyond the middle of the hind femora; wings reaching 
nearly to the tip of the anal cerci. Eighth and ninth abdominal seg- 
ments furnished above with lateral longitudinal rows of very long, 
spinous, rufous hairs; anal cerci greatly thickened at the base for 
nearly one-fourth their length, about three-fourths as long again as 
the pronotum. 

Length of body, 19.5-23.25 mm. ; of pronotum, 5.75-6 mm.; breadth 
of same, ¢, 4.25, 2 4.75 mm.; length of tegmina, 5.75-8.5 mm.; of 
wings, 21-24 mm.; of hind femora, 5.75-6.5 mm.; of anal cerci, 9.5- 
10.5 mm.; of upper tibial dactyl, 1.8=2.2 mm. 2 ¢, 2 &, Peruvian 
Maranon. 

This species differs from G. hexadactyla Perty, to which it is most 
closely allied, in its much smaller size and slenderer form, its black- 
ish head, the size and relative position of the oeelli, the shortness of 
the tegmina and length of the wings, the length of the anal cerci, 
and other minor points which will appear from the description. 

It is also distinct from G. chiliensis Sauss., as far as one can judge 
from the very brief and vague diagnosis given in the Revue de 
Zoologie. 

2. Scapteriscus oxydactylus (Perty) Scudd. 

A single female brought home by Professor Orton differs from my 
description of this species in the Memoirs of the Peabody Academy 
in having no longitudinal lines on the head, the pronotum almost 


1874.] 259 [Scudder. 


uniformly covered above with dusky blotches, the femora with three 
equally distinct and equally distant dark blotches on the upper half of 
the outer surface, and in having six preapical spines on the inner 
hinder edge of the hind tibiz; but I have in my collection specimens 
from the upper Amazons, departing quite as widely from my previous 
description in the marking, and which have but four preapical spines 
on the edge of the hind femora. 1 2, Peruvian Marajion. 

3. Platydactylus bicolor Scudd! 2 ¢, Eastern slope of the 
Peruvian Andes. 

4. Eneoptera sp. 

A single male from the eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes, ap- 
pears to be an undescribed species, but is too imperfect for de- 
scription. tial 


LOCUSTARIZ. 


5. The pupa of an unknown insect belonging to a new genus of 
Locustarians, allied to Steirodon, with a flat hexagonal pronotal disc, 
its side lobate with crenulated edges, and deeply notched behind the 
middle third, was obtained on the eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 


STEIRODONOPIS nov. gen. 


Head large, as broad as the prothorax; the eyes prominent and 
widely separated; front and vertex separated by a prominent broken 
ridge between the eyes, of which the antennal sockets form a part; 
vertex a little convex, the fastigium reaching just as far forward as 
the antennal sockets, with a slightly impressed longitudinal sulcation; 
it is scarcely longer than broad, tapers a little and meets at tip an 
upturned projection of the front, consisting of a pair of lenticular 
lobes, at the base of and between which is an ocellus, the others 
occupying the sides of the fastigium of the vertex. Antenne very 
slender. Prothorax slightly concave, longer than broad, the lateral 
caring very prominent, parallel, the front margin a little concave, 
the hind margin convex to a greater degree. Elytra nearly four 
times as long as broad, subfusiform, tapering from the middle of the 
basal third, the point rounded off, the principal veins running sub- 
parallel to the hind border, with the neuration generally resembling 
that of Phylloptera. Wings long and comparatively slender, pointed, 
surpassing the elytra, and therefore furnished with a coriaceous tip. 
Legs rather short and strongly compressed, notably the tibia, which 


Scudder.] . 260 ' [December 16, 


are twice as broad just beyond the base, on a lateral view, as at tip, 
giving a foliaceous appearance. The foramina of the fore legs are 
conspicuous, about as large as the terminal joint of the fore tarsi, but 
are larger at the distal than at the proximal end. All the abdominal 
appendages are very short. Male only examined. 

6. Steirodonopis bilobata nov. sp. 

Green; a line following the ridge between the eyes and passing 
backward from the middle of the eyes across the side of the head 
reddish or pink; labrum white, edged laterally at base with pink; 
lateral carine of prothorax with minute and dull denticulations, fol- 
lowed on sides below by a longitudinal, narrow, brownish stripe. 
Cerci curved upward and inward, with a slight hook at the tip; pro- 
cesses of subgenital plate formed of slight extensions of incurved 
lateral ridges, each with a minute apical bead-like joint. 

Length of prothorax, 7 mm.; breadth of same, 5.75 mm.; length of 
elytra, 46 mm.; breadth of same, 12.5 mm.; length of hind femora, 
20.5 mm.; of wings, 49.5 mm.; of cerci, 2.75 mm. 1 ¢, Peruvian 
Maraiion. 

7. Orophus peruvianus nov. sp. 

Uniform green, the anal area of the tegmina pale brownish fuscous, 
the tips of the femora and of the tibiz, and the tarsi infuscated. 
Tubercle of vertex very full and rounded, the sides abrupt only at 
the tip, with a scarcely perceptible longitudinal carina above, and a 
distinct, but not conspicuous, transverse carina between the antenne. 
Pronotum only one-third longer than broad, the hind edge regularly 
convex, and furnished with a row of very short hairs; posterior half 
of the disc flat, with distinct and abrupt lateral carine ; anterior half 
convex, with rounded carine; a pair of distant impressed lines cross 
either side of the middle transversely, curving backward as they ap- 
proach the median line, which they do not reach but fall into a slight 
shallow double pit a little behind the centre. Tegmina subfusiform, 
broadest before the middle, the apex produced somewhat but 
rounded, the inner edge scarcely convex. Wings extending some- 
what beyond the tegmina in repose. Spines of tibize black-tipped. 
Cerci clavate, and bearing at the tip an appressed, triangular, black- 
pointed tooth, directed inward; subgenital plate produced, subtrian- 
gular, bifid, the two points bearing rather long compressed subspat- 
ulate styles. 

Length of body, 29 mm.; of tegmina, 41 mm.; of hind tibiz, 27.5 
mm.; distance of tip of wings beyond the hind edge of prothorax, 


1874.] %61 [Scudder. 


47.75 mm.; length of subgenital plate and styles combined, 5.5 mm. 
1 3g, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 
‘ 8. Phylloptera tripunctata nov. sp. 

Uniform green; the outer third of the costal edge of the teymina 
and the corresponding part of the wings dusky; the edges of the 
apical half of the ovipositor castaneous; the tarsi and tip of femora 
dusky. Tubercle of vertex scarcely projecting beyond the front 
line of the eyes, strongly pinched, apically with parallel sides, the 
upper half separated from the lower by a slender, but pretty deep 
constriction in the middle between the antenne. Front edge of 
pronotum slightly concave; hind edge well rounded, convex; lat- 
eral carine rounded off but distinctly marked by the abrupt descent 
of the sides and the flatness or slight concavity of the upper surface; 
latter traversed a little behind its anterior third by a slight sulcation, 
which in its middle fifth curves sharply backward, forming a very deep 
U-shaped bow, its bottom almost reaching the posterior “transverse 
sulcation which crosses the pronotum behind its middle third and is 
straight, excepting a slight bend in the middle where it crosses the 
longitudinal sulcation of the posterior half of the pronotum. Fore 
femora stouter than the middle femora. Tegmina with three little 
dusky spots at the base of the three principal branches of the lowest 
longitudinal vein. Ovipositor short and broad, curved sharply up- 
ward, broadest in the apical half, tapering rapidly at the apex toa 
sharply pointed tip, either edge denticulated throughout, the denticu- 
lations of the upper straight edge slightly increasing in size apically, 
lower edge broadly rounded. 

Leneth of pronotum, 5,25 mm.; of tegmina, 34 mm.; of ovipositor, 5 
mm.; greatest breadth of ovipositor, 2.2 mm.; distance of tip of closed 
wings from hind edge of pronotum, 39 mm.; (hind legs wanting). 
1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


ANALLOMES nov. gen. (dvd, dAdopat.) 


Allied to Phaneroptera. Head of equal width with pronotum, of 
moderate size. Eyes prominent ; tubercle of the vertex extending 
beyond the plane of the eyes, compressed, constricted in the middle 
between the antenne and slightly so in the middle of the upper half 
as seen from above ; its superior surface more or less sulcate. Pro- 
-notum quadrate, broadening slightly posteriorly, the front edge 
slightly concave, the hind edge convex; lateral caring distinct but 


Scudder.] 262 [December 16, 


not sharp; the surface varied with a slight longitudinal median sulea- 
tion and slighter transverse sulecations. Tegmina moderately broad, 
three and one-half to four and one-half times longer than broad, thé 
costal edge full next the base, beyond nearly straight, the inner edge 
slightly and uniformly convex, or also straight in the middle; tip 
rounled, scarcely produced ; stridulating apparatus of male slight, 
wings ample, broader apically than ‘in allied genera, extending but 
little beyond the wings in repose. Legs long and slender, the middle 
femora nearly two-fifths longer than the fore femora, the fore tibiz 
greatly thickened at base and furnished with a large obovate tym- 
panum, equally distinct on the two sides, about three times longer 
than broad; hind femora about as long as the body. Ovipositor 
ensiform, broader in the middle than at base, about half as long again 
as the thorax, sharply pointed at the tip, either edge denticulate. 
Cerci of male simple, cylindrical, rather stout, curved inward and a 
little upward; of female rather slender, conical, delicately pointed. 

9. Anallomes unipunctata nov. sp. 

Uniform green, the tegmina with a single very small dark reddish 
spot at the base of the first principal branch of the lowest longitudinal 
vein and one at the extreme base of the principal nervure; spines of 
of legs tipped with dark reddish, the tarsi dusky. Tubercle of vertex 
slender, strongly compressed but slightly constricted in the middle 
above, deeply and broadly sulcate above, the sulcation continued to 
the back of the head as a slight furrow; the constriction of the front 
between the antenne is very deep, separating the two parts com- 
pletely. Tegmina about three and one-half times longer than broad, . 
the inner edge gently and regularly convex; wings scarcely extend- 
ing beyond the tegmina in repose. Cerci tapering only on basal half, 
bluntly rounded at tip. 

Length of prothorax, 3.75 mm.; of tegmina, 28.5 mm.; of hind 
tibiz, 17.25 mm. 1 2, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

10. Anallomes maranona nov. sp. 

Uniform green, the tarsi and to a less extent the extremities of the 
femora and tibize dusky; the.apical half of the upper edge, the apical 
fifth of the lower and the whole tip of the ovipositor castaneous. Tu- 
bercle of vertex compressed but not very slender, strongly constricted 
in the middle above, broadly but not deeply sulcate above; the con- 
striction of the front between the antenne is only a slender though 
pretty deep strangulation. Prothorax with a pretty deep longitudi- . 
nal sulcation, inclosing near the middle a small diamond shaped spot; 


1874.] 263 [Scudder. 


and in the middle of the posterior half is an equally distinct, slightly 
curved, transverse sulcation, its concavity facing forward. Tegmina 
about four and one-half times longer than broad, inner edge straight 
for most of the length. Wings extending considerably beyond the 
tegmina in repose. Ovipositor slightly broader in the middle than 
at the base, beyond it tapering regularly to a delicate point ; the 
denticulations of the edges very slight, the tip of the upper edge 
smooth. 

Length of prothorax, 4.75 mm. ; of tegmina, 28 mm.; of hind tibia, 
14 mm.; of ovipositor, 8.5 mm. ; greatest breadth of ovipositor, 2 mm.} 
distance from tip of wings in repose to hind edge of pronotum, 
32.2mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


C@LOPHYLLUM nov. gen. (xothog, gbAdov.) 


Head rather small, the middle of the front thrust forward like a 
great tubercle; fastigium of vertex extending beyond the middle of 
the basal joint of antennz, tapering, compressed apically so as to be 
scarcely more than half as broad as the basal joint of antenne, sulcate 
above, its sides hollowed. Antennz very slender. Prothorax flat 
above, the lateral angles rounded except at the posterior extremity; 
front border straight, hind border well rounded. Elytra ample, 
broader in the apical than in the basal half, costal margin excepting 
at base and tip straight, inner margin convex, the extremity of the 
elytra tapering so rapidly as to be almost docked; the two principal 
veins run side by side down the middle of the elytra; wings very 
large, longer than the elytra. Legs short and slender, the hind femora 
not half the length of the elytra; fore coxz furnished exteriorly with a 
single slender spine; legs furnished only with abbreviated spines. Ovi- 
positor very short, stout, strongly curved, the edges of the apical 
half serratulate. The female only seen. 

11. Colophyllum simplex nov. sp. 

The single specimen examined, from having been immersed in alco- 
hol, has lost its colors, which were doubtless of a uniform green devoid 
of markings, the principal veins of the elytra probably infuscated and 
the apical half of the ovipositor blackish. Prothorax with a lightly 
impressed mediodorsal line. Elytra somewhat more than twice as 
long as broad, the tip very bluntly angulated. All the spines of the 
legs very small, scarcely elevated. Ovipositor very broad, its apical 
half convex, with flattened, squamiform, imbricated tubercles, the 
edges directed forward. 


! 


Scudder.] 2 64 [December 16, 


Leneth of prothorax, 8 mm.; greatest breadth of same, 6 mm. 
Length of clytra, 42 mm.; greatest. breadth of same,19 mm. Length 
of hind femora, 18.25 mm.; length of ovipositor, 6.75 mm.; breadth 
of same, 3.25 mm. Length of wings, 47 mm. 1 9, Peruvian 
Maraijion. 

12. Meroncidius transvittatus nov. sp. 

Allied to AZ. inno!atus Walk. Obscure dark brown; head a little 
duskier above, without vittze, smooth; inner borders of antennal 
sockets high, rounded, compressed ; tubercle of vertex slight, slender, 
produced, sulcate superiorly, the ocelli slightly raised. Prothorax 
moderately and uniformly rugose, with two straight, transverse, pretty 
deeply impressed lines and between them a nearly equally impressed 
mediodorsal line; posterior edge slightly thickened, smooth; dise 
blackish above in advance of the anterior impressed line and behind 
nearly to the posterior impressed line, forming a pair of character- 
istic transverse blotches. Prosternum bimucronate. Teomina and 
wings unicolorous, the latter. fuliginous. Hind femora broad, stout, 
the apical three-fifths of the lower edge with long moderately stout 
spines, at the tips shghtly curving and black; spines of tibiz growing 
duskier toward their tips. Ovipositor darkest at base, broad, taper- 
ing pretty regularly, sharply pointed, the upper edge straight, mi- 
nutely serratulate on the apical half, the lower edge very slightly 
curved, smooth. 

Length of body, 40 mm.; of tegmina, 44 mm.; of hind tibie, 24 
mm.; of ovipositor, 19 mm.; of antenne, 69 mm. 1 &, Eastern 
slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

13. Leptotettix tessellata nov. sp. ; 

Body, legs, tegmina and ovipositor brownish-yellow (after immer- 
sion in alcohol), unicolorous excepting an indistinct rather narrow 
mediodorsal stripe on the prothorax. Head smooth; tubercle of 
vertex small, triangular, superiorly trituberculate with a deep hol- 
low between the prominences. Prothorax sparsely and irregularly 
rugulose, with two straight, transverse, rather deeply impressed lines 
-and a mediodorsal line slightly elevated, excepting on either side of 
the posterior transverse line where it is distinctly impressed ; poste- 
rior portion of the pronotum somewhat sellate, posterior border 
smooth, very sparsely ciliate. Wings opaque, the nervures dusky and 
all the transverse veins broadly bordered with blackish fuliginous, 
growing fainter away from the costal border and fading away on either 
side of the cross veins, giving the whole wing a tessellated appear- 


1874.) 265 [Scudder. 


ance. Apical half of the spines on the legs dusky, deepening into 
blackish toward the tip. Ovipositor slender, pretty regularly but 
not very strongly curved upward, finely pointed, the upper edge a 
little protuberant near the base and beyond that very minutely and 
distinctly denticulate; lower edge regularly curved, the apical fourth 
minutely and retrorsely denticulate. 

Leneth of antennez, 103 mm.; of tegmina, 41.5 mm.; of hind tibie, 
26 mm.; of ovipositor, 12 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 

14. Conocephalus infuscatus nov. sp. 

Allied to C. tenuicauda Scudd., and C. exaltatus Walk. Smoky 
brown, the under surfaces of all the femora blackish, the apical 
half of the tibie increasingly fuliginous, the tarsi dark fuscous; 
ovipositor castaneous, becoming infuscated toward the tip, espe- 
cially along the edges and the median line; wings hyaline, but the 
veins smoky brown. Head and thorax rugulose, the latter with 
more or less dusky mottlings. Tubercle of vertex stout, blunt, 
scarcely longer than broad, extending nearly as far beyond the front 
border of the eye as it is beyond the front of pronotum, rounded, 
with a short, blunt, conical, depending tooth and a dusky transverse 
line below the middle of the front. Ovipositor slender, shorter than 
the body. Cerci short, slender, tapering more rapidly next the 
_ pointed tip. 

Length of body, 30 mm.; of tegmina, 44 mm.; of hind tibia, 26.5 
mm.; of ovipositor, 22.75 mm. 1 %, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 

15. Orchelimum Ortoni nov. sp. 

Almost wholly unicolorous, judging from a specimen dried after. 
immersion in alcohol; the tibie and tarsi, especially the tips of the 
tarsal joints, dusky; antennze wholly dusky, excepting near the base. 
A very slender species, with the fastigium of the vertex pinched at 
its base, so as to be no more than half as broad as at summit. Teg- 
mina slender, reaching, when at rest, a little further back than the 
ovipositor, wings when closed extending still further beyond the 
teemina. Legs slender, the fore and middle tibiz with black-tipped, 
the hind tibiee with wholly black spines. Ovipositor nearly straight, 
slichtly curved upward at its pointed tip. 

Length of body, 14 mm.; of antennez, 47 mm.; of hind tibiae, 14 
mm.; of ovipositor, 9 mm.; distance of tip of closed wings from hind 
edge of pronotum, 22.25 mm. 1 ¢, Peruvian Maraiion. 


Scudder.] 266 ; [December 16, 


Pil 


ACRYDII. 


16. Astroma hastata nov. sp. 

Very closely allied to A. acuminata (Cephalocema acuminata 
Scudd.), but differing from it in its longer and less pointed tubercle 
of the vertex, its longitudinally vittate head and prothorax, its 
smooth prothorax! and rather stouter legs. 

Length of body, exclusive of head, 64 mm.; whole length of head, 
21 mm.; length of tubercle beyond the eye, 10 mm.; of antenna, 5.25 
mm.; of prothorax, 16.5 mm.; of mesothorax, 4 mm.; of hind femora, 
24mm. 1 2, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. : 

The generic name Astroma (1841) has priority over Cephalocema 
(1843). ; . 

17. Mastax nigra nov. sp. ; 

Head, whole upper surface of prothorax and tegmina, together 
with the terminal joints of the abdomen and the smaller joints of 
the antenne, black; rest of body, together with the basal joints of 
the antenna, the adjacent parts of the front, the labrum and mouth 
parts, yellow; anterior four legs yellow, but the tarsi blackish in- 
fuscated, and the two superior carine of both femora and tibie 
blackish ; basal half of hind femora yellowish brown, two superior 
and two inferior carine black; rest of hind legs, including tarsi, 
black ; the middle of the outer half of the femora faintly banded 
above with yellowish; wings uniform chalky white. Tegmina and 
wings equal, reaching, when at rest, far beyond the tip of the 
abdomen. 

Length of body, 15.5 mm.; of tegmina, 20 mm.; of hind tibiz, 16.5 
mm. 4 <&, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

18.. Mastax Gundlachii nov. sp. 

Head testaceous, the antenne concolorous, very short. Body 
brownish testaceous, the lower portion of the lateral lobes of the pro- 
notum with a triangular blackish area, pointed forward; posterior 
borders of the abdominal joints dusky; hind tibie reddish toward 
tip, the spines largely tipped with black. Tegmina exceedingly mi- 
nute, no longer than the shorter diameter of the eye, bluntly pointed 
at tip. Wings wanting. 


1 My description of C. acuminata has one very strange inaccuracy; for “ Pro- 
thorax slightly rugose, with short, transverse, impressed lines and punctures,” 
read: Prothorax sparsely covered with slight, rounded, punctured tnbercles, and 
furnished with slight medio-dorsal and lateral carine. 


1874.] 267 [Seudder. 


Length of body, ?, 25.25 mm.; of abdomen and appendages, ¢, 
8.75 mm.; 2, 16.5 mm.; of antenne, ?, 3 mm.; of hind tibie, 3, 12, 
2,17 mm. 1 broken ¢, 2 ¢, Cuba, Dr. Gundlach, with the num- 


HIPPACRIS nov. gen. (izzo¢, axpic.) 


Head full, rounded, but the front appressed; tubercle of vertex 
nearly in same plane with vertex, a little inclined, broad, narrowing 
beyond the eyes, but squarely docked, flat; the middle of the inner 
edge of the eyes midway between its tip and the base of the head. 
Front on a side view vertical, but inclined where it projects forward 
to reach the tip of the tubercle of the vertex, and here only provided 
with a frontal costa, which narrows a little below and is shallowly 
suleate; space between eyes equal to width of eyes themselves ; 
these are rather small, rather prominent, round, separated by a little 
more than their own width from the anterior base of the mandibles; 
the latter exceedingly stout; antennz more than twice as long as the 
pronotum, the joints beyond the second depressed and gradually 
tapering so as to give them somewhat the appearance of a Truxalis. 
Prosternum unarmed; pronotum very large, broadening posteriorly 
so as to be fully doubly as wide behind as in front; the disc ex- 
panded so that the lateral carinz become very prominent, increas- 
ingly so posteriorly, directed outward rather more than upward, and 
serrulate; it is destitute of a median carina, and is traversed trans-_ 
versely by three slenderly impressed, equidistant, parallel, curved 
lines, the convexity backward, the hinder in advance of the middle 
of the disc; front border straight, a little excised in the middle, 
hind border obtusely and roundly angulated. Tegmina slender, 
nearly equal, the tip rounded, fully as long as the abdomen. Wings 
rather narrow. Legs not very stout, the hind femora flattened 
above with a sharp superior carina and a similar lateral one. Valves 
of the ovipositor very stout, their tips strongly curved and pointed. 

I do not know of any genus to which this is closely allled. By 
Stal’s tables (Recensio Orth., 1) it should belong to the Truxalide, 
which the shape of the antennz favors; but the small size of the 
eyes coupled with the almost or quite vertical front, and the posterior 
lobe of the pronotum longer than the anterior, is at variance with his 
statement. In some respects it resembles Rhomalea, in others Tro- 
pinotus, but the prosternum is wholly devoid of armature. 


Scudder.] 268 [December 16, 


19. Hippacris crassa nov. sp. 

Dull brownish yellow, the antenne a little infuscated, the tips of 
the femora and base of the tibiz blackish; tarsal joints tipped with 
blackish, the apical half of the claws and spines black; tegmina 
yellow (green in life?), toward the apex subhyaline; wings hya- 
line, a little sordid, the veins brownish fulvous. Vertex of the head 
with a few punctures arranged in rows; front deeply punctate; pro- 
notum, especially the posterior half, rugose; the edges of the lateral 
carine irregularly serratulate. AS 

Length of body, 31 mm; of antennez, 20 mm; of pronotum, 11.25 
mm.; greatest width of pronotum, 10.75 mm.; length of tegmina, 26 
mm.; breadth of same, 6.25 mm.; leneth of hind tibia, 14 mm. 1 &, 
Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. : 

20. Zonocerus ? bilineatus nov. sp. 

Ferruginous brown; the antenne infuscated beyond the base; 
the lateral carine of the pronotum edged below with a narrow black- 
ish stripe, most intense above, which runs from the hinder edge of 
the eye to the base of the tegmina. Tegmina blackish fuliginous, 
mottled with testaceous, the anal area luteous, immaculate. Wings 
hyaline, faintly fuliginous, increasing slightly in intensity toward the 
border; costal border blackish, especially beyond the middle. Hind 
tibie infuscated on their posterior third; spines and claws black- 
tipped. 

Length of body, 19 mm.; of antennz, 10.5 mm.; of hind tibia, 6.5 
mm.; of tegmina, 15.5 mm. 1 , imperfect, eastern slope of the 
Peruvian Andes. ; 

21. Macherocera nigromarginata nov. sp. 

Blackish brown above; rest of head and prothorax pale cinereous. 
Upper surface of head bluntly rugulose, with a distinct median ca- 
rina. Pronotum bluntly rugose in front, depressed rugulose behind, 
with a distinct, rather sharp median carina. Tegmina blackish © 
fuliginous, darkest on the apical half where the nervures are closer; 
wings dull orange, sulphureous at the base, surrounded by black, 
which occupies the whole of the costal area, excepting the very base 
and the outer border nearly to the middle of the wing; spines of 
hind legs black tipped. 

Length of body, 21.75 mm.; of tegmina, 19 mm.; of wings, 17 ~ 
mm.; of hind tibie,13 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 


1874.) 269 [Scudder. 
PRORHACHIS nov. gen. (zpo, paxss.) 


Allied to Procolpia Stal. Antenne 22-23 jointed, as long asthe 
abdomen, joints 3-8 broadest and flattened, those beyond punctulate. 
Eyes very prominent. Tubercle of vertex greatly produced, hori- 
zontal, the part in front of the eyes being as long as the rest of the 
head, slightly concave, tapering, the tip narrow but rounded, the lat- 
eral edge with small, slightly upturned, triangular, median denticu- 
lations; viewed laterally it is subquadrate, the front edge very 
strongly compressed to a thin edge without trace of sulcation. Pro- 
notum with small rounded distant tubercles, a slight, uniform, sub- 
serrate median carina, the front margin straight, but with a slight 
triangular projection on either side of the middle; hind border with 
oblique sides, and a rather large, rounded, median lobe slightly 
notched posteriorly. Tegmina longer than the abdomen, the front 
margin considerably and roundly produced near the base; beyond 
this the tegmina taper and are accuminate. Hind femora moderately 
stout, tuberculate, rathet flattened above; the superior lamina trace- 
able only by the compressed tubercles, but at the extremity of the 
joint very prominent, compressed, strongly carinate, abruptly docked 
posteriorly, the carina slightly produced to a-point; hind tibie with 
a stout blunt tubercle next the base posteriorly, noticeable only on 
a side view; interior spines of same tibiz nearly three times as long 
as the exterior. 

22. Prorhachis granulosa nov. sp. 

Dusky feruginous. Antenne reddish brown. Head uniform in 


1 Another genus allied to Procolpia, though not so closely as the foregoing, is 
Holacris (aiddos, axpis) nav. gen. Antenne of about the length of the abdo- 
men, joints 3-7 broadest. Eyes very prominent. Tubercle of vertex greatly pro- 
duced, horizontal, the part in front of the eyes nearly or quite as long as the rest 
of the head, and separated from it by a transverse sulcation, scarcely concave 
apically, scarcely tapering, broadly rounded in front; viewed laterally it is trian- 
gular, the oblique front edge strongly compressed to a thin edge, but delicately 
suleate, excepting above. Pronotum with lateral carine which are very stout, 
coarse, granulate and parallel in the posterior half, noticeable only as a series of 
granulations and converging in the anterior half; front border angulated on 
either side of the middle; hind border produced and angulated at slightly less 
than aright angle. Tegmina longer than the abdomen, subequal throughout, the 
tip roundly docked. Hind femora slender, a little flattened above, with an equal, 
“very slight dorsal carina; inner row of spines on hind tibiz excessively long, the 
upper ones compressed, broadly laminate at the base. Type Xiphicera octomacu- 
lata Scudd. To this genus also belong X. Caternaultii Feisth. and X. octolunata 
Serv. 


Scudder.] 270 [December 16, 


color. Pronotum with a medio-dorsal, rather broad yellowish vitta, and 
the lower half of the lateral lobes clouded with the same. Tegmina 
dark brown, the inner edge yellowish, appearing as a continuation of 
the pronotal vitta when the tegmina are closed. Wing a little shorter 
than the tegmina, blackish fuliginous, the cross veins delicately 
marked in whitish next the longitudinal nervures; the basal portion 
of the wing, including all that portion lying as near the base as the 
middle of the front margin, pale, possibly yellowish in life. Legs | 
uniform, the tarsi dull brownish luteous. The tips of the longest 
spines and all the granulations of the pronotum and hind legs black. 

Length of body, 26 mm.; of tegmina, 30 mm.; of wings, 26.5 mm. ; 
of hind tibie, 13 mm.; of antenna, 15.5 mm. 1 d, Eastern slope of 
the Peruvian Andes. 

23. Eleochlora Brunneri nov. sp. 

Brownish cinereous. Antenne 15-16 jointed, scarcely longer than 
the pronotum, joints 3-5 equally broadened and noticeably broader than 
the others. Tubercle of vertex subtriangular, horizontal as viewed from 
above, the angles much rounded, the upper surface shallowly concave, 
with two slight, lateral, longitudinal plice within the slightly emar- 
ginate edge; viewed laterally it is bluntly rounded at the tip, the 
frontal costa distinctly suleate almost to the tip. Head with a slight 
medio-dorsal sulcation. Pronotum coarsely but slightly shagreened 
and subtuberculate, with a low but distinct and equal mediodorsal ca- 
rina, the lateral carine scarcely perceptible from the arched form of 
the pronotum; front border straight or slightly rounded; hind border 
obtusely angulated, the middle slightly produced but bluntly docked. 
‘Tegmina scarcely extending beyond the abdomen, tapering, very 
bluntly pointed, the front border a little and very roundly produced 
near the base, pale cinereous blotched with darker cinereous. Wings 
scarcely as long as the tegmina, full and rounded, pellucid (tinged 
with yellowish in life?) a little clouded next the apical half of the 
front and outer border, and the nervures and cross veins of this part 
blackish. Legs of the color of the body, nearly uniform, but the 
hind femora with a faint transverse median pale band, and the under 
surface of the tarsi blackish; spines of hind tibie and tarsi, as well 
as claws, black. tipped. 

Length of body, 27 mm.; of antennz, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, 18 
mm.; of wings, 16 mm.; of hind tibiz,12 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope 
of the Peruvian Andes. 

This species differs so much from Stal’s description of Elzochlora, 


1874.] vara [Scudder. 


that I have placed it there with much doubt; and have also, on that 
account, given in my description some parts which more properly 
belong to a generic diagnosis. 


APLATACRIS nov. gen. (dzdatts, azpts.) 


Allied to Lophacris Scudd. Head large, full; space between eyes 
equal to (¢), or less than (¢), the longer diameter of the eye; me- 
dian frontal ridge prominent, narrow, sulcate, no broader than the 
width of the first antennal joint. Antenne scarcely shorter than the 
hind tibiz. Pronotum with a very high, very stout crest, divided 
into four sections by very deep, transverse sulcations, all but the 
foremost of which traverse the whole pronotum, the hindmost 
breaking the otherwise regular curve of the dorsal carina; anterior 
edge of pronotum produced forward rather more than in Lophacris, 
and angulated ; posterior margin acutely angled; anterior two thirds 
sparsely covered with very elevated granulations; on the posterior 
third they are more abundant, more or less confluent and compressed, 
the spaces between them rugose; prosternal thorn large, stout, straight, 
bent backward in the ¢, conical, bluntly pointed. Tegmina scarcely 
reaching the tip of the abdomen, but little more than three times as — 
long as broad, equal throughout, the apex pretty regularly rounded, 
all the nervures prominent ; wings shorter than the tegmina, exceed- 
ingly broad, rounded, the longitudinal veins distant and the border 
of the wing full between them; cross veins at tip as regular, and the 
cells as large, as in other parts of the wing; area between the first 
and second branches of anal vein not noticeably broader than in the 
adjoining areas and divided by cross veins into spaces about half as 
long again as broad, similar in the two sexes; second branch of the 
anal vein straight in both sexes, emitting a little beyond the middlea 
stout superior shoot; intercalary veins of anal area reaching at 
least half way toward the base of the wing. Outer surface of hind 
femora swollen. Abdomen stout. 

24. Aplatacris colorata nov. sp. 

Greenish testaceous, the male duskier. Upper half of head smooth, 
lower half distinctly rugulose. Tegmina brown with greenish ner- 
vures. Wings blackish purple, the disk broadly chocolate brown and 
the transverse vein of this part with pellucid borders giving a mottled 
appearance to the wing. Spines of hind tibie pretty stout, blackish. 

Length of body, ¢ 56, ? 79 mm.; of antenne, ¢ 29, 2? 36 mm.; 


Scudder. ] O72 [December 16, _ 
of pronotum, ¢ 18.5, 2 28 mm.; of tegmina, ¢ 35, 2 42 mm.; of © 
wings, ¢ 29.5, 9 38.5 mm.; breadth of wing, ¢ 28, 2 33 mm.; length 
of hind tibiz, ¢ 28.5 2 37 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 2 2, Peruvian Marajion. 

25. Ommatolampis leucoptera nov. sp. 

Female. Ferruginous brown; a dull pale yellowish streak passes 
from the upper border of each eye to the base of the tegmina of the 
same side, generally very indistinct upon the head; tip of the hind 
femora and base of hind tibie strongly infuscated, the rest of the 
hind tibiz and hind tarsi dull luteous. Tubercle of the vertex with 
a shallow longitudinal median suleation; the eyes separated above by 
the width of the first antennal joint; last palpal joint conspicuously 
flattened, ovate; apical half of antenne infuscated. Pronotum with- 
out lateral carine, and a barely perceptible dorsal carina, the front 
border very slightly notched in the middle, the hind margin straight; 
the whole surface, as well as that of the abdomen, rugose, with rather 
deep, large, roundish pits having sharply defined though rounded 
walls. Tegmina oblong obovate, rounded at the tip, about four times 
as long as broad, pale yellowish white with deep large punctures and 
stabs. Wings not half as long as the tegmina. Distal half of spines 
of hind legs black; claws and pads black. 

Male. In general color the male is much paler, being dull brown- 
ish-yellow, without any trace of the lateral stripe on head and prono- 
tum; the apical two-thirds of the antenne are infuscated, but only the 
apical half of the claws, while the pads are scarcely darker than the 
tibie. In addition to these colorational distinctions the tubercle of 
the vertex is deeply suleate above, the space between the eyes is dis- 
tinctly less than the width of the: basal antennal joint, the pronotum 
and abdomen are far less rugose, pitted profusely with comparatively 
small and shallow indentations without sharply defined walls, the 
pronotum has no trace of a dorsal carina, and the tegmina are broadly 
obovate, scarcely twice as long as broad. I should have considered 
the sexes distinct species, did not precisely similar distinctions hold 
in the one next to be described. 

Cerci short, stout, trigono-pyramidal, the middle of the inner sur- 
face with a flattened, pyriform, laminate tooth, directed inward, the 
produced apex rounded, the plane of the whole vertical. 

Leneth of body ¢% 20.5, 2 31 mm.; of antenne, f 17, 2 15 mm.; 
of tegmina, ¢2 5 mm.; of hind tibie, ¢ 14,2 18 mm. 1 @, 
Peruvian Marafion; 3 ?, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


1874.] 273 [Scudder. 


26. Ommatolampis aptera nov. sp. 

This species differs most conspicuously from the preceding in the 
total absence of tegmina and wings, but also in the following particu- 
lars: the females have no longitudinal stripe on the head and prono- 
tum, the pronotum and abdomen are less heavily and less regularly 
rugose, the pronotum has no trace of a dorsal carina, the upper sur- 
face of the hind femora are deeply punctate, the whole outer surface 
of the same femora are deeply infuscated, the tubercle of the vertex 
is not suleate, the space between the eyes is narrower than the first 

antennal joint, and the last palpal joint is not so conspicuously 
ovate. The male, so far as it can, differs similarly from the male of 
O. leucoptera; the sides of the head, the pleura of the pro- and meso- 
thorax and the lower third of the lateral lobes of the pronotum are 
pale yellow ; the cerci are compressed laminate, rather long, bent in- 
ward considerably in the middle, beyond the middle slenderer, a lit- 
tle upturned, and furnished on the posterior edge, before the tip, with 
a triangular laminate tooth lying in the plane of this part of the ap- 
pendage. 

Length of body, ¢ 15, ? 23 mm.; of antenne, J 13.5, ? 9 mm.; 
of hind tibie, ¢ 10,2 12mm. 1d, 2 2, Eastern slope of the Peru- 
vian Andes. 

27. Ommatolampis nigroguttata nov. sp. 

Brownish ferruginous ; antenne black, summit of head and whole o f 

- thorax punctured and rugose as the prcnotum is in OQ. leucoptera; the 
tegmina black with ferruginous veins, eaving a clear, oval, black patch 
at the extremity of the upper margin; hind femora slightly infuseated 
at tip. Tubercle of vertex with a shallow, but distinct sulcation; the 
space between the eyes about equal to the width of the first antennal 
joint, scarcely narrower in the male than in the female; last palpal 
joint ovate, but not so conspicuously as in O. leucoptera. Pronotum 
with a stout but slight median carina, and very slight but coarse 
lateral carinee; the front border with a slight median notch. Teomina 
oblong obovate, the upper border roundly arched in the middle, and 
on this account only a little more than twice as long as broad. Cerci 
of female simple, short, stout, conical; those of male similar, but a 
little produced at tip, and with a distinct superior perforation next 
the base. The male resembles ‘the female in all the peculiarities 
of sculpture and marking, whether of the head, pronotum or teg- 
mina. : 

Length of body, ? 25 mm.; of antenne, J 10, 2 11 mm.; of 


PROGEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 18 MARCH, 1875. 


Scudder.] ; 974 [December 16, 


tegmina, 415 mm.; of hind tibie, ¢ 11, 213mm. 1¢,3 2, Mast 
ern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

28. Pheeoparia curtipennis nov. sp. 

Whole front of head and first eight joints of antenne reddish 
luteous; rest of antenne black, excepting the sides of the eighteenth 
joint and the tip of the apical, which are dull luteous; rest of body 
reddish brown, the sides of the head and pronotum blackish, the 
tegmina and tips of the hind femora deeply, the sides of the hind 
femora and the basal half of hind femora somewhat, infuscated ; rest 
of legs dull reddish luteous, the spine excepting at the base, and the 
claws excepting the basal half, blackish. Frontal carina very deeply 
and broadly suleate, embracing all but the lateral edges; summit of the 
apical half of the head and the tubercle of the vertex with a rather 
slight median carina; whole upper surface of head and whole of 
pronotum irregularly and rather heavily, as well as profusely rugose; 
a compressed, rather slight, median carina extends the whole length of 
the thorax and abdomen; lateral carine of pronotum wanting, although 
the dorsal and lateral field are clearly distinct. ‘Tegmina oblong obo- 
vate, the tip rounded, the lower border slightly and roundly excised 
before the middle, the dorsal and lateral areas clearly distinguished, 
the whole tegmina. rugose, about three times longer than broad. 
Cerci simple, long, conical, slightly flattened, the apical third much 
slenderer, nearly cylindrical, incurved, the apex bluntly rounded. 

Leneth of body, 21.75 mm.; of antenne, 11 mm.; of tegmina, 4.5 
mm.; of hind tibie, 13 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. . 

29. Acridium (Schistocerca) occidentale Scudd. 1 &, 
Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

30. Acridium (Osmilia) labratum Scudd. 34,1 9, East- 
ern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

31. Acridium (Osmilia) Saussurei nov. sp. 

Ruddy brown, whole front of head, including frontal carina, dis-— 
tantly punctate; antenne a little infuscated at the tip. Vertex 
slightly suleate between the eyes. Pronotum with an indistinct 
median carina, the anterior half of the disc very indistinctly rugu- 
lose, the posterior half more distinctly and profusely, and punctulate 
in the pits. Tegmina concolorous with the body, the apical half sub- 
hyaline, and very faintly blotched with fuliginous. Wings hyaline, the 
nervures and cross veins of basal half of the wing (excepting close 
to the costal border) yellowish white, beyond blackish; costal edge 


1874.] 975  [Scudder. 


7 * 
beyond the middle testaceous. Lower exterior carina of hind femora 
yellowish ; hind tibiz dull luteous, the spines and all the claws black 
on apical half, the pads dusky. 
Length of body, 33 mm.; of antenne, 9.25 mm.; of tegmina, 32.5 
mm.; of hind tibiz, 16.75 mm. 1 ?, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 


EUPARNOPS nov. gen. (20, zd pyvod.) 


Allied to Oxya Serv. Head shorter than the pronotum, the vertex 
tumid, the tubercle descending in continuation of the curve of the 
vertex, broadly rounded in front; the front a little oblique, with a 
prominent, equal, median carina, having a flat field and passing but 
half way down the face; lateral carine rather sharply prominent ; 
antennze more than double the length of the pronotum, linear. 
Pronotum rounded transversely, rather smooth, with a slight median 
carina, the front border a little full, the hind border very obtusely 
angulated, the lower edge of the lateral lobes very convex on the 
posterior half. Tegmina long and slender, nearly equal, well rounded 
at the extremity ; wings a little shorter than the tegmina, rather slen- 
der; hind femora furnished at the tip beneath with an acutely angu- 
lated laminate lobe ; upper posterior edge of apical half of hind tibie 
forming a pretty high, sharp, ciliated lamina; lower spines at tip 
of hind femora very large, elongated, compressed, and claw-shaped, 
being upcurved at the tip. Valves of female abdomen denticulate on 
the outer margins ; male abdomen somewhat resembling that of 
Arcyptera, the cerci somewhat compressed, tapering, bent before the 
middle, the apical portion gently curving. 

32. Huparnops ceruleum nov. sp. 

Yellowish testaceous, very likely with a greenish tinge in life, the 
top of the head with a subtriangular black spot pointing forward, 
. extending from the base of the head to the narrowest point between 
the eyes; a broad blackish brown band extends from the whole 
hinder edge of the eye to the base of the tegmina; the antenne 
are black, excepting the apical three joints, which are luteous, and 
the outer edge of many of the joints, which are dashed with the 
same. The tegmina are testaceo-fuliginous, the whole anal area, 
and the nervures and cross veins of the rest of the tezmina, yellow- 
ish. Wings faintly cerulean blue, the apical two-fifths of the costal 
edge black, and the outer border margined for nearly half its length 
with fuliginous, the cross veins being black, broadly, or about one- 


Scudder.] 276 [December 16, 


fifth of the length of the costal margin, above, narrowing below. All 
the femora, but especially the hind pair, blackish; the lower sur- 
faces and sides of the hind tibie,.excepting a narrow, dull orange 
belt near the base, blackish; the tarsal joints are more or less 
blackish, the spines and claws black. 

Length of body, ¢ 21, 2 25 mm.; of antenne, ¢ 13, 210 mm.; of 
tegmina, ¢ 19.5, 2 20.5 mm.; of hind tibie, ¢ 13, 2 13.5 mm. 2 d, 
1 3, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


Cornops nov. gen. (xépvod.) 


Allied to the preceding. Head shorter than the pronotum, the 
vertex nearly flat, the tubercle scarcely descending, triangular, longi- 
tudinally sulcate, bluntly angulated in front; front rather oblique, 
perfectly straight, with a rather prominent, nearly equal median 
carina, running down most of the face and shallowly, broadly sulcate; 
lateral carinz sharply defined throughout, a little sinuous. Antenne 
fully half as long again as the head and pronotum together, linear. 
Pronotum rounded transversely, gently punctulate, with a scarcely 
perceptible median carina and no lateral carine, the front margin a 
little full, the hind border obtusely angulated, lower edge of the lat- 
eral lobes full on the posterior half. T’egmina very long and slender, 
equal, rounded at the tip, but very slightly produced. Wings a little 
shorter than the tegmina, rather slender. Hind femora with a lower 
apical lobe, as in Euparnops, but not so conspicuous; upper poste- 
rior edge of apical half of hind tibiz produced slightly to a laminate 
edge, and ciliate; lower apical spines of hind tibiz much as in Eu- 
parnops, but much more pointed, and produced at the tip. Valves 
of female abdomen very stoutly, coarsely and profusely denticulate 
on the outer margin. 

33. Cornops bivittatum nov. sp. 

Luteous; edges of labrum blackish; antenne, excepting at base, 
fuscous ; a broad straight black band extends from the posterior edge 
of the eye to the base of the tegmina. ‘The latter fuliginous, the anal 
area yellowish, the middle of the costal edge blackish, and all the 
cross veins of the outer half of the central field black. Wings hyaline, 
with black veins and cross veins, faintly fuliginous on the outer half, 
deepening toward the margin, and blackish along the costal edge; 
the vein marking the anterior fold of the wing and the immediately 
adjacent parts are luteous. Tip of hind femora, base and tip of hind 


1874.] Dit [Scudder. 


tibiee black or blackish, the apical half of all the spines and claws 
black ; denticulations of ovipositor black. 

Length of body, 26.5 mm.; of antennz, 11.5 mm.; of tegmina, 23.5 
mm.; of hind tibie, 11.5 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 

34. Coelopterna Stalii nov. sp. 

Top of head and pronotum black, inconspicuously and distantly 
spotted with yellowish; rest of head and pronotum, as well as the 
abdomen, yellowish; antenne testaceous at the base, beyond lu- 
teous, with dusky incisures, at the tip infuscated. Fore and mid- 
dle legs yellowish, spotted and indistinctly banded with brownish; 
hind femora dull yellowish, the upper surface with a basal, ante- 
median and post-median, the outer border with a post-median 
transverse bar of dark brownish ; hind tibize dull luteous. Tegmina 
blackish brown on basal third, beyond subhyaline, with brownish 
fuliginous transverse clouds, most distinct on inner border. Wings 
hyaline, with blackish nervures and cross veins, excepting next the 
costal margin, where they are fulvous. 

Length of body, 16 mm.; of antenne, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, 17.5 
mm.; of hind tibie, 8.6 mm. 1 2, Peruvian Marafion. 

The genus Celopterna, as well as the sub-family Ceelopternid, was 
founded by Stal upon the Acrydium acuminatum of De Geer, of 
which he says “exampla duo valde mutilata examinavi.” Among 
other parts that were wanting were the hind tarsi, which are very 
peculiar in the species which I have the pleasure to add to this group. 
They are excessively slender and strongly compressed; so minute is 
the middle article that at first I thought them but two-jointed; the 
first and third joints are equal in leneth, and either of them scarcely 
longer than the produced, depressed sulcate apical spines of the 
tibiz, between which the basal joint lies; there is a small but well 
formed pad. 

35. Tettigidea cuspidata nov. sp. 

Blackish brown, the head a little paler; frontal carina of the head 
compressed, rather prominent, sulcate from the middle of the eyes 
downward. Whole head and pronotum as well as hind femora cov- 
ered rather profusely with minute depressed granulations, giving a 
brighter appearance to the insect from their reflection of the light. 
Pronotal shield extending behind nearly to the tip of the posterior 
femora, the front border angulated, and the compressed, slightly ele- 
vated, but very distinct, median carina produced anteriorly to a sharp 


Scudder.] 278 [December 16, 


point, reaching to the upper base of the frontal carina of the head. 
Tegmina flat with very few and very indistinct granulations, and exces- 
sively minute and crowded punctulations. Wings very short, claws 
sharply spurred at the base; valves of ovipositor rather stoutly 
serratulate. 

Length of body, 17.5 mm.; of pronotal shield, 13 mm.; of hind 
tibie,8mm. 1 2, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


PHASMIDA. 


36. Bacteria nigripes nov. sp. 

Head short, obovate, smooth, pale testaceous, gibbous, with a slight 
dusky medio-dorsal line, and sometimes with longitudinal dashes on 
the sides; basal joint of antenne pale testaceous, depressed, largest 
just before the apex, the remainder black. Pronotum of the color of 
the head, sometimes infuscated, the anterior angles a little produced 
laterally, the sides delicately emarginate; all the legs blackish, the 
cox testaceous and very large, so that the fore femora are straight 
throughout; middle femora with a slight apical lobe posteriorly. 
Body, excepting at the posterior extremity of the meso- and meta- 
thorax, blackish, but the terminal three segments of the abdomen 
again testaceous. Abdomen with a slender medio-dorsal yellowish 
line; joints of abdomen a little dilated at the distal and a little con- 
stricted near the proximal extremity, the last three joints greatly 
swollen. Styles almost straight, rather stout, cylindrical, roundly and 
very bluntly terminated. 

Leneth of body, 63 mm.; of hind tibie, 37 mm.; of middle tibiz, 
52 mm.; of fore tibie, 32mm. 2 ¢, Kastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 

37. Bacteria exigua nov. sp. 

Testaceous, very slender. Head subcylindrical, half as long again 
as broad, with a few distant minute points scattered about, a little 
appressed anteriorly above, producing a slight, blunt, curved, trans- 
verse ridge between the eyes, uniting the posterior bases of the 
antennal sockets; basal joint of antenne depressed, of equal width 
beyond the base. Pronotum of the width of the head, and of equal 
size throughout, excepting a slight expansion above the coxe; the 
front and sides broadly and very slightly emarginate, the anterior 
half separated from the posterior by a deep sulcation and with a 


1874.] 279 [Scudder. 


longitudinal impressed line. Legs unarmed, the anterior femora 
waved at the base; all the femora faintly annulate with alternate 
broad bands of testaceous and dusky brown, commencing at the base 
with testaceous. Joints of abdomen marked only by the incisures, 
the last three joints, and especially the ante-penultimate, considerably 
swollen; the posterior angles of the last joint produced posteriorly 
_ into two short, rounded lobes, delicately serrated along the inner and 
posterior edges, the serrations directed inward. Styles moderately 
slender, cylindrical, a little upcurved and a little incurved, the tip 
depressed and a little twisted, so that the straightly docked apical 
edge is oblique, its angles rounded off. 

Length of body, 79 mm.; of hind tibie, 34 mm.; of middle tibie, 
24 mm.; of fore tibie, 38 mm. 1 ¢, Eastern slope of the Peruvian 
Andes. 

This species is evidently allied to B. turgida Westw. 

38. Phasma radiatum nov. sp. 

lackish, very slender. Head blackish, with smooth parts ; except- 
ing apical joints of palpi, and a narrow ferruginous stripe behind the 
eyes, pale ferruginous ; the stripe continued over the whole length of 
pro- and mesothorax, accompanied by a similar rather broader stripe 
connecting the fore and middle cox. Pro- and mesothorax with a 
slightly impressed medio-dorsal line, and very slight and very blunt 
tuberculations above; metathorax and basal joints of abdomen pale 
above and below. ‘Tegmina scarcely longer than the thorax, the ner- 
vures elevated and on the apical half blackish, in contrast to the pale 
base and interspaces. Folded portion of the wings with a similar effect, 
the part covered by the tegmina being pale, the rest blackish, with 
very pale or whitish lines, a median very slender, and one on either 
side broader but still very slender; rest of wing blackish fuliginous, 
with a large basal, rounded, very broadly obovate, whitish spot, reach= 
ing nearly to the inner border, and in the middle of the wing half 
way to the outer border. Legs blackish brown, the femora paler at 
the base and lineate with ferruginous. Styles short, moderately 
slender, cylindrical, a little upcurved, bluntly rounded and a little 
thickened at the extremity. 

Length of body, 31.5 mm.; of antenne, 31 mm.; of wings, 21.5 
mm.; of fore tibiae, 7.5 mm.; of middle tibiae, 5.75 mm.; of hind 
tibie, 9mm. 1 2, Peruvian Marafion. 

Apparently allied to P. ambiguum Westw. 


Scudder. ] 2 80 [December 16, 


MANTIDES. 


39. Stagmatoptera binotata Scudd. Allied to S. predica- 
toria Sauss. One specimen from the Peruvian Marafion. 

40. Oxyops sp. A single pupa belonging to this genus was 
brought from the Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


BLATTARIZ. 


41. Periplaneta americana Burm. One larva from the 
Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 

42. Blabera armigera Scudd. 

Specimens were obtained on the Peruvian Marafion and at Manaos, 
all of them females, and, as would be expected, somewhat larger than 
the males, the body and closed tegmina together being nearly three 
inches long. It should be noted that the lower posterior edge of the 
basal half of the fore femora is furnished with three small and short, 
but stout spines. 

43. Panchlora signifera nov. gp. 

Head castaneo-luteous, with two small transverse dark spots, one 
between the distant eyes and one in the middle of the front; eyes 
black; antenne dark castaneous, luteous toward the tip. Pronotum 
having something of the appearance of that of Blabera, smooth, the 
front and lateral borders slightly emarginate, the centre with a very 
large roundish spot partially divided in the middle into two sub-reni- 
form spots of dark brown, the surface with slight transverse plica- 
tions and a medio-dorsal series of inequalities. Elytra luteo-fuliginous. 
Whole under surface dark brown, the abdomen almost black, shining, 
the rather stout legs fuliginous brown or castaneous, the middle and 
hind femora with a pair of slight spines. Wings in repose, reaching . 
the extremity of the tegmina. ‘ 

Length of pronotum, 8 mm.; breadth of same, 10.3 mm.; length 
of whole body, 24 mm.; of antenne, 12 mm.; of tegmina, 27 mm.; of 
hind tibie, 7.75 mm. 1 2, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


FORFICULARIA. 


44. Thermastris Dohrnii nov. sp. 
Head blackish castaneous; antenne and palpi brownish casta- 
neous. Disc of the pronotum of the same width as the head, 


1874.] 281 [Scudder. 


similarly colored, but the expanded portion luteous, with a slight 
medio-dorsal impressed line; all the angles are well rounded. 
Tegmina with the dorsal area nearly three times as long as broad, 
blackish castaneous, with a broad, posteriorly narrowing, longitudinal, 
luteous band, extending from close to the base to near the tip, leav- 
ing between it and the sutural line a narrow stripe of blackish casta- 
neous. Exposed part of wings (at rest) yellow outwardly, black 
inwardly, both tegmina and exposed part of wings covered sparsely 
with very short, erect, rather stout, black hairs. Femora and tibie 
blackish ; tarsi honey yellow. Abdomen castaneo-piceous above, dark 
castaneous beneath, broadest beyond the middle; the last segment is 
subquadrate, gibbous, with lateral carine growing larger posteriorly, 
so as to give it a pinched appearance, a broad, sulcate, medio-dorsal 
depression, deepest in the middle of the segment, at the bottom of 
which is an impressed line; the sides of the four segments preceding 
this produced backward into points, increasingly so toward the 
extremity of the body, the prolongations of the penultimate extend- 
ing half way down the sides of the last segment. Forceps stout, de- 
pressed, subtrigonal, tapering regularly to a blunt point, the apical 
two-fifths curved more or less strongly inward. 
Length of body, exclusive of forceps, 15.5 mm.; of tegmina, 4.6 
mm.; of distance of closed wings beyond tip of tegmina, .75 mm. ; 
of forceps, 3.5mm. 1 @, Eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes. 


NEOLOBOPHORA nov. gen. 


Body moderately convex. Head very slightly convex, of equal 
length and breadth, narrowing slightly behind; first joint of antenne 
long and stout, largest at the distal extremity ; second as long only as 
its breadth, cylindrical ; third, fourth and fifth increasing a little in 
length, each more than the last, slightly obconic, the third at least 
twice, and the sixth and following more than four times as long as 
broad. Pronotum quadrate, of about equal breadth with the head, the 
margins, excepting the posterior, which is slightly convex, straight, the 
angles scarcely rounded. ‘Tegmina short; wings wanting (?) Legs 
moderately long, slender, third tarsal joint nearly or quite as long as 
the first, the second very short, lobed beneath, the lobes passing be- 
neath the base of the apical joint. Abdomen rather gibbous, enlarg- 
ing in size, and especially in breadth, to beyond the middle, when it 
rapidly narrows again; the last segment alike in the two sexes, sim- 


Uhler.] 2Soe |" (December 16, 


ple, narrowing rapidly, half as long as the breadth of its base; second | 


and third segments with lateral plications, above largest posteriorly. 
Forceps very long and very slender, cylindrical, and nearly straight, 
incurved a little at tip. 

This genus represents Lobophora in the new world, having the 
peculiar lobe to the middle joint of the tarsi characteristic of that 
genus, together with the pinched lateral carine of the second and 
third abdominal segments ; it differs from that most conspicuously in 
the broadened abdomen, and slender, cylindrical forceps. 

45. Neolobophora bogotensis nov. sp. 

Head and dise of prothorax piceous, the lateral edges of latter cas- 
taneous. Tegmina and abdomen blackish castaneous, the wings 
wanting. Basal joint of antenne luteo-fuscous, the rest dull luteous. 
Legs rufo-luteous, the femora and tibize infuscated away from the 
base. Forceps dark castaneous, trigono-cylindrical, slender, tapering, 
finely pointed, the apical third gently incurved, with a row of very 
inconspicuous, distant, bead-like prominences along the whole inner 
edge. ; 

Leneth of body exclusive of forceps, 10 mm.; of tegmina, 1.8 mm.; 
of forceps, 8.5 mm.; of hind femora, 3 mm. 1 2, Bogota, received 
from Mr. P. R. Uhler. 

I have introduced the description of this form merely to mention 
that a second species of the genus was found by Professor Orton in 
the Peruvian Andes, but it is in the pupal state only. 


LIsT OF THE SPECIES OF HEMIPTERA AND NEUROPTERA, OB- 
TAINED BY PROF. JAMES ORTON, IN NORTHERN PERU. By P. 
R. UHLER. 


HEMIPTERA. 


SCUTELLERID. 


Pachycoris discrepans nov. sp. 

Black, polished, minutely rugulose, broadly oval; somewhat re- 
sembling P. Fabricii Linn., but with a more blunt, low, and transverse 
pronotum. Head short, deeply, finely, rather closely, in part con- 
fluently, punctate; tylus more prominent and longer than the lateral 
lobes; lateral lobes depressed, sinuated from a little before the eyes, 
with the margin straight to the tip where it bends bluntly, the edge a 
little recurved ; antenne blue-black, short, the basal joint fusiform, 


1874.] 3 283 [Uhler. 


subequal to the third, the second shorter and more slender, fourth 
fusiform, as long as the second and third conjoined. Under surface 
of head polished, steel blue, coarsely, very remotely punctate; ros- 
trum reaching to the. base of the venter, the fourth joint nearly as 
long as the second and third united; buccule narrow, as long as the 
head, sinuated before the middle. Eyes acutely truncated behind, 
not let into the front margin of the pronotum, but projecting a little 
beyond the angle. Pronotum short and wide, depressed, the trans- 
verse curve at the base much more convex than the curve from the 
base forwards, the disk more coarsely punctate than the sides and an- 
terior and posterior submargins ; lateral submargins broadly de- 
pressed, and with a broad transverse depression posterior to each 
eallosity ; the lateral margins very broadly curved, with the edge re- 
curved, the anterior angles bluntly rounded; the latero-posterior 
_ margins broadly curved and not forming a triangle with the posterior 
margin; humeri very prominent. Middle line obsoletely carinated; 
on each side of it is a long-elliptical rufous spot, and nearer to the 
humeri is an oval spot of the same color. Scutellum high, the pos- 
terior downward slant being longer than the basal surface; on each 
side behind the basal fosse is a large, rounded rufous spot; lateral 
edge posteriorly a little recurved, the apex subacutely rounded ; the 
posterior surface minutely, remotely, and obsoletely punctate. Legs 
blue-black, obsoletely rugulose. Underside steel-blue, highly polished; 
pectus coarsely, remotely, deeply punctured; venter minutely rugu- 
lose, remotely, deeply and distinctly punctate on the sides, but im- 
punctate on the disk. 

Length, 10 mm. ; width of pronotum, 54 mm., and length 22 mm. 
One male, from west of the Huallaja River in Peru. 


PENTATOMIDZ. 


Oplomus tripustulatus Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 172, No. 91. 

A single specimen of the steel-blue variety, having a large curved, 
yellow spot each side anteriorly upon the pronotum, and the basal 
spine and an arcuated band upon the posterior segment of the ven- 
ter. From Peru. 

Arvelius albopunctatus De Geer, Mémoires, vol. 111, p. 331, 
pl. 5, fig. 6. 

A very large female, from the region west of the Huallaja River 
in Peru. i 


- Uhler.] | 284 [December 16, 


CoREIDz&. 


Eubule scutellata Westw., Hope’s Catal. Hemipt., pt. 2, p. 7. 

A small specimen from west of the Huallaja River in Peru. This 
species mimics the form of some of the Mexican Archimerids, in the 
lunate form and in the prominent angles of the pronotum; but the 
shape of the head with its excavated front, and the stout antenne 
_and short rostrum abundantly distinguish it. 

Nematopus vicinus Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat., 11, p. 425,No. 9. 

One male, from the region west of the Huallaja River in Peru. 
It differs in no important respect from specimens collected near Para, _ 
and in other sections of the region of the lower Amazons River. 

Pthia lunata Fabr., Mantissa Insect., 11, p. 289, No. 107. 

Collected in the vicinity of the Huallaja River in Peru. The 
specimen is of the usual type common to Brazil, Central America, | 
Mexico, and the West Indies. 

Leptoglossus vexillatus Stal, Ofversigt Vet. Akad. Forandl., 
1855, p. 185. 

Two specimens from west of the Huallaja River in Peru. A 
sufficient number of specimens to show the range of variation may 
prove this to be a form of L. zonatus Dallas. 


PYRRHOCORID. 


Dysdercus range Perty, Delectus An. Artic. Brazil., p. 172, 
tab. 34, fig. 7. 

One specimen from the region west of the Huallaja River in 
Peru. This is the commonest and one of the most widely distributed 
of the South American Pyrrhocorids. It extends from the West 
Coast through Venezuela, New Granada, Guiana, the Amazons 
Basin and thence southwards to beyond Rio de Janeiro. 


MoNONYCHID. 


Mononyx amplicollis Stal, Ofversigt Vet. Akad. Forhandl., 
1854, p. 239, 1. 

One large specimen from near the Huallaja River in Peru. The 
great width of the pronotum makes this species appear very singular 
and erratic. It would be interesting to know the conditions of local- 
ity in which this insect lives. The breadth of the pronotum and its 


1874.] 285 [Uhler. 


’ 


scooped out inferior surface may give it some advantage when leap- 
ing into the air to seize its food or to evade its enemies. 


HOMOPTERA. 


CIcADIDA. 


Cicada gigas Oliv., Encyc. Méthod., Vol. v, p. 750, pl. 111, 
fig. 4. 
_ From the region west of the Huallaja River in Peru. It seems 
to be more common in Central America, Guiana, and Mexico, and it 
occurs also in the West Indies. 
Fidicina mannifera Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 36, No. 13; Stoll’, 
Ciead., p. 88, pl. 23, fig. 126. 
Specimens from west of the Huallaja River in Peru. 
Fidicina opalina Germ., Thon’s Archiv, 1, p. 2, No. 52. 
One specimen from Pera. 
Proarna grisea Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., p. 34, No. 4. 
A small specimen was collected west of the Huallaja River in 
Peru. 
Carineta socia nov. sp. 
Pale dull fulvous, densely pubescent, body stout and cylindrical. 
Front tumid, convex, shagreened and remotely punctured above; 
ocelli amber yellow, placed upon fascous oblong spots, the intermedi- 
ate one placed at the anterior extremity of a yellow longitudinal 
groove. Eyes elevated above the surface of the fore-chest, but 
scarcely projecting sideways as far as the lateral margin. Rostrum 
tipped with piceous, extending not quite to the posterior coxe. Pro- 
notum a little more than twice as wide as long, the lateral margins 
indented posteriorly and directed obliquely forwards and inwards at an 
angle of almost forty-five degrees, the posterior angles lamellar, a lit- 
tle upturned and subacute, the anterior angles bluntly rounded; the 
prescutellum bluntly carinated on its anterior margin; collar of the 
“posterior margin of the pronotum forming a pale band, the disk and 
anterior surface dark tawny clouded with fuscous. Metanotum also 
paler than the adjoining surface. Wings soiled hyaline, the veins in- 
fuscated near and at the tip. First apical areole narrow, and about 
one and one-half times longer than the second ; second a little wider 
at tip, with the basal nervule curved inwards at tip; third a little 
shorter than the first, with its basal nervule a little oblique and 
curved ; fourth longer than the first, with its basal nervule sharply 


Uhler.] 286 [December 16, 


oblique and twice waved; fifth a little longer with its nervule almost 
straight; sixth with an acutely oblique long basal nervule which runs 
back from the base of the preceding; seventh broad, shorter, with 
its basal nervule directly transverse, but curved backward; eighth 
short, broad at base, produced backwards in an acute angle. Ven- 
ter dark, and with longer pubesence, particularly at the tip. The 
male has an acute thorn superiorly beneath the apical middle of the 
superior segment of the anus, and each side of it there is a long slen- 
der stylet; the inferior segment of the anus is broadly oval, subtrun- 
cated at tip. 

Length, 26 mm.; width of pronotum, 12 mm. ; expanse of fore 
wings, 73 mm. 

One male from the basin of the lower Amazons, perhaps near San- 
tarem. 

After much hesitation, I characterize this species; since I can find 
no description which fits it satisfactorily. Nevertheless, it may yet 
prove, upon comparison with types, to be one of the species pre- 
viously. described by Mr. Walker. 


TETTIGONIDS. 


Tettigonia pruinosa Walk., Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 755, No. 64; 
Signoret, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1853, p. 681, pl. 22, fig. 9. 
One specimen from Peru. 


NEUROPTERA. 


Corydalis armata Hagen, Synops. Neuropt., p. 321; C. cor- 
nuta Ramb., p. 440, No. 1. 

A damaged female from Peru. 

Libellula umbrata Linn., Syst. Nat., p. 903, No. 13; Hagen, 
Synopsis Neuropt., p. 158, No. 19. 

One small female from the region of the lower Amazons. 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF AGROTIS. By CHARLES 
V. RILey. 


Agrotis Morrisoniana nov. sp. . 

Size and general coloration of Agrotis subgothica Haw., varying 
to that of Agrotis herilis Grote. Reniform spot dark, large, and 
illy defined by a pale annulus relieved with deeper brown, and 


1874.] 287 [Riley. 


most persistent basally above median vein; orbicular spot, when not 
obsolete, small, pale, and either round or ovate ; claviform spot short, 
never extending farther than the orbicular; the pale interior line ob- 
solete above, elbowed outwardly below median vein; the basal half- 
line which in A. subgothica forms an angle with it, obsolete. Antenne 
of the male with beautifully fringed pectinations, nearly six times as 
long as the diameter of the main stem. 

It varies considerably. The primaries of the more obscure form 
may be described as of a uniform dark gray-brown, with two pale 
carneous-gray dashes along the inner middle of the wing, and _bor- 
dering the median vein and veins 1 and 2; the subterminal line 
indicated by interspaceal pale dots, and the other transverse lines 
indicated only on costa, by similar pale dots, relieved by dots of deep 
brown; in the more distinctly marked specimens the ground color is 
paler, leaving the terminal space, that between the reniform and or- 
bicular spots, and that between the claviform spot and the exterior 
lines, dark ; the orbicular is pale, and the dark reniform and claviform 
spots are strongly relieved with deep brown; the exterior line less 
broken and also relieved basally by deep brown, short, sagittate spots, 
while the posterior and inner borders are finely lined with the same 
deep brown; the pale color also extends through the subterminal 
and terminal spaces along veins 3, 4, and 7. Secondaries pale nacreous- 
gray, with but a slightly deeper shade around the posterior border. 
Underside pale, with a prominent discal dot on each wine. 

Described from two, males and six females, all reared from the 
larvee. 

Compared with the well known A. subgothica, as recently defined by 
Mr. Grote, it is at once distinguished by the very strongly pectinate 
male antenne, the broader fringes, more uniform thorax, duskiness of 
the ordinary spots, greater paleness of the median space along vein 
1, and by the subterminal line being relieved with deep brown basally 
instead of posteriorly. 

It is the analogue of the European A. vestigialis, and the differences 
between the two are more easily apprehended from the specimens, 
than described. The European insect, from two specimens kindly 
furnished by Prof. P. C. Zeller of Stettin, is paler, with the ground 
color more suffused with ferruginous, the pale color broader along the 
median vein and extending around the claviform, while it is less dis- 
tinct along vein 1. 

The question whether the many species of our Noctuide, which 


Shaler.] Je 288 [December 16, 


have their analogues in European species, but which generally show 
some slight differences, should really be considered as distinct species 
or as mere varieties, can never be fully determined until careful com- 
parisons are made with numerous specimens from both continents, 
and the larval habits and characters of each are known. But 
whether the differences be considered varietal or specific, it seems 
best to register them under different names. 


\ 
NOTES ON SOME OF THE PHENOMENA OF ELEVATION AND SUBSI- 


DENCE OF THE CONTINENTS. By N.S. SHALER. 


In endeavoring to account for the changes of level of the conti- 
nents, it is necessary to consider not only the changes of the land, 
but those of the sea as well ; the ancient view of the sea being the 
mobile region was not without its truth, and was too quickly aban- 
doned. In the following propositions I have endeavored to present 
the possible cases and means whereby the sea can greatly change its 
relation to the land. ‘The order of succession by no means repre- 
sents the relative importance of the action at work in the effecting 
of change. My only object is, in a brief way to call attention to the 
complication of agencies which effect this most important class of 
actions. . 

PROPOSITIONS. 


1. The absolute change in height of the continent acting on the whole 
mass thereof. 
This may conceivably be brought about if we suppose the conti- 
nents to have been lifted to their positions by constant lateral pres- 
sure arising from the more rapid loss of heat in the interior of the 
earth, thus bringing about a folding of the outer beds to correspond 
to the diminished interior. Whenever the secular loss of heat brings 
about a strain sufficient to overcome the resisting friction and weight, 
there will result an upward movement of the continent. This proposi- 
tion is merely a brief statement of the prevailing opinion of geologists 
as to the nature of the principal cause that produces continental folds. 
2. Absolute change of height of parts of the sea floor. é 
Sudden and great changes in the contour of any continent may 
occur without necessarily affecting the sea level, but all changes of 
the sea floor, be they elevation or depression, unless the alterations of 
each movement compensate each other, must be attended by modifi- 


1874] | 289 Ces ishalem 


cations of the average shore level upon the whole earth! One of 
these changes is in a determined direction. The average erosion of 
the land at present is probably not far from one foot in five thousand 
years. With the present areas of land and sea this would raise the 
sea level one foot in about fifteen thousand years. ‘This seems a slow 
rate, but allowing only sixty-six feet in a million years, and 20,000,000 
since the beginning of the carboniferous (probably far too short a 
time), we have a total of 1320 feet. It is to be noticed that this 
change is constant and in one direction, so that the other vascillating 
changes will not overcome it. It will cause a steady accumulation of 
height through all accidents of elevation and subsidence. 

3. Change in the centre of gravity of the earth arising from the form- 
ation of an ice cap on either polar region. 

This hypothesis of Adhemar accounts for a depression of cir- 
cumpolar and neighboring regions by the change in the position of 
the earth’s centre of gravity, caused by the accumulation about either 
pole of a large part of the oceanic waters in the form of an ice cap. 
The value of this cause cannot be determined. It depends for its 
existence on the hypothesis that the ice cap is formed in succession 
at each pole, and is liable to the correction we must apply for the subsi- 
dence of the sea caused by the removal from it of a large part of 
the water. The evidence goes to show that the last glacial period at 
least was simultaneous in the two hemispheres; this is so entirely 
against this hypothesis that we are not certain that it has been a 
true cause. Furthermore the depression produced during the last 
glacial period was so unequal in regions under the same parallel of 
latitude that there must have been other causes'of depression oper- 
ating at that time. A depression of one thousand feet in Wales be- 
comes almost nothing in France. The irregularity in the amount of 
subsidence is almost as great in this country as in Europe, and goes far 
to disprove the equality of the subsidence under the same parallels, 
which is essential to the truth of this theory, and when taken in con- 
nection with the evidence of simultaneous glaciation in both hemi- 
spheres may be regarded as putting this hypothesis far within the 
bounds of improbability. 


1 My attention was, I believe, first called to this possible cause of change of 
level, by my friend Professor J. P. Leslie. I am not aware that he has published 
this conclusion; but as it is indisputable, and is important to the matter treated of 
here, I venture to make use of it. As it is a recollection of ten years or so, I may 
not have accurately represented his idea. 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 19 MARCH, 1875. 


Shaler.] 290 . [December 16, 


It is not to be denied that simultaneous ice caps would still tend to 
drag the oceans towards both poles, but the amount of water taken 
from the sea under these conditions would be so great that we 
should rather expect to find signs of elevation than subsidence. Fur- 
thermore, it is worthy of note, that the re-elevation of cireumpolar 
regions now going on, doubtless the same in origin as the other ele- 
vations sought to be explained by this theory, is distinctly not tracea- 
ble to a readjustment of the centre of gravity. 

4, Sinking of the sea level through the abstraction of water stored in 
glacial sheets. 

This action connects itself in a general way with that just dis- 
cussed. It is unquestionably a true cause, though its value is not eas- 
ily determined. Both the depth of the ice and the area it covered 
are still questionable points; assuming, however, that one-fourth of the 
earth’s surface is the largest amount that can at any time be ice 
covered, and assuming that a mile is the average thickness of the 
sheet, then, making allowance for the space occupied by the land in 
the regions not covered with ice, the depression of the sea level will 
be something like twelve hundred feet. Prof Benjamin Pierce, has 
called my attention to the fact that this depression would decrease 
the temperature of any point as much as if it had been subjected to 
positive elevation of the same amount. ‘There are some important 
biological results following from this depression of the shore level. 
In the first place, if all the life of the glacial seas was removed to 
depths twelve hundred feet below the present level of the sea, or in 
other words, if the shore line was to any considerable extent removed 
to the seaward of its present position during the height of the period, 
we can well account for the fact that we have failed to find in the 
region bordering on the tropics the fossil remains of the fauna driven 
from the circumpolar region by the advent of the glacial period. 

5. Change in the position of the axis of rotation of the section from 
the centre of the sea to the centre of the continent. . 

T have already called attention to this action, whereby, while the 
continent is continually rising and the sea floor continually sinking, the 
different positions of the rotation point of the movement might give us 
the three phenomena: of gain of land, gain of sea, and apparent 
steadfastness, according as the pivot point happened to lie to the sea- 
ward of the shore, on the land, or just at the coast. The real na- 
ture of the movement may be all the while one of constant elevation 
and yet give us these three effects on the shore line. 


~ 1874.) te 991 [Shaler. 


6. Transfer of weight from the sea to the land, by the accumulation 
of an ice sheet on the land. 

In a previous communication,! I have called attention to the fact that 
mat we suppose the present position of the land to be the result of 
lateral pressure, we must suppose that it is retained in its position by 
a continuance of this pressure. If this be the cause, then the accu-, 
mulation of amass of ice a mile or so thick may still have a great 
effect upon the form of the curves of the crust, depressing those 
regions when the weight is accumulated in the form of ice. We 
should expect to find that such depression of cne part of a continent 
would be attended by*an uplift of another region; this seems to have 
been the case during the last glacial period, when the continent south 
of the Hudson seems to have been uplifted, while the northern sec- 
tion was depressed. At present the southern section is again sinking 
while the northern shore seems to be generally rising. 

If we proceed to represent to ourselves the amount of elevation of 
the continent of North America, south of the glacial sheet, necessary 
to counterbalance the depression below that ice’ mass, we are sur- 
prised at the geographical changes that would necessarily be brought 
about. It is, in the first place, necessary to notice that we must sup- 
pose that the elevation would probably not extend to the tropical 
regions, but would be greatest at a point not far from the borders of 
the ice sheet, at least, not further from that line than the point of 
maximum subsidence. Bringing above the water enough of North 
America to balance the glacial subsidence, we would connect the 
West Indian Islands with the main land and make the Gulf of Mex- 
ico and Carribean Sea a Mediterranean. We would, apparently, 
have to extend the Atlantic coast to the seaward until it included 
that part of the bed of the Gulf Stream which passes over a bottom 
having a mountainous topography. 

In the case of the European continent, a great elevation of its 
southern part would produce even more important geographical 
changes than on the American continent. 

There are one or two facts that may be well considered in this con- 
nection. Along our continents, as has been often noticed, we have a 
more or less extensive fringe of comparatively shallow water making a 
sort of shelf beneath the sea, from the outer edge of which the 
soundings plunge suddenly to the depths of the ocean. May it not 


1See paper on Recent ‘‘ Changes of level on the Coast of Maine,’’ Mem. Bost. 
Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. II, p. 338. 


Shaler.] DOR [December 16, | 


be that this represents the region of constant alternation between 
land and sea conditions in the endless rise and fall of the continents! 
Suppose a dozen or more elevations and depressions within that 
range; we should then have during each recession a vast amount of 


solid matter torn from the land carried to the seaward to a little be- 


yond the limit of the upheaval, which would not be carried back dur- 
ing the return of the sea in the next subsidence. As far as I have 
been able to determine, this submarine shelf is wider, and on the 
whole deeper submerged, in the boreal than in the equatorial sections. 


If the circumpolar regions have been the areas of the greatest mechan- | 


ical erosion, which considering their frequent glaciation seems very 


probable, then we should expect to find this erosion plane more ex- | 


tensive in those regions. 


I have elsewhere endeavored to show that the present shore line | 
of New England is almost exactly where it was before the glacial | 
period. If this be the case it is a confirmation of the idea that the | 
continents are.in a state of equilibrium, the stability of which is fre- | 


quently disturbed by various changes, and that when any of these 
disturbances is temporary, as that. of the glacial period was, they re- 
turn on its disappearance to their original position. 

The other point bearing on this general question is connected with 


the history of deltas. Nothing shows the essential instability of the | 


land better than the fact that of all the great deltas none have 


accumulations of several different geological formations on the same — 


level. If the land was unchanging in its level for any great geologi- 
cal time, deltas should show different formations in succession as we 
descend towards their seaward face at the same level; but deltas are, 
in fact, generally limited to one geological formation, and that when 
new deposits of the different geological ages occur together there is 
usually a considerable difference of level between them. 


If the erosion plane, above referred to, be really the result of the | 


shore erosion, then it is another and very striking evidence of the 


perpetuity of the continental forms, and an equally strong argument | 
against the existence of other great continents in recent geological | 


times. 


Mr. J. A. Allen exhibited a specimen of the Sharp-tailed 
Finch (Ammodromus caudacutus Sw.), collected the pres- 
ent autumn in the Calumet Marshes near Chicago, Ill, where 


1874.] 993 [Allen. 


this species has been obtained in considerable numbers, by 
Mr. Edward W. Nelson, and others. 


This specimen differs very markedly from specimens of the same 
species taken at the same season in the Charles River marshes, in 
Cambridge, presenting strongly all the features of a southern race. 
_. The size is smaller, with a longer and slenderer bill; the dark cen- 
ters of the feathers of the breast and sides are stronger and more 
sharply defined, and the brown markings on the scapulars and wing 
coverts much brighter and stronger. The top of the head is very 
dark brown, approaching black, with a faint slaty median line; the 
buff of the superciliary line, breast and sides, is very much stronger, 
and the white of the abdomen purer; all the colors being in fact 
much stronger. 

Mr. Allen read extracts from letters from Mr. Nelson, to whose 
_ kindness he was indebted for the specimen, in which, under date of 
Oct. 19, 1874, Mr. Nelson speaks of the bird as follows: “While 
collecting birds on the Calumet Marshes at Ainsworth, Ill., Sept. 17, 
1874, I noticed a number of small sparrows in the tall grass along 
the Calumet River. At first I thought they were Swamp Sparrows; 
observing a difference I shot one and at once recognizing it, I went 
in search of more. Within an hour I had killed eight fine specimens. 
They were very abundant, as I must have seen over one hundred in 
walking about a mile and a half. They were very difficult to kill, 
owing to their habit of rising suddenly, darting off in an irregular 
manner for a few rods, and then dropping into the grass and lying so 
close that it was almost impossible to put them up again. .... Dr. 
Velie, while collecting near Ainsworth, Oct. 7, also shot several speci- 
mens of the Sharp-tailed Finch, about the sloughs which are found 
abundantly in this locality.’’ They thus agree in habits with the 
eastern bird. 

Mr. Allen stated that, in answer to inquiries, Mr. Nelson informed 
him that the specimen sent him was an average specimen of his 
series, and that the differences between the Calumet birds and a 
Massachusetts specimen (an average of a considerable series) sent 
him by Mr. Allen were constant. In view of the marked differences 
between the two forms, Mr. Allen proposed for the Calumet form 
the varietal name of Nelsoni (Ammodromus caudacutus var. Nelsont). 

The birds of this genus have hitherto been considered as strictly 
maritime, as much so as any of the Gralla. The occurrence of rep- 


Scudder.] 294 : [December 23, 


resentatives of A. caudacutus so far from the seaboard, and in such 
large numbers, forms a most interesting fact in the distribution of our 
birds, and if usually so abundant there as during the last autumn it 
is not a little remarkable that it has so long escaped observation. 


Section of Entomology. December 23, 1874. 


Mr. H. K. Morrison in the chair. Six persons present. 
The following paper was read : — 


DESCRIPTION OF SOME LABRADORIAN BUTTERFLIES. By SAMUEL 
H. ScuppER. 


The following descriptions have been drawn up to assist those who 
would compare certain Labradorian butterflies with those from other 
parts of the continent or from Northern Europe with which they are 
closely allied. 

Brenthis Triclaris (Hiibn.) Herr.-Schaeff. 

Upper surface of wings deep fulvous, marked with black, with black 
nervures. Jere wings with a narrow, zigzag, transverse, mesial band 
starting from the apical branch of the sub-costal nervure at a point 
scarcely three-fifths of the distance from the base to the tip of wing, 
connected with the costal border by a slender, very oblique streak, 
directed inward; the first part of this band is arcuate, and takes a 
general direction toward the middle of the outer border, terminating 
in the lower half of the subcosto-median interspace ; thence it is 
bent inward along the upper submedian nervule to the point of its 
nearest approach to the costal border, whence it is bent downward 
and slightly outward across the next interspace at right angles to the 
upper submedian nervule, bent again inward following the middle 
submedian nervule to its origin, from which point it crosses the next 
interspace, parallel to the preceding portion, and is continued half 
way across the medio-submedian interspace, bent inward again at 
right angles and terminates on the submedian nervule, a little past 
the middle ; the upper portion of the band thus forms a W, opening 
inward and upward ; a band of similar width borders the outer 
limit of the cell, within which, with its angle resting on the middle of 


a. 


* 


1874.] 995 [Seudder. 


it, isa V-shaped band of equal width, opening inward ; in the middle 
of the cell, a rather broad arcuate patch, opening outward, depends 
from the sub-costal nervure, but does not reach the median, and next 
to, and separated but little from it, is a slender lunule opening inward, 
and forming the outer limit, at this point, of the general duskiness of 
the base of the wing; at the first divarication of the median nervure 
there starts downward a narrow streak, suddenly bent inward at right 
angles, generally produced outward slightly at the anele ; the outer 
border of the wing is narrowly, but distinctly edged with black, next 
to which is a row of slender, not very pointed, sagittate spots, enclos- 
ing between them and the border a row of fulvous spots, usually en- 
tirely continuous, and generally of a lighter color than the other 
parts of the wing; midway between the border and the mesial band, 
not so arcuate as the border, is a row of round black spots, very 
slightly larger toward the inner border, the lowermost a little outside 
the curve; midway between this and the mesial band, on the costal 
border, is a narrow dusky patch, crossing the subcostal nervules. A 
broad, mesial, transverse band crosses the hind wings, the outer nar- 
row, black border of which takes the following direction: it crosses 
the costo-subcostal interspace at two-fifths the distance from the base, 
follows along the upper subcostal nervule outward to a point opposite 
the middle of the costal border, crosses the next interspace at right 
angles to the nervures and the succeeding very obliquely outward, 
continuing along the lowest subcostal nervule and crossing obliquely 
the subcosto-median interspace at about one-fourth of the distance 
from the cell ; thence crossing the next two interspaces by two cres-- 
cents opening inward, each successively nearer the base, it is lost in 
the duskiness of the inner border; its interior border takes a direc- 
tion in general parallel to this, and there is besides a transverse streak 
crossing the extremity of the cell; within this mesial band the base of 
the wing is very dusky, almost black, except generally some fulvous 
spots toward the costal border ; the band itself is sometimes almost: 
entirely black, but generally encloses between the black nervules 
ochraceo-fulvous spots of variable size; the outer border of the wing 
is much as in the fore wings, but the fulvous spots between the mar- 
gin and the arrow-head spots, are less frequently continuous, generally 
lozenge-shaped and of a slightly lighter tint, generally ochraceo-ful- 
vous ; midway between the border and the mesial band is an arcuate 
band of round, equal, black spots, separated toward the base by a 
narrow, faint, ochraceo-fulvous band, from a series of faint dusky cres- 


Scudder. } 296 [December 23, 


cents, which form a slender transverse band, bent and generally inter- 
rupted in the middle. Fringe pale ochraceous, interrupted with black 
at the extremities of the nervules, longer on secondaries. . 

Beneath. ore wings pale fulvous, deepest at the base, the mark- 
ings of the basal half of upper surface repeated ; the outer border 
has a narrow line of deep fulvous or black, next to which is a rather 
broad ochraceous band, more or less interrupted at the nervures, ex- 
cept at apex, with fulvous fading into pale fulvous toward inner bor- 
der, surrounded with slight, sagittate, dusky spots, distinct only in 
the middle ; the arcuate row of black spots of the upper surface is 
repeated, the upper ones pupilled faintly with white ; midway be- 
tween this row and the mesial band on the costal border is a rather | 
faint narrow patch of pale cinnamon-red, dividing a broad patch of 
ochraceous; between this and the apex is a quadrate patch of pale 
cinnamon-red. Hind wings cinnamon-red; the mesial band is a rep- 
etition of that above, very pale straw-color, occasionally whitish, nar- 
rowly edged with black; a rather large spot of same color between | 
each of the nervures at the base, that in the costo-subcostal inter- 
space smallest; another spot above the costal nervure; the outer 
border is very narrowly margined with black, upon which is a row of 
silvery-white spots, rather large, pointed inward and margined nar- 
rowly with black : midway between the outer border and the mesial 
band is an arcuate band of round silvery-white spots, bordered with 
black; above this a narrow band of ochraceous, recularly crenulated, 
and occasionally bordered with dusky scales toward the base, extend- 
ing downwards in the subcosto-median and upper median interspaces 
to the black borders of the marginal silvery spots, but more or less 
mingled with reddish scales. 

Body covered above with fulvous, below with ochraceo-fulvous 
hairs; legs pale cinnamon-red, femora with ochraceous and black 
hairs; palpi covered with mingled fulvous and black hairs; stalk of 
antennz fulvous, black above, interrupted with white at the base of 
the joints; club of antenne black, apex fulvous. Expanse of wings 
45 mm. The males and females do not differ. 2 ¢, 2 2, Caribou * 
Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Labrador, (A. S- Packard, Jr., S. R. 
Butler). Specimens have also been taken at Mackenzie River (W. 
H. Edwards) and in Colorado (T. L. Mead). 

Many years ago I distributed specimens of this butterfly under the 
Ms. name of Arg. Lais. 


1874.] 297 [Scudder. 


Brenthis Chariclea (Schneid.) Herr.-Schaeff. 

Upper surface deep fulvous. marked with black, with black ner- 
vures. ore wings with a zigzag, wavy, occasionally broken band 
of moderate width, extending transversely across the wing, its inner 
edge starting at the middle of the costal border and terminating at 
the middle of the internal border; the general direction of the first 
third being outward, the second third nearly at right angles inward, 
the last third outward again nearly parallel to the first, but not 
turned so much outward; the band is formed: first of a straight 
belt more or less irregular in outline, directed toward a point a 
little more than two-thirds the distance down the outer border, 
reaching the median nervure; second, either of two very deep lunu- 
les, the lower heaviest limb being parallel to the first band, or of two 
short, straight bands slightly connected above, having the same gen- 
eral direction, the lunules or bands occupying the next two inter- 
spaces; and thirdly, of a broad shallow Itnule or band occupying the 
next interspace and directed at right angles to the lower branch of 
the median nervure; the inner border behind the submedian nervure 
is up to this point dusky, as is the whole base of the wing nearly up 
to the divarication of the median nervure; within the mesial band 
there are three equidistant transverse bands crossing the cell, and 
there is another short transverse blotch below the median nervure 
starting from between the two innermost of those above; the outer 
edge of the wing is more or less narrowly bordered with black, next to 
which is a row of triangular slightly arrow-head shaped black spots, 
enclosing between it and the border a row of small, transverse, ful- 
vous spots, which are usually larger and sometimes continuous at the 
apex; midway between the band of triangular spots and the mesial 
band is a slightly curving row of rather large, sometimes squarish 
spots, the lower one of which falls a little outside the curve, and the 
upper ones merge at the tip into the band of triangular spots; mid- 
way between this row and the mesial band, there is on the costal bor- 
der a triangular patch, extending, parallel to the mesial band, to the 
lower branch of the subcostal nervure. Hind wings: the mesial band 
is directed first across the sub-costal nervules at right angles to them, 
then sharply outward, reaching the upper branch of the median 
nervure at two-thirds the distance from the base, whence it turns 
toward the inner border with a sharply indented zigzag course, di- 
rected a little outward toward the anal angle; the whole base of the 
wing within this band is dusky,sometimes quite black, with the excep- 


Scudder.] 298 [December 23, 


tion of from three to five irregularly shaped, variously-sized, but gen- 
erally small, fulvous spots upon’the upper outer half; the markings 
upon the apical half of the wing are almost exactly as on the fore wings, 
except that the curving row of round spots has a deeper curve, the 
spots are more universally round, and increase in size toward the 
anal angle. ‘The fringe of both wings is alternately light and dark 
brown. 

Lower surface. Fore wings pale fulvous, the markings of basal 
half of the upper surface with the mesial band repeated, but with less 
distinctness, though there is no duskiness at the base, and the short 
streak below the median nervure just before its divarication meets a 
straight band coming at. right angles from the junction of the median 
and submedian nervures ; the roundish spots in the curved row are 
smaller and more indistinct than above; covering that portion of the 
space between them,and the mesial band, which is traversed by the 
subcostal nervures, is a triangular pale yellowish patch more distinct 
outwardly, with a transverse streak of pale cinnamon-red across its 
middle; beyond the triangular patch the wing is pale cinnamon-red, 
with a transverse streak of pale yellowish at the extreme apex; the 
sagittate spots are more delicate, and the nervules beyond them are 
distinctly yellowish or white. Basal half of the hind wings deep cin- 
namon-red ; there are three characteristic pearly white or silvery spots 
upon the basal half: the first is situated in the costo-subcostal inter- 
space, its centre a little outside the divarication of the subcostal ner- 
vure ; it is square or oblong, with the ends deeply excised and bor- 
dered with black, and has the lower outer angle cut off by the upper 
subcostal nervule; the second is triangular, the sharp apex outward, 
and is situated between the approximating branches of the subcostal 
and median nervure, is traversed obliquely at one-third the distance 
_ from the base by the transverse nervule, and extends to the white band 
crossing the middle of the wing; its base is concave, deeply bordered 
with black, and extends at one side narrowly along the lower edge of 
the subcostal nervure, reaching the first spot; the third, also triangu- 
lar, occupies the medio-submedian interspace; its base .as far as the 
divarication of the median is thus united to the second spot, but is 
encroached upon from the inside by the cinnamon-red of the base of 
the wing, which, crossing the median nervule, occupies about one-half 
of its area and forms in the outer portion a triangular spot bordered 
with black ; there are two minute spots of white along the middle of 
the subcosto-median interspace, the outer with a black centre, and 


T874.] 299 [Scudder. 


another at the base of the costo-subcostal interspace; the costal ner- 
vure also is edged above with white throughout its extent; a narrow, 
zigzag black band extends across the middle of the wing, bordering 
the upper side of the second silvery spot on its course, itself generally 
very narrowly edged with white above; within this black band, next 
the inner border, the surface is frequently powdered with whitish or 
ochraceous scales; beyond the black band is another broader band of 
white or silvery lunules whose general trend is nearly straight, but 
slightly curved; it rests against the outer angles of the black band 
along the inner half of its course, often indistinct near the middle, and 
broader and less defined upon the outer half; the spaces left between 
the black and silvery band at the outer half are ochraceous yellow 
between the subcostal nervules, and cinnamon-red between the costal 
and subcostal nervures; the outer border of the wing is narrowly 
edged with black, and has silvery triangular or lozenge-shaped spots 
situated between the nervules, tipped with sagittate black spots; the 
space between these and the silvery band is of a pale cinnamon-red 
with scattered ochraceous scales, which indeed occupy the greater 
portion of the interspaces upon either side of the upper median ner- 
vule; the row of round black spots of the upper surface is repeated 
beneath, though often but indistinctly. | 

Head and front of thorax covered with fulvous hairs; the upper 
surface of thorax and abdomen with brownish hairs, interspersed with 
fulvous upon the sides of the abdomen; below pale yellowish ; palpi 
with pale hairs below, mingled fulvous and black upon the tip ; stalk 
of antennze white below, black above, with fulvous annulations at 
the extremity of the joints; club of antenne black with narrow ful- 
yous annulations. Expanse of wings 38.5-45 mm. The males and 
females do not differ in their markings. 22 specimens, 12 3,6 9,4 
doubtful. Labrador (A. S. Packard, Jr.), Fort Simpson, Great Slave 
Lake, British America (W.H. Edwards), Natashquam, Southern Lab- 
rador (W. Couper), Colorado (T. L. Mead). 

This is the butterfly quoted by me as Arg. Boisduvalii Somm. in 
Packard’s View of the lepidopterous fauna of Labrador,! and also 
distributed by me in former years under the ms. name of Arg. Oenone. 
Boisduvalii is a synonyme of Chariclea. 

Brenthis Freija (Thunb.). 

Upper surface rather deep fulvous, marked with black, with black 


1Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1, 38. 


Scudder.] 300 [December 23, 


nervures. ore wings: a narrow broken band extends transversely 
and very irregularly across the wing, commencing and terminating a 
little beyond the middle of the costal and inner border; its general 
direction is at first toward a point on the outer border, two-thirds of 
the distance from the apex, next by a blind zigzag course toward the 
inner border at a point one-third of the distance from the base, and 
then straight toward the inner border; it is made up first of a 
nearly straight band which reaches the upper median nervule, then 
by three short transverse dashes, in the three succeeding interspaces, 
the first midway between the termination of the band and the last di- 
varication of the median nervure, the second below that divarication, 
and the third outside of the second by its own width; within the 
mesial band are three narrow transverse bands crossing the cell, the 
innermost not reaching the median nervure; within these is a small 
lunule, opening outward; below the divarication of the median ner- 
vure is a short dash, suddenly bent inward, and then slightly up- 
ward; the extreme base of the wing is slightly dusky; at the outer 
border is a broad band, regularly angulated on inner border, enclos- 
ing-a series of slender, transverse or linear, fulvous spots, seldom 
continuous except at the apex, where they are larger ; between this 
and the mesial band is a curved row of roundish spots, the lower one 
of which falls outside of the curve; at the apex this row merges into 
the outer band; between this band and the mesial there is on the 
costal border a dusky triangular spot, extending to the penultimate 
branch of the subcostal nervure. Hind wings: the mesial band extends, 
with a very irregularly zigzag course, from the middle of the costal 
border to a point between the subcostal and median nervures three- 
fifths of the distance from the base, and then, nearly at right angles, to 
the middle of the inner border ; it is generally interrupted and then 
formed of five dashes: the first, in the costo-subcostal interspace, at 
a little less than one-half the distance from the base, is directed in- 
ward toward the inner border about one-third the distance from the 
base ; the second starting from outside the first crosses the subcostal 
nervule at right angles; the third at some distance outward crosses 
the subcosto-median and upper median interspaces, at right angles to 
the nervules; the fourth crosses the next interspace in the same 
general direction, but removed by its own width further toward the 
base; the fifth turned upward and starting just beyond the fourth, 
crosses the medio-submedian interspace; both the second and the 
third are occasionally bent; within this band, the subcostal nervure is 


1874.] 801 [Scudder. 


broadly bordered with black scales from its divarication to its union 
with the median, and from the middle of the band so formed a band 
of equal width crosses the cell to the divarication of the median ; in 
the middie of the cell is a rather large round spot, and in the costo- 
subcostal interspace is a black streak, parallel to the mesial band 
and midway between it and the base; the extreme base of the 
wing and the inner border are slightly dusky; the outer black 
border of the wing is rather broad, and within it is a row of large 
triangular spots, separated from the border by a narrow fulvous 
stripe, sometimes broken into spots; nearly midway between the row 
of triangular spots and the mesial band, but approaching the former, 
is a curved row of rather large round spots in the subcostal and me- 
dian interspaces. Fringe of outer border dark brown, interrupted 
with ochraceous. 

Lower surface. ore wings pale fulvous with the markings of the 
basal half and the row of round spots repeated conspicuously ; apex 
pale cinnamon-red, the tip and a streak on costal border midway be- 
tween it and mesial band, ochraceous; the black border of the upper 
surface wanting and replaced by very pale cinnamon-red mingled with 
some ochraceous scales, the extremities of the nervules being ochrace- 
ous, tipped toward the round spots with large, triangular, scarcely 
sagittate, black spots. Hind wings: extreme base pale cinnamon- 
red, with a white spot generally bordered with black between each of 
the principal nervures at their origin; at about two-fifths the dis- 
tance from the base, a broad transverse band of pale cinnamon-red 
crosses the wing, dusted profusely with ochraceous or white scales at 
its outer and inner limits and especially where it crosses the spaces be- 
tween the principal nervures'; it is bordered within and without with 
black ; the inner black border starts from the costal nervure opposite 
its divarication from the subcostal, crosses the interspace obliquely in- 
ward, takes a sweeping curve along the outer border of the cell back 
a little past the divarication of the median nervure, and crosses to ° 
the inner border by two crescents opening inward; the exterior border 
is composed of three parts: the first starts from the middle of the cos- 
tal border and crosses the costo-subcostal interspace in a straight line 
parallel to the inner border; the second starts from the subcostal ner- 
vure opposite the origin of the first and crosses in a straight, some- 
times broken, line the next two interspaces, nearly at right angles to 
the nervures; the third, starting from the lowest branch of the sub- 
costal nervure, passes to the inner border by a series of crescents open- 


Scudder.] 302 [December 23, 


ing outward, parallel in general direction to the inner border; the 
narrow outer border of the wing is pale cinnamon-red, resting upon 
which is a row of transverse, ovoid, white spots surmounted by triangu- 
lar, somewhat sagittate spots of (sometimes blackish) cinnamon-red; 
between these and the broad band the space is pale cinnamon-red 
with scattered ochraceous scales, which, on either side of the last me- 
dian nervule, near its extremity, form a considerable ochraceous space - 
more or less mixed with reddish scales; but the space between the 
broad band and the outer border is further occupied by a curving row 
of round blackish spots, with intermingled reddish scales, bordered del- 
icately with ochraceous; and also by a narrow, nearly straight band, 
slightly bent and less conspicuous in the middle, where it touches 
the outer border of the broad band, and formed of pale rosaceous 
scales, whitish toward the extremities. 

Body covered above with greenish-brown hairs, toward the extrem- 
ity fulvous; beneath ochraceous; palpi with mingled ochraceous and 
black hairs below, mingled fulvous and black above; stalk of antennz 
white below, black above, with white annulations; club of antennz 
black, bright fulvous at the tip. Expanse of wings 38.5-43.5 mm. I 
have only seen males. 5 specimens. Fort Simpson, Great Slave 
Lake, and Fort Rupert’s Land, Eastern coast of Hudson’s Bay, Brit- 
ish America (W. H. Edwards). Mr. Crotch obtained specimens at 
Lake Labache. I have never seen specimens from Labrador. 

This species is very closely allied to, and representative of B. Mon- 
tinus Scudd., from which it differs principally in the following partic- 
ulars; the color of the upper surface is not so deep; at the base and 
along the subcostal interspaces of the hind wings it is not so dusky; 
upon the lower surface, the markings of the apex of the fore wings 
are much more conspicuous, as is also the broad mesial band of the 
hind wings, which here is of a very different tint from the base, while 
in B. Montinus a difference is seldom, and then but slightly, discern- 
ible; the submarginal rows of sagittate spots and of round spots are 
also much more conspicuous, being frequently very nearly obliterated 
in B. Montinus; the space between the arcuate row of round spots and 
the mesial band is much tinged in B. Freja with rosaceous scales, 
giving it a peculiar appearance; these are present only in a slender 
band in B. Montinus, and then are nearly obsolete; the darker parts 
of the outer border of the hind wings are darker than in B. Montinus, 
being there somewhat pale cinnamon-red, while here they are rather 
of cinnamon-brown. In previous remarks on B. Montinus, I have 


1874.] 303 [Scudder. 


spoken of B. Freija as Argynnis Boisduvalii, by a mistaken identifi- 
cation. 

Brenthis polaris (Boisd.) 

Upper surface fulvous with black markings; nervures black except 
the main stem of the median, which is fulvous bcrdered with black. 
Fore wings: a mesial band crosses the wing, composed of three 
parts; the first starting from the costal border at a little more than 
one-half the distance from the base to tip of wing, runs nearly 
straight to the upper median nervule beyond its basal curve; it is 
connected with the costal border by a narrower black band; the sec- 
ond part consists of a blotch crossing the interspace between the upper 
two median nervules, as broad as the previous part, taking nearly the 
same general direction, its outer edge continuous with the inner edge 
of the first part of the band; it generally leaves a little fulvous at the 
extreme base of the interspace; the third part is an equally broad 
band crossing the next two interspaces, bent at the lower median in- 
terspace and reaching the submedian nervure; its upper half stands 
in the same relation to the middle portion of the band as that to the 
first portion, and its inner edge generally starts at the divarication of 
the middle median nervule, although sometimes the whole base of 
the interspace is filled with black; its lower half is continuous with 
the upper but runs at right angles to the nervures; within the mesial 
band, and narrower than it, are three black streaks which cross 
the cell; the outer borders its termination; the middle is in close 

proximity and bent outward in the middle; the last is straight, lies mid- 
“way between the base and termination of the cell and does not reach 
the median nervure; below the median nervure, in broken continua- 
tion of the inner cell-streak, is a narrow bent streak, the upper por- 
tion half crossing the medio-submedian interspace; the other portion 
bent inward at right angles and sometimes sending a streak outward 
to meet the mesial band; the duskiness of the base of the wing does 
not extend over half the cell, and is enlivened by long olivaceo-ful- 
vous hairs; some griseous scales border thinly and broadly the me- 
dian nervure and its branches as far as the mesial band; the costal 
border is fulvous, flecked on the basal half rather heavily with gris- 
eous, edged with black, with the edge of the wing itself hoary. 
Beyond the mesial band there are the following markings: two small 
triangular spots with their bases resting on the subcostal nervure, 
dividing the distance between the mesial band and the tip of the 
wing; arow of six circular or subquadrangular spots, of equal size 


Scudder.] 304 [December 23, 


and about half the diameter of the interspaces lying in the inter- 
spaces about midway between the mesial band and the outer border; 
the upper three lie in anearly straight line or are parallel to the outer 
border, the uppermost connected with the outer triangular spot; the 
lower three have a slight curve in the opposite direction; seated upon 
the outer border upon the tips of all the nervures are roundish spots 
about the size of the spots in the last mentioned row, the upper two 
being elongated, conical; just within this row and sometimes touch- 
ing it, but lying in the interspaces, is another row of six roundish or 
transversely oblong spots, which grow gradually larger away from the 
costal border, those in the middle being about the size of the marginal 
spots. The fringe is white interrupted with dusky next the marginal 
spots, though the dusky interruptions are not so broad as the margi- 
nal spots. Hind wings: a very irregular, often indistinct mesial band 
crosses the wing; it starts near the middle of the costal border, strikes 
the subcostal nervure nearly half way between. the first divarication 
and the tip of the nervule, and crosses the next interspace at right 
angles to the nervules; it crosses the following at right angles also, but 
removed inward at a distance equal to its own width; from this point 
it doubles its width and, crossing the subcosto-median interspace, its 
inner edge removed from the cell at a distance equal to its own in- 
creased width, continues in a nearly straight line toward the inner 
border, subparallel to the outer border, till it is lost in the duskiness 
of the basal portion of the wing, which covers the whole inner bor- 
der as far as the median nervure; the duskiness of the base is other- 
wise about as extensive as on the fore wings and is particularly notice- 
able in the whole cell; the basal half is covered with hairs as in the 
fore wings, but more extensively; beyond the mesial band the fulvous 
color is if anything slightly deeper than on the primaries; a row of 
six circular spots of equal size, in continuation of that on the prima- 
ries, occupies the same interspaces as there, the lowest being seen but 
faintly, obscured by the duskiness of the internal border; they form 
a bent row, each half of which is straight and subparallel to the 
outer border; the marginal bands, similar to those on the fore wings, 
are so confluent that they may be better described as a broad margi- 
nal belt with a crenulate inner border enclosing, in the interspaces, 
small, transverse, fulvous crescents emitting a streak—sometimes a 
mere line, sometimes one nearly as broad as the crescent — to the 
outer border; the fringe is white interrupted with black at the ner- 
vule tips, but more narrowly than in the primaries. 


1874.] 805 [Scudder. 


Under surface. Fore wings slightly paler than above, with black 
markings ; the black markings of the basal half of the wing above 
are repeated narrowly beneath; the mesial band is usually more or 
less interrupted, and its upper portion is not straight but bent almost 
at right angles at the lower subcostal nervule, the angle pointing in- 
ward ; the row of circular spots is repeated distinctly in black, and 
the spots are of about the same size as above. The submarginal row of 
roundish spots is also repeated as a row of dusky circular or triangu- 
lar spots, and from the centre of each, or at least of the upper ones, a 
white dash extends to the border, broadened generally at the point of 
contact with the spot and always at the border; the costal border is 
grayish or olive-brown ; there are two transverse streaks of yellowish- 
brown extending from the costal border across the subcostal nervules, 
one just within the inner row of circular spots, the other just above 
the ‘outer row ; just within each of these the wing is more deeply 
tinged than elsewhere, approaching ferruginous. Hind wings reddish- 
brown, or ferruginous, flecked with black scales, more or less fulvous 
on outer half; sometimes the whole wing is deep fulvous, marked 
with snow-white ; an interrupted mesial white band crosses the wing, 
the borders marked with black, indicating its direction, the interior 
mainly white but so much interrupted with broad patches of fulvous 
or ferruginous (lighter than the rest of the wing) especially next the 
nervures, that the white is especially noticeable as three reel-shaped 
patches, the longer diameter along the wing, situated, one between the 
costal and subcostal, one between the subcostal and median, but in- 
cluding generally a part of the lower subcostal nervule, and one be- 
tween the median and submedian nervures; the band is bordered 
within by a line which crosses the costo-subcostal interspace before 
the divarication of the subcostal nervule, is bent at right angles 
in the middle, its angle outward; is there broken and _ starts be- 
tween the two divarications of the subcostal, forms a similar bent 
line across the cell just within the subcostal nervure and strikes the 
median at its first divarication; from here it crosses the next three 
interspaces by similar bent or curving lines to the inner border in 
such a direction that its general course is at right angles to the pre- 
vious general course of the line; on the outside the line:curves or is 
bent in the interspaces in a direction opposite to the interspaceal 
eurves of the inner line; in the middle of the wing the last divarica- 
tion of the median nervure is in the middle of the band, which is of 
average equal width except in the area occupied. by the subcostal ner- 

PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 20) APRIL, 1875. 


Scudder.] 306 [December 23, | 


vules, where it is wider; within this mesial band are four pretty large 


white spots narrowly bordered with black, one circular between the | 
costal and subcostal nervures, two circular in the cell arranged longi- — 


tudinally, and the fourth larger and oblong between the median and 


submedian nervures; the row of circular black spots on upper surface | 


is repeated beneath in black with a few mingled ferruginous scales, 


each spot being surmounted interiorly by a white spot larger than it- | 
self, often embracing it at the sides, and those above the upper three | 
produced interiorly to a greater or less extent; the black markings of | 
the border of the upper surface are reproduced beneath faintly and 
meagerly in dusky scales, while the interrupted fulvous markings of | 


that border are reproduced and increased beneath in white; between 
the marginal markings and the row of circular spots are fulvous spots 


of greater or less distinctness, generally more noticeable in the middle | 


of the wing ; the costal border is distinctly edged with white which 
is enlarged into a spot at the shoulder of the wing and extends along 
the nervure. The inner border is also narrowly and interruptedly 
edged with white. 

Body above black with brownish-olivaceous hairs ; beneath the 
hairs are brownish-fulvous; on palpi and legs the hairs are the same 
but at the base on the posterior thighs are black. Legs ferruginous. 
Antenne brownish-red, banded above with black scales with many in- 
termingled white scales, especially at base ; club black, heavily flecked 
with white, the tip reddish.. Expanse of wings, ¢ 40.5-44.5 mill.; 2, 
41.5-46 mill. 

2 ¢, 2 2, Labrador; from Sguare Island northward July 14—Aug. 3. 
(Dr. A. S. Packard.) 

Brenthis Frigga (Thunb.) Herr.-Schaeff. 


¢. Upper surface fulvous marked with black, the nervures dusky. | 


Fore wings: A zigzag, wavy, continuous band, not of great breadth, 
crosses the middle of the wing; the general direction of the first 
third is toward the middle of the lower half of the outer border of 
the wing, that of the middle third nearly parallel with the costal bor- 
der, and that of the lower third nearly parallel to that of the first 
third. The first third consists of a series of short broad crescents, or 
semi-circular discs between the nervules, their inner edges straight 
and continuous, starting from the costal border at three-fifths of the 
distance from the base, and reaching the median nervure; the lower 
third of the spot on the last interspace is the starting point of the 
middle third of the band ; this consists of three equally short bands: 


| 


1874.] 307 [Scudder. 


in zigzag, the upper and lower narrower than the middle one, the up- 
per crossing the upper median nervule very obliquely, the middle one 
crossing at right angles the upper median interspace, while the third 
erosses very obliquely the middle median nervule and extends to its 
attachment ; from just beyond this attachment, the lower third of the 
band commences; it is broader than any of the other parts of the 
band, and extends to the submedian nervure, beyond that being 
merged into the general duskiness of the internal border; it is formed 
of two halves in the two interspaces which it crosses, the upper half 
being directed outward more than the lower, and the upper part of 
the lower removed outward beyond the lower part of the upper by 
about half the width of the band; but sometimes they are more 
closely united ; the lower half sends inwards a point or narrow streak 
from its middle. Within the mesial band just described are three 
equidistant transverse parallel bands crossing the cell; the outer and 
‘and narrowest follows the outer border and is twice as broad above as 
below ; the nervures between it and the mesial band are black and 
marked a little more heavily than those of other parts of the wing ; 
the middle one is constricted in the middle; its lower extremity rests 
upon the median nervure between its two divarications; the inner 
one is simple, and there is still another at a similar distance toward 
the base, the outer border only of which is manifest, the duskiness of 
the base obscuring the rest ; there is also a more or less distinct V- 
shaped streak below the median neryure, the \/ directed to meet the 
inward projection of the mesial band between the median and sub- 
median nervures, the upper ones being a continuation of the third 
transverse band of the cell, and the lower directed toward the in- 
ner border at less than a right angle to the upper arm; sometimes 
this \/-shaped streak is merged in the gencral duskiness of the base 
of the wing, which latter is enlivened by long pale greenish-fulvous 
hairs. There isa marginal row of blackish triangles, sometimes de- 
veloped into sagittate spots, with their points directed outward, situ- 
ated in each of the interspaces opening on the outer margin above the 
submedian nervure. The space between these and the border is filled 
with commingled dusky and fulvous scales, the dusky scales predomi- 
nating along the edge, forming a narrow blackish border, deepest 
inthe middle of the interspacés and the fulvous in excess in the 
middle of the interspaces ; the whole, with the triangular spots, form- 
ing a dusky border to the wing, slightly broader than the width of the 
median interspaces at the margin of the wing. There is also a sub- 


Scudder. ] 808 [December 23, 


marginal row of circular blackish discs midway between the margi- 
nal band and the outermost limits of the mesial band, running almost 
parallel to the marginal band ; the upper two between the subcostal 
nervules fill the whole width of the interspaces and so are confluent, 
and sometimes touch that of the next interspace; the largest is situ- 
ated beween the upper median nervules, and the smallest, which is 
also the lowest partially obliterated, occurs in the medio-submedian 
interspace. The costal border as far as the extremity of the cell is 
black speckled with fulvous scales, which become more frequent 
toward the base; beyond the cell the marginal half is uniformly black 
and sends downward between the mesial band and the submarginal 
row of spots a triangular black spot of indistinct outline, its apex rest- 
ing on the first inferior subcostal nervule; on the lower half of the 
outer portion of the costal border, caused by the interruption men- 
tioned, are a narrow fulvous streak on either side of the first subcostal 
nervule, a shorter pale fulvous one on either side of the second sub- 
costal branch, and on the inner side of the upper two of the submar- 
ginal row of spots a triangular pale fulvous spot, the upper generally 
the paler. The basal two-thirds of the inner border is blackish 
dusky and beyond dusky mixed with fulvous ; the fringe is dirty pale 
fulvous mixed with dusky, palest in the middle of the interspaces. 
On the hind wings there is an irregular mesial band composed of 
very deep lunules in the interspaces. The first four are in a straight 
line, consecutively nearer the outer border, in passing downward ; 
the first is in the costo-subcostal interspace, and a little outside of the 
first divarication of the subcostal nervure; the last is in the sub- 
eosto-median interspace, at the point of the closest approximation 
of the bordering nervules ; a fifth lunule is found close to the base of 
the upper median interspace ; within this band and within an irreg- 
ular line from its lower extremity to the tip of the submedian nervure, 
the whole base of the wing is dusky, covered with pale greenish ful- 
yous hairs as in the fore wing ; above the median nervure, however, 
and just within the band are many interspersed fulvous scales, while 
the veins are heavily bordered with black, and a narrow transverse 
black band crosses the cell; in the interspaces opening on the outer 
border, and in continuation of the submarginal row of spots on the 
fore wing, is a regularly curving row subparallel to the outer border, 
of five nearly circular black spots, the outer ones smallest, and all sit- 
uated midway between the mesial and marginal bands; there isa 
marginal row of transverse black spots between the nervules of vary- 


1874.] 809 [Scudder, 


ing shape, those in the subcostal interspaces being confluent double 
ones. Beyond them a narrow black band seated upon the margin 
and expanding upon the nervules to double the width, extending thus 
between the spots last mentioned and becoming often, and especially 
about the middle of the border, confluent with them, and thus form- 
ing a band as broad as the marginal band of the fore wings; fringe 
pale fulvous, palest midway between the nervules. 

Under surface of fore wings dull brownish fulvous marked with 
_ dusky and black, with grayish nervures. The markings of the mesial 
band and of the cell are repeated by narrow black streaks; the mar- 
ginal and submarginal row of spots are repeated, and of about simi- 
lar size, in dusky scales; the costal border is grayish with a few 
greenish hairs at the base ; the upper half of the submarginal row of 
black spots is enclosed in a band of ferruginous scales, the outer bor- 
der extending to the marginal row of spots, and having above a zig- 
_ zag outline, the inner border extending to the same distance inward, 
and meeting a pale yellowish spot which extends to the mesial band ; 
below, the ferruginous band merges gradually into the fulvous; out- 
side the zigzag border of the ferruginous band, extending to the tip 
of the wing, is a pale yellow spot, with scattered ferruginous scales, 
Outer‘half of the hind wings rosy ash color, more hoary toward the 
costal border, broadly bordered internally with diffuse dusky, espec- 
ially on the lower half and near the costal border ; the submarginal 
row of round spots of the upper surface is repeated with dusky 
scales, and the marginal row is faintly repeated in a manner very sim- 
ilar to the repetitions of the same band beneath on the fore wings. 
Occupying the basal three-fifths of the wing above the subcostal ner- 
vure is a silvery white spot, limited externally by a black line bent at 
aright angle in the middle of the interspace, the lower half of the 
line running at right angles to the direction of the nervures, the up- 
per turned outward; ferruginous scales fill the space between this 
bent line and the dusky band of the middle of the wing. Within the 
white band next the base, and above the costal nervure is an ochre- 
yellow spot, and in the middle of the band is another small ochre- 
yellow spot half crossing the interspaces, bordered outwardly by a 
slight black line bent at right angles in an opposite direction to the 
line on the outside of the white spot; the rest of the extreme base of 
the wing is occupied by a black spot with a few interspersed ferrugi- 
nous scales; outside of this and within the ashy rose of the outer 
half, the wing is ochre yellow, flecked with ferruginous, and broken up 


Scudder.] 810 [December 23, 


into spots by black lines which border the veins, and form two very 
irregular lines crossing the wing; the two cells forming the outer half 
of the subcosto-median interspaces are paler than the others; the 
outer of the two transverse black lines starts from the upper subcos- 
tal nervule, below the middle of the ferruginous spot, and passes in a 
series of very deep curves in the interspaces, the convex side out- 
ward, to the internal nervure near its extremity. The general direc- 
tion of the line is at first outward, nearly parallel to the lower median 
nervule, and afterward at right angles to it, bending in the subcosto- 
median interspace; in the medio-submedian interspace there are two 
such curves or loops; that in the upper median interspace is small 
and very deep; the inner of the two black lines runs subparallel to 
the first, but follows the nervures more closely ; first accompanying the 
subcostal nervure it crosses the subcosto-median interspace at the 
divarication of the lowest median nervule, and in the medio-subme- 
dian interspace there are two curves, as in the outer line, but in op- 
posite direction, meeting the outer line at its termination on the 
internal nervure, forming a circular ochre spot on the last interspace. 

Body above black, with dusky hairs on the abdomen, and olive 
brown hairs*on the thorax; hairs beneath and at tip of abdomen 
ochraceous brown. Hairs of palpi and legs ruddy brownish. An- 
tenne testaceous, above banded with brown and white; club black- 
ish, tipped slightly with brown. Expanse of wings, 45 mm. 

Labrador, Okak, Rev. T. Weiz, A. S. Packard. 1¢. It has also 
been taken in Colorado by Mr. Mead. 

Agriades Aquilo (Boisd.). 

Above glossy brown tinged with czrulean, especially in the male, 
faintly marked with pale czrulean, especially in the female. ore 
wings: Male glossy brown tinged delicately with ezrulean, which is 
occasionally more distinct in a broad transverse band next the outer 
border ; the outer border itself with the tip of the costal border is 
black, and is bordered to a greater or less extent with a dark brown 
band outside the cerulean band; the tip of the cell is marked very 
‘faintly with black; fringe dull white. Female glossy brown, sometimes 
tinged slightly with cerulean, especially near the base and along:the 
inner border ; external border of the wing with the dark markings of 
the male; besides, there are two transverse rows of czrulean spots in 
the interspaces, generally pretty distinct, but at other times quite 
faint. The outer row extends across the whole wing, is seated upon 
the brown marginal band, and has the inner edges of the spots 


1874.) 811 [Scudder. 


rounded so as to forma band with a crenulated border; the inner — 
row is formed of five circular or oval spots, of which the upper two 
are situated midway between the outer row and the tip of the cell, 
while the lower three form a curving row beneath and a little within 
these, the open part of the curve outward ; the tip of the cell is 
marked by a distinct transverse black spot bordered narrowly with 
pale cerulean. Hind wings: a dusky spot at the tip of the cell, as 
in the fore wings of the female, but less distinct than there, and in 
the male often obsolete ; a straight row of small circular dusky spots 
crosses the wing, midway between the cell and the outer border, not 
reaching either border; it is generally quite obsolete, always so in the 
male; upon the outer border, which is edged with black, are seated 
round pale cerulean spots, separated only by the nervules, extending 
over the subcostal and median areas; each spot encloses a dusky or 
blackish spot, sometimes a mere dot, sometimes nearly usurping the 
place of the whitish spots. These markings are sometimes subobso- 
lete in the male, and generally less distinct there than in the female ; 
fringe whitish. 

Lower surface. Fore wings pale slate brown, marked heavily with 
white and spotted with black and fuscous; at the tip of the cell 
marked distinctly as it is above in the female, but bordered with 
white in the middle of the cell a similar mark, except that the inner 
black streak is generally broken in the middle ; sometimes one is ob- 
solete or both are very faint, or, indeed, occasionally the whole mark- 
ing is reduced to a faint whitish spot; there is a submarginal row 
of six broad, dusky, or fuscous lunules parallel to the outer margin, 
their outer edge at least an interspace’s distance from it; and mid- 
way between this row and the tip of the cell a row of six black spots 
enclosed in white, usually circular; the fourth from the tip, however, 
is sometimes triangular, and the last ordinarily transverse, or broken 
into two small ones, one above the other; the second and third are 
parallel to the outer border outside of the spot terminating the cell, 
and about midway between that and the submarginal band, though 
usually slightly nearer the latter; the first is situated above the prin- 
ciple subcostal nervure, nearer the base of the wing than the 
second, and even in some cases nearly half way between this and that 
at tip of cell ; the fourth is a little nearer the base of the wing than 
the third, and usually just as much nearer as the first is nearer than 
the second ; the fifth bears the same relation to the fourth as the 
fourth to the third, and the sixth, in the medio-submedian interspace, 


Scudder. ] oe [December 23, | 


lies below the fifth; the upper five therefore form a curving row 
around the spot at the tip of the cell. The outer margin is edged 
narrowly with black, and there is generally a transverse interrupted 
dusky line midway between the submarginal row of spots and the 
margin. Hind wings dark, slightly olivaceous brown, marked heavily 
with white and with black spots; in the interspaces next the outer 
border and separated from it only by its black or fuscous edging, is a 
series of spots; they are ordinarily white, although those in the me- 
dian and submedian interspaces are occasionally tinged wholly or in 
part with pale dull orange; they are separated from one another 
only by the dusky nervules, are sharply curved on the inside, ordina- 
rily extend up the interspaces to a distance equal to the width of the 
spaces between the nervule tips, and enclose a black or dusky trans- 
verse streak (or sometimes a round spot) which is sometimes obsolete ; 
on the inside these spots are bordered with dusky lunules, increas- 
ing to black, which occasionally encroach upon the white spots and 
form a considerable olivaceous brown band, and whether as lunules, 
or as a continuous band, are generally heaviest in the median inter- 
spaces; these lunules, with more distinct outline on their inner side, 
are the boundaries of a broad white band, enclosing in the middle 
of each interspace a small black spot which is sometimes obsolete ; 
the band extends from the costal to the internal nervure, its outer 
crenulated limit is the row of lunules just mentioned, and is more 
distant from the outer border at the median than at the subcostal 
nervules ; its inner border is quite irregular; between the subcostal 
nervules it is not half as broad as the interspaces, abruptly enlarging 
beyond the cell to fully that width, broadening by regular abrupt 
changes in successive interspaces until in the lower median inter- 
space it has become fully twice as broad as the interspace, while in 
the lowest interspace it is sometimes no broader than in the first, but 
generally a little broader; within this band the wing is of uniform 
tint, except some grayish scales next the base and the following white 
spots: a large transverse spot covering the vein closing the cell, 
which sometimes forms a dusky or blackish streak in it; above and 
just outside two pretty large confluent circular spots, the upper in 
the costo-subcostal interspace and a little within the lower, which is 
in the lower subcostal interspace; they each enclose black spots, the up- 
per one containing the largest, that of the lower being sometimes ob- 
solete; a pretty large circular spot midway between the base of the 
wing and the upper of the spots just mentioned and occupying the 


1874.] 313 [Scudder. 


same interspace; it encloses a minute black dot; in the middle of 
the cell, seated upon the median nervure, is a white spot a little 
smaller, containing an ordinarily obsolete black dot; and upon the 
internal border and the broad white band is another, similar in all 
respects to that in the cell; these last two white spots are themselves 
sometimes obsolete. 

Body black, covered above with long silver-gray hairs, and blackish 
scales; beneath with whitish hairs and scales; legs testaceous, covered 
closely with white scales ; scales at the side of the palpi snow-white, 
the hairs gray; last joint above dark-brown; eyes rimmed with a 
distinct row of pure white scales, and these bordered on the front 
with blackish hairs, between which down the middle of the front runs 
a row of silver-gray hairs. Antenne very dark velvetty-brown, an- 
nulated with pure white, narrowly above but with scattered scales, 
giving the sides and under surface a hoary appearance; club dark 
velvetty-brown above, with a few scattered white scales on the side; 
beneath dull, dusky ferruginous. Expanse of wings, 24 mm. 5d, 
2) 8 

Hopedale, Aug. 3; Henley Harbor, Aug. 15. First observed at 
Sloop Harbor, Kynetarbuck Bay, July 19 (Dr. A. S. Packard). 

This insect scarcely seems to be the same as that described by 
Curtis, in Ross’s second Voyage, as Polyommatus Franklinii, so much 
does it differ from the figure and description given there. ‘The upper 
surface of the wings is not “grayish powdered with silvery-green, 
especially at the base,” as there described; nor is the under surface 
of the hind wings, ‘‘fuscous freckled with gold, but blue at base.” 
The figures given differ from my specimens in the particulars given 
above, and also in that the mesial row of black spots on under sur- 
face of the fore wings has but a very slight curve, while the mark- 
ings outside of this row along the border are not as in the specimens 
before me. On the under surface of the hind wings, Curtis’s figure 
represents the broad, white band as reduced to a row of circular 
white spots, scarcely extending so far across the wing as my speci- 
mens always show it, and the markings beyond them along the mar- 
gin differ from my specimens even more than the border of the fore 
wing; yet it is undoubtedly very closely allied, and a true represen- 
tative of this species. Ross’s two specimens were taken “on Astraga- 
lus alpinus near the end of July.” 

In his article on Labrador Lepidoptera ,! Moschler has compared the 


1 Wien. Entom, Monatsch., iv, 347. 


Putnam.] 314 . [January 6. 


description of Curtis as translated into German by Groben with his 
own specimens, and has made some good criticisms upon the charac- 
ter of the description in its German dress, and without having seen 
the English of Curtis, has actually translated the doubtful passages 
better than Groben. All the objections which he makes to the de- 
scription fall to the ground when the original of Curtis is used. 


January 6, 1875. 
The President in the chair. Ninety-three persons present 


Sef. Don Antonio del Castillo, Sefi. Don Mariano Barcena 
and Dr. John Hjaltalin, were elected Corresponding Mem- 
bers, and Messrs. Holmes Hinckley, Edward M. Wadsworth, 
Sereno Watson, William W. Lee, Edward A. Birge, Samuel 
H. Trowbridge, Edward R. Benton, Zabdial A. Willard, A. 
_E. White, Dr. John W. Brewer, Dr. David Hunt, Jr., and 
Gen. Francis A. Osborn, were elected Resident Members. 

The Secretary announced by title the following paper: “A 
Prodrome of a Monograph of the Family Tabanide of the 
United States. Part I, the Genera Pangonia, Chrysops, Sil- 
vius, Heematopota, and Diabasis,” by C. R. Osten Sacken, 
which will be printed in full in the Memoirs, forming No. I, 
of Part IV, Vol. II. 


Mr. F. W. Putnam gave an extended account of his archee- 
ological researches in Kentucky and Indiana during the past 
season. 


He prefaced: his remarks by a rapid sketch of the races of men 
found in North America on the first occupation of the country by 
Europeans. Alluding to the Indians of the New England coast, he 
called attention to their more prominent characters as shown by their 
life and their crania. He then mentioned more particularly the race 
found by De Soto in the South, and their peculiarities of customs as 
recorded by the early travellers among thein; pointing out facts 
which lead to the belief that the southern Indians of the Natchez 


1875.] 815 [Putnam. 


type were not only of a different race from the more northern and 
eastern tribes, but were also probably older inhabitants of the coun- 
try and much ‘further advanced in the arts and civilization, though 
having still the remnants of many barbarous customs. ‘This southern 
race had several characteristics which may prove it to be allied to, if 
not descended from, the still more ancient and prehistoric race of 
Mound Builders. The latter, in turn, show so much in common with 
the early civilization of Mexico, as to lead to the belief that the an- 
cient Mexican races, the Mound Builders of the Mississippi Valley 
and the early Indians of the South may have been of the same origi- 
nal stock, becoming greatly diversified by migrations and by mixing 
with other races, which they absorbed in part, and with still others 
by whom they were conquered. While by no means considering the 
unity of the Mound Builders with the other short-headed people of 
North America as proved, he gave many facts bearing on the migra- 
tion of such a short-headed people over the country covered by the 
region embracing a broad belt from the northwestern coast to the 
Ohio Valley, and south to the Gulf of Mexico, and again extending 
westward to the Pacific. He also alluded to the Pueblo Indians, the 
Flatheads and the old Mandans as having many resemblances to the 
ancient mound-building race of which they may have been, orig- 
inally, isolated portions that rapidly formed mixed races while hold- 
ing in different ways to some of their original customs. 

The more nomadic of the barbarous tribes of the country were 
then spoken of, and the known feuds between them and the southern 
race were dwelt upon, in order to show the peculiar condition of 
archeological research along the Ohio, and as, perhaps, in part, ac- 
counting for the singular richness of this region in the relics of sev- 
eral distinct races, or, at least, widely separated families of the 


_ historic and prehistoric peoples of North America. 


Mr. Putnam then called attention to the numerous ancient fortifi- 
cations which exist in the Ohio Valley, and gave a description of 
two which he had visited in Indiana in company with Professor Cox, 
the State geologist, by whom they have been, or soon will be, de- 
seribed in detail. These ancient fortifications are generally earth- 
works, many of great extent, but there have been several discovered 
where immense walls of stone have been used in place of simple 
earth embankments. The stone walls of the Indiana forts were very 
extensive. In the fort near Charlestown, on the Ohio River, the 
principal wall was several hundred feet long, and was built to the 


Putnam.) 316 [January 6, 


height of nearly ten feet, while at one place a-wall about seventy- 
five feet in height had been erected to fill up a gap in the otherwise 
nearly precipitous portion of the natural wall. The stones of these 
walls were simply laid, one overlapping the other, so as to break 
joints, without cement or mortar of any kind. They had been taken 
from the surface within the fort. 

Mr. Putnam also mentioned an ancient pile of stones on a prom- 
ontory near Lexington, Ind., which he thought was more likely the 
remains of some prehistoric monument, erected for some other pur- 
pose than to mark a burial place, though the stones had been so 
much disturbed by treasure seekers that the original form of the 
monument could only be conjectured. It is known that the ‘Southern 
Indians erected somewhat similar monuments to mark the spot where 
some noted event had taken place. 

He then described a very singular ancient deposit found near Lex- 
ington, Ind., which he called a “refuse circle.” This circle was about 
four hundred feet in diameter, and was formed by a ridge about four 
feet wide. The ridge seemed to be entirely composed of fragments 
of pottery and broken bones of deer and other animals. The gen- 
eral appearance of this place is that of an ancient camp, or village, 
protected by a palisade against which the refuse of the camp had 
been thrown, and after the destruction of the palisade the soil had 
formed over the débris and made the ridge nowseen. Large sugar 
trees are growing on portions of the ridge, and there is every indica- 
tion that considerable antiquity can be ascribed to this interest- 
ing circle, which will receive a thorough examination by Professor 
Cox during the coming year. 

Crossing to Kentucky, through his connection with the State survey, 
(which had been so wisely inaugurated by the Legislature, that its 
chief, Professor Shaler, was able to extend the work into biological 
departments as well as geological), Mr. Putnam was able to pursue 
his archeological investigations while engaged in the ichthyological 
work of the survey, and had the opportunity of making examina- 
tions in several distinct archeological fields, viz., rock shelters, caves, 
mounds and circular graves. 

A rock shelter near Grayson Springs proved very interesting from 
the number of split bones of the animals which had evidently 
been used for food, fragments of pottery, and flints found. This 
place was under an overhanging rock which projected about twenty- 
five feet from the ledge, forming a place where a number of per- 


1875.] 817 [Putnam. 


sons could have lived in comparative comfort. On removing 
some of the soil from the floor of this shelter many bones of ani- 
mals, fragments of pottery and flints were found, and also two small 
mortar holes which had been cut in the ledge forming the floor. On 
the shelving rocks at the back part of this shelter several small piles 
of bones were found under such conditions as to give the idea that 
cooked food had been placed on these shelves for future use, but 
the party placing it there had suddenly left the spot. There was 
nothing at this place to indicate greater antiquity than the time 
when the most recent Indian tribes roamed over the country. 

The immense number of stone implements, such as axes, pestles, 
and especially arrow and spear points, found on the surface in Gray- 
son, Barren and Edmonson counties was alluded to, and several in- 
teresting forms were exhibited. 

He then exhibited a number of skulls and other bones found under 
various conditions, and described the peculiarities of each group, 
comparing them with those of undoubted Mound Builders, and with 
those of the New England Indians. While the skulls of the New 
England Indians are long and narrow, those from the mounds, the 
circular graves, the stone graves and the caves, were of the short, 
broad and high type; but in the caves were found two, if not three, 
classes of burials, and at least two well-marked forms of skulls. 

The skulls found in graves which were, as a rule, protected by 
slabs of stone, were, so far as his researches went, of a natural form, 
differing considerably from the high, short and broad crania of the 
typical Mound Builders, while those from caves which contained a 
large number of skeletons representing bodies that had been thrown 
into the caves, or perhaps skeletons which had been placed there 
after the flesh had decayed, were quite characteristic from the very 
marked flattening of the frontal bone and the equally marked con- 
cavity on the anterior part of the parietals. The skulls from the 
*‘ circular grave ’were distinguished from the others by their decided 
width and shortness, and the more vertical occipital portion. Sev- 
eral of these latter as well as some from the caves showed undoubted 
_ signs of artificial moulding. 

A series of shin bones was also exhibited, to show the various de- 
grees of flattening which existed, and to prove, as shown by the re- 
searches of others, that platyenemism, while most marked in ancient 
and uncivilized races, could not be taken as a special race character 
of any great importance. 


5 


Putnam.] 318 [January 6, 


He spoke of an examination of a group of mounds near Glasgow ; 
and though no human remains were found in these particular 
mounds, a most interesting burial place on a hill close by may 
have had some connection with them: This burial place consisted 
of a number of circular graves, most of which had been destroyed 
by the cultivation:of the land; but one that had not been disturbed 
by the plough was carefully opened. This grave was in the form of 
a circle of about four feet in diameter, and had been dug to the 
depth of about three feet. Upright slabs of limestone about three 
feet in height, from one to two feet in width and three or four inches 
in thickness, had then been placed round the hole. The bottom of 
the grave had been covered with pieces of shale brought from Peter’s 
Creek, about a quarter of a mile distant. The bodies, at least fifteen 
in number, had been placed in the grave, evidently arranged in a sit- 
ting posture, in a circle. A few pieces of stone found on the surface 
of the grave may indicate that stones had been placed over it. If 
any slight earth mound had been formed over the grave, it had been 
washed away, as the edges of the upright stones were projecting a few 
inches above the present surface of the soil. From the fact that only 
a fragment of pottery was found among the stones on the surface of 
the grave, and no implements of any kind with the bodies, it may be 
that articles, since scattered, were placed over the grave. The num- 
ber of these circular graves that once existed .at this spot on the 
homestead of Gen. Jos. H. Lewis, who had taken Mr. Putnam to the 
place, suggested many thoughts as to their connection with the group 
of mounds in the little valley below ; and from the great resemblance 
of the crania to those from mounds, Mr. Putnam was led to consider 
that these graves probably indicated a peculiar mode of burial which 
may yet be found to be as characteristic of the singular mound-build- 
ing race, as the burial under mounds is now supposed to be. The fact 
that all the bodies must have been placed in the grave at the same 
time, and that they were those of persons of various ages, from three 
children who had still the first set of teeth, as shown by fragments of 
jaws found, to a person quite advanced in age, while the majority 
were evidently of middle age,— and also the peculiar hole in one 
of the arm bones, perhaps indicating a blow with some pointed 
instrument, —give opportunity for speculations which cannot be 
proved. or disproved by these silent relics of a once populous race 
inhabiting the beautiful country where their bones were laid so long 
ago that tradition of the more recent Indian tribes gives no clew to 


’ 


1875.) ie 319 [Putnam. 


them; whence they came or whither they went, all is lost in the great 
_ mystery of the past, and only their empty skulls and wonderful mon- 
uments of industry, with their implements of skill, are left to tell us 
of their former power. We know not if these burials indicate fam- 
ine, pestilence, war, or the unholy sacrifice. We can only conjecture 
that they were not the graves of persons who had died a natural 
death. 

The caves of Kentucky were often used as receptacles for the dead, 
and many of them contain large numbers of human skeletons ; but 
that they were also used as at least temporary places of habitation is 
shown by the relics found in Salt Cave, situated near the Mammoth 
Cave, and belonging to the same proprietors. This cave, which is a 
rival to the Mammoth in the size of some of its avenues, is difficult 
of access. A small stream of water flows over its mouth, and runs 
off, through the loose rocks which have fallen from the roof of the 
cave, to the passage on the left. After entering the cave, the de- 
scent of asteep hill of loose rocks to the right leads into a large 
avenue of several miles in length, the floor of which is covered with 
jagged rocks that have fallen from above. After climbing over this 
rough road for some distance, small areas are observed where the 
roof rock has not fallen and where the original dirt floor, or 
old river bed, is seen. In these places there are to be found quite 
level spots where fires have been kindled, and small piles of stone 
placed by human hands. Here and there, in favorable places, other 
small piles of stones are to be seen, erectéd in such a way as to leave 
a small hole in their centre, and at the bottom of these holes ashes 
and the stubs of burnt sticks can be seen; while on some of the 
rocks about were found small bundles of fagots tied with bark, and of 
a convenient size to be taken in one hand and placed in the holes of 
the rock piles, evidently indicating that these bundles of sticks were 
brought into the cave for use as lights and firewood. Further on, 
within passages and chambers, other indications of habitation were 
noticed, and in one small chamber, in which the foot of a white man 
had never stepped before, were seen on the cave earth the imprints 
of feet that had been shod with peculiar braided moccasons or san- 
dals. Here were in reality the “footprints on the sands of time.” 
The naked heel and toes and the braided covering to the sole of the 
foot have left imprints as distinct in the tenacious and heavy soil of 
the cave as if made but a few days previous. In these side cham- 
bers, which had just been discovered by Mr. Putnam’s guides, 


. 


Putnam.] 820 (January 6, 


were found a number of cast-off sandals, very finely made of the 
twisted leaves of the cat-tail flag (Typha) braided in a careful and 
artistic way, identical in the manner of braiding with the straw san- 
dals from China, though of a different shape, and having a raised 
portion from toe to heel, like the sides of a leather slipper, while all 
the ends of the braids were brought forward and united on the me- 
dian line over the toes. About twenty-five of these sandal-like moc- 
casons, of various sizes and of several slightly varying designs, but all 
worn through at toe and heel, were found in the interior chambers of 
the cave.! A piece of cloth more than a foot square and regularly 
woven, probably from the inner bark of some tree, was also found. 
This cloth was specially interesting, showing as it did that it had 
been dyed or colored with black stripes, and also in exhibiting at 
one corner a place where it had been mended by darning. | The 
other articles found in the cave, which were exhibited at the meeting 
with those already mentioned, consisted of bunches of the bark such 
as was used to make the cloth, and of different degrees of fineness ; 
a number of pieces of bark-twine and rope, several showing knots 
where pieces had been tied together, some made of twisted strands 


1The only reference I have yet found relating to existing tribes of Indians using 
moccasons made of other material than skins of animals, is in Gibbs’ notice of the 
northern California Indians and in Fremont’s notice of the same tribes. Both 
these writers state that moccasons made of braided grass are used by these Indians. 
It is interesting in this connection to note that the sandals of braided grass and 
some other articles in general resembling those found with the body in Short Cave 
mentioned further on have been found in a cave in Spain. I quote the following 
from Dawkins’ Cave Hunting as I have not seen the original work by Don Manuel 
Gongora y Martinez, cited by Dawkins. 

“In the work of Martinez referred to, there is a most interesting account of 
the pre-historic antiquities of Andalusia. Several interments are described in the 
Cueva de los Murciélagos, a cave running into the limestone rock, out of which the 
grand scenery of the southern part of the Sierra Nevada has been, to a great ex- 
tent, carved. In one spot, a group of three skeletons was met with, one of which 
was adorned with a plain coronet of gold, and clad in a tunic made of esparto- 
grass, finely plaited, so as to form a pattern which resembles some of the designs on 
gold ornaments from Etruscan tombs. At a spot further within, a second group of 
twelve skeletons lay in a semicircle, around one considered by Don Manuel to have 
belonged to a woman, covered with a tunic of skin, and wearing a necklace of es- 
parto-grass, a marine shell pierced for suspension, the carved tusk of a wild 
boar, and earrings of black stone. There were cther articles of plaited esparto- 
grass, such as baskets and sandals; flint flakes, pieces of a white marble armlet, 
polished axes, bone awls, and a wooden spoon, together with pottery of the same 
type as that from Gibraltar, fragments:of charcoal, and bones of animals. ’’—Cave 
Hunting, p. 209. 


1875.] BOL [ Putnam. 


simply, while others were a, five-stranded braid,! and of a different 
and more pliable substance than those which were simply twisted; a 
small portion of a delicate fringe or tassel of neatly braided fibres; 
a number of reed “ torches,” generally burned only at one end; a 
few small fragments of burned wood, one showing the rough cutting 
of a stone axe ; several fragments of large gourds; two flint arrow- 
points; a few fragments of shells of Unio, one of which was pierced 
by a hole as if for suspension; a few feathers, probably of the wild 
turkey, and a portion of a wooden platter or dish. No bones of ani- 
mals indicating the food of these cave people were found, and though 
the earth in one of the chambers had been disturbed and looked in 
several places as if burials had been made, no human bones were dis- 
covered. Mr. Putnam intended to make farther explorations in this 
cave, but a severe illness, brought on by exposure and fatigue in the 
caves, prevented him at that time from carrying out his plan. 
Enough was discovered, however, to show the importance of a thor- 
ough exploration of the caves in this country, both to ascertain the 
facts relating to their having been used as habitations and as sepul- 
chres, and Mr. Putnam stated that it was encouraging to science to 
feel that the work begun by the Kentucky Survey, with the assistance 
given by the Peabody Museum of Archeology at Cambridge, would 
be continued until more is known relating to the archeolocy of this 
large and most important group of American caves. 

The discovery, by the saltpetre miners of 1812-15, of bodies 
buried with care in some of the caves of Kentucky and Tennessee, 
and the numerous articles which had been found with them, was al- 
luded to by Mr. Putnam, who stated that since his return from Ken- 
tucky he had examined the body, and what remained of the very 
large number of articles found with it, that was so widely known as 
the “Mammoth Cave Mummy”’ sixty years ago. ‘This body was, in 
reality, found in Short Cave, situated about eight miles from the 
Mammoth Cave, and had been taken to the latter place for the pur- 
pose of exhibition. Mr. Putnam had visited the spot from which the 
body had been taken, and, from the location of the grave, thought 
that there was evidence of the burial having been made prior to the 
fall of the roof rock, which seems to have taken place in many of the 


1 A long piece of braided rope in every way like this specimen is among the arti- 
cles found sixty years since with the body in Short Cave. A similar braid, from 
the Sandwich Islands, but of a brown color, is in the Peabody Museum of Eth. 
and Arch. Both the Salt Cave and Short Cave specimens are of a light gray color. 


PROCEEDINGS B..S..N..H.-— VOL.. XVII. 21 APRIL, 1876, 


Putnam.] Boe [January 6, 


caves in this region at a remote time. In some of the caves stalag- 
mites have formed over these fallen rocks, though in most of the 
caves where this falling has occurred the passages were dry at the 
time and have so continued. He was glad to state that, though these 
priceless relics of a former race had been sadly neglected,sand many 
of the articles found in the grave had been lost and others had gone 
to decay, still enough remained at the rooms of the American ae 
quarian Society at Worcester to identify the articles found by him 
in Salt Cave as the same in material, desion and structure with those 
found with the body in Short Cave, and that he had thus secured un- 
doubted osteological characters of the race to go with the articles of 
clothing, ete., of the people who had made use of Salt Cave as a 
habitation. He thought, from all that had been found, we could; 
with little doubt, class this people among the more highly civilized 
and agricultural of the prehistoric races of America; and it was also 
very probable that the cave had only been used as a temporary re- 
treat. A number of fragments of the twine, cloth, etc., found with 
the body now in the collection of the Antiquarian Society, were ex- 
hibited side by side with similar ones from Salt Cave and were seen 
to be of the same character. All the specimens of cloth, etc., from 
Salt Cave were extremely brittle, and had been preserved only by 
saturating in gelatine and afterwards mounting between glass; while 
those from the grave in Short Cave were, from some cause, still in 
their natural pliable condition. In this connection it is also interest- 
ing to record the faet that the wooden bowl from the Mammoth Cave, 
in the collection of the American Antiquarian Society at Worcester, 
is probably the one which tradition gives as having been found in the 
passage of the Mammoth Cave, still known, from the circumstance, as 
the wooden-bowl chamber, and it is probable that the fragment of a 
wooden vessel found in Salt Cave was part of a similar article. 

Tn order to bring together all the important facts relating to the 
prehistoric race whose dead were often buried with so much care in 
the caves of Kentucky and Tennessee, and who were so far advanced 
in many of the arts of civilization, Mr. Putnam read the following 
accounts from several articles written at the time the discoveries 
were made. ‘To these quotations he has added a few explanatory foot- 
notes. It is contemplated by Mr. Putnam to publish a detailed ac- 
count, with proper illustrations, of all the articles which have been 
found, as well as full descriptions and figures of the crania secured 
under the several conditions mentioned briefly in the foregoing ab- 
stract of his verbal remarks. 


1875.] | 823 [Putnam. 


‘Account of the so-called Mammoth Cave Mummy, received in 1815 by the 
American Antiquarian Society, from Collins’ History of Kentucky, published 
in 1847, p. 256, and probably written by Mr. Merriam of Brooklyn, N. Y. 


“On my first visit to the Mammoth Cave in 1813, I saw a relic of 
ancient times, which requires a minute description. This description 
is from a memorandum made in the Cave at the time. In the digging 
of saltpetre earth in the Short Cave a flat rock was met with by the 
workmen, a little below the surface of the earth, in the Cave: this 
stone was raised, and was about four feet wide, and as many long; 
beneath it was a square excavation about three feet deep, and as 
many in length and width. In this small nether subterranean cham- 
ber sat in solemn silence one of the human species, a female, with 
her wardrobe and ornaments placed at her side. The body was ina 
state of perfect preservation, and sitting erect. The arms were folded 
up, ! and the hands were laid across the bosom; around the two wrists 
was wound a small cord,? designed, probably, to keep them in the 
posture in which they were first placed; around the body and next 
thereto were: wrapped two deer-skins. These skins appeared to have 
been dressed in some mode different from what is now practiced by 
any people of whom I have any knowledge. The hair of the skins 
was cut off very near the surface. The skins were ornamented 
with the imprints of vines and leaves, which were sketched with a 
substance perfectly white. Outside of these two skins was a large 
square sheet,* which was either wove or knit. The fabric was the 
inner bark of a tree, which I judge from appearances to be that of 
the linn tree. In its texture and appearance it resembled the South 
Sea Island cloth or matting; this sheet enveloped the whole body 
and head. The hair® on the head was cut off within an eighth of an 
inch of the skin, except near the neck; where it was an inch long. 
The color of the hair was a dark-red; the teeth® were white and 
perfect. I discovered no blemish upon the body, except a wound 
between two ribs, near the backbone ; and one of the eyes had also 
been injured. The finger and toe nails were perfect and quite long. 


1Qne arm is now broken off. 

2This cord may be the soft, five-stranded braid that is with the collection now. 
3’ Fragments of these skins still showing the white markings exist. 

4A portion of it is still preserved. 

5 The hair has all disappeared. 

6 Many are now missing. 


Putnam.) 324 [January 6, 


The features were regular. I measured the length of one of the bones 
of the arm with a string, from the elbow to the wrist-joint, and they 
equalled my own in length, viz., ten and a half inches. From the 
examination of the whole frame I judged the figure to be that of a 
very tall female, say five feet ten inches in height.1_ The body, at the 
time it was discovered, weighed but fourteen pounds, and was per- 
fectly dry ; on exposure to the atmosphere, it gained in weight, by 
absorbing dampness, four pounds. * * * * * * 

‘‘ The color of the skin was dark, not black; the flesh was hard and 
dry upon the bones. At the side of the body lay a pair of mocca- 
sins, 2 a knapsack, and an indispensable, or reticule.2 I will describe 
these in the order in which I have named them. The moccasins 
were made of wove or knit bark, like the wrapper I have described. 
Around the top was a border to add strength, and perhaps as an 
ornament. These were of middling size, denoting feet of a small 
size. The shape of the moccasins differs but little from the deer- 
skin moccasins worn by the northern Indians.* ‘The knapsack ®. 
was of wove or knit bark, with a deep, strong border around the top, 
and was about the size of knapsacks used by soldiers. The work- 
manship of it was neat, and such as would do credit, as a fabric, to a 
manufacturer of the present day. The reticule® was also made of 
knit or wove bark. ‘The shape was much like a horseman’s valise, 
opening its whole length on the top. On the side of the opening, 
and a few inches from it, were two rows of loops, one row on each 
side. Two cords were fastened to the one end of the reticule at the 
top, which passed through the loop on one side, and then on the other 
side, the whole length, by which it was laced up and secured. ‘The 


1 Probably from my measurements not over five feet. 

2 These are not now with the body. 

3 Another article, which is still well preserved, is made ‘of a very firm and 
strongly woven material, resembling by its width and strength the webbing sad- 
dle girth of the present day. This finely made piece of cloth is thirteen inches 
long and four inches wide, with the ends fringed, and was probably some special 
article of female use. 

4This description agrees-very well, in a general way, with the sandals I found 
in Salt Cave, though the writer is probably incorrect in regard to the shape being 
the same as that of the leather moccasons of the Indians. 

5 There is a large, bag-like article still with the collection which I suppose is the 
article called the knapsack. 3 

6 Still preserved in comparatively good, condition.. 


1875.] 325 (Putnam. 


edges of the top of the reticule were strengthened with deep, fancy 
borders. The articles contained in the knapsack and reticule were 
quite numerous, and were as follows: one head-cap,! made of wove 
or knit bark, without any border, and of the shape of the plainest 
night-cap; seven head dresses, made of the quills of large birds, and 
put together somewhat in the way that feather-fans are made, except 
that the pipes of the quills are not drawn to a point, but are spread 
out in straight lines with the top. This was done by perforating the 
pipe of the quill in two places, and running two cords through the 
holes, and then winding round the quills? and the cord fine thread, 
to fasten each quill in the place designed for it. These cords ex- 
tended some length beyond the quills on each side, so that on placing 
the feathers erect, the cords could be tied together at the back of the 
head. ‘This would enable the wearer to present a beautiful display 
of feathers standing erect, and extending a distance above the head, 
and entirely surrounding it. These were most splendid head dresses, 
and would be a magnificent ornament to the head of a female at the 
present day. Several hundred strings of beads ;* these consisted of 
very hard, brown seed, smaller than hemp-seed, in each of which a 
small hole had been made, and through the whole a small three 
corded thread, similar in appearance and texture to seine twine ; 
these were tied up in bunches, as a merchant ties up coral-beads 
when he exposes them for sale. The red hoofs + of fawns, on a string 
supposed to be worn around the neck as a necklace. ‘These hoofs 
were about twenty in number, and may have been emblematic of in- 
nocence. The claw ® of an eagle, with a hole made in it, through 
which a cord was passed, so that it could be worn pendant from the 
neck. ‘The jaw of a bear, ® designed to be worn in the same manner 
as the eagle’s claw, and supplied with a cord to suspend it around 
the neck. ‘Two rattlesnake-skins;® one of these had fourteen rattles; 
these skins were neatly folded up. Some vegetable colors § done up 
in leaves. A small bunch of deer sinews, ® resembling catgut in ap- 
pearance. Several bunches of thread and twine, two and three 


1 Still preserved in comparatively good condition. 


2 A number of the feathers still exist and a few show the string in place as de- 
scribed. The feathers also exhibit faint traces of artificial coloring of a greenish 
tint. 


8 Quite a number of these bunches of seed-beads are still preserved. 
4 A few of these hoofs (?) still exist. 

5 Probably lost, 

6 These several articles are no longer with the collection. 


Putnam.) 826 [January 6, 


threaded,! some of which were nearly white. Seven needles, 2 
some of which were of horn and some of bone; they were *smooth, 
and appeared to have been much used. These needles had each a 
knob or whorl on the top, and at the other end were brought to a 
point like a large sail-needle. They had no eyelets to receive a 
thread. ‘The top of one of these needles was handsomely scolloped. 
A hand piece? made of deer-skin, with a hole through it for the 
thumb, and designed probably to protect the hand in the use of the 
needle, ‘the same as thimbles are now used. Two whistles, about 
eight inches long, made of cané, with a joint about one third the 
length; over the joint is an opening extending to each side of the 
tube of the whistle; these openings were about three quarters of an 
inch long and an inch wide, and had each a flat reed placed in the 
opening. These whistles were tied together with a cord wound 
around them.4 

“J have been thus minute in describing this mute witness from the 
days of other times, and the articles which were deposited within 
her earthen house. Of the race of people to whom she belonged 
when living we know nothing ; and, as to conjecture, the reader who . 
gathers from these pages this account, can judge of the matter as well 
as those who saw the remnant of mortality in the subterranean cham- 
bers in which she was entombed.” 


Letter from Charles Wilkins® to Sec’y Am. Antiq. Soc., respecting an exsiccated 
body, discovered in a cave in Kentucky,’ now in the Cabinet of the Soci- 
ety, and described in the preceding letter from John H. Farnham.® (Trans. 
Am. Antiq. Soc., Vol. I, pp. 861-368.) 


‘“‘T have the pleasure of acknowledging the receipt of your letter, 
of the fifteenth August last, informing me that the American Anti- 
quarian Society were in possession of the Mummy, which they are 
pleased to consider a valuable acquisition ; and requesting me to 
give you some account of the manner in which it was found. The 


1 Fragments still in the collection. 


2These “needles”? are more properly awls, and are the horns of young deer 
sharpened by rubbing. The scolloped top is the natural base of the horn. One 
is still in the collection. ° 


3No longer with the collection. 


4Two reeds, answering to this description and still tied together, exist in the col- 
lection. They show that they were once ornamented by feathers. 


5 Dated Lexington, Ky., Oct. 2, 1817.’ 
6T have not quoted Mr. Farnham’s letter as it does not give additional facts. 


1875.] BOTA | (Putnam. 


simple facts attending this discovery are few; but the subject itselr 
opens a field for philosophical inquiry, worthy the investigation of a 
man of science, a character to which I have no pretensions. 

“JT received information, that an infant, of nine or twelve months 
old, was discovered in a saltpetre Cave in Warren County, about. 
four miles from the Mammoth Cave, in a perfect state of preservation. 


hastened to the place ; but, to my mortification, found that, upon its 


being exposed to the atmosphere, it had fallen into dust, and that its 
remains, except the skull, with all its clothing, had been thrown into 
the furnace. I regretted this much, and promised the laborers to re- 
ward them, if they would preserve the next subject forme. About 
a month afterwards, the present one was discovered, and information 
given to our agent at the Mammoth Cave, who sent immediately for 
it, and brought and placed it there, where it remained for twelve 
months. It appeared to be the exsiccated body of a female. The 
account which I received of its discovery, was simply this. It was 
found at the depth of about ten feet from the surface of the Cave,! 
bedded in clay, strongly impregnated with nitre, placed in a sitting 


_ posture, incased in broad stones standing on their edges, with a flat 


stone covering the whole. It was enveloped in coarse clothes, (a 
specimen of which accompanied it) the whole wrapped in deer skins, 
the hair of which was shaved off in the manner in which the Indians 
prepare them for market. Enclosed in the stone coffin, were the 
working utensils, beads,.feathers, and other ornaments of dress, which 
belonged to her. The body was in a state of much higher perfection, 
when first discovered, and continued so, as long as it remained in the 
Mammoth Cave, than it is at present, except the depredations com- 
mitted upon its arms and thighs by the rats, many of which inhabit 


the Cave. After it was brought to Lexington, and became the sub- 


ject of great curiosity, being much exposed to the atmosphere, it 
gradually began to decay; its muscles to contract, and the teeth to 
drop out, and much of its hair was plucked from its head by wanton 
visitants. As to the manner of its being embalmed, or whether the 
nitrous earth and atmosphere had a tendency to preserve it, must be 
left to the speculations of the learned. 

“The Cave in which the Mummy was found, is not of great extent, 
not being more than three quarters of a mile in length; its surface 


1 This probably is intended to imply ten feet from the surface including the fallen 
roof rock. 


Putnam.] 328 (January 6, 


covered with loose limestone,! from four to six feet deep, before you 
enter the clay impregnated with nitre. It is of easy access, being 
about twenty feet wide, and six feet high, at the mouth or entrance. 
Jt is enlarged to about fifty feet wide, and ten? feet high, almost as 
soon as youenter it. This place had evident marks of having once 
been the residence of the aborigines of the country, from the quan- 
tity of ashes, and the remains of fuel, and torches made of the reeds 
etc., which were found in it.” * * * * * * 


A letters from Dr. Mitchill, of New York, to Samuel M. Burnside, Esq., Secre- 
tary of the American Antiquarian Society, on North American Antiquities. 
(From the Trans. Am. Antiq. Soc., p. 318-321.) 


** I offer’ you some observations on a curious piece of American 
Antiquity, now in New York. It is a human body, found in one of 
the lime-stone caverns of Kentucky. It is a perfect exsiccation; all 
the fluids are dried: up. The skin, bones, and other firm parts are 
in a state of entire preservation. I think it enough to have puzzled 
Bryant and all the Archeologists. 

‘¢ In exploring a calcareous chamber in the neighborhood of Glas- 
gow, for saltpetre, several human bodies were found enwrapped care- _ 
fully in skins and cloths. They were inhumed below the floor of the 
cave; inhumed, and not lodged in catacombs. 

“These recesses, though under ground, are yet dry enough to at- 
tract and retain the nitrick acid. It combines with lime and potash; 
and probably the earthy matter of these excavations contains a good 
proportion of calcareous carbonate. Amidst these drying and anti- 
septick ingredients, it may be conceived that putrefaction would be 
stayed, and the solids preserved from decay. 

“The outer envelope of the body is a deer skin, probably dried in 
the usual way, and perhaps softened before its application, by rub- 
bing. The next covering is a deer skin, whose hair had been cut. 
away by a sharp instrument, resembling a hatter’s knife. The rem- 
nant of the hair, and the gashes in the skin, nearly resemble a 
sheared pelt of beaver. The next wrapper is of cloth, made of 
twine doubled and twisted. But the thread does not appear to have 
been formed by the wheel, nor the web by the loom. ‘The warp and 
filling seem to have been crossed and knotted by an operation like 


1 Fallen roof rock. 
2 Probably a misprint for one hundred. 
3 Dated August 24, 1815. 


1875.] 829 [Putnam. 


that of the fabricks of the northwest coast, and of the Sandwich 
Islands. Such a botanist as the lamented Muhlenburgh, could deter- 
“mine the plant which furnished the fibrous material. 

‘¢ The innermost tegument is a mantle of cloth like the preceding ; 
but furnished with large brown feathers, arranged and fastened with 
great art, so as to be capable of guarding the living wearer from wet 
and cold. The plumage is distinct and entire, and the whole bears 
a near similitude to the feathery cloaks now worn by the nations of. 
the northwestern coast of America, A. Wilson might tell from what 
birds they were derived. 

“The body is in a squatting posture, with the right arm reclining 
forward, and its hand encircling the right leg. The left arm hangs 
down, with its hand inclined partly under the seat. The individual, 
who was a male, did not probably exceed the age of fourteen, at his 
death. There is a deep and extensive fracture of the skull, near the 
occiput, which probably killed him. The skin has sustained little 
injury; it is of a dusky color, but the natural hue cannot be decided 
with exactness, from its present appearance. The scalp, with small 

_ exceptions, is covered with sorrel or foxy hair. The teeth are white 

_and sound. The hands and feet, in their shrivelled state, are slender 
and delicate. All this is worthy the investigation of our acute and 
perspicacious colleague, Dr. Holmes. 

“There is nothing bituminous or aromatick in or about the body, 
like the Egyptian mummies, nor are there bandages around any part. 
Except the several wrappers, the body is totally naked.. There is no 
sign of a suture or incision about the belly ; whence it seems that the 
viscera were not removed. 

“Tt may now be expected that I should offer some opinion, as to 
the antiquity and race of this singular exsiccation. 

“ First, then, I am satisfied that it does not belong to that class of 
white men of which we are members. 

“2dly. Nor do I believe that it ought to be referred to the bands 
of Spanish adventurers, who, between the years 1500 and 1600 
rambled up the Mississippi, and along its tributary streams. But on 
this head I should like to know the opinion of my learned and saga- 
cious friend, Noah Webster. 

“3dly. Iam equally obliged to reject the opinion that it belonged 
to any of the tribes of aborigenes, now or lately inhabiting Kentucky. 

“ Athly. The mantle of feathered work, and the mantle of twisted 
threads, so nearly resembles the fabricks of the indigenes of Wakash 


Putnam.) 330 [January 6, 


and the Pacifick islands, that I refer this individual to that era of 
time, and that generation of men, which preceded the Indians of the 
Green River, and of the place where these relics were found. This 
conclusion is strengthened by the consideration that such manufac- 
tures are not prepared by the actual and resident red men of the 
present day. If the Abbe Clavigero had had this case before him, 
he would have thought of the people who constructed those ancient 
forts and mounds, whose exact history no man living can give. But 
I forbear to enlarge; my intention being merely to manifest my re- 
spect to the Society for having enrolled me among .its members, and 
to invite the attention of its Antiquarians to further inquiry on a 
subject of such curiosity.” 


The Original Inhabitants of America consisted of the same Races with the 
Malays of Australasia and the Tartars of the North. By Samuel L. Mitch- 
ill, in Med. Repos., Vol. 18, p. 187. (Trans. Am. Ant. Soc., Vol. I, p. 321.) 


“The information we derived from Messrs. Cassedy and Miller, of 
Tennessee, relative to the human bodies found in a copperas cave, 
near the Cany Branch of the Cumberland River, was very curious. 
(Medical Repository, vol. xv. p. 147.) * FOC ieee 

“The fabricks accompanying the Kentucky bodies resembled very 
nearly those which encircled the mummies of Tennessee. On com- 
paring the two sets of samples, they were ascertained to be as much 
alike as two pieces of dimity or diaper from different manufactories. 

‘‘ Other Antiquities of the same class have come to light. Mr. 
Gratz, of Philadelphia, the proprietor of the vast cavern figured and 
described in the Medical Repository, vol. xvii, pp. 391-393, has, very 
obligingly, sent to Dr. Mitchill other specimens of cloths, things 
made of those cloths, and raw materials, dug out of that unparalleled 
natural excavation. He forwarded, with the samples, a map of the 
cave, substantially like that which we had received before from Mr. 
Bogert; and confirming every thing therein stated. A parcel of 
these articles, now in Dr. Mitchill’s possession, was accompanied with 
the following note :— | 

‘¢¢ There will be found in this bundle two moccasons, in the same 


» 1Dr. Mitchill here refers to an account similar to that in the preceding quota- 
tion, and illustrated by figures of the “ mummy” and of two kinds of the cloth 
found with it. 


1875.] | 381 (Putnam. 


state they were when dug out of the Mammoth Cave, about two 
hundred. yards from its mouth. Upon examination, it will be per- 
ceived that they are fabricated out of different materials; one is 
supposed to be made of a species of flag, or lily, which grows in the 
southern parts of Beek; the other, of tne bark of some tree, 
probably the pappaw.’ 

‘¢¢ There are, also, in this packet, a part of what is supposed to be a 
kinniconecke pouch, two meshes ‘of a fishing net, and a piece of what 
we suppose to be the raw material, and of which the fishing net, the 
pouch, and one of the mocasons are made. All of which were dug 

out of the Mammoth Cave, nine or ten feet under ground;! that is 
below the surface or floor of the cavern. You will find, likewise, two 
Indian beads, discovered in a cave, situated in the vicinity of the 
Mammoth Cave. 

“¢ We have, also, an Indian bowl, or cup containing about a pint, 
cut out of wood,? found also in the cave; and lately, there has been 
dug out of it the skeleton of a human body, enveloped in a matting 
similar to that of the kinniconecke pouch.’ 

“ This matting is substantially like those of the plain fabrick, from 
the copperas cave of Tennessee, and the saltpetrous cavern, near 
Glasgow [Kentucky]. And, what is highly remarkable, and worthy, 
the attention of every Antiquarian, is, that they all have a perfect 
resemblance to the fabricks of the Sandwich, the Caroline, and the 
Fegee islands.” a - - * Stat Ureesanane ce las * 


In a table of measurements of crania given by Squier and Davis 
in “ Ancient Monuments of the Mississippi Valley” p. 291, the fol- 
lowing are recorded of the ‘skull of the Mummy taken from the 
great cave in Kentucky, now in the Museum of the American Anti- 
quarian Society, Worcester, Mass.” The skull here indicated is 
unquestionably that of the eyes found in Short Cave. 


1This is the only statement we have of articles of this character being found in 
the Mammoth Cave, and it is very probable that they are some of the missing ar- 
ticles belonging to the body found in Short Cave. 


2'This bow! is probably the one now in the collection of the Ant. Soc. at Wor- 
cester, where it was received with the body from Short Cave, though the above 
sentence does not make it very clear which cave is referred to. There is little 
doubt that a ‘‘ wooden bowl” was found in the Mammoth Cave but it is quite 
probable that none of the human bodies were found there. 


Shaler. ] 332 [January 20, 


MEASUREMENTS OF SKULL FROM SHORT CAVE. SQUIER AND DAVIS. 


Longitudinal diameter *. 0. 0.2. 09) 2 
Interparietal Me on ES EN rrr 
Vertical #6 Mier ae) pte iuler ilie) fenca epee gels eyelet 
Frontal Cees eo 8 eee oo se 
Intermastoid arch. 56 ei 5 8 se mw 
Intermastoid line . 2. ss. 5 2 8 2 8 ee 
Horizontal periphery . ©. 0. 0.) 2.) 0 


The table mentioned above also contains the measurements of a 


skull said to have been found in the Mammoth Cave, but this skullis J} 


not well authenticated, and the conditions under which it was found 
are not known. 


Mr. W. H. Dall, of the United States Coast Survey, gave 
a brief account of the archeological work done in connection 
with the Coast Survey work at the Aleutian Islands. He 
spoke more particularly of the methods of. burying practised 
by the early inhabitants of these islands, and of their mode 
of preserving or mummifying the bodies by a process of 
evisceration and drying. He also described various imple- 
ments and fabrics formerly manufactured and in use among 
them. 


_ January 20, 1875. 
The President in the chair. Seventy-two persons present. 


The following papers were read : — 


SOME CONSIDERATIONS ON THE POSSIBLE MEANS WHEREBY A 
WaRM CLIMATE MAY BE PRODUCED WITHIN THE ARCTIC 
CrrcLteE. By N. 8S. SHALER. 


There is hardly another question in geology which presents greater 
difficulties than that of the origin of the forest vegetation, preserved 
to us in the various fossil-bearing beds about the north pole. In 
Greenland, up to 76° of north latitude, or to within 14° of the pole 
-itself, in Iceland, Bear Island, and at various other points in the 


1875.) 833 [Shaler. 


North Atlantic, at various stages of the earth’s history, from the time 
of the carboniferous beds down to the later tertiaries, we have the 
most unquestionable evidence of the occurrence, from time to time, 
of periods of sufficient heat to permit the development of extensive 
forests or of marine life that attests a similar warmth. 

When facts of this general nature were first observed, it was the 
fashion to account for them by the hypothesis that the polar axis was 
subject to great changes of position; thereby quite altermg the rela- 
tions of the regions which lie within the Arctic Circle. The impossi- 
bility of this view having been sufficiently demonstrated on physical 
grounds, and the hypothesis definitely abandoned by naturalists, it 
remains for us to consider what other changes can take place cal- 
culated in their nature to bring up the circumpolar temperature. 

A simple hypothesis would be that the temperature of the earth’s 
surface varying with the temperature of the sun, it might be possible 
that its whole surface should be so elevated that the temperature of 
the cireumpolar regions would be of the degree of warmth we now find 
only in tropical or sub-tropical regions. This, however, is unsatis- 
factory, inasmuch as it would require an increase of the heat of the 
regions near the equator to about double its present average. Any 
such temperature would necessarily bring about the destruction of 
all tropical life. ‘This is by no means an improbable objection to this 
view. There is, however, reason to believe that the evaporation con- 
sequent on any great elevation of temperature in tropical regions would 
bring about an enormous deposition of moisture about the poles, and 
lead to glacial conditions by producing a vast precipitation of snow. 

There is another and far more satisfactory hypothesis which does 
less violence to the order of nature, and at the same time gives us the 
required result. We may suppose that the ocean currents, those 
mightiest agents in the surface machinery of the earth, may from 
various causes carry at one time far greater quantities of heat toward 
the poles than at other times. Mr. James Croll has pointed out the 
very great value of the Gulf Stream in carrying heat to within the 
Arctic Circle. If we could double the amount of this heat brought 
within the Arctic Circle by the ocean currents, we would, beyond 
doubt, produce a change of climate great enough to account for all 
the facts. This it seems to me we may do by a very simple and 
natural process. Of the two great northern branches of the equato- 
rial current, the Gulf Stream and the Japan current, but one now 
carries its full effect to the region within the Arctic Circle; the 


Shaler.] : 334 {January 20, 


other is barred from the circumpolar region by the closure of the 
land and islands about Behrings Strait. If this barrier to the north- 
ern movement of the Japan current could be removed we should 
have a very great increase in the circumpolar temperature; how 
great this increase would be may be judged from an inquiry into the 
present effects of the heat carried from the ae to the inter-arc- 
tic regions. 

The computations of Mr. James Croll make it quite evident that 
the amount of this heat carried from the equator to the poles in the 
present state of the oceanic currents, is so great that the temperature 
of that part of the earth within the Arctic Circle is brought up to J) 
nearly twice the height above the zero of Fahr. that it would have | 
under conditions when no heat was received by this channel. His 
calculations show that all the heat falling within two hundred and — 
ten miles of either side of the equator passes to the North Atlantic, | 
and goes to determine the average heat of that region. If this be 
the case, it 1s clearly seen that the admission of another current of 
the same dimensions must elevate the mean annual temperature of 
this region to somewhere between 55°-60° Fahr. This is not far from 
the mean annual temperature of the Ohio valley; so we have the nec- 
essary elevation of temperature. So far these considerations are, in a 
general way, self-evident, and must have suggested themselves to most 
persons who have considered this problem; the point which has suffi- 
cient importance to warrant farther discussion is the connection be- 
tween the elevation and subsidence of this land barrier, which shuts 
the larger part of the equatorial waters away from the cireumpolar re- 
gion, and great changes in the temperature of the northern waters. 
It is now a well ascertained fact that during the last glacial period 
the land about the poles was very much depressed below its present 
level. Occurring in both hemispheres and over all the cireumpolar 
land, this subsidence is certainly connected in some way with the for- 
mation of a great, sheet of ice. J have endeavored to show the nature 
of this connection, and to prove that it arises from the direct weight 
of the ice; but as this does not necessarily concern us in our present 
inquiry, I shall content myself with the assumption which I believe 
amply justified by the fact, that the formation over the land of an ice 
sheet leads necessarily to great subsidence. At the close of each 
glacial period, when the ice sheet passes away, the circumpolar re- 
gions must be far more open to the passage of warm water toward 
hich latitudes than at. any other time. 


1875.) 835 ; [Shaler. 


_It will be seen by the inspection of a map that gives the height of 
the land, that with a depression of two thousand feet below the pres- 
ent level, we should have had, at the close of the last glacial period, 
nearly twice the room for the passage of warm currents and cold cur- 
rents from the pole. This would have led to the immediate return of 
very warm conditions to that area on the disappearance of the ice 
mantle of the glacial period. As the land began to rise and the ma- 
rine currents to be more and more barred out from the poles, the tem- 
perature would necessarily sink below its former height. 

These considerations, which can be established on purely theoretical 
grounds, serve very well to explain the observed change which 
has taken place in Greenland and Iceland within the historical 
period. It is quite certain that the climate has greatly changed in 
Greenland since the settlement of that country in the tenth century, 
and there seems much evidence of a similar change in Iceland. If 

_we suppose that there has been an elevation of only ten feet in a cen- 
tury of the land about Behring’s Strait, the effect upon the move- 
ment of warm water into the Arctic Ocean might become considera- 
ble within eight centuries. At present aslender thread of the Japan 
current reaches through the Strait and seems to affect the condi- 
tions for some distance to the northward of the north end thereof; 
eighty feet more added to the depth of water, including what would 
be gained in width, could not add more than something like a fifth to 
the heat-carrying power of the northward passing current. Therefore 
we must look to some greater phase of this cause for the change of 
the Greenland climate. I think we can find it in the following man- 
ner ; let us suppose that during the ten thousand years anterior to 
the present time there has been a constantly diminishing rate of the 
elevation during equal periods of time, then we may easily suppose 
that a thousand feet of altitude had been gained during that time, 
notwithstanding the present slow rate of elevation. Nothing like the 
present slow rate of upheaval can be supposed adequate to bring 
about the great re-elevation of the post-glacial time. It must have 
been far more rapid for a part of the time during which it has been 
going on. Thus rapidly lifted during the first part of the period of 
elevation, the accumulation of ice and the intensification of the cold 
would hardly keep pace with the change of elevation, but would con- 
tinue for a while after the beginning of the elevation at a rate hardly 
to be explained by the elevation itself. In other words, the increasing 
cold observed in Greeland since the occupation of that country by 


Shaler. ] | 336 [January 20, 


Europeans, may be due to changes which took place sometime be- 
fore that settlement. Fortunately the process of change has already 
reached a point where all future refrigeration of the Arctic region 
by its action seems improbable. 

A considerable part of the influence which would be brought to 
bear by the lowering of the Alaskan barrier,! would consist in the es- 
‘cape of the. cold waters from the pole. It is not only the entrance 
of tropically heated water but also the deportation of the cold water 
by the counter current and the icebergs floated therewith that would 
affect the transformation of Arctic regions. The same machinery 
which carries heat to the polar regions would take away the ice fields 
and prevent the accumulation of such a reservoir of cold. as is now 
furnished by the ice cap of that region. ; 

In this connection it may be suggested as an interesting question, 
whether the deep water in the North Pacific is as cold as that in the 
North Atlantic, it would seem that the absence of a broad and direct 
communication between the North Pacific and the Arctic Oceans 
should make it sufficient for the water of the deep sea in that region 
to retain the excessively low temperature which has been found in 
the abysms of the North Atlantic. If the polar water finds its way 
in sufficient quantities into the depths of the Northern Pacific to pro- 
duce the excessively low temperature found in the North Atlantic 
basin, it would seem that it must come from the southern and not 
from the northern polar region. This question should give an in- 
creased interest to the future exploration of that basin. _ 

The conclusions to which we are apparently led by the considera- 
tion of the foregoing questions are as follows: 

1st. That while the continents have remained in their present 
general relations with their broad bases turned toward the northern 


1 That worthless and hapless bit of land, Alaska, has already robbed one-half this 
continent of a decent climate. No other region of its area on the surface of the 
earth has done so much to reduce the usefulness of a great continent. With the 
Japan current flowing freely into the Arctic Ocean, we would probably have had a 
climate in the northern hemisphere where the isochiemals and isotherals and iso- 
thermals of Ireland would have been at least as high asin Greenland. Itis even 
likely that the effect would have been greater than this, for the existence of 
warmth in the Arctic Seas would have lifted the temperature of Northern Eu- 
rope as well as that of Northern America. If ever man in his advance gets that 
strong hold on mechanical forces which will enable him to deal with the surface 
of the earth as he now deals with the smaller matters of his environment, one 
of his first efforts will be to rid the earth of that unhappy bar to the movement 
of tropical waters toward the pole.. 


1875.] 337 [Shaler. 


pole and their apices towards the southern, a small difference in the 
altitude of the regions about the north pole must have made a very 
great difference in the penetration of warm water, and the escape of 
cold water and ice from that region, and thereby profoundly affected 
its climate. 

2d. That the elevation and depression due to glacial action! must 
tend frequently to open and close these barriers; and that we have in 
these necessary accidents a means of accounting for the occurrence 
from time to time of warm periods which the geological record shows 
to have existed. 

3d. That the destruction of this barrier and the consequent ad- 
mission of the Japan current into the Arctic Sea, must tend to bring 
up the average temperature of Europe and North America, and must 
have a very great tendency to make the winter temperature less rig- 
orous. Therefore it may be considered a possible cause of the 
warm climate shown to have existed in Europe during various peri- 
ods of Cenozoic time. The sudden alternations from cold to warmth 
becomes thus explicable, being accounted for by the fact that the ac- 
cumulation of ice brings about the subsidence that opens the way to 
the tropical currents toward the poles. 

4th. That the opening and closing of this barrier must have some 
effect upon the distribution of the cold polar waters over the depths 
of the sea floor. 

5th. The passage of any considerable part of the Japan current 
into the Arctic Circle would necessarily not only elevate the temper- 
ature of the circumpolar region, but would also lower the equatorial 
temperature by a proportionate amount. It is not easy to determine 
the change of temperature in either case, but for the elevation of the 
inter-Arctic regions by the amount of twenty degrees in the mean 
annual, the mean temperature at the equator would probably be 
lowered by at least one fourth that amount.? 


1 For a theory of the nature of the forces involved in the production of the de- 
pression occuring during the glacial period, the reader is referred to a paper by the 
author of this notice, in the Memoirs of the Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, Part 11, 
No. 8, page 335, 1874. 

2 As this paper goes to press, I find in the 4th edition of Dana’s Manual of 
Geology a reference to an opinion of Mr. Bradley, who, it appears, has already 
called attention to the effect of lowering the Alaskan barrier on polar temper- 
ature. 


PROCEEDINGS B.. S.. N..H. — VOL.. XVII 22 APRIL, 1875. 


-Nelson.] : 308 [January 20, 


Notes oN BIRDS OBSERVED IN PORTIONS OF UTAH, NEVADA, 
AND CALIFORNIA. By E. W. NELSON. 


The following notes were taken during the summer and fall of 
1872. Although some of the localities have been quite thoroughly 
worked up by different naturalists, yet I hope that the lists and notes 
will add to the knowledge of the distribution and habits of many of 
the species. The lists are not intended to form a complete catalogue 
of the birds of any of the localities. At Nevada, Cal., owing to the 
season of the year spent there, only a portion of the summer resi- 
dents were obtained. The list, however, probably contains a majority 
of the autumn visitants, with a few summer residents. For several 
of the species and notes I am indebted to my companion, Mr. W. W. 
Wentworth. Mr. Drexler’s list of the Birds of Ft. Bridger, in the 
Pacific R. R. Reports, Vol. ix, together with mine, will probably in- 
clude nearly all the birds to be found at that locality. 


1. Notes on Birds observed in the vicinity of Fort Bridger, Utah, be- 
tween June 22d and July 24th, 1872. 


Fort Bridger is situated on the Black Fork of the Green River. 
The stream is bordered by willows and cottonwoods with occasionally . 
a grassy meadow. Beyond these are the sage bush plains. Thirty 
miles south of the Fort is a range of mountains covered with a heavy 
growth of pine. Through the kindness of Mr. Carter, who was 
running several saw-mills there, I was enabled to spend a few days 
collecting in these mountains. As there is quite a difference in the 
species observed there and at the Fort, I have placed the notes on 
those observed in the immediate vicinity of the Fort under Section 
A, and those observed in the mountains under Section B. Along the 
lower border of the pine forest were scattered clumps of cottonwoods 
which were frequented by several species not found in the dense pine 
forest higher up. 


A. VICINITY OF Fort BRIDGER. 
TURDIDZ. 


1. Turdus migratorius Linn. Robin. Abundant. Found 
_ nests containing eggs the last of June. They were built in the wil- 
lows, often on the very edge of the water. 

2. Turdus Swainsoni Cab. Olive-backed Thrush. Common. 
Frequented the dense bushes along the creek, but were so shy tha 
although often seen they were difficult to shoot. 


1875.] 339 [Nelson. 


3. Oreoscoptes montanus Baird. Mountain Mocking Bird. 
Common in the sage bushes, Generally kept concealed during the 
middle of the day. Often heard them singing long after dark from 
the top of some tall sage bush. When alarmed they would fly off 
close to the ground and suddenly resume their song on a distant 
bush. 


SAXICOLIDZ. 


4, Sialia arctica Swains. . Arctic Blue Bird. Not common. 
A pair were seen on a butte several miles from the Fort. 


PARIDZ. 


5. Parus atricapillus var. septentrionalis All. Common 
in the willows along the stream. Habits the same as those of P. 
atricapillus. 


ALAUDIDZ. 


6. Hremophila alpestris Boie. Common. Seemed to pre- 
fer the flat tops of the buttes. 


SYLVICOLIDZ. 


7. Dendroeca estiva Baird. Very abundant among the 
bushes. 

8. Geothlypis Philadelphia var. Macgillivrayi All. 
Maegillivray’s Warbler. Not common. The few seen were in the 
larger growth of cotton woods. 


HIBUNDINIDZ. 


9. Hirundo horreorem Barton. Barn Swallow. Abundant 
about the Fort, nesting in the government barn. 

10. Tachycineta thalassina Cab. Violet-sreen Swallow. 
Very common. I found a small colony of five or six pairs nesting in 
holes in the bank of the creek. The holes were about eighteen 
inches deep, the nests, situated in the extremity of these, were com- 
posed of a few pieces of grass and feathers laid together much in the 
manner of a bank swallow’s nest. 

11. Petrochelidon lunifrons Cab. Cliff Swallow. Very 
abundant, nesting in large colonies along the rocky cliffs on the 
banks of the stream. 


Nelson.] 340 [January 20, 


LANDA. 


12. Collurio ludovicianus var. excubitoroides Coues. 
White-rumped Shrike. A few seen in the sage brush. They were 
so unsuspicious that they allowed me to approach within a few yards. 


FRINGILLID. 


18. Pocecetes gramineus var. confinis Baird. Grass 
Finch. Common, frequenting the border of the sage brush. 

14. Coturniculus passerinus var. perpallidus Ridg. 
Yellow-winged Sparrow. Abundant, frequenting the grassy fields. 
Their habits are the same as those of the eastern species, singing 
from the top of a tall weed for an hour at a time. 

15. Melospiza melodia var. fallax Ridg. Not common. 
One nest was found in a tuft of grass near a small slough, containing 
four eggs, resembling those of the common song sparrow. 

16, Spizella pallida var. Breweri Coues. Brewer’s Spar- 
row. Common in the sage brush. 

17. Spizella socialis Bonap. Chipping Sparrow. Not com- 
mon. Frequented open ground near the Fort. 

18. Zonotrichia leucophrys var. intermedia Ridge. 
White-crowned Finch. Common in the willows along the ‘stream. 

19. Goniaphea melanocephala Gray. Black-headed Gros- 
beak. Common. They kept so near the creek that nearly all I shot 
fell into the water. 

20. Cyanospiza amocena Baird. Lazuli Finch. Abundant. 
Morning and evening they could be heard singing from the tops of 
tall bushes, often several at once, as though trying to outrival each 
other. 

21. Pipilo chlorurus Baird. Green-tailed Finch. Common. 
Their habits resemble those of a cat bird. ‘They prefer keeping in 
the trees and when alarmed by anything below they ascend to the 
top of the trees by successive hops. 


ICTERIDZ. 


22. Molothrus pecoris Sw. Cow Bird. Not common. The 
only one seen was a young one nearly full grown, which was taken 
the first of July. 

23. Sturnella magna var. neglecta All. Western Lark. 
Common. Found a nest the first of July containing five eggs. The 


1875.] : 841 [Nelson. 


nest was not concealed by an arched cover, as in the East, but was 
loosely constructed of grass stems. 

24. Icterus Bullockii Bonap. Bullock’s Oriole. Common. 
So shy that I did not succeed in obtaining a specimen. 

25. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus Cab. Brewer’s Black- 
bird. Very abundant. The first of July the young were nearly full- 
grown and were flying about with the old birds. 


CORVIDZ. 


26. Pica melanoleuca var. hudsonica All. Magpie. Not 
common. Obtained one specimen in a bunch of willows where it had 
taken refuge to escape the persecutions of a flock of Brewer’s Black- 
birds which were after it. 


TYRANNIDZ. 


27. Tyrannus verticalis Say. Arkansas Flycatcher. Com- 
mon, frequenting the tall cottonwoods. 

28. Contopus virens var. Richardsoni All. Richardson’s 
Pewee. ‘They were quite active except during the middle of the day, 
when they remained concealed in the thickets. 


CAPRIMULGIDZ. 


29. Chordeiles popetue var. Henryi All. Abundant. Of 
ten found them on the bare spqgs in the sage brush in the hottest part 
of the day. When scared up they would circle around and alight 
near the same place. ; 


ALCEDINID. 


30. Ceryle aleyon Boie. Kingfisher. Not common. 


PICID ZA. 


31. Colaptes mexicanus Swains. Red-shafted Woodpecker. 
One pair was often seen near the Fort’in a small opening in the 
bushes. ‘They searched for food on the ground like C. auratus. 


STRIGIDZ. 


32. Bubo virginianus Bonap. Horned Owl. Mr. Carter 
had one alive which was brought in by the Indians. It probably 
came from the mountains. 


Nelson.] 342 [January 20, 


33. Spheotyto cunicularia var. hypogeea Coues. A few 
pairs had taken up their abode in some deserted “ prairie dog ”’ holes 
near the Fort. The holes occupied by the owls can be readily dis- 
tinguished from those occupied by the “ prairie dogs”’ by the refuse 
matter around the entrance. ‘The owls were very expert in avoiding 
capture, standing in the mouth of the hole and, when approached, 
gradually sinking down until nothing but their eyes and the top of 
the head was visible; as soon as the gun was raised they would disap- 
pear. If surprised away from the hole they would lie flat on the 
ground and allow a person to pass within a short distance, but if ob- 
served, they would fly off uttering a curious rolling ery. 


FALCONID. 
34. Falco sparverius Vieill. Sparrow Hawk. Not common. 
Frequented the sides of the “buttes.” 
COLUMBIDA. 


35. Zeneedura carolinensis Bonap. Common Dove. Com- 
mon. Found one nest composed of sticks laid loosely across two 
branches where they crossed about four feet from the ground. 


TETRAONIDZ. 


36. Centrocercus urophasianus Sw. Sage Hen. Abun- 
dant. The young were about one-thigl grown the last of June. We 
found one nest that had been forsaken; it was situated under a sage 
bush, and was merely a hollow in the dry dirt containing seven eggs. 


CHARADRIIDZ. 


37. Aigialitis vociferus Cassin. Killdeer. Abundant. 

38. HEudromias montanus Harting. Mountain Plover. Saw 
a few specimens on the tops of the “buttes” but they were so shy 
that I could not get one. 


RECURVIROSTRIDZE. 


39. Recurvirostra americana Gm. Avoset. A pair were 
seen near a small alkali pond. 


SCOLOPACIDZ:. 


40. Totanus solitarius Wils. Solitary Sandpiper. Not com- 
mon. 


1875.] 343 [Nelson. 


41. Tringoides macularius Gray. Spotted Sandpiper. 
Abundant. The young began to appear the last of June. One of 
these birds which I wounded slightly fell in the creek, and when I 
went to take it out it dove and, using its wings and feet, swam under 
water to the other side, a distance of about ten feet. 


ARDEIDZ. 

42. WNyctiardea grisea var. neevia All. A pair were seen 
several times on a sand bar in the creek. 
ANATID. 


43. Anas boschas Linn. Mallard. A few specimens seen in 
the creek. 


? 


B. MounrTAINS, THIRTY MILES SOUTH OF ForT BRIDGER. 


SAXICOLIDZ. 
1. Sialia arctica Sw. A pair were nesting in an old wood- 
pecker’s hole near the camp. 4 
CERTHIUDZ. 


2. Certhia familiaris Linn. Creeper. Abundant. The 
young, although full-grown, were still fed by the parents. 


TROGLODYTIDZ. 


A species of Wren was frequently seen in some dense bushes along 
a stream, but could not be procured. 


SYLVICOLIDZ. 


3. Dendroeca Audubonii Baird. Audubon’s Warbler. Com- 
mon. Frequented the tops of the pines. 

4. Myiodioctes pusillus Bonap. Green Black-capped Fly- 
catcher. Abundant. Found with the preceding. Their habits are 
so similar that it was hard to distinguish them in the tops of the 
pines. 

HIRUNDINIDZ. 


5. Tachycineta thalassina Cab. I found a pair nesting in 
a hole in a stub about fifteen feet from the ground, near the foot of 
the mountains, 


Nelson.) 344 | [J anuary 20, 


FRINGILLIDZ. 


6. Pinicola enucleator Vieill. Abundant. Small glades 
were scattered through the forest, often with a pool of water in the 
centre. Nearly all of these glades which we visited were inhabited 
by a family of these birds. We generally found them on or near the 
ground but they would fly up into the tops of the pines as soon as 
sogvone etl 

7. Carpodacus Cassinii Baird. Cassin’s Finch. A few were 
obtained around the borders of the clearings. ) 

8. Loxia curvirostra var. americana Coues. Red Cross- 
bill. Common. We were often attracted to them by the cries of 
the nearly full-grown young. 

9. Junco cinereus var. caniceps Coues. Abundant about 
the clearings near the base of the mountain. 


CORVIDZE. 


10. Perisoreus canadensis var. capitalis Ridg. Can- 
ada Jay. Common. They were so familiar that they would come to 
the window while the men were eating. When skinning birds they 
would watch us with great curiosity. 


TYRANNIDZ. 


11. Contopus borealis Baird. Olive-sided Fiyeatcher. Ob- 
tained one specimen from the top of a dead pine. 


PICIDZ. 


12. Sphyrapicus varius var. nuchalis All. Abundant. 
Several nests were found containing nearly full-grown young. They 
were excavated in live cottonwoods about ten feet from the ground. 
I saw the birds on pines a few times, but they preferred cottonwoods. 

13. Sphyrapicus Williamsoni Baird. Williamson’s Wood- 
pecker. One specimen obtained from a small pine in a clearing. 

14. Colaptes mexicanus Swains. A few were seen in the 
cottonwoods near the base of the mountain. 


STRIGIDE. 


15. Otus vulgaris var. Wilsonianus All. Long-eared Owl. 
One specimen obtained. 


1875.] 845 [Nelson. 


MELEAGRIDZ. 


16. ?Meleagris gallopavo Linn. The hunters told of see- 
ing large birds sometimes which looked like turkeys, running through 
the woods. 

SCOLOPACID. 


17. Totanus solitarius Wils. Several pairs seen in a natural 
meadow on the mountain side. From their actions they probably 
had young, although I could find none. 


18. Tringoides macularius Gray. Found with the preced- 
ing. The young were but a few days old. 


ANATIDZE. 


19. Querquedula discors Steph. A female with two young 
but a few days old were found in the stream flowing through the 
meadow. 


II. Notes on Birds observed near Salt Lake City, Utah, between July 
27th and August 8th, 1872. 


Our collecting in this vicinity was done from the mouth of the Jor- 
dan River north about ten miles, including the lake shore and the 
cultivated land to the base of the mountains, about four miles from 
the lake. Near the lake shore was a strip of weeds which was fre- 
quented by several species of birds not found elsewhere. Many of 
the birds, which were resident there in the early part of summer, were 
gone. The people said that there were many more small birds ear- 
lier in the season. 


TURDIDA. 


1. Turdus migratorius Linn. Robin. Very abundant fre- 
quenting the roadsides in flocks. 

2. Oreoscoptes montanus Baird. Mountain Mocking Bird. ~ 
Common in the fields, but so shy that it was hard to get a specimen. 


ALAUDID. 


3. Hremophila alpestris Boie. Horned Lark. When we 
first arrived these larks were found in small flocks of ten or twelve 
individuals; but before we left they had united into larger flocks, 
often containing hundreds. 


Nelson.] 346 [January 20, 


SYLVICOLIDA. 
4. Dendreeca estiva Baird. Abundant. The only warbler. 


LANIDA. 


5. Collurio -ludovicianus var. excubitoroides Coues. 
White-rumped Shrike. Common about unfrequented fields. 


FRINGILLIDA. 


6. Carpodacus frontalis Gray. Abundant in a field con- 
taining a number of. dwarf cedars (?), on the berries of which they 
were feeding. I did not see them any where else. 

7. Passerculus savanna Bonap. One specimen obtained. 

8. Pocecetes gramineus var. confinis Baird. Common. 
Found them most abundant in the weeds along the lakes. 

9. Coturniculus passerinus var. perpallidus Ride. Com- 
mon in the fields. 

10, Spizella pallida var. Breweri Coues. Brewer’s Spar- 
row. Abundant in the weeds along the lake shore. They seemed to 
avoid the vicinity of the farm houses. I rarely saw one except along 
the lake shore and in old roads grown up with weeds. 

11. Chondestes grammaca Bonap. Lark Finch. Abun- 
dant in flocks along the roadsides. 

12. Cyanospiza amoena Baird. Lazuli Finch. Common, 
frequenting the willows along brooks. , 


ICTERIDZE. 


18. Dolichonyx oryzivorus Sw. Bobolink. Saw two large 
flocks the day we arrived; they were preparing to migrate, and three 
days after not a bobolink was to be found. Part of the males still 
retained their black plumage. 

14. Sturnella magna var. neglecta All. Western Lark. 
Common in the meadows. 

15. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus Cab. Brewer’s Black- 
bird. Not common. A few small flocks were seen. 


CORVIDZ. 


16. Corvus corax Linn. Raven. One specimen seen. Said 
to be abundant in winter. 


1875.] 347 (Nelson. 


TYRANNIDA. 


17. Tyrannus carolinensis Baird. Kingbird. One speci- 
men obtained. . 

18. Contopus virens var. Richardsoni All. Richardson’s’ 
Pewee. Notcommon. Kept in the bushes along the creeks. 

19. Empidonax Trailli var. pusillus Coues. Common in 
shady situations, preferring willow thickets. 


TROCHILIDZE. 


20. Selasphorus platycercus Gould. Common. Morning 
and evening they frequented the fields; during midday they kept in 
the bushes along streams. 


PICIDZ. 


Several species of woodpeckers were said to be common during 
the fall and winter. None were observed during our visit. 


FALCONID. 


21. Circus cyaneus var. hudsonius All. Marsh Hawk. 
Abundant along the lake shore. 

22. Buteo borealis var. calurus Ridg. Common. It fre- 
quents the sides of the mountains, rarely coming down to the farms. 


COLUMBID&. 


23. Zeneedura carolinensis Bonap. Common Dove. Com- 
mon. 


TETRAONIDA. 


24. Tetrao obscurus Say. Dusky Grouse. One specimen 
obtained in the mountains. Said to be common by the inhabitants, 
who call them ‘‘fool hens.” 

_ 25. Pediocetes phasianellus var. columbianus Coues. A 
few seen; called “prairie hens” by the inhabitants, who said they 
were formerly abundant but were becoming rare. 

26. Centrocercus urophasianus Sw. Said to occur rarely 
in unsettled places. 


CHARADRIIDZ. 
27. Aegialitis vociferus Cassin. Killdeer. Abundant. 


Nelson.] 348 [January 20 - 


28. Aegialitis cantiana var. nivosa Ride. Abundant near 
the mouth of the Jordan. Saw the young a few days old the first of 
August. 


RECURVIROSTRIDZ. 


29. Recurvirostra americana Gm. Very abundant. Fre-_ 
quented the lake shore by hundreds. One which I wounded in the 
water tried to escape by diving and swimming a short distance un- } 
der water, using its wings in the manner of the Tringoides macularius 
before mentioned. 


SCOLOPACIDZ. 


30. Gallinago Wilsoni Bonap. One specimen obtained. 

31. Ereunetes pusillus Cass. Abundant in large flocks 
along the lake shore. 

32. Totanus semipalmatus Gm. Abundant, frequenting the 
lake shore with the Avosets. ‘They were a perfect nuisance; the in- 
stant they perceived any one on the shore they would make a great 
outcry, and hovering over his head keep up such a noise that every 
bird within hearing would be alarmed. 

33. Tringoides macularius Gray. Common. 

34. Numenius longirostris Wilson. Long-billed Curlew 
Said to be abundant in fall and spring. 


= 


ARDEIDZ. 


385. Botaurus minor Bon. Seen about the mouth of the 
Jordan. 


ANATIDZ. 


86. Branta canadensis Gray. Canada Goose. Several 
flocks seen. Said to be very abundant in fall and spring. 

387. Anas boschas Linn. Common. 

88. Querquedula discors Steph. A few seen near the 
mouth of the Jordan. Several species of ducks were seen, but they 
were too shy to identify. 


PELECANID. 
39. Pelecanus trachyrhynehus Lath. Common in flocks. 


LARIDZ. 


40 ?lLarus argentatus Briinn. I saw a large gull at the 
mouth of the Jordan which I am quite sure was this species. 


1875. ] 349 [Nelson. 


41. Larus delawarensis Ord. Abundant at the mouth of 
. the Jordan. 


i 
III. Notes on Birds observed in the vicinity of Elko, Nevada, be- 


tween Aug. 9th and 14th, 1872. 


Elko is situated on the Humboldt River, and with the exception of 
the bushes along the river is surrounded by the sage brush plains. 
The river has many small grassy sloughs extending into the meadows 
_ which border its banks at many places. Away from the river there 
were many small sloughs in the meadows, sometimes partially enclosed 
with bushes, affording shelter to many species which we were unable 
to procure, owing to the shortness of our stay. From here we made 
a short excursion twenty-five miles north. The locality visited was 
a canon with a small stream flowing through, each bank of which 
was covered with grass and bushes in scattered bunches. This 
stream was the only water within several miles, making it a favorite 
haunt of the birds of the locality. 

As I was indisposed during the day we spent there, probably many 
common species were overlooked. For the purpose of comparing 
the two localities I place the birds observed at Elko under Section A, 
and those observed in the mountains under Section B. 


A. VicINITY OF ELKO. 


TURDID.. 


1. Turdus migratorius Linn. Robin. Common along the 


river. 
2. Oreoscoptes montanus Baird. Mountain Mocking Bird. 


Common in the sage brush. 
LANITDZE. 


3. Collurio ludovicianus var. excubitoroides Coues. 
White-rumped Shrike. Abundant. Its favorite perch seemed to be 
the telegraph wires along the railroad, where often several could be 


seen at once. 


FRINGILLIDZ. 
4. Pocecetes gramineus var. confinis Baird. Grass 
Finch. Common. Not seen far away from the river. 
5. Coturniculus passerinus var. perpallidus Ridg. Not 
common, found in the meadows along the river. 


Nelson.] 300 (January 20, 


6. Spizella pallida var. Breweri Coues. Abundant. They 
seemed to delight in lying in the road and dusting themselves during 
the middle of the day. The males occasionally sing from the top of 
some tall sage bush. 

7. Zonotrichia leucophrys var. intermedia Ridg. White- 
crowned Finch. Common in the bushes near the river. 

8. Goniaphea melanocephala Gray. Black-headed Gros- 
beak. Not common. Frequented thick bushes. 

9. Cyanospiza amcena Baird. Lazuli Finch. Common. 

10. Pipilo chlorurus Baird. Green-tailed Finch. Not com- 
mon. Found in dense bushes. 


ICTERIDZ. 


11. Ageleeus phoeniceus Vieill. Red-winged Blackbird. 
Abundant in small flocks along the river. 

12. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus Baird. Common. 
They seemed to associate with the Redwings more than at the east. 
Two flocks were seen composed entirely of these birds, and two or 
three pairs were frequently observed accompanying flocks of Red- 
wings. 

13. Sturnella magna var. neglecta All. Western Lark. 
Not common. A few seen in the meadows. 

14. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus Cab. Brewer’s Black- 
bird. Common in the bushes near the river. 


CORVID. 
15. Corvus corax Linn. Raven. Not common. One or two 
seen on the buttes a short distance south of the river. 
. 16. Pica melanoleuca var. hudsonica All. Magpie. 


Abundant, but so shy that I only obtained one specimen by hiding in 
a barn and shooting it when it came into the yard for food. 


TYRANNIDZ. 


17. Tyrannus verticalis Say. Arkansas Flycatcher. Abun- 
dant along the borders of the bushes. Not so noisy as the Kingbird. 

18. Contopus virens var. Richardsoni All. Richardson’s 
Pewee. Not common. A few seen in the thickets near the river. 


CAPRIMULGIDZ. 


19. Chordeiles popetue var. Henryi All. Western Night 
Hawk. Very abundant. While at Ft. Bridger, although these birds 


1875.] . ' oom [Nelson. 


were abundant, we rarely saw them flying during the middle of the 
day except when scared from their resting places. Here they could 
be seen in large numbers during the middle of the day flying over the 
meadows in pursuit of insects. They were so unsuspicious that they 
often passed within a few feet while I was watching them. While 
flying they kept their mouths open, and when flying very rapidly it 
produced a low booming sound. 


ALCEDINIDZ. 


20. Ceryle alecyon Boie. Kingfisher. Common. I did not 
hear it utter the peculiar rattling cry so characteristic of it at the 
East. While returning home the first of January, 1873, the Humboldt 
was frozen over except a few air holes, and the ground was covered 
with snow. Over one of these holes near Elko we saw a solitary 
kingfisher perched on a dead branch watching for its prey. 


CATHARTIDA. 


21. Cathartes aura Illis. Turkey Buzzard. A flock of about 
twenty of these buzzards were soaring over the meadows every day, 
but were too shy to get a shot at. 


COLUMBIDZ. 
22. Zenzedura carolinensis Bonap. Common Dove. Abun- 
dant. Frequented the railroad track for the grain scattered there. 
TETRAONID A. 
23. Centrocercus urophasianus Sw. Sage Hen. We saw 
their tracks on the road east of Elko, but did not see the birds. 
CHARADRIIDZ. 


24. Aigialitis vociferus Cassin. Killdeer. Not common. 


SCOLOPACID ZA. 


25. Tringa Bairdii Coues. Several flocks seen on the small 
sandbars along the river. One specimen obtained. 

26. Totanus melanoleucus Gm. Yellow-legs. A few seen 
and one-specimen shot along the river. 

27. Totanus solitarius Wils. Solitary Sandpiper. Com- 
mon. Found the young about half grown. Frequented the sloughs 


Nelson.] Son r - [January 20, 


in the meadows. Only one pair, whether with or without young, 
were found at the same slough. 

28. Tringoides macularius Gray. Spotted Sandpiper. 
Abundant. The young were just able to fly. From the condition of 
the young I think this and the preceding nest nearly at the same 


time. 


ARDEIDZ. 

29. Nyctiardea grisea var. nevia All. Night Heron. Very 
numerous. We frequently scared them out of the bushes along the 
river. They must breed near here, as while making my way through 
an almost impenetrable thicket, on the bank of the river, I scared 
out at least fifty herons, nearly all young, some of which were quite 
ragged and bare they were so young, but I could find no nests. As 
there were no trees along the river they must nest in the bushes, 
few of which exceeded twenty feet in height. 

30. Botaurus minor Bon. Bittern. Nearly as abundant as 
the preceding. We often found three or four in the same slough. 
Some of the young were running about in the bushes unable to fly. 
We tried to capture one alive, but it made such good time through the 
thick underbrush that it soon escaped. 


RALLIDZ. 
31. Porzana carolina Vieill. Carolina Rail. Two seen, oné 


of which was obtained. . 
32. Fulica americana Gmelin. Coot. One specimen seen. 


ANATID. 


383. Querquedula discors Steph. Blue-winged Teal. 
Abundant. They were so numerous that one morning I found five 
broods. The young were from three to ten days old. When I ap- 
proached one side of the slough the old duck would hurry the young 
out into the grass on the opposite side and then fly off. Although I 
repeatedly searched for the young in the grass, they were concealed 
so skillfully that not one was seen. 


B. MouNTAINS TWENTY-FIVE MILES NORTH OF ELKO. 


FURDIDA, 
1. Oreosecoptes montanus Baird. Abundant. A few were 
seen out on the plain about ten miles from water. As we approached 
the- water they became very numerous. ; 


1875.] 853 [Nelson. 


TROGLODYTIDZ. 


2. Salpinctes obsoletus Cab. Rock Wren. Several were 
seen on the cliffs along the cafion, but they were so restless that I 
only obtained one specimen. 


ALAUDIDZ. 


3. Hremophila alpestris Boie. Horned Lark. Common on 
the “‘buttes.”’ 


TANAGRID.. 


4. Pyranga ludoviciana Bonap. Louisiana Tanager. <A 
few pairs of these beautiful birds were seen in the bushes along the 
canon. . 


HIRUNDINIDZ. 


5. Hirundo horreorum Barton. Barn Swallow. A few 
miles up the cafion a small branch runs off to the right. In this some 
miners had erected a “shanty”? and were prospecting for coal. They 
had dug a tunnel some distance into the side of the hill, and then de- 
serting it began to sink a shaft mear the entrance. Several pairs of — 
swallows had taken possession of the mouth of this tunnel and had 
young nearly able to fly when we were there. The old birds paid no 
attention to the miners, who were continually passing within a few 
feet of their nests. It’is a problem how the swallows could have 
discovered this place, the camp and tunnel being situated in the 
bottom of a cafion and surrounded on every side by high hills, and 
the nearest habitation being on the railroad twenty-five miles distant, 
with a barren sage-bush desert intervening. 


LANIID. 


6. Collurio ludovicianus. var. excubitoroides Coues. 
White-rumped Shrike. The shrikes were very abundant along the 
sides of the cafion. Whenever one came near the tunnel where the 
swallows were they were instantly attacked with great fury by the 
swallows. The rapidity of their movements seemed to confuse the 
shrike, at first, but it soon found a convenient bush under which it 
would take refuge, and remaining quiet, the swallows would soon 
leave it, when the shrike, after taking a cautious look around, would 
leave as fast as his wings could carry him. 

PROCEEDINGS B, 8. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 23 MAY, 1875. 


Nelson.) 304 / [J anergy 20, 


FRINGILLIDZ. 


7. Spizella pallida var. Breweri Coues. Common. 

8. Zonotrichia leucophrys var. intermedia Ridg. 
“White-crowned Finch. Not common. 

9. Goniaphea melanocephala Gray. Common. 

10. Pipilo chlorurus Baird. Not common. 


CORVIDZE. 


11. Corvus carnivorus Bartram. Raven. Common. Often 
seen walking along the top of the cafion. 
12. Pica melanoleuca var. hudsonica All. Abundant. 


CAPRIMULGIDZ. 


13. Antrostomus Nuttalli Cassin. Nuttall’s Whip-poor- 
will. Common. In the evening they came into the road, and when 


driven up would fly about a person’s head and alight a short distance | 


_ behind. Their cry was much lower than that of the eastern species, 
and repeated oftener. Several times I heard them keep up a contin- 
uous repetition of the same notes for two or three minutes. 


FALCONIDA. 


14. Circus cyaneus var. hudsonius All. Common. Three | 


specimens were obtained one morning and several others seen. 


15. Falco sparverius Vieill. Common about the cliffs along | 


the cafion. One specimen obtained. 
There were several large hawk’s nests on the cliffs, some of which 
had been used that year, but we did not see any of the birds. 


COLUMBIDA. 


16. Z4eneedura carolinensis Bonap. Abundant. They 
were breeding in large numbers under the sage bushes on the sides 


of the cafion. The birds would not fly from the eggs until almost | 


trodden on. Although just at dark when I found the breeding place, 
I saw several sets of eggs, all deposited on the bare ground; and as 
I went down the side of the cajion the birds kept flying out in front 
of me, but it was too dark for me to see the eggs. 


1875. 355 (Nelson. 


| TETRAONIDZ. 


17. Centrocercus urophasianus Sw. Common. I put one 
up near the brook and it flew upon the side of the hill and alighted 
among the sage bushes. When I went after it I could not find it 
and stood looking around, when it moved its head and attracted my 
attention. It was lying flat on the ground within a-few paces, but 
its colors harmonized so well with the color of the ground on which 
it was lying that if it had not moved I should have overlooked it. 


IV. Notes on Birds observed in the vicinity of Nevada City, Cal., 
between August 15th and December 15th, 1872. 


This locality has an intermediate situation between the lofty 
peaks and the foot-hills of the Sierra Nevadas, and is in the midst of 
the gold mining region. My visit being in the last of the dry season, 
when the vegetation is dried up by the hot sun, probably many of 
the spring and early summer residents had gone farther down where 
the farms are more numerous and less parched than uae uncultivated 
hills surrounding Nevada. 

In November, while collecting twenty miles farther down, we found 
many species abundant which were rare at Nevada; among which 
may be mentioned, Sturnella neglecta, Zonotrichia coronata, Glaucid- 
ium californicum, which assembled in numbers around our camp fire 
every night and serenaded us with their curious notes; also Lophortyx 
californicus, Oreortyx pictus, and many others, were observed on the 
cultivated flats which were rare at Nevada. 


TURDIDZ. 


1. Turdus migratorius Linn. Robin. Common during Au- 
gust and September. In October they became very abundant in 
large flocks along the creeks. 

2. Turdus Swainsoni var. ustulatus Coues. Oregon 
Thrush. Common but very shy. Found along the densely shaded 
streams. When the rains began in November they came out of the 
heavy timber into bushes along the outskirts of woods. 

8. Oreoscoptes montanus Baird. Mountain Mocking-bird. 
Not common. Saw two pairs of them in October. They were prob- 
ably migrating, as I did not see them again. 


Nelson.] 356 [January 20, | 


SAXICOLIDZA. 


4. Sialia mexicana Swains. Western Blue Bird. None seen 
until the last of September, when I found them common about a hill 
covered with dead pines. The last of October they became abun- 
dant about the ranches, and the last of November migrated in strag- 


gling flocks. 
SYLVIUDZ. 

5. Regulus calendula Licht. Ruby-crowned Wren. First 
taken the last of September; from then until the first of December 
they were common about the pine thickets and chaparral bushes 
along the borders of woods, busily searching for insects, as in the East. 


CHAMAIDZ. 


6. Chamea fasciata Gambel. Ground Tit. Saw a pair in 
November. They were quite difficult to shoot as they kept on the 
opposite side of the bushes. 

7. Lophophanes inornatus Cassin. Gray Titmouse. Not 
common until the first of October, after which they became more 
and more numerous until in November they were the most common 
bird. Almost invariably found in oak woods, and always busy 
searching the branches for insects. They would tap the branches 
like a woodpecker, making such a loud noise that I often mistook 
them for the western Downy Woodpecker, P. Gairdneri. 

8. Parus atricapillus var. occidentalis Coues. Western 
Titmouse. Shot two specimens in the pines higher up the mountains 
in November. . 

9. Psaltriparus minimus Bonap. Least Tit. First taken in 
October. From the middle of October to the first of December, they 
were exceedingly abundant in large flocks; I have seen as many as 
two hundred in one flock. They frequent hillsides covered with 
chaparral, and are very unsuspicious, allowing a person to approach 
within a few feet of them. While standing in the bushes I have 
often had a whole flock assemble around me and act as though they 
were curious to know what I was doing. Their faint piping note has 
a far away sound and at first often deceives one as to the distance 
the bird is from him. 

CERTHIUDA. 

10. Certhia familiaris Linn. Creeper. Rare during August, 
but became common the last of September, and had all migrated by 
the last of November. 


1875.] > Bai (Nelson. 


TROGLODYTIDZ. 


11. Thryothorus Bewickii var. spilurus Baird. Common 
during August and September; gradually going lower down the foot 
hills in October. Not common in November. Frequents bushy hill- 
sides, rarely coming around the houses. I heard one singing in 
October with a very powerful voice for such a small bird. 

12. Troglodytes sedon var. Parkmanni Coues. Park- 
mann’s Wren. Not common; shot one specimen in an orchard in 
October. | | 

13. Helminthophaga ruficapilla Baird. Nashville War- 
‘bler. Shot a male the last of September. 

14. Dendreeca estiva Baird. Yellow Warbler. Abundant 
about gardens and orchards, habits the same as in the East. 

15. Dendreeea nigrescens Baird. Black-throated Gray 
Warbler. Common during September and October. Migrated the 
first of November. Frequents oak woods, where it was a characteris- 
_ tic species and seemed to prefer the lower to the higher branches. 

16. Dendroeca Auduboni Baird. Audubon’s Warbler. Not 
seen until the first of October; after this it became very abundant, 
frequenting large oaks. Its habits resemble those of the Yellow- 
rumped Warbler (D. coronata Gray). : 

17. Geothlypis philadelphia var. Macgillivrayi All. 
Macgillivray’s Warbler. Not common. Obtained two specimens in 
September. 

18. Myiodioctes pusillus Bonap. Green Black-capped Fly- 
catcher. One specimen obtained in pine woods the last of Septem- 


ber. | 
TANAGRIDA. 
19. Pyranga ludoviciana Bonap. Louisiana Tanager. Rare. 


One specimen shot in October from a pine tree. 


HIRUNDINIDZ. 


20. Hirundo horreorum Barton. Barn Swallow. Common 
during August and September. I scarcely ever noticed them until 
late in the afternoon, when they could be seen skimming along the 
ground in pursuit of insects. 


Nelson.] 358 [January 20, 


FRINGILLIDZ. 


21. Carpodacus purpureus Gray. Purple Finch. Common 
during the first two weeks of October, after which time I did not ob- 
serve them. They frequented a newly ploughed field, running about 
among the furrows after seeds of the weeds which were sticking out 
of the dirt. They were generally in small flocks of five toeight. I 
have carefully compared the specimens I shot there with some shot at 
Evanston, IIl., and can see no material difference, although the birds 
from this locality probably represent the C. californicus Baird. 

22. Chrysomitris pinus Bonap. Pine Finch. <A few seen © 
the last of September. During October and the first of November 
they were very abundant. I generally found them in flocks feeding 
on the catkins of a tree growing along the banks of the streams. 
They were so intent on feeding that I fired at one flock twice before 
it flew, and while I was reloading they returned and commenced feed- 
ing on the same tree. 

23. Chrysomitris psaltria Bonap. Arkansas Goldfinch. 
Very abundant during August and September. Found about gar- 
dens feeding on seeds of the weeds growing around the sides. They 
were done moulting by the middle of September, and although I saw 
large flocks of them daily after the fifteenth of August I saw but one 
male in full plumage. 

24. Passerculus savanna Bon. Savanna Sparrow. Not 
common. Shot one specimen and saw a few others the first of Octo- 
ber. 

25. Melospiza melodia var. Heermanni Ridg. Heer- 
mann’s Song Sparrow. Saw but few. Obtained one specimen in a 
bunch of willows. 

26. Junco oregonus Sclat. Oregon Snow Bird. Rare until 
the middle of September. In October they were very abundant in 
flocks. Their habits closely resemble those of the Black Snow Bird, 
J. hyemalis Sclat. The last of November they gathered in immense 
flocks and in a few days disappeared. 

27. Spizella socialis Bonap. Chipping Sparrow. Abun- 
dant about cultivated ground and grassy flats interspersed with 
clumps of bushes. Not so domestic as in the east. I am quite posi- 
tive that this and the following species breed, as I found the isc: 
in August not fully fledged. 

28. Spizella pallida var. Breweri Coues. Brewer’s Spar- 


1875.) 359 [Nelson. 


‘row. Abundant, associating with the preceding in flocks during 
September and October, and easily mistaken at a short distance for 
an immature S. socialis. 

29. Zonotrichia coronata Baird. Golden-crowned Sparrow. 
Not common, except for a few days the last of October, when they 
were migrating. The first of November I found them common 
twenty miles farther down the foot-hills. 

30. Chondestes grammaca Bonap. Lark Finch. Very 
abundant during August, September and October, frequenting road- 
sides and hedges. In October they were in flocks at all times. I 
‘found them much shyer than in Illinois. 

31. Passerella iliaca var. Townsendi Coues. Oregon 
Finch. Common until the first of November, when they became one 
of the most abundant birds. Frequent thick bunches of chaparral 
and hide at the first alarm. ‘They were all gone the last of Novem- 
ber. 

32. Goniaphea melanocephala Gray. Black-headed Gros- 
beak. Common until the last of September, when they disappeared. 
I was told they were a great pest to fruit growers as they ate and 
Jestroyed a great many berries. This I proved by shooting several 
with their bills stained with black-berries and their crops full of 
them. I saw many of the berries which they had taken one bite 
from, leaving the rest. 

33. Pipilo maculatus var. oregonus Coues. Oregon To- 
whee. Very common everywhere on the bush-covered hills. Had 
all migrated by the middle of November. They breed here, as I 
found young not fledged enough to fly well the last of August. 

34. Pipilo fuscus var. crissalis Coues. Crissal Towhee. 
Rare. Saw but one specimen, which I shot in an orchard the first of 
October. 

35. Pipilo chlorurus Baird. Blanding’s Finch. Common; 
breeds, as I found the unfledged young in August. More common 
around orchards and gardens than P. oregonus. 


ICTERID. 


36. Sturnella magna var. neglecta All. Western Lark. 
Not common at Nevada, where a few stragglers were seen, while on 
a ranche about three miles from Nevada, and separated from it by a 
ridge, they were very abundant. The ranche contained consid- 
erable grass land, while around Nevada the ground is rough, and has 


Nelson.] 360 [January 20, 


been mined a great deal, which probably accounts for the larks not 
being as abundant there. While in the foot-hiils farther down, in 
November, I was walking through a field covered with short grass, 
just before sunrise one morning, when a flock of these larks arose 
that must have contained thousands. ‘They did not move until I was 
in the midst of them, when they sprang up on every side with a noise 
like thunder. After day-light I found them on the oaks near where 
they were put up; while on the trees they were very shy, and it was 
almost impossible to get a shot at one, but when on the ground they 
would stand and look at any one and allow him walk up within easy 
range. . 

87. Icterus Bullockii Bonap. Bullock’s Oriole. Rare. 
One female was obtained in October. 

88. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus Cab. Brewer’s Black- 
bird. Rare. One small flock seen and one specimen obtained the 
first of November. 


CORVIDZ. 


39. Corvus americanus var. caurinus Coues. Western 
Fish Crow. Probably accidental. Saw one small flock the last of 
November. They were circling about in a dense fog apparently lost. 

40. Cyanurus Stelleri Sw. Steller’s Jay. Very abundant. 
They were moulting the first of September, and were very shy, keep- 
ing concealed in the tops of the large pines on the hills. With 
their feathers they regained their impudence and would commence 
screaming as soon as a person entered the heavy pine woods which 
they frequented. arly in the fall they were shy in approaching the 
vicinity of the houses, but the last of October and in November they 
united with the California Jay in carrying acorns from an oak grow- 
ing in Mr. J. H. Wentworth’s yard. I was stopping at this gentle- 
man’s house during my stay at Nevada and had a fine opportunity 
to observe the birds, as there were two very large oaks growing 
within gun shot of the house. 

41. Aphelocoma floridana var. californica Coues. Cal- 
ifornia Jay. Very abundant, and lives nearer the houses than the 
last. Unites with C. Stelleri in carrying acorns from the oaks to trees 
having any crevice or knot-hole into which it can put them. I have 
seen at least twenty of these two species of jays carrying acorns 
from one large oak at the same time. The birds would light on the 


1875.] 861 (Nelson. 


end of a branch bearing acorns, and pecking the acorn vigorously 
for a minute would loosen it so that they could take it with their bills 
I never saw either of these jays take an acorn from the ground, even 
after they had all fallen, nor do I think they make any use of them, 
as they nearly all spend the winter down in the valleys and at the 
base of the foot-hills. 


TYR ANN ID. 


42. Sayornis nigricans Bonap. Black Flycatcher. Rare 
during August, became more numerous during September, and were 
common in damp fields and along open streams until the middle of 
November, where they would sit perched on a dead twig waiting for 
their prey. Their habits and appearance remind one of the S. fus- 
cus of the East. They had all migrated by the last of November. 

43. Contopus virens var. Richardsoni Allen. Western 
Wood Pewee. Not common. One specimen taken in September, 
and a few others seen. 

44. Empidonax pusillus Cab. Little Flycatcher. One 
specimen taken the last of September. The only one seen, although 
probably this and the preceding are common earlier in the season. 


CAPRIMULGIDA. 


45. Antrostomus Nuttalli Cassin. Nuttall’s Whip-poor- 
will. Rare. Shot one specimen in a road after dark one night the 
last week of October. 


TROCHILIDA. 


46. Selasphorus Anna Bon. Anna Humming Bird. Com- 
mon until the middle of October about flower gardens. I was shown 
where a pair had built their nest for several seasons in some vines 
growing over a porch. 


_ CUCULIDZ. 


47. Geococcyx californianus Baird. Chaparral Cock. 
Was told of their rare occurrence. Did not hear of any being seen 
for several years previous to my visit. 


Nelson.] | : 3 62 [January 20, 
PICIDZ. 


48. Hylotomus pileatus Baird. Pileated Woodpecker. 
Not common; shot one specimen, a male, in a heavy pine wood. Its 
note resembled that of the California gray squirrel (Sczurus fossor) 
which I supposed it was until it began hammering on a dead limb, 
making a noise like the strokes of an ax, but more rapid. This 
specimen is much smaller than specimens from Illinois. 

49. Picus albolarvatus Baird. White-headed Woodpecker. 
Common in thick pine forests until the last of November. Never 
saw one of these birds on a hard-wood tree. They commence at the 
base of a tall pine and gradually work up to the very tip, searching 
carefully every crevice, then flying to the base of another tree to 
begin again their search in the same manner. They are unsuspic- 
ious, often alighting within a few feet of me while I was watching 
them. They uttered only one note, which is like that of the Downy 
Woodpecker. They do not seem to depend on pecking for their food 
as much‘as Nuttall’s and Gairdner’s Woodpeckers do, but look for it 
in the crevices of the bark. 

50. Picus scalaris var.. Nuttalli Coues. Common, fre- 
quenting oak woods until December.- Habits the same as the Gaird- 
ner’s Woodpecker. 

51. Picus villosus var. Harrisii All. Harris’s Woodpecker. 
Not common; one pair obtained in oak woods in November. 

52. Picus pubescens var. Gairdneri Coues. Gairdner’s 
Woodpecker. Common until the last of November, frequenting 
oak woods. Not so abundant about orchards as the eastern form. 

53. Sphyrapicus ruber Baird. Red-breasted Woodpecker. 
First seen in October, after which date they were very abundant. 
Moulted during October and November. Most abundant where the 
large trees had been cut down and the young pines were thirty to © 
forty feet high. 

54. Melanerpes formicivorus Bonap. California Wood- 
pecker. Very common. One of the most abundant birds until the 
last of November. Found almost exclusively on oak trees. I do not 
think that I ever saw one on a pine tree. I have counted nine on 
one oak playing and running around the trunk like the Red-headed 
Woodpecker, M. erythrocephalus. 

55. Asyndesmus torquatus Coues. Lewis’s Woodpecker. 
First met with the middle of October; after this time they were 


1875.] 863 [Nelson. 


often seen in straggling flocks high up in the air. I counted over 
sixty in one flight in October. I saw them alight but once, when 
they kept on the tops of some dead pines chasing each other from 
tree to tree. Often saw them fly up into the air, and after hovering 
return again to the same branch. They sometimes pursue insects, 
darting after them, and turning in the chase with as much dexterity 
as a flycatcher. ‘They were very shy; I hunted them for two hours 
before getting a chance to shoot one, and only succeeded as they 
flew off, when I shot two on the wing. 

56. Colaptes mexicanus Swainson. Mexican Flicker. 
Abundant. Habits the same as C. auratus Sw. Moulted in October 
and migrated the last of November. 


STRIGIDZ. 


57. Scops asio Bon. Mr. Wentworth told me of a small 
“ Screech owl ” that resided for some time in his pigeon house, which 
from his description I think must have been this species. 

58. Glaucidium passerinum var. californicum Ridg. 
California Pigmy Owl. Rare ; obtained two specimens, one of which 
was in a small pine looking unconcernedly at a Bewick’s Wren (var. 
spilurus) which was scolding at it and appeared to be very much 
enraged. The second I found bathing at midday in a shaded stream. 
When it saw me it jumped upon a .tone and looked at me curiously, 
but without any show of fear. 


FALCONIDZ. 


59. Accipiter fuscus Bonap. Common until the first of 
December. Often seen about the ranches in October and November. 

60. Buteo sp. A large species of Buteo was frequently seen, 
but it was so shy that it was impossible to shoot a specimen. 

61. Haliztus leucocephalus Savigny. Rare. Saw a 
young one in the black plumage in November. 


CATHARTIDZA. 


62. Cathartes sp. Saw a flock of about twenty buzzards 
soaring high over head one warm day in October. They were too 
far away to enable me to identify the species. 


Nelson.] 3 64 [January 20, 


COLUMBIDZ. 


63. Columba fasciata Say. Said to be abundant some sea- 
sons. I saw only one small flock in October. 

64. Zeneedura carolinensis Bonap. Common until the 
middle of November. Habits the same as in the East, as far as I 
had opportunity to judge. 


TETRAONIDZ. 


65. ?’ Canace canadensis var. Franklini Coues. I was 
frequently told of a grouse that came down from the mountains in 
the winter. From descriptions by hunters who had killed it I con- 
cluded it was probably this variety. 

66. Oreortyx pictus Baird. Mountain Quail. Rare until 
the first of October, when it became quite abundant. It is so shy 
that it is almost impossible to shoot it without a dog. I have seen a 
flock run across the trail in front of me and hide so effectually that 
‘T could find no trace of them afterwards. In November, while camp- 
ing in the foot-hills, we found them abundant. Just before sunrise 
every morning their cries (which closely resemble the call of a hen- 
turkey) resounded on every side. Although I made special effort to 
find them I failed in seeing a single flock, but the boys trapped large 
numbers in box-traps. 

67. Lophortyx californicus Bonap. Valley Quail. Abun- 
dant. Breed on the surrounding hills. The last of August the 
young’were hardly one-fourth grown. During November they grad- 
ually descended into the foot-hills and valleys until only a few cov- 
eysremained. They are easily domesticated. Mr. J. A. Wentworth 
told me of an instance where he trapped a flock of the two old birds 
and the young partly grown. After keeping them some time in a 
coop they escaped, but returned every day when the chickens were 
fed to take their share, and continued to do this for a long time. 


CHARADRUDZ, 


68. Aigialitis vociferus Cassin. CKilldeer. Not common; 
a few stragglers seen during October. 


1875.] 865 [Hyatt. 


SCOLOPACIDA. ~* 


69. Gallinago Wilsoni Bonap. Not common; two speci- 
mens were shot in November. ; 


ANATIDZ. 


70. Branta canadensis Gray. Canada Goose. Seen only 


during migration, when it is sometimes shot while flying over. Saw 


several flocks in November. 
71. Anas boschas Linn. Mallard. Said to be occasionally 


shot on the mining reservoirs. I did not see any. 


PELECANIDZ. 


72. Pelecanus trachyrhynchus Lath. White Pelican. 
One flock seen in October. Did not hear of their ever alighting here. 


THe JuRASSIC AND CRETACEOUS AMMONITES COLLECTED IN 
SoutH AMERICA BY Pror. JAMES ORTON, WITH AN APPEN- 
DIX UPON THE CRETACEOUS AMMONITES OF PRor. Hartr’s 
CoLLecTion. By ALpuErus Hyatt. 


The species sent me for examination by Prof. James Orton indi- 
cate that further research will be fruitful in the discovery of Juras- 
sic and Cretaceous fossils. The apparent identity of many of the 
forms with those of well known European species is surprising, since 
one naturally expects the appearance of a greater number of new 
modifications in such a distant fauna. This, however, is not the 
case and with the exception of petrological peculiarities due to the 
character of the matrix, etc., this small collection has precisely the 
aspect of a lot of Western European fossils. The situation and 
distance of the different localities indicates that an extensive series 
of Jurassic rocks exist in Northern Bolivia and in Peru of which we 
as yet know, comparatively speaking, nothing. 

The presence of the Lias or Lower Jura and the Upper Oolites, or 
Kelloway and Oxford subdivisions of the Jura, are sufficiently weil in- 
dicated. The equivalents of the higher divisions, those which underlie 


_the Cretaceous, have so far not been discovered, nor do the collections 


indicate the presence of the Lower Oolitic formations, though these 
may now be hopefully hunted for. The minor formations cannot of 


Hyatt.] 366 | ‘ [January 20, 


course be fully described from such small collections, but the Lower 
and Middle Lias are shown to be present, and the-difference in the 
matrices of the specimens indicate still more minute subdivisions. 
The petrological pecularities of the specimens of Perispminctes 
anceps and Stephanoceras macrocephalum also indicate minor sub- 
divisions in the Upper Oolites, but these cannot be characterized 
upon such slender data. 

Arnioceras ceras ? Agassiz. . 

1. Under this head I am obliged to assemble several very interest- 
ing specimens, whose affinities cannot be positively determined without 
more evidence. One specimen, about three inches in diameter, is the 
cast of a crushed shell with straight or nearly straight ribs, quite 
prominent and closely set. Older specimens show a set of bent ribs 
with prominent keel, and narrow abdomen. ‘The young are distinctly 
ribbed at a very early period, and but for this might be taken for 
any of several species, viz., Arnioceras ceras or Bodleyi, Asteroceras 
Turneri (the English form, not the German). ‘The old-age whorls in 
the same block have an aspect like that of the full-grown Grammoce- 
ras striatulum of the radians group. These specimens, though from 
the same locality as the specimens of this species described below, 
nevertheless occur in a matrix of argillaceous rock of compact struc- 
ture with a pinkish color, which does not show the slightest efferves- 
cence with strong acid. 

Loc., Ipishguanitina, Northern Peru. 

9. A large specimen from the. same locality, but imbedded in a 
soft, thin bedded, ferruginous, argillaceous rock of a dark brown color, 
although much mutilated, shows similar characteristics and exhibits 
the form of the whorl better. This shows that the species is prob- 
ably very closely allied if not identical with Arnioceras ceras. The 
ribs run up straight until level with the abdomen, and then assume 
the abrupt termination so characteristic of this whole group. The 
septa also, which are visible on this specimen, have the peculiar sim- 
ple sutures of this genus with the pointed simple minor lobes and 
cells penetrating the edges of the larger ones, the deep superior lat- 
eral lobes and shallow inferior laterals, with no auxiliary lobes 
appearing on the sides. , 

The same form is in Europe characteristic of the Lower Lias, 
occurring in great numbers at Semur. 

3. Another specimen also from this dark brown rock, fully agrees 
with no species with which I am acquainted. It resembles somewhat 


1875.] 367 (Hyatt. 


Gramm. striatulum, but wants the forward curvature or inflexion of 
the central part of the ribs which is so characteristic of all the radi- 
ans group. If it were not for the keel it would be almost identical 
’ with the finer ribbed varieties of Agoceras angulatum. ‘The smooth- 
ness and form of the young, the linear character, number, and pecu- 
liar bend of the ribs, the abrupt genicule, and arnioceras-like 
keel and narrow abdomen appear to demand a place for it in the 
same genus with the preceding, and perhaps it might be considered 
a variety of the Arnioceras ceras with smoother young than that first 
described. 

Loc., Ipishguaniina. 

Arnioceras miserabilis P Hyatt. 

Still another specimen obtained from the same block as No. 2 of 
Arnioc. ceras, has smooth discoidal young and a form which, with 
the exception of the keel, has the aspect of Amm. miserabilis of 
Quensted. It is entirely smooth, very discoidal, and evidently pos- 
sesses a very narrow, short whorl. 

Ipishguaniina is at an elevation of 11,000 feet above the sea level, 
according to Prof. Orton the highest point in Northern Peru. The: 
Ammonites are associated with a species of Lamellibranch which was 
so badly preserved that Mr. Richard Rathbun, assistant in the 
Museum of the Society of Natural History, was unable after close 
study to identify the species or even determine the genus, his report 
however is appended below. ! 

Caloceras Ortoni Hyatt. (n.s.) 

This species is very similar in external characteristics to the Amm. 
sirouatus of Quenstedt; it differs from it principally in the greater 
proportional breadth of the abdomen, the deep channels and well 
developed keel. The living chamber is considerably over one whorl 


1Avicula (Gervilia?) sp? 

The two small impressions of Lamellibranchs from Ipishguaniina are moulds of 
the left valve of the same specimen, one of the exterior, the other of the interior. 
They indicate a form belonging to Avicula, or perhaps Gervilia; their imperfect 
preservation rendering the identification doubtful. To whichever of the above 
genera they belong, they might represent any portion of the secondary age, since 
both genera are common throughout that age in Europe. 

The shell is quite oblique, with its greatest length from the beaks nearly 12 mm. 
and the diameter at right angles to this length a little greater than6mm. The an- 
terior ear, if such existed, is entirely broken away; the posterior is small and does 
not extend very far backward, but it is imperfect. The impression of the hinge is 
very obscure, and no indication is given of either the cartilage pits or the teeth, 
The surface is marked with indistinct concentric lines of growth. R. R. 


Hyatt.) 368 [January 20, 


in length but was not seen entire, nor were the septa visible. The 
ribs are fold-like as in other species of Caloceras, bent forward and 
very closely set, the depressions between being merely linear. On 
the abdomen they fade out to mere lines, and there are no genicule 
or external shoulders on the ribs. The specimen, which is about 
four and a half inches in diameter, appears to be full-grown, and the 
ribs very rapidly disappear upon the last half of the living chamber 
as if old age had begun to show itself; the channels also become a 
trifle shallower. 

Locality, Tingo, near Chacapoyas in Norther Peru, in a com- 
pact blue limestone. 

Phylloceras Loscombi Hyatt. 

This occurs also at Tingo, but in a distinct rock, a light pinktch, 
fine-bedded, argillaceous limestone. The specimen was two inches 
and a half in diameter but very much crushed’ upon the surface of 
the stone. The involution covering nearly the entire side of the 
whorl, the smooth sides and abdomen and the septal sutures, parts of 
which were clearly seen, left no doubt, however, that it belonged to the 
compressed forms of Phylloceras, probably Loscombi. It was asso- 
ciated with a discoidal ribbed form, about seven-eighths of an inch in 
diameter, too poorly preserved to be identified. This species belongs 
to the Middle Lias in its lower portion. According to Oppel it is 
found in the Davoi bed, the Lias y of Quenstedt. 

Perisphinctes anceps Waagen. 

There are two specimens of this well known species, possessing the 
usual characteristics of the most unmistakable variety,—that which 
has the coronate form, with thick prominent spines. One of the 
specimens is young, a part of the shell in good preservation, and the 
other is a fragment of a full orown shell, also in good condition. 
This and the following species show the presence of the highest divi- 
sion of the Brown Jura, the Kelloway formation of Oppel, the Brown 
Jura € of Quensted. 

Loc., Compuerta, near Lake Titicaca. 

The filling of the shell is a highly ferruginous limestone, with a 
small piece of dark blue limestone attached to the exterior, which 
may possibly represent the orginal matrix. 

Stephanoceras macrocephalum Waagen. 

A very good specimen, with sutures, form, and markings unmis- 
takeably identical with the European form. Filling of the shell 
dense pinkish limestone, no matrix attached. 

Locality, Caracolis, Boliva. 


1875.] 369 [Hyatt. 


BUCHICERAS (nov. genus.) 


Paleontologists have been aware for many years, ever since, in 
fact, Von Buch published his work upon Ceratites, that the so-called 
cretaceous Ceratites differed from the triassic forms in the charac- 
teristics of the sutural outlines. Being obliged to describe the follow- 
ing species I find that, as Quenstedt has already pointed out, these 
forms are not Ceratites at all, but, strictly speaking, Ammonites. ° 
They show this in the form of abdominal cell in the young, the char- 
acteristics of the superior lateral cells, which are invariably divided, 
as are those of all the Ammonites proper, and also in the tendency 
of the young sutures of Buchiceras bilobatum to assume a wholly am- 
monitic aspect. The truly ammonitic outline of the cells and lobes 
in Buchiceras attenuatum shows how easily the outlines of the typi- 
eal divided cells are transformed into those of a true Ammonite by 
a few digitations, whereas the same digitations applied to the entire 
outlines of a true Ceratite would produce only a Ceratite, not an 
Ammonite. 

The young have an acute but gibbous whorl, which becomes trans- 
formed into a whorl with convergent sides and a flattened abdomen 
in Buchiceras bilobatum, B. syriaciforme, and B. attenuatum, which 
together form a natural series also agreeing in the possession of two 
rows of tubercles and in the amount of involution which extends to 
the inner row of tubercles. The young of B. serrata and B. pierde- 
nalis were not seen at a very early age but probably are similar, since 
the adults have very nearly the form of the young of the preceding 
series. That a similar relation exists in the development of the 
sutures is improbable. They, as far as traced in the young of B. ser- 


ratum, indicate a common genesis from B. bilobatum. This, however, 


must be considered doubtful, and it may be found that both B. ser- 
ratum and B. pierdenalis spring from other and quite distinct forms. 
B. attenuatum and Amm. Vibrayeanus D’Orb. appear to be closely 
allied in form, though the sutures, as figured by D’Orbigny, are 
like those of any other cretaceous species of this group. The ribs, 
however, have the aspect of those of B. serratum, and it may be that 
B. Vibrayeanum is allied with the latter which it more closely resem- 
bles in its sutures. A very slight error in drawing would convert the 
sutures of the latter into those of the former, but it is not possible 
that they may be identical. B. Vibrayeanum has a sharp abdomen 


PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 24: MAY, 1875, 


Hyatt.] 370 [January 20, 


when fully two inches in diameter and a much thicker whorl. The 
genus is dedicated to Leopold Von Buch in memory of the. great 
services rendered by him in the study of the fossil forms of the 
Ammonoides. Buchiceras Harttii (Ceratitis Hartt Hyatt in Hartt’s 
Geol. and Phys. Geog. of Brazil, Boston, 1870) is doubtless a mem- 
ber of this group, though not closely allied to any of the species here 
described, either in form or septa. 

Buchiceras bilobatum Hyatt. 

One well preserved specimen in light blue compact limestone well 
filled with other fossils, was found at Cachiyacu, on the west side of 
the river Huallaga in Northern Peru. This presents the condition 
of the sutures at a young stage when the shell is about an inch in di- 
ameter. Buchiceras syriacum Von Buch, with which it has been previ- 
ously identified by myself and other authors, is very distinct, espec- 
ially at this stage of growth. The short, numerous club-shaped cells 
of B. syriacum each regularly divided by a median minor lobe, are 
represented by two large cells with scalloped edges. These and the 
superior lateral lobe occupy the entire breadth of the side. ‘The ribs 
and form resemble closely those of Buchiceras syriacum. 

Buchiceras serratum Hyatt, n.s. 

There are two interesting specimens of this from the same lime- 
stone at Cachiyacu. The abdomen, however, instead of being acute 
in the young, and becoming squared and blunter with age, continues 
to retain its youthful sharpness, though the whorl grows much thicker 
proportionally in the largest specimen, which is about three inches in 
diameter. The septa of the young, when the shell is about an inch 
in diameter, present very peculiar characteristics. The abdominal 
lobe is very broad and short. containing a broad, squarely shaped ab- 
dominal cell with perfectly smooth outline. The superior lateral cells 
slope gradually up from this, beginning with what, at first sight, 
appears to be an independent cell, which is really only the least prom- 
inent branch of the superior lateral cell. ‘Fhe superior lateral lobes 
are shallower but broaden out at the top, and are minutely serrated. 
The inferior lateral cells are very broad, with plain sutures, the infe- 
rior lateral lobes very much shallower and also minutely dentated. 
Three auxiliary lobes are visible, mere nicks with broad flattened cells 
between. The branches of the superior lateral cells become subdivi- 
ded by the growth of a median minor lobe at the base of each, but 
the remaining cells remain entire. The form of the superior lateral 
cell, the depth of the superior lateral lobes and theshallowness of the 


1875.] Sk [Hyatt. 


inferior and auxiliary lobes and cells remind one of the young of 
Buchiceras bilobatum previously described, and indicate a direct gen- 
etic connection. The sides round evenly from the umbilicus out- 
wards, broken up by slight fold-like ribs with a median forward bend, 
which splits into several hardly distinguishable folds having an ab- 
dominal forward bend. The abdomen of the cast is obtusely angular, 
owing to the depressed gibbosity of the sides. Associated with this 
species in the same block of limestone were several fragmentary 
fossils of . various kinds which were examined by Mr. Richard 
Rathbun, and his report upon them is given in a note.? 


APPENDIX. 
PERUVIAN AMMONITES OF THE HARTT COLLECTION. 


Buchiceras syriaciforme Hyatt. 

Several fine specimens from one inch to three inches in diameter, 
confirm the observations made in the preceding pages. The largest 
specimen is particularly interesting. The abdominal lobe, which at 
younger stages is a little longer than the superior laterals, is here a 
trifle shorter. The superior and inferior laterals are both visible on 
the side, narrow and long, with triple branches unequally divided. 
The superior and inferior lateral cells are much deeper and narrower 
proportionally than in the young, with coarsely scalloped bottoms. 
The same young specimens compare quite closely in sutural 
characteristics with the typical B. sfriacum from Lebanon. They 
still differ, however, in the number of lobes and cells visible 
on the sides, there being but three cells and two lobes as in the 
adults. They differ even more widely from the young of Buchiceras 


1The small fragment of hard grayish limestone from Cachiyacu, near Huallaga 
River, Peru, with Buchiceras serratum, contains a great many other mollusks, but 
on account of the exceeding hardness of the rock it is difficult to break the speci- 
mens out in a condition suitable for their identification. They are all small and 
belong mostly to common cretaceous genera. Among the Lamellibranchs is a 
smooth form of Avicula or Gervilia, not, however, exposing the hinge characters. 
It resembles much in shape Gervilia enigma D’Orb., from the Turonien of France, 
but is of much smaller size. There is also a medium-sized form of Leda, having 
a nearly smooth surface, and another small shell quite abundant in the fragment 
of rock, whichis probably referable to Corbula. The hinge of this latter form is 
not exposed. There are many casts of very small Gasteropods which seem to rep- 
resent two species and two genera; one isa Turritella. Besides the mollusks just 
mentioned there is a fragment of the scale of a teleostean fish, in a rather poor 
state of preservation. R. R. 


Kneeland.]  ° 372 [January 20, 


bilobatum Hyatt, which has, as previously described, Ammonite-like 
cells, only two on the whole side. 

Loc., Cajamarca, Peru. Coll. by J. B. Steere. 

Buchiceras attenuatum Hyatt. 

In this species the form of the whorl in the adult, and the lobes 
and cells are more decidedly ammonitic than in the preceding spe- 
cies. It may be seen, however, that this is due to the compli- 
cation of the outlines of lobes. The young possess lobes and cells’ 
of simpler form and outlines. The division of the suture by a median 
lobe longer than the rest, dividing the numerous shallow auxiliary 
lobes and cells from the others, is a characteristic indication of an 
affinity with the previously described Buchiceras bilobatum. There 
is also, although very faintly expressed, a line of tubercles near the 
abdomen, and another more prominent lateral line on the edge of the 
abdomen. The whorl is greatly compressed laterally, smooth with, 
the exception of these lines of tubercles, and has a narrow, flat 
abdomen or channeled area. It is most closely allied with Buchi- 
ceras pierdenalis 1 but differs not only in the flattened abdomen but 
in the sutural outlines. The latter has cells with smooth outlines, but 
in this species the cells and lobes are not only divided into two parts 
by median minor lobes, but digitated by numerous shallower minor 
lobes throughout their whole extent. 

Loc., Celendin. Coll. by J. B. Steere. 


Dr. 8. Kneeland made a communication, illustrated by 
the lantern, on the volcanic phenomena of Iceland, especially 
as seen in the valley of Thingvalla, where was held the mil- 
lennial celebration of 1874, at which he were present. 


The thanks of the Society were voted to Mr. T. Martin 
Trippe for a collection of eight skins of Leucosticte from 
Colorado. 


1J have had remarkably fine specimens of this species from Texas in the collec- 
tion of the Museum of Comp. Zoology at Cambridge for comparison, and find that 
both this and Glottoceras attenuatum exist in that fauna. 


1875.] 8738 Sprague. 


Section of Entomology. January 27, 1875. 
Mr. S. Henshaw in the chair. Seven persons present. 
The following paper was read : — 


On THE SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA DESCRIBED BY Mr. J. W. 
RANDALL! By P. S. SpraGur, with Notes sy E. P. Austin. 


J. W. Randall, a young and enthusiastic entomologist, a student 
at Harvard, and a pupil of Dr. Harris, having collected quite a large 
cabinet of Coleoptera, very many of which were undescribed, com- 
menced in the year 1837 to prepare for publication in the Journal 
of this Society descriptions of those species which he supposed least 
_ likely to have been at that time noticed. At this time entomology in 
this country was in its infancy, and much less advanced than now in 
Europe. The large and distinctly marked families were, to quite an 
extent, well defined, but the smaller and less conspicuous ones had no 
settled place. The subdivisions of tribes and groups, as well as 
genera, were recognized, but indefinitely marked; while the lack 
in America of an extended knowledge of what foreign authors had 
done, in connection with the fact that each entomologist had a.sys- 
tem of his own, produced a confusion in determining the generic 
position of species which is now seriously felt in working up the 
species of the older authors. The now large and well marked 
family of Elateridz, which in our fauna is composed of tribes, sub- 
tribes, groups, and no less than seventy genera, was at that time 
scarcely divided, and nearly every species came under the generic 
head of Elater. Of the eighty-four species of Coleoptera described 
by Mr. Randall in Vol. II of the Boston Journal of Natural History 
(1838), more than three-fourths have had their generic names 
changed. Much confusion has arisen from the fact that species re- 
sembling each other in general form were by him put under the same 
generic heads, but now our more extended knowledge of the true 
differences has placed them far apart. Short descriptions were the 
rule, or I might say the fashion, and even a published catalogue 
name was considered sufficient notice to entitle one to hold his spe- 
cies, but the greater present knowledge, the more extended collec- 
tions, showing the close affinity of many species, have almost wholly 


1In the Journal of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 12, 1838. 


Sprague.) 374 _ [January 27, 


changed this way of describing insects. Another source of trouble 
that we have to encounter is the almost total loss of all of the older 
collections, either by insect enemies, or through a lack of true appre- 
ciation of their great value by those who have had charge of them.. 
The Say and Hentz collections have now hardly a specimen left, 
and Randall’s is lost. Dr. Harris’ cabinet is in a much better con- 
dition, and were it not that Mr. Randall often contributed to it, we 
should be still further in the dark in relation to many of his described 
species. Randall’s descriptions, when viewed with our present 
knowledge, are short, and not to the point; quite often color, and 
those parts that have no specific value, being all we have to depend 
upon. 
The beetles known as Randall’s species, have long been a thorn in 
the side of the thorough and systematic entomological student. For 
years, as each new entomologist has come forward to take his place 
among the specialists of this department of entomology, Say's, Har- 
ris’s and Randall’s lost species have to a greater or less extent 
interested him, and all new insects obtained were closely scanned, 
hoping that in them the lost might be found. 
It has seemed to me that as Randall described his species in our 
Journal, many of which were from this locality, others from the 
neighboring State of Maine, that some one here should try and 
rescue from oblivion the labor of this one of our early entomologists. 
Typical collections of species inhabiting this vicinity, and described 
here, will strike every naturalist at a glance as of special importance; 
scarcely a beginning at forming such collections has as yet been made 
in any department by this Society, the lack of which has been se- 
riously felt by me as well as by others, and T feel specially called upon 
to remedy as far as possible this difficulty. Therefore I have used my 
leisure hours to collect together material for a complete series of 
Randall’s species, and make it a special typical collection for. students 
of this Society; and, further, if time and circumstances permit, to 
extend my labor to Dr. Harris’s types of Coleoptera, many of which 
are not to be found in his private collection. The fact has been 
forcibly brought to my mind that many of Randall’s species, which 
were then common, have become exceedingly rare, and perhaps some 
are extinct. ‘The same may be said of the species found in plenty by 
Dr. Harris in Dorchester and Milton, the same ground having been 
carefully and thoroughly gone over many times for the last ten years 
by myself and others. When I undertook to form this collection I 


1875.] aio [Sprague. 


anticipated somewhat of a task, but it has far exceeded my worst 
anticipations. One can have no conception who has not tried to 
make a species fit some old description, of the quizzing, surmisings 
and doubtings which come before him. He must also take into con- 
sideration the queries of others, and then strike a balance which shall 
convince all. 

When Dr. LeConte’s list of Coleoptera was published, over one- 
fourth of Randall’s species were doubtful or unknown. There now 
remain three doubtful and seven unknown. The following are the 
special changes from LeConte’s list, and some that were marked as 
doubtful in the Melsheimer Catalogue, where all the species were 
put down without regard to their identity. 


Clivina elongata Rand., was changed by Dr. LeConte, sup- 
posing the name to have been previously used. It now appears that 
Chaudoir’s name elongata was subsequent (1845) to Randall’s, there- 
fore the original name must be substituted. 

Patrobus rugicollis Rand., by a typographical error was pub- 
lished angicollis. 

[ This species is found rarely on Mt. Washington, in the upper part 
of the timbered region of the mountain. E. Pp. A. | 

Hydrochus subcupreus Rand., was for some reason not put 
in LeConte’s list, and was until now unknown, but a careful exam- 
ination of Dr. Harris’s cabinet has revealed a specimen (No. 1382) 
which is, without doubt, the true swhcupreus. It was afterwards 
described by Dr. Melsheimer as H. rujfipes, which must now be con- 
sidered as only a synonym. 

[If this is the same as fH. rufipes Mels., which is very probable, it 
is not uncommon in this vicinity. The description will apply to sev- 
eral species, and is too indefinite to base any opinion on. E. P. A. | 

Nitidula avara Rand., under the genus Eupara of LeConte’s 
list, still remains unknown. 

[A specimen in the Harris cabinet, No. 1515, has been determined 
by Mr. Sprague as belonging to this species, but it does not entirely 
agree with the description, and owing to my not having had an oppor- 
tunity to consult the Harris catalogue, I am unable to tell on what 
grounds Sprague has decided it to be Randall’s species. ‘The speci- 
men in question differs from E. infuscata Makl., by being a little 
larger and more elongate; the base of the thorax is nearly straight, 
and it, as well as the elytra, is more coarsely punctured. E. P. A. | 


Sprague.] 376 [January 27, 


Agrilus vittaticollis Rand. This species is now known, a 
specimen being in Dr. Harris’s cabinet. 

[Found occasionally in various parts of this State, and seems ot 
live on the shadberry (Amelanchier canadensis). E. P. A.] 

Elater subrufa Rand. is doubtless Nematodes simplex LeC. 
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, 388). Only a single specimen 
known in Mr. Ulke’s collection. 

Elater filius Rand., Cardiophorus, of LeConte’s list, unknown. 

Elater basalis Rand. may be, as suggested by Dr. LeConte, 
Limonius stigma. Yet 1 consider it doubtful, because Dr. Harris had 
a male of the species in his cabinet at that time, No. 531, and sup- 
posed to be a variety of scapularius, so named in Harris’s Insects of 
Mass., 1835. 

Elater macilentus Randall, unknown. 

Elater graciliformis and tenuicollis Rand. are varieties of 
one species, the former with elytra black, the latter testaceous; they 
belong to the genus Oestodes. 7 

Elater honestus Rand. is, without doubt, the Sericosomus fusi- 
formis LeC., which must be put as a synonym. 

Elater zrarius Rand. This species was described in Europe be- 
fore Randall’s paper appeared as E. resplendens Esch., (fide Horn) 
and belongs to Corymbites. 

Elater anchorago Rand., Kendalli Kirby, was described by 
Olivier in Europe as eneicollis (jfide Horn), and belongs to the 
genus Corymbites. 

Omalisus fraternus Rand. is now known, and belongs to the 
genus Eros. 

Malachius czruleus Rand. is probably a variety of Anthocomus 
flavilabris Say (fide Horn). 

Tomicus gulosus Rand. is Xy/oterus bivittatus Kb. 

Dircza decolorata Rand. is Xylita levigata Hellen (fide 
Horn). 

Lixus rubellus Rand., unknown. 

Lixus calandroides Hind. I have been able to recognize; it is 
found during July on Nantucket Beach. 

Rhynchites viridi-zneus Rand., unknown. 

Galeruca salicis Rand. Found in Dr. Harris’s collection, 
No. 1564, determined by Dr. Harris as sagittaria Gyll, which being 
previously described takes the precedence. 


1875.] 3 7 ff [Sprague. 


Coccinella obliqua and C. similis Rand. are now known, 
and are varieties of the same species. 

Coccinella notans Rand. is not the pullata of Say. 

Coccinella lugubris Rand. is a true species, not the elegans of 
Mulsant. 

Languria brevicollis Rand. is Cephaloleia metallica. 

Hyperaspis (Coccinella) lugubris Rand. having for a long 
time been confounded with a very similar species, H. elegans, yet 
quite distinct when seen together, I am induced to redescribe, as Ran- 
dall’s description lacks the completeness actually required. 

Hyperaspis (Coccinella) lugubris Rand. (Boston Journ. Nat. 
Hist., Vol. 1, p. 52, 1838.) Black, oval, convex, with the lateral 
margin of the thorax and the elytra, from the humerus to past the 
middle, yellowish-white, the latter above with two spots on each 
side, one in front of the middle, the other near the apex; beneath 
brown, and sparsely covered with silky pubescence. Long. .09 mm. 
The head is pitchy brown, obsoletely punctured; the thorax and 
elytra finely punctured, the latter more distinctly so. The» discoidal 
spot of the elytra is wholly in front of the middle, and directly above 
a depression in the marginal band ; it is situated well up towards the 
suture, but not as near as the apical one; the latter is wholly behind 
the marginal band, and asfar from the apex as the anterior one is 
from the base. The elytral border scarcely reaches the humerus, 
and follows the margin to the middle, where it is somewhat dila- 
tated. Twoexamples. In one the head and under surface, includ- 
ing the legs, testaceous. This species differs from Hyperaspis elegans 
by its larger size, greater breadth and convexity. The elytra are 
more finely punctured. In elegans the dorsal spot is mealy, its 
diameter further back, and it has no apical one proper, but the 
marginal band is sometimes interrupted, leaving close to the margin 
a detached part. In lugubris the apical spot is so much above the 
apex as to preclude its being a part of the border. The elytral 
marginal border of elegans is dilated at the humerus, the middle, 
and near the apex, while in /ugubris it is very dilated at the middle, 
and scarcely reaches the humerus. 

[This species is quite rare in Meter te I have taken only 
one specimen in the vicinity of Cambridge, which was obtained sev- 
eral years ago. E. P. A.]| i 

The volume in which these species were described is now out of 
‘print; therefore I have reproduced the original descriptions of | 


~ 


Sprague. ] 878 (January 27, 


the unknown and doubtful species, and have added some remarks 
that may assist in throwing light upon the subject. 


Nitidula avara Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Voi. 11, p. 18.) 

““N. corpore sub-elongato, sub-depresso, duplo longiore quam lato, marginibus 
sub-parallelis, fusco-fulvo; margine thoracis curvato, angulis posticis sub-acutis; 
elytris sub-planis, singulis ad apicem rotundatis, nigro-bimaculatis. 

‘“‘ Body somewhat elongated, rather depressed, margins somewhat 
parallel, and a little dilated; color entirely brownish yellow; club of 
the antenne rather stout; margin of the thorax curved, posterior 
angles turning a little inwards, and very slightly acute; elytra 
smoothish, each with two black spots placed obliquely in relation to 
each other ; apex rounded in each, so as to leave a notch at the 
suture. 

‘¢ Length three-twentieths of an inch. 

‘“‘ Bears a close resemblance to the genus Jps, in the shape of the 
body. 

~“ Occurred in similar situations with the above.” | 

Body elongated, depressed, sides nearly parallel, color brownish- 
yellow, twice longer than wide. Thorax, margin curved, posterior 
angles turning a little inward, slightly acute. | Elytra smoothish, 
with two black spots, which are not on a line with each other; the 
apex of eachelytrum rounded. Long., .15. The margin of the thorax 
is broadly rounded, and the base must be emarginate, in order to 
make the angle acute. I can give no guess as to what this species is. 
I know of no imsect in any family that is near it. + 


Nematodes subrufus Lec. (Elater sub-rufus Rand.) is now 
Nematodes simplex Lec. Although there is not much doubt of the 
identity of this species, yet it not being known in any collection, 
except Mr. Ulke’s at Washington, I append both Randall’s and Le- 
Conte’s descriptions. 


Elater (Eucnemis) sub-rufus Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 
II, page 38.) 
“K. corpore elongato, angustato, rufo; articulis quinque ultimis antennarum 


crassis; clypeo sub-convexo; oculis nigris; thorace sub-quadrato, punctulato; 
elytris indistincté striatis et punctulatis; pedibus sub-rufis. 


“Body elongated, narrow, rufous, especially the thorax, which is 
subquadrate, punctured, with nearly straight posterior angles and 
without the longitudinal furrow: antenne reddish brown, gradually 


1See remarks under Nitidula avara, on page 375. r 


| 1875.) 379 [Sprague. 


thickgning from the seventh joint inclusive: clypeus rather full: 
elytra striate and punctured but rather indistinctly : feet reddish. 

“Leneth three tenths of an inch. 

“ Referable to the genus Huenemis according to Mannerheim, though 
not according to the strict limitation of that genus by Latreille. 
For my specimen I am indebted to Dr. Samuel Foster, ho ob- 
tained it at Greenfield, Mass.” 

Nematodes simplex Lec. (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil., Dec. 1866, 
p- 388.) ‘' Fusco ferrugineus, elongatus, minus subtiliter helvo- 
pubescens, capite confertim punctato, antice valdé convexo, thorace 
latitudine fere longiore, antrorsum subangustato, lateribus rectis, 
confertim punctato, postice vage subcanaliculato ; elytris ab humeris 
subangustatis, striatis, interstitiis confertim punctatis; subtus puncta- 
tus, propectore hand sulcato, tarsorum articulo 4to simplici; anten- 
nis articulis 3-10 eequalibus. Long. 7.5 mm.”’ 

“One specimen from New York in the collection of Mr. Ulke. 
Resembles in appearance Agriotes oblongicollis. ‘This species differs 
from those previously described by the entire absence of vague 
grooves for the reception of part of the antenne, and by the fourth 
joint of the tarsi not being dilated or lobed. The first joint of the 
hind tarsi is as long as the three following.” 


? Cardiophorus (Elater) filius Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. 
Hist., Vol. 11, p. 11.) 

“KE. corpore nigro, elongato; antennis serratis; thorace subtilissimé punctulato 
longitudine dimidio latitudinem excedente, basi utrinque impressd, marginibus 
propé parallelis, angulis posticis obtusis. LElytris striatis, subtillissimé punctu- 
latis, et rugosis: pedibus piceis. 

. “Body black, elongated: antenne serrate: thorax almost imper- 
ceptibly punctured, length one half greater than the breadth; mid- 
dle with no furrow; base with an impression on each side; margins 
nearly parallel; posterior angles moderately elongated, obtuse at the 
extremity: elytra striate, punctures of the striz almost impercepti- 
ble, as well as the rugosity of the intermediate spaces: feet light 
piceous. 

‘* Lenoth little more than three tenths of an inch. 

“Occurred in June on the Saddleback Mountains.” 

The fine punctured thorax is indicative of the genus Cardiophorus, 
but the long thorax with sides nearly parallel makes this reference 

exceedingly doubtful. The serrate antenne may apply to almost 


Sprague.] 380 [January 27, 


“any genus, but for the want of a better place I have left it where 
LeConte placed it. 


Elater basalis Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, p. 9.) 

““. corpore sub-dilatato; capite nigro, antennis serratis, rufo-piceis; thorace 
nigro, punctulato, angulis anticis capite non latioribus, posticis sub-acutis, scu- 
tello ovato, nigro; elytris striatis, punctulatis, basi rufo-sanguineis. 

“ Body somewhat dilated: head black: antennez light piceous, sub- 
convex, broadest at base, punctured, a little hairy, without any 
median furrow ; margin gradually curved toward the anterior angles, 
which are no wider than the head; posterior angles sub-acute and 
nearly straight; scutel ovate; black, striate, punctured: elytra, sub- 
basal and humeral regions rufo-sanguineous: body beneath black, 
punctured: feet piceous. | 

“Length from three tenths to four tenths of an inch. 

“Appears allied to the bimaculatus of Europe, and to the geminatus 
of Say. Not very frequent.” 


Elater macilentus Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, 
p- 13.) 


‘“‘E. corpore angustato, subtus rufo-piceo; antennis nigro-piceis, villosis, capite 
densé punctulato; thorace sub-depresso, sub-elongato, marginibus subrectis, 
angulis posticis acutis; elytris sub-fuscis, leviter striatis, et punctulatis; pedi- 
bus rufo-piceis. 

‘Body slender, beneath reddish piceous, especially on the breast: 
antenne blackish piceous, hairy, third and fourth joints subequal: 
head densely punctured: thorax inconspicuously punctured, some- 
what flattened, with very short hairs; length one half greater than 
breadth ; margins nearly straight; posterior angles acute: scutel 
ovate, darker than the elytra, which are light brownish, universally* 
and minutely punctured ; strize shallow: feet reddish piceous. 

“Length more than seven twentieths of an inch. 

“ Inhabits Blue Mountains, June.” 

Of this I can give no guess. 


Malachius coeruleus Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1 
p- 16.) 


“MM. capite nigro, polito, labro testaceo, anticé macula nigra; antennis nigris; 
thorace elytrisque czeruleis, tibiis quatuor anticis testaceis, duobus posticis 


nigris. 
“ Head black, polished: labrum testaceous, with a black spot before : 


antenne black, base piceous underneath: thorax and elytra blue: 
four anterior tibiz testaceous, two posterior black. 


1875.] 381 [Sprague. 


‘‘ Length more than one tenth of an inch. 
“ TInhabits Hallowell, May. 
“ Closely allied to the M. flavilabris of Say.’’ 


Tomicus gulosus Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, 
p- 25.) 


“T. corpore brevi, sub-cylindrico, subtus nigro; antennis fulvis; thorace sub- 
globoso, granulato; elytris testaceis, leviter striatis, striis punctulatis, apice 
uni-suleatis, interdum bi-sulcatis, margine suturaque nigris, apice integro. 

‘* Body short, thick, cylindrical, beneath black; labrum polished: 
antenne fulvous: thorax sub-globose, densely and minutely granu- 
lated: elytra slightly striated: striz punctured; above the apex, near 
and parallel to the suture is a sulcus, and sometimes near it an ad- 
ditional one; color testaceous; margin on each side of suture, black; 
apex entire: legs black. 

‘¢ Length not three twentieths of an inch. 

‘*¢ Occurred plentifully in Hallowell, about the sap of newly cut 
maple trees (Acer saccharinum), April.” 


Dircea decolorata Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 11, 
Dp. 22.) 


“PD. corpore elongato; capite thoraceque nigris et punctulatis; elytris leviter 
punctulatis, sericeis, nigris, basi piceis aut rufo-piceis; pedibus piceis. 

“ Body elongated, head much depressed : front flattened, minutely 
punctured: palpi testaceous, last joint of the maxillary ones some- 
what short, tri-angular: thorax black, finely punctured, about as 
broad as long, a good deal lowered upon the sides, before: elytra 
finely punctured, black, basal half more or less piceous or rufo-pic- 
eous : feet piceous. 

‘“‘ Length from two tenths to three tenths of an inch. 

“ Not very infrequent in the mountainous parts of Maine. 

“Nearly allied to an apparently undescribed species from New 
Hampshire, which has the body wholly black, and rather less elonga- 
ted than in the present.” 


Lixus rubellus Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. m1, p. 41.) 


““L. corpore elongato, sub-brunneo, pilis minutis ferrugineis et griseis densé 
tecto; rostro leviter arcuato, carinato; thorace angustato, inequaliter punctu- 
lata; elytris striato-punctatis, apice obliqué sub-trurcato, producto. 

“ Body elongate, brownish, densely covered with small reddish-fer- 
ruginous and grayish hairs; beneath with yellowish-ferruginous and 
cinereous hairs: club of the antennz canescent, somewhat elongate 


Sprague. | 382 [January 27, | 
pyriform, last joint somewhat acute: rostrum carinate to the tip, 
_ rather depressed, but very slightly arcuated; together with the head 
a little longer than the thorax: eyes small and black: thorax of | 
about the same width at base with the base of the elytra, gradually 
and very considerably narrowing before ; above, somewhat elevated | 
on each side, the middle punctures unequal, mostly rather large, but | 
not very profoundly impressed: scutel not perceptible: elytra with 
moderately regular striz of punctures, very slightly truncated at tip 
upon the inner side, and terminating in a considerably produced, 
though somewhat obtuse point, curving slightly outward: legs brown: 
abdomen beneath with little canescent cirri. , 

“ Length from the tip of the rostrum nine twentieths of an inch. 

« A somewhat narrow and elongated species, and eccurred in Cam- 
bridge, Mass.” 


Rhynchites viridi-eeneus Rand. (Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., 
Vol. 1, p. 28.) 


‘“‘R. corpore elongato viridi-zeneo; capite sub-nigro, densé punctulato; rostro 
dilatato, supra utrinque sulcato; thorace zneo, densé et profundé punctulato; 
elytris viridi-zeneis, seriebus vagis punctulatis; pedibus piceis. 

“ Body elongated, brassy: head darker, profoundly punctured: front 
somewhat depressed: rostrum dilated, especially at tip which pre- 
sents a tubercle on each side; an impressed line nearly the whole 
length on each side: thorax brassy, densely and profoundly punc- 
tured: elytra greenish brassy, with profound punctures, disposed in 
irregular lines ; feet inclining to piceous. 

“ Length about three twentieths of an inch. 

“ Occurred at Augusta, June. 

“¢ Perhaps allied to the R. eratus of Say; but the elytra of eG in- 
sect are described as ‘ crenato-striate.’ ” 

[Suggested by Dr. LeConte, to be a species of Rhinosimus. E.P. A. ] 


The preceding paper was written by Mr. Sprague several years 
ago, and his later investigations required some changes, which he 
was prevented from making by his sickness and death. I have there- 
fore indicated in notes to each species the corrections required in the 
original paper, and as many changes have been made in the synon- 
omy of the species, I have prepared the following list, which gives 
the latest adopted names of all the species described by Randall, 
together with the name given by him, and the number of Crotch’s 


1875.) 883 | [Austin. 


Check List. When the generic name given by Randall has been 
changed I have enclosed the original name in parenthesis. 

E. P. AUSTIN. 
Boston Journr., Crotch’s 
Vol. LI. List. 

Chyima elongata Rand. . . . 2. : . Page 34 No. 259 


Randalli Lec. - : 5 5 : 
Platynus anchomenoides (Agonum Esta ) aes 2 464 © 
Pterostichus punctatissimus Rand. : 3 - 6 3 612 
Chlenius niger Rand. ; 3 Viet ee ee 792 
purpuricollis Rand. . ° : : : : 35 794 
Patrobus rugicollis Rand. : 1 1001 
angicollis author’s typ. err. .  - 3 : 
Hydrochus subcupreus Rand. : oy tats . - 40 
rufipes Melsh. : : : : : 1432 
Laccobius agilis ( Hydrophilus Rand. Wee 3 - : i9 1480 
Leucoparyphus silphoides (Linn.) . scree A dy ae 1688 
geminatus (Tachinus Rand.) . : : 39 
Languria inornata Rand. : : : : - 2 49 
gracilis Newm. : : : 5 : s 2514 
Peltis ferruginea Linn. . S : z . : : 2699 
Rigeicirambvanida eee ey Belden NST) | ee Ny 
septentrionalis Rand. . : S : = 17 
Colastus truncatus (Nitidula Rand.) 5 s ‘ ; 18 2719 
Epurza avara (Nitidula Rand.). . 4 : : 18 2751 
Ips vittatus Say. ; : atl ie : Sinan’ - 2798 
sepulchralis Rand. . .  . : Ye ec ; 19 
Anisosticta strigata (Th.) ae : : : 2841 
multiguttata (Coccinella Rand! Wye : : 51 
Coccinella affinis Rand. . : : : Z : : 50 2844 
Adalia frigida (Schnh.) : a : - . . 2855 
disjuncta (Coccinella Rand. \. - : : - 33 
Harmonia picta (Coccinella Rand.). - - : 51 2858 
Anisocalvia 14-guttata (Linn. ) ¢ 4 : 5 < 2860 
similis (Coccinella Rand.) . : : ‘ 50 
obliqua 2 is . : : : 33 
cardisce Va ie - : - : 32 
Mysia pullata (Say.) - : “ “ - : ; - 2865 
notans (Coccinella Rand.) . 4 § : : 49 ' 
Hyperaspis bigeminata (Coccinella Rand.) . : : 32 2890 
lugubris i is . ; : 52 2892 
Hetaerius brunneipennis (Hister Rand.) . ° : : 40 3099 
Aphodius fimetarius (Linn.) . - . : - : : 3259 
nodifrons Rand. _. . : : : . 20 
Anthaxia inornata (Buprestis Rand.) . : : : 4 3738 


Agrilus vittaticollis Rand. . : . - : : 38 3812 


Austin.] 384 (January 27, 


Bost. Journ., Crotch’s 
Vol. IT. List. 


Schizophilus subrufus (Eucnemis Rand.) . . Page388 No. 3901 
simplex (Nematodes Lec.) . 5 


Cardiophorus ? filius (Elater Rand.) : : : 11 8945 

Cryptohypnus pulchellus (Linn.) . 5 js ee 8991 
exiguus (Elater Rand.) . . : ; 35 

Elater semicinctus Rand. : . : : é A 10 4007 

? macilentus Rand. . i : z . 3 13 4047 

Betarmon bigeminatus (Elater Rand.) . 4 : . 37 4124 

Limonius stigma (Hbst.) . A Seay ie . 5 Z 4184 
? basalis (Elater Rand.) . : ; : s 9 

Campylus productus Rand, . Mage mn pee : : 8 4213. 

Athous rufifrons (Elater Rand.) ‘ 3 . c 6 4234 
Oestodes graciliformis (Elater Rand.) . oii at ar 

tenuicollis (Elater Rand.) . : : : c 14 4244 
Sericosomus honestus (Elater Rand.)  . 5 : - 9 

Susiformis Lec. . wi ys er i: : 4250 

viridanus (Say.) . : A - = . 4252 
sublucens (Elater Rand.) . : ° ‘ 37 

Oxygonus obesus (Say.) . ‘ : - A : - 4257 
acutipennis (Elater Rand: Damour ; - : 36 

Corymbites virens (Schr.) .. ; ; ‘ : 4259 
anchorago (later Rand. Disa ; «oft ee 5 

resplendens (Esch.) . - 3 : 2 4266 
aerarius (Elater Rand.) : : : 4 7 

appressus (Elater Rand.) . : : : 11 4295 

triundulatus (Elater Rand.) : . : 12 4309 

aeripennis (Kirby.) ‘ Z - 5 4317 
appropinquans (Elater Rand. ) 5 ‘ é 5 

Eros thoracicus (Omalisus Rand.) . : : : : 14 4432 

crenatus (Germ.) . é * f : 4435 
cruciatus (Omalisus Rant ire : H : 3 15 

fraternus (Omalisus Rand.) . z : : : 15 4436 

Photinus borealis (Lampyris Rand.) : : : : 16 4458 

Anthocomus flavilabris (Say.). . ¥ 2 4613 
? var. ceruleus (Malachius Rand. Viaxce : 16 

Ptilinus thoracicus (Tomicus Rand.) . A : : 25 4868 

Endecatomus rugosus (Triphyllus Rand.) : = s 26 4870 

Criocephalus obsoletus (Callidium Rand.) . 5 : 27 4635 

Elaphidion unicolor (Stenocorus Rand.) . : Sitges 42 5015 

Toxotus vittiger (Leptura Rand.) . : : : ‘ 29 5173 

cinnamopterus (Leptura Rand.) S 5 : 45 5177 

Pachyta monticola (Leptura Rand.) .  . . Le oe telaeal 5179 

Acmeops pratensis (Laich.) of le ee) eae 5205 


semimarginata (Leptura Rand.) — . ; : 380 


1875.] 385 


Leptura plebeja Rand. . . : : Bh 
subhamata Rand. 
Monohammus marmoratus (Lamia Rand. ) 
Saperda puncticollis Say. 
trigeminata Rand. 
Cryptocephalus venustus Fab. 
: cinctipennis Rand. . 
Pachybrachys othonus Say. 


mar ginaticollis (Orypineephalus Rand, e 


Galerucella sagittarize Gyll. 
salicis Rand. . 
Oedionychis sexmaculata (Il1.) 
palliata Rand. 
quercata (Fabr.). 
circumdata Rand. 
Disonycha funerea (Haltica Rand.) 
Stenispa metallica (Fabr.) : 
brevicollis (Languria Rand.) . . 5 
Physonota unipunctata Say. 
helianthi (Cassida Rand. ) 
Bolitophagus depressus (Eledona Rand.). 
Corphyra lugubris (Say.) ' 
imornata (Pyrochroa Rand.) 
Xylita levigata (Hellen). 
decolorata (Dirczea Rand.) 
Ditylus cceruleus (Upis Rand.) 
Priognathus monilicornis (Ditylus Rand.) 
Lixus calandroides Rand. 
rubellus Rand. 
Pissodes affinis Rand. 
dubius Rand. 
Rhynchites viridizeneus Rand. 
Trypodendron bivittatus (Kirby.) . 
gulosus (Tomicus Rand.) . 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 25 


44 
26 


43 


45 


46 


31 


47 


48 
47 


48 


30 
21 


23 


[Austin. 


Bost. Journ., Crotch’s 
Vol. II. 


Page 28 


List. 

No. 52381 
5232 

. 6326 
5419 
5589 


5663 


JUNE, 1875. 


Bliss.] . 386 [February 3, 


February 3, 1875. 
The President in the chair. Twenty-six persons present. 


Mr. Richard Bliss, Jr., described some peculiarities in the 
structure of the fin spines of certain groups of fishes. 


The spines of the dorsal and pectoral fins of the Siluroids and 
Doradoids differ from those of ordinary fishes in that they serve not 
merely as supports for the fin membrane, but are also modified into 
weapons of defence. In both of these families, but especially in the 
Doradoids, the very large spines of the dorsal and pectoral fins are 
furnished in front with a row of obtusely conical, and behind with a 
row of-recurved teeth. The peculiar structure of these spines may 
be advantageously studied in the genus 4lurichthys, as in that genus 
the spines do not undergo that complete ossification which in most 
other genera renders a determination of their intimate structure 
difficult. The spine in its early stages is simply a jointed rod, each 
joint sending off from its upper anterior portion a pair of long, slen- 
der and nearly erect branches, which are united and somewhat 
broadened at their outer extremities. As the branches from one 
joint rest closely against those of the joints above and below it, a 
hollow space is formed, pervading the whole length of the spine. 
This space is reduced in diameter as the spine ossifies, till finally 
there is left only a narrow channel perforating the longitudinal axis 
of the spine; but it is never closed at the top, as is the case with the 
spines of certain sharks. | 

As the spine ossifies, the ends of the branches project a little 
beyond the anterior border of the spine, and in time assume the form 
of conical teeth. At the same time the joints develop into aduncous 
teeth posteriorly, increasing in size as the ossification proceeds; and 
finally, with the soldering together of the branches and the oblitera- . 
tion of the joints, we have a bony spine apparently homogeneous 
in structure, furnished with strongly serrated anterior or posterior 
edges. 

In this peculiar structure the spines of the Siluroids differ entirely 
from those of other Ganoids; as in the sturgeon, the spines are com- 
posed of a number of simple rods soldered together, while in the 
Lepidosteus, the spines along the upper portion of the caudal fin 
are merely modifications of the plates of the body, elongated and 
narrowed to serve a special purpose. 7 


1875.] 3 87 si [Hagen. 


Dr. H. A. Hagen gave an historical sketch of the develop- 
ment of natural history museums, bringing the subject, how- 
ever, for want of time, down only to the period of Linnzeus. 


He considered the ancient votive offerings deposited in the temples 
to be the origin of collections of natural history, which, through the 
number and importance of their objects, were somewhat instructive. 
This ancient custom still exists to some extent where superstition or 
faith goes before science. Later we find science advancing by means 
of collections of natural objects. But the lack of means of presery- 
ing them retarded the progress of science fer a number of centuries. 
From the time of Aristotle to that of Albert the Great, and even of 
Conrad Gesner, there was only a traditional science. The collec- 
tions vanished with the masters, and the works containing the results 
of their duties could not be made accessible before the introduction 
of printing. The possibility of preserving collections made the work 
of science easier, while the means of making known its results 
through the art of printing gave a new impulse to knowledge, and 
brought into the field a whole army of observers and keen students, 
who soon overthrew the old scholastic rubbish heaped up purposely 
over the beautiful results of Aristotle and his followers by an ignorant 
or wilfully ignoring Church. The beginning of the Reformation was 
the beginning of science. The time immediately following was over- 
crowded with new facts, and the number of workers was inadequate 
to the affluence of the material. Natural history collections pre- 
sented a curious mass of more or less imperfect objects unscientific- 
ally prepared and arranged. Most of the collections were in the 
hands of individuals richer in money than in learning, yet eager to 
foster both science and general knowledge. This period of incon- 
eruity was that of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 

The remarkable time of Linnzeus begins a new era in the history 
of science, which obtained a new basis through the classification of 
everything existing. Henceforth evidence of the recorded facts in 
natural history was to be preserved through the preservation of the 
described objects themselves. Scientific students are unanimous in 
regarding the works of the great Linneus as the corner stone of. 
science. ‘The preéminent value of collections of types was first rec- 
ognized when Sweden did not shrink from sending a man-of-war to 
recover collections which had been legally sold to another country. 


Dodge.] 388 [February 8, 


The following paper was read:— | f 


NoTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS. 
By W. W. DonGe. 


By comparison with the prevalent line of strike in New England,1 
it appears that the eastern coast of New England forms a bay cut 
into the parallel eastern strata. The head of this Gulf of Maine, 
as it is sometimes called, is at Portland. The gneisses and schists 
which lie fifteen or twenty miles from the coast in Massachusetts, and 
stand out to sea in the form of long headlands and lines of islands in 
south-eastern New Hampshire and southern Maine, seem to be con- 
tinued to the north-east by similar rocks lying in Maine to the west 
of the Penobscot River, on the other side of the culf.? 

East of the Penobscot, crystalline ranges extend north-easterly 
through Washington and Hancock Counties into New Brunswick,® 
and are there associated with fossiliferous rocks, partly of the same 
age as some of those associated with the rocks which, lying in a 
band across the State, form the sea-coast in Essex, Middlesex, Nor- 
folk and (northern) Plymouth Counties in Massachusetts. This 
area in Massachusetts is the subject of the present paper. Its prob- 
able original connection with that farther to the northeast makes it 
important that they should be compared carefully, as each may throw 
light on the other. 

The rocks of this vicinity may be treated in two groups: (1) the 
crystallines, and (2) the more clearly stratified rocks among them. 
In the absence of adequate knowledge of the ages of these groups, I 
shall have to content myself with these very insufficient designations. 


I. CRYSTALLINES. 


The rocks of this sea-coast area in eastern Massachusetts have 
generally been described as “sienite and greenstone,” from two 
varieties which are very prevalent, and apparently in conformity 
with the now antiquated terminology of the English Geological 
Survey of half a century ago. 


1This prevalent line of strike, as is well known to geologists, may be easily 
determined on a common map by the line of Hudson River, Lake Champlain, 
Richmond, Quebec, and the south bank of the St. Lawrence to Gaspé, thus consist- 
ing of two principal directions : north—south, and east-north-east—west-south-west. 

2There are also similar rocks in south-eastern Massachusetts, in Plymouth and 
Bristol Counties, which have the fiord formation on Buzzard Bay, strongly resem- 
bling the appearance of the coast of Maine between the Kennebec and the Penob- 
scot Rivers. 

3 Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. (1867), Vol. XVI, p. 123.. 


1875.] 389 [Dodge. 


Their dip, when it can be distinguished, is almost invariably to the 
west and north-west, according to their strike. They underlie uncon- 
-formably strata holding Paradoxides, etc., and probably formed hill 
or island ranges very early in the history of this continent. Some 
geologists have assumed the presence of a barrier in this neighbor- 
hood, protecting the inner continental basin from the ocean, to 
account for the deposition of the Lower Silurian limestones of the 
States to the westward. 

For the most part, metamorphism has been so complete that these 
rocks have lost almost entirely their probable original character. 
Moreover, the igneous outflows have been so numerous and compli- 
cated that it becomes almost impossible to decide, in some cases, 
which rocks have been actually fluent, and which were only acted 
upon by others in that condition, or by the same causes which 
reduced such others to that condition, in a less degree. On this 
account, some have considered all the sienite and greenstone of 
igneous origin. Undoubtedly the igneous and metamorphic varieties 
are often difficult to distinguish, but inability to separate them is no 
reason for declaring them identical. While eruptive masses have 
frequently an appearance of schistose structure, by which this diffi- 
culty is increased, in metamorphic sienites and diorites, on the 
other hand, the original stratification is often so completely lost as to 
be undiscernible; so that, while of sedimentary origin, they may, in 

view of the probable presence of heat as an attendant on meta- 
morphic changes, be said, with a certain degree of truth, to be 
“joneous”’ rocks. Sedimentary, metamorphic, igneous, —the terms 
are too little discriminating to be disputed about, and I believe that 
the question is often merely one of degree of the same action. 
Metamorphic crystalline rocks usually are cut by veins of the mate- 
rial of which they are in part composed, in a more fluid state than 
the pasty body of the rock, often in a manner incompatible with the 
assignment of percolating solutions as the cause; and overlying rocks 
often have their cracks filled by intrusion from the more fluid mass 
below. This is often seen in such more recent rocks lying in the 
direction of the axis, or in the lateral vicinity of a crystalline range, 
after denudation. Several instances of this are pointed out below. 

It has seemed necessary to say so much at the risk of falling into 
geological commonplaces admitted as such by all, on account of the 
variety of opinions entertained as to the relations of metamorphic 
and eruptive rocks, and the consequent different significance attached 


Dodge.] 390 [February oe il 


to these words. The present tendency seems to be to refer to some 
of the less familiar attendant circumstances of sedimentation, many 
effects hitherto supposed to be the result of “ plutonic ” agencies. 

Throughout the crystalline area of this vicinity there are immense 
masses of hornblendic rock, diorite and diabase, usually cryptocrys- 
talline, in which no indication of sedimentary origin can be traced. I 
can suggest no test by which to distinguish among them; yet, while 
the theory of subaqueous accumulation by chemical forces seems, in 
many respects, to be the most satisfactory explanation offered of their 
existence and characters, in appearance and composition they often 
bear the closest resemblance to certain eruptives of the stratified 
group of this vicinity, which undoubtedly had, in some cases, the same 
origin, unless they were derived from among these crystallines them- 
selves. 

The “ sienites ”’ consist, for the most part, of quartz and felspar, 
with little (often no) hornblende. The abundance of quartz seems to 
point rather to metamorphic than igneous condition, and there is 
probably no doubt that they are chiefly of sedimentary origin. Not 
unfrequently there are grains of amethystine quartz. The felspar is 
usually grayish, varying to blue in the favorite Quincy building stone. 
This weathers to a light or darker reddish-brown, and the change often 
penetrates to a great distance along the joints which cleave the rock. 
In certain districts the felspar is often bright red. Another variety 
particularly common in Waltham, Weston, Natick and Dover, and 
the neighboring towns, is larger grained, and consists of red, white or 
green felspar with less quartz. This often occurs as compact red fel- 
spar; sometimes as a large grained, whitish (often greenish), fel- 
spathic rock with minute specks, or rarely plates, of mica. ‘There is 
also ared and white granulite, and a white granular eurite. The 
hornblende is most abundant, as a rule, in the finer erained rocks. 
In fact, nearly all possible combinations of the elements in different 
proportions may be found, and in many conditions of each, large and 
small. The varieties appear to pass into each other so commonly 
that they can not be safely separated as occupying distinct areas. 

The term “ porphyry ” as used in the State Geological Report was 
applied rather indiscriminately to several widely different varieties of 
felspathic rock. (a.) The most familiar of these is the felsite por- 
phyry of Lynn and Saugus. This varies from flesh-color to deep red, 
purple and black, and from a jaspery and homogeneous texture to 
granular, either red or white. It often has pale felspar crystals con- 


1875.] | . 391 [Dodge. 
tained in the body of the rock, then becoming true porphyry. It fre- 
quently holds translucent quartz grains. The compact felspathic vari- 
ety is very different in appearance from (0.), the felspathic rock above 
mentioned, which has also been called porphyry, being much less 
coarsely crystalline; owing to its finer texture it changes less in ap- 
_ pearance from its original condition under metamorphism. Pebbles of 
it are abundant in the Brighton conglomerates. It probably belongs to 
the crystalline group, but is puzzlirigly related to the slates in Malden 
and towns on the south shore. Perhaps some of the slates are so altered 
in those two regions of great metamorphic effects, as to resemble the 
real porphyry, thus leading to confusion of identity. Certainly the 
slates do become so altered as to approach it in character by several 
degrees of change which may be clearly traced. A third rock (c.). 
that has been called porphyry differs esentially from the other two. 
It lies in the southern part of Needham, and may be examined ata 
quarry about three-quarters of a mile north of Charles River village, 
on Central Avenue.! It is associated with hornblendic rock which, 
unlike that with the crystallines generally, is amygdaloidal. The 
rock in question seems in places to be a greenish-white sandstone 
with a high dip north-westward. So, also, at High Rock, so called, 
east of the quarry; and along the track of the Woonsocket Division 
of the New York and New England (formerly Boston, Hartford and 
Hrie) Railroad. A mile east, near a brook which flows south to the 
river, it is reddish. Again, some specimens of the same granular 
character contain crystals of hornblende. The crystallines in west- 
ern Dedham are more markedly crystalline and redder. Farther 
east, on the north side of the river, the rocks become more crystalline 
or igneous in appearance, with many quartz veins. (d.) There is also 
in Needham a sienitic rock, which is often porphyritic. The area of 
felspathic rocks, of which two varieties these form a part, extends 
into the southern part of Newton. 

Beside the clearly crystalline rocks, there are others apparently of 
this group, which retain their stratification more or less. In Great. 


1To make the following local descriptions permanently useful, it will be neces-. 
sary to name a few current maps, on which the names of streets (which are espe-- 
cially liable to change), and other local designations adopted are laid down. The 
map of Boston and vicinity, published by A. Williams (latest ed., 1874), is the 
cheapest and most convenient for general reference. The Baker & Tilden Vicinity 
Map, and Walling’s county and town maps, though now old, are very useful, 
being on a large scale. The Boston Directory Map already covers a large and 
interesting portion of the ground. Atlases of Cambridge, Newton, and other 
large cities, have lately appeared. 


Dodge.] 392 [February 3, 


Britain, also, more careful study of many of the old “sienite and 
greenstone” areas has shown them to contain stratified as well as 
crystalline portions. 

In northern Topsfield and eastern Middleton, it is stated that there 
are silicious slates, partly cherty, partly granular, like sandstone. 

In Woburn there are silicious slates, often very much contorted, 
dipping west-north-west, in what is known as Shaker Glen, along the 
course of Mill Brook. Above Spy Pond in Arlington, there are slaty 
rocks which pass through fine grits to coarse sienite by various stages. 
So, too,in Medford. There is white quartzite banded with pink, with 
a high west or north-west dip, in Waltham; and a granular, almost 
translucent variety in Natick with sienite. In the north-eastern 
part of Weston, between a brook and the Lexington road, there is a 
ledge of sandy and slaty rock dipping 60° or 70° west-north-west. 
In most of these stratified rocks, there are frequently small epidotie 
bands, apparently of later formation, between the layers, expanding 
occasionally into nodules. This occurs also quite frequently in the 
case of more recent slates lying near the crystallines in some places. 

Breccia occurs in many places. Two very easily accessible locali- 
ties are at the end of the band of crystallines of Dedham. One of 
these, a detached area, east of the Pine Garden Station (Boston and 
Providence Railroad) in the northern part of Hyde Park, is sur- 
rounded by conglomerates. The other is a mile or two south-south- 
west; that is, about north-west of Hyde Park village. Here the 
rock is a light colored felsite which is often compact, but in places has 
a wavy lamination. Where this is brecciated, the fragments are of 
both varieties of the original rock. At the first locality the breccia 
is similar but more conglomeritic, and consists apparently of small 
fragments of flesh-red or ash-colored slates closely massed together 
or united with a compact felspathic paste. 

To illustrate further the lithological character of the crystalline 
area taken as a whole, it may be well to note some of the less abun- 
dant minerals which have been stated to oceur. As has been already 
seen, both the acid and basic types of rock occur, together with many 
intermediate varieties combining the characters of each. Excepting 
the hornblendic rocks already mentioned, however, the latter class, 
well described by Dr. Hunt as “consisting in great part of the sili- 
cates of the protoxyd bases, lime, magnesia and ferrous oxyd, either | 
alone or in combination with silicates of alumina and alkalies,” 
is not very extensively represented here. There are occasional lime- 


1875.] 393 (Dodge. 


stone beds or veins, as at Newburyport, Nahant, Stoneham, Saugus, 
and Walpole, and Smithfield, R. I. These are generally more or 
less magnesian, and beds of steatite are sometimes associated with 
them. Nephrite occurs at two of these places, Stoneham and Smith- 
field. Serpentine, usually with asbestus, is found in several locali- 


ties. . Epidote and prehnite are common. Gold, silver and lead have 


long been known to occur in small quantities, and now seem likely 
to prove very plentiful at Newbury. Other deposits of these valu- 
able metals may probably be found. 

How far lithological character can be made a test of age for these 
extensive and widely distributed crystalline masses of early rocks, 
now often roughly classed as Laurentian, Huronian, etc., remains to 
be determined. The term Silurian was once quite as vague, but 
recent discovery has now limited it to a comparatively small part of 
the strata to which it was formerly applied, by making necessary the 
invention and use of new names to designate newly distinguished 
groups. Perhaps we may also hope for a more accurate knowledge 
ot these primitive metamorphic rocks and consequent more definite 
use of the names applied to them. ‘The terminology now in vogue is, 
no doubt, definite and accurate where it was first locally applied, but 
as carried elsewhere, frequently means little. 

These erystallines occupy distinct bands separated by more recent 
rocks collected in the area between them. The largest band is 
bounded on the south and east by a line running from the shore in 
Lynn; across Saugus and Revere; Malden, north of Salem St.; and 
Medford, to the foot of Mystic Pond. Here a valley interrupts the 
line, which begins again in Arlington, west of Spy Pond, runs 
through Belmont, west of Pleasant and Forest Streets, swings west 
to the north and west of Waltham village, crossing Beaver Street 
about midway of its lencth, and follows South Street and the Boston 
and Albany Railroad through Weston into Needham. 

Another band, which includes the Moosehill range of Sharon, lies 
south of a line extended W. 20° S, from Minot’s Ledge Light through 
Cohasset, south of Hingham village and Weymouth Landing, north 
of Little Pond in Braintree, by the south shore of Great Pond, north 
shore of Reservoir Pond in Canton, north of Canton Centre, and 
from there south-westerly. This band is probably about seven miles 
wide, but I have not traced its southern limit. 

Between these two, there is a third band more difficult to define. 
The conformation of the hills in Dover makes it appear to join the 


Dodge.] 394 [February 3, 


first there, and it is so indicated on the geological map in the Atlas 
of Massachusetts,! but the “ porphyry,’’ already mentioned, and the 
other crystallines in Needham and Newton carry the northern boun- 
dary of this area several miles farther north, if they are to be inclu- 
ded. In the report of the State Geological Survey, the line of the 
first band, which I have continued southerly from Weston to include 
certain crystallines at Rice’s Crossing and Grantville, is carried 
south-westerly across Weston to include conglomerates in Natick. 
The fact is that, particularly at the angles of the bounding lines of 
the crystalline areas, the overlying deposits are often so shallow as 
to be correctly described as patches upon the crystalline areas, rather 
than as distinct regions to be defined by formal lines. The extensive 
denudation which has taken place over the whole face of the country 
has probably carried away with the older rocks, many deposits 
contained in their depressions, leaving now plane surfaces of the 
crystallines with no.suggestion of what once lay above. The north- 
south line from Weston to Needham, although traced by actual out- 
crops, may therefore be inaccurate, and the district to the westward 
may really be or have been a series of E. N. E.— W. S. W. ridges with 
more recent rocks between them (see p. 416). If any of these last 
remain, they will probably be found along a line parallel to, and a 
mile north. of the southern boundary of the town of Weston, or in 
Natick between a continuation westward of that boundary, and the 
Boston and Albany Railroad. 

The northern boundary of the band in question forms a series of 
angles from the north-west in a zigzag course toward the south-east. 
Hitherto, these angles have been ignored in geological maps. It is 
particularly difficult to outline the easterly sides of the angles which 
break the north-west and south-east line, inasmuch as the ranges of 
the crystallines trend eastwardly, so that in*that direction they appear 
at intervals among the later rocks which cover them and break their 
continuity at the surface. Thus in following the outline we frequently, 
have to turn back after defining a peninsula shaped area, to pass 
around a bay of newer rocks which for a short distance occur in suf- 
ficient quantity to separate the continuous, parallel, crystalline 
ranges. This northern limit is approximately determined by a line. 
passing half a mile south of Wellesley, and as far north of the High- 
landville Station of the Woonsocket Division, across Charles River, 
where this turns from a northerly to a westerly course, and toward 


1 Boston, 1871. 


1875.] 395 [Dodge. 


the extreme westerly point of Brookline. Very likely the extensive 
masses of diorite in this vicinity should be classed among the “ crys- 
lines”; and if so, this range extends across Newton, and about a mile 
into Brookline, where there are great masses of diorite and amygda- 
loid well exposed to examination on Hammond Street between New- 
ton and Boylston Streets. Then the line is deflected to the westward 
as far as Charles River again, to exclude conglomerates lying in 
Newton and West Roxbury, and asserting itself again in the south- 
eastern part of Needham, runs across Dedham Island to the corner 
of Beach Street and Shawmut Avenue in West Roxbury. At this 
place, the continuous area is mostly included by drawing the line 
south-south-east toward Hyde Park village; but to the east of this lies 
the breccia above mentioned, and there are slates and puddingstones 
about Hyde Park which again turn the outline we are tracing to the 
south-west. Passing around these, we find crystallines again on the 
south side of Mill Creek, and the line is thence more easily deter- 
mined in an east-north-easterly direction across Milton, running about 
quarter of a mile south of the Town House; and Quincy, intersect- 
ing Adams Street at the corner of Common Street, as far as the Old 
Colony R. R. Here it turns south-south-east once more, and then 
indents to the westward about Town River, before continuing the 
east-north-east course to Quincy Point. Weymouth Fore | River 
makes a convenient easterly and southerly limit here, the south-east 
corner of the area approaching very closely to the second crystalline 
band above described, at East Braintree. This easterly limit is far 
from geometrically accurate, however. The trilobite slates, so well 
known at Hayward’s quarry, indent it on Quincy Neck and in Brain- 
tree; and the slates continuing these in North Weymouth, Hingham 
and Cohasset, are separated and disturbed by crystalline outcrops or 
outflows which continue this range as far as the coast. These again 
present the recurring difficulty of determining whether to consider 
them as isolated outcrops of elevated metamorphic crystallines, or as 
intrusive outflows. From East Braintree, the southern line of this 
third band diverges about 6° from the northern limit of the second 
as given above; runs through Braintree along, or in some places 
south of West Street; across Randolph, Canton, and the eastern 
part of Norwood, crossing the New York and New England Railroad 
a little south of Winslow’s Station, and turning here more to the 
south-west, Walpole, and the south-eastern corner of Medfield. 


Dodge.] 396 [February 3, 


So much of this band as lies in Milton, Quincy and Braintree is 
two and one-half to three miles wide; except east of the Old Colony 
Railroad, where it is about one and seven-eighths miles wide. That 
part which lies west of the Neponset River in West Roxbury, Hyde 
Park and the eastern half of Dedham is about five and one-half 
miles wide, while the Needham and Newton rocks add almost three 
miles to this. This diminished width of the sections toward the east 
(6x: 3x :2x:x), of itself suggests the successive disappearance in 
each, of the northerly of several parallel axes of elevation; the most 
northerly of all ending in Brookline; the second in the isolated brec- 
cia of Hyde Park; the third range protracted through Quincy to the 
Old Colony Railroad; the fourth losing itself at Quincey Point; while 
the most southerly of all is continued to the coast, showing itself, like 
the others, at isolated points, or indicating its presence below by its 
outflows in the manner above suggested (pp. 389, 394, 395), yet not 
extending so far as the more southern band, the second of the three in 
order of description above. This idea is consistent with the positions 
of the geographical valleys and hill ranges which compose these con- 
tinuous crystalline areas, in spite of the levelling effects of glacial 
action; and some of the valleys appear to be also geological, con- 
taining, as already mentioned, conglomerates in Newton and West 
Roxbury, slates and conglomerates at Hyde Park, trilobite slates at 
Quincy Neck and Braintree. Certainly the en echelon arrangements 
of mountain uplifts (of which this is a modification) is common, and 
the natural result of forces producing these, as now understood. This 
probability may, perhaps, be the most that we shall know on the sub- 
ject, for the stratification of the crystallines has been so obliterated 
that it is usually impossible to determine their actual geological 
position originally, although in some cases it seems as if anticlinals, 
simple or hanging, and faulted monoclinals could be recognised in the 
hills of the crystalline areas. 

It will be noticed that while the Blue Hill area, as outlined, is 
more nearly east and west than the other areas, so that, for instance, 
at Punkapog it isone mile farther from the second of the three bands 
than at East Braintree, six miles to the eastward, the geographical 
hills and valleys run obliquely across it in a direction nearly parallel 
to the second band. 


-1875.] 397 [Dodge. 
II. Srratir1ep Rocks. 


Between the older rock bands described lie certain more recent 
and more clearly stratified rocks. The more recent age of these is 
shown beyond dispute by their position in relation to the underlying 
crystallines, as well as by the fact that they are composed of detritus 
of the latter, which may not only be so recognized, but even may at 
times be referred to the source from which it was probably derived. 
_ Their age relatively to each other is less easily determined. They 
are, in places, fossiliferous, but elsewhere have not yet been shown to 
be so. ‘This scarcity of organic remains makes certainty as to age 
impossible at present, in some instances, for the rocks are much 
faulted, and are, beside, frequently worn away by glaciation and cov- 
ered by gravel at critical points So that mere succession at the sur- 
face, in the direction of dip, is not a safe test of superposition. 

The occurrence of Paradoxides at Braintree connects the strata 
holding this characteristic fossil, with rocks at St. John, New Bruns- 
wick, and in Newfoundland. It is interesting to notice that the 
strike of these earlier rocks is about the same at nearly all the places 
where they have yet been studied; in Sweden and Great Britain, in 
Bohemia, and in Spain, as well as at the localities just mentioned; as 
if some identical force had given the east-north-east and west-south- 
west direction to them before others existed above the water, the 
force acting as a simple result of the nature of the earth in its then 
condition. 

It is not yet safe to attempt minutely to synchronize the earliest 
fossiliferous strata in different regions of this country. They are, of 
course, dissimilar lithologically, and nowhere have they been so accu- 
rately worked out as to serve as a standard of comparison for the 
rocks of other and remote districts. With a few exceptions we do 
not know what of our rocks correspond to the Lower Cambrian of 
Wales and England, and there has been much confusion in America 
in the use of the term ‘‘ Huronian, ” which seems to have been made 
to include early crystallines (such as are represented in this vicinity 
by the sienites and diorites already described), and higher and more 
clearly stratified and fossiliferous rocks of Cambrian or Silurian age. 

Studying these rocks by their internal characteristics, we arrive 
conclusively at the result that there are strata of several different 
ages among them. Thus, the most abundant kind, the pudding-stone, 
is found to contain among its pebbles, beside those of crystallines, 


Dodge.] 3 9 8 [February 3, 


others of later date, other pudding-stones and slates which, I think, 
can be identified with another extensively developed member of the» 
group. Yet these several strata, which in some places lie in great 
masses by themselves, appear in other places to be promiscuously in- 
termingled, and here the deficiency of lithological character as a dis- 
tinction, makes itself felt. Conglomerates pass into slates, which 
closely resemble others which they seem to overlie unconformably - 
elsewhere, and contain portions of, as pebbles. And the outcrops 
are often so small and few in the basins, and the basins are separated 
by such extensive areas of the older crystalline rocks, that it would be 
almost as unsafe to attempt to make out a correspondence between 
apparently similar strata in the different basins of this vicinity, as 
between these and the strata of foreign localities. So that an argu- 
ment on lithological grounds can scarcely be extended from one of 
these small areas to another. 

It will be seen that beside the small area at Newbury, and the 
large one occupying portions of Rhode Island, and Bristol and Ply- 
mouth Counties in Massachusetts, there are in this more immediate 
vicinity, three somewhat clearly defined basins of these included 
stratified rocks. They are’so closely locked in among the crystallines 
that it seems clear that large quantities in the form of less protected 
anticlinals must have been removed by denudation, and that small 
basins may yet be found elsewhere within the areas and among the 
folds of the more durable subjacent rock. 

Of these three, the largest, which by way of a harmless designa- 
tion, may be called the Boston basin, occupies all the country between 
the two bounding lines of crystallines already given, which have their 
eastern ends respectively at Lynn on the north and Quincy on the 
south. Its width, accordingly, is about thirteen miles. On the west 
it is broken into by several projecting ridges of the underlying crys- 
tallines, and eastward it loses itself under the water of Massachusetts 
Bay, appearing irregularly in islands and ledges at intervals across 
Boston Harbor. 

The second, closely resembling the first in its rocks, lies along the 
north side of the Moose Hill crystalline range, from Cohasset to 
Braintree, and is open to the harbor on the north. This I will call 
the South Shore basin. 

The third is long and narrow, curving at about the middle of its 
length, and tapering to either end; the eastern near the last men- 
tioned basin at Braintree, and the southern where I have not yet 


1875.] 399 [Dodge. 


examined it carefully, approaching, in the vicinity of Wrentham, the 
larger basin which lies in Bristol County. This may be called the 
Norfolk County basin. 

To give a clear idea of the various kinds of rocks of the Boston 
and South Shore basins, and their probable relations to each other, 
and at the same time to avoid making the observed facts appear unre- 
liable by being involved with the conclusions, perhaps mistaken, 
drawn from these, the safest method will be perhaps to take up the 
several kinds separately. 


A. Slates. 


In nearly, if not quite, all the places where these mixed rocks, such 
as lie in the vicinity of Boston, occur, there’ is a mass of slates ap- 
parently between the crystallines and conglomerates. Prof. Hitchcock 
mentions them as found at Sachuest Point, Newport, at Portsmouth 
in the north of the island, and at other places on it, at Little Comp- 
ton, at Parker River, Newbury, Mass., and elsewhere. (Proc. Am. 
Ass. Ady. Sci., xiv., 1861'). So, too, these slates or novaculites are 
found in places throughout the areas under consideration. They 
probably underlie the whole district, but by far the greater number 
of the outcrops group themselves in belts whose positions should be 
noticed as throwing some light on the general arrangement and place 
of the slates which compose them, in the whole system. 

(a.) On the north of the Boston basin these slates form a band 
about three, or inside of three and a half miles wide, parallel to the 
line of erystallines already described. They may be traced through 
the western half of Newton among the conglomerate which is there 
abundant, as far as the Charles River. Other slates which occur in 
Newton are clearly a part of the conglomerate system. These often 
resemble the Cambridge slates (to adopt the name given by Prof. 
Shaler), but are usually thinner bedded and less hard. This band 
includes Egg Rock, Nahant, Everett, Malden, Somerville, Medford, 
Cambridge, Belmont, Watertown, Brighton and Newton. 

The strike is E. N: E.— W.S. W. with N. N. W. dip, changing in 
Newton to N. E. or N. N. E. strikes,with dip N. W. or W. N. W.,, 
conforming to the bend of the line of enclosing crystallines. The 
axis of elevation in Somerville and Cambridge is N. W. —S. E. as if 
the strata were crimped up by the bending together of the ends of 
the band. The strike is almost invariably parallel to Highland Street, 


Dodge.] 400 [February 3, 


which may serve as a convenient reference on a common map. There 
are also indications of a parallel uplift along the line dividing Bel- 
mont and Watertown, though the ridge here may have been formed 
by exterior agencies. There may be some connection between this 
axis, and the average N. W.-S. E. direction of the zigzag northern 
side of the Dedham and Blue Hill crystalline area. 

The dips in Somerville?! are very various, the rocks ranging from 
nearly horizontal to vertical. On the southwest side of College 
Hill, there is a high ledge dipping 89° S. W., while three quarters 
of a mile from there, on lower ground, at the quarry on Elm Street 
opposite the old powder house, low dips in almost all directions may 
be found round the dyke which cuts the slate. The most frequent dip 
is 10° to 20° S. W. Good exposures of the edges of the slates are on 
the north side of Central Hill along the Lowell Railroad and the Lex- 
ington Branch, northwest from Central Street (Winter Hill Station), 
and along the Medford turnpike. Perpendicular to the bedding, they 
are quarried extensively near the Alms House, on Elm Street, and on 
Milk near Lowell Street. 

The upturned edges are so cut by eruptives, and faulted, that it 
would be impossible to determine the true thickness of the slates by 
a section here. Considering the exposures as they lie, the strata to 
the south-west are more uniform in character, being compact, homo- 
geneous masses of felspathic rock, sometimes banded in gray and 
purple; while going toward the Mystic River they become more sandy. 
At the Elm Street quarry, the strata are sometimes bands several 
inches thick, as in the quarries along Milk Street, but again we find 
close interstratification of slate and sandstone, and wave markings 
appear at times. Along the Lexington Branch Railroad, the strata 
are loose nodular grits as well as slates. Still farther north, the com- 
pact varieties appear again and are quarried on Medford turnpike. 

Although there are a few scattered boulders of conglomerates in 
Malden and Somerville, the only ledge of conglomeritic rock which I 
have seen in place north of Charles River, lies in Watertown between 
School, Belmont, Arlington and Mt. Auburn Streets. It is a passage 
from pudding-stone to slaty or schistose rock north-westerly. The 
projecting quartz pebbles at its southeast end show a clean joint at 
that place, although the softer rock has worn away about them. 


1 Somerville was a part of Charlestown when the State Geological Report was 
published (1840). 


1875.] 401 . [Dodge. 


There are slate outcrops along North Street in Belmont, and Bel- 
mont Street in Watertown, also on each side of the river, once in 
the Cattle Market, and again in “ Morse’s Field” near Newton Cor- 
ner. To the eastward of these places, there is probably no outcrop 
on this line of strike. In the College Yard at Cambridge, however, 
slate was reached twelve feet below the surface while excavations 
were being made for a sewer in 1871. The quarry at Morse’s Field 
varies from pure slate with conchoidal fracture to fine sandstone. 
The dip is 50° N. N. W., and the strike N. 70° E. This is undoubt- 
edly part of the Cambridge slates. Other slates in Brighton and 
Newton must be scrutinized carefully before pronouncing as to their 
age. The outcrops along the Boston and Albany Railroad to the 
eastward of Newton Corner Station, near the boundary of the two 
towns, are perhaps of the same age as the last menticned. So, per- 
haps, some of those along the great uplifts of hornblendic rock in 
Brighton along Cambridge Street. Others are clearly part of the 
conglomerate formation. Of the former kind, also, are perhaps the 
ledges in Newton, and at the south-west corner of Waverly and Cot- 
ton Streets; east of Murray Street and the immense mass of diorite 
on its west side (strike E. N. E.); on the west side of Murray Street 
south of Highland Avenue; the small outcrop across Fuller Street 
(strike N. 50° E.); and the one near the river at Newton Upper 
Falls in the north-west corner of Boylston and Chestnut Streets. The 
curiously crumpled slates at the corner of Maple and Auburn Streets 
at West Newton probably belong under this head also. Their dip is 
quite high, some 70° to 80°. 

(b.) There is a second band of slates crossing West Roxbury and 
Dorchester in an E. N. E. direction from the southern corner of 
Newton. There is here a band of territory a mile wide, which forms 
a geographical valley between the higher conglomerate lands on each 
side, though encroached on here and there by gravel hills; in which 
valley are extensive low meadows and the principal streams of. that 
vicinity. The Dedham Branch Railroad turns aside to utilize the 
convenient course so provided. The conglomerate which. elsewhere 
accompanies the slates is absent here so that. they appean alone or 
nearly so. The slates stand in a nearly vertical position with a strike 
corresponding to the direction of the valley. They crop out along 
the Boston and Providence R. R., Dedham Branch, a few rods north- 
east of Spring Street Station, West Roxbury, and again’on each side 
of Beach Street bridge; on opposite corners where Madison Street 


PROCEEDINGS B. S.-N. H.— VOL. XVII. . 26 JUNE, 1875. 


Dodge.] 402 [February 3, 


and Blue Hill Avenue cross; also east of Dorchester Avenue and 
south of Centre Street. The middle one of the three eastern points 
of Squantum is formed by slates. Running across the harbor in the 
same general direction, we come upon Rainsford and George’s Islands, 
Boston Light and Shag Rocks ; a succession of rocky islands forming 
a long ledge about E. 26° N. Parallel to this lie Lovell’s and Gal- 
lop’s Islands, which are based on rock, Middle and Outer Brewsters, 
Martin’s Ledge, etc. Some of these islands, which I have not exam- 
ined, may consist entirely (as most which I have seen do partly), of 
eruptive diorite and porphyry. The dip, as on land, is high, tending 
to northerly when not vertical. 

(c.) In North Quincy near the harbor and north of Sachem’s 
Creek, there is a quarry of slates which may belong to the same 
group. The strike is N. 55° E, and the dip varies from 3° to 6° from 
vertical. The slate is pure, of a grayish color and conchoidal frac- 
ture, and joints into oblique parallelograms of small size. 

Dr. Hitchcock speaks of slate on the south side of Hull, and there 
are specimens of “ Graywacke slate, Hull, ’’ in the rock collections 
in Boylston Hall at Cambridge, but I do not know their locality, and 
have failed to find slate in Hull. 

(d.) At Hyde Park there are conglomerates and slates; the latter 
on Gordon Avenue opposite Austin Street, and at the corner of 
River and Summer Streets. I have not ascertained whether the two 
kinds are of the same age. 

{e.) In Quincy, along Black’s Creek north of Adams Street, there 
are conglomerates and slates very near the crystallines. The road 
runs parallel to the northern limit of the latter for quarter of a mile 
west of the Old Colony Railroad. Between the road here and the 
erystallines, and also across the road where it turns southward, is a 
hard black rock, possibly eruptive (as is often the case between the 
erystallines and more recent strata), partly, perhaps, quartzite or fel- 
site or very hard sandstone. Then just north of the brook, are large 
grained conglomerates about 140 feet thick, and above these, after an 
interval of 92 feet, hidden, are sandstones, 64 feet, and slates, 132 
feet, nearly vertical and with strike N. 65° E., apparently the top of 
the section, and glaciated. Along the railroad track, there are sand- 
stone at the south, just north of the brook, and hard black slate with © 
strata marked in colors, but often flinty, resembling the slate of the 
Braintree trilobite quarry. 


1875.] 403 [Dodge. 


Slates also appear in this line of strike, on the road to Hough’s 
Neck and on Slate Island, one and a half and five miles to the east- 
ward. At Rock Island Cove on Hough’s Neck, there is conglomerate 
varying to sandstone with large quantities of light gray and greenish 
eruptive rock. 

(74) In the South Shore district, the slates are so involved with the 
erystallines on the one hand as to afford many opportunities of study- 
ing their stratigraphical relations. 

In Hingham, the slates which lie between the conglomerates and 
the crystallines on the south of this district, are probably part of the 
conglomerate system. The others, farther north, seem to belong to 
an older, or, at least, different series. 

Between the second and third crystalline bands, there are slates 
along the Old Colony Railroad, appearing at the surface nearly the 
whole distance from the bay of Weymouth Fore River, west of North 
Weymouth Station, to, and alittle beyond, Weymouth Landing. They 
lie parallel to the northern limit of the second band, and are nearly 
vertical. On White’s Neck, near the bay and a few rods north of the 
railroad, they are of the common argillaceous variety, but along the 
track, they are thin and soft, smooth and slippery. They are cut by 
quartz veins, and near these they sometimes assume an appearance 
like black plates of mica. The surfaces are often bronzed. Toward 
Weymouth Landing, igneous outflows are so abundant that it is diffi- 
cult to determine whether the rock is the intrusive with slate frag- 
ments, or slate cut by the intrusions. Just east of the station, the 
slates are hard and black, and have nodules of pyrites. From here 
westward, they are very closely locked in among the crystallines, 
alternating at the surface with these, or in spots among them. On 
the north side of Monatoquot River the crystallines occur on each 
side of Quincy Avenue, and westward, very near the railroad at East 
Braintree station. On the south side, they appear along Union Street 
and between it and the river. Just west of Quincy Avenue these 
give place to slates cut by igneous intrusions which extend to the cor- 
ner, and crop out also on the east side of Quincy Avenue opposite 
Union Street. In these places, the slate often resembles that of the 
Braintree trilobite quarry. 

(g.) Passing north from the cayatallines of the second band at 
this place, we come at once upon those of the third, which occupy the 
region between Monatoquot River and Quincy. The Paradoxides 


Dodge.] 404 | (February 3, 
quarry lies on the south shore of Hayward’s Creek, where the slates 
are closely involved with the crystallines and eruptives. This crystal- 
line range appears again to the eastward in North Weymouth, north 
of the cemetery, and there, too, are large quantities of slate, par- 
ticularly on its north side, cut by eruptives and with strike varying 
from N. W.-S. E. to E. N. E-W. 8. W. Just across Hayward’s 
Creek, north of the trilobite quarry, is a little slate; and quarter of 
a mile north, it appears again, south of Ruggles’ Creek. Passing to 
the eastward, parallel to the northern limit of the crystallines of the 
second band, we find at the same distance from it as these slates 
(about a mile and a half), another outcrop on Eastward Neck in 
Weymouth between Rowe’s and Great Hills; and in the extreme 
north-western part of Hingham, and on the north side of Hewitt’s 
Cove, other occurrences of similar character; black, thin and con- 
torted. Possibly, unless glaciation has been too deep, careful search 
westward on this line might disclose other slate outcrops among the 
crystallines where the ground is low south of Penn’s (or Payne’s) 
and Pine Hills, and toward Punkapog. Also about Town River, 
east of the railroad. Some have connected the two districts (e) 
and (f) in East Quincy, but I have seen no indications of the 
topographical correctness of this. 

The slates in all these districts resemble each other closely, and are 
very likely parts of tke same system. I have, however, distinctly 
marked the. outlines of each district so that if they can be distin- 
guished hereafter, they can be separated without destroying such 
results here reached, as still may remain true. 

The slates vary in character from a compact flinty variety to dis- 
tinctly laminated, or banded with different colors or textures, and 
not unfrequently the wave action can be traced in the vary ing thick 
ness of the strata. 

In all the localities they are much disturbed by intrusions of igne- 
ous rock (which is sometimes poured out over them), are faulted, 
hardened and distorted. It is to these intrusions that we owe their 
existence now in many places. ‘The harbor slate islands and Nahant 
bear witness to the protection against the sea afforded by their hard- 
ening and sustaining agency. The conglomerate, if it ever existed 
between the outer islands, has been worn away where the channels 
now run. 

It is probably to these slates that search for fossils in this vicinity 


1875.] 405 [Dodge. 


may be most profitably directed. Their approximate ! age is readily 
indicated. 

The British Lower Cambrian ends with the Tremadoc, which has 
been synchronized with the Levis division of our Quebec Group. 
Beneath the Tremadoc are the Lingula Flags, and at their base are 
the rocks at St. David’s in South Wales, the corresponding Bangor 
group in North Wales, and (equivalent to the lower portion of this 
Welch section) the Longmynd of Shropshire. Parts of the Lingula 
Flags are supposed to be on a level with our Calciferous and Pots- 
dam. The Paradoxides of the slates of this vicinity shows so much 
of them as can be properly grouped together, to be more nearly 
synchronous with the Menevian and Longmynd than others of the 
British horizons. 

It has been long supposed, and the results of recent investigations 
tend to confirm the belief, that the early faunas of the rocks of North 
America more nearly resemble the coeval ones of Scandinavia and 
Great Britain, than do those of continental Europe. Yet it is notice; 
able that in these earliest yet known, some of the Braintree speci- 
mens are more closely related to Paradoxides spinosus of Bohemia 
than to any of the Menevian species of Great Britain. It is to be 
hoped that a new State Geological Survey may soon give us more 
adequate means of studying the parallelism of our rocks with for- 
eign ones, and the relations of their respective faunas. 

The last quarter of a century has done but little in this direction. 
The great trilobite of Braintree, described in 1834, was first discov- 
ered in place at Hayward’s Creek in 1850 or 1851, but during all the 
years which have since elapsed, no other locality has been made 
known, and but one or two species seem to have been recognized 
from that. This Paradoxides was a better beginning than the worm 
burrows and few obscure remains found in most localities, inasmuch 
as it represents, so far as is yet known, the highest existing type of 
life of that period, as well as because trilobites seem to give the 
safest test of the age of the strata where they occur. But while it 
stands almost alone to represent our rocks, the Menevian of South 
Wales had afforded in 1872, fifty-two distinct species belonging to 
twenty-two genera; of which, ten genera, including thirty-one species, 


11t has been remarked that as contemporaneous faunas and floras of different 
regions differ widely, so similarity of fossils does not necessarily indicate their ex- 
istence at the same period. Mr. Hicks has remarked that corresponding fossils are 
found higher in America than in Europe, instancing Olenus, Olenellus, and Dikel- 
locephalus. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. xxvii, p. 395.) 


Dodge.] 406 [February 3, 


were trilobites. A number of these have also been identified in North 
Wales, and some in Sweden. 

Although these rocks may be seearded as of the earliest age in 
which life under similar conditions to the present can, as yet, be 
safely asserted to have existed, it seems extremely probable that 
whole faunas, lasting through untold ages, preceded the earliest with 
which we are acquainted. On this point, Mr. Hicks, who has done 
more than any other man to reveal the abundance of the fauna of 
these rocks in Wales, which were previously supposed to be barren of 
life, says: “‘ The earliest known brachiopods are apparently as perfect 
as those which sueceed them, and the trilobites are of the largest and 
best developed types. The fact also that trilobites had attained their 
maximum size at this period (Menevian), and that forms were present 
representative of almost every stage in development, from the little 
Agnostus with two rings to the thorax, and Microdiscus with four, 
to Erinnys with twenty-four, and blind trilobites along with those 
having the largest eyes, leads to the conclusion that, for these several 
stages to have taken place, numerous previous faunas must have had 
an existence, and, moreover, that even at this time in the history of 
the globe, an enormous period had already elapsed since life first 
dawned upon it.”” (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. Lond., xxvili, p. 174.) 

I remember to have heard our lamented Agassiz lay dows the en- 
couraging principle that where a single fossil has been found, an 
abundant fauna may be expected. And there seems every reason to 
believe that the rule will hold good in this vicinity, for metamorphic 
influences have not so altered these slates as to obliterate their fossil 
contents, however much these may often be obscured. 

In all probability these fossils will be discovered in many other 
localities than at the single quarry at Braintree, when the similar 
strata elsewhere are subjected to the same scrutiny. Indeed, it was 
stated when this locality was first made known, that fragments of sim- 
ilar trilobites had been found in erratics on George’s Island, in Boston 
Harbor.! We have seen that this island rests on a slate foundation, 
and a few miles northward across the harbor (beneath which simi- 
lar slates probably lie) we come upon outcrops of belt (a) above 
described. 

The often quoted lingula in a slate pebble in conglomerate at Taun- 
ton, again, indicates the existence, at some time, of early fossiliferous 
slates at no great distance. 


1 Proceedings Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. (1851), Vol. vI, p. 42. 


1875.] 407 [Dodge. 


In slate (e) of this vicinity, there are many obscure intimations of 
living organisms sufficient to encourage careful and prolonged search. 

There is a small peculiarity, which, occurring in the slates of sev- 
eral localities, may be valuable as indicating a connection between 
them. I have seen it in the slate in place at Elm St., Somerville, and 
Adams St., Quincy, and in slate pebbles in a comglomerate-erratic in 
Randolph, and most abundantly of all in pebbles in a glaciated ledge 
of pudding-stone in place north of Union Square in Brighton, where, 
I believe, it was first noticed by Dr. Wyman of Cambridge. My at- 
tention was called to it there by my friend, Mr. Morrill Wyman, Jr. 
It consists in a somewhat indistinct marking of dots and lines on 
the surfaces, which seems to be produced by the transverse and lon- 
gitudinal sections of some small object imbedded in the slate. The 
largest are about three-eighths of an inch long and of a diameter 
about one-fifth or one-sixth of this length. They are cylindrical and 
hollow as is shown by the annular transverse and oblique section; and 
tapering, as appears when they lie flat on the surface, in which case 
it often happens that they are polished down by glaciation so far as 
to show a longitudinal depression midway of the width. Occasionally 
a convex end appears, projecting too slightly to have been worn off. 
This condition is very deceptively imitated by a projecting grain of 
sand; and indeed, fine as is the texture of the slate, the markings are 
all so obscure that it is only after examining a large number with and 
without a lens, that one feels assured that they may not all be referred 
to crystallizations or other small accidental irregularities of the rock. 


B. Conglomerates. 


In this vicinity, as at Newbury and at Newport, the conglomerates 
are largely developed. It is not easy to mark their exact extent im 
this vicinity. Boulders occur both to the north and west of any 
places where I have seen the rock in place. Thus, I have found them 
in Malden and in Somerville, and it is said they have been thrown 
up on Nahant east beaches. Then, too, they are abundant about 
Wellesley in Needham. As already intimated, there may very well be 
detached localities among the crystallines not exposed to view but 
from which these erratics were derived; or such deposits once existing 
may have been entirely worn away by the same glacial action which 
detached the boulders. 


1W. Prescott: — Essex Co. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1852, p. 79-91. 


Dodge.] 408 P [February 3, 


While these conglomerates often show no marks of stratification, 
elsewhere they pass into sandstones and slates. And these latter so 
much resemble, at times, the slates already described, as to make great 
uncertainty as to whether they are really different formations. Thus, 
in Newton, it cannot be determined always whether the frequent 
slate outcrops are of the Cambridge variety, or connected with the 
conglomerates. Some of them certainly pass into the conglomerates, 
while others, though very similar in position and character, seem to 
belong to the other group. 

The passage of conglomerates and slates into each other at Chest- 
nut Hill Reservoir has been described by Prof. Shaler.1 The slates 
are sometimes very thin, and often curved. A locality about a mile 
west, on the north side of Beacon Street, was exposed in the spring 
of 1874 by the work of tunnelling the rock to make the connection 
of the reservoir with Sudbury River. Here, conglomerate at the 
bottom passes to slate in a section well exhibited by a high wall of 
rock close to the road. 

The rippled slates or sandstones in Brighton, south of Cambridge 
Street, west of Warren, and between Warren and Allston Streets, of 
course show formation in shallow water. 

South of a line from the southern corner of Newton across Brook 
Farm, south of Weld Street, across Forest Hills Cemetery, and turn- 
ing more to the northward at Dorchester line, yet including Savin 
Hill, the conglomerate disappears, giving place to the slate (b) above 
noticed. On this line, there is a passage of conglomerate to slate 
and sandstone, at the west side of Morton Street, north of Canter- 
bury Street in West Roxbury, where the rock has been quarried, and 
still forms a high wall showing a high dip southward. A little south, 
there is a passage of conglomerate to slate, probably a part of the 
same series. Again at the southern corner of Washington Street 
and the New York and New England Railroad in Dorchester, the pas- 
sage can be detected in the unbroken ledges. Erratics of the brown 
sandstone to which the larger conglomerate gives place, may be seen 
on Commercial Point. 

Although there is perhaps nothing in the apparent lack of stratifi- 
cation in a large portion of the conglomerates inconsistent with their 
accumulation at a beach, (this being a common occurrence with ac- 
cumulations of coarse pebbles), this feature accords better with the 
requirements of the theory of their glacial origin. I need hardly 


1 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. (1869), Vol. x111, p. 176. 


1875.] 409 [Dodge. 


repeat here the familiar suggestion that similar conglomerates would 
probably be the result of compacting and hardening influences act- 
ing on the unstratified masses of pebbly gravel so abundant in this 
vicinity. Such conglomerates would also, of course, exhibit occa- 
sional passages to sandstone and slate. 

The materials of the conglomerates may, to a great extent, be 
traced to the older rocks still preserved in the neighborhood. The 
form and appearance of many of the pebbles tend strongly to confirm 
the theory that these early rocks had a glacial origin as well as the 
recent gravels produced by the later ice action of the commonly so- 
called “ glacial period.” I have already mentioned the occurrence in 
the conglomerate of the more common kind, of pebbles of older slate. 
The conglomerates associated with some of the slates of this vicinity, 
too, are apparently of different character from, and are in some cases, 
probably, the origin of certain pebbles found in the more abundant 
variety. The vagueness of this latter expression must not be taken 
to imply the identity of all the conglomerates I have brought together 
in this section. The grouping of the conglomerates of these various 
localities in one system, while probable as an inference, is not sure, 
owing to the absence of fossils and the insufficiency of lithological 
character as a test. 

The most probable localities for the determination of the relative 
ages of the conglomerates and slates at those places are, the eastern 
shore of Squantum; in Newton and Brighton (along the Boston and 
Albany Railroad) near Charles River; Newton, on Murray Street, 
north of Otis; between Auburndale and West Newton; at the corner. 
of Waverly Avenue and Cotton Street; the river bank north of 
Newton Upper Falls on the Newton side, where the slate and con- 
glomerate are exposed near each other. In Weymouth and Hing- 
ham, the eruptives, conglomerate and slate seem to be so related that 
the conglomerate must be more recent than the slate. The conglom- 
erate has a low dip, while the slates are nearly vertical, and both are 
cut by the intrusive outflows. The most satisfactory proof on this 
point would be to find a slate ledge striated by early glacial action 
under a mass of overlying conglomerate. — 

Regarded as a whole, the conglomerates of this northern area, 
north of slate (6), and their associated slates, dip northerly from 
nearly horizontal to 45° or more, with a strike of about E. N. E.— 
W.S. W. The principal system of joints seems to be in N. N. E. — 


Dodge.] 410 [February 3, 


S. 8. W. direction, corresponding to the course of the streams which 
ees this area and empty on the north into Charles River. 

In Newton, the conglomerate extends but little north of the Boston 
and Albany Railroad. Near Newton Corner, on Tremont Street 
between Park and Moore Streets, there is a quarry of schistose con- 
glomerate with pebbles of green slate, and varying to a hard, sandy 
variety. The mass of the rock here is smooth and has the slippery 
feeling of steatite. The peculiar composition of the ecrystallines re- 
peats itself noticeably in many instances in these rocks derived from 
them. In West Roxbury, I have found serpentine aggregated on the 
pebbles of loose conglomerate. Small particles of magnetic iron are 
frequently disseminated through the sandstones. 

The prevalence of pebbles of reddish felspathic crystallines in the 
conglomerates between Grove Hill Cemetery, Newton, and Allston 
Street, Brighton, is rather noticeable. 

If the marking in the slate pebbles found in conglomerate north of 
Beacon and west of Cambridge Streets, in Brighton (as well asin a 
boulder in Canton), can be taken as significant of the identity of 
_ these slates with those in place at Somerville and Quincy, which have 
similar markings, this gives a valuable test of the relative ages of the 
two rocks. 

The most westerly exposure of conglomerate I have seen is in Need. 
ham, about three-quarters of a mile east-north-east of Wellesley Sta- 
tion, where at the north-western end of a long hill, there is an outcrop 
of the rock, apparently in place there. It is abundant between Rose- 
mary Brook and Charles River, and just south of the bridge at New- 
ton Upper Falls it forms a gorge through which the river runs. 
Half way from Rosemary Brook to the river and about three- 
quarters of a mile south of the road from Newton Upper Falls to 
Grantville, the strike is N. E. or N. N. E, and the dip northwest- 
ward. A pebble of ash colored schist in the rock here resembled the — 
laminated felsites near Hyde Park. Next, south of this is a great 
ledge with large round quartzite pebbles such as may be found in 
situ at Natick. The cement is chloritic and scanty. 

The ridges of conglomerate following the line of strike from this 
place across Newton, Brookline and Roxbury, are particularly high 
and the outcrops unusually extensive. At the quarry just north of 
the Roxbury Station of the Boston and Providence Railroad the con- 
glomerate had layers of red sandstone. The ledge has been nearly 


& 


1875.] Al1 [Dodge. 
A 


blastéd away in the last year or two for a space covering whole 
squares. 7 

North-east of a line from here to Savin Hill, the conglomerate dis- 
appears. It probably underlies South Boston, however, and there 
was, in fact, a quarry of “‘slate ” near ‘“ Nook’s Hill” in the western 
part of the peninsula, while this was still a pasture two centuries 
ago. The land has been so raised from its former low level at the 
place, that I have not found any traces of outcrop there, and ascer- 

‘tained the fact from other sources. The “road to the Nuke” ran 
from Dorchester.Street at Seventh Street, northerly to the corner of 
Fourth and E Streets, then north-westerly, and west of this angle was 
“quarry meadow.” There is a sunken ledge off the north side of 
South Boston. 

South of the ecrystallines of Newton and Brookline, the conglom- 
erates are very extensive and prominently placed. The picturesque 
country produced by such rocks has been well treated in laying out 
private grounds in the northern part of West Roxbury, and the most 
magnificent opportunities still remain in that town and in Brookline. 

In the vicinity of the southern part of Newton the conglomerate 
is not so hard and compact as, for instance, in the Washington Street 
quarries in Roxbury. It crumbles easily, owing partly to the rusting 
out of numerous grains of magnetic iron. 

The high conglomerate masses between slate band (0) and the 
Neponset River, seem to continue the line of uplift of the Dedham 
range of crystallines. Across the river there are extensive conglom- 
erates in Milton, and westward in Hyde Park and West Roxbury, 
which probably belong wholly or in part to this group. 

The chief peculiarity of the South Shore conglomerates is the close 
relation in which they are involved with the erystallines or eruptives 
in Hingham, Cohasset and Nantasket. They seem to be interlocked 
in incomprehensible confusion on Planter’s Hill, and eastward to the 
sea. The strike is preserved, however, as appears in the islands in 
Hingham Harbor and continuing ledges at Downer’s Landing. The 
pudding-stone approaches the slate at Hewitt’s Cove, and excavations 
may show their relations at that place. 

The probability is very strong that most of the conglomerates of 
this vicinity are more recent than most of the slates. And in view of 
the facts that there are Carboniferous strata in New Brunswick ad- 

_ joining Paradoxides slates, and that at Newport the Carboniferous 

conglomerates, which occupy apparently the same position as our 


Dodge.] 412 [February 3, 


® 


conglomerates, resemble them almost precisely in general character, 
it is a most natural inference that the conglomerates of this vicinity 
are also of the Carboniferous age. 


Norfolk County Basin. 


This band of stratified rocks is of varying width, and extends be- 
tween the areas of crystallines from near the south shore district at 
Weymouth, through Braintree, Randolph, Canton, Norwood, Wal- 
pole, and thence southwestward. Beyond this point I have not yet 
traced it. 

The strata of this group are in some respects different from any ex- 
isting elsewhere in this vicinity, so far as I know. The narrow area 
which they occupy has been so protected from the transverse glacial 
action by the high crystalline hills to the north and west, that the 
peculiar red schists and sandstones of Randolph and the adjoining 
towns, may occur here alone, simply because here only have the con- 
ditions been favorable for their preservation. It is from their dis- 
tinctive character that Punkapog pond and river derived their 
Indian name, which is said to signify stream flowing out of red earth. 
Other conglomerates in Canton and Walpole are somewhat similar 
to those so well known in Roxbury and vicinity. . 

The valley of Monatoquot River in Braintree is part of a glacia- 
ted valley south-east of Pine Hill, and the crystallines are hidden 
beneath the surface. Westward, where they appear, for example, at 
Franklin Street, this basin between them is narrow; at the Old Col- 
ony Railroad about a quarter of a mile, at Great Pond from one half 
to three quarters. At the northern end of Great Pond, there are 
clear, bright colored sandstones and conglomerates on both sides of 
the road as far north as the brook. The pudding-stone has pebbles 
of slate; and in western Randolph, south-east of Punkapog Pond, an 
erratic has pebbles with the dot-and-line marking above described. 
This ledge is continued south-westerly on the north side of Punkapog. 

Along the E. N. E.—W. S. W. road south of Punkapog Pond, 
(Farm St. in Canton, Canton St. in Randolph) for a mile each way 
from the boundary of the two towns, the outerops are mostly of fine 
red sandstone, sometimes of gray conglomerate and sandstone with 
transparent quartz grains, very hard where it approaches the erystal- 
lines a mile southwest of Great Pond. 


1875.] ata * [Dodge. 


At Punkapog Village, south of Punkapog River, there is some 
large conglomerate on each side of Washington Street very like that 
north of the Blue Hills in towns near Boston. About two miles 
west-south-west, there is a very interesting section exposed by a cut- 
ting of the Boston and Providence Railroad. This, in fact, affords 
almost the only opportunity of getting more than the most superfi- 


- cial acquaintance with the strata of this region. The track passes 


through a hill capped with much gravel which rests on a ridge of 
various strata dipping 45° N. and with a strike of about E. N. E. 
Their order from the top southward is, 


Schists, 5 feet thick. Sandstone, 7 feet thick. 
Quartz, Chatheti Schist, 2oin es 
Red schist, 49 ‘“ +f Sandstone, 14 “ sf 
Quartz vein, 2 “ a Schist, De 88 Pi 
Limestone, 2 ‘“ & Sandstone, 64 “ se 
Schist, 7% “ a 


Total, 190 feet. 


The sandstone is very crystalline in appearance. The schists are in- 
variably red and ferruginous. The quartz veins have a southerly dip 
and are massive and milky, sometimes varying to’transparent green, 
and again reddish. The limestone is white, but becomes impure 
when it merges into the schists with which it is interstratified. It is 
somewhat contorted, although the other strata show no such appear- 
ance. ‘The philosophy of the association of these strata seems to be 
that by the decomposition of felspar (which consists of silica and 
alumina with lime or soda and often ferrous oxyd), and hornblende 
(which is composed of silica, magnesia and lime or ferrous oxyd), 
and other minerals, the materials are accumulated in whose quiet 
sedimentation, the mechanical deposition of the less finely divided 
gravels and sands alternates with that of iron particles and the pre- 
cipitation of lime. 

Passing farther in the same direction, there is an island of con- 
glomerates in the Neponset meadows on the west side of the river, 
with a dip 45° N.; other outcrops a mile farther on, east of the river; 
and across it, along its southern bank until it is again reached higher~ 
up, on the western side of the loop it here makes around the last 
named ledges. Across the river again, south-west of the last, a little 
farther than it from the crystallines to the north, the conglomerates 
appear again on both sides of Centre Street, the straight road to 
South Walpole, extending south-westerly as a ridge of red sandstone 


Dodge.] . 414 [February 3, 


with high dip, along the north side of the river toward Plympton- 
ville. On the east side of the river, on the north ‘side of Water 
Street* under the bridge, there is some very hard reddish sandstone 
dipping south-east, and with it much intrusive quartz. On the same 
side of the street, on the shore of the pond, there are ledges of pud- 
ding-stone. 

A mile south-east of the south-east corner of Medfield, I noticed | 
boulders of conglomerate in walls on the north side of Powder House 
Hill, in Walpole. A mile south-east of the hill there is a quarry of 
red and white grits or flagstones dipping W. N. W. Half a mile 
south-east of this quarry, on an island in the swamp, over which the 
road passes, are considerable outcrops of large conglomerate appar- 
ently dipping north-westward. 

A specimen of “ graywacke ” from Wrentham in the rock collection 
of the Harvard College Mineralogical Cabinet, resembles the coarse 
gray variety of sandstone in Canton. 

In Canton, on the Boston and Providence Railroad, there is 
another cutting through rocks of different character, about a mile 
south of the one described. The strike is N. 60° to 65° E., and the 
dip 70° N. The joint-cleavages are N. N. E. dipping E. 8. EH. The 
strata are conglomerate, sandstone and schists. The latter are light 
gray and of obscure stratification. They contain dark, cylindrical 
forms which appear to be branching stems of some kind. Prof. 
Hitchcock describes a cylindrical stem, perhaps fucoidal, found in 
hard dark slate in Attleboro at the southern end of this basin, (No. 
400, State Geological Survey Collections). 


ERvPTIVES. 


It has been tery common to resort to imaginary escapes of fluid 
matter from a vague molten interior of the earth, to account for the 
existence of intrusive masses of crystalline rocks penetrating and 
overlying those clearly stratified. The origin of such intrusions, 
formed at so late a period in the history of the earth as were the ig- 
neous outflows among and upon the stratified rocks in this neighbor- 
hood, must be sought in a more superficial region than is generally 
understood by this non-committal interior. 

Judging from indications constant in regions of ree rocks, 
and most marked where metamorphism is most complete, molecular 
rearrangement and crystallization of sediments, the patent facts of 


1875.] 415 [Dodge. 


metamorphism, however produced, must presumably have been at- 
tended with more or less pressure, heat, expansion and softening, 
directly produced by great depth of subsidence or other causes, and 
assisted by the operation of these forces to increase each other. 
The effect of pressure would, of course, be a tendency to escape in 
the direction of least pressure, and fusion would be assisted by the 
presence of alkalies. Furthermore, as some of the mineral constitu- 
ents of the mass acted upon would be more affected than others, the 
resulting outflows forced to the surface would have different compo- 
sition from the less affected portions. Assuming heat as the soften- 
ing cause, as hornblende is more fusible than felspar, the more truly 
igneous rocks would, of course, a priori, be in great part hornblendic. 

As a.matter of fact, so close is the resemblance in chemical compo- 
sition, appearance and minerals developed in them, of the eruptives 
among the slates and conglomerates, to the more fusible portions of 
the crystallines, that it seems almost unreasonable to doubt that the 
former were derived from among deep lying masses of the latter. 
For the same reason, it is far from easy at the borders of the in- 
cluded areas, to tell to which series such rocks belong, especially as 
they are particularly abundant where the crystallines and stratified 
rocks meet. In Weymouth, for instance, wherever the slates are 
covered, and crystalline rock appears alone above the gravel, accu- 
rate discrimination is almost impossible. 

The eruptives seem to follow one of two principal directions ; 
E. N. E.— W.S. W. or N. W.—S. E.; as one or the other of the 
chief axes of elevation has disturbed the rocks through whose cracks 
they have been protruded. 

They vary somewhat in character. At Nahant and elsewhere, 
there is a very coarse crystalline hornblendic rock, which is often 
very micaceous. Another variety more common than the last is 
crystalline granular. A mass of this at the corner of Elm and Mor- , 
rison Streets, Somerville, is strongly magnetic. Not infrequently 
the joints of this kind of rock show glassy surfaces lined in one direc- 
tion. A coarsely crystalline dolerite occurs in place on a hill 
between Newton Corner and Charles River, near the road to Wa- 
tertown. Specimens of this taken from a boulder at the western 
end of Kendrick Street give a specific gravity of 2.97. The eruptive 
masses near the corner of Milk and School Streets, Somerville, are 
very varied, ranging from felspathic rock to hornblendic rock, often 
very micaceous, sometimes granitic by the absence of hornblende. 


Dodge.] t - 416 [February 3, 


The felspar is white, flesh-colored, red or gray; often well ecrystal- 
lized. One specimen has crystals in which one face shows a white 
layer between two parallel red layers. ‘This ledge and similar ones 
in Medford, and under the old powder-house on Winter Hill in Som- 
erville, decompose readily, giving the familiar appearance, when the 
gravel is cleared away, of rounded masses piled upon one another. 
Where the intrusives cut the slate, pyrites is often developed in the 
latter near the dykes. 

A kind of diorite very common in Newton, is fine grained, alalpteh 
or greenish, and has a specific gravity of 2.77, containing therefore a 
large proportion of felspar; hornblende being about 3.3 and felspar 
2.4 or 2.5. This and a cryptocrystalline variety which is grayish in- 
clining to purple, are frequently amygdaloidal. 2 

These amygdaloids, though common throughout the vicinity, are 
particularly abundant in the two large isolated masses of hornblendic 
rocks, one occupying a district on ison sides of the horse car line 
of Brighton, extending about two miles east and west; the other be- 
tween Otis, Murray, Homer, Fuller, Maple and Auburn Streets, in 
Newton. The direction of the long, narrow, and nearly continuous 
area which they occupy here would seem, at a casual observation, to 
put them in the same category with the parallel ranges of crystal- 
lines; but the position of the stratified rocks about them, and their 
own disposition, distinguish them from the very similar rocks, for 
instance, two miles south in Newton and Brookline, referred to above 
on page 375. Whether these rocks as a whole are of the crystal- 
line stratified class, or whether they have undergone such change 
as to entitle them more appropriately to a different name, this is cer- 
tain, that some of them are found cutting the slate and conglomerate, 
and poured out over them, and that near the contact the slate is 
greatly hardened. 

There is a kind of concretionary arrangement of curved bands and 
wavy layers in the mass, sometimes seen, which shows best when the 
rock has been fractured in a smooth plane. Such “ribboned lavas ”’ 
may be seen at the south-east corner of Beacon and Harvard Streets 
in Brighton. 

The nodules of these amygdaloids, which are usually small, rarely 
as large as a bean, contain, as usual, quartz, calcite, anhydrite aud 
chlorite. These, with epidote, prehnite, the zeolites, apatite, copper 
and iron pyrites, are the most common crystalline minerals of the 
eruptive series. Intrusions of quartz, as well as the quartz veins 


1875.] | 417 [Dodge. 


common among and apparently derived from the amygdaloids and 
slates, sometimes hold small quantities of specular oxyd of iron and 
usually contain calcite and anhydrite. Galena occurs occasionally. 
The body of the amygdaloids, as well as the nodules and veins, 
sometimes contains small quantities of red oxyd of copper and mala- 
chite, very likely the result of the decomposition of copper pyrites. 


GLACIAL EFFECTS. 


Between the formation of the solid rocks described, and of the loose 
soils which rest upon these and are for the most part derived from 
them, is a long interval. There are some interesting points to be 
noticed in the action upon the peculiarly situated rocks of this vicin- 
ity of the great ice-sheet, now generally believed to have covered the 
northern part of this continent in geologically recent times. 

In the great natural glacis of crystallines which surrounds the 
Boston basin there is a large gap now occupied by the line of ponds 
in Woburn, Winchester and Arlington. This valley across the 
ridges of the rock was probably formed, to a considerable extent, by 
glaciation, the rock being at that point less durable; for where great 
eruptive masses occur, they still stand prominent as hills in the midst 
of the depression. The course of the ice seems to have been consid- 
erably guided by the conformation of the surface over which it 
passed. Here the direction is several degrees to the east of south. 
In Billerica, some deep furrows on granite and mica schist indicate 
about S. 25° E.; in Woburn, S. 20° E., about the course of the 
chain of ponds in that valley. 

In the basin of stratified rocks, the ice, following this course of 
about 8. S. E., generally strikes the upturned strata almost at right 
angles to their strike. In Somerville, the slates lying N. W.-S. E. 
are polished on their stratification planes in some cases where the 
ice masses slid over the sloping sides of hills running in the direction 
of their course, as at the Alms House Quarry, Cambridge. In all 
eases the erosion has been great. Often the basset edges of hard 
slate strata are planed off as level as a floor. A good illustration 
of this action on a horizontal plane is at the quarry near New- 
ton Corner, lying partly in Watertown, in-‘“‘ Morse’s field.” 

But irresistible as the power at work seems to have been when it 
met with equal opposition at all points, its plasticity is even a more 
noticeable feature. ‘Thus, while the average of fifty-three observa- 

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H. — VOL. XVII. OT JULY, 1875. 


Dodge.] 418 [February 3 


tions of localities (including nearly, if not quite, every town from 
Somerville to Medfield and Hingham) is a small fraction inside of 
35° E. of S., local causes have produced occasional strize, whose 
direction varies to 8. 55°, 60°, and even 65° E. 

These, however, mark only the direction of some single pebble 
moving on a surface, and the deviation might be caused by internal 
movements of the ice itself, expanding or contracting. Where the 
moving ice was forced against a rock too firm to be either pushed 
aside or crumbled, and there was easier passage elsewhere, it adapted 
itself to the shape of the obstacle. Accordingly we find polished 
and striated surfaces not only on vertical rock walls, but even under 
underhanging ledges. An instance of the first may be seen in the 
high face of rock afew rods east of the Clarendon Hills Station of 
the Boston and Providence Railroad, in the northern part of Hyde 
Park, while a good example of an overhanging wall is the slate ledge 
which crops out from under pudding-stone on Murray Street, Newton, 
corner of Highland Avenue. 

Such obstacles were presented by the numerous outflows of igne- 
ous rock which, in fact, were almost the only buttresses sufficient to 
resist the pressure of the ice stream, dividing it instead of being 
forced from their place and carried along, as were the sienites, pud- 
ding-stones and slates. And to these intrusive hornblendic masses 
may be referred the existence, particularly in Newton and Brighton, 
of numerous ridges of conglomerate which lie parallel to the course 
of the glacial stream, and transverse to the original ridges of eleva- 
tion of that rock. The crag and tail formation so common about 
Edinburgh is, in short, exhibited here, with solid conglomerates in 
place of the gravels; fit reminders of the solid stream from which 
they were protected. More or less perfect examples of this may be 
seen under the lee of most of the larger intrusive masses. From 
the large ones near Allston Station in Brighton, to Savin Hill, the 
slope of the conglomerate highlands to the low ground of Charles 
River marshes, Boston Neck and South Bay, forms a line which can 
be marked very correctly by a rule upon a map. The smaller cra- 
dles on land between neighboring eruptives afford by analogy a fair 
presumption that the larger hollow to the north-east of that line pro- 
tracted, now filled with water, was also produced by the absence of 
such protection in that region. 

In regard to the gradual pulverization of the rock fragments torn 
from their original ledges, it still remains an interesting inquiry 


1875. ] 41 9 (State Survey 


how far boulders were carried entire from their original position. 
At any given point, the soils seem to consist, for the most part, of 
comminuted fragments of the underlying solid rocks. But large 
masses are frequently found at considerable distances from their 
source. In this vicinity the glacial stream ran across the parallel 
bands of rock; so that, although boulders can be traced but a short 
distance, they can be referred with certainty to their origin. Thus a 
boulder of gneiss on the beach at Weymouth clearly came from the 
neighborhood of Billerica or Bedford, twenty to twenty-five miles 
away, the nearest point where similar rocks occur in place. Another 
precisely similar in Cambridge has travelled half that distance. 
Again, in Newton, two boulders of gneiss, one dark and micaceous, 
the other brown, granular and granitic, resemble no rock nearer than 
Concord, where (and farther west) such may be found. The light 
red porphyry of Essex County may be found on Nahant abundantly, 
and occasionally also on the beaches of the harbor islands. It is 
curious to notice that pebbles of the crystallines aré’as characteristic 
of the conglomerate in Brighton and Newton, as slate fragments 
from Somerville are of the Cambridge drift. 


The Committee appointed to prepare a Memorial urging 
upon the Legislature of Massachusetts the importance of the 
proposed new Survey of the State presented their report, 
which was accepted, adopted, and ordered to be respectfully 
“submitted to the Legislature, as follows: — 


To the Honorable the General Court of Massachusetts : 


The Boston Society of Natural History, feeling the great impor- 
tance of such a survey of the State as has been urged upon the 
attention of your honorable body by the memorial of the American 
Academy, respectfully represents, that in its view the time has fully 
come when the interests of the people of the State, material and 
otherwise, call for a new and thorough survey, topograpical, geologi- 
eal and biological; one that shail be of the most comprehensive 
character, meeting alike the requirements of such as seek directly 
the development of material wealth, through better knowledge of 
the mineral resources, of the water-sheds, of the areas and capaci- 
ties of ponds and rivers to supply water for economical purposes, 
etc., etc., and of such as have at heart more particularly the advance 
of science and higher culture, which such a survey will surely foster 


State Survey.] 420 [February 3, 


among our people. In urging strongly the re-survey of our territory, 
the Boston Society of Natural History is not unmindful of what was 
done, and for the time well done, through the action of the State, in 
authorizing the first survey, forty years since. On the contrary, it 
recalls with patriotic pride, the fact that that survey was the first 
made by any State, and that it inaugurated like scientific work over 
our country, to the inestimable advantage of the whole people; and 
it recalls too, with just pride, the fact that a very large portion of the 
work was done by its own members. 

Some of the reports of the first survey were so thorough, and have 
since received so much revision by their accomplished authors, that 
but little additional field-work will be necessary in again treating 
upon the subjects of them. This may, for instance, be well said of 
the Report on the Trees and Shrubs of Massachusetts, now soon to 
be re-published; nor will much field-work be necessary in some other 
departments of scientific research, so much having been already 
accomplished by the labors of distinguished naturalists. Neverthe- 
less, all the results of such labors should be embraced in a final 
report of the state survey. In other departments only the continued 
labor of competent observers in the field for many years can accom- 
plish the results desired, and this can only be done through state 
action. Such is that of the geology of our territory, embracing the 
knowledge of our mineral deposits. 

The importance of a new geological survey is, perhaps, better rec- 
ognized than that of any other, as so much concerning our rock for- 
mations and their mineral contents remains unknown; and yet no 
work of the former survey was more thoroughly and conscientiously 
performed than that of Prof. Hitchcock. Perhaps nothing better 
illustrates the great progress that has been made in knowledge con- 
cerning the strata of the earth than the fact of the absolute need of 
new investigation in order to fully comprehend those of our State 
after his faithful work forty years ago. His views at the time were 
singularly comprehensive, and betokened not only great knowledge 
of what had been done abroad, in the field and in the study, but an 
aceuracy of observation and a power of analysis and comparison 
which made him peculiarly adapted for the work he was called upon 
todo. Yet the great progress in science since, notwithstanding the 
importance of the facts given by him and of his generalizations, 
make his report comparatively antiquated. No one would more 


1875.] 421 [State Survey. 


readily appreciate the importance of a re-survey than would Dr. 
Hitcheock if he were still living. 

The complicated character of our rocky strata renders it necessary 
that not only should much time be given in the field to the elucida- 
tion of the structure, but that this work should be in the hands of 
the most able of the distinguished geologists whose services can be 
secured,— those whose experience in the field, both within and with- 
out our borders, and whose thorough practical acquaintance with 
rocks and minerals shall have fitted them peculiarly for the work. 
Perhaps there is no portion of our country where the rock-formations 
require more accurate study than in Massachusetts in order to their 
full understanding, and it is by no means certain that such thorough 
examination as is suggested, may not reveal mineral wealth that will 
a hundred fold repay the pecuniary cost of the work to the State, 
leaving out of question all other considerations. 

Sooner or later, it may safely be predicted, coal, in not inconsider- 
able quantities, will be economically mined within our State, adjoin- 
ing the Rhode Island boundary, and it may depend upon the result of 
a new survey whether the present or a remote generation shall have 
the advantage of the deposits known at least to occupy some consid- 
erable extent of territory. 

The remarkable discovery, too, of lead ore, bearing silver in con- 
siderable quantity, in Newbury, lately made, suggests forcibly the 
wisdom of a more accurate study of our rocks than can be made 
otherwise than by thoroughly scientific and long continued work, only 
to be accomplished through your action. 

Of great importance, too, does the Society deem the proposed bio- 
logical survey, as every passing year demonstrates more and more the 
necessity of as full a knowledge as can be gained of all the life within 
our territory, whether subservient or injurious to the welfare of man. 
But as the memorial of the Essex Institute, presented with this, 
dwells fully upon this branch of inquiry, it is not thought advisable 
for this Society to more than express full concurrence in the views so 
ably presented by that body. This Society will, however, express 
strongly the feeling held by it, that any survey undertaken by the 
State should be as thorough and complete in every respect as can be 
made in the present state of science; and it would depxecate any 
partial action as one not justified by enlarged views of the require- 
ments of the period, or based on true economy. 


Stodder.] 422 [February 10, 


Section of Microscopy. February 10, 1875. 
Mr. R. C. Greenleaf in the chair. Six members present. 


Mr. Charles Stodder read a letter from Mr. J. Sullivant to 
Prof: Christopher Johnston respecting the discovery of the 
Bermuda Tripoli in Maryland. The letter, dated June 18, 
1874, is as follows: — 


After so many years, and not having preserved any of my corre- 
spondence on the subject, I cannot be positive as to the ere but my 
recollections are as follows: — 

Sometime about 1859, having procured a good microscope, I be- 
came interested in the study of Diatoms and infusorial earths, and 
for specimens of the latter my brother William and myself were 
indebted to Prof. Bailey, of West Point. Among the specimens 
received was a small quantity labelled, ‘‘ Bermuda Tripoli.” I 
received also, about this time, from a friend, a quantity of what he 
termed ‘“ Richmond marl,’’ from the vicinity of Richmond, Va., but 
which I found on examination to be infusorial earth. From a study 
of these specimens, I was struck with their similarity in several par- 
ticulars and so wrote you after we entered into correspondence. 
Soon afterward you wrote me a friend had informed you that in the 
vicinity of Bermuda Hundreds there was a fine white earth used for 
scouring tin and silver vessels, and believing it was infusorial earth, 
you proposed visiting the locality, for it suggested the possibility of 
this being the true locality of the famous Bermuda Tripoli. I urged 
the visit. Very soon afterward you informed me you had made the 
visit, but without success; but gave me an account of your discovery 
of the Nottingham earth, and forwarded specimens, together with 
others from Marlborough and Piscataway, etc. 

From the facts communicated in your letters, I expressed sev- 
eral times to my brother the belief that Bermuda Hundreds, and 
not the island of Bermuda, would be found to be the locality of 
the Bermuda Tripoli, and had strong hopes that the locality of Bai- 
ley’s specimen would still be found there. I divided the Nottingham 
earth and the other specimens with my brother, and after an exami- 
nation of the contained organisms we had no doubt that the Notting- 
ham earth, if not the true original of the famous Tripoli of Bailey, 


1875.] 423 [Scudder. 


was, at least, its true equivalent. At this time my brother, Wm. S. 
Sullivant, was in correspondence with Dr. Arnott and Mr. Norman 
of Hull, England, and I know he sent a portion of the specimens 
you furnished to England, and have every reason to believe he then 
communicated the idea of the re-discovery of the Bermuda Tripoli 
by yourself. 

T have little doubt that the specimens sent by my brother were the 
first sent to England and thus brought to the notice of the micro- 
scopists there. My impression is that he sent also at the same time 
to Smith and Beck. 

I never was in correspondence with Arnott or Norman, but my 
brother was. It is probable, then, that your quotation about them 
was in one of his letters, not mine, although I had access to their 
correspondence, as my brother had to mine, and if the quotation was 
in one of my letters it must have been taken from his (their) letters. 
I do not recollect what I did write as to this quotation, but if con- 
tained in one of my letters it must have been as above. If you have 
the letters that will decide. At any rate my strong impression is that 
we never heard any suggestion as to Bermuda Hundreds, and the 
rediscovery of the Tripoli, until it was made on this side of the 
ocean. 


February 17, 1875. 


The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-eight 
persons present. 


Dr. 8. Kneeland gave an account of the Geysers of 
Iceland. 


Mr. Samuel H. Scudder described the structure and trans- 
formations of Humceus Atala, which, with a paper presented 
by Dr. A. 8. Packard on Gynandromorphic Lepidoptera, will 
be published in the Memoirs, forming No. 2 of Part 4, Vol. 
II, the two papers together being illustrated by a plate.. 


Bouvé.] 494. [February 17, 


Dr. C. F. Winslow read a paper entitled “Physics and 


Biology discussed in regard to their mutual relations.” 


Mr. T. T. Bouvé called the attention of the meeting to an 
analysis of a very rare and interesting mineral, the Samar-— 
skite, made by Miss Ellen H. Swallow of the Institute of Tech- 
nology. He stated that this species was first found thirty 
or forty years since, near Miask in the Ural Mountains, 
where it occurred in very small quantity. The largest pieces 
obtained were only of the size of hazel nuts, and until 
recently no other locality of this mineral was known. Analy- 
ses of the Miask mineral have been made by a number of 
chemists, all of whom agreed in its being a columbate of 
uranium, iron and yttrium, whilst some of them found in it, 
also, notable quantities of the rare earths zirconia and tho- 
ria. Some ten or twelve years ago a small piece of a mineral, 
which turned out to be of the same species, was found in the 
loose soil in North Carolina and was analyzed by Dr. Hunt, 
the result being given in the American Journal of Science. 

Last year Col. Joseph Willcox of Philadelphia, discovered 
a locality of Samarskite in Mitchell Co., North Carolina 
occurring in a pocket of small size, but from which he was 
able to procure a number of good specimens, two of which 
I procured from him, one for my own cabinet and one for 
that of the Society. He also presented me with a very 
pure piece for analysis, if I should wish to have one made in 
Boston.. This I placed in the hands of Miss Swallow, who 
appears to have done herself great credit by the thorough- 
ness with which she performed the analysis, and by the full 
account given of her method. 


ANALYSIS OF SAMARSKITE FROM A NEW LOCALITY. By ELLEN 
H, SwaLtow. 


The sample on which all the the tests were made was a perftctly 
compact, homogeneous piece handed to me by Mr. Bouvé. It weighed 
nearly seven grammes. Color black. Streak dark reddish-brown. 


1875.] 495 ‘Swallow. 


Lustre vitreous like obsidian. Fracture conchoidal. G. 5.755, H. 
5.5. The characters as determined by the blowpipe corresponded to 
those given under Samarskite in Dana’s Mineralogy. 

Two portions were treated according to the method described by 
Hermann in the Journal fiir Prakt. Chemie, 107 Band (1869), p. 139, 
which was the latest available research on this mineral. This treat- 
ment was undertaken in order to ascertain whether tungsten, titanium, 
thorium and zirconium were present. 

No test was obtained for thorium, and the precipitates which might 
contain the other elements gave only the reactions for columbic acid, 
which probably escaped precipitation on account of the degree of 
concentration of the first solution. These precipitates amounted to 

only one or two tenths per cent. 

One portion was also treated according to the method given by 
Dr. Hunt in the American Journal of Science and Arts, Vol. 14 
(1851), p. 341, in the account of the only analysis of American 
Samarskite. The mineral was decomposed by sulphuric acid, the 
columbic acid separated by filtration, all the remaining constituents 
precipitated by ammonia, and the precipitate so obtained treated with 
carbonate of ammonia, to dissolve the uranium. The insoluble por- 
tion was dissolved in chlorhydric acid and the cerium and yttrium 
precipitated by oxalic acid. But this specimen of Samarskite from 
Mitchell Co. was decomposed by sulphuric acid with creat difficulty ; 
moreover, as Dr. Hunt says, yttrium and cerium, especially yttrium 
(see Graham-Otto’s Chemie, Band II, page 912), are soluble in ex- 
cess of varbonate of ammonia (although an insoluble double salt soon 
forms), and the oxalates are readily soluble in chlorhydric acid and 
the addition of oxalic acid increases the acidity of the solution; there- 
fore it was deemed best to decompose the mineral by fusion with 
bisulphate of potash, and to precipitate the cerium and yttrium by 
oxalate of ammonia before separating the uranium by carbonate of 
ammonia. 

The analysis given was made on 0.9091 gramme of the powdered 
mineral which lost nothing on drying at 100°. Another portion 
weighing 1.07365 grammes gave results which ‘confirm those given 
below. The analysis by Dr. Hunt and the analysis of a specimen of 
the same specific gravity from Miask by Hermann are given for 
comparison. 


Swallow.] 426 [February 17, 


i= > od “3 
Se Sse 28 
Os ee ee 
~~ SS ss 
~e ov = 
3S SSs GS 
S58) cee alee 
SS | See | Ss 
iS RA 
The metallic acids of the Tantalic 
Group. : 5 : 5 : : 54.96 54.81 56.36 
Oxide of Tin. = : : : : SnO, 16 
Oxide of Uranitim: iN) eee oe UO 9.91 | UO3;17.03 | 16.63 
Oxide of Iron ee ae ee FeO 14.02 14.07 8.87 
Oxide of Manganese Pia hl Atal lh MnO 91 1.20 
Oxide of Cerium (has DD) thc CeO 5.17 3.95 2.85 
Yttria = 5 . 5 YO 12.84 ital al 13.29 
Magnesia . MgO 52 50 
Insoluble residue from the oxalate of 
Cerium . 4 ; : Bene 1.25 
Loss on ignition . ‘ : C 6 c .66 1 24 30 
100.40 101.21 | 100.03 


The quantity at hand was too small to warrant an attempt at 
separating the metallic acids of the tantalic group. It is to be hoped 
that enough may be found to enable some one this side the Atlantic 
to undertake the investigation. Hermann yet maintains the existence 
of Ilmenium in Samarskite, Aeschynite and the Columbite from 
Haddam, Conn. (See Journal fiir Prakt. Chemie. 1870). 

The final analysis was made by the method detailed below, which 
is essentially that of Hermann, with the omission of the tests which 
gave negative results in the preliminary examination and with addi- 
tion of such precautions and modifications as could be gathered from 
the methods of separation given under the different elements in Gra- 
ham-Otto’s Chemie, and Rose’s Analyse Quantitative, and the ex- 
perience of the preceding tests. The weighed portion was fused with 
an excess of bisulphate of potash, treated with 400 c.c. distilled water 
and allowed to remain forty-eight hours, as the fused mass is very 
slowly decomposed. The solution (and residue) was then heated to 
about 90° C. and after half an hour the columbic acid was allowed to 
settle out and was filtered off and well washed with warm water. It 
was treated on the filter with warm sulphide of ammonium to dissolve 
the tin. The solution so obtained was evaporated and ignited in a 
platinum crucible, again ignited with chloride of ammonium and the 
tin calculated from the loss. 

The columbic acid was slightly blackened by the sulphide of 
ammonium and was consequently digested with very dilute chlor- 


1 Determined on another sample. 


1875.] 427 [Swallow. 


hydric acid, filtered, and the filtrate added to the first filtrate. The 
columbic acid was then ignited and weighed. It was light yellow 


while hot, and white when cold. 


The filtrate was evaporated scmewhat, boiled with nitric acid and 
precipitated by ammonia. The filtrate so obtained was evaporated 
to dryness, ignited, dissclved in the least possible quantity of chlor- 
hydrie acid, and the manganese was then precipitated by ammonia. 
The magnesia was precipitated as phosphate in the filtrate; it was 
free from manganese. 

The precipitate by ammonia was dissolved in dilute chlorhydric 
acid, reprecipitated, and the third time dissolved in slight excess 
of acid, and oxalate of ammonia added in quantity just sufficient to 
precipitate. It was allowed to stand twelve hours. The white floc- 
culent precipitate had then settled to a fine powder and was filtered, 
washed, dried, ignited, dissolved in chlorhydric acid, and reprecip- 
itated; this was repeated three times and the filtrates evaporated and 
tested each time. The weight of the oxides of cerium and yttrium 
was taken as acheck upon the subsequent separation. The chlor- 
hydric acid solution of the two oxides was treated with a hot sat- 
urated solution of sulphate of potash and a crystal put in to ensure 
complete saturation. The whole bulk of the liquid was about 10 c.c. 
After twelve hours the double salt of cerium and potash was 
filtered off, washed with cold sulphate of potash and. dissolved in 
water; in the duplicate analysis it was precipitated in the very dilute 
solution by oxalate of ammonia, and this showed a loss of oxide of 
cerium ; in the analysis given, the dilute solution was first precipita- 
ted by ammonia, and this precipitate, well washed, dissolved in chlor- 
hydric acid, and reprecipitated by oxalate of ammonia, gives the 
correct per cent. as shown by the check weight. 

There was a small residue insoluble in water and in chlorhydric 
acid, which in fusing with bisulphate decomposed into a soluble por- 
tion, which gave all the reaction of cerium, and a white powder, 
which may have been titanic acid but which gave reaction of columbic 
acid. This residue was too small to obtain satisfactory results; 
it was about 1 per cent. of the mineral. The solution of yttria in 
sulphate of potash was diluted, precipitated by oxalate of ammonia, 
ignited and weighed. The filtrate from the precipitated oxalates of 
cerium and yttrium was just neutralized with ammonia, boiled, and 
carbonate of ammonia added. After twelve hours the solution of 
uranium was filtered off, evaporated to a small bulk and precip- 


_ Swallow.) 428 [February 17, | 


itated by ammonia, dissolved, neutralized, and treated with car- 
bonate of ammonia. This was repeated three times, as also in the 
same manner the iron precipitate, and thus the separation of the 
uranium was nearly or quite complete. 


Mr. Bouvé also presented a paper by Miss Swallow upon 
the occurrence of Boracic Acid in mineral waters, with the 
results of numerous analyses made by her of waters not 
before analyzed. This, too, will be found by chemists and 
geologists to be a very valuable contribution to our knowl- 
edge of mineral waters. 


ON THE OCCURRENCE OF Boracic Actp IN MINERAL WATERS. 
By ELuen H. Swartow. 


In May, 1872, a small bottle of water from Bitlis, Turkey, was 
given me to analyze. In making the qualitative tests I found boracic 
acid in considerable quantity. I do not remember what led me to 
test for it; probably it was a suggestion of Prof. Ordway. The pres- 
ence of boracic acid in this water caused me to make special test for 
it in all the mineral waters that I had occasion to analyze. 

It occurred in the hot spring of Idaho, Colorado, in Chicken Soup 
Spring and Bath Spring, both hot waters of Elko, Nevada, and in 
a cold water from Laramie Plains, Wyoming. These all beiong to 
the class of alkaline waters. It was also found in a chalybeate spring 
in Albany, Maine, which is in the tourmaline region, and probably 
that fact may account for its presence in the Albany spring as well 
as in a spring of very pure water on Pike’s Hill, Norway, Maine. 
It was observed in one of the Spa Springs, Wilmot, Nova Scotia, 
which belongs to the class of calcic waters, and it occurred in consid- 
erable quantity in the mud of another of the Spas. It will be remem- 
bered that ulexite and other borates are frequent in the gypsum of 
Nova Scotia. 

The query is at once suggested what are the properties of boracic 
acid and what are its effects upon the system when taken internally. 
There seems to be little known as regards its effect in mineral waters, 
but by comparing the medicinal properties as given in medical trea- 
tises with the reputed effects of noted springs which are known to 
contain boracic acid, we may hope to get a hint of the value of this 
constituent. Externally applied, borax is very effective in allaying 


| 429 (Swallow. 


irritation and healing skin diseases. Taken internally it acts espec- 
ially on the mucous membranes of the respiratory and digestive 
organs, consequently it is very beneficial in internal catarrhs and 
hemorrhoids. It is especially adapted to sensitive temperaments 
and nervous constitutions, hence is potent in fimale diseases. It is 
very highly extolled in nephritic and calculus complaints. 

If we now consider the waters which are known to contain either 
borax or borate of magnesia in respect to the diseases which they 
are celebrated for curing, we shall find a noteworthy coincidence, to 
say the least. 

The following statements concerning foreign waters are taken from 
“ Balneotherapie,” edited by Dr. Valentiner, and those referring to 
American Springs from Walton’s ‘‘ Mineral Springs of the United 
States and Canada. ” 

Hilsen, among the sulphur waters, is beneficial in catarrh, and the 
mud baths are still more noted as curative agents and are said to be 
somewhat different in their action from the Nenndorf baths, without 
any apparent cause. St. Sguveur, used for bathing, has “a very 
marked sedative effect on the skin, and is the most noted bath for 
women in France.” Kaux Bonnes, “ the only drinking water among 
the several springs, has a very marked effect, even on the first day. 

. . this action is not to be expected according to the chemical 
analysis. Its great fame lies in the cure of bronchitis, catarrh, and 
tuberculose phthisis.” Among the alkaline waters, Fachingen, Nas- 
sau, is very effective in all bronchial diseases, blennorrhea, and 
eatarrh, of the urinary organs with gravel and stones; it contains of 
borax 0.03 part in 100,000, according to Fresenius. Giessiibel, a mile 
from Carlsbad, is much used for the same diseases. The famous Vichy 
and Carlsbad waters contain traces of boracic acid, as also nine out 
of the fifteen springs at Saratoga, and the Balston Spa. Others less 
known are St. Leon Springs, Canada, the Tuscan Springs, Shasta 
Co., California, and the Gettysburg Springs which contain 0.032 grain 
of borate of magnesia in a gallon. The latter water has great reput- 
ation in gravel, calculus, and catarrh of the bladder and stomach. 

Now as it is acknowledged by the best authorities in all schools of 
medicine that it is often the substances present in small quantity in 
mineral waters that are the most efficacious, and as many springs are 
curative in their action without any apparent reason, it may be possi- 
ble that the remedial virtue lies in the presence of the neglected con- 
stituents like that one under consideration. 


Alien. ] 430 [February 17, 


A table of the analyses of the mineral waters of which there is no 
known previous analysis, is appended. ‘The results are expressed in 
parts per 100,000. 


- S oD 
Ss a i Q etc SS 3 « 
S S aS oS 5 eS = 
ES c> Qs 58 S eas = 
< LS 35 <3 = RS § 
3 aS $9 S© = 
© aS QR ne = mie & 
= > Ss we S 28 a 
| 8 | $8) | 38) 05g 
S S SR RQ x we 5 
~ Q = BS > as) 
S 
SiO, . g 0 6.15 3.00 9.80 6.40 1.85 
Fe,O, + Al,Os . 38 trace .90 56 6.70 
CaO. 5 5 2.24 40.00 6.71 8.29 5D 44 32.50 
MgO . 5 22.20 10.00 traces 6.50 
Na,O - : cl 45.93 32.00 16.50 11.50 undet. | undet. | 22.60 
FOUCR PIA he 5.69 1.30 1.68 13.50 as &e 13.08 
SO, .- 0 5 20.20 80.00 4.29 6.68 oe DG 18.27 
B,O3 . 0 9 2.66 undet. | undet. | undet. ag consid. 6.50 
CO, . : . 2.40 22.00 5.23 21.34 es 115.60 
Cl ° 0 5 4.97 4.00 2.40 2.00 ES 11.82 
P.O; . : traces . 
18 Potie Pep Ie! Soe 1.93 


The following paper was also presented : — 


SyNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN LEPORIDEH. By J. A. ALLEN. 


The following synopsis of the species and varieties of American 
Leporide is based mainly on the specimens of this group contained in 
the museum of the Smithsonian Institution at Washington, but those 
in, the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge have also 
been used, as well as all accessible material from other sources. The 
present paper is an abstract of a monograph, in which the synonomy 
will be given in full, with extended tables of measurements and 
detailed descriptions. 


Analysis of the Species and Varieties. 


J. Skull much arched above; breadth one half the length; post- 
orbital processes distinct, not soldered with the skull; nasals 
of medium length, their length equal to about four-fifths of 
the width of the skull. 


A. Hind feet longer than the head. Size large. Postorbital 
processes divergent, not in contact with the skull poste- 
riorly. Pelage white in winter. | 


1 B,0, found in the Tufa. 
2 B,0; found in the Tufa, 


3 Much iron was deposited and filtered from the water on which the determin- 
ations were made. 


1875.) : 431 [Allen. 


a. Size large. Nasals about as wide in front as behind. 


1. Ears rather shorter than the head. Pelage dusky yellowish 
gray in summer, pure white to the roots in winter. Tail 
short, black above in summer. Size very large. 

tumidus var. arcticus. 

2. Ears much longer than the head. Pelage pale yellowish 
gray in summer, in winter white at the surface and base, 
and reddish in the middle. Tail long, white on both sur- 
BaAees yy eAZe SMMAILeT 7... 6c fe a ue) oy, COMPESIRIS. 


b. Size medium. Nasals considerably narrower in front than — 
behind. 


3. Ears about equal to the length of the head. . americanus. 
3a. Pelage in summer pale cinnamon brown; in winter 
white at the surface and plumbeous at base, with 
a narrow middle band of reddish brown. 
var. americanus. 
3b. Pelage in summer cinnamon brown; in winter white 
at the surface and plumbeous at base, with a 
broad middle band of reddish brown, which shows 
through the white of the surface, the white being 
often a mere surface wash. Fully as large, or 
rather larger than var. americanus. 
var. virginianus. 
3c. Pelage redder in summer and whiter in winter than 
in the last, and size smaller. 
var. Washingtoni. 
3d. Size of the last, with the pelage more dusky in 
summer, and in winter nearly or wholly pure white 
to the base, the middle reddish band being more or 
less"Gbsoletews -n1s0 2. ysl Weta ve wans Barra. 


B. Hind feet not longer than the head. Size small. Postorbital 
processes convergent, frequently Gn old specimens) in con- 
tact with the skull posteriorly, but only rarely anchylosed 
with it. Pelage never white. 

4, Gray above, varied with black, and more or less tinged with 
light yellowish brown; under parts white . . sylvaticus. 
4a. Above yellowish brown, with a tinge of reddish. 

var, sylvaticus. 


Allen.] 432 [February 17, 


4b. Paler, rather smaller, with slightly larger ears, and 
rather stouter lanes jaw. fs os ey Wee, 
4c. Color nearly as in var. sylvaticus; rather longer ears, 
more distinctly black-tipped . . var. Auduboni. 
5. Smaller than sylvaticus, with the postorbital process scarcely 
touching the skull posteriorly. Colors generally more 
finely blended, and darker. ‘Tail very SEree almost ru- 
dimentary = 2. : . . Lrowbridgei. 
6. Above gray, varied an pine eae A yellow. Size of 
Trowbridgei, with the colors and sparsely clothed feet of 
palustris. ail very short. ... . . « - brasiliensis. 
II. Skull less convex above; breadth considerably less than half 
the length; length of nasals more than four-fifths the width of 
the skull. Ears and hind feet longer than the head. Post- 
orbital processes convergent, touching the cranium behind. 
Pelage never white. Tail long, black above, this color ex- 
tending forward on the rump. 
A. Lower jaw large, massive. 
7. Above pale yellowish gray, varied with black; below white, 
more or less tinged with fulvous. . . . . . callotis. 
B. Lower jaw disproportionably small, relatively smaller than 
that of any other American species of Lepus. 

8. Somewhat smaller than callotis, and more rufous above. 
californicus. 
IiJ. Postorbital process anchylosed with the skull. Hind feet short. 

Pelage never white. 


A. Width of the skull half of the length. 


9, size medium. . Tail lone . |... . . palustris. 
B. Width of the skull considerably te than half the length. 
10. Size large. . Vail short. 5)... -. 5 goku eee 


1. Lepus timidus var. articus. 

Lepus variabilis Pallas, Schreber, Gmelin and other early writers. 

Lepus timidus Fabricius, Faun. Greenl., 25, 1780. 

Lepus articus Leach, Ross’s’ Voyage, II. » App. J 151, 1819. 

Lepus glacialis Weach, Ibid., 170. 

Lepus glacialis Sabine, Richardson, Baird, and subsequent writers 
generally. 

Habitat. Arctic America, southward on the Atlantic coast to Lab- 
rador and Newfoundland; in the interior southward to Fort Churchill, 
the northern shore of Great Slave Lake and the upper Youkon Valley. 


} 
| 


1875.] 4233 [Allen. 


2. Lepus campestris. 

Lepus variabilis Lewis, Bartram’s Med. and Phys. Journ., IT, 159, 
1806. 

Lepus virginianus, var.? Harlan, Faun. Amer., 310, 1825. 

Lepus virginianus Richardson, Faun. Bor. Am., I, 224, 1829. 

Lepus campestris Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 
349, 1837. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 585, 1857. 

Lepus Townsend: Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 90, 
1839. 

Habitat. Plains of the Saskatchewan southward to middle Kansas, 
and from Fort Riley westward to the Coast Range. 

8. Lepus americanus. 

@. var. americanus. 

Lepus americanus Erxleben, Syst. Reg. Anim., 330, 1777. (Based 
wholly on Hudson’s Bay specimens.) 

Lepus americanus Baird and most modern authors. (In part only,, 
this name also generally including var. virginianus.), 

Lepus hudsonius Pallas, Nov. Sp. Glires, 30, 1778. 

Lepus nanus Schreber, Siugt., II, 881, 1792. (In part only.) 

Lepus campestris Baird, Ms. (Labels and Record Books, Sm. 
Inst.) — Hayden, Am. Nat., III, 1145, 1869. 

Lepus variabilis var. Godman, Am. Nat. Hist., H, 169, 1826. (in 
part only.) 

Lepus borealis Schintz, Synopsis, II, 286, 1845. 

Habitat. From the Arctic Barren Grounds southward to Nova 
Scotia, Lake Superior, and Northern Canada, and in the interior 
throughout the wooded parts of the Hudson’s Bay Ferritories, and 
Alaska. Replaced west of the Rocky Mountains by var. Washingtont. 

b. var. Virginianus. 

Lepus virginianus Harlan, Faun. Am., 196, 1825. (Based wholly 
on Virginia specimens.) 

Lepus americanus Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 403, 
1837. (In part only). — Baird, Mam. N. Amer., 579, 1857. (In part 
only.) 

Habitat. Nova Scotia to Connecticut on the coast, the Canadas 
and the northern parts of the northern tier of States westward to 
Minnesota, and southward in the Alleghanies to Virginia, or through- 
out the Alleghanian and Canadian Faune. 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 28 JULY, 1875. 


Allen.] 434 [February 17, 


c. var. Washingtoni. 

Lepus Washingtoni Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 333, 
1855. — Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 583, 1857. 

Habitat. West of the Rocky Mountains, (mainly west of the Cas- 
cade Range?) from the mouth of the Columbia northward into 
British Columbia. 

d. var. Bairdii. 

Lepus Bairdii Hayden, Am. Nat., III, 115, 1869. 

Habitat. The higher parts of the Rocky Mountains, southward to 
New Mexico, northward into British America. 

4. Lepus sylvaticus. 

a. var. Sylvaticus. 

Lepus nanus Schreber, .Sdugt., [V, 881, 1792. (In part only.) 

Sylvilagus nanus \Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., XX, 
221, 1867. : 

Lepus americanus Desmarest, Mammalogie, II, 354, 1822. — Bach- 
man, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 326, 1837. 

Lepus sylvaticus Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VI, 403, 
1837. — Ibid., VIII, 78, 1839.— Baird, Mam. N. Am., 579, 1857. 

Habitat. United States east of the 97th meridian, excluding those 
portions embraced in the Canadian Fauna, (Northern New England 
and the more elevated parts of Appalachian Highlands). 

6. var. Nuttalli. 

Lepus Nuttalli Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 345, 
1837. (Based on an immature specimen.) 

Lepus Bachmani Waterhouse, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., VI, 103, 
1838. —Ibid., Nat. Hist. Mam., II, 124, 1848.— Baird, Mam. N. 
Am., 606, 1857. 

Lepus artemisia Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VIII, 94, 
1839. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 602, 1857. 

Habitat. United States west of the 97th meridian, excluding a 
narrow belt along the Pacific coast, and possibly southwestern Ari- 
zona and southern California. 

c. var. Auduboni. 

Lepus Auduboni Baird, Mam. N. Am., 608, 1857. 

Habitat. Southwestern Arizona, southern and Lower California. 

5. Lepus Trowbridgei. 

Lepus trowbridget Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 333, 
1855.—Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 610, 1857. 

Habitat. West of the Sierra Nevada Range, from northern Cali- 
fornia to Cape St. Lucas. 


1875.] 435 [Allen. 


6. Lepus brasiliensis. 

Lepus brasiliensis Linneeus, Syst. Nat., 12th ed., I., 78, 1766.—Also — 
of subsequent authors generally. 

Lepus tapeti Pallas, Nov. Sp. Glires, 30, 1778. 

Tapeti brasliensis Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., XX, 
22, 1867. 

Habitat. Throughout the greater part of South America. 

7. Lepus callotis. 

Lepus callotis Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amph., 35, 1830.—Baird, Mam. 
N. Am., 590, 1857. 

Lepus nigricaudatus Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., I, 41, 1833. 

? “ Lepus mexicanus Licht.” Richardson, Sixth Rep. British Ass., 
(1836), 150, 158, 1837. 

Lepus [callotis var.] flavigularis Wagner, Suppl. Schreber’s 
Saught., IV, 107, 1844. 

Lepus texianus Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mam., II, 136, 1848.— Aud. 
and Bach., Quad. N. Amer., III, 156, pl. 133, 1853.— Baird, Mam. N. 
Am., 617, 1857. 

Habitat. United States between the 97th meridian and the Steen 
Nevada Mountains, and from Northern Kansas and the Great Salt 
Lake Basin southward into Mexico. 

8. Lepus californicus. 

Lepus californicus Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, 586, 
1837.—Baird, Mam. N. Am., 594, 1857. 

Lepus Richardsont Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 
88, 1839. 

Lepus Bennetti Gray, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, 35, pl. 14, 1844. 

Habitat. California, west of the Sierra Nevada Range, south to 
Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal. 

9. Lepus palustris. 

Lepus palustris Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 194, 
336, pl. 15, 16, 1837. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 615, 1827. 

Lepus Douglassi, var. 2 Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, 
586, 1837. 

Hydrolagus palustris Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., XX, 
291, 1867. 

Habitat. South Atlantic and Gulf States. 

10. Lepus aquaticus. 

Lepus aquaticus Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., VII, 319, 
pl. 22, fig. 2, 1837. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 612, 1857. 


Brewer. ] 43 6 (March 3, 


Lepus Douglassi, var. 1 Gray, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., I, 
586, 1887. 

Hydrolagus aquaticus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., 
XX, 221, 1867. 

Habitat. Gulf States, south through the lowlands of Mexico to 
Central America, (Orizaba, Mex., Sumichrast, Botteri ; Tehuantepec, 
Mex., Sumichrast; Merida, Yucatan, Schott). : 


March 3, 1879: 
The President in the chair. Twenty-five persons present. 
The following paper was read : — 


CATALOGUE OF THE Brrps oF NEw ENGLAND, WITH BRIEF 
NOTES INDICATING THE MANNER AND CHARACTER OF THEIR 
PRESENCE; WITH A LIST OF SPECIES INCLUDED IN PRE- 
VIOUS CATALOGUES BELIEVED TO HAVE BEEN WRONGLY 
CLASSED AS Brrps or New Enaianp. By T. M. BREWER. 


It may seem almost presumptuous, in view of the carefully pre- 
pared lists, both general and local, that have been published in re- 
gard to New England birds, for me to appear to deem it worth the 
while to prepare another, and thus. seem to regard myself able to add 
sufficient novelty to what has already appeared, to justify the at- 
tempt. When Prof. Verrill and Mr. Boardman have done so much 
to illustrate the ornithology of eastern and western Maine, when Mr. 
Putnam has so thoroughly gone over the birds of Essex County, and 
more especially, when our good friend Mr. Allen, whose carefulness 
no one questions, whose accuracy no one gainsays, and whose thor- 
oughness of observation no one can hope to surpass, has done so 
much to perfect the catalogue of the birds of Massachusetts, it would 
almost appear as if there could be nothing more to be added. 

The most recent list covering the whole field of New England is 
that of Dr. Elliot Coues, published seven years since. It is remark- 
able for the laborious research and investigation it displays, and is 
by far the most complete catalogue we have. But even this fails to 
contain a few names, the undoubted presence of which in New Eng- 
land had previously been established, and since its publication sev- 
eral remarkable captures have added other names. 


1875.] 437 [Allen. 


My principal, indeed my only important, criticism of this list is that 
it retains quite a number of species, which, in my judgment, have no 
claim to be classed as New England birds, whose appearance here is 
both improbable in itself and rests upon no reliable testimony. I 
have, besides the list of birds known to have been taken in New Eng- 
land, given a supplementary list of about thirty species which have 
been given as New England birds, but which, so far as I know, have 
no claim to be retained. It has been my sole aim to furnish a list that 
shall be reliable so far as it goes. I may have omitted some that are 
entitled to a place. Beit so; I had rather omit ten that may be 
found, than retain one that never has been, for the one mistake is 
easily rectified, the other is most difficult. 

Some of these corrections I am the more anxious to make because 
I have been made, to appear as if responsible for the mistake in 
the beginning. For instance, somewhere about 1838 I wrote to 
Mr. Audubon that Dr. Cabot had procured specimens of the Nash- 
ville Warbler, then regarded a rare bird, and that Dr. James Tru- 
deau had found Swainson’s Warbler breeding in Louisiana. Probably 
writing without having carefully re-examined my letter, Mr. Audubon 
cites me as authority for the capture of Swainson’s Warbler in Massa- 
chusetts; and although I have, time after time, sought to set this 
matter right, every list published during the past thirty-five years 
persistently repeats this mistake, and cites Dr. Brewer as authority. 
it is high time this error is set right. Four or five birds stand thus 
wrongfully credited to New England, and Iam made their voucher. 
How far I am really responsible for this diffusion of error it is now 
Impossible to say, but I wish at least to do my best to correct what I 
deem to be erroneous. 

There is also another class of oceanic birds, whose presence in 
New England seems to have been always taken for granted, and 
their names have been given in every list without a particle of 
recorded evidence. Among these are the Fulmar Petrel, the Least 
Petrel, the Manx Shearwater, etc. — all European forms and, so far 
as I know, unknown to our shores. I challenge their right toe be 
counted as New England birds until that claim can be confirmed 
by something more than guess-work. 

Accidental visitants, birds very local in their distribution in N. E. 
and these only known to have occurred, each in single instances are 
marked with an asterisk prefixed to their number. 


Allen.] 438 [March 3 


1. Turdus mustelinus Gm. A summer resident in southern 
New England. 

2. Turdus fuscescens Stephens. Summer resident. 

3. Turdus Alicie Baird. Migratory in spring and fall. 

4, Turdus Swainsoni Cabanis. Migratory in Southern New 
England, summer resident in Northern New England. 

5. Turdus Pallasi! Cabanis. Migratory spring and fall (S. 
N. E.); summer resident (N. N. E.). 

*6. Turdus nanus Audubon. Of rare occurrence. (Wenham 
Lake, Mass., Dr. Charles Pickering, see Audubon, Birds Am., III, p. 
132.) 

7. Turdus migratorius Linn. Summer resident. 
*8. Turdus naevius Gm. Of rare occurrence (Mass., 


Maynard). ; 
9. Harporhynchus rufus Linn. Summer resident (S. N. 


10. Mimus polyglottus Boie. Rare summer resident (Conn., 
R. I., and Mass.). 

11. Galeoscoptes carolinensis Linn. Summer resident, 
except N. E. Maine. 

12. Sialia sialis Baird. Summer resident, except in N. E. 
Maine. 

13. Regulus satrapa Licht. Summer resident (N. N. E.). 
migratory, spring and fall (S. N. E.). 

14. Regulus calendula Licht. Summer resident (N. N. E.). 

migratory, spring and fall (S. N. E.). 

15. Parus atricapillus Linn. Resident. , 

16. Parus hudsonicus Forster. Resident (N. N. E.); of 
rare occurrence (Mass.). 

17. Sitta carolinensis Lath. Summer resident, partially 
resident. 

18. Sitta canadensis Linn. Migratory (S. N. E.); summer 
resident (N. N. E.). 


1As I prefer to treat Turdus nanus and T. pallasi as distinct species I have re- 
tained these names unchanged. If, however, they are not species, but with T. 
Auduboni are but “ forms” or “‘ varieties’? of one species, as Mr. Allen, Dr. Coues, 
' and Mr. Ridgway regard them, the nomenclature by which they are usually given 
is not in accordance with the law of priority. Twrdus nanus was given to one of 
these so-called “ forms ”’ in 1839, 7. pallasi was not given until 1847, and 7. Audu- 
boni in 1864. The species should, therefore, be not 7. pallasi var. nanus and var 
Auduboni, but Turdus nanus, variety pallasi, T. nanus, var. nanus, and T. nanus 
var. Auduboni. 


1875. ] 43 9 [Brewer. 


19. Certhia americana Bonap. Resident. 

20. Troglodytes aedon Vieill. Summer resident. 

21. Troglodytes hyemalis Vieill. Resident (N. N. E.); 
winter visitant (S. N. E.). 

22. Cistothorus stellaris Cabanis. Summer resident. 

23. Cistothorus palustris Wilson. Summer resident (S. N. 
E.). 

24. Anthus ludovicianus Licht. Winter visitant. 

25. Mniotilta varia Vieill. Summer resident. 

* 26. Protonotaria citrea Baird. Of accidental occurrence 
(Eastern Maine, and New Brunswick, Boardman). 

*27. Helmitherus vermivorus Bonap. Rare summer resi- 
dent (Saybrook, Conn.). 

28. Helminthophaga chrysoptera Cabanis. Rare summer 
resident (S. N. E.). 

*29. Helminthophaga leucobronchialis Brewster. Rare 
summer visitant (Mass, Brewster). 

*30. Helminthophaga pinus Baird. Rare summer resident 
(Saybrook, Conn.). 

31. Helminthophaga ruficapilla Bd. Summer resident. 
*32. Helminthophaga celata Baird. Rare (Western Mass., 
Allen; Lynn, Jan. Ist., 1875). 

33. Helminthophaga peregrina Cab. Migratory (S. N. 
E.); summer resident (N. N. E.). 

34. Parula americana Bonap. Summer resident. 

%35. Perissoglossa tigrina Bd. Rare summer resident (N. 
N. E.) migratory in spring and fall (S. N. E.). 

36. Dendroica estiva Baird. Summer resident. 

37. Dendroica coronata Gray. Summer resident (N. N. 
E.) ; migratory, spring and fall (S. N. E.). 

38. Dendroica maculosa Baird. Summer resident (N. N. 
E.); migratory, spring and fall (S. N. E.). 

39. Dendroica pennsylvanica Baird. Summer resident.. 

40. Dendroica striata Baird. Summer resident (N. N. E.); 
migratory in spring and fall (S. N. E.). 

41. Dendroica castanea Baird. Summer resident (N. N. 
EK.) ; migratory (S. N. E). 

42. Dendroica czrulescens Baird. Summer resident (N.. 
_ N.E.); migratory (S. N. E.). 

43. Dendroica virens Baird. Summer resident. 


Brewer.] ; 440 [March 8, 


44. Dendroica pinus Baird. Summer resident (S. N. E.). 

45. Dendroica palmarum Baird. Summer resident (N. N. 
E.); migratory (S. N. E.). 

46. Dendroica discolor Baird. Summer resident (Mass., R. 
J., and Conn.). 

47. Seiurus aurocapillus Swainson. Summer resident. 

48. Seiurus noveboracensis Nutt. Summer resident (N, 
N. E.) ; a rare summer resident chiefly migratory (S. N. E.). 
*49. Seiurus ludovicianus Bonap. Rare, occasional ( Mass.) ; 
summer resident (Conn.). 

50. Oporornis agilis Baird. Migratory, possibly a summer 
resident in (N. N. E.). 

51. Geothlypis trichas Cabanis. Summer resident. 

52. Geothlypis philadelphia Baird. Rare. Migratory 
(S. N. E.); rare summer resident (N. N. E.). 


53. Icteria virens Bonap. Rare summer resident (Mass. and 
Conn.). 
*54. Myiodioctes mitratus Aud. Rare summer resident 
(Saybrook, Conn.). 
*55. Myiodioctes minutus Baird. (Wenham, Mass.) 

56. Myiodioctes pusillus Bonap. Rare. Migratory (S. N. 
E.); summer resident (Me.). 

57. Myiodioctes canadensis Aud. Summer resident. 

58. Setophaga ruticilla Swain. Summer resident. 

59. Progne subis Baird. Summer resident. 

60. Petrochelidon lunifrons Baird. Summer resident. | 

61. Hirundo horreorum Barton. Summer resident. 

62. Hirundo bicolor Vieill. Summer resident. 

63. Cotyle riparia Boie. Summer resident. 

64. Vireosylvia olivaceus Bonap. Summer resident. 

65. Vireosylvia philadelphicus Cassin. Summer resident 
(Northern Maine). 

66. Vireosylvia gilvus Cassin. Summer resident. 

67. lLanivireo solitarius Baird. Summer resident 

68. Lanivireo flavifrons Vieill. Summer resident. 

69. Vireo noveboracensis Bonap. Summer resident. 

70. Ampelis garrulus Linn. Winter visitant. 

71. Ampelis cedrorum Scl. Summer resident. Nomadic. 

72. Collurio borealis Baird. Winter visitant (S. N. E.); 
resident (N. N. E.). 


1875.] 44] [Brewer. 


* 73. Collurio ludovicianus Linn. Accidental, (Mass.). 
74. Pyranga rubra Vieill. Summer resident. 

*75. Pyranga estiva Vieill. Accidental (Mass.). 

76. Pinicola enucleator Cabanis. Winter visitant (S. N. 

E.); resident (N. N. E.). 

77. Carpodacus purpureus Gray. Summer resident. 

78. Chrysomitris tristis Bonap. Summer resident. Noma- 
dic in winter. 

79. Chrysomitris pinus Bonap. Migratory (S. N. E.); 
summer resident (N. N. E.). 

80. Loxia americana Wilson. Resident (N. N. E.); win- 

ter visitant (S. N. E.). 

81. Loxia leucoptera Gmelin. Resident (N. N. E.); win- 

ter visitant (S. N. E.). 

82. A®giothus linarius Cabanis. Winter visitant. 

*83. MAsgiothus canescens Cab. Winter visitant (Kastern 

Maine). 

*84. Aigiothus Brewsteri Ridgway. Accidental, Mass. 

85. Plectrophanes nivalis Meyer. Winter visitant. 

86. Plectrophanes lapponicus. Rare. Winter visitant. 

87. Pyrgita domestica Cab. Resident. Introduced. 

88. Passerculus savanna Bonap. Summer resident. 
*89. Passerculus princeps Maynard. Migratory, rare 
(Mass. ). 

90. Pooecetes gramineus Gmelin. Summer resident. 

91. Coturniculus Henslowi Bonap. Summer resident, rare 

(Mass.). 

92. Coturniculus passerinus Bonap. Summer resident, 

rare (S. N. E.). 

93. Ammodramus caudacutus Swainson. Summer resident 

(S. N. E.). 

94. Ammodramus maritimus Swainson. Summer resident 

Go. N.h:). 

*95. Chondestes grammaca Bonap. Accidental (Mass.). 
96. Zonotrichia leucophrys Swainson. Migratory, rare. 
97. Zonotrichia albicollis Bonap. Migratory (S. N. E.); 

summer resident (N. N. E.). 

98. Junco hyemalis Sclater. Winter visitant (S. N. E.); 

resident (N. N. E.). 

99. Spizella monticola Baird. Winter visitant. 


Brewer. | 449 [March 8, 


100, Spizella pusilla Bonap. Summer resident. 

101. Spizella socialis Bonap. Snmmer resident. 
*102. Spizella Breweri Cassin. Accidental (Watertown, 
Mass. Brewster). 

103. Melospiza melodia Wilson. Resident (S. N. E.); 
summer resident. 

104. Melospiza Lincolni Aud. Rare; Migratory (S. N. 
E.); summer resident (N. N. E.). 

105. Melospiza palustris Wilson. Summer resident. 

106. Passerella iliaca Swainson. Migratory. 

107. HKuspiza americana Bonap. Summer resident, rare 
(S. N. E.). 

108. Hedymeles ludovicianus Swainson. Summer resi- 
dent. 
*109. Guiraca cerulea Swainson. Accidental (Calais, Me.). 

110. Cyanospiza cyanea Linn. Summer resident. 
*111. Cardinalis virginianus Bonap. Rare summer resident 
(Mass.). 

112. Pipilo erythropthalmus Vieillot. Summer resident 
(S. N. E.). 

113. Hremophila alpestris Boie. Winter visitant. 

114. Dolichonyx oryzivorus Swainson. Summer resident. 

115. Molothrus pecoris Swainson. Summer visitant. 

116. Agelaius phceniceus Vieillot. Summer resident. 

117. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus Baird. Accidental 
(Mass.). 

118. Sturnella magna Swainson. Summer resident. 

119. Icterus spurius Bonap. Summer resident (S. N. E.). 

120. Icterus Baltimore Daudin. Summer resident. 

121. Scolecophagus ferrugineus Swainson. Migratory 
(S. N. E.); summer resident (N. N. E.). 

122. Quiscalus purpureus Bartram. Summer resident, (S. 
N. E.). 

123. Quiscalus eneus Ridgway. Migratory (S. N. E.) ; 
summer resident (N. N. E.). 

124. Corvus carnivorus Bartram. Resident (N. N. E.). 

125. Corvus americanus Aud. Summer resident; a few 
winter. 

126. Cyanura cristata Swainson. Resident. 

127. Perisoreus canadensis Bonap. Resident (N. N. E.); 
occasional visitant (S. N. E.). 


1875.] 443 [Brewer. 


128. Tyrannus carolinensis Baird. Summer resident. 
*129. Tyrannus dominicensis Brisson. Accidental (Mass.). 
*130. Tyrannus verticalis Say. Accidental (Pembroke, 

Me.). 

131. Myiarchus crinitus Cabanis. Rare summer resident. 

132. Sayornis fuscus Baird. Summer resident. 

133. Contopus borealis Swainson. Rare summer resident. 

134. Contopus virens Cabanis. Summer resident. 

“135. Empidonax Traillii Aud. Summer resident (N. N. E. 

and Western Mass.). 

136. HEmpidonax minimus Baird. Summer resident.. 

137. Empidonax flaviventris Baird. Migratory (S. N.E.); 
summer resident (Maine. ) 

138. Ceryle aleyon Boie. Summer resident, occasional in 

winter. 

139. Chordeiles popetue Vieillot. Summer resident. 

140. Antrostomus vociferus Bonap. Summer resident. 

141. Chaetura pelagica Linn. Summer resident. 

142. Trochilus colubris Linn. Summer resident. 

*143. Thaumatias Linnei Bonap. Accidental (Mass.). 
144. Coccygus americanus Bonap. Summer resident. 
145. Coccygus erythrophthalmus Bonap. Summer resi- 

dent. 

146. Picus villosus Linn. Summer resident. 

147. Picus pubescens Linn. Resident. 

148. Picoides arcticus Gray. Winter visitant. 

149. Picoides americanus Brehm. Winter visitant. 

150. Sphyropicus varius Linn. Summer resident (N. N. 


*151. Sphyropicus nuchalis Baird. Accidental (Mass. and 
152. Hylotomus pileatus Linn. Resident. 


153. Centurus carolinus Bonap. Rare (S. W. N. E.) 
154. Melanerpes erythrocephalus Swainson. Summer 


resident (S. W. N. E.). 


155. Colaptes auratus Swainson. Summer resident, rare in 
winter. 


1 Proceedings of Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., 1865, p. 96, where it is printed Plympton, 
Me. Asthere is no such town in that State and Dr. Bryant made collections in 
Pembroke, there is little doubt it should so read. 


Brewer.] 444 | [March 3, 


*156. Strix pratincola Bonap. Accidental (Mass. and 
Conn.)."", 

157. Otus wilsonianus Less. Summer resident. 

158. Brachyotus Cassini Brewer. Summer resident (N. 
N. E.). 

159. Syrnium cinereum Audubon. Winter visitant. 

160. Syrnium nebulosum Gray. Resident. 

161. Nyctale Richardsoni Bonap. Rare winter visitant. | 

162. Nyctale acadica Bonap. Summer resident. 

163. Scops asio Bonap. Resident. 

164. Bubo virginianus Bonap. Resident. 

165. Nyctea arctica Gray. Winter visitant. 

166. Surnia hudsonica Gmelin. Winter visitant. 

*167. Spheotyto hypogzea! Bonap. (Mass., May 4th, 1875, 
Ruthven Deane.) 

168. Hierofalco islandicus Sabine. Winter visitant (N. 
INS E2)). 

*169. Hierofalco labradora Audubon. Rare resident (Dum- 
merston, Vt.). 

170. Falco anatum Bonap. Resident. | 

171. Adésalon columbarius Linn. Migratory visitant (S. 
N. E.) ; summer resident (N. N. E.). 

172. Tinnunculus sparverius Linn. Summer resident. 
*173. Nauclerus furcatus. Accidental (Western Mass., 
Allen). 

174. Pandion carolinensis Gmelin. Summer resident. 

175. Circus hudsonius Linn. Summer resident. 

176. Nisus fuscus Gmelin. Summer resident. 

177. Nisus Cooperi Bonap. Summer resident. 

178. Astur atricapillus Wilson. Migratory (S. N. E.); 
summer resident (N. N. E.). 

179. Buteo pennsylvanicus Wilson. Summer resident. 
*180. Buteo Swainsoni var. insignatus Cassin. Accidental 
(Salem, Mass.). 

181. Buteo lineatus Gmelin. Resident. 

182. Buteo borealis Gmelin. Resident. 


1This addition to the New England fauna has been made known since the list 
was read. The specimen was taken in the marshes near Newburyport by 
Messrs. H. Joyee and I. K. Clifford. It is the only one known to have been taken 
in New England. 


1875.] 445 [Brewer. 


183. Archibuteo lagopus Linn. Winter visitant. 

184. Archibuteo lagopus var. Sancti Johannis. Resi- 
dent, rare (Maine). 

185. Aquila canadensis Linn. Resident, rare. 

186. Halietus leucocephalus Linn. Resident. 
*187. Rhinogryphus aura Linn. Accidental (Me., Conn.). 
*188. Catharista atrata Bartram. Accidental (Mass., Me.). 

189. Ectopistes migratoria Swainson. Irregular summer 
visitant. 

190. Zenaidura carolinensis Bonap. Summer resident; 
rare. 

191. Meleagris gallopavo Linn. Resident, probably extinct. 

192. Canace canadensis. Resident (N. N. E.). 

193. Cupidonia cupido Linn. Resident (Mass.). 

194. Bonasa umbellus Stephens. Resident. 
*195. Lagopus albus. Rare, accidental winter visitant (N. 
NE). ! 

196. Ortyx virginianus Bonap. Resident. 

197. Aigialitis vociferus. Summer resident. 

198. Asigialitis semipalmatus. Mboeratory. 

199. Asgialitis melodus Cab. Summer resident. 

200. Charadrius virginicus Borck. Migratory. 

201. Squatarola helvetica Cuvier. Migratory. 
*202. Heematopus palliatus Temn. Rare (coast, Mass. 
and Me.). 

203. Strepsilas interpres Illig. Migratory. 

204. Himantopus nigricollis Vieill. Occasional. Rare, 
(Mass., Me.). 

205. Phalaropus Wilsoni Bon. Mieratory. Rare (Mass.); 

206. Phalaropus hyperboreus Cuv. Migratory, usually 
along the coast. 

207. Phalaropus fulicarius Bon. Migratory. Rare on the 
land, more common at sea. Summer resident, Me. (Boardman). 

208. Philohela minor Gray. Summer resident. 

209. Gallinago Wilsoni Bon. Summer resident (N. N. E.) 
migratory (S. N. E.). 

210. Macrorhamphus griseus Leach. Summer resident 
(N. N. E.); migratory (S. N. E.). 

211. Macrorhamphus scolopaceus Lawrence. Rare, mi- 
gratory, not in company with 210, (coast of Mass.) Brewster. 


Brewer.] 446 [March 3, 


212. Micropalama himantopus Baird. Migratory (Mass.). 

2138. EHreunetes petrificatus Ill. Migratory. 

214. Tringa canutus Linn. Migratory; abundant, May 20th, 
1875, Barnstable Co. Mass. 

215. Calidris arenaria Ill. Migratory. 

216. Arquatella maritima Bd. Winter visitant. 
* 217. Ancylocheilus subarquatus Kaup. This is an Euro- 
pean species, of rare and accidental occurrence in America. Up to 
the present time no authenticated instance was on record of a 
single specimen having been taken any in part of New England. It 
had been given on the strength of three individuals taken at_St. An- 
drews, N. B., on the St. Croix, and within a few miles of the Maine 
line. A single individual has been recently taken at Ipswich, Mass., 
and the same is now in the collection of Raymond Newcomb, Esq., of 
Salem. 

218. Pelidna americana Baird. Migratory. 

219. Actodromas maculata Cassin. Migratory. 
* 220. Actodromas Bairdii Coues. Migratory, rare (Mass.). 

221. Actodromas minutilla Coues. Migratory. 

222. Actodromas Bonapartei Cass. Migratory. 

223. Symphemia semipalmata Hart. Summer resident. 

224. Gambetta melanoleuca Bon. Migratory. 

225. Gambetta flavipes Bon. Migratory. 

226. Rhyacophilus solitarius Baird. Mieratory (S. N. 
E.); summer resident (N. N. E.). 

227. Tringoides macularius Gray. Summer resident. 
*228. Machetes pugnax Gray. Rarely occasional (Mass.). 

229. Actiturus Bartramius Bon. Summer resident (S. N. 

230. Tryngites rufescens Cab. Mieratory. 

231. Limosa fedoa Ord. Migratory, rare (Mass., Me. 
coast). 

232. Limosa hudsonica Swainson. Migratory. 

233. Numenius longirostris Wilson. Visitor in mid-sum- 
mer, coast. 

234. Numenius hudsonicus Latham. Migratory, coast. 

235. Numenius borealis Lath. Migratory, of irregular 
appearance. 

236. Ibis Ordii. Occasional (Mass.). 

237. Ardea herodias Linn. Summer resident. 


\ 


1875.] 447 [Brewer. 


238. Herodias egretta Gray: Summer visitant. 

239. Florida cerulea Baird. Rare straggler (Mass., coast). 

240. Garzetta candidissima Bon. Summer visitant, rare. 

241. Ardetta exilis Gray. Summer resident, rare (S.N. E.). 

242. Botaurus lentiginosus Steph. Summer resident. 

243. Butorides virescens Bon. Summer resident. 

244. WNyctiardea Gardeni Baird. Summer resident. 
*245. Nyctherodius violaceus Bd. Accidental (Lynn, 
Mass.). 

*246. Rallus elegans Aud. Accidental (West Haven, Conn., 
Batty). 

*247. Rallus crepitans Aud. Breeds in S. W. Conn., in salt 
marshes on shore of L. I. Sound. Not found in any other portion of 
New England; quoted as of Massachusetts, on authority of Dr 
Cabot, but the individual referred to came from Long Island, N. Y. 

248. Rallus virginianus Linn. Summer resident. 

249. Porzana carolina Vieill. Summer resident. 

*250. Oreciscus jamaicensis Gm. Rare summer resident 
(Hazenville, Conn., Batty). 

251. Coturnicops noveboracensis Cass. Rare summer vis- 
jtant (Mass., Conn. Prof. G. B. Goode). 

*252. Porphyrio martinica Latham. Accidental (Mass., Me.). 

253. Gallinula galeata Bon. Rare summer resident (Mass., 


accidental Me.). 


254. Fulica americana Gm. Summer resident. 

255. Cygnus americanus Sharpless. Rare, migratory 
(Mass.). 

256. Anser hyperboreus Pallas. |Migratory, rare. 

257. Amnser gambelli Hartlaub. Rare, migratory. 

258. Bernicla canadensis Boie. Migratory. 

259. Bernicla Hutchinsii Aud. Migratory. 

260. Bernicla brenta Steph. Migratory. 
*261. Bernicla nigricans Lawrence. Accidental (Mass., 


Henshaw). 


262. Anas boschas Linn. Migratory. 

263. Anas obscura Gm. Resident., 

264. Dafila acuta Jen. Migratory. 

265. Nettion carolinensis Baird. Migratory. 
266. Querquedula discors Steph. Migratory. 
267. Spatula clypeata Boie. Migratory, rare. 


Brewer. | 448 [March 3, 


268. Chaulelasmus streperus Gray. Mieratory, rare. 

269. Mareca americana Steph. Migratory. 

270. Aix sponsa Swainson. Summer resident. 

271. Fulix marila Baird. Mieratory. 

272. Fulix affinis. Rare, migratory. 

273. Fulix collaris. Summer resident, rare (Maine). Migra- 
tory. 

274. Aythya americana Bon. Migratory, summer resident, 
rare (Me). ; 

275. Aythya vallisneria Bon. Micratory, rare. 

276. Bucephala americana Bd. Winter visitant (S. Ni: 
E.); resident (Me.). 

277. Bucephala islandica Bd. Migratory (S. N. E); sum- 
mer resident, rare (Me.). 

278. Bucephala albeola Bd. Migratory (S. N. E.); summer 
resident (Me.). 

279. Histrionicus torquatus Bon. Winter visitant. 

280. Harelda glacialis Leach. Winter visitant. 

281. Camptolemus labradorius Gray. Winter visitant. 

282. Melanetta velvetina Bd. Migratory. 

283. Pelionetta perspicillata Kaup. Migratory. 

284. Oidemia americana Swainson. Migratory. 

285. Somateria mollissima Leach. Winter visitant. 

286. Somateria spectabilis Leach. Winter visitant. 

287. Erismatura rubida Bon. Migratory. 
*288. Erismatura dominica. Accidental (Vermont). 

289. Mergus americanus Cass. Summer resident (N. N. 
E.); migratory (8. N. E.). 

290. Mergus serrator Linn. Summer resident (N. N. E.). 

291. Lophodytes cucullatus Reich. Migratory (S. N. E.); 
summer resident (N. N. E.). 
*292. Pelecanus erythrorhynchus'  Gmel. Accidental 
(Mass.). 
*298. Pelecanus fuscus Linn. Accidental, (Mass.). 

294. Sula bassana Brisson. Winter visitant. 

295. Graculus carbo Gray. Rare summer resident (Maine) ; 
migratory. 

296. Graculus dilophus Gray. Winter visitant. 

297. Larus glaucus Brisson. Coast in winter. 

298. Larus leucopterus Fabr. Coast in winter. 


1875.] 449 [Brewer. 


299. Larus marinus Linn. Coast in winter. 

300. Larus Smithsonianus Coues. Summer resident (Me.); 
coast in winter. 

301. Larus delawarensis Ord. Coast in winter. 

302. Rissa tridactyla Bon. Coast in winter. 

3808. Chroicocephalus atricilla Lawrence. Summer res- 
ident. 

804. Chroicocephalus philadelphia Lawrence. Summer 
resident, Me. Migratory. 

305. Stercorarius pomarinus Temn. Off the coast in 
winter. 

306. Stercorarius parasiticus Gray. Off the coast in 
winter. 

307. Stercorarius Buffoni Baird. Coast of Maine, winter. 
* 308. Xema Sabini Leach. This species is new to our fauna, 
and is entitled to a place on the strength of a single specimen in im- 
mature plumage taken in Boston Harbor, Sept. 27th, 1864, by Mr. 
H. W. Diamond. It is now in the collection of Mr. Wm. Brewster, 
Cambridge. 

309. Gelochelidon aranea Wilson. Although mentioned as 
of occasional occurrence by Emmons, Putnam, Samuels and Allen, I 
can find no special confirmation of its actual presence except a single 
specimen recently taken at Ipswich by Mr. Maynard and now in 
Mr. Brewster’s possession. 

* 310. Thalasseus acuflavidus Cabot. Dr. Coues names this 
bird as of undoubted occurrence on our coast. At the time of the 
publication of his list, there was, so far as I can find, no data for that 
belief. It had not even then been traced so far north as Long Island, 
or New York, and only a single specimen had been traced so far 
north as Grassy Bay, in Southern New Jersey. The capture of two 
specimens by Mr. Vickary at Chatham, Cape Cod, has now given it, 
I believe for the first time, a right to take its place among the rare 
and accidental birds that visit our coast. 

*311. Thalasseus caspius. Occasional, Mass., Brewster; 
(Me. ?) 

*312. Thalasseus regius. Rare summer visitant, Brewster 
and Maynard, Mass., 1874. 

313. Sterna Forsteri Nuttall. Occasional in fall (Mass.). 

314. Sterna hirundo Linn. Summer resident. 

315, Sterna macroura Naum. Summer resident. 

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 29 JULY, 1875. 


Brewer.] 0) | [March 3, 


316. Sterna paradisea Briinn. Summer resident (S. N. E.). 

317. Sterna antillarum Summer resident (S. N. E.). 
*318. Sterna portlandica Ridgway. Of rare appearance 
(Me., Mass.). 

319. Hydrochelidon fissipes Gray. Occasional in fall 
(Mass.). 

820. Cymochorea leucorrhoa Coues. Summer resident 
(coast of Me.). 

321. Oceanites oceanica Coues. Summer visitant in Au- 
gust, on the coast. 

322. Puffinus fuliginosus Strick. Ocenetamal on coast in 
summer. . 

323. Puffinus major Fabr. Coast (Me., Boardman; 
Granby, Conn., Goode). 

324, Polmbes torquatus Briinnich. Summer resident (N. 
N. E.) 

325. Colymbus septentrionalis Linn. Migratory on coast. 

326. Podiceps cornutus Gm. Summer resident (N. N. E.); 
migratory on coast. 

327. Podiceps griseigena Bodd. Summer resident (N. N. 
E.); migratory on coast. . 

828. Podilymbus podiceps Linn. Rare summer resident 
(Me.); migratory. 

329. Alca impennis Linn. Extinct species, formerly resident 
.on the coast. 

330. Alca torda Linn. Summer siete (Me.); off coast in 
winter. 

331. Fratercula arctica Linn. Summer resident (Me.) ; off 
coast in winter. 

332. Mergulus alle Linn. Winter visitant. 

333. Uria grylle Linn. Summer resident (Me.); off coast in 
winter. 

334. Lomvia troile Linn. Summer resident (Me.); off coast 
in winter. 

335. Lomvia ringvia Brinnich. Off coast in winter. 

836. Lomvia.arra Pallas. Off coast in winter. 


The following species, which have been enumerated in various lists 
as of occurrence in New England, I have purposely withdrawn, and 
challenge their right to be regarded as in any sense New England 
birds. It is quite possible that a few of them may hereafter be met 


1875.] 451 (Brewer. 


with within our limits. At present I can find no evidence that will 
warrant me in retaining them. 


Saxicola cenanthe Bechst. This species, included by Dr. 
Coues, has never to my knowledge, been taken in New England, and 
should not be retained. ‘The specimen referred to by Mr. Cassin as 
from Nova Scotia, was given him by me, and had been taken at 
Cape Harrison, Labrador. 

Polioptila czerulea Sclat. I can find no authority for retain- 
ing this among the birds of New England. It is of very rare 
occurrence near New York city, two instances only being on record, 
and is, so far as I am aware, wholly unknown in any New England 
State. : ‘ 

Oporornis formosus Baird. This species is given by Dr. 
Coues, but apparently on conjecture. In my judgment it should be 
excluded. 

Helmitherus Swainsoni Bonap. This bird, rare everywhere, 
and unknown in New England, has been included in nearly every 
list of New England and Massachusetts, and my name is given as 
authority. This is a mistake, originating in the first place with Mr. 
Audubon. It isnot a New England bird. 

Dendroica cerulea Wils. This species has been included by 
Mr. Putnam in his list of the birds of New England by a misunder- 
standing on the part of his informant. I ascertained by careful 
inquiry that the species meant was D. cerulescens. I can find no 
evidence that this bird has ever crossed our borders. 

Lophophanes bicolor Linn. I think this bird has no claim to 
be included in the avi-fauna of New England. 

Collurio excubitoroides Sw. This species, given originally 
by Emmons and by Peabody, appears to have no claim to be retained. 
It is given by Dr. Coues as of very doubtful occurrence, and should 
be excluded until its claim is established by positive ‘proof. 

Hesperiphona vespertina Bonap. Dr. Coues includes this 
species hypothetically. Sofar there is no positive evidence to cor- 
roborate this claim, yet its presence as a straggler may be looked 
for as possible in Vermont or New Hampshire. The nearest ap- 
proach to our borders that has come to my knowledge is Elizabeth- 
town, Essex Co., New York, where Rev. Dr. Cutting of Brooklyn, 
saw one in the winter of 1875. 

Quiscalus major Vieill. This is a southern species; is not 
known to occur, and should be excluded. 


Brewer.] 452 [March 3, 


Corvus ossifragus Wils. This is included by Dr. Coues, but 
its claim rests on no reliable data. Mr. Lawrence has never known 
of an individual taken north of Sqiam Beach, New Jersey. 

Empidonax acadicus Gm. Mr. Allen informs me that the spe- 
cies found in western Massachusetts, and included by him in the list 
as the Acadian Flycatcher, is really Emp. Traillii. This leaves us 
without any evidence of the occurrence of this species, and I have 
therefore taken it from the list. | 

Aigialitis Wilsonius Cass. I am in doubt in regard to this 
species. It is not of Massachusetts, although my name is usually 
quoted as authority therefor. Its occurrence on the coast of Con- 
necticut is quite probable, but as I have no data therefor, I take it 
from among the birds of New England, at least for the present. | 

Recurvirostra americana Gm. This has been placed among 
the birds of New England by Prof. Verrill and by Dr. Coues, on the 
strength of a single specimen said to have been taken by Mr. G. A. 
Boardman, near Calais. As this specimen was not taken near Calais, 
but at Point Lepreaux, New Brunswick, we are without any evidence 
that this bird belongs to our fauna, and therefore I take it out. 

Scolopax rusticola Linn. The European Woodcock has been 
placed in our list by Dr. Coues inferentially only. We have no facts 
that warrant our following his conclusion, and I have to omit it. 

Anser ceerulescens Cassin. Dr. Coues says that if this bird 
be really a valid species it should take its place in the list of New 
England birds. But I can find no data for this conclusion. I believe 
it to be a good species, but one exclusively western, and I have no 
evidence that a single individual has ever been taken within our 
limits. Mr. Boardman, who has been quoted as authority, writes me 
that he has never met with it. 

Bernicla leucopsis Linn. I omit this from among the birds 
of New England, because I am confident that all the instances of its 
supposed capture have been birds that had escaped from confine- 
ment. It is a bird, at best, only accidental in America in a wild state, 
is not uncommon in private collections of water fowl, and occasion- 
ally escapes. Hight birds escaped from the grounds of a gentleman 
in Halifax,in the fall of 1871 or 1872, many of which were afterwards 
shot at various points along the coast. The specimen taken in North 
Carolina and referred to by Mr. Lawrence was probably one of these 


escaped birds. 


1875]. 453 [Brewer. 


Nettion crecca Kaup. The English Teal has been repeatedly 
taken in various parts of North America. It is, of course, liable to 
occur in New England; it never has been, so far as I can learn, and 
therefore comes within my rule of exclusion, as not proven. 

Mareca penelope Bon. The same remark applies to the 
European Widgeon. | 

Sula fiber Linn. This is given by Mr. Putnam and by Mr. 
Linsley, and retained by Dr. Coues. As its occurrence would be, 
as the latter gentleman well remarks, “entirely exceptional,” and as 
the evidence is incomplete, I prefer to place it on probation and 
await further proof. 

Fulmarus glacialis Leach. This is a European North Atlan- 
tic species, found off Greenland and Labrador, and generally sup- 
posed to be found off our own coast. I am disposed to challenge 
this as a too readily conceded supposition. It is wholly unsupported 
by facts. Mr. George A. Boardman, after many years’ search, and 
the offer of large rewards, has been unable to procure a specimen, 
and doubts its occurrence on our coast. 

Puffinus anglorum Temm. Although Dr. Coues gives this as 
“of not uncommon occurrence off the coast in winter,’ I can find 
nothing to encourage this belief. No specimen has been taken, that 
I can ascertain; Mr. Boardman has never been able to procure one 
and has no other reason to suppose it is found on our coast than that 
the fishermen speak of a smaller kind of Hagden, an authority alto- 
gether too vague. Nor is there any evidence that it is even a North 
American bird. 

Procellaria pelagica Linn. I omit this for the same reason. 
Its presence on the shores of North America is unsupported by any 
facts. 

Stercorarius skua Briinn. This, it is now generally conceded, 
has no claim to be placed in the avi-fauna of New England. Except 
as accidental in Greenland, it is not even North American. 

Larus Hutchinsii Richardson. This is probably identical with 
L. glaucus. If not, it is entitled to a place. 

Sterna fuliginosa Wael. This is a southern species, unknown 
on our coast, or that of New Jersey. . 

Rhynchops nigra Linn. This bird evidently has no claim to a 
place in our avi-fauna. It is of rare occurrence, even on the south- 
ern coast of Long Island. 


Scudder.] 454 [March 17, 


Colymbus arcticus Linn. I can find no authority for includ- 
ing this species among the birds of New England, though its pres- 
ence is far from being improbable. The nearest approach that I can 
ascertain is one taken near Point Lapreaux, New Brunswick. 

Podiceps cristatus Lath. Although this species has been 
given as a New England bird, and Mr. Boardman named as author- 
ity, this is a misapprehension. Mr. Boardman informs me that he 
has never met with it. It must therefore be taken from the list. Its 
right to be regarded even as North American is also questioned. 

Mormon cirrhata Pallas. The references to Mr. Boardman as 
authority for the presence of this Pacific species on our coast, are 
founded in error. He has never met with it. It rests its claim only 
on an example, given to Mr. Audubon, and said to have been take 
off the mouth of the Kennebec River. This, though not impossible, 
is so improbable that I prefer to plaee it among the apochryphal 
yirds of New England, until its claim can be supported by stronger 
evidence. 


Dr. J. B. 8. Jackson exhibited a curiously malformed ster- 
num of a turkey, containing a large cavity through which 
the intestine passed. 


March 17, 1875. 


Vice President S. H. Scudder in the chair. Forty-five 
persons present. 


The following papers were read: — 


A CENTURY OF ORTHOPTERA. DECADE II.— LOCUSTARIA. 
By SAMuEL H. ScuppDER. 


Stalia nov. gen. 

Head of excessive size, very tumid, smooth, with no prominence 
excepting the rather irregular raised edges of the antennal sockets, in 
the region of which the head is slightly depressed; labrum very large, 
circular; last joint of maxillary palpi very slender, obconical, nearly 
as long as the two preceding joints combined; first joint of antennz 
cylindrical, searcely depressed, nearly twice as long as broad ; second 


1875.] 455 [Scudder. 


scarcely longer than broad, conical, tapering rapidly; remaining joints 
filiform, the antenne being niuch longer than the body. Pronotum 
selliform, exceedingly contracted in the middle; the anterior and pos- 
terior extremities greatly elevated, covering the head and base of the 
tegmina, furnished along the lateral carine with half a dozen long, 
acuminate, curving spines; prosternum with a pair of straight acicu- 
lar spines. Fore femora longer than the middle pair, both provided 
at the apex, the former anteriorly and a little interiorly, the latter 
posteriorly and a little exteriorly, with an extensive spinous and 
deeply serrate, laminate expansion nearly three times as broad as the 
femora; bases of the fore and middle tibiee compressed into similar 
foliate expansions, but not so greatly nor so unequally as the femora; 
otherwise these limbs are quadrate, sulcate superiorly, enlarged a little 
at the apex; hind femora exceedingly long and slender, cylindrical, 
scarcely larger at the base than at the apex, provided apically on 
either side with a stout divergent spine, and along the entire under 
surface with a double row of obliquely divergent spines; hind tibiz 
conspicuously longer than the femora, slightly sulcate above, the api- 
cal spines no larger than the others; first and second tarsal joints 
bluntly carinate above, the second and third with lateral lobes, those 
of the third joint larger, bluntly acuminate apically, partially embrac- 
ing the cylindrical base of the last joint. Tegmina large, exceedingly 
broad, not so long as the abdomen, erect, the edges broadly eroded, 
especially below near the apex, the principal vein very prominent, 
the whole bearing a striking resemblance to a dead leaf; the dorsal 
and lateral fields are sharply separated by a prominent ridge; wings 
longer than the tegmina, the exposed portion resembling them. Ab- 
domen very stout, with a single mediodorsal series of small, back- 
ward directed spines at the apices of the joints; ovipositor exceed- 
ingly broad, compressed, turned abruptly upward in the middle and 
then rapidly tapering to a point. 

This genus, which belongs to the Phyllophoride, is very distinct 
from any other known to me, but is evidently allied, not very dis- 
tantly, to Hetrodes. It is even more hideous in its appearance, and 
the close resemblance of its tegmina to a dead leaf with the foliate 
expansion of the two anterior pairs of legs renders it a most striking 
object. A similar insect, from Silhet, is figured (Pl. VI, fig. 2) in 
Wood’s “ Insects abroad ” and called there Sanaa imperialis; but it 
differs entirely from the Acanthodes imperialis of White. 


Scudder.] 


1875.] 457 [Scudder. 


11. Stalia foliata. (Figs 3-5.) Obscure yellowish-brown, the 
antenne beyond the base blackish, the foliations of the legs, the teg- 
mina and portions of the wings exposed when at rest, of the colour of 
a dried leaf; lower edge of the pronotum and sides of the meso- and 
metathorax yellowish; all the femora, excepting the expansions 
alluded to, brownish-yellow dotted with brown; the middle smaller 
portion of the fore and middle tibie paler than the rest of the joint; 
tarsi dusky; all the spines black-tipped; under surface and proster- 
nal thorns yellowish ; wings surpassing the tegmina by four millime- 
tres, the parts not exposed deep black. Abdomen blackish; ovipos- 
itor not half the length of the abdomen, profusely rugulose, dark 
yellowish-brown. 

Length of body, 55.5 mm.; of tegmina, 35.5 mm.; of hind femora, 
44.5 mm.; of hind tibie, 53.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 14.5 mm.; greatest 
breadth of ovipositor, 5.75 mm.; of fore femoral foliation, 8.5 mm.; 
of fore tibial foliation, 5.5 mm. 1 ?, Old Calabar; received from 
“Andrew Murray, Esq. 


Lirometopum (Atpds, pétwroy) Nov. gen. 


Body exceedingly stout and heavy. Head large and very short, the 
entire front completely appressed, declivant, forming less than a right 
angle with the sides and summit of the head, the trituberculate vertex, 
the basal antennal joints, eyes and tubercles below them all forming 
a part of the separating ridge; vertex with a pair of blunt lateral 
basal tubercles larger than itself, each much larger than and sur- 
passing the basal antennal joint, the minute bidentate apex of the 
vertex lying between and not surpassing them; the globose prominent 
eyes are thus separated by a space equal to half the entire breadth of 
the expanded front, which is itself broader than the pronotum; an- 
tenne slender, longer than the body; mandibles compressed in front 
with sharp lateral edges. Prosternum unarmed; pronotum well 
arched transversely without lateral carine, the front edge broadly 
convex, the angle of the posterior humeral sinus large, the posterior 
border of the upper surface almost straight; legs short, stout, thick ; 
all the femora spined beneath, the fore and middle femora of about 
equal length; the third tarsal joint prominently bilobed, each lobe 
produced apically to a sharp angle; tegmina longer than the body, 
ovate lanceolate, compact; wings not surpassing the tegmina. Ovi- 
positor stout, moderately broad, long and straight. 


Scudder.] 458 : [March 17, 


This most remarkable genus belongs to the Conocephalide, but is 
not closely allied to any of the known genera; its laterally tubercu- 
lated and apically bidentate vertical spine allies it to Vestria Stal, 
but the extreme breadth and shortness of this spine, and the extraor- 
dinary flatness of the front of the head, distinguishes it at a glance 
from every other genus. 

12. Lirometopum coronatum. (Figs 1-2.) Uniform tes- 
taceous (but doubtless green in life), the prominences of the head, 
front of mandibles, labrum and the parts above it, as far as a line 
uniting the bases of the mandibles, piceous; the apices of the princi- 
pal cross veins on the posterior border of the tegmina, the spines of 
femora and tibie and the ovipositor marked with ferrugino-testa- 
ceous; tips of the claws blackish. The lateral carine of the head 
below the eyes rendered conspicuous by about half a dozen slightly 
appressed, short, blunt, conical tubercles of about the size of the api- 
cal portion of the vertex; front with a few broad, slight, vescicular 
elevations in the central portions and some scattered rugosities be- 
tween them and the coronate edges of the face. Pronotum with an 
exceedingly slight impressed line. Ovipositor longer than the body, 
equal, excepting close to the tip, where it tapers by the excision of 
the lower side, terminating in a blunt point. 

Length of body, 38 mm.; of (broken) antenne, 60 mm.; of tegmina, 
35 mm.; of hind femora, 19 mm.; of ovipositor, 26 mm.; height of face, 
16.5 mm.; breadth of face, 12.75 mm. 1 &, Greytown, New Gra- 
nada; received from Mr. P. R. Uhler. 


Belocephalus (B¢ioc, zegady) nov. gen. 


Allied to Conocephalus. Body stout. Head of the general form 
of that of Conocephalus, the vertex greatly produced as a stout sub- 
cylindrical thorn, tapering apically, bearing an inferior basal tooth, 
but no lateral teeth; eyes small, not very prominent. Prosternum 
bispinous; fore coxz armed with a slender pointed thorn; pronotum 
equal, arched, the front and hind border equally rounded, the latter 
not produced and with a scarcely perceptible humeral excision, the 
lower anterior angle of the lateral lobes distinct, the lower edge 
nearly horizontal, slightly and roundly excised in the middle; fore 
and middle femora of about equal length; hind femora slender, 
tapering very gradually throughout, the lower terminal lobes with a 


1875.] ' 459 [Scudder. 


slight acute spine ; tegmina and wings excessively small in the only 
species known. Ovipositor stout at base but not broad, tapering 
throughout, very slightly upcurved on the apical half, not very sharply 
pointed. 

13. Belocephalus subapterus. Brownish-yellow, perhaps 
green in life. Mandibles and lower edge of front black; labrum and 
palpi yellow; the upper surface of the head and pronotum slightly 
darker and bounded on either side by a faint slender yellowish line, 
which runs from the upper edge of the sides of the vertical spine to 
the back of the head, diverging regularly from the opposite line, 
and continued parallel to it along the pronotum to the inner edge 
of the tegmina; it is bordered interiorly on the vertex and the pro- 
notum with blackish, which marks above the outer edges of the verti- 
cal spine. This is about as long as the head, its basal half, as viewed 
from above, equal, beyond tapering to a point which is slightly 
hooked downward and black; the depending tooth is rather stout, 
triquetral, black. Tegmina minute, padlike; wings obsolescent. 
Abdomen with a scarcely perceptible, interrupted, mediodorsal ca- 
rina; ovipositor about as long as the abdomen, deepening in color at 
the tip. 

Length of body, 38.5 mm.; of vertical spine, 3.5 mm.; of tegmina, 
4mm.; of hind femora, 20,5 mm.; of ovipositor 19.5 mm. 22. One 
from N. E. Florida, the other from Florida (Wurdeman). 

This is figured by Mr. Glover in his unpublished plates (Orth. pl. 
XVI, fig. 17). It is also described by Mr. Thomas (Bull. U.S. Geol. 
Surv., II, 71) as Acanthacara acuta Scudd., but it is very different 
from that species, besides being four times as large. 

14. Orchelimum nigripes. Green, with the usual markings 
of the genus upon the upper surface of the head and pronotum; but 
readily distinguishable from all other species by the legs, all the 
tibiee and tarsi of which, as well as the apical fourth of the hind 
femora are blackish, though the spines of the hind tibize are pale at 
the base. The wings when closed extend slightly beyond the teg- 
mina, and are a little clouded about the tip; the tegmina surpass a 
little the hind femora. The ovipositor of the ? is rather larger than 
in allied species, somewhat more curved, broadest in the middle and 
tapering to a delicate point. 

Length of body, 18 mm.; of antenne, 80 mm.; of tegmina, 
¢ 21 mm.; ? 25 mm.; of hind femora, 3, 16.5 mm.; 9, 19 mm.; of 
ovipositor, 10.5 mm.; 1 3,1 ¢, Dallas, Texas, J. Boll. 


Scudder.] 460 [March 17, 


15. Xiphidium strictum. Sides of head and body, 
together with all the femora and tibie, green. Summit of the head 
with a rather broad reddish-brown longitudinal band, extending from 
the front extremity of the fastigium to the back of the head, edged 
narrowly with white, distinctly on the fastigium, indistinctly behind 
it, and traversed by a faint pale mediodorsal line. Pronotum with a 
narrow lateral stripe of reddish-brown on either side, bordered exte- 
riorly and to a slight extent interiorly with whitish, the two stripes 
parallel, separated from each other by a sufficient space to include 
the cephalic stripe between ‘them, united by a slender cross line of 
reddish-brown next the front edge; tegmina exceedingly short, 
padlike, greenish next the hind edge, the rest striped longitudinally J 
in brown and sordid white; wings reaching when at rest the tip of J 
the tegmina; tarsi more or less infuscated, spines of tibize blackish. | 
Abdomen dull reddish-brown above with a pale lateral stripe edged 
beneath more or less distinctly with dark reddish-brown or blackish ; 
ovipositor excessively long, being longer than the whole body, pale 
testaceous, tinged near the base with green. 

Length of body, 18 mm.; of tegmina, 4.5 mm.; of hind femora, 
16.5 mm.; of ovipositor,25 mm. 2 , taken July 18, and October 5, 
by J. Boll i in Dallas, Texas. 5 

16. Xiphidium antipodum. ener with a broad medio- 
dorsal very dark reddish-brown stripe on the head and pronotum, 
sometimes intense only at its outer borders and generally indicated 
on the abdomen by a lateral blackish stripe. Tegmina testaceous; 
hind femora tipped at the extreme apex with fuscous, all the tibiz 
tinged with testaceous, the tarsi dusky. Vertex moderately broad, 
much constricted at the front edge of the eyes, greatly narrowing on 
the face to meet the slender frontal costa. Pronotum with a faint 
mediodorsal impressed line; tegmina more (<¢) or less (2) than 
half as long as the abdomen, broadly rounded at the tip, the veins 
rather prominent, the tympanum of the male unusually large and 
coarse; legs rather long. Ovipositor rather slender, fully as long as 
the abdomen, scarcely upcurved on the tapering pte fourth, deli- 
cately pointed. 

Length of body, %, 17.5 mm.; °,16 mm.; of tegmina, 7, 8 mm; 
?,5mm.,; of hind femora ¢, 14 mm.; of ovipositor 9, 12 mm.; 1 d, 
1 ?, and several immature. N. Zealand, H. Edwards. 

17. Xiphidium meridionale. Green, with the whole 


1875.] 461 | Scudder. 


upper surface rather dark reddish-brown, faintly bordered with yel- 
; lowish; hind femora tipped with fuscous at the extreme apex, the hind 
tibie rather dull green, the tarsi infuscated. Vertex moderately 
| broad, somewhat pinched at the front edge of the eyes, narrowing but 
little to meet the frontal costa. Tegmina much abbreviated, less 
_than half as long as the abdomen, tapering, sub-triangular, bluntly 
_pointed, the veins moderately prominent; legs rather short, the hind 
femora with a row of very distant black spines, five in number, along 
its inferior carina beyond the swollen base. Ovipositor much longer 
‘than the abdomen, very nearly straight, rather slender, tapering on 
the apical fourth, delicately pointed. 

Length of body, 14 mm.; of tegmina, 5.5 mm.; of hind femora, 

13 mm.; of ovipositor, 13 mm. 1 , Brazil; purchased of Mr. 
Janson. 

18. Xiphidium ictum. Green, with a brownish abdomen; 
the usual dorsal markings of the head and thorax are intense in 
color, forming a broad dark reddish-brown, almost blackish stripe, 
extending from the tip of the vertex to the extremity of the prono- 
tum, widening posteriorly, but growing faint at its extreme posterior 
extremity; it is bordered narrowly with citron-yellow; the tegmina 
are wood-brown, the tarsi and tips of hind femora a little dusky, the 
hind tibiz scarcely infuscated. The fastigium of the vertex is mod- 
erately broad, scarcely pinched at the front edge of the eyes, narrow- 
ing but little on the face to meet the frontal costa. Tegmina as long 
(¢) or half as long (?) as the abdomen, rounded at the tip, the cross 
veins rather prominent. Ovipositor a little longer than the abdomen, 
perfectly straight, moderately broad and tapering only at tip. ~ 

Length of body, 7, 12 mm, ¢, 14 mm, of tegmina, 3, 8 mms; @, 
5.75 mm.; of hind femora, ¢,10 mm.; 2, 12 mm.; of ovipositor, ?, 
10.5mm. 9 ¢,14 2, Mexico, April, Sumichrast; Guatemala, Van 
Patten. 

19. Xiphidium gossypii. Green, with the whole upper sur- 
face not very dark reddish-brown bordered externally with faint, dull 
citron-yellow, the antennz and tegmina testaceous; fore and middle 
femora a little infuscated above, the hind tibize slightly tinged with 
testaceous and all the tarsi a little infuscated. Vertex moderately 
broad, somewhat pinched at the front edge of the eyes, narrowing 
somewhat to meet the frontal costa. ‘Tegmina about half as long as 
the abdomen, sub-acuminate, the veins moderately prominent. Ovi- 


Swallow.] 462 [March 17, 


positor dark testaceous, longer than the abdomen, perfectly straight, 
tapering only on apical fourth, finely pointed. 

Length of body, ?, 16.5 mm.; of antenne, 2, 50 mm.; of tegmina, 
?, 8.75 mm.; of hind femora, 2, 16 mm.; of ovipositor, 2, 13.5 mm.; 
2. Texas, Belfrage; Mississippi. This is the insect referred to in 
the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, XI, 434-5, 
as laying its eggs in the stems of the cotton plant. Dr. Hagen’s spec- 
imens were from Chicot Co., Arkansas. ‘‘ The eggs were pale yellow, 
one-fifth of an inch long, cylindrical, bluntly pointed and a little 
tapering at the end from which the larva emerges; the other extrem- 
ity was rounded.” ' 

20. Xiphidium nemorale. Greenish-brown; the usual dor- 
sal markings more or less distinct. Fastigium of vertex broad, but 
little pinched at the front edge of the eyes, as viewed from above, | 
rapidly narrowing in front to meet the frontal costa. Tegmina cov- 
ering about two-thirds of the abdomen, the veins and cross veins 
unusually prominent, giving the tegmina a coarse and scabrous look ; 
they are broadly rounded at tip, and the tympanum of the males is 
stout and elevated; tip of hind femora and all the tarsi dusky. Ovi- 
positor as long as the abdomen, a little ensiform, rather delicately 
tapering in the apical half, finely pointed. 

Length of body, ¢, 13 mm.; ?, 14 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 6 mm.; 2, 
6.25 mm.; of hind femora, ¢,11mm.; ¢, 13 mm.; of ovipositor, &, 
8.25mm. 14 d, 24 %,“taken only in groves”? by Mr. J. A. Allen, | 
- Sept. 1-3,-in Dallas Co., Iowa. 


Notes ON THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF SOME OF THE MIN- 
ERAL SPECIES ACCOMPANYING THE LEAD ORE oF NEWBURY- 
port. By Miss ELLEN H. SwALLow. 


The country rock is apparently a fine grained gneiss. The strike 
of the vein is about East North East. 

The rock of the south wall is of unknown thickness. The distance 
between the vein as now opened and the gneiss may be fifty feet or 
more. This rock iscompact amorphous, pale yellowish green in color 
with the lustre of serpentine. Quartz grains are evenly distributed 
through it as seen under the microscope, and as confirmed by exam- 
ining the powder with polarized light. It also contains small erys- 
tals of pentagonal pyrite. Sp. Gr. 2.766, Hardness 2.5, fusible only 
on thin edges, very little attacked by acids. 


1875.] 463 [Swallow. 


The analysis gave: — 


Silica SiO, : : : 66.53 
Alumina Al,O, . : : «1 25,09 


Peroxide of Fe,O, . : : trace 
Potash K,O - : : - 4.67 
Soda Na,O : : : 39 


Water H,O : : 5 «. 2364 
MgO, CaO : : : . traces 


99.32 
These percentages taken in connection with the physical characters 
point to the Pinite group. Taking the alumina as a basis of calcula- 


tion the results are: — 


SiO, e e e © e 56.93 
A On : , 5 “ . 33 


mead Gal Vi te The lt ie 
Ea tyes TE SO Fas 


100.00 
which would leave 22.56 per cent. of silica as quartz. 

The calculated percentages most nearly agree with Agalmatolite 
from China as given in Dana’s Mineralogy. 

The north wall is a rather fine grained, very compact, dark gray- 
ish green rock, containing numerous small crystals of pyrite. Sp. Gr. 
2.71. Fusible on the edges toa black slag which is magnetic. Equally 
attacked by hydrochloric, nitric and sulphuric acids. Effervesces 
with cold dilute acid, which dissolves a portion of the iron as well as 
lime. When powdered and examined under the microscope it seemed 
to be composed of three minerals; one a pale yellowish green resem- 
bling the south wall, an olive green transparent mineral sometimes 
bladed or showing cleavage in one direction, and very small opaque 
fragments appearing black. After treatment with acids the green 
mineral was wanting. 

Analysis gave: — 


Al,O, e ° e e ° 22.32 


Ne OY ai a2. ablata Benes 
Insoluble . : B 3 ‘ 42.59 


Swallow.] 464 (March 17, 


The insoluble portion was fused with carbonate of soda and found — 
to be a silicate of somewhat similar composition as the south wall. 


Soluble portion. Insoluble portion. 
ae lee 25 SiO, (.s4 spo 
CO, 0 ee A es Al,O; ¢) 1? 4.2) ee es 
HO. o:° “eek eae CaO” 1.) 4 
Na,O, K,Ov=a=%-. 1-50 MgO . : : . traces 
SiO, . e e 26.25 Na,O, K,O e se .80 


ALLO.) 220 » 6a #eBOMOR 
C204 : oer Bt 


99.90 


The composition of the soluble portion does not agree with any 
described species and may be owing to a mixture of two or more, 
although the microscopical examination seemed to indicate a definite 
mineral. Siderite is perhaps present here. 

Siderite is quite abundant in the vein rock, especially in connection 
with the blende. Among the specimens are Ist, a black variety con- 
taining traces of lime and magnesia with some manganese and slight 
traces of lead and copper. 2d. A yellowish gray of nearly the same 
composition minus the lead and copper. 3d. A nearly pure white 
variety traversing quartz. This was subjected to examination. Lus- 
tre like feldspar. The analysis gave: — 


Quartz as impurity . ; . 72 
FeCO, 4s ute sabhcsa wat eee 
MnCO, . : : : ° 6.49 
MeCO, : . ‘ oN Sas 
CaOZa Fees 0 8 eae 
iH.Oiie: ° . . ‘ . undet. 


98.20 


The per cent. of magnesia and lime is unusually high. Monheim’s 
analysis of the Altenberg mineral which approaches this more nearly 
in composition than any other given by Dana, is as follows: — 


Feco, 0. eee 
MaCO;'°. 2) CY) thee tel see 
COO. fits tly ie ieee 


1875.) 465 (Shaler. 


A very pure piece of the Tetrahedrite from the vein gave : — 


Ss : ‘ : ; . 5 27.60 
Sb ° : . i : a Dane e 
YASS “ 4 : é : traces 
Cu ; ; ‘ é is SVE Dee 
Res: 3 ‘ : ; : 2.66 
Zn : : x ; f a, Dk 
Jeti AE ‘ ‘ . = ‘ 2.30 

99.40 


NoTE ON SOME POINTS CONNECTED WITH TIDAL EROSION. 
By N. S. SHALER. 


Owing to the fact that tidal waves heap themselves up in every 
indentation on the coasts against which they sweep, we have in them 
a continued diversifying agent, the geological effects of which it is 
important to consider. Taking, for instance, the most striking exam- 
ple of tidal wear on this coast, that which is going on in the Bay of 
Fundy, it is quite easy to see that the erosion there is dependent on 
the closure of the bay on the north, or, in other words, the preserva- 
tion of the wedge-like arrangement of the shores. As soon as the 
eating action has opened a pass into the Gulf of St. Lawrence,‘ the 
tides will cease to act with the same vigor, and whenever the current 
has swept out the opening to considerable width, the extraordinary 
rise of tide may be almost entirely effaced. 

When we look at the shore lines of the world we find that they are 
generally much indented and strewn with islands in those regions 
where tide runs are pretty strong. It happens that in many places, 
especially in the North Atlantic, the indentations due to the glacial 
period and to tides are mingled together. In the British Isles we 
have a remarkable mingling of the two types of erosion, giving us, 
in many cases, substantially the same results. I am inclined to think 
that the coast line of Scotland owes little to tides, while southern 
England probably owes very much to their action. In the formation 
of the Bristol Channel tidal action has had a very great part, and I 
am inclined to think that the English Channel is in good part due to 
this form of erosion. If we could close the Straits of Calais by an 
isthmus, we would at once cause the tides on both sides to rise very 
much above their present level, and thereby immensely increase their 
erosive power. At present the slight value of tidal wear is no fair 
measure of its value while its work was incomplete. 


PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 30 JULY, 1875. 


Shaler. | 466 {March 17, 


These considerations could be used to explain the erosion phe- 
nomena of many parts of the earth’s surface, but in the limits of 
this note I only desire to present the following propositions, which 
embody what seem to me to be the essential points in a considera- 
tion of tidal erosion. 

1. The intensity of the forces of tidal erosion is proportional to 
the height to which the wave rises. 

2. Given any slight irregularities of a shore, tides tend to deepen 
the indentations until one of two results is obtained: (A) that a 
channel is broken open into another great water basin, or (B) the 
bay or indentation becomes so narrow that friction arrests the further 
rising of the wave. 

3. Operating in this way tidal currents tend to form islands by 
breaking them away from the continents, or other islands; when the 
sundering is effected the intensity of the eroding agent is at once 
lost. 

4. This sort of erosion may, in its results, closely simulate the 
forms of shore given by glacial action; in many cases glacial action 
may have simply developed and given the details to bays that were 
really of tidal origin. 

5. By familiarizing ourselves with the type of topography formed 
by tidal action, we may be able to determine the fact that the run of 
tidal currents has been considerably changed on particular shore 
lines. For instance, it is quite likely that a close study of the topo- 
graphy of the north coast of the Mediterranean will show, what seems 
to me probable on a preliminary inspection, that this coast has been 
formed during geographical conditions, which allowed strong tidal 
currents to work upon it. 

6. That in general we must look to this cause as the natural 
diversifying agent of all shore lines. The elevatory forces merely 
give the great outlines of the coast. The detail must be worked in 
by the action of the sea, and this is to a great extent effected by 
tides. 

7. Tides act most where the waves act least. Were it not for 
them the action of the sea would be mainly limited to the parts 
which could get the full surge of the ocean. This latter action tends 
rather to straighten than to complicate shores. 


The thanks of the Society were voted to Capt. Charles 
Bendire, U.S. A., for the donation of ten. bird-skins to the 
Museum. 


1875.) 467 [Scudder. 


Section of Entomology. March 24, 1875. 


Mr. J. H. Emerton in the chair. 


The following paper was read : — 


SPHARAGEMON, — A GENUS OF CEDIPODIDH; WITH A REVISION 
OF THE SpEcIES. By Samurt H. ScuppER. 


Spharagemon (cgapayfopar) nov. gen. 


Body compressed. Head rather tumid above, the vertex as decli- 
vant as the back of the head, broad, tapering rapidly, scarcely 
sulcate, the eyes separated by more than double the width of the 
basal antennal joint. Front vertical, scarcely convex on a side view, 
the costa moderately broad, nearly equal, slightly contracted above 
the antenne, more or less sulcate throughout, excepting at the ex- 
treme upper end, its lateral ridges continuous with those of the 
vertex, the lateral foveole rather small, scarcely sulcate but more or 
less distinct, triangular, close to the eyes. Eyes rather small, trans- 
versely short obovate. Antenne about as long as the hind femora 
in both sexes, a little flattened, especially near the base, some of the 
apical joints very short. Disc of pronotum moderately flat, the 
median carina cristate or subcristate, strongly compressed almost 
from its very base, divided obscurely but to the very base by the 
principal transverse furrow into two parts, the front portion a little 
the longer, the edge of the ridge straight or nearly straight on the 
front lobe, and arched more abruptly in front than behind on the 
hind lobe; lateral carinz nearly obsolete, excepting behind; the front 
lobe equal, its front margin very slightly angulated; hind lobe ex- 
panding posteriorly, its hind margin generally more acute than a 
right angle. Tegmina extending beyond the tip of the abdomen, 
nearly equal, slightly sinuous, obliquely excised apically, traversed 
by three bands of more or less distinctly agglomerated dark flecks. 
Wings subtriangular, yellowish at the base, crossed beyond the mid- 
dle by a continuous broad dark belt. Hind femora rather stout and 
short, scarcely, if at all, surpassing the tip of the abdomen. Type: 
Gryllus equalis Say. 


Scudder. ] 468 (March 24, 


Synopsis of the species. 


1. Median incision of the pronotal crest distinctly oblique . 2. 
1. Median incision of the pronotal crest vertical ... . . . 4. 
2. Median carina very high, the height of the front por- 
tion of the posterior lobe eae the height of 

Lhe (ey even ue . 2») eristatum. 

2. Median carina AGdetately ret ane heii of the front 
portion of the posterior lobe nearly equalling the depth 

of the eye). /e i 66 oe SYS al 2 rr 

3. Tegmina with the usual transversely trifasciate arrangement 
of fuscous dots e: : .) P EE” aeelinmes 
3. Teomina “with a broad stiri of fuse dots and eal: 
spots along the middle field, from the base to the apex” 
CUhomas)"2 i ee 8 ee 8) 5) ee OMMEaTEnEA T= 

4. Tip of wings innlacned oe 6 a ee 
4, Tip of wings pellucid, excepting the dark veins. balteatum. 
5. Hind tibie red, with a distinct pale basal annulus, more or less, 
generally very broadly and distinctly bordered on both 

sides with black . . .°. . Tig is es WERNER 

5. Hind tibiz wholly red, or at most with Bee a faint pale basal 
amnulus oo. eg 


1. Spharagemon equale. 

Gryllus equalis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. vi Iv, 307; Ib., Ent. 
N. Amer., ed, LeC., 11, 237. 

pee equalis Harr., Hitche. Report, 583; Ib., ib. 2d ed., 576; 
Ib., Catal., 56; Ib., Ins. Inj. Veg., Ist ed. 144; 2d ed., 165; 3d ed., 
17S: 

Cidipoda equalis Erichs., Archiv f. nat., rx, ii, 230; Uhl., in Harr. 
Ins. Inj. Veg., 8d ed., 178; Scudd., Can. Nat., vir, 287; Ib., Bost. 
Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 470; ?Thom., Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil., 
1870, 80; Walk., Cat. Derm. Brit. Mus., rv, 731. 

Trimerotropis ceequalis Scudd., Geol. N. Hampsh., 3, 377. 

This species has been confounded by Ubler and Smith with Trime- 
rotropis verruculata (Kirb.) Scudd., from which it is generically dis- 
tinct. I have taken it in Vermont, about Boston, on Cape Cod 
and at Nantucket, Mass., in Minnesota and the Red River of the 
North. It has been taken in Maine by Dr. Packard and Mr. Smith, 


tT have never seen this species. 


1875.] 469 [Scudder. 


and by other persons in Maryland, Iowa, Dakota and N. Illinois. 
Walker refers specimens from Florida to this species, and Mr. Boll 
took a single specimen last year on July 7, in northern Texas. 
Thomas refers specimens from Colorado and Wyoming doubtfully to 
this species. 

2. Spharagemon Bolli nov. sp. 

Brownish fuscous, the face with a greyish cinereous (3) or yellow- 
ish cinereous (2) tinge, distinctly punctate, the pits dusky or black- 
ish; antennez brownish yellow on the basal half, infuscated beyond, 
the whole more or less annulate with dusky yellow and blackish in 
the male. Tegmina flecked throughout with minute blackish spots, 
and transversely trifasciate with rather broad blackish clouds, mueh 
more distinct in the male than in the female. Wings light greenish 
yellow at the base, with a broad median arcuate band, blackish or 
almost piceous in color, sending a broad, short shoot toward the base, 
next the upper border. Beyond, the wing is at first hyaline, with 
broadly blackish fuliginous veins, while the extreme tip is black as 
the median band. Hind femora dull brownish, quadrifasciate trans- 
versely with dark brown, more distinctly in male than in female, the 
basal two-fifths of the hind tibiz blackish, with a broad whitish 
annulus, beyond coral red. Crest of pronotum very high, that of 
the posterior lobe independently arched, much more elevated in front 
than behind. 

Length of body, d, 28.5 mm., 2, 36.5 mm.; of antennz, 7, 16 mm., 
?, 18 mm.; of tegmina, 7, 32 mm., 2, 34.5 mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 
18 mm., 2, 20.5 mm. Described from 4 3,4 2. The males taken 
Sept. 10, the females ‘July 18 and August 18, 21, 23, at Dallas, 
Texas, by J. Boll. 

This species has been confounded with S. equale, from which it may 
be readily distinguished by the hind tibiew; the tip of the wings is 
generally darker, and the median band does not approach the anal 
angle so closely; the tegmina are more distinctly trifasciate, the front 
half of the median crest of pronotum is less pinched posteriorly, 
and the hinder half less arched. 

I have specimens also from Vermont, Massachusetts, Maryland 
and Iowa. ‘They are smaller than those from Texas. 

8. Spharagemon balteatum nov. sp. _ 

Grayish fuscous, the face generally pale cinereous, dotted ob- 
securely with fuscous; antenne dusky, paler next the base; tegmina 
dull testaceous, the usual transverse fascie present but obscure, 


Scudder.] 470 (March 24 - 


sometimes very inconspicuous. Wings pale greenish yellow at the — 
base, with a very broad, median, arcuate, blackish fuscous band, emit- 
ting near the costal margin a broad short shoot toward the base; the 
costal margin at the limit of the band, and for an equal space beyond 
it blackish fuscous, generally a little darker than the band; beyond 
the median band the wing is hyaline, with brownish fuliginous ner- 
vures and cross nervures, and in the male a very slight infuscation at 
the extreme tip. Hind femora brownish cinereous, transversely fas- 
ciate with brown, more or less deep in tint; hind tibize coral red, 
unusually sinuous at the base, broadly banded at this point with dull 
white, bordered broadly, and generally very distinctly, with blackish. 
Crest of pronotum moderately high, the front lobe usually, the hind 
lobe always, slightly arched, the two lobes having a slight angle to 
each other. 

Length of body, ¢,19 mm., 2,34 mm.; of antennz, J, 12.25 mm., 
?, 15.5 mm.; of tegmina, 7, 25 mm., 2, 35.5 mm.; of hind femora, 
3,13 mm., ?, 20 mm. 

Described from 1 o, N. Jersey; 9 $, Norway, Me. (S. I. Smith) ; 
Brandon, Vt., on upland; Maryland, Aug. 10, 13, and Sept. 15, 19 
(P. R. Uhler); Dallas, Texas, Aug. 13 (J. Boll). 

4. Spharagemon wyomingianum. 

Gdipoda wyomingiana 'Thom., Geol. Surv. Terr., 1871, 462; Ib., 
Syn. Acrid. N. Amer., 113; Glover, Ill. Orth., pl. 14, fig. 1, pl. 15, 
fig. 2 (ined.). 

Considered by Thomas as possibly a variety of the next species. 
Eastern Wyoming. 

5. Spharagemon collare. 

(Edipoda collaris Scudd., Geol. Surv. Nebr., 250; Thom., Geol. 
Surv. Terr., 1871, 459; Ib., Syn. Acrid. N. Amer., 113; Glov., Il. 
Orth., pl. 13, fig. 8 : 

This species, first described from the borders of the Platte, in 
Nebraska, has been taken by Mr, Dodge in Glencoe, Dodge Co., of 
that State; by Mr. Thomas in Colorado, east of the mountains; in 
northern Illinois and the Red River of the North by the late Mr. 
Kennicott ; by Mr. J. A. Allen in Jefferson, Iowa, between July 20 
_and 24, and in Dallas Co., Iowa, Aug. 20-23. 

6. Spharagemon cristatum nov. sp. 

Dark yellowish brown, profusely mottled and flecked with eee, 
cinereous, the dark color generally predominating, and sometimes 
becoming blackish upon the summit of the head, the sides of the 


1875.] AT1 [Scudder. 


pronotal crest, and in a couple of short longitudinal stripes along the 
anterior half of the lateral lobes of the pronotum; the hinder edge 
of the pronotum is usually alternately pale and dark; antennz dusky, 
yellowish brown at the base, and annulate with yellowish brown for 
some distance beyond it; tezmina mottled with dark cinereous and 
blackish brown, the latter most conspicuous in an agglomeration of 
these spots just before the middle, half way between that and the 
base, and at an equal distance beyond the middle band; the apical 
fourth of the wing is obscurely subhyaline, occasionally with a slight 
concentration of dark spots at the tip; the lighter colors predominate 
along the costal margin on either side of the median dark patch. 
Wings light. greenish yellow at the base, sometimes tinged to the 
least possible degree with saffron (more noticeable in the closed 
wing), with a moderately broad, blackish fuscous, arcuate mesial 
band, at the costal border (but omitting the costal edge) extending 
abruptly a short way toward the base of the wing; beyond this band 
the wing is hyaline, with blackish fuscous nervures, some of the cells 
near the tip partially or wholly fuligino-fuscous, forming a more or 
less marked infuscation. Hind tibie coral red, the extreme base 
black, followed by a more or less distinct pale annulation. Crest of 
pronotum exceedingly high, arched pretty regularly, the hinder ex- 
tremity of the anterior lobe sometimes overlapping the front of the 
posterior lobe; the posterior border of pronotum very acutely angled. 

Length of body, ¢, 26.5 mm., ?, 36.5 mm.; of antenne, d, 13.5 
mm., 2, 14.6 mm.; of teomina, 7, 30.25 mm., °, 36 mm.; of hind 
femora, 7, 16 mm., ?, 20 mm. 

Described from 11 3, 7 , taken in Dallas June 3, 23, Aug. 21, 23, 
by J. Boll, and one specimen in Waco, as late as Oct. 16, by G. W. 
Belfrage. 


April 7, 1875. 


Vice-President, Mr. 8. H. Scudder, in the chair. Fifty-two 
persons present. 


_ Dr. W. J. Hoffman, of Reading, Pa., was elected a Cor- 
responding Member; Mr. Stephen P. Sharples, Lieut. E. L. 
Zalinski, Messrs. Warren B. Potter, W. K. Brooks, Prof. John 


Scudder.] 47 2 [April 7, 


McCrady, Messrs. J. Frank Brown, B. E. Brewster, Andrew 
G. Weeks, Prof. George L. Goodale, Rev. Walter R. Brooks, © 
Messrs. Edward B. Crane, and Alfred P. Gage were elected 
Resident Members. 


The following papers were read : — 


A CENTURY OF ORTHOPTERA. DeEcADE III.— Acrypit (PEzO- 
TETTIX, CALOPTENUS). By Samuet H. ScuppDER. 


21. Pezotettix olivacea. Bright olivaceous green. Summit 
of the head with a dark green median stripe, broadening posteriorly ; 
sides of head, and sometimes the front, tinged with yellow; the pro- 
notum covered rather profusely with short longitudinal dashes of 
lemon yellow, rather irregularly distributed, but distinctly marking 
the median carina, excepting at its posterior extremity, and also the 
two extremities of the lateral carine; antenne green at base, beyond 
orange, infuscated at the extreme tip. Tegmina half the length of 
the abdomen, green; legs stout, green, the fore and middle femora 
more or less tinged with dull orange; the outside of the hind femora 
slightly infuscated, the tibial spines black-tipped. Terminal segment 
of the male abdomen acuminate at the tip, but with an apical tuber- 
cle; cerci slender, the basal half tapering, the apical half as broad, 
equal, the tip rounded, but a little produced, the outer surface 
slightly furrowed on the apical half. 

Length of body, ¢, 21 mm., 2. 29 mm.; of antenne, ¢, 10.5 mm., 
?, 10.5 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 8.5 mm., 2, 13.5 mm.; of hind femora, 
J, 13.5mm., 2,17. mm. 2,1 ¢%, taken Sept. 9, at Dallas, Texas, 
by J. Boll. 

22. Pezotettix acutipennis. Blackish fuscous, with a dull 
olivaceous tinge; excepting the abdomen pilose throughout. Head 
mottled irregularly with darker and lighter shades, a dark triangular 
spot in the middle of the posterior part of the summit, and generally 
an obscure dark band passing backward from the hinder edge of the 
eyes and crossing a portion of the sides of the pronotum; antennz 
pale yellowish, infuscated at extreme tip. Pronotum delicately rugu- 
lose, the median carina distinct, the dorsum sloping more in the 
female than in the male; wings less than half as long as the body, 
tapering to a blunt point, dark brown, the veins and cross veins 
generally paler and olivaceous; legs dusky, the middle femora black- 
ish externally; the hind femora more or less indistinctly trifasciate 


1875.] 473 [Scudder. 


with blackish; hind tibiz livid, mottled minutely and profusely with 
brown; the apical half of the spines black. Extreme tip of abdomen 
in the male acuminate, but tubercled; cerci slender, tapering, more 
rapidly in the basal than the distal half, to a dull point. 

Length of body, 3, 20.5 mm., ?, 24.5 mm.; of antenne, 3, 10.5 
mm.; of tezmina, 7, 8 mm., ?, 8 mm.; of hind femora, 3, 13 mm., 
2.15 mm. 2 ¢,1 &, Dallas, Texas, J. Boll. In woods on plants 
and bushes, September — October, Bosque Co., Texas, G. W. Belfrage. 

23. Caloptenus ponderosus. Brownish testaceous. Front 
of head and sides of pronotum a little paler, tinged with yellow, the 
head obscurely flecked with brown; antenne yellow,. infuscated 
toward the tip. Slight black markings follow the anterior portion of 
the lateral carine of the pronotum and the transverse incisures of its 
lateral lobes; tegmina as long as the body, light brownish fuscous, 
rather obscurely mottled with faint dusky quadrate spots in the 
median area, mostly confined to the basal half of the field; legs 
stout, a little darker than the under surface of the body, the middle 
femora infuscated, the hind femora obscurely, transversely bifasciate 
with black, broken by the paler incisures; hind tibiz and tarsi yel- 
low, the former with a slender black basal annulus, the spines black. 
Vertex between the eyes much broader than (¢) or twice as broad (¢) 
as the basal antennal joint, the foveola broad, broadening in front, 
scarcely depressed, the lateral edges sharp; frontal ridge broad, 
broadening below, broadly and shallowly sulcate excepting above. 
Pronotum broadening a little on the rugulose posterior lobe, the 
median carina slight, broken by every transverse furrow; lateral 
carinz rather distinct, but slight. Terminal segment of abdomen of 
male produced but rounded; cerci very stout, subspatulate, com- 
pressed, largest at tip, the basal two-fifths being equal and straight, 
the remainder expanding ‘into an obliquely transverse, obovate, 
rounded lobe, directed upward and more produced above than below, 
making the tip fully half as broad again as the base. 

‘Length of body, %, 30 mm., 2,33 mm.; of antenne J,12 mm., @, 
12.5 mm.; of teginina, ¢, 21.5 mm., ?, 23 mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 
17.5 mm., 2,19 mm. 1,1 ?,taken October 10, at Dallas, Texas, 
by J. Boll. 

24. Caloptenus robustus. Brownish fuscous with more or 
less of a cinereous tint. Front of head livid, very heavily mottled 
with dark brown; mouth parts pale, the tip of last palpal joint black; 
antenne pale at base, beyond dull reddish more or less tinged with 


Scudder. } 474 [April 7, 


yellow, toward the tip infuscated. A slender blackish stripe passes 
from behind the eyes to the hind lobe of pronotum, sometimes in- 
terrupted, sometimes accompanied by an infuscation beneath, broad- 
ening the band; upper surface more or less flecked with dark brown, 
sometimes collected into a \/ -shaped patch opening forward, the 
apex at the middle of the posterior lobe; hind border dotted with 
blackish; posterior lobe profusely, rest of upper surface sparsely, all 
shallowly, punctate; sides of metathorax with an pale oblique stripe 
narrowing upward to a point; tegmina blackish or brownish fus- 
cous, flecked rather distantly with brownish spots, relieved by 
similar pale ones along the middle; legs of the color of the under- 
surface, the fore and middle femora a little deeper or duskier; hind 
femora broadly bifasciate with blackish, the apex black at the sides; 
hind tibiz and tarsi yellow, occasionally tinged with red, paler next 
the base with a black annulus; spines black. Vertex broader (¢) or 
much broader (?) than the first antennal joint, the fastigium with a 
scarcely perceptible depression (?) or slightly suleate (¢), broaden- 
ing in front; frontal ridge broad, nearly equal, a little suleate below 
the ocellus. Median carina of pronotum slight, distinet only on the 
posterior and anterior lobe, cut by all the transverse furrows; lateral 
carine rather distinct, rounded. Last abdominal segment of the male 
a little produced, rounded; cerci very large and stout, compressed, 
broadening apically, well rounded, very similar to those of C. ponde- 
rosus, but not so broad at the tip. 

Length of body, d, 29.5 mm.; ?, 34.5 mm.; of tegmina, 3, 21 mm.; 
?, 24 mm.; of antenneg, 7, 13.5 mm.; ?, 15 mm.; of hind femora, d, 
17.5mm.; 2, 21 mm. 3 3,4 %, Dallas, Texas, J. Boll. 

25. Caloptenus devorator. Yellow, tinged more or less 
with brown. Head and prothorax yellowish-brown above, bright yel- 
low on the sides and front, with a distinct, well defined, black band, 
passing from the hinder edge of the eyes to the division between the 
middle and hind lobes of the pronotum, narrowly interrupted at the 
front edge of the pronotum and sending a shoot downward around 
the lower edge of the eye; sides of the thorax with a broad oblique 
blackish stripe enclosing the spiracle; abdomen yellow obscured with 
fuscous; antenne yellow at base, dusky beyond; legs yellow, the 
two front pair of femora tinged with dirty orange above, the upper 
half of the hind femora blotched with reddish fuscous, the hind tibize 
and tarsi and the inferior carinia of hind ‘femora bright orange-red; 
spines black tipped; tegmina yellowish-brown with a few minute 


1875.] 475 [Scudder. 


dusky dots scattered through the middle area, especially in the basal 


half of the wing where it narrows. Vertex of the head very narrow 
between the eyes, scarcely broader than the first joint of the antenne, 
the foveola rather deeply sulcate, broadening a little below with high 
but rounded edges; frontal ridge nearly equal throughout, rather shal- 
lowly sulcate at and below the ocellus. Pronotum scarcely enlarged 
posteriorly ; median carina very slight, equal, cut only by the poste- 
rior transverse furrow ; lateral carine obsolescent, posterior lobe of 
pronotum punctulate. Terminal segment of abdomen of male 
squarely docked at tip; cerci rather broad at base, tapering on basal 
half to about half their width, then equal, and slightly incurved, the 
lower outer angle rounded off and the outer surface slightly ridged. 

Length of body, 21.75 mm.; of antenne, 9.5 mm.; of tegmina 
18 mm.; of hind femora,13 mm. 2 ¢, taken 15 July, at Dallas, 
Texas, by J. Boll. 

26. Caloptenus deletor. Brownish fuscous, darkest above, 
Front of head and sides of pronotum dull, livid brown, with an indis- 
tinct maculate dusky band between the eyes and the hind lobe of the 
pronotum, sometimes reduced to a mere line below the lateral carine; 
antenne pale reddish, infuscated apically. Tegmina as lone as the 
body, brownish fuscous, with a median line of alternate pale and fus- 
cous spots; fore and middle legs pale dull brownish, the middle femora 
blackish above, all the tarsi marked with blackish; hind femora with 
the upper outer half blackish, sometimes broken into very oblique 
dashes by a median and postbasal yellowish streak; hind tibiae and 
tarsi red with a narrow black basal annulus, the tarsal joints tipped 
with blackish fuscous. Head not elevated, well arched; vertex a 
little broader than the first antennal joint, the foveola shallow with 
slight but rather sharp lateral edges, greatly expanding anteriorly; 
frontal ridge broad, expanding a little next the ocellus and a little 
sulcate in the same part. Pronotum faintly constricted in the middle, 
the median carina distinct but slight, nearly equal, cut only by the 
posterior transverse furrow; lateral carina indistinct excepting on 
the posterior lobe, the latter obscurely punctate. Terminal segment 
of abdomen in the male broadly rounded at the tip; cerci long and 
slender, compressed, a little incurved, broadest at the base, uniformly 
and very slightly tapering on the basal half; beyond equal, bent a 
little forward, broadly and roundly docked at tip, and emitting from 
the posterior angle a slender, compressed, scareely tapering shoot 


Scudder.] 476 [April 7, 


rounded at the tip, running in the direction of the upper edge of the 
basal half of the cerci in the same general plane. 

Length of body, %, 23.5 mm., 2, 30.6 mm.; of antenne, d, 11.5 
mm., ¢,12mm.; of tegmina, J, 21 mm., ?,22 mm.; of hind femora, 
$,14.5mm., ?,16mm. 14,1 &, Dallas, Texas, J. Boll. 

27. Caloptenus helluo. Dark yellowish-brown. Head with 
a superior, median, maculate, black stripe broadening posteriorly, ex- 
tending from the foveola of the vertex, just behind which it is 
interrupted, to the hind edge of the head; foveola of vertex and 
frontal ridge maculate with black; antenne dusky. A broad irregu- 
larly maculate black band passes from behind the eyes to the last 
transverse furrow of the pronotum; tegmina dusky olivaceous with 
small, quadrate, nearly equal, dusky spots scattered throughout ; legs 
brownish-yellow flecked with black, the hind femora transversely and 
rather indistinctly fasciate with blackish; hind tibia dull reddish, 
indistinetly livid along the outer edge and next the base, flecked next 
the base with dusky specks, pilose throughout ; spines black. Head 
much elevated, rounded; vertex narrow, equalling between the eyes 
the width of the first antennal joint; foveola more than usually decli- 
vant, broadening in front, rather deeply and uniformly sulcate, the 
lateral edges pretty high and sharp; frontal ridge moderately broad, 
equal, shallowly sulcate below the ocellus. Pronotum with the pos- 
terior lobe expanding; the median carina distinct but cut by all the 
transverse furrows, distinctly angulated, on a side view, in front of the 
posterior lobe; the latter rather heavily punctate; lateral carinz 
obsolete, excepting in the posterior lobe; whole head and pronotum 
sparsely pilose. 

Length of body, 27 mm.; of antennz, 12 mm.; of tegmina, 23 
mm.; of hind femora, 14.5 mm. 2 9, Dallas, Texas, J. Boll. 

28. Caloptenus glaucipes. Wood brown. Head and pro- 
notum livid brown, flecked heavily with blackish, more heavily and 
minutely above, giving it a wood-brown appearance; a broad black 
band extends from behind the eyes to the posterior edge of the pro- 
notum, broadening on the hinder lobe of the latter; antenne orange 
red, paler at base. Tegmina as long as the body, brown, with a few 
dusky flecks along the central field; legs darker or lighter brownish 
yellow, flecked with dusky, the hind femora bifasciate above with 
blackish, besides a blackish base and apex; hind tibiee and tarsi glau- 
cous, with a pale annulus at the base, interrupted in the middle by a 
blackish glaucous ring. Vertex moderately narrow between the 


1875.] ATT (Scudder. 


eyes, scarcely wider than the first antennal joint; foveola of vertex 
narrow, with sides broadening a little in front, pretty sharply de- 
fined, enclosing a moderately deep sulcus, deepest posteriorly ; frontal 
ridge rather broad, the sides nearly parallel, fading out below with a 
sulcus scarcely perceptible, excepting about the ocellus. Pronotum 
equal, the median carina very slight, most distinct on posterior lobe, 
cut by every transverse incision; lateral carine obsolete. Terminal 
seement of abdomen in male roundly acuminate; cerci broad at 
base, scarcely twice as long as broad, subreniform, well rounded, but 
little smaller on the apical half. Allied to C. flavolineatus. 

Length of body, 3, 22.6 mm., 2, 28 mm.; of antenne, J, 9.5 mm., 
?, 9.5 mm.; of tegmina, S$, 16 mm., ?, 18.75 mm.; of hind femora, 
g,12mm.,?,15.5mm. 2,1 ?, taken Aug. 18, at Dallas, Texas, 
by J. Boll. 

29. Caloptenus fasciatus. Brownish yellow. A broad dark 
brown, or blackish median band extends from the vertex between the 
eyes to the posterior extremity of the pronotum, broadest on the 
latter, and occupying about one-third of it; besides this another 
band runs from behind the eye to the posterior transverse sulcus of 
the lateral lobes of the pronotum ; this is comparatively narrow, but 
often sends off streaks of blackish fuscous down the incisures; an- 
tennez yellow, somewhat infuscated apically. Tegmina brownish 
fuscous, with a row of dusky quadrate spots down the middle of the 
basal half; legs yellow, tinged with dull orange, the hind femora 
faintly bifasciate above internally, and with the upper exterior carina 
black ; hind tibize glaucous, paler and dull at the apex. Vertex 
quite as broad between the eyes as the first abdominal joint; the fas- 
tigium slender, with parallel sides, and rather deeply sulcate; frontal 
ridge rather broad, equal, scarcely sulcate below the ocellus. Pos- 
terior lobe of pronotum expanding a little, the median carina scarcely 
perceptible, excepting on this part of the pronotum, the transverse 
furrows distinct. Terminal segment of abdomen of male entire, 
rounded, but a little produced ; cerci rather small, quadrate, squarely 
docked at tip, nearly equal throughout, but smallest in the middle, 
strongly compressed, bent inward. 

Length of body, 3, 28.5 mm., 2, 26 mm.; of antenne, J, 12.5 mm., 
2, 10.5 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 24.5 mm., 2, 23 mm.; of hind femora, 
3,16mm.,?,15 mm. 2 ¢, taken July 16, at Dallas, Texas, by 
J. Boll. 1 2, taken at Glencoe, Nebraska, by C. R. Dodge. 

It is closely allied to C. bivittatus (Say), but lacks the humeral vitta 
of the tegmina, and has very different cerci. 


Sendaery 478 [April 7, 


30. Caloptenus minor. Dark brownish fuscous. Head and 
sides of pronotum very dark livid brown, mottled obscurely with 
blackish; summit of the head with a median blackish stripe; and 
another similar piceous stripe behind the eye, extending over the 
lateral lobes of the pronotum, where it is broader and distinct, as far 
as the posterior transverse furrow ; antenne dusky yellow. Tegmina 
wholly similar in appearance to those of C. femur-rubrum; legs yel- 
lowish, the femora dusky outside, the hind femora blackish along the 
middle, the apex black above, dull orange beneath; the hind tibiz 
plumbeous, paler toward the tip. Vertex between the eyes about as 
wide as the first antennal joint, the foveola narrow, equal, deeply 
sulcate, the sides pretty high and sharp; frontal ridge moderately 
broad, broadening below, shallowly suleate below the ocellus. Pro- 
notum broadening very slightly on the posterior lobe, the median 
carina slight, equal, cut only by the posterior sulcation; lateral carine 
obsolete. Last segment of the male abdomen slightly tuberculate at 
tip; cerci with the basal portion stout, quadrate, not very strongly 
compressed, nearly twice as long as broad; the apical portion of the 
saine shape, but broadly rounded at the tip, nearly as long as the 
basal part, but narrower, bent from it upward at half a right angle, 
bent also inward, much compressed and calle sine with an 
inferior bounding ridge. 

Length of body 17.5 mm.; of antenne, 7 mm.; of tegmina, 12.5 
mm.; of hind femora 9.75 mm. 2 ¢, Nebraska, G. M. Dodge. 


REVISION OF TWO AMERICAN GENERA OF (CEpIPODID2. By 
SAMUEL H. ScuppDER. 


Encoptolophus (2yzéztw, Ad gos) nov. gen. 


Allied to Tragocephala Harr. Head but little tumid above; front 
vertical above, roundly declivant below the costa, nearly equal, but 
broadening and fading on approaching the labrum, a little constricted 
above the antenne; vertex moderately broad, the eyes being sepa- 
rated by about their own width, the summit of the head minutely 
and bluntly carinate as far forward as the middle of the fastigium; 
the latter somewhat declivant, tapering anteriorly, distinctly though 
not very deeply hollowed; lateral fastigia triangular, slightly trans- 
verse, scarcely sulcate; eyes moderately large, shaped as in Tragoce- 
phala; antenne as long as (¢) or much longer than (¢) the combined 
head and pronotum, the joints flattened, on the apical half punctate. 


1875.] 479 [Scudder. 


Dise of pronotum nearly flat, the median carina abrupt but not 
greatly elevated, cut into two equal halves by a distinct though slight 
notch; lateral carine distinct but broken, very slightly arcuate; pos- 
terior margin of the pronotum forming a rather sharply marked right 
angle; tegmina rather broad and short, but little surpassing the tip 
of the abdomen, the basal half of the costal margin sinuate, the apex 
broadly rounded, scarcely obliquely docked; wings short and broad, 
pellucid or nearly pellucid, with a post-median costal stigma and more 
or less duskiness near the outer border, the principal veins of the 
front area broader than long. Type: G2dipoda sordida Burm. 

The flatter disc of the pronotum, with its slight but abrupt me- 
dian carina and almost equally distinct lateral carine distinguish 
this at once from Tragocephala, with which Dr. Stal unites it. As he 
has pointed out, the intercalary vein of the tegmina approaches the 
ulnar vein, instead of lying midway between it and the radial vein, 
as in Tragocephala. 


Synopsis of the species. 


1. Wings most deeply fuliginous at the apex. . . . sordidus. 
1. Wings most deeply fuliginous next the middle of the outer 
RGN erties ar ae AR Sh PASAT i SU cg” WA Sow, SAD, 

2. Summit of head with a faint median carina. . . .  costalis. 
2. Summit of head with a distinct, but slight, median carina. parvus. 


1. Encoptolophus sordidus. 

Gidipoda sordida Burm., Handb. d. Ent., 11, 648; Scudd., Bost. 
Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 473; Walk., Cat. Derm. Brit. Mus., rv, 732; 
Thom., Syn. Acrid. N. Amer., 116; Glov., Ill. Orth., pl. 10, fig. 11. 

Acridium (Aidipoda) sordidum De Haan, Bijdr. Kenn. Orth., 143. 

Tragocephala sordida Stal, Recens. Orth., 1,119; Scudd., Geol. N. 
Hampsh., 1, 373. 

Locusta periscelidis Say. Ms.; Harr., Cat. Ins. Mass., 56. 

Locusta nebulosa Harr., Ins., Inj. Veg., 1st ed., 1465 2d ed., 157; 
3d ed., 181; Emm., Acric. N. York, v, 146, pl. 9, fig. 7. 

(Edipoda nebulosa Erichs., Arch. f. Nat., 11, 230; Uhl., in Harr. Ins. 
Inj. Veg., 3d ed., 181. 

This insect is found from middle N. England to Maryland and 
Tennessee and, more rarely, to N. Florida; and westward to Ne- 
braska, Iowa and Minnesota. 


Scudder.] 480 [April 7, 


2. Encoptolophus costalis. 

Gidipoda costalis Scudd., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 473; Walk., 
Cat. Derm. Brit. Mus., rv, 732; Thom., Syn. Acrid. N. Amer., 112. 

Tragocephala costalis Stal, Recens. Orth., 1, 119. 

Known only from Texas. 

3. Encoptolophus parvus nov. sp. This insect is closely al- 
lied to E. costalis, from which it differs in its smaller size, compara- 
tively shorter tegmina and wings and in the following other points: 
the head is less tumid, the fastigium of the vertex much more sulcate 
and less oblique, the median ridge from the back of the head to the 
middle of the fastigium much more prominent, the frontal costa deeply 
suleate throughout and separated abruptly from the fastigium of the 
vertex by a not very broad transverse ridge. The disc of the pronotum 
is not marked by X-shaped pale markings on a dark ground as in £. 
costalis, but is darker in parallel lines along the lateral carine, deepest 
and broadest posteriorly; the brevity of the tegmina is entirely con- 
fined to the apical portion containing the parallel veins; the trans- 
verse pale stripe at their base is much narrower than in E. cos- 
talis, and followed apically by a uniform fuscous cloud, instead of a 
cluster of fuscous flecks; the inner transverse stripe is also. much 
narrower ; the wing is less heavily clouded. 

Length of body, 16 mm.; of antennz,7 mm.; of tegmina, 15 mm.; 
of hind legs, 11 mm. 2 ¢, Dallas, Texas, taken Mar. 12 and 24, J. 
Boll. These two specimens are the only ones I have received and 
the species appears to be much rarer in Texas than E. costalis. 


Tragocephala Harris. 
Synopsis of the species. 


1. Lower apical half of the wings as and more or less 


distinctly fuliginous . . - «+ = «eurdifjascata. 
1. Lower half of the outer Hendet no darker than, or not so 
dark. as, the upper half) -i)93) 4. Tih an oD eae ee 


2. Tegmina He wings shorter than the sbdamnes . _ brevipennis. 

2. Tegmina and wings surpassing the abdomen. . . . . .3. 
3. Disc of pronotum delicately scabrous; no distinct median 
carina on the summit of the head. . . . .:. . . . cubensis. 


3. Dise of pronotum coarsely scabrous; a distinct and sharp 
median carina on the summit of the head. . . . . . . pacijica. 


Tragocephala obiona Thom. does not belong to this genus. 


a 
Fe 


1875.] 481 [Scudder. 


1. T. viridifasciata Harr., Ins. inj. Veg., 1st ed., 147. 
(VIRGINIANA Fabr.) 

Acridium viridifasciatum De Geer, Mém., 111, 498, pl. 42, fig. 6; Ib., 
Goeze, Gesch., 111, 325, pl. 42, fig. 6; Retz., Gen. et. Spec. Ins., 98. 

Gryllus (Locusta) viridifasciatus Goeze, Beytr., m, 115. 

Locusta viridifasciata Harr., Catal., 5 

Locusta (Tragocephala) viridifasciata Harr., Ins., inj. Veg., Ist. ed., 
147; 2d ed., 158; 3d ed., 182, pl. 3, fig. 2 

Gomphocerus viridifasciatus Uhl., in Harr., Ins. inj. Veg., 3d ed., 


131. 
Tragocephala viridifasciata Scudd., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vu, 


461; Thom., Syn. Acrid. N. Am., 108, pl., fig. 3; Glov., Ill. Orth. N. 
Amer., pl. 5, fic. 9; Stal, Rec., Orth., 1, 119. 

Gryllus virginianus Fabr., Syst. Ent., 291; Ib., Spec. Ins., 1, 368; 
Iie Put. Syst.,11, 57; Turt., Linn. Syst. Nat., 11, 562. 

Gryllus (Locusta) virginianus Goeze, Ent. Beytr., 11, 106 Gmel., 
Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2078. 

Acridium virginianum Oliv., Encycl. méth., v1, 224. 

Acridium (Gidipoda) virginianum De Haan, Bijdr. Kenn. Orth., 143. 

Gidipoda virginiana Burm., Handb. Ent., 11, 645. 

Gryllus (Locusta) Chrysomelas Gmel., Linn. Syst. Nat., 1, iv, 2086; 
Turt., Linn. Syst. Nat., 11, 569. 

Acridium marginatum Oliv., Encycl. méth., v1, 229. 

Acridium hemipterum Pal. de Beauv., Ins., 145, pl. 4, fig. 3 

(INFUSCATA Harr.) 

Locusta (Tragocephala) infuscata Harr., Ins. inj. Veg., 1st ed., 147; 
2d ed., 158, 3d ed., 181. 

Gomphocerus infuscatus Uhl., in Harr., Ins. inj. Veg., 3d ed., 181; 

Tragocephala infuscata Scudd., Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 461. 
Whom, Syne Acrid. IN-Am.;, 102; pl., fic. 7; Glov., Iil., Orth., pl. 10, 
fic. 10; Seudd., Geol. N. Hampsh., 1, 373. 

Locusta radiata Harr., Cat. 56. 

Locusta (Tragocephala) radiata Harr., Ins. inj. Veg., Ist ed., 148 ; 
2d ed., 159; 3d ed., 183. 

Gomphocerus radiatus Uhl., in Harr., Ins. inj. Veg., 3d ed., 181. 


This species is not only exceedingly variable, but presents us with 
an interesting case of dimorphism, which also appears to be re- 
peated in 7. cubensis. The two forms, for which the names virgin- 
iana and infuscaia are retained, differ from each other in the pres- 


ence (in the former), or absence (in the latter) of bright green colors ; 
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 31 JULY, 1875. 


Scudder.] 482 [April 7, 
these colours in virginiana replace the griseous of infuscata on the 
whole of the head, pronotum, thoracic pleuree and hind femora and on 
the greater portion of the costo-basal half of the tegmina, besides 
forming spots at and beyond the middle of their front border, which 
are pale in infuscata; these differences are mainly, but by no means 
exclusively sexual; for out of about one hundred and fifty specimens 
in my collection, 84 per cent. of the males are infuscata, and 77 per 
cent. of the females are virginiana; males of virginiana are there- 
fore perhaps rarer than females of infuscata. ‘These proportions 
are nearly the same in all districts, judging from a comparison of 
considerable material from New England, Florida and Texas. 

Specimens from these three regions, however, differ strikingly from 
each other, so that I was at first inclined to consider them as distinct 
species. As, however, a perfectly parallel dimorphism runs through 
them all, and certain parts of the organization of these insects present 
some degree of variability within each district, one is forced to the 
conclusion that they must be identical. The great disparity in the 
length of the antenne between New England and Texan specimens 
is most remarkable, but as individuals from such northern localities as 
Norway, Me.,.and the White Mts., N. H., show an exaggerated ab- 
breviation, we.can hardly doubt that a southern habitat is favorable 
to length of antenne. 

The differences between specimens from these several regions will 
best be presented in a tabular form : — 


New England. Texas. Florida. 
Antenne about three- about seven- about three- 
fourths the length | eighthsthe length | fourths thelength 
of the hind tibie. | of the hind tibiz.| of the hind tibiz. 
© from one half to scarcely two-| 9 three-fifths the 


fastigium of the 
vertex 


Pale spots in_ teg- 
mina of male 


nearly three-fifths 
the length of the 
hind tibiz. 

distinctly longer 
than broad, with 
elevated bound- 
ing ridges, nar- 
rower at the ex- 
tremity than in 
southern speci- 
mens. 


obscure, sometimes 
obsolete. 


Cloudiness of wings | faint, and confined 


to the distal half 
of the wing. 


thirds the length 
of the hind tibiz. 


distinctly longer 

than broad, with 
rather slightly el- 
evated bounding 
ridges. 


distinct. 


rather intense, and 
confined to the 
distal half of the 
wing, and also to 
the lower half, 
the upper portion 
being unusually 
clear. 


length of the hind 
tible. 


of equal length 
and breadth, with 
rather slightly el- 
evated bounding 
ridges. 


distinct. 


moderately intense 

and diffused, of- 
ten infringing 
considerably on 
the basal half of 
the wing. 


1875.] 483 [Scudder. 


The median carina of the pronotum is also slightly less elevated in 
specimens from New England than in individuals from the extreme 
south. Guatemala specimens (probably from the elevated country) 
resemble mostly the New England type ; specimens from the Mid- 
dle States (Maryland, etc.), also accord best with the New Eng- 
land form, although some of them show a tendency to vary toward 
the Floridan peculiarities. Specimens from Illinois and Ohio again 
agree in most points with New England individuals, while a specimen 
from Missouri has most of the Texan characteristics, although the 
upper distal half of the wing is somewhat infuscated. 

As compared then with New England types, specimens from the 
south show a tendency toward lengthening of the antenna, softening 
of the sculpturing of the head, elevation of the pronotal crest, and 
intensity (with stronger contrasts) of coloration; toward the south- 
west the coloration is more sharply defined; toward the southeast 
more diffuse. These facts are entirely in accordance with the laws 
laid down by Mr. Allen for the variation of birds, which, according 
to him and other authors, show toward the south an enlargement of 
peripheral parts and a greater intensity and extent of the dark colors. 

This species occurs from the White Mountains of N. Hampshire to 
Key West, Florida, Texas and Guatemala, and northwestward, to 
St. Louis, Mo., and Ogle Co., Illinois. 

2. T. brevipennis nov. sp. Resembling 7. viridifasciata in 
form, but wholly green or greenish yellow, with abbreviated teg- 
mina, and wings and antennez like those of northern specimens of 
T. viridifasciata. Sculpturing of the head similar to that of 7’. viri- 
difasciata, but with a more sulcate fastigium of the vertex, and with 
a slight though distinct median carina on the summit; the frontal 
costa is narrowly sulcate throughout; antennz not so long as the 
head and thorax together. Prothorax and its dorsal carina as in 7’. 
vuidifasciata; tegmina shorter than the abdomen; wings still shorter, 
pellucid, the veins of the upper half blackish, but with no trace of 
any fuliginous clouds; hind tibize more or less dusky, with a very in- 
distinct paler band near the base. 

Length of body, 22 mm.; of antenne, 6 mm.; of tegmina, 12.25 mm.; 
of wings 9.5 mm.; of hind femora, 12.75. 3 ¢, California, Henry 
Edwards, Esq. 

3. T. cubensis nov. sp. Body green (¢), or griseo-cinereous 
(3,¢), in the latter case with the disc of the pronotum often marked 
with a paler X-shaped spot. ‘Tegmina griseo-cinereous, blotched 


Scudder.] 484 [April 7, 


with darker and paler markings, similar to those seen in T. viridifas- 
ciata, with a broad longitudinal green stripe down the middle of the 
basal half of the wing, in green female specimens; wings sordid 
hyaline, with a greenish tinge near the base, a diffused black stigma 
on the costal margin, and very faint and diffused infuscation along 
the outer border; hind femora of the color of the body, marked 
above with blackish at the base and tip, and in two spots near the 
middle; hind tibiz glaucous, the extreme base blackish, followed by a 
pale annulation. Summit of head well arched, the vertex somewhat 
declivant, scarcely sulcate, as broad as long, even in the male rather 
broad at the extremity; frontal costa broadening distinctly between 
the antenne, rather deeply suleate throughout, separated from the 
fastigium of the vertex, at least in the male, by a slender transverse 
ridge; antennz longer than the head and pronotum together. Prono- 
tum rather delicately scabrous, the median carina low, equal, rather 
distinctly cut in the middle by the transverse furrow, the dise but 
little tectiform, the lateral carine rather distinct, subparallel on the 
front lobe, divergent behind; front margin of pronotum scarcely 
angulated; hind margin right-angled, the angle rounded. 

Length of body, ¢, 17.15 mm., 2, 24 mm.; of antenne, ¢, 7 mm., 
?, 7.25 mm.; of tegmina, Jd, 17.5 mm., ?, 23 mm.; of hind femora, 
J, 11 mm., 2, 13.3 mm. 10 ¢, 7 9, Cuba, Drd Suan Gomdieer 
(No. £8), Mr. P. R. Uhler (collected at La Firmina, near Bemba, by 
Charles Wright), Dr. A. S. Packard. 

4. T. pacifica Thom. 

Tragocephala pacifica Thom., Syn. Acrid. N. Am., 101; Glov., Ill. 
Orth., pl. 16, fig. 9, (ined.). 

I have received specimens from California from Mr. Henry Ed- 
wards, named for me by Mr. Thomas, and others obtained at San 
Diego, Cal., by Mr. Crotch. 

In the Synopsis of the Acridide of North America, p. 103, Mr. 
Thomas says of 7. infuscata (which, in the explanation of his plate, 
he places as a variety of T.. viridifasciata): ‘ This is very closely allied 
to T. pacifica, and if it were not for the widely separated localities in 
which they are found, they might be considered as varieties of one 
species.” There is, indeed, between the males such a general resem- 
blance as one might expect between species of the same genus, but 
the females of T'.. pacifica, which Mr. Thomas appears not to have 
seen, differ extraordinarily from those of T. viridifasciata; even the 
males are so different that Mr. Thomas’s remark seems very strange; 


1875.] 


485 


[Allen. 


this will best appear from a tabular statement of some of the prom- 
inent differences; others might readily be added. 


Summit of head . 


Fastigium of vertex 
Frontal costa . 
Its upper extremity . 
Pronotal crest . 

' Hind border of Deonotnisl 
Intercalary vein of tegmina 


Wings. 


T. pacifica. 


with a distinct median 


carina. 

very deeply sulcate. 

very deeply sulcate. 

strongly compressed. 

moderately high. 

right angled. 

not touching the radial at 
its tip. 

very narrowly clouded 
along the outer margin, 


T. viridifasciata, var. in- 
Juscata. 


without a distinct median 
carina. 
moderately sulcate. 
shallowly sulcate. 
but little compressed. 
high. 
acute angled. 
uniting with the radial at 
its tip. 
very broadly clouded near 
the outer margin, below. 


especially above. 

Average length from front 
of head to tip of closed 
tegmina . ab 


20 mm. 25 mm. 


Dr. G. B. Wilder exhibited feetal specimens of the Dugong 
and Manatee, giving a detailed description of the anatomy 
of the former, and remarked on the affinities of the Sirenia 
to the other mammalian orders. 


Mr. J. A. Allen exhibited a black red-headed woodpecker, 
in which the usual area of red was preserved, while the rest 
of the plumage was wholly an intense black, and referred 
to the variety of melanism among birds. 

Mr. Allen also spoke of the migration of birds with spec- 
ial reference to the observations of the Signal Service Bureau 
published in the Monthly Weather Review. He stated that 
he had corresponded with the officers of the Bureau respect- 
ing an extension of these observations in the interest of biol- 
ogy, reading a letter from Gen. Albert J. Meyer, Chief Signal 
Officer, expressing not only his interest in the matter but 
willingness to extend such observations as far as his limited 
means would allow. Mr. Allen suggested the desirability of 
some expression on the part of the Society regarding the 
importance of the matter; the suggestion was warmly in- 
dorsed by Prof. Hyatt and others, and, on motion of Dr. Jef 
fries, referred to the Council for due action. 


Hunt.) 486 [April 21, 


The donation of the original specimen of Leucosticte atri- 
rosea Ridg., by Mr. C. E. Aiken was announced, and the 
thanks of the Society were voted for the gift. 


April 21, 1875. 
The President in the chair. Sixty-two persons present. 
The following papers were read : — 


On THE BosTON ARTESIAN WELL AND ITS WATERS. By T. 
STERRY Hunt. 


It is known to many that a well has within the last few years been 
sunk at the works of the Gas Light Company in Causeway Street in 
Boston. This boring was carried to a depth of 1750 feet, and though 
I have not been able to obtain an exact record of it, it is said to have 
been almost wholly in argillite or clay slate, though at the bottom a 
crystalline rock was reached. This argillite, which appears in vari- 
ous outcrops in this vicinity, both on the mainland and in the islands 
of the harbor, is supposed to belong to the horizon of the similar 
argillites of Braintree, Mass., which, as is well known, contain the 
remains of a Lower Cambrian (Menevian) fauna. 

The water from the boring rises into a well of about fifty feet in 
depth, sunk in the superficial soil. This is not far from the shore of 
the bay and but a few feet above tide-level. The water, which is 
raised by pumping from this upper well, and is in daily use for 
quenching the coke drawn from the gas-retorts, differs widely in 
composition from sea-water, and contains, according to Prof. J. M. 
Merrick, besides bromids a sensible quantity of iodids and a large 
proportion of chlorid of calcium, besides some carbonates of lime and 
of iron, in all of which respects it is unlike modern sea-water, and 
closely resembles the waters from the lower paleozoic strata of the 
St. Lawrence basin, in which, as I have shown by numerous analyses, 
the united chlorids of calcium and magnesium sometimes exceed the 
chlorid of sodium in amount, while iodine is present in notable 
quantity, and the proportion of potash salts is less than in modern 
sea-water. Iam indebted to Prof. Merrick for a quantitative analy- 


1875.] AST (Hunt. 


sis of the water, of which I calculated the chief ingredients for 1000 
parts, for the purpose of comparison. I. is the water of the Boston 
Artesian Well; IJ. from a well at St. Catherine, Ontario, bored to a 
depth of 500 feet and ending in the shales of the Hudson [iver 
group; III. and IV. from wells sunk respectively at Kingston and at 
Hallowell, Ontario, in the Trenton limestone; these three analyses 
are by myself, while V.is an analysis by Schweitzer of the sea-water 
of the British channel. 


1g ive FEE: Ve Wie 

Chlorid of Sodium 8.617 29.808 W227 38.731 27.059 
Chlorid of Potassium 133 355 undet. undet. -766 
Chliorid of Calcium 5.093 14.854 2.102 15.923 
Chlorid of Magnesium 3.030 3.397 1.763 12.906 3.666 
Sulphate of Lime 1.914 2.192 2.388 1.406 
Sulphate of Magnesia 2.296 
Carbonate of Lime undet. .400 .033 

In 1000 parts 18.787 50.601 13.880 67.560 35.2 26 


It will be noticed that the waters II. and IV. contain amounts of 
saline matters much greater than sea-water, from which I have con- 
cluded that they are from bitterns enclosed in the lower, strata of 
the paleozoic series, and derived from the evaporation of ancient sea- 
waters. These must have been distinguished from those of modern 
seas by the predominance of salts of magnesium and calcium. The 
amount of the latter element in the modern ocean is insufficient to 
form gypsum with the sulphate present, so that modern bitterns from 
which the calcium has thus been separated still contain a large pro- 
portion of sulphate of magnesia. The gradual elimination of the 
lime from the ocean’s waters in the form of carbonate by the action 
of carbonate of soda derived from decaying crystalline rocks, and the 
consequent production of chlorid of sodium are important processes 
in the chemical history of the globe, which I have discussed at length 
elsewhere. (See my Chemical and Geological Essays, passim.) 

After communicating the above note, I received from Mr. 8S. B. 
Sharples the results of some analyses of waters from different parts 
of the city of Boston, which have recently been sunk through the 
superficial clay and gravel to the underlying rock. It had long 
been known that the waters got from certain deep wells in the city 
and its vicinity are bitter, salt and unfit for use, and these analyses 
show that they owe these qualities to an admixture of the same saline 
elements as abound in the waters of the Artesian Well. I subjoin 


Shaler.] 488 [April 21) 


two analyses by Mr. Sharples, calculated for 1000 parts of the water. 
I. is from a well eighty or ninety feet deep at the corner of Brookline 
Street and Harrison Avenue, and II. from a well 170 feet deep at 
No. 791 Tremont Street. 


1b If. 

Chlorid of Sodium 1.184 -530 
Chlorid of Calcium 060 023 
Chlorid of Magnesium 161 -100 
Sulphate of Lime 122 105 
1.527 -758 


NoTE ON THE GEOLOGICAL RELATIONS OF BOSTON AND 
NARRAGANSETT Bays.! By N. S. SHALER. 


The indentation of Boston bay and harbor presents some striking 
points of contrast with most of the fjords of our New England 
coast. All other indentations of our shore have a general north and 
south trend, varying but little therefrom, and when varying turning a 
little to the east of north, and south of west. ‘This break in the 
shores extends, however, in what seems at first to be a general east 
and west direction. On closer inspection we see, however, that the 
principal trends about the harbor and the neighboring bay are north- 
east and southwest in their direction. J] am therefore inclined to 
think that this opening does not violate the general law of the, trends 
along the coast, but that it only opens towards the north rather than 
towards the south, as most of these fjords do. 

Looking more closely to the structure of this region, I have become 
convinced that there is here a set of irregularly parallel faults run- 
ning in a general northeast and southwest direction, the whole form- 
ing something like a rude synclinal furrow, which may be compared 
to those of the ordinary Alleghanian type. The subsidence of the 
synclinal is accompanied by very great faulting, both in the direction 
of the fold and transverse to it. On either side of this depression we 
had anticlinals which are now obscurely marked on account of the 
extreme degradation to which the region has been subjected. The 


1JIn a forthcoming volume of the Coast Pilot, published by the U. S. Coast Sur- 
vey, I shall discuss the geology of the shore between Boston and New York in a 
general manner, under the general permission of the superintendent of the Sur- 
vey, and give a part of the substance of that report in advance of the rest, as it 
seems to me to have a somewhat important bearing on the studies of the coast. 
geology of New England. 


1875.] 489 [Shaler. 


floor of this synclinal gradually rises as we go to the southwest, until 
near the Rhode Island line the depression ceases. 

In Narragansett Bay we probably have a precisely similar furrow 
coming in echelon order a little to the east of that in which Boston 
bay lies; its northernmost point lies a little to the north of the most 
southerly part of the Boston trough. This arrangement will be rec- 
ognized by those familiar with the Appalachian Chain as quite in 
the order of its structure. The great downthrow on these faulted 
folds results in imprisoning within the lower -crystaline rocks a 
great thickness of Paleozoic strata. To this protection we owe the 
preservation of a great thickness of the rocks between Cambrian 
and the Upper Carboniferous, which have been lost over the surface 
where they were exposed to the intense erosion of the successive 
glacial periods that swept this shore. The Artesian well bored by 
the Boston Gas Company, penetrated for seventeen hundred and 
fifty feet through the Cambridge slates without finding the bottom. 
It is evident, therefore, that if I am right in regarding these de- 
pressions as great faulted down-folds, they had a magnitude of 
dislocation quite commeasurable with the greatest of Appalachian 
folds. 

That there should be an eastern outlier of the Appalachian sys- 
tem of the age of its Pennsylvania section might seem, on general 
principles, pretty doubtful. There is no doubt, however, that the 
dislocation lines of our coast correspond generally with the direction 
of that chain. There is also good evidence of the occurrence of sub- 
marine ridges essentially parallel with this system. So it does not 
seem to me unreasonable to interpret the facts as I have done. 

The question will arise, and I propose to discuss it at some extent 
hereafter, how these ridges of the height of thousands of feet have 
lost their relief since the Carboniferous period, while the similar 
ridges of the Alleghanies have not been anything like as much 
eroded. This is easily answered by supposing that this region has 
been repeatedly subjected to glacial wearing, giving an erosion rate 
many times greater than in the Allechanies, where the glacial ero- 
sion has not been so severe. The whole form of the Boston fjord 
shows profound glacial wear working in the relatively soft rocks of the 
Paleozoic series, and the evidence of glacial erosion in Narragansett 
Bay is almost as great. Taking an erosion rate of one foot in ten 
thousand years (probably within the limit in this region), it requires 
but thirty million years to take away three thousand feet from this 


Thorell.] 490 [April 21, 


region. If glacial wear has done the most of this there would be no 
reason for surprise at the planing down of the original mountain 
ridges. 


NotTicE OF SOME SPIDERS FROM LABRADOR. By T. THORELL. 


The subject of the following lines is a small collection of spiders, 
captured in Labrador in the summer of 1864 by Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr., 
and kindly placed by him in my hands for determination and de- 
scription. The species contained in this collection are but few, 
about fifteen; and owing to many of the specimens not being fully 
developed or not being in a sufficiently good state of preservation, 
they could not all be with certainty identified. ‘The number of spe- 
cies here named is only ten; but they are of no small interest, as 
nothing appears hitherto to be known of the spider-fauna of Labra- 
dor. Of these ten species two belong to the genus Epeira, one to 
Tetragnatha, one to Linyphia, one to Clubiona, one to Gnaphosa and 
four to Lycosa. Among the specimens which could not be with cer- 
tainty determined, are one Erigone, one Thanatus (closely allied to, 
if not identical with Th. arcticus Thor. from Greenland), and one 
Trochosa. ‘Two of the Labrador species, Epeira patagiata (Clerck) 
and Tetragnatha extensa (Linn.), are also found in Europe; one, 
Lycosa grenlandica Thor., is common in southern and western 
Greenland. The species in question are as follows : — é 

1. EHpeira patagiata (Clerck). 

Araneus patagiatus Clerck, Sv. Spindl., p. 38, Pt. 1, Tab. 10. 
(1757.) 

Epeira patagiata C. Koch, Die Arachn., XI, p. 115, Tab. cccLv1, 
fic, 916-919. (1845.) 

Epeira patagiata Thor., Penedeey on Synonomy, p. 16. (1871.) 

A female specimen belonging to the “forma principalis” of this 
species was captured by Dr. Packard at Strawberry Harbor, July 
28th. A fine variety of ¢ ad., with two large, transverse, oval, yel- 
lowish-white spots on the anterior part of the back of the abdomen 
was found in Square Island, July 2d.1 

2. Epeira Packardii n- cephalothorace fusco, albo-piloso, 
pedibus testaceo-fuscis, nigricanti-annulatis, femoribus apice tantum 


1 Of the closely allied EZ. sc/opetaria (Clerck), I have seen an example from New- 
foundland. 


1875.] 491 [Thorell. 


infuscatis; abdomine supra sub-olivaceo -fusco, vitta longitudinali 
albicanti primum ex /\ angustiore, tum /\ latiore, denique ex vitta 
ancusta geminata, que ex linealis parvis sub-parallelis formatur, com- 
posita; ventre macula media oblonga flavescenti notata; procursu in 
latere exteriore bulbi genitalis apice compresso, rotundato, denticulato. 
—¢ ad. Long. corp. 5 mm. 

Male.— Cephalothorax as long as the tibia and patella of the fourth 
pair of legs, its breadth greater than the length of tibia of the same 
pair; very strongly rounded in the sides of the anterior part of the 
pars thoracica, less strongly rounded and gradually narrowed back- 
wards, very suddenly and strongly narrowed anteriorly, with the 
pars cephalica narrow, not one-third as broad as the pars thoracica; 
yellowish brown, covered with longish white hair. The tubercle bear- 
ing the four central eyes very prominent, sloping. Sternum blackish. 
The line formed by the posterior eyes rather strongly curved back- 
wards; the area occupied by the four central eyes broader in front, 
the fore central eyes separated by an interval at least double as 
oreat as their diameter, the interval between the hind central eyes, 
which are somewhat larger, rather greater than their diameter ; 
the interval between the central and the lateral eyes about double 
as great as that between the centrals of the same row. Mandibles 
straight, brownish, about as thick as the tibie of the first pair. 
Maxille brownish, with the interior side of the apex paler. Labium 
brownish, pale at the apex. Palpi brownish, with the greater part 
of the genital bulb brownish black. The clava is at least double as 
broad as the anterior thighs; the femoral part, when raised, reaches 
a little higher than the tubercle of the lateral eyes; the patellar joint 
is nearly as long as broad, with two long bristles above, at the apex; 
the tibial joint is about as long as the patellar, gradually broader 
towards the apex: its outer side is produced into a broad lamellar 
process gradually dilated towards the broadly truncated extremity, 
the posterior angle of the extremity being right, the anterior pro- 
duced and sub-acute; the inner side of the apex of the tibial joint 
forms a rather prominent angle. The tarsal joint or lamina bulbi 
turns its convex side inwards, and bears at the base, on the outer 
side, a blackish brown process curved forwards, which is thick at the 
base, narrowed towards the apex, which is again somewhat thick- 
ened, rounded and knob-like. When the palpus is seen from above, 
the genital bulb exhibits on the outer side a long process, which is at 
first almost straight and linear, and at the apex compressed into a 


Thorell.] 499 [April 21, 


lamella, equally dilated on both sides; the edge of this lamella is 
rounded, and denticulated anteriorly with about six small teeth, of 
which the three anterior are larger than the others, which are very 
small. Somewhat below and in front of this process are two other 
lamellar processes with obtuse apices, close to each other, of which 
the superior is very broad at its base, narrowing towards the apex; 
the inferior, which appears to be longer, is almost straight and linear. 
In front, above and at the outer side, issues a strong, forward di- 
rected, arched, brown lamellar process, tapering towards the obtuse 
apex. The legs are yellowish brown; the thighs more or less dis- 
tinctly darker at the apex, the patellz also somewhat darker at the 
apex; the tibize and metatarsi have each three dark rings; the tarsi 
are blackish at the apex. The tibie of the second pair of legs are 
very slightly curved outwards, evidently thickened on the inner side, 
towards the apex, and here armed with some spines, which are 
stronger than the other spines of the tibia; two of these spines are 
placed on very low tubercles. The coxe of the first pair are, on the 
under side, armed with a slightly curved obtuse spine. Abdomen 
ovate, olive brown, with long whitish hairs; it has along the back a 
whitish marking, which consists of two short slightly diverging lines 
near the anterior margin, forming almost a narrow /\, two such lines, 
more strongly diverging, forming a broader A, immediately behind 
them, and followed by a narrower whitish, geminated band tapering 
towards the anus, and composed of two or three pairs of small, almost 
parallel, whitish lines. The belly has a large, oblong, yellowish spot 
in the middle, and probably also smaller yellowish spots towards the 
sides, especially behind. 

Length of the body, 5 millim.; length of cephalothorax, 2.5 millim., 
its breadth, 2 millim.; length of legs: first pair, 10.5 millim.; second, 
8.5 millim.; third, 5.5 millim.; fourth, 8 millim.; length of patella 
and tibia of the fourth pair, 2.5 millim.; of tibia, 1.75 millim. 

A single adult male specimen of this spider was captured on 
Square Island, Labrador, in July. The specimen is in a very bad 
state of preservation, and its color could not therefore be so accu- 
rately described as I should have wished. It may, however, readily be 
distinguished from the very closely allied European species Epzira 
ceropegia Walck. and LE. Victoria Thor., not only by its smaller size, 
but also by some differences in the organs of copulation. The process 
on the outer side of the bulbus genitalis, for instance, has the denticu- 
lated apex emarginate in E. ceropegia ¢, truncate in E. Victoria d, 


1875.] 493 [Thorell. 


and strongly rounded in E. Packardii g. This last named species is 
perhaps still more closely allied to E. carbonaria L. Kech,? the male 
of which is unknown to me: it is said to have the denticulated edge 
of the above mentioned process rounded, as it is in LZ. Packardi, but 
the anterior thighs of E.carbonaria ¢ are, according to L. Koch, 
blackish above, and the posterior thighs have two black lines on the 
sides; the breadth of its cephalothcrax equals the length of tibia of 
the fourth pair; it appears also to be larger than the species from 
Labrador. 

3. Tetragnatha extensa (Linn.), forma principalis. 

Aranea extensa Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, J, p. 621. (1758.) 

Tetragnatha Nawichi L. Kech, Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Arachn.-fauna 
Galize pp. 13,15. (1870.) 

Tetragnatha exiensa forma T. extensa vera Thor., Rem. on Syn., p. 
459. (1873.) 

An adult male Teltragnaiha (in which however the abdomen is 
wanting) does not appear to me to differ from the true 7’. extensa 
(Linn.) or 7. Nawickii L. Koch, by anything more than its smaller 
size and by the yellowish triangular spot on the dark sternum being 
less distinct. The cephalothorax, mandibles, maxille, palpi and legs 
are brownish-yellow, only the extreme apex of the tarsi blackish. 
The distance between the lateral eyes is somewhat less than that 
between the anterior and posterior centrals. The mandibles are 
somewhat shorter than the cephalothorax; they have no tubercle or 
spine near the apex above besides the ordinary great spine, which 
is slightly curved at the extremity; the extreme apex of this spine is 
slightly emarginate, with the anterior (exterior) lobe longer than the 
other. - The armature of the claw-furrow is as follows: the anterior 
margin has first a rather small tooth directed somewhat backwards, 
which is placed opposite to the fifth tooth of the posterior margin; 
then follows a very long and strong, almost straight, tooth (not 
weaker, and but little shorter than the great bilobed spine); behind 
this, at a somewhat greater distance, are three pointed, gradually 
smaller teeth. The posterior margin has near the basis of the claw 
one very small and one rather long tooth (longer than the next fol- 
lowing); then, after an interval double as great as that between the 
next following teeth, comes a row of six teeth gradually diminishing 
in size. The long lobe, or apophysis of the tibial joint of the palpi, 

1 Beitrige z. Kennt d. Arachn.-fauna Tircls, in Zeitschrift d. Ferdinandeums, 
1869, pp. 168, 206. 


Thorell.} 494 [April 21, 


shows no tubercle. The patella, tibia, metatarsus and tarsus of the 
fourth pair is longer than metatarsus and tarsus of the first pair. 
There appear to have been perpendicular hairs on the under side of 
the anterior tibie and metatarsi. 

Length of cephalothorax somewhat more than 2 millim.; breadth 
nearly 1.5 millim. Legs of the first pair, 14.5 millim.; second, 10.5 
millim. ; third, 5 millim.; fourth, 10 millim.; patella and tibia of fourth 
pair, 3.33 millim.; mandibles, 1.75 millim. In a couple of young 
females captured together with this male.a yellowish spot is distinctly 
visible on the sternum, and the perpendicular hairs on the underside 
of the anterior tibiz and metatarsus are very numerous. 

The male here described was captured on Square Island, in the 
month of July ; two not fully developed females and a few very 
young specimens, no doubt belonging to the same species, were found 
in the same locality. 

4. Linyphia Emertonii n. cephalathorace pallide rufescenti- 
fusco, pedibus fusco-testaceis, aculeis trinis in femoribus primi paris, 
singulo in secundi et tertii paris, nullo in quarti: metatarsis primi 
paris aculeis saltem 4, quarti paris saltem 2 armatis; abdomine supra 
albicanti, vitta lata ovato-lanceolata fusca; in lateribus sub-undulata, 
intus pallidiore, sub-cinerea, secundam dorsum extensa; ventre nigro, 
vulva fere » formi.— ¢ ad. Long. corp. 2.75 millim. 

Female.—Cephalothorax of the ordinary form, pale reddish brown, 
with the extreme edge blackish; forehead rounded and about half as 
broad as the pars thoracica; cephalic furrows strongly marked. Ster- 
num large, convex, blackish. The anterior row of eyes almost straight, 
the posterior row (seen from above) slightly curved backwards; the 
area of the four central eyes much broader behind than in front, 
slichtly shorter than broad behind; the fore central eyes, which are 
somewhat smaller than the others, are separated from each other by 
an interval not fully as large as their diameter, and from the anterior 
laterals by an interval double as great; the interval between the pos- 
terior central eyes is somewhat larger than that between them and 
the posterior laterals, and much greater than (nearly double as great 
as) their diameter. The height of the clypeus is nearly half as great 
again as the length of the area of the central eyes. The length 
of the mandibles is double the height of the clypeus; they are of 
a pale reddish brown color, almost cylindrical, but slightly taper- 
ing towards the apex, as thick as the anterior thighs, twice as 
long as broad at the base. The maxille are brownish, the labium 
blackish. Palpi brownish yellow, with the apex of the tarsal joint 


1875.] 495 [Thorell. 


blackish. The legs are slender, the first pair the longest ; they are of 
a brownish yellow color, with black spines; the thighs of the first 
pair have three spines, those of the two following pairs one spine 
each; the thighs of the fourth pair are without spines. The metatarsi 
of the first pair have at least four spines, three towards the base and 
one towards the apex, those of the fourth pair at least two spines. 
The abdomen is high, ovate, whitish above, with a large ovate-lanceo- 
late or leaf-like band along the whole back; this band, which is at 
least as broad as the cephalothorax, is at the sides formed of large 
brownish black spots more or less united with each other; inwardly, 
between these two series of spots, the band becomes paler, grayish, 
with a fine blackish, somewhat branched, longitudinal middle line. 
Inferierly the sides of the abdomen are blackish with a series of two 
or three whitish spots (or a longitudinal broken band) limiting the 
black belly. The vulva consists of a transversal area more than 
double as broad as long, strongly rounded in the sides; in front and 
on the sides this area is bordered by a high, narrow margin; from the 
middle of the anterior part. of this margin proceeds backward a 
rather broad, black process, by which the area is divided into two 
large, deep, rounded fovez. ‘The vulva thus has some resemblance 
toanao. The mamille are dark brown. 

Length of the body, 2.75 millims.; length of cephalathorax, some- 
what more than 1 millim., breadth rather more than .75 millim. 
Length of first pair of legs, 5.5 millim.; second pair, 5 millim.; third, 
3.5 millim.; fourth, 4.5 millim.; patella and tibia of the fourth pair, 
1.5 millim. 

Two male specimens, which probably belong to this species, are dis- 
tinguished by their longer and narrower, black abdomen, and by their 
clypeus, the height of which is nearly double the length of the 
area of the central eyes. The length of the mandibles is not fully 
half as great again as the height of the clypeus. The blackish brown 
tarsal joint of the palpi towards the middle of the superior (exte- 
rior) margin is elevated into a blunt tubercle; its very base, on the 
other side, is drawn out into a long, very fine, pale, spine-like process 
curved forwards; the bulbus genitalis has on the under side, behind, 
a very large reddish lamellar appendage, which inwards ends almost 
in the form of a crescent; outwards it is cleft into two parts by a deep, 
broad fissure, the anterior part being narrower than the other, di- 
lated, emarginate and somewhat denticulated at the apex, the poste- 
rior part still more dilated at the apex, which shows a few fine teeth 
at the exterior angle; towards the apex, near the inferior (interior) 


Thorell.] 496 (April 21, 


margin of the pars tarsalis, the bulbus emits a strong, forward directed 
curved spine or claw. 

A female specimen of this fine species was captured near Dumplin 
Harbor (or perhaps Sloop Harbor), in the middle of July; the males 
above mentioned on Square Island. 

5. Clubiona frigidula n. cephalothorace tibiam cum patella 
-quarti paris longitudine «quanti, testaceo-fusca, oculis anterioribus 
spatiis equalibus disjunctis, mediis posticis longius inter se quam a 
lateralibus posticis remotis; palpis pedibusque testaceis, primi et 
secundi parium pedibus sub-zqualibus, quarti paris pedibus multo 
(metatarso suo) longioribus quam primi; metatarsis quarti paris pene 
duplo longioribus quam primi, tibiis tertii paris subter 20 aculeis 
instructis; abdomine supra unicolore, obscuro, area vulve foveis dua- 
bus sat magnis, spatio lato disjunctis impressa. —¢ ad. Long. corp. 
5.5 millim. . 

Female.— Cephalothorax as long as tibia and patella of the fourth 
pair, yellowish brown, with the extreme margin blackish, covered 
with fine yellowish or whitish hair, and also provided with long 
sparse black hairs; it is but slightly rounded on the sides, and much 
narrowed in front, the breadth of clypeus being about three-fourths 
of the breadth of pars thoracica; central furrow rather long. Ster- 
num reddish brown, with a tubercle near the insertion of each of the 
six anterior coxe. Maxille and labium of a darker brown. The 
eyes of the front row equidistant from each other; the hind central 
eyes more distant from each other than from the hind laterals. 
Mandibles as long as metatarsi of the first pair, rather thicker than 
the fore thighs, strongly convex above, towards the base, more than 
double as long as broad at the base, smooth and shining, of a dark 
rusty brown color. Palpi and legs brownish yellow; first and second 
pair of legs nearly of the same length (the second perhaps a little 
longer than the first) ; fourth pair (with the length of its metatarsus) 
much exceeding the first pair in length. The tibia of the third 
pair has two spines on the under side. The metatarsi of the 
fourth pair are nearly twice as long as those of the first pair. The 
abdomen is of a dark blackish brown, and appears to have been 
covered with fine pale hair; the belly is paler than the back; the 
area of the vulva is blackish, and is on each side elevated into a low, 


broad, inwardly curved costa, which limits the outer side of a rather: 


large fovea; the space between the two fovee is broad, truncated 
behind, of a paler color, and shows a fine longitudinal middle furrow. 
The mamille are long, yellowish. 


1875.] AQT [Thorell. 


Length of the body, 5.5 millim.; length of cephalothorax, 2.5 mil- 
lim., breadth, 1.67 millim.; mandibles little more than 1 millim. 
long. First and second pair of legs nearly 5.5 millim.; third, 5 millim. ; 
fourth, 7.25 millim. ; patella and tibia of fourth pair, 2.5 millim.; meta- 
tarsi of the first pair nearly 1 millim., those of the fourth pair some- 
what more than 1.75 millim. 

A female example was captured on Square Island, in the month of 
July. The species is closely allied to the European C. frutetorum 
L. Koch, but differs by an entirely different form of the vulva. 

6. Gnaphosa brumalis n. cephalothorace breviore quam 
tibia cum patella quarti paris, obscure ferrugineo-fusco, limbo sat lato 
nigro circumdato, pube sub-lutescenti tecto; oculis lateralibus serici 
antice majoribus quam mediis, a margine clypei spatio diametro suo 
dimidio majore remotis, area oculorum mediorum rectangula; pedi- 
bus obscure luteo-fuscis, secundi paris parum longioribus quam tertil, 
tibiis primi paris aculeo sineulo in apice subter, secundi paris subter 
duobis in apice et singulo parvo versus medium armatis; abdomine 
nioro, pube densa appressa nigra et sub-lutescenti tecto; vulva et 
fovea magna sub-ovata constanti, que secundum medium costam 
latam, depianatam, antice pro receptione procursus crassi retro directi 
excavatam ostendit.— ad. Long. corp. 9 millim. 

Female.— Cephalothorax longer than patella and tibia of the 
fourth pair, equably and rather strongly rounded in the sides; breadth 
of clypeus equal half the breadth of pars thoracica; central furrow 
rather short. As to the color, the cephalothorax is of a dark and 
rusty brown, bordered with a very distinct, rather broad black 
“hem,” and having a blackish \f bordering the pars cephalica be- 
hind, as also a few faint blackish radii on both sides; it is rather 
densely covered with fine, short, appressed, grayish yellow hair, and, 
moreover, strewed with longer, more erect black hairs. The sternum, 
maxille and labium are dark brown. The anterior eye-series is 
rather strongly curved forwards; the posterior is curved backwards ; 
the fore lateral eyes are larger than the fore centrals, which are sep- 
arated from each other by an interval as large as their diameter, the 
interval between them and the laterals being but half as large; the 
area of the four centrals is rectangular, longer than broad, the inter- 
val between the posterior centrals being much smaller than their 
diameter, and the interval between them and the posterior laterals 
evidently greater than their diameter. The distance from the margin 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 32 AUGUST, 1875. 


Thorell.] 498 [April 21, 


of the clypeus to the anterior lateral eyes is about half as great again 
as their diameter. Mandibles rather narrower than the anterior thighs, 
as long as the anterior patelle, straight, only convex at the very base, 
dark rusty brown. Palpi dull yellowish brown, with the tibial joint 
rusty brown, the tarsal joint blackish brown. Legs of a dark and dull 
yellowish, or rusty brown; the first pair evidently (with the length of 
its tarsus) longer than the second, which is but little longer than the 
third; the length of the fourth pair is about the length of the first 
and the tarsus of the fourth pair. .The tibie of the first pair have 
only one spine, at the apex of the under side; the tibiz of the second 
pair have two spines at the apex, and besides, one small spine more 
towards the middle, all on the under side. The tibiee of the third 
pair have one spine above and two before and behind (besides three 
pairs of spines beneath) ; the tibize of the fourth pair have no spine 
above. ‘The abdomen is blackish, densely covered with fine ap- 
pressed hair, which appears to be partly black, partly of a rusty 
yellow, the abdomen thus showing a less distinct rusty yellow mark- 
ing, consisting of a middle band along the anterior part of the back, 
and a few transverse oblique bands on either side, behind. The belly 
is blackish, covered with short appressed hair of a rusty brown color. 
The vulva consists of a large, broad, almost egg-shaped fovea, which 
is more depressed or excavated on the sides, thus showing in tlie 
middle a broad, corneous, elevated, flat band or ridge tapering back- 
wards towards the obtuse apex ; this ridge has a transverse depres- 
sion near the apex; the anterior margin of the fovea is produced into 
a backward directed, thick, transversely striated process, which lies 
in an oblong excavation of the said ridge. Mamille of a dusky 
yellowish brown. 

Length of the animal, 9 millim.; length of cephalothorax, 4.33 
millim.; breadth of cephalothorax, 3 millim.; first pair of legs, 10.5 
millim.; second pair, 9.5 millim ; third pair, 9.25 millim.; fourth 
pair, 12.5 millim.; patella and tibia of fourth pair, 3.75 millim. 

Of this species I have seen but one adult specimen, a female, 
which was captured at Strawberry Harbor, July 28. 

7. Lycosa groenlandica Thor. 

Aranea saccata O. Fabr., Fauna Greenl., p. 228. (1780.) 

Lycosa grenlandica Thor., Rem. on Syn., p. 300. (1872.) 

« ‘“ id., Om. nigra Arachn. fr. Gronl; in Ofvers. 
af Vet. Akad. Forhandl., xxix (1872), p.157. (1872.) 

An adult female of this species was captured at Strawberry Har- 

bor, July 28th. 


1875.] 499 [Thorell. 


8. lLycosa furcifera n. cephalothorace in fundo nigro-fusco, 
vittis tribus pallidis albicanti-pilosis, lateralibus continuis, inzequali- 
bus, media antice in ramos duos valde divaricantes, incurvos pro- 
ducta; pedibus obscure fusco-testaceis, femoribus supra nigro-macu- 
latis et-lineatis; abdomine sub-olivaceo-fusco, vitta media angusta 
albicanti antice; vulva ex fovea antice angusta, tum fortiter dilatata 
constanti, septo persecta angusto, ad longitudinem sulcato, in medio 
leviter dilatato, apice fortius in laminam transversam, in lateralibus 
rotundatam dilatato; partibus patellari et tibiali palporum maris 
albicanti et nigro, tarsali nigro-pilosa, bulbo genitali ad latus ex- 
terius dente nigro armato, basi in tuberculum magnum incrassato, 
quod antice e fovea dentera sub-porrectum emittit, hoc dente basi 
dente minore armato. — ¢ ¢, ad. Long., 3 corp. 7, 2, corp. 8 millim. 

Male.— Cephalothorax shorter than patella and tibia of the fourth 
pair, its back, from the eyes to the hind declivity, straight, not de- 
pressed behind the eyes; blackish brown, with the area between the 
four posterior eyes darker, and covered with grayish white hairs; 
adorned with three longitudinal pale bands, covered with whitish 
hair. The median band is about as large in the middle as the ante- 
rior tibize, and here geminated by the fine, black, ordinary central 
furrow; behind it gradually tapers to a point; in front it also at first 
slightly tapers, then, on the hind part of the pars cephalica, divides 
itself into two branches which diverge very strongly, and are curved 
towards each other. The lateral bands of the cephalothorax are 
situated somewhat above its margin; they are narrow, continuous 
and uneven, at least in their upper or interior margin. In one speci- 
men, also, the very edge of the cephalothorax is pale, and covered with 
whitish hair, and in this case the lateral bands are broad, and gemi- 
nated by a blackish line. Sternum black ; labrum blackish, with the 
truncated apex paler. Mandibles as long as patelle of the first pair, 
dark yellowish brown. The anterior eye-series is straight, its eyes of 
the same size, and equidistant from each other. The palpi are of a 
dark yellowish brown, with exception of the tarsal joint, which is 
somewhat darker; the femoral joint is spotted with black; the apex 
of the patellar joint and the tibial joint are covered with shorter 
whitish hair, both joints also with longer, rarer, black hairs; the tar- 
sal joint is densely clothed with fine black hair. The patellar and 
tibial joints are cylindrical, of the same thickness, the patellar some- 
what longer than the tibial, which is slightly longer than it is broad 
the tarsal joint is as long as the patellar and tibial joints, narrowly 


Thorell.] 500 [April 21, 


egg-shaped, pointed. The genital bulb is at its base much inflated; 
seen from the side this posterior high part is obliquely truncate in 
front; it has on the anterior side a large, not very profound fovea, 
situated somewhat more inwards, from which proceeds a rather 
strong obtuse tooth directed forwards and outwards, and bearing at 
its base a smaller tooth directed outwards, and not rising out of the 
fovea. Immediately in front of this elevated hinder part of the 
bulb, and lying close to it, is a fine and long spine-like costa, which 
issues from the anterior margin of the bulb, and is directed trans- 
versely inwards and slightly curved upwards; near the outer margin 
the bulb shows a black, pointed, downward and forward. directed 
tooth, and behind it a stronger obtuse tooth, or short process, of a 
paler color. The anterior part of the bulb, outwards, has the form 
of a low, broad lobe, rounded at the apex. The legs are of a dark 
yellowish brown ; the thighs have on their upper side black spots and 
lines, including two very long pale spots, divided by a fine, black, 
longitudinal line; also the tibize present slight traces of dark spots 
or rings. The anterior tibiz, seen from the under side, show four 
pairs of spines, of which the third pair, however, belong to the sides 
of the jot. The abdomen is of blackish or olive brown, with a 
rather narrow, pale, white-haired median band reaching from the 
anterior margin to the middle of the back, or shorter; the belly is 
pale; the mamillez black. 

The female is of the same color, and about of the same size as the 
male, with the legs somewhat shorter; the palpi are dark yellowish 
brown, the femoral joint with black spots. The interval between the 
central eyes of the first row is greater than that between them and 
the laterals. The vulva consists of a large oblong fovea, which in its 
anterior third part is narrow and of equal breadth, then strongly 
dilated, with the sides rounded; it is divided longitudinally by a nar- 
row septum, which is gradually and slightly dilated from the fore end 
to the middle, then again slightly narrowing, and at last dilated 
anew into a somewhat broader transverse lamina, rounded in the 
sides, and closing the fovea behind; this lamina appears to have a 
large shallow impression on either side; in front of it the septum 
shows a longitudinal furrow, broader in the middle. 

¢. Length of the body, 7 millim.; of cephalothorax, 4 millim.; 
breadth of cephalothorax, 3 millim.; first pair of legs, 12 millim.; 
second, 11.5 millim.; third, 11.25 millim.; fourth, 15.5 millim.; pa- 


1875.] 501 [Thorell. 


tella and tibia of the fourth pair, 4.5 millim.; tibia somewhat more than 
3.33 millim. 

?. Length, 8 millim. ; cephalothorax, 4 millim. in length, nearly 3 
millim. in breadth; legs of the first pair, 11.5 millim., of the second 
and third pairs, 11.25 millim.; fourth pair, 16.5 millim.; patella and 
tibia of fourth pair, 5 millim.; tibia somewhat more than 3 millim. 

The above described male and female were found in Square Island 
(July), another male néar Dumplin Harbor (or Sloop Harbor). 
The species may, I think, be without difficulty distinguished from 
the next following, and other nearly related species, by the form of 
the middle band of the cephalothorax, and the structure of the sex- 
ual organs. 

9. Lycosa fuscula n. cephalothorace nigro-fusco vittis tribus 
longitudinalibus satis angustis pallidis, lateralibus sub-continuis, in 
margine superiore crasse dentatis, media fere ad partem cephalicam 
pertinenti, geminata sed vix furcata; pedibus sordide fuscis, femori- 
bus supra et in lateribus nigro-maculatis et -lineatis, tibiis quoque 
supra nigricanti-lineatis, metatarsis vestigiis annulorum trinorum ; 
abdomine sub-olivaceo-fusco, vitta antica media abbreviata, albicanti; 
vulva ex fovea profunda sub-transversa, antice non angustata con- 
stanti, que in lateribus fortiter rotundata est et septo angusto in 
foveas duas rotundatas divisa, hoc septo postice fere in formam acu- 
lei sagitte obtusi dilatato.— 2, ad. Long. corp. 9 millim. 

Female.— Cephalothorax slightly shorter than tibia and patella of 
the fourth pair, with the back straight, not depressed behind the eyes, 
and the sides of the pars cephalica, seen from in front, evidently 
sloping; brownish black, with three longitudinal pale bands, the mid- 
dle one short, reaching the pars cephalica only, and geminated by 
the fine, black, central furrow, about as broad as the anterior tibie, 
tapering behind; the lateral bands of about the same breadth, supra- 
marginal, continuous (or perhaps slightly interrupted once or twice ?) 
coarsely dentated in the upper margin. Sternum black. The front 
row of eyes nearly straight, scarcely perceptibly curved forwards ; its 
eyes of equal size, the centrals somewhat more distant from each 
other than from the laterals. The eyes of the second series are sep- 
arated by an interval much greater than (nearly double as great as) 
their diameter. Mandibles dark brown, their back rather strongly 
convex longitudinally ; rather longer than patellee of the first pair. 
Maxille brownish. Palpi of a dull brown color, the femoral joint 
with black spots. Legs of a dull brownish color, the thighs some- 


Thorell.] 502 [April 21, 


“ 


what darker at the base, with black spots and streaks above, and on | 
the sides; the tibize have also distinct blackish lines above, and the 
metatarsi show traces of three dark rings. The anterior tibiz, seen 
from the under side, show four pairs of spines, the third pair being 
inserted on the sides of the joint. Abdomen of a dark olive, or 
perhaps blackish brown, with traces of a whitish longitudinal middle 
band in front; belly paler. The vulva consists of a large, deep, 
rather transverse fovea, strongly rounded in the sides, truncate, or 
slightly rounded in front, its edges being behind incrassated into a 
rounded tubercle on each side; the margin is in the middle, in front, 
drawn out somewhat triangularly backwards, and continued into a 
short narrow septum, which towards its posterior end is rapidly 
dilated into an oblong lamina, narrowing towards the obtuse apex, 
and having the form of a narrow, elongated rhomboid, or an arrow- 
head; this lamina fills with its hind part the open space between the 
incrassated and incurved margins of the vulva. By the septum the 
vulva is divided into two large rounded fovee, showing each in its 
bottom a paler lamina, rounded in front. Mamille black. 

Length of body, 9 millim.; of cephalothorax, 4 millim.; breadth 
of cephalothorax, 3 millim.; legs of the first pair, 10.75 millim.; 
second and third pairs, 10.5 millim.; fourth pair, 16 millim.; patella 
and tibia of fourth pair, 4.5 millim.; tibia alone, 3 millim. 

The female here described was captured at Strawberry Harbor, 
July 28th. It will probably be difficult to distinguish this species 
from other closely allied forms, e. gr. L. glacialis Thor., and L. aquilo- 
naris L. Koch. (both from Greenland), by any other characteristics 
than the rather peculiar form of the vulva. The specimen is very 
much damaged, and appears to have been left to dry for some time ; 
this is also the case with the female of the next following species, 
L. labradorensis. 

10. Lycosa labradorensis n. cephalothorace nigricanti, vit- 
tis tribus satis angustis pallidis albicanti-pilosis, lateralibus supra- 
marginalibus, continuis, in margine superiore paullo inzqualibus, 
media ad partem cephalicam tantum pertinenti, in medio geminata, 
antice sub-truncata, posteriora versus angustata; palpis pedibusque 
obscure testaceo-fuscis, femoribus supra et in lateribus nigro-lineatis- 
maculatisque, patellis et tibiis quoque supra nigricanti-lineatis, ab- 
domine fusco, vitta media antica abbreviata albicanti; area vulve 
elevata, antice angusta, postice dilatata, impressione media in duas 
partes divisa, parte anteriore sulcis duobus longitudinalibus notata, 
parte posteriore foveis duabus lunatis obliquis, aream triangulam, 


1875.] 503 [Thorell. 


sulco longitudinali profundo notatam amplectentibus.— ¢, ad. Long. 
corp. 6 millim. 

Female Cephalothorax shorter than tibia and patella of the 
fourth pair, rather long and narrow, with the sides of the pars 
cephalica almost perpendicular; brownish black, with three rather 
narrow longitudinal bands covered with whitish hair, the middle one 
reaching to the pars cephalica, truncated and geminated anteriorly, 
narrowing backwards, the lateral bands supra-marginal, continuous, 
rather uneven in the upper margin. Sternum black, labium also 
blackish, with pale, slightly rounded apex. The anterior row of eyes 
but very slightly, scarcely perceptibly, curved forwards, its central 
eyes of the same size as (at least not greater than) the laterals, and 
somewhat more distant from each other than from the lateral eyes; 
eyes of the second series separated by an interval not much (about 
one-fourth) greater than their diameter. Mandibles narrow, but 
slightly convex Icngitudinally; their length is greater than the height 
of the face and the length of the patellee, their color a dull yellowish, 
or ferruginous brown. Maxille dark yellowish brown. Palpi of the 
same color, the femoral joint with blackish longitudinal streaks and 
spots. Legs of a dark and dull yellowish brown, the thighs with 
dark streaks and spots above and on the sides, limiting above two 
large, oblong, pale spots, divided longitudinally by a fine black line; 
the patelle and tibie have each three blackish longitudinal lines. 
Seen from the under side, the anterior tibis show four pairs of 
spines, the third pair belonging to the sides of the joint. Abdomen 
brownish, with traces of a short white band at the anterior margin of 
the back. The vulva forms no deep fovea, as in L. fuscula, ex. gr. 5 
the elevated ferruginous area vulve shows, when the hair is rubbed 
off, a system of short furrows and impressions rather difficult to de- 
scribe, and forming a large, oblong figure, rather narrow in its ante- 
rior half, then dilated gradually with rounded sides, and truncated 
behind; the anterior part, which is divided from the posterior by a 
large, but not deep, transverse depression, shows two longitudinal 
parallel furrows, the anterior apices of which are rounded; the nar- 
row interval between these furrows is pointed anteriorly, and has in 
the middle a very fine longitudinal furrow. ‘The posterior broad 
part of the area vulvz shows on each side a deep, oblique, incurved, 
crescent-formed fovea; the space between these fovee is triangular, 
with the apex directed backward, and divided by a deep middle lon- 
gitudinal furrow. Mamille blackish. 

A male, which I think belongs to this species, differs by the cephalo- 


Thorell.] 504 [April 21, 


thorax being of a purer black, with the lateral bands less distinct ; 
the legs, which have the same markings as in the female, are of a 
clearer yellowish brown color than in that sex, but darker at the 
base; the coxe are black above and blackish beneath, the thighs also 
blackish on the under side towards the base; the tarsi are yellowish 
brown, scarcely black at the extreme apex (as in the male). The 
palpi are very dark yellowish brown (the tibial joint almost black) 
with black lines, and the tarsal joint quite black; the tibial joint 
is thickly clothed with black hair; also the other joints are black 
haired. The patellar joint is somewhat longer than broad, cylindri- 
cal, the tibial joint scarcely longer than the tibial, but broader, being 
slightly and gradually dilated towards the apex; the tarsal joint is 
as long as the two preceding joints together, almost pear-shaped. 
The genital bulb is very high at the base on the under side, this ele- 
vated part being obliquely truncated and emarginate on the outer 
side; it shows in front a large fovea, from which issues a very short 
and coarse obtuse tooth directed obliquely forward and outward, and 
bearing at its base a longer and narrower pointed black tooth directed 
outwards and curved backward and downward; this latter tooth lies 
almost concealed in the fovea. In the middle of the outer margin of 
the bulb a strong, pointed, downwardly directed black tooth is visible; 
close to the anterior side of its posterior elevated portion is a trans- 
verse spine-like costa. The anterior lower part of the bulb shows 
on the outer side two pale appendages or narrow lobes. The abdo- 
men has avery distinct narrow band covered with whitish hair on 
the anterior part of the back; the belly is blackish. 

?. Length of the body, 6 millim.; of cephalothorax, 3.5 millim.; 
breadth of cephalothorax, 2.25 millim.; first pair of legs, 9.5 millim.; 
second, 8.5 millim.; fourth, 13 millim.; patella and tibia of fourth 
pair, 3.75 millim. ; tibia, 2.75 millim. 

3. Length of body, 6.5 millim.; of cephalothorax, 3.25 millim. ; 
breadth, 2.25 millim.; first pair of legs, 8.75 millim.; second, 8 mil- 
lim.; fourth, 11.75 millim.; patella and tibia of the fourth pair, 3.25 
millim.; tibia, 2.5 millim. . 

The female here described was eaptured at Strawberry Harbor, 
July 28th; the male on Square Island, also in July. This species 
greatly resembles the next preceding, L. fuscula; but it is smaller, 
with the sides of the head more perpendicuiar, the interval between 
the two largest eyes is smaller, and the form of the vulva quite differ- 
ent. JL. labradorensis is a Pardosa C. Koch, while L. fuseula (and 
L. furcifera) appear to belong to Leimonia C. Koch. 


1875.] 505 [Emerton. 


ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE PALPAL ORGANS OF MALE SPIDERS. 
By J. H. EmMeErron. 


It has long been known that the copulation of spiders is performed 
by the introduction of peculiar organs on the ends of the palpi of the 
male into openings near the outlet of the ovaries in the abdomen of 
the female. 

Treviranus, who discovered the testes of Aranea domestica in 
1812, thought that the palpal organs were used to excite the female, 
or to open the passage to the ovaries, and that the true copulation 
took place afterward, by the contact of the openings in the abdomens 
of the two sexes. | 

Lyonet, in Memoires du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, 1829, de- 
scribed and ficured the palpal organs of three species of spiders, and 
showed clearly that they were furnished with a tubular process, 
which he called the penis, with an opening at the end. In the pal- 
pal organ of Aranea domestica, he showed that a fine duct passed 
from this orifice toward the base of the organ. 

Menge, in 1843, in his memoir on the habits of spiders, Schriften 
der Naturforschenden Gesell. Danzig, gave the first account of the 
whole process of copulation. He saw the male drop the semen from 
the opening in his abdomen, on the web, and then take it up by his 
palpi, and afterward copulate in the usual way. Menge considered 
the essential parts of the palpal organs to be a hard process (Hin- 
dringer), the tubular structure of which he does not mention, and a 
rough membranous appendage (Samentriger), which wipes up the 
semen from the web and carries it to the female opening. ‘This view 
of the structure of the palpal organ he repeats in the introduction to 
his monograph of the spiders of Prussia, in 1866. 

In 1851, Dr. W. 1. Burnett examined the palpal organ of Agelena 
nevia Hentz, and found a duct leading from an opening at the end 
of the penis to a capsule at the base of the palpal organ. This he 
describes in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural His- 
tory, Vol. IV, and in a note in his translation of Siebold’s Anatomy 
of the Invertebrata. 

In 1868, C. O. Hermann published in the Proceedings of the 
Zoological-Botanical Society of Vienna, a paper on the sexual 
organs of Epeira quadrata, in which he asserts that the palpal organ 
not only has a hollow penis, but that a tube passes from it through 
the thorax to the testes in the abdomen of the spider. 


Emerton.] 506 [April 21, 


The true structure of the palpal organ is best seen in some large 
species of Mygale, where it consists simply of a hard bulb, prolonged 


Fig. 1. 


into a hollow penis, Fig. 1. Within the bulb is a sac, attached by its 
base to the side of the bulb at a, and narrowed at the other end into 
a tube b, which leads to the orifice of the penis c. In other spiders 
the essential structure of the palpal 
organ is the same, though often ob- 
scured by the spines and appendages 
of the bulb, and modifications of the 
shape of the tarsal and tibial joints of 
the palpus. In almost all species the 
tarsal joint is flattened and hollowed 
on the ,under side, to receive the 
shortened and twisted bulb. The 
simplest case of this is seen in Aitus 
tripunctatus, and several other species 
of Attus, where the penis is a short, 
blunt tube, and the bulb flat, smooth, 
and without appendages. Where the 
penis is long it is almost always ac- 
companied and supported by a thin, 
flat process of the bulb, called, by 
Lyonet, the conductor, as in the palpi 
of Dictyna, figured by Lyonet, in the 
American species of the same genus, 
in Tegenaria medicinalis, Clubiona pal- 
lens, and many others. In most Epeire the penis is short, and 
accompanied by several large processes, as in Epeira vulgaris Hentz, 
Fig. 2. This latter figure represents a palpal organ made transpar- 


Fig. 2. 


1875.] 507 | Niles. 


ent by potash, and shows the sac attached by its base at a, as in Fig. 
1, and the tube 6 much lengthened, passing twice round the inside 
of the bulb, and opening in the penis atc. In the various species 
of Linyphia and Erigone the complication of the palpal organ is still 
greater, but the internal structure is the same. The only variation 
I have seen is in Linyphia autumnalis, and an allied undescribed 
species, where the duct has a spherical enlargement midway between 
the sac and the penis. 


THE PuHysicAL FEATURES OF THE STATE OF MASSACHUSETTS. 
By W. H. NILgs. 


The geographical position of the State of Massachusetts insepar- 
ably unites her territory to the Appalachian mountain system, and 
-gives rise to the most conspicuous features of her hills and moun- 
tains. Massachusetts presents four distinct physical regions, in two 
belts of highlands and two of lowlands, which cross her territory 
from the northern boundary to the southern. The western region is 
that part of the Green Mountain chain which is within the State, 
and it embraces a large portion of the Taconic and Hoosac ranges. 
East of this lies the Connecticut Valley region. This is succeeded 
by a broad belt of uplands, forming a central region of distinct phys- 
ical features, but which has no recognized name by which it may be 
designated. The fourth is that extent of relatively low land adjoin- 
ing the coast, which is a part of what has been called the “Atlantic 
Plain.” 

The laws of elevation discernible in a comparative study of these 
regions are but a part of the system embodied in the structure of the 
Appalachians. Throughout that portion of this mountain system, 
which lies east of the valley of the Hudson and south of the highest 
of the Green and of the White Mountains, the ranges increase in 
height as they succeed each other toward the west, and both high- 
lands and lowlands gradually rise towards the north. As Massachu- 
setts is a part of this region, her surface is elevated in accordance with 
both of these more general laws. Thus the western belt of highlands 
exceeds the eastern in elevation, and the Taconic Mountains average 
higher than the Hoosac range; and hence the northern part of each 
of the four physical regions is higher than its southern part. Thus 
the mountain-forming forces, increasing the elevations toward the 
west and likewise towards the north, have resulted in establishing the 


Hunt. ] 508 [April 21, 


highest mountains of Massachusetts in the northwesterly portion of 
her territory, and in leaving the broadest extent of lowlands in the 
southeastern part. 

The parallelism of feature lines, which is so characteristic of the 
Appalachians, is so decidedly marked in the general course of the 
physical regions and of the ranges of hills, as to show an intimate 
correspondence with and dependence upon the structure and plan of 
this mountain system. Even in the eastern region, the one most re- 
moved from the axis of the system, the range of low hills which 
skirts the tide-water region from the Charles River to Salem and con- 
tinues to the extremity of Cape Ann, is, throughout, parallel to the 
more central mountainous regions west and north of it. There are 
ranges, however, which are not strictly conformable, in their courses, 
to the principal ones. We have an example of these in the east and 
west ridges of the vicinity of Boston, and in the hills of Quincey and 
Milton. The trend of these so closely corresponds with the strike of 
the rocks, as to show that their courses are determined by proceses 
of elevation rather than by erosion. 

From these, and other similar data, it is argued that the general 
character of the most conspicuous features, seen in the configuration 
of the State, is derived from their inseparable dependence upon the 
structural plan of the Appalachian mountain system; that other 
features of secondary importance have arisen from minor systems of 
elevation, which, although associated with, do not appear to have 
been essential parts of the more general one, and that the different 
meteoric agents have modified these without obliterating them, and 
have added others, which, without wholly obscuring the plan, have 
increased the diversity and complication of the topography of Mas- 
sachusetts. 


A discussion of some points touched upon in the commu- 
nication of Prof. Niles followed, being carried on principally 
by Dr, Hunt, Prof. Hitchcock and Prof. Shaler. Prof. Shaler 
alluded to the granitoid character of the rocks at Braintree, 
to which Prof. Niles referred. Dr. Sterry Hunt spoke still 
further on the same subject. 


The crystalline rock, said Dr. Hunt, seen in contact with the fossil- 
iferous Lower Cambrian (Menevian) strata of Braintree, Mass., is 
clearly a variety of the feldspar-porphyry or orthophyre, which is so 


1875.] 509 {Hunt. 


abundant along the eastern coast of Massachusetts, Maine and New 
Brunswick, and which passes on the one hand into a jaspery petro- 
silex, and on the other, into a finely granular, almost granitoid rock. 
In its typical and most common form, it is a fine-grained impalpable 
mixture of orthoclase and quartz, generally colored some shade of 
red, brown, or purple, and porphyritic from the presence of feldspar 
crystals, chiefly orthoclase, often with grains of crystalline quartz. 
The porphyries of Lynn, Marblehead and Salem, and the so-called 
jaspers of Saugus and Newbury, belong to it. This rock is identical 
with the porphyry which accompanies the crystalline iron ores of 
southeastern Missouri, and is also well displayed on the north shore 
of Lake Superior. It is, in all of these localities, distinctly stratified, 
and has been by the speaker referred to the Huronian series of rocks. 
[See the Proceedings of this Society for October, 1870, pp. 45, 46, 
and also the late descriptions of Pumpelly and Schmidt, in the geo- 
logical report of Missouri for 1873.] This porphyry, in the form of 
pebbles, often forms conglomerate beds in the Keweenaw or copper- 
bearing series of Lake Superior, as is well seen in the Calumet and 
Hecla, and the Boston and Albany mines. 

As regards the relations of the eruptive granites of our Eastern 
coast to the Braintree fossiliferous slates, Dr. Hunt remarked that 
granites on Marblehead Neck, which resemble those of Cape Ann, are 
seen to cut the still older porphyries, as he had pointed out in the 
Proceedings of the Society, cited above. 

In reply to another question, Dr. Hunt said that the relation of 
the similar fossiliferous slates in the vicinity of St. John, N. B., to 
the Huronian or Green Mountain series, was very apparent. The 
unchanged fossiliferous strata are seen to rest on the crystalline 
Huronian strata, and include, in some cases, fragments derived from 
these. He also remarked that in this region there is a series of 
granular limestones interstratified with micaceous quartzites, which 
pass into micaceous gneisses, containing veins of endogenous granite. 
These strata, which are like some portions of what he has called the 
White Mountain, or Montalban series, are likewise seen to be older 
than the Menevian, which, at St. John, includes material derived 
therefrom. ‘These ancient rocks are also largely represented in 
Hastings County, Ont., where they occupy a position between the 
Laurentian and the fossiliferous limestones of the Trenton group, and 
are the equivalents of similar limestones and micaceous quartzites in 
Berkshire County, Mass., and elsewhere in New England, which 


Seudder.] 510 [April 28, 


have been by some assumed to be paleozoic strata in an altered con- 
dition, and the stratigraphical equivalents of the fossiliferous Lower 
Cambrian rocks of Vermont. There has long existed a notion 
among many of our geologists, that there is nothing in New England 
below the mesozoic which is not included in the categories of the 
New York system, and that our great and varied series of crystalline 
stratified rocks, if not of the Laurentian gneiss of the Adirondacks, 
can be nothing else than members of the New York system altered 
in some mysterious manner. He had, for many years, endeavored 
to teach what he conceived to be correct views on this point, and had 
shown the existence between the proper Laurentian and the Lower 
Cambrian of several series of crystalline stratified rocks, which play 
a conspicuous part in the geology of eastern North America, and in 
various parts of this and other continents. He referred for further 
details to a paper on “ The Geology of New England,” in the Amer- 
ican Journal of Science for July, 1870. 


Section of Entomology. April 28, 1875. 


Mr. H. L. Moody in the chair. Seven persons present. 
The following paper was presented: — 


A CENTURY OF ORTHOPTERA. DecapEeE IVY.— Acrypi. By 
SAMUEL H. ScUDDER. 


31. Chloealtis brunnea. Brown, sometimes tinged with yel- 
lowish, sometimes brownish-green. Head and prothorax rather 
abundantly but obscurely flecked with brownish atoms, the sides of 
the face above and the upper limit of the lateral lobes of the prono- 
tum blackish. It differs from C. viridis Scudd., to which it is closely 
allied, in the greater tumidity of the summit of the head, the broader 
vertex between the eyes, which is less hollowed but slightly more 
declivant, and the less prominent veins upon the dorsal area of the 
closed tegmina; it seems never to be of so vivid a green. 

Length of body, ¢, 19.5 mm.; ¢, 29 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 9 mm.; 
?, 17.5 mm.; of hind femora,;:d, 12 mm; 2°, 16 mmin ii oars 
taken October 1, at Dallas, Texas, by J. Boll. 


1875.] Dit [Scudder. 


32. Amblytropidia subhyalina. Dark brownish-fuscous, 
the head and pronotum obscurely clouded with black, and obscurely, 
longitudinally vittate above with dull yellowish; antennee infuscated 
toward the tip; frontal costa shallowly punctulate, the summit of the 
head faintly rugulose. Pronotum sometimes dotted with black next 
the posterior border both of disc and lateral lobes, punctate through- 
out, both median and lateral carinz distinct; tegmina much longer 
than the abdomen, obscurely dotted throughout with fuscous spots; 
wings rather sordid hyaline, slightly fuliginous next the apex, the 
veins blackish; hind femora blackish on the fuller parts externally, 
deepest above; hind tibiz dull yellowish-brown, merging into black- 
ish on the apical half, especially beneath, the extreme apex pallid and 
the tips of all the spines black. 

Length of body, 7, 20 mm.; 2, 28 mm.; of antennae, 3, 7.25 mm.; 
2, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, J, 18.5 mm.; ?, 23 mm.; of hind femora, 3, 
14mm.; ?,18.5mm. 3 ¢,1 ¢, collected March 10 and 12, at Dal- 
las, Texas, by J. Boll. 

33. Gomphocerus virgatus. Pretty uniform brown; a 
broad, straight, blackish stripe, darkest on the pronotum, extends from 
above each eye to the outer posterior edge of the pronotum, bordered 
rather faintly and narrowly with yellowish on the inner side through- 
out its entire length, and distinctly with yellowish-white externally 
on the pronotum; this latter whitish line marks the slightly raised, 
nearly straight lateral carine and is minutely edged on either side 
with black; the inner border of the broad stripe is marked by an 
intermediate carina, nearly as high as the median carina, and extend- 
ing from above the front edge of the eyes to the posterior border of 
the pronotum;1 antenne brownish, infuscated on the apical half, 
scarcely longer than the pronotum, the joints depressed. ‘T’egmina 
brown with a narrow green stripe just below the costal margin, fol- 
lowed by a longitudinal, scarcely disconnected series of fuscous spots, 
causing in the middle of the tegmina a mottled appearance; wings 
pellucid; legs brownish, the outer surface of all the femora infus- 
cated along the middle, or, in the case of the hind femora, the upper 
portion of the thickest parts; spines black tipped, the outer of the 
inner, apical, aduncate spines of the hind tibie of great length. 


1The same is true of G. carinatus Scudd., a species from the Middle States, 
scarcely differing from this excepting in having decidedly fuliginous wings, becom- 
ing infuscated on the apical half of the costal area. 


Scudder.] ai? [April 28, 


Length of body, 20 mm.; of antenne, 5.5 mm.; of tegmina, 15 mm; 
of hind tibia, 14.5 mm. 2 2, taken March 26 and May 1, in Dallas, 
Texas, by J. Boll. 


Psoloessa (¢dio¢) nov. gen. 


Allied to Tragocephala. Head but slightly tumid above; front reg- 
ularly arcuate and slightly declivant, the frontal costa broadening 
constantly in width toward. the labrum, acuminate above; vertex nar- 
row, the eyes being separated by a space less than equal to the diam- 
eter of one of the eyes, the fastigium scarcely declivant; eyes pretty 
large, sub-acuminate above; antenne equal to or shorter than the 
combined head and pronotum, the joints flattened, on the apical half 
punctate. Dise of pronotum nearly flat; the median carina distinct 
but slight, broken once in the middle ; lateral carine distinct through- 
out, sinuate, at first approximating a little and then diverging 
greatly in passing backward ; posterior margin bent at more than a 
right angle; tegmina slender but not extending much beyond the 
body; wings with the principal cells of the front area longer than 
broad, pellucid with a more or less fuscous tip ; lower interior apical 
spine of the hind tibie nearly, quite, or more than half as long again 
as the upper one. 

34. Psoloessa texana. Summit of the head with a very slight 
medio-dorsal carina reaching as far as the base of the fastigium of the 
vertex; this is about as broad as one of the eyes in the female, 
slightly narrower in the male, having much the form of that of P. 
ferruginea. Head blackish on the upper half, below paler, livid, with 
olivaceous tinges on the sides, heavily mottled with yellowish and 
blackish in front (excepting the frontal costa) and about the mouth 
parts; extreme basal joints of antenne yellowish, beyond dusky, 
darkening toward the tip, joints 4-5 minute, but the sixth longer than 
broad. Pronotum blackish above, faintly and inconspicuously flecked 
with dull yellowish, the sides mostly dull yellowish with a blackish, 
longitudinal, irregular band below the middle; tegmina blackish 
fuscous, the veins blackish, a few pale dots indistinctly seen in a row 
near the costal margin beyond the middle; wings faint bluish hya- 
line, distinctly fuliginous on the apical fourth, fading interiorly; all 
the veins black; legs brownish-yellow, dashed and dotted with black; 
the apex of the hind femora blackish, and the spines of hind tibie 
black excepting at base. Abdomen bright reddish, or roseate above, 
duller beneath and on sides. 


1875.] 513 [Scudder. 


Length of body, ¢, 15.5 mm.; %, 19.25 mm.; of antenna, @, 
6 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 13 mm.; 2, 17 mm.; of hind femora, 3, 10 
mm.; 2,12mm. 24,1 ¢, taken March 24 and June 6, at Dallas, 
Texas, by J. Boll. 

35. Psoloessa ferruginea. Summit of the head with a slight 
medio-dorsal carina extending nearly or quite to the tip of the vertex; 
the latter about as broad as one of the eyes on a top view, the sides 
raised and parallel for a short distance beyond the eyes, then meet- 
ing at less than a right angle, the edges still raised. Head dark 
brown with light brown mottlings and a broad, equal, medio-dorsal 
stripe, of the width of the vertex, extending from its tip backward, 
edged laterally with blackish; antenne dusky, joints 4-6 about as 
long as broad. Pronotum generally light yellowish brown above, the 
lateral carinz slightly paler, the latter edged rather broadly on the 
outer side anteriorly, on the inner side posteriorly with black; middle 
of sides of pronotum with some obscure dark markings, the lower 
border flecked with ashen; tegmina variable, the portion forming 
the superior field, when closed, of the color of the dorsum of the pro- 
notum; the remainder generally much darker, occasionally with dark 
dots along the middle field and darker veins; wings hyaline, the 
veins along the costal area broadly, the rest delicately, black; the 
extreme apex of the wing dark fuliginous; legs brownish gray mot- 
tled with dark brown, the hind femora dotted externally with black- 
ish and the spines black tipped. Abdomen ferruginous above, the 
sides flecked with brown; beneath paler. 

Length of body, ¢, 14 mm.; 2, 21.5 mm.; of antennae, 3, 6.2 mm.; 
?, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, J, 13 mm.; 2, 17 mm.; of hind femora, 2, 
10 mm.; ?,12.2mm. 1 ¢,3 2, taken March 24 and April 25 and . 
29 at Dallas, Texas, by J. Boll. 

86. Psoloessa maculipennis. Summit of the head with a 
slight medio-dorsal carina extending to the middle of the fastigium 
of the vertex; the latter about as broad as one of the eyes, short, 
longitudinally obovate, a little angulated in front, pretty deeply 
depressed, with sharp sides and a median transverse furrow. Head 
dark reddish brown, much and irregularly mottled with darker 
brown; antenne fuscous growing darker toward the tip, joints 4-6 
about half as long as broad. Pronotum uniformly brown above, 
excepting a pair of small oblique black dashes situated just behind 
the middle of either side; the sides of the pronotum as in P. ferru- 
ginea; tegmina ash-brown, sprinkled rather profusely, excepting in 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVII. 33 AUGUST, 1875. 


Scudder.] 514 [April 28, 


the middle area, with blackish and whitish fleckings, generally dis- 
posed longitudinally; wings hyaline, the veins black, with the slight- 
est possible cloudiness at the extreme tip; legs brown, flecked, and 
the fore and middle pair delicately subannulate with blackish; hind . 
tibiz dull yellowish, edged beneath with blackish, the apical half 
of the spines black. Abdomen dull ferruginous, slightly paler be- 
neath, marked on the sides next the incisures with blackish. 

Length of body, 19 mm.; of. antenne, 6.5 mm.; of tegmina, 
16.5 mm.; of hind femora, 12.2. 2 9, taken March 23 at Dallas, 
Texas, by J. Boll. 

37. Arphia simplex. Brownish fuscous. The general color 

is very uniform, but the lower half of the head, and especially of 
the face, passes to ashen; lateral foveole of the head scarcely distin- 
guishable from the parts below, the lower limits being very obscurely 
marked. ‘The edges of the lateral lobes of the pronotum are some- 
times dotted irregularly with yellowish; pronotum somewhat sca- 
brous ; pronotal crest not high nor arched, uniform; tegmina flecked 
with fuscous dots pretty uniformly distributed over the whole, except- 
ing in being a little crowded in the basal half of the middle area; 
wings at base red, with a slight orange tinge, bounded by a moderately 
broad, nearly equal, arcuate, dark fuscous band, passing from the mid- 
dle of the outer half of the costal border nearly at right angles to 
the same, until it reaches the opposite border, when it curves inward, 
following the border more than half way to the anal angle; it sends 
inward fully half way to the base of the wing, a broad, generally 
‘tapering shoot just below the costal margin; beyond the arcuate 
band the wing is fuligino-pellucid, and at the tip fuliginous, all the 
veins dusky; hind femora very indistinctly transversely trifasciate, 
with an indistinct pale annulus just before the tip, the hind tibiz 
obscure glauco-plumbeous, with a pale annulus next the base. 

Length of body, 3, 24.5 mm., 2, 32 mm.; of antenne, d, 9 mm., 
?, 9.5 mm. ; of tegmina, 7, 26 mm., 2, 31 mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 
16 mm., ?,18.5 mm. 2, taken June 3 and 6,1 2 taken April 26, 
in Dallas, Texas, by J. Boll. 

38. Arphia conspersa. Greyish cinereous or blackish fus- 
cous, the whole head rugulose and punctate with blackish fuscous; 
antennz greyish-cinereous more or less dusky at base, beyond 
blackish. Pronotum somewhat rugose, the median carina rather ele- 
vated, gently arched, subincised in the middle; whole of pronotum 
mottled or sprinkled with dusky dots, noticeable only in the lighter 


1875.] 515 [Scudder. 


specimens, in the darker indicated as pale dots along the borders; 
tegmina light cinereous or brownish fuscous, more or less sprinkled 
with small dark fuscous spots throughout, generally absent from the 
inner field and infrequent near the apex; wings coral-red at base 
with an arcuate, extra mesial, not very broad band of blackish fuscous 
crossing the wing and emitting baseward a broad shoot, two thirds 
at least of the distance to the base in the upper area of the wing, 
separated from the costal margin only by a narrow streak of coral- 
red; below, the arcuate band follows the border nearly to the anal 
angle, diminishing only a little in width as it passes; apex of wing 
pellucid, very slightly fuliginous outwardly, all the veins coarsely 
black; hind legs brownish yellow quadrifasciate with blackish; hind 
tibize dark plumbeo-fuscous, with a whitish annulation next the base. 

Leneth of body ¢, 21 mm.; ¢, 34 mm.; of antenne, 7, 8 mm.; °?, 
8 mm.; of tegmina, d, 23.5 mm.; 2, 28 mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 
138 mm.; 2,15 mm. 14,3 2, taken March 19 and 26, in Dallas, 
Texas, by J. Boll. 

39. Arphia luteola. Head dark brown, sometimes blackish 
above, the sides and face more frequently brownish yellow, not in- 
frequently with a broad, more or less obscure band of this color, 
extending obliquely on either side, from the middle of the upper 
edge of the labrum to the middle of either side of the posterior bor- 
der of the head; above this the front is often much mottled ; antenne 
yellowish at base, beyond dusky. Pronotum rugose, pinched on either 
side of the middle of the dorsal carina, the latter moderately ele- 
vated, scarcely arched, with the slightest possible indication of a 
central incision; pronotum very variable in color, but usually dark 
brownish fuscous, sometimes pale yellowish cinereous, the median 
carina marked by a small \/-shaped black spot in the middle, and 
at the anterior extremity and the posterior extremity of the disc 
by oblique black dashes broadest next to the border, which they do 
not generally reach; lateral lobes of pronotum generally marked 
in the middle by a rather large, quadrate, dusky spot; tegmina 
dark brownish fuscous, sprinkled profusely with small dark spots, 
generally larger and more conspicuous in the female, the base of 
the veins, and generally, at least the basal half of the radial vein, 
yellowish; wings unusually broad, pale citron yellow, sometimes 
faintly tinged with orange, with an arcuate, not very broad band of 
fuscous or blackish fuscous, commencing above in the middle of the 
outer half of the costal margin and crossing the wing at right angles 


Scudder. ] 516 [April 28, 


to that margin, and then following down the outer margin to its 
broadest portion; along the border the band is fully half the width 
of the tegmina; but above this it narrows, and is not half so wide 
as that in the upper area of the wing, along the lower edge of which 
it sends a slender acuminate shoot much more than half way 
toward the base; the apical half of the remaining outer portion of 
the wing is fuscous, and the part between fuligino-hyaline, with 
black veins; hind femora brownish yellow or cinereous, broadly 
bivittate with blackish, the base above and the apex also blackish; 
hind. tibize blackish fuliginous at base, followed by a broad con- 
spicuous pallid belt; the rest of the tibie dark glaucous, merging 
at either end into blackish fuliyinous, the spines tipped with black. 

Length of body, 3, 28 mm., ?, 36 mm.; of antennz, ¢, 10.5 mm.; 
2, 10.25 mm.; of tegmina, J, 31.5 mm., 2, 34 mm.; of hind femora, 
3, 18.75 mm., 2, 21.6 mm.; of wings, 7, 29 mm., breadth of same, 
3,19mm. 8 3,5 2; the males taken April 22, 28, June 3, 6, and 
July 15; the females June 1, 6, and July 15, 16, at Dallas, Texas, by 
J. Boll. Mr. Belfrage found it common the last of June, in Bosque 
Co., Texas, in sandy or dry prairies. 


Phlibostroma (gi‘Sw, otp@pa) nov. gen. 


Somewhat closely allied to Psinidia Stal, but with less angular ver- 
tex, as seen from the side, and without any intersections of the ante- 
rior half of the median carina of the pronotum. Head rather tumid, 
a little elevated, the summit arched, higher than the pronotum, the 
eyes separated by a space at least double the width of the first joint 
of the antenne; vertex pretty strongly declivant, shallowly sulcate 
toward the angular apex; lateral foveole broad, transverse, some- 
times scarcely separable from the parts below; ocelli touching the 
eye at the extremity of its upper third; front but slightly declivant, 
frontal costa rather narrow, narrowed above the antenne, suleate 
only below; eyes separated by fully their own length from the base 
of the mandibles; antennz linear, in the female much longer than 
the head and pronotum combined (those of male not seen). Pronotum 
strongly contracted in the middle above, the lateral carinz, which 
are slight though sufficiently distinct, having a clepsydral outline; 
disc nearly flat, the median carina very slight, distinct, equal, divided 
once in the middle; hind border roundly and rather obtusely angu- 
lated; tegmina surpassing the abdomen a litle, rather slender, 


1875.] 517 [Scudder. 


equal, broadly rounded apically, the cross veins rather distant; wings 
moderately broad, hyaline in the species seen, the cells large, in no 
part exceptional. 

40. Phlibostroma pictum. Livid brown, with an oliva- 
ceous tinge above; upper interior edge of eyes margined with black, 
and the summit of the head with a more or less distinct dark median 
stripe; antenne yellow, a little rufous toward the tip. <A triangular 
brown stripe behind the eye, the apex a little above the middle of the 
eye, connected with a broad blackish brown stripe on the sides of the 
pronotum, extending to, and sometimes a little beyond, the principal 
transverse sulcus, faint in front and enlivened by a short longitudinal 
white line, extending, a little below the middle of the stripe, from the 
anterior transverse sulcus forward; posterior lobe of pronotum dusky 
externally on the disc; tegmina pale cinereous, the middle area with 
four or five large, oblique, quadrate or triangular, fuscous blotches, 
darkest at the edges, extending from the base three quarters of the 
distance to the tip, the outer ones more transverse than the others 
and directed from below upward and outward; wings hyaline, some 
of the veins blackish; hind femora cinereous, black at tip, with two or 
three very oblique, fuscous stripes, all but the basal one covering also 
the superior sulcation, sometimes confluent on the sides; hind tibie 
pale red, paler toward the base, the extreme tip of which is black. 

Length of body, 7, 16 mm.; 2, 22.25; of antenne, ?, 9.25 mm.; of 
tegmina, J, 16 mm.; °,18 mm. of hind femora, 7, 11.5 mm; °, 
(ee a oa ?, Glencoe, Dodge Co., Nebraska, G. M. Dodge. 


* ERRATA ET ADDENDA. 


Page 75, line 25. For missouriense read missouriensis. 
Page 164, line 10. For Agr. simplicius read simplaria. 
Page 339, line 24, For horreorem read horreorum. 


On p. 173, it is necessary, through accidental transposition of matter, to make 
the following important correction, namely, to substitute for the first six lines the 
following: 

That the cavity upon the ventrals, containing the muscular gland, fills so readily 
with the sperm when the claspers are erected, and that its contents are expelled, 
upon contraction of the muscles around it, with such certainty to their ends, when 
restored to their normal position, are evidences that it acts as a forcing or squirting 
apparatus. 


Abronia cycloptera, 81. 
fragrans, 81. 
Accipiter Cooperi, 64. 
fuscus, 363. 
Acerates lanuginosa, 81. 
viridiflora, 81. 
Achillea millefolium, 78. 
Acridium labratum, 274. 
occidentale, 274. 
Saussuret, 274. 
Acronycta aspera, 132. 
increta, 131. 
Acrydii, 472, 510. 
Actinella acaulis, 78. 
Richardsoni, 78. 
Actiturus Bartramius, 67, 446. 
Actodromas Bairdii, 446, 
Bonapartei, 446, 
maculata, 446. 
minutilla, 46. 
Agialitis cautiana, 348. 
melodius, 445. 
nivosa, 348. 
semipalmatus, 445. 


vociterus, 66, 342, 347, 364, 351, 


445. 
Wilsonius, 452. 
montanus, 66. 
AXgiothus Brewsteri, 441. 


INDEX.’ 


Agrotis decolor, 162. 
exsertistigma, 166. 
gladiaria, 162. 
imcivis, 164. 
intrita, 164. 
malefida, 210. 
manifestolabis, 166. 
monochromatea, 165. 


Morrisoniana, 210, 214, 286. 


opipara, 165. 
permunda, 163. 
perpura, 164. 
plagigera, 163. 
redimacula, 165. 
Rileyana, 166. 
rujipectus, 165. 
saucia, 210. 
saxigend, 162. 
scropulanda, 165. 
simplaria, 164, 210. 
stigmosa, 163. 
subgothica, 210. 
subfusa, 210. 
tenuicula, 163. 
unimacula, 166. 

Aix sponsa, 68, 448. 

Alca impennis, 450. 

torda, 430. 


ALLEN, J. A. Notes on the Natural 


canescens, 441. 
linarius, 441. 


Aigoceras angulatum, IGS aly UGE 
Boucoultianum, 15, 16, 17, 23. 


Buonarotti, 18. 
catenatum, 16, 17. 


History of Dakotah and Montana, 33; 
on the Sharp-tailed Finch (Ammodro- 
mus caudacutus), 292; Synopsis of 
American Leporide,. 430; on a me- 
lanitic Red-headed Woodpecker, 485; 
on the Migration of Birds and the Sig- 


charmassei, 16, 17, 21. 


incultum, 16, 17. 

Leigneletii, 16, 17, 22. 
f®lurichthys, 386. 
Aolacris, 269. 

octomaculata, 269. 
Afsalon columbarius, 444. 
Agassiceras, 225. 

levigatum, 226. 


Scipionianum, 228. 


striaries, 227. 


Agelaius phoeniceus, 59, 350, 442. 


Agriades Aquilo, 310. 
Minnehaha, 88. 

Agrilus vittaticollis, 376. 

Agrotis annexa, 210, 
bochus, 163. 
cinereomacula, 164. 
clandestina, 210. 
claviformis, 162. 


nal Service Bureau, 485. 
Allium reticulatum, 84. 
Amaryssus Polyxenes, 90. 

Zolicaon, 90. 
Amblyopsis speleus, 222. 
Amblystoma mavortium, 70. 
Amblytropida subhyalina, 511. 
Amelanchier canadensis, 75. 
Amiurus catus, 222. 


Ammodramus caudacutus, 292, 441. 


maritimus, AA. 
var. Nelsoni, 292. 
Ammonites, 15. 

Boucoultianus, 17. 
catenatus, 15. 
incultus, 18. 
Mangenestii, 31. 
Moreanus, 15. 
matrix oblongus, 30: 
subangularis, 18. 


1 The names of genera and species described as new are italicized. 


520 


Ammonites, subplanicosta, 26. 
Ammonites, Cretaceous, 365. 
Jurassic, 236, 365. 
new genera of, 225, 
Amorpha canescens, 74. 
fruticosa, 74. 
microphylla, 74. 
Ampelis cedrorum, 54, 440. 
garrulus, 440. 

Ampelopsis quinquefolia, 73. 

Amphora, 182. 

Anallomes, 261. 
maranona, 262. 
unipunctata, 262. 

Anas boschas, 66, 343, 348, 36, 447. 

obscura, 447. 
Ancylocheilus subarquatus, 446. 
Androgynoceras appressum, 27. 

hybridum, 27. 
Androsace septentrionalis, 79. 
Anemone Nutalliana, 71. 
patens, 71. 
pennsylvanica, 71. 
Angulatide, 15. 
ANNUAL MEETING, 1. 
REPORTS, 1, 12. 
Anser cerulescens, 452. 
Gambellii, 447. 
hyperboreus, 447. 

Antennaria dioica, 78. 

Anthus ludovicianus, 50, 439. 

Antilocapra americana, 40. 

Antrostomus Nuttallii, 62, 354, 361. 

vociferus, 448. 

Aphelocoma californica, 360. 

floridana, 360. 
Aphryssa Butleri, 208. 
Neleis, 209. 

Aphyllon fasciculatum, 79. 

Aplatacris, 271. 
colorata, 271. 

Aplopappus Nuttalli, 77. 

spinulosa, 77. 

Aplysina, 205. 

zrophoba, 205, 
aurea, 205. 
cellulosa, 205. 
gigantea, 205. 
pretexta, 205. 

Aplysine, 204. 

Apocynum androsemifolium, 81. 
cannabinum, 81. 

Aptenodytes patagonica, 94. 

Aquila canadensis, 445. 

chrysaétos, 65. 

Arca Harttii, 248. 

Orestis, 247. 

Archeology of Kentucky and Indiana, 

314. 

Archibuteo ferrugineus, 65. 
lagopus, 445. 
Sancti-johannis, 445. 

Arctic Circle, possible causes of a Warm 

Climate within, 332. 
Ardea herodias, 446, 67. 
Pealii, 205. 

rufa, 205. 

rufescens, 205. 
Ardetta exilis, 447. 
Argynnis Edwardsii, 88. 


_ Artemesia canadensis, 78. 


Argynnis nevadensis, 87. 

Arietidz, 225. 

Arnica angustifolia, 78. 

Arnioceras ceras, 366. 

miserabilis 367. 

Arphia conspersa, 514. 
luteola, 515. 
simplex, 514. 

Arquatella maritima, 446. 


dracunculoides, 78. 
Ludoviciana, 78. 
Artesian Well, Boston, waters of, 486. 
Arve ius albopunctatus, 283. 
Arvicola riparius, 42. 
Ascidia, larve of, 130. 
Aspidonectes spinifer, 69. 
Aster falcatus, 77. 
levis, 77. 
multiflorus, 77. 
oblongus, 76. 
tenuifolius, 77. 
Astragalus aboriginus, 74. 
adsurgens, 74. 
bisulcatus, 74. 
lotiflorus, 73. 
Nuttallianus, 74. 
plattensis, 74. 
racemosus, 74. 
Astroma hastata, 266. 
Astur atricapillus, 444. 
Asyndesmus torquatus, 362. 
Athol, Mass., granite from, 181. 
Athya americana, 448. 
vallisneria, 448. 
ATKINSON, F. P., Bequest of, 182. 
Atrytoma Logan, 91. 
AUSTIN, E. P., see SPRAGUE. 
Avicula, sp., 367, 371. 


Bacteria exigua, 278. 

nigripes, 278. 
Bascanion flaviventris, 69. 
Basilarchia Disippe, 87. 

Weidemeyeri, 87. 
Belocephalus, 458. 
subapterus, 459. 
Bermuda Tripoli, on the discovery of, 
127, 422. 

Bernicla brenta, 447. 

canadensis, 447. 

Hutchinsii, 447. 

leucopsis, 452. 

nigricans, 447. 
Biddulphia Baileyi, 182. 
Blabera armigera, 280. 
BLIss, RICHARD, JR. Structure of the 

fin in certain groups of fishes, 386. 
Bolina fasciolaris, 213, 220. 
jucunda, 212. 
pallescens, 213. 

Bonasa,umbellus, 445. 
Boracic Acid in mineral waters, 428. 
Bos americanus, 39. ’ 
Boston and Narragansett Bays, 488. 
Botaurus lentiginosus, 446. 

minor, 348, 352. 
Boutelona curtipendula, 85. 

oligostacha, 85. 


<ewen 


521 


Bouvek, T. T. Remarks in relation to Cardita Morganiana, 250. 


the death of Prof. JEFFRIES WYMAN, Wilmotii, 251. 
95; observations on Samarskite, 424. Cardium Soaresanum, 253. 
Brachyotus, 444. Carex longirostris, 85. 
palustris, 64. Carineta socia, 285. 
Branta canadensis, 67, 348, 365, Carpodacus Cassinii, 344. 
Brenthis Chariclea, 297. frontalis, 346. 
Freija, 299. purpureus, 358, 440. 
Frigga, 306. Carthartes aura, 65, 351. 
(eae 303. : Sp., 363. 
iclaris, 294. Castilleja sessilifiora, 80. 


BREWER, Dr. T. M. Remarks on four Castor fiber, 43. 
species of Ardea, 205; catalogue of Catharista atrata, 445. 


the Birds of New England, 436. Caudisona confluenta, 69. 
Bryophila percara, 210, 213. Celastrus scandens, 73. 
Bubo virginianus, 64. 341, 444. Centrocercus urophasianus, 65, 342, 347 
Bucephala albeola, 448. 351, 355. 
americana, 448. Centronyx Bairdii, 57. 
islandica, 448. Centurus carolinus, 443. 
Buchiceras, 369. Cerastium arvense, 72. 
attenuatum, 369, 372. Cervus canadensis, 41. 
bilobatum, 369, 370. macrotis, 41. 
pierdenalis, 369. “Certhia americana, 439. 
cerratum, 369, 370. familiaris, 343, 356. 
syriaciforme, 369, 371. Ceryle alcyon, 62, 341, 351, 443. 
Vibrayeanum, 369. Chetura pelagica, 62, 443. 
Bufo columbiensis, 70. Chamea fasciata, 356. 
BURBANK, L. 8S. Notice of a granite Chamyris cerintha, 212. 
vein in Athol, Mass., 181. Charadra dispulsa, 210, 213. 
Buteo borealis, 64, 347, 444. Charadrius virginicus, 445. 
calurus, 347. Charidryas Ismeria, 88. 
insignatus, 444. Chaulelasmus streperus, 448. 
lineatus, 444. Chloeates brunnea, 510. 
pennsylvanicus, 444. Chologaster Agassizii, 222. 
Swainsoni, 64, 444. cornutus, 223. 
Butorides virescens, 447. Chondestes grammaca, 58, 346, 359, 441. 
Chordeiles Henryi, 341, 350. 
Calamagrostis longifolius, 85, popetue, 62, 341, 350, 444. 
Calamospiza bicolor, 58. Chroicocephalus atricilla, 449. 
Calidris arenaria, 446. philadelphia, 449. 
California, birds of, 338. Chrysemys oregonensis, 68. 
Callidryas, 206. Chrysomitris pinus, 358, 441. 
Argante, 207. psaltria, 358. 
Eubule, 207. tristis, 55, 441. 
Sennz, 208. Chrysophanus Helloides, 89. 
Callista McGrathiana, 255. Sirius, 89, 
Caloceras Ortoni, 367. Chrysopsis villosa, 77. 
Calochortus Nuttalli, 84. Cicada gigas, 285. 
Caloptenus deletor, 475. Circium undulatum, 78. 
devorator, 474. virginianum, 78. 
Jasctatus, 477. Circus cyaneus, 64, 347, 354. 
es 476. hudsonius, 64, 347, 354, 444. 
elluo, 476. Cistothorus palustris, 439. 
minor, 478. stellaris, 439. 
ponderosus, 473. Clematis ligustifolia, 71. 
robustus, 473. Cleome integrifolia, 72. 
Calystegia sepium, 81. Clivina elongata, 375. 
Cambarus Bartoni, 222. Clubiona frigidula, 496. 
pellucidus, 222. Coal Seams of Ohio, 183. 
Campanula rotundiflora, 79. Coccinella elegans, 377. 
Camptolzemus labradorius, 448. lugubris, 377. 
Canace canadensis, 364, 445. notans, 377. 
Franklini, 364. obliqua, 377. 
Canis latrans, 38. pullata, 377. 
lupus, 37. similis, 377. 
occidentalis, 37. Coccygus americanus, 63, 448. 
Caradrina disticha, 211, 217. erythropthalmus, 448. 
Carcharias, 171. Celoceras crassum, 32. 
Cardinalis virginianus, 442, Desplacei, 32. 


Cardiophorus filius, 379. mucronatum, 32, 


522 


Ceeloceras pettos, 32. Dakotah, notes on the natural history of, 
Celophyllum, 268. oes 
simplex, 263. Dana, Dr. J. D. On Metamorphism 
Celopterna Stall, 277. and Pseudomorphism, with reference 
Ccenonympha Galactina, 87. to statements by Dr. T. Sterry Hunt, 
Colaptes auratus, 63, 443. 167. 
mexicanus, 63, 341, 344, 363. Demas diversicolor, 132. 
Coleoptera, Randall’s species of, 373. Dendreeca estiva, 52, 339, 346, 357, 439. 
Colias Eurytheme, 90. Audubonii, 348, 357. 
Philodice, 89. castanea, 439. 
Collomia linearis, 80. coerulea, 451. 
Collurio borealis, 440. ceerulescens, 439. 
excubitoroides, 54, 340, 346, 349, coronata, 489. 
353, 451. discolor, 440. 
ludovicianus, 54, 340, 346, 349, maculosa, 439. 
353, 441. f nigrescens, 357. 


Columba fasciata, 364. 
Columbus arcticus, 454. 
- septentrionalis, 450. 
torquatus, 450. 
Comandra pallida, 83. 
Conocephalus infuscatus, 265. 


Continents, phenomena of the elevation 


and subsidence of, 287. 
Contopus borealis, 344, 443. 


Richardsoni, 62, 341, 347, 350, 


361. 


virens, 62, 341, 347,350, 361, 443. 


Copipanolis vernalis, 133. 
Coreopsis tinctoria, 78. 
Cornops, 276. 

bivittatum, 276. 
Cornus stolonifera, 76. 


Corvus americanus, 61, 360. 442. 


carnivorus, 354, 442. 
caurinus, 360. 
corax, 61, 346, 350. 
ossifragus, 452. 
Corydalis armata, 286. 


palnarum, 440. 
pennsylvanica, 439. 
pinus, 440. 
striata, 489. 
virens, 439. 
Dendrospongia, 204. 
crassa, 204. 
Deroceras alternum, 28, 29. 
armatum, 28, 29. 
confusum, 24, 26. 
Daveei, 28, 29. 


densinodum, 24, 26, 28. 
Dudressieri, 24, 25, 28. 


lohbergense, 24. 
muticum, 28, 29. 
nodogigas, 28, 30. 
planicostum, 24, 26. 
ziphius, 24, 25. 
ziphoides, 24, 26. 
zitteli, 28. 

Dianthecia modesta, 144. 

Diatoms, 182. 

Dipodomys Ordii, 42. 


Coturnicops noveboracensis, 447. Direza decolorata, 381. 
Coturniculus Henslowi, 441. DopvGE, W. W. Notes on the Geology 
passerinus, 57, 340, 346, 349, of Eastern Massachusetts, 388. 
441, Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 59, 346, 442. 
perpallidus, 57, 340, 346, Doradoids, fin structure, 386. 
349. Drasteria erecthea, 212. 
Dysdercus ruficeps, 284. 


Cotyle riparia, 54, 440. 
Dysodia chrysanthemoides, 78. 


serripennis, 54. 


Cratzgus coccinea, 75. 
Cucullea Harttii, 248. 
subcentralis, 249. 
Cucullia asteroides, 211. 
Cupidonia cupido, 445. 


CUSTODIAN’S ANNUAL REPORT, 1. 
Cyanospiza amoena, 59, 340, 346, 350. 


cyanea, 442. 
Cyamera cristata, 442. 
Cyanurus Stellerii, 360. 
Cycloceras Ageon, 31: 
Masseanum, 31. 
natrix, 30. 
tripunctatum, 30. 
Cygnus americanus, 447. 
Cymochorea leucorrhoa, 450. 
Cynomys ludovicianus, 43. 
Cynthia carnea, 130. 


Dactylioceras annulatum, 33. 
commune, 382. 
Dafila acuta, 447. 


Echinacea angustifolia, 77. 
Echinocystis lobata, 76. 
Echinospermum Redowski, 80. 
Ectopistes migratorius, 445. 
Eleochlora Brunneri, 270. 
Elater zneicollis, 376. 
zerarius, 376. 
anchorago, 376. 
basalis. 376, 380. 
filius, 376, 379. 
graciliformis, 376. 
honestus, 376. 
macilentus, 376, 380. 
subrufa, 376. 
Elymus condensatus, 85. 
Empidonax acadicus, 452. 
flaviventris, 443. 
minimus, 62, 443. 
pusillus, 347, 361. 
Traillii, 347, 443. 
Encoptolophus, 478. 


523 


Encoptolophus, costalis, 479, 480. 
parvus, 479, 480. 
sordidus, 479. 
Endolepis Suckleyi, 82. 
Encoptera sp., 259. 
Epargyreus Tityrus, 90. 
Epeira Packardii, 490. 
patagiata, 490. 
sclopetaria, 490. 
vulgaris, 506. 
Epigeron canadense, 77. 
pumilum, 77. 
Epilobium paniculatum, 75, 
Equisetum arvense, 89. 
Eremophila alpestris, 48, 889, 345,353, 442. 
lucblema, 48. 
Erethizon dorsatus, 43. 
epizanthus, 43. 
Ereunetes pelvificatus, 446. 
pusillus, 348. 
Eriogonum aviculare, 82. 
brevicaule, 82. 
cernuum, 82. 
flavum, 82. 
multiceps, 82. 
Erismatura dominica, 448. 
rubida, 448. 
Erisymum Arkansanum, 72. 
asperum, 72. 
inconspicuum, 72. 
Eritrichium glomeratum, 80. 
Erosion, by tidal action, 465. 
Erynnis Persius, 90. 
Lucilius, 90. 
Eubule scutellata, 284. 
EKudromias montanus, 342. 
Euparnops, 275. 
ceruleum, 275. 
Euphorbia dyctiosperma, 83. 
marginata, 83. 
montana, 83. 
polygoniflora, 83. 
serpens, 83. 
Eurois astricta, 135. 
EKurotia lanata, 82. 
EKuspiza americana, 59, 442. 
Eustrotia obaurata, 154. 
Kutenia proxima, 69. 
Exogyra lateralis, 248. 


Falco anatum, 64, 444. 
communis, 64. 
columbarius, 64. 
sparverius, 64, 842, 354. 

Fidicina mannifera, 285. 

opalina, 285. 

Florida coerulea, 447. 

Fratercula arctica, 450. 

Fulica americana, 67, 352, 447. 

Fulix affinis, 448. 
collaris, 448. 
marila, 448. 

Fulmarus glacialis, 453. 


Galeoscoptes carolinensis, 438. 
Galium boreale, 76. 
Gallardia aristata, 78. 
Galleruca sagittaria, 376, 
salicis, 376. 
Gallinago Wilsonii, 348, 365, 445. 


Gallinula galeata, 447. 
Gambetta flavipes, 446. 
melanoleuca, 446. 
Ganoids, fin structure, 386. 
GARMAN, 8S. W. A New Species of 
North American Serpent, 92: Skates 
of the Eastern Coast of the U. S., 170. 
Garzetta candidissima, 447. 
Gaura coccinea, 75. 
Gelochelidon aranea, 449. 
Geococcyx californianus, 361. 
Geothlypis Macgillivrayi, 52, 339, 357. 
Philadelphia, 52, 339, 357, 440. 
trichas, 52, 440. 

Gervilia, 367. 

enigma, 371. 
Glea pastillicans, 151. 
sericea, 151. 
Glaucidium californicum, 355, 363. 
passerinum, 363. 


- Glottoceras attenuatum, 372. 


Glycyrrhiza lepidota, 474. 

Gnaphosa brumalis, 497. 

Gomphocerus virgatus, 511. . 

Goniaphea melanocephala, 59, 340, 350, 
354, 359. 

Graculus carbo, 448. 

dilophus, 443. 

Granite, vein of, in Athol, 181. 

GRAY, Prof. ASA. Life of Prof. JEF- 
FRIES WYMAN, 97. 

Grindelia squarrosa, 77. 

Grus canadensis, 67. 

Grylotalpa maranona, 254. 

Gryllus zqualis, 467, 468. 

Gryphea, 243. 

Guiraca coerulea, 442, 


Hadena flava, 211. 
miselioides, 210. 
rasilis, 158, 211. 
relicina, 211, 216. 
vulgivaga, 144. 
Hematopus palliatus, 445. 
HAGEN, Dr. H. A. Development of 
Museums, 387. 

Haliztus leucocephalus, 65, 363, 445. 

Harporhynchus rufus, 49, 438. 

Harelda glacialis, 448. 

Hedeoma Drummondii, 80. 

hispida, 80. 

Hedymeles ludovicianus, 442. 

Helianthus lenticularis, 78. 
Maximiliani, 78. 
petiolaris, 78. 
pumilis, 78. 

Helicops, 92. 

Alleni, 92. 

Heliophila Harveyi, 211. 
phragmitidicola, 211. 
rubripennis, 211. 
unipuncta, 211. 

Heliothis phlogophilus, 211. 

tertia, 212. 

Helminthophaga celata, 439. 
chrysoptera, 439. 
leucobranchialis, 439. 
peregrina, 439. 
pinus, 439. 
ruficapilla, 357, 439. 


524 


Helmitherus Swainsonii, 457. 
vermivorus, 439. 
Herodias egretta, 447. 
Hesperia tessellata, 90. 
Hesperiphona vespertina, 451. 
Hesperomys leucopus, 42. 
sonoriensis, 42. 
Heterodon nasicus, 69. 
Heuchera hispida, 76. 
Hierofalco islandicus, 444. 
Labradora, 444. 
Himantopus nigricollis, 445. 
Hippacris, 267. 
crassa, 268. 
Hirundo bicolor, 440. 
ner 53, 839, 343, 353, 357, 
0 


Histrionicus torquatus, 448. 

Homohadena retroversa, 157. 

Hordeum jubatum, 85. 

Hosackia purshiana, 73. 

Humulus lupulus, 83. ‘ 

Hunt, Dr. J.G. Microscopic examina- 
tion of the contents of a Mastodon’s 
stomach, 91. 

Hunt, Dr. T. SterRy. The Boston 
Artesian Well and its Waters, 486; re- 
marks on the Crystalline Rocks of 
Braintree, Mass, 508. " 

Hyatt, Prof. ALPHEUS. Custodian’s 
Report, 1; Genetic Relations of the 
Angulatide, 15; note on Aptenodytes 
patagonica, 94; Ascidian larve, 130; 
on the Horny sponges, 204; New Am- 
monite genera, 225; Jurassic Ammo- 
nites, 236; Jurassic and Cretaceous 
Ammonites of S. America, 365. 

Hydrochelidon fissipes, 460. 

Hydrochus rufipes, 375. 

subcupreus, 375. 

Hylotomus pileatus, 362, 443. 

Hymenopappus tenuifolius, 78. 

Hyperaspis lugubris, 377. 

Hypnum filicum, 85. 


Ibis Ordii, 446. 

Icteria virens, 52, 440. 

Icterus Bullockii, 60, 341, 360. 
Baltimore, 442. 
spurius, 60, 442. 

Indiana, Archzology of, 314. 

Indians, life of the Ute, 235. 

INGERSOLL, ERNEST. Life of the Ute 

Indians, 235. 

Iva axillaris, 77. 

ciliata, 77. 


JACKSON, Dr. CHARLES T., resolution 
relating to, 14. 
JOHNSTONE, Dr.C. On the discovery 
of the Bermuda Tripoli, 127. 
Junco caniceps, 344, 
cinereus, 344. 
hyemalis, 441. 
oregonus, 358. 
Juniperus Sabina, 84. 


Kentucky, Archeology of, 314. 
KNEELAND, Prof. 8. Volcanic Phe- 
nomena of Iceland, 372. 


Keleria cristata, 85. 


Labrador, butterflies from, 294, 
spiders from, 490. 
Lagopus albus, 445. 


Lamellibranchs, cretaceous, of Brazil, 


241, 367, 371. 
Languria brevicollis, 377, 
Lanivires flavifrons, 440. 
solitarius, 440. 
Laphygma frugiperda, 211. 
fulvosa, 211. 
obscura, 211, 
Larus argentatus, 348. 
delawarensis, 349, 449. 
laucus, 448, 
utchinsii, 453. 
leucopterus, 448. 
marinus, 448. 
Smithsonianus, 449. 
Lasiurus noveboracensis, 41. 
Lathyrus linearis, 73. 
ochroleucus, 73. 
Lead Vein in Newburyport, 200; analysis 
of minerals from, 462. 
Leda braziliensis, 246. 
Swiftiana, 245. 
Lepachys columnaris, 77. 
Lepidium virginicum, 72. 
Lepidosteus, 386. 
Leporidz, synopsis of, 430. 
Leptina dormitans, 210. 
Leptoglossus vexillatus, 284. 
Leptotettix tessellata, 264. 
Lepus americanus, 431. 
aquaticus, 432, 435. 
arcticus, 431, 432. 
Audubonii, 432, 434. 
Bairdii, 431, 434. 
brasiliensis, 432, 435. 
campestris, 431, 433. 
californicus, 432, 435. 
callotis, 432, 435. 
Nuttallii, 432, 434. 
palustris, 4382, 435. 
sylvaticus, 431, 434. 
timidus, 431, 432. 
Trowbridgei, 4382, 434. 
virginianus, 431, 433. 
Washingtonii, 431, 434. 
Leucosticte atrirosea, 486. 
Liatris punctata, 76. 
Libellula umbrata, 286. 
Lilium philadelphicum, 84, 
Limonius scapularis, 376. 
stigma, 376. 
Limosa fedoa, 446. 
hudsonica, 446. 
Linum perenne, 72. 
sulcatum, 72. 
Linyphia Emertonii, 494, 
Liparoceras Bechei, 27. 
Henleyi, 27. 
indecisum, 27. 
Lirometopum, 457. 
coronatum, 458. 
Lithospermum canescens, 80. 
longifiorum, 80. 
Lixus calandroides, 376. 
rubellus, 376, 381. 


525 


Locustarie, 454. 
Lomvia arra, 450. 
ringvia, 450. 
troile, 459. 
Lophodytes cucullatus, 448. 
Lophophanes bicolor, 461. 
-inornatus, 356. 
Lophortyx californicus, 355, 364. 
Loxia americana, 65, 344, 441. 
curvirostra, 344. 
leucoptera, 441. 
Lucina tenella, 253. 
Lupinus pusillus, 73. 
Lyczides Anna, 88. 
Lycopus sinuatus, 80. 
Lycosa furcifera, 499. 
Juscula, 501. 
groenlandica, 498. 
Labradorensis, 502. 
Lygodesmia juncea, 78. 
Lygranthecia saturata, 212. 
Lynosyris graveoleus, 77. 
viscidiflora, 77. 
Lynx rufus, 37. 
Lysimachia ciliata, 79. 


Maczrantha canescens, 77. 
tanacetifolia, 77. 
Macherocera nigromarginata, 268. 
Machetes pugnax, 446. 
Macrorhamphus griseus, 445. 
scolopaceus, 445. 
Macrorhynchus glaucus, 79. 
Malachius ceruleus, 376, 380. 
Malvastrum coccineum, 72. 
Mamillaria vivipara, . 
Mamestra confusa, 210. 
illabefacta, 141. 
impolita, 140. 
incincta, 156. 
innexa, 210, 214. 
laudabilis, 210. 
olivacea, 143. 
passa, 139. 
teligera, 210, 215. 
Mammoth Cave, fishes and crawfishes of, 
222. 
Mareca americana, 448. 
Penelope, 453. 
Massachusetts, Geology of, 388. 
physical features of, 50T. 
Survey of, 419. 
Mastax Gund/achii, 266. 
nigra, 266. 
Mastodon, food of, 91. 
MEETINGS, GENERAL, 1, 14, 33, 90, 95, 
126, 131, 183, 209, 235, 314, 
cee 386, 423, 436, 454, 471, 
486. 
of Entomological Section, 
206, 294, 373, 467, 510. 
of Microsopical Section, 182, 
422. 


Melanerpes erythrocephalus, 63, 443. 
formicivorus, 362. 

Melanetta velvetina, 448. 

Melanism, case of, 485. 

Meleagris gallopavo, 345, 445. 

Melosira, 182. 

Melospiza fallax, 340. 


Melospiza Heermannii, 358. 
melodia, 304, 358, 442. 
Lincolnii, 442. 
palustris, 442. 

MEMBERS, CORRESPONDING, elected 

314. 
Moriano Barcena, 314. 
Antonio del Castillo, 314. 
Dr. John Hijaltalin, 314. 
Dr. W. J. Hoffman, 471. 

MEMBER HONORARY, elected, 126. 

Prof. Oswald Heer, 126. 

MEMBERS, RESIDENT, elected, 314. 

Edward R. Benton, 314. 
Edward A. birge, 314. 
Geo. W. Bond, 126. 
Jonathan Browning, 126, 
Dr. John W. Brewer, 814. 
B. E. Brewster, 472. 

W. K. Brooks, 471. 

Rev. W. R. Brooks, 472. 
J. Frank Brown, 472. 

E. S. Cassino, 126. 

W.G. Corthell, 126. 

Edw. B. Cram, 472. 
Alfred P. Gage, 472. 
Prof. Geo. L. Goodale, 472. 
R. W. Greenleaf, 126, 

M. L. Ham, 126. 

J.S. Haynes, 126. 
Holmes Hinckley, 314. 
Dr. David Hunt, Jr., 314. 
C. E. Hobbs, 126. 
Wayland Iloyt, 126. 

D. T. Huckings, 126. 
Wm. W. Lee, 3814. 

Prof. John McCrady, 472. 
John Orne, 126. 

Gen. F. A. Osborne, 314. 
Warren B. Potter, 471. 
‘Richard Rathbun, 126. 
Stephen P. Sharples, 471. 
EK. A. Thompson, 126. 
Edw. M. Wadsworth, 314. 
Sereno Watson, 314. 
Andrew G. Weeks, 472. 
A. KE. White, 314. 

Z. A. Willard, 314. 

Lieut. E. L. Zalinski, 471. 

Mentzelia nuda, 75. 

Mephitis mephitica, 38. 

Mergulus alle, 450. 

Mergus americanus, 448. 
cucullatus, 68. 
serrator, 448. 

Meroncidius transvitta/us, 264, 

Metamorphism of rocks, 167. 

Microceras arcigerens, 24, 25. 

biferum, 23, 24. 
latzcostum, 24, 25. 
Microderoceras brevispina, 24. 
Birchii, 23, 24. 
Hebertii, 23. 
rotundaries, 24. 

Micropalama himantopus, 446. 

Mimus carolinensis, 49. 
polyglottus, 438. 

Minois silvestris, 87. 

Mniotilta varia, 42, 439. 

Monarda fistulosa, 80. 


526 


Monolepis Nuttalliana, 82. 
Mononyx amplicoliis, 284. 
MOR D notes on the natural history 
of, 33. 
- Mormon cirrhata, 454. 
MorRIson, H. K. Descriptions of new 
Noctuiide, 131, 209. 
Morss, Prof. KE. 8. On the intermedium 
in birds, 221. 
Molothrus pecoris, 59, 340, 442. 
Mulgedium pulchellum, 79. 
Mus musculus, 42. 
Musenium divaricatum, 76. 
Museums, history of development of, 
387. 
Mustelus, 172. 
canis, 172. 
Mygale, structure of male palpus, 506. 
Myiarchus crinitus, 443. ; 
Myiodioctes canadensis, 440. 
minutus, 440. 
mitratus, +40. 
pusiilus, 343, 357, 440. 
Myliobatis, 170. 


Narragansett and Boston Bays, 488. 

Nauclerus furcatus, +4. 

Navicula, 182. 

Negundum aceroides, 73. 

NELSON, E. W. Notes on birds ob- 
served in Utah, Nevada, and Califor- 
nia, 338. 

Nematodes simplex, 376, 379. 

subrutfus, 378. 

Nematopus vicinus, 284. 

Neocorys Spraguei, 50. 

Neolobophora, 281. 

bogotensis, 282. 
Neotoma cinerea, 42. 
Nettion carolinensis, 47. 

crecca, 453. 

Nevada, birds of, 338. 
Newburyport, lead vein in, 200. 

analysis of associated min- 

; erals, 462. 

New England, Birds of, 436. 

NILEs, Prof. W.H. Physical features 
of Massachusetts, 507. 

Nisus Cooperi, 44. 

fuscus, 44. 

Nitidula avara, 375, 378. 

Nitzchia, 182. 

Noctuidez, new species of, 181, 209. 

Nuculia Marie, 244. 

Numeuius borealis, 446 

hudsonicus, 46. 
longirostris, 67, 348, 446. 

Nyctale acadica, 444. 

Richardsoni, 44. 
Nyctherodius violaceus, 447. 
Nyctiardea Gardeni, 47. 

grisea, 348, 352. 
nivea, 348, 352. 


Oarisma Hylax, 90. 
Obione argentea, 82. 
canescens, 82. 
confertifiorea, 82. 
Oceanites oceanica, 450. 
Ocytes Uncas, 91. 


* Odontaspis, 172. 


(CEdipodide, new genera of, 467, 478. 
(nothera albicaulis, 75. 
biennis, 75. 
cespitosa, 75. ~ 
pinnatifida, 75. 
serrulata, 75. 
OFFICERS for 18745, 13. 
Ohio, caves of, 222. 
coal of, 183. 
Oidemia americana, 448. 
Omalisus fraternus, 376. 
Ommatolampis aptera, 273. 
leucoptera, 272. 
nigroguttata, 278. 
Oplomus tripustulatus, 283. 
Oporornis agilis, 440. 
formosus, 451. 
Opuntia fragilis, 75. 
missouriensis, 75. 
Orchelimum nigripes, 459. 
Orioni, 265. 
Oreciscus jamaicensis, 447. 
Oreortyx pictus, 355, 364. 
ODODE montanus, 49, 345, 349, 352, 
OD. 
Orophus peruvianus, 260. 
Orthocarpus luteus, 80. 
Orthosia Belangeri, 149. 
baliola, 148. 
minuscula, 147. 
Orthosira, 182. 
Ortyx virginianus, 445. 
OsSTEN SACKEN, C. R. Monograph of 
the Tabanide, I, 314. 
Otus vulgaris, 64, 3H. 
Wilsonianus, 64, 344, 44. 
Ovis montana, 40. 
Oxybaphus angustifolius, 81. 
nyctagineus, 81. — 
Oxynoticeras Guibalianum, 234. 
Guibaiii, 235. 
Lotharingum, 235. 
oxynotum, 232. 
Oxynotide, 230. 
Oxyops sp., 280. 
Oxytropis Lamberiii, 474. 
Oyster beds, examination of mud of, 182. 


Pachychoris discrepans, 282. 
PACKARD, Dr. Al (S38. 
morphic Lepidoptera, 423. 
Panchlora signifera, 280. 
Pandion carolinensis, 444. 
Paronychia sessilifiora, 72. 
Parula americana, 439. 
Parus atricapillus, 48, 339, 356, 488. 
hudsonicus, 488. 
occidentalis, 356. 
septentrionalis, 48. 
Passerculus anthinus, 57. 
princeps, 441. 
savanna, 57, 346, 358, 441. 
Passerella iliaca, 359, 442. 
Townsendii, 359. 
Patrobus nigricollis, 375. 
Pediocetes columbianus, 66, 347. 
phasianellus, 66, 347. 
Pelecanus erythrorhynchus, 448. 
fuscus, 448. 


Gynandro- 


527 


Pelecanus trachyrhynchus, 68, 348, 865. _Platysenta atriciliata, 211. 


Pelidna americana, 446. Plectrophanes laponicus, 441. 
Pelidnetta perspicillata, 448. Maccowni, 56. 
Penstemon albidus, 79. nivalis, 441. 
, ceruleus, 79. _ornatus, 55. 
eristatus, 80. Pleonectopoda jfimbriaris, 134. 
gracilis, 79. Pleurosigma, 182. 
Perigrapha, 150. Plusia ou, 212, 219. 
innexa, 214. Poa seratina, 85. 
semiaperta, 150. tenuifolia, 85. 
Periplaneta americana, 280. Podiceps auritus 68. 
Perisoreus canadensis, 344, 442, ealifornicus, 68. 
capitalis, 344. cornutus, 450. 

Perisphinctes anceps, 368. cristatus, 454. 

Perissoglossa tigrina, 439. griseigena, 450.’ 

Perognathus flavus, 42. Podilymbus podiceps, 450. 

Peroneceras acanthopsis, 31. Polanisia uniglandulosa, 72. 

subarmatum, 31. Polia confragosa, 138. 

Peru, Hemiptera of, 282. perquiritata, 136. 
Neuroptera of, 286. speciosa, 137. 
Orthoptera of ¢ 257. ; Polioptila coerulea, 451. 

Petalostemon candidum, 73. Polygala alba, 73. 

violaceum, 73. é Polygonatum giganteum, 84. 

Petrochelidon lunifrons, 53, 339, 440. Polygonum ampbhibium, 82. 

Peucedanum nudicaule, 76. ramosissimus, 82. 

Pezotettix acutipennis, 472, Pocecetes confinis, 346, 349. 

olivaceda, 472. gramineus, 57, 340, 346, 349 

Pheoparia curtipennis, 274. 441. 

Phalaropus fulicarius, 445. Populus monolifera, 83. 

hyperboreus, 445, Porphyrio martinica, 447. 
Wilsoni, 445. Porzana carolina, 352, 447. 

Phasma radiatum, 279. Potentilla anserina, 74. 

Phelipza Ludoviciana, 79. arguta, 74. 

Philobela minor, 445. : fruticosa, 74. 

Phlibostroma, 516. gracilis, 74. 

pictum, 517. r penusylvanica, 74. 

Phlox Douglassii, 80. Proarna grisea, 285. 

Phebis Agarithe, 207. Procyon lotor, 38. 

Phrynosoma Douglassii, 69. Prodenia commeline, 211. 

Phycioides Tharos, 88. Progne subis, 54, 440. 

Phylloceras Loscombi, 368. Prorhachis, 269. 

Phylloptera tripunctata, 261, granulosa, 269. 

Physalis pubescens, 81. Prothymia coccineifascia, 154. 

Physaria didymocarpa, 72. rosaba, 154. 

Pica caudata, 61. Protonotaria citrea, 439. 
hudsonica, 61, 341, 350, 354. Prunus pumila, 74. 
melanoleuca, 341, 350, 354. virginiana, 74. 

Picoides americanus, 43. Psaltriparus minimus, 356. 

arcticus, 443. Pseudanthracia coracias, 213, 

Picus albolarvatus, 362. Pseudomorphism of rocks, 167. 
Gaerdnerii, 63, 362. Psoloessa, 512. 

Harrisii, 63, 362. Jerrugined, 513. 
Nuttallii, 362. maculipennis, 513. 
pubescens, 63, 362, 443, texana, 512. 
scalaris, 362. Psoralea argophylla, 73. 
villosus, 63, 362, 443, esculenta, 73. 

Pinicola enucleator, 344, 441, floribunda, 73. 

Pinus Engelmanni, 84. lanceolata, 73. 

Pipilo arcticus, 59. Pteroplatea, 170. 
chlorurus, 340, 350, 354, 359. Pteroscia, 155. 
crissalis, 359. . atrata, 156. 
erythropthalnus, 442, Pthia lunata, 284. 
fuscus, 359. Pyranga estiva, 441. 
maculatus, 59, 359. ludoviciana, 353, 357. 
oregonus, 359. rubra, 441. 

Pityophis bellona, 69. Pyrgita domestica, 441. 

Plantago patagonica, 79. Pyrophila glabella, 153. 

pusilla, 79. Pufiinus anglorum, 453. 

Platydactylus bicolor, 259. fuliginosus, 450. 


Platypleuroceras brevispina, 30. major, 450. 


528 


PuTNAM, F. W. On the Fishes and Craw- 
fishes of Mammoth Cave, 222; arche- 
ological researches in Kentucky and 
Indiana, 314. 


Quercus macrocarpa, 83. 
Querquedula carolinensis, 67. 
discors, 67, 345, 348, 352, 447. 
Quiscalus zneus, 442. 
major, 451. 
purpureus, 61, 442. 


Rajez, 170. 

Raja diaphana, 173, 177. 
eglanteria, 176, 179. 
erinacea, 173, 176. 
levis, 174, 180. 
ocellata, 173, 177. 
radiata, 174, 178. 

Rallus crepitans, 447. 

elegans, 447. 
virginianus, 67, 447. 
Rana halecina, 70. 
Ranunculus aquatilis, 71. 
heterophyllus, 71. 
RATHBUN, RICHARD. On the Creta- 
ceous Lamellibranchs of Brazil, 241, 
367, 371. 
Recurvirostra americana, 66, 342, 348, 452. 
Regulus calendula, 356, 438. 
satrapa, 438. 
Remigia latipes, 212, 219. 
var. texana, 212, 219. 

Rhinogryphus aura, 445, 

Rhinoptera, 170. 

Rhus toxicodendron, 72. 

Rhyacophilus solitarius, 446. 

Rhynchites viridizneus, 376, 382. 

Rhynchops nigra, 453. 

Ribes aureum, 76. 
hirtellum, 76. 

rotundifolium, 76. 

RICHARDS, Prof. ROBERT H. Lead vein 
in Newburyport, 200. 

RILEY, CHAS. V. New species of Agro- 
tis, 286. 

Rissa tridactyla, 449. 

ROGERS, Prof. W. B. Letter in relation 
to the death of Prof. Wx MAN, 125. 

Rosa blanda, 74. 

Rumex salicifolius, 82. 


Salix longiflora, 83. 
nigra, 83. 

Salpinctes obsoletus, 50, 353. 
Samarskite, analysis of, 424. 
Sanicula marylandica, 76. 
Satyrus Ridingsii, 87. 
Saxicola cenanthe, 451, 
Sayornis fuscus, 443. 

nigricans, 361. 

Sayus, 61. 
Soaprensede) oxydacty lus, 258. 
Sceloporus consobrinus, 69. 
Scirpus validus, 85. 
Sciurus hudsonius, 43. 
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, 60, 341, 

346, 350, 360. 
ferrugineus, 442. 

Scolopax rusticola, 452. 


Scopelosoma napea, 152. 

Scops asio, 363, 444. 

Scotophilus fuscus, 41. 

noctivagans, 42. 

ScuDDER, 8S. H. Report on the Butter- 
flies collected on the Yellowstone Ex- 
pee 1873, 86; Nests of Trap-door 

piders, 130; remarks on Callidryas, 
206 ; Urthoptera of Peru, 257; descrip- 
tion of some Labradorian Butterflies, 
294; on Eumzus Atala, 428; Century 
of Orthoptera, Decade i, 454; on 
Spharagemon, a genus of CEdipodide, 
with a revision of the species, 467; 
Century of Orthoptera, Decade Ill, ; 
Acrydii, 472; revision of two American 
ge nera of (Edipoda, 478; Century of 
rthoptera, Decade IV, Acrydii, 510. 
Segetia fabrifacta, 146. 
Jjidicularia, 145. 
orbica, 211, 216. 
xanthoides, 211. 

Seiurus aurocapillus, 52, 440. 
ludovicianus, 440. 
noveboracensis, 52, 440. 

Selasphorus anus, 361. 

platycercus, 347. 

Senecio aureus, 78. 
canus, 78. 
lugens, 78. 

Sericosomus fusciformis, 376. 

Setophaga Seg 53, 440. 

SHALER, Prof. N. 8. Caverns in the 
Ohio Valley, , on Elevation and 
Subsidence of Continents, 287 : possible 
Causes of a Warm Climate within the 
Arctic Circle, 332; note on some points 
connected with Tidal Erosion, 465; 
Geological Relations of Boston and 
Narragansett Bays, 488. 

Sheperdia argentea, 82. 

Sialia arctica, 48, 339, 343. 

mexicana, 356. 
sialis, 438. 

Siluroids, structure of fin of, 386. 

Sisyrinchium burmudiana, 84. 

Sitta aculeata, 49. 

canadensis, 38. 
carolinensis, 49, 438. 

Sium angustifolium, 76. 

Skates of the Eastern Coast, 170. 

Smilacina stellata, 84. 

Smilax herbacea, 85. 
pulvurulenta, 85. 

Solanum rostratum, 81. 

triflorum, 81. 

Solidago gigantea, 77. 

nemoralis, 77. 
rigida, 77. 

Somateria spectabilis, 448. 

Spartina cyanosuroides, 85. 

Spatula clypeata, 68, 447. 

Spea bombifrons, 70. 

Spermophilus pallidus, 43. 

tridecemlineatus, 43. 

Spharagemon, 467. 

zquale, 468. 
balteatum, 468, 469. 
Bolli, 468, 469. 
collare, 468, 470. 


529 


Spharagemon cristatum, 468, 470. 
yomingianum, 468, 470. 
Spheotyto cunicularia, 64, 342. 
hypogeea, 342, 444. 

Sphyrapicus nuchalis, 63, 344, 443. 

ruber, 362. 

varius, 63, 344, 443. 

Williamsonii, 344. 
Spiders, from Labrador, 490. 

structure of male palpus of, 505. 
Spizella Breweri, 57, 340, 346, 350, 354, 
358 


monticola, 441. 

pallida, 57, 340, 346, 350, 358. 
pusilla, 57, 442. 

socialis, 57, 340, 358, 442. 

Sponges, 204. 

SPRAGUE, P.S.,and AUsTIN, E. P. On 
the species of Coleoptera described by 
J. W. Randall, 373. 

Squatarola helvetica, 445. 

Stagmatoptera binotata, 28). 

Stalia foliata, 457. 

Steirodonopis, 259. 

bilobata, 260. 

Stephanoceras macrocephalum, 368. 

Stercorarius Buffoni, 449. 

parasiticus, 449. 
pomarinus, 449. 
skua, 453. 
Sterna antillarum, 450. 
Forsteri, 449. 
fuliginosa, 453. 
hirundo, 449. 
macroura, 449. 
paradisea, 450. 
portlandica, 450. 
Stipa sparta, 85. 
viridula, 85. 

STODDER, CHARLES. On the discovery 
of the Bermuda Tripoli, 126; examina- 
tion of Mud from Oyster beds, 182: 

Strix pratinicola, 444. 

Strepsilas interpres, 445. 

Sturnella ludoviciana, 60. 

magna, 340, 346, 350, 359, 442. 
Beet 60, 340, 346, 350, 355, 


Sula bassana, 448. 
fiber, 453. 

SULLIVANT, J. Letter regarding the 
Bermuda ‘Tripoli, 422. 

Suceda diffusa, 82. 

Surnia hudsonica, 444. 

SWALLOW, ELLEN H. Analysis of Sam- 
arskite, 424; on the occurrence of Bo- 
racic Acid in mineral waters, 428; 
chemical composition of some of the 
Minerals accompanying the Lead Ore 
of Newburyport, 462 

Symphemia semipalmata, 446. 

Symphoricarpus occidentalis, 76. 

Synchloe Protodice, 90. 

Syneda deducta, 213, 220. 

pavitensis, 213, 221. 

Syrnium cinereum, 444. 

nebulosum, 64, 444. 


Tabanide, new monograph of, 314. 
Tachycincta bicolor, 53. 


PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVII. 


Tachycincta thalassina, 53, 339. 
Teniocampa carina, 158. 
conflwens, 159. 
intracta, 160. 
modifica, 150. 
Tamias pallidus, 43. 
quadrivittatus, 43. 
Tarache aprica, 212. 
caudetacta, 212. 
eretata, 212. 
delecta, 212. 
tenuicula, 212, 218. 
Tarantula, nests of, 130. 
Taxidea americana, 38. 
Telesilla cinereola, 212. 
Tellina pernambucensis, 256. 
Tetragnatha extensa, 493. 
Tetrao obscurus, 347. 
Tettigidea cuspidata, 277. 
Tettigonia pruinosa, 286. 
Thalasseus acuflavidus, 449. 
caspias, 449. 
regius, 449. 
Thalictrum Fendleri, 71. 
Thalpochares concinnimacula, 212. 
Thaumatias Linnei, 443. 
Thaumatopsis, 161. 
longipalpus, 161. 
Thermastris Dohrnii, 280. 
Thomomys rufescens, 43. 
THORELL, T. Notice of some Spiders 
from Labrador, 490. 
Thorybes Phyllades, 90. 
Thryothorus Bewickil, 357. 
spilurus, 357. 
Tidal erosion, 465. 
Tinnunculus sparverius, 444. 
Tomicus gulosus, 376, 381. 
Tornos, 217. 
robiginosus, 211, 218. 
Totanus melanoleucus, 66, 351. 
semipahnatus, 348. 
solitarius, 66, 342, 345, 351. 
Tradescantia virginica, 84. 
Tragocephala, 480. 
brevipennis, 480, 483. 
cubensis, 480, 483. 
obiona, 480. 
pacifica, 480, 484. 
viridifasciata, 480, 481. 
TREASURER’S ANNUAL REPORT, 12. 
Tricopis chrysellus, 212. 
Tringa Bairdii, 66, 351. 
canutus, 446. 
Tringoides macularius, 66, 348, 345, 348, 
352, 446. 
Triticum repens, 85. 
Trochilus colubris, 443. 
Troglodytes don, 50, 357, 439. 
hyemalis, 439. 
Parkmanii, 50, 357. 
Troximon cuspidatum, 79. 
Tryblionella punctata, 182. 
Trygon, 170. 
Tryngites rufescens, 446. 
Turdus Alicie, 438. 
fuscescens, 48, 438. 
migratorius, 48, 338, 345, 349, 355, 
438 


mustelinus, 438. 


34 AUGUST, 1875. 


530 


Turdus nevius, 438. 
nanus, 438. 
Pallasi, 438. 
Swainsoni, 338, 355, 438. 
ustulatus, 355. 
Turritella, 371. 
Typhlichthys subterraneus, 222. 
Tyrannus carolinensis, 61, 347, 443. 
dominicensis, 443. 
verticalis, 61, 341, 350, 443. 


UHLER, P.R. Hemiptera and Neurop- 
tera from Peru, 282. 
Ulmus fulva, 83. 
Uria grylle, 450. 
Ursus arctos, 38. 
horribilis, 38. 
Utah, Birds of, 338. 
Ute Indians, 235. 


Vanessa cardui, 87. 

Verbena bracteosa, 80. 

Verongia, 204. 
fistularis, 204. 

Vesecaria Ludoviciana, 72. 

Vespertilio subulatus, 42. 

Vicia americana, 73. 

Vireo gilvus, 54. 
noveboracensis, 440. 
olivaceus, 54. 

Vireosylvia gilvus, 440. 

olivaceus, 440. 
hiladelphicus, 440. 
Vitis cordifolia, 73. 
Vulpes macroura, 38. 
velox, 38. 
vulgaris, 38. 


WHITTLESEY, Col. C. 
6, Ohio Geology, 183. 

Woodsia oregona, 85. 

WYMAN, Prof. JEFFRIES. Cannibalism 
in Florida, 4; Meeting in Memory of, 
95. 


Coal Seam, No. 


Xanthium strumarium, 77. 
Xanthocephalus icterocephalus, 60, 350, 
442 ; 


Xanthoptera fax, 154. 
nigrocaput, 153. 
nigrofimbria, 154. 
semicrocea, 154. 
semifiava, 154. 

Xiphidium entipodum, 460. 

Gossypii, 461. 
tetum, 461. 
meridionale, 460. 
nemorale, 462. 
strictum, 460. 

Xema Sabini, 449. 

Xylita levigata, 376. 

Xyloterus bivittatus, 376. 


Yucca angustifolia, 84. 


Zenaidura carolinensis, 65, 342, 347, 351, 
354, 364, 445. 

Zonocerus? bilineatus, 268. 

Zonotrichia albicollis, 441. 
coronata, 355, 358. 
intermedia, 340, 350, 354. 
leucophrys, 390, 340, 354, 441. 

Zygadenus giaucus, 84. 

Zygena, 171. 

Zygoceros mobilensis, 182. 


pee 


ae 


MW 

Vv b 

i 
rn 


IOILALILSNI 


SMITHSONIAN 


OILNLILSNI 


/BRARIES 


ANLILSNI 


NOILNLILSNI 


BRARIES SMITHSONIAN 


SILA LILSNI 


SMITHSONIAN 


BRARIES 


S 


ILOLILSNI 


LIBRARIES 


NVINOSHLINS S31yuvuaIt 


INSTITUTION 


SAIYVUEITLIBRARIE 


NVINOSHLINS S3Z1INVYGIT | 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLIWS 


NVINOSHLIWS 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLINS 


INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


SMITHSONIAN 


S3IYVUGIT LIBRARIES 


SMITHSONIAN 


NVINOSHLIWS 


INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI 


NVINOSHLINS 


INSTIT 


= 


SMITHSONIAN 


UTION. 


LIBRARIES 


Saiavygiy 


Yugi 


SidlyVv 


NOILNLILSNI 


LIBRARIES 


Ue 
SMITH 


INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN 


NVINOSHLIWS 


YVYGIILIBRARI 


SMITHSONIAN 


ES 


S3l 


SONIAN INSTI? 


Se 


Salut 


— 


INSTITUTION) NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS S31 HY 
* S =. = 
=j eter = 
Sa ES a 
Mek n 
te) a5 O ¢ 
=, re 2 
AS >" = > 
Zz. wn = 22 
SSIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU 
z “fs ; Zz as 
; uJ : a 
a - WYfy % Ke 
= = yy oe {Eh 
c = } fl ee 
a fo ae 
O hy Go \Neaos 
5 24 cau ne 7 
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS .S31U\ 
oe Fa .. 
© ne AS oO iS 
= " — Kat 
= = 
cS ae Lae 
= i = 
S31YVug at IBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL 
2 < KX 
+ fey 2 = WY 
Li a ws : SS 
7 =: : > 
PRD ee ly ca = | 
” i Poy), ” - 
INSTITUTION OILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SJ1y% 
- : > ee “ e. 
< < 
a = ani 
rae) = OB. 
zz re) ets = Ou 
SJIYVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT 
c 2 
wo — w 
9) = _ a 
> “ “i > 
— ry ye 
m 2 mo 


JLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYE!I LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI! 
Zz 2) z= os: ” z= See 

< = se St WX, 
a ee a = = e NS 
ip * =" : Z : 
ie Lae = 3 : 
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS S3JIYVY! 

@ = a > xX on 

fe. = oc =f oc 

< 5 = < a < 

a = a = a 

Be @ Ss 2 5 a 
: tes Px = Zz i is By 
ILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO 

eS z oon ee 

A aa 8) ez , 2 

= = 

> k~ > = *s, > 

a = a rm oa 

= z : a = 

” = : =. > 


ARIES SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLINS S3IuYVUgI 


YY, 
NVINOSHLINS 


SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLINS 
SMITHSONIAN 
NVINOSHLIWS 


LILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO! 


NOILALILSNI 


NOILNLILSN! 


71 LIBRARIES 
NOILALILSNI 


ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVUE! 


INSTITUTION 


INSTITUTION 
\ 
SaluvUgl 


“id 


VLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES 


INSTITUTION 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO 


NVINOSHLINS S3ZIYVYdl1 LIBRARIES 


= wo = = 

< = < i < 

g ey A g 

Ee 2 iy EY NS F 
f = > = f = 
; w a Y) rite: ” 
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI 


n a Y) >. OR (ep) 
az S c : Be Pa 
Ba a S = eS he yee 
ah eal Bet, a4 z= e a3) 
ILILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS _S4 lYVY¥dIT LIBRARI Se UU NS 
i \ i 
w = a 2 oo 
. ke 
= = Bn | > epee 
- ee) ‘a 10] 
” ers uy) * am 
é O ey A o 


TTT 


3 9088 01276 3